CPP Property Services Training Package

Release 10.2

Contents

CPP Property Services Training Package	34

CPP20116 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services	35

CPP20319 Certificate II in Technical Security	38

CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning	42

CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	45

CPP30119 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management	48

CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services	51

CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations	54

CPP30416 Certificate III in Strata Community Management	57

CPP30519 Certificate III in Technical Security	59

CPP30619 Certificate III in Investigative Services	62

CPP30719 Certificate III in Waste Management	66

CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	70

CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations	73

CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations	77

CPP31519 Certificate III in Real Estate Practice	80

CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting	84

CPP40216 Certificate IV in Surveying	87

CPP40316 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services	90

CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management	93

CPP40516 Certificate IV in Strata Community Management	95

CPP40719 Certificate IV in Security Management	99

CPP40919 Certificate IV in Waste Management	103

CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability	107

CPP41319 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	112

CPP41419 Certificate IV in Real Estate Practice	116

CPP41519 Certificate IV in Security Risk Analysis	123

CPP41619 Certificate IV in Urban Pest Management	127

CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying	130

CPP50216 Diploma of Spatial Information Services	133

CPP50316 Diploma of Strata Community Management	136

CPP50619 Diploma of Security Risk Management	139

CPP51119 Diploma of Property (Agency Management)	142

CPP60116 Advanced Diploma of Surveying	146

CPPCOM4001 Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour	149

Assessment Requirements for CPPCOM4001 Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour	152

CPPCOM4002 Implement safe work practices in the property industry	154

Assessment Requirements for CPPCOM4002 Implement safe work practices in the property industry	157

CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry	159

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry	163

CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry	165

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry	169

CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities	171

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities	175

CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry	177

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry	183

CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry	186

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry	190

CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals	193

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals	198

CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information	200

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information	204

CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract	206

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract	210

CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities	213

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities	217

CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties	220

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties	226

CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry	229

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry	234

CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts	236

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts	240

CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry	242

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry	246

CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry	248

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry	252

CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry	255

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry	259

CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry	262

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry	268

CPPHES4001 Research and assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings	271

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4001 Research and assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings	274

CPPHES4002 Advise clients on thermal performance of residential buildings	277

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4002 Advise clients on thermal performance of residential buildings	281

CPPHES4003 Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments	284

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4003 Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments	288

CPPHES4004 Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings	290

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4004 Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings	294

CPPHES4005 Assess household energy use and efficiency improvements	297

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4005 Assess household energy use and efficiency improvements	300

CPPHES4006 Assess household water use and efficiency improvements	302

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4006 Assess household water use and efficiency improvements	306

CPPHES4007 Assess thermal performance of existing residential buildings	309

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4007 Assess thermal performance of existing residential buildings	312

CPPHES4008 Assess household waste generation and waste management improvements	314

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4008 Assess household waste generation and waste management improvements	317

CPPHES4009 Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices	319

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4009 Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices	322

CPPHES5001 Conduct thermal performance assessment of complex residential buildings	324

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES5001 Conduct thermal performance assessment of complex residential buildings	328

CPPINV3026 Work effectively in investigative services	331

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3026 Work effectively in investigative services	334

CPPINV3027 Develop investigation plans	336

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3027 Develop investigation plans	339

CPPINV3028 Investigate and locate subjects	341

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3028 Investigate and locate subjects	344

CPPINV3029 Provide quality investigative services to clients	346

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3029 Provide quality investigative services to clients	349

CPPINV3030 Conduct factual investigations	351

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3030 Conduct factual investigations	354

CPPINV3031 Conduct interviews and take statements to support investigations	356

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3031 Conduct interviews and take statements to support investigations	359

CPPINV3032 Develop factual investigation reports	361

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3032 Develop factual investigation reports	364

CPPINV3033 Conduct covert surveillance operations	366

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3033 Conduct covert surveillance operations	369

CPPINV3034 Organise and operate surveillance vehicles	372

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3034 Organise and operate surveillance vehicles	375

CPPINV3035 Develop surveillance investigation reports	378

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3035 Develop surveillance investigation reports	381

CPPINV4013 Undertake case management of investigations	383

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV4013 Undertake case management of investigations	386

CPPREP3001 Comply with ethical practice in real estate	388

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3001 Comply with ethical practice in real estate	390

CPPREP3002 Communicate effectively to support customer service in real estate	392

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3002 Communicate effectively to support customer service in real estate	394

CPPREP3003 Access and process property information in real estate	397

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3003 Access and process property information in real estate	399

CPPREP3101 Assist in listing and marketing properties for lease	401

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3101 Assist in listing and marketing properties for lease	404

CPPREP3102 Assist in listing and marketing properties for sale	406

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3102 Assist in listing and marketing properties for sale	409

CPPREP3103 Assist with the sale of properties	411

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3103 Assist with the sale of properties	413

CPPREP3104 Assist with maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties	416

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3104 Assist with maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties	419

CPPREP3105 Assist with property inspection	421

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3105 Assist with property inspection	423

CPPREP4001 Prepare for professional practice in real estate	425

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4001 Prepare for professional practice in real estate	428

CPPREP4002 Access and interpret ethical practice in real estate	431

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4002 Access and interpret ethical practice in real estate	434

CPPREP4003 Access and interpret legislation in real estate	437

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4003 Access and interpret legislation in real estate	439

CPPREP4004 Establish marketing and communication profiles in real estate	443

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4004 Establish marketing and communication profiles in real estate	446

CPPREP4005 Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts	448

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4005 Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts	450

CPPREP4101 Appraise property for sale or lease	452

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4101 Appraise property for sale or lease	455

CPPREP4102 Market property	458

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4102 Market property	461

CPPREP4103 Establish vendor relationships	463

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4103 Establish vendor relationships	466

CPPREP4104 Establish buyer relationships	468

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4104 Establish buyer relationships	470

CPPREP4105 Sell property	472

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4105 Sell property	476

CPPREP4121 Establish landlord relationships	478

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4121 Establish landlord relationships	481

CPPREP4122 Manage tenant relationships	484

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4122 Manage tenant relationships	487

CPPREP4123 Manage tenancy	490

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4123 Manage tenancy	494

CPPREP4124 End tenancy	496

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4124 End tenancy	499

CPPREP4125 Transact in trust accounts	502

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4125 Transact in trust accounts	505

CPPREP4141 Establish and maintain property management portfolio	507

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4141 Establish and maintain property management portfolio	510

CPPREP4142 Promote property management products and services	512

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4142 Promote property management products and services	515

CPPREP4161 Undertake pre-auction processes	517

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4161 Undertake pre-auction processes	520

CPPREP4162 Conduct and complete sale by auction	522

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4162 Conduct and complete sale by auction	525

CPPREP4163 Complete post-auction process and contract execution	528

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4163 Complete post-auction process and contract execution	531

CPPREP4171 Represent buyer in sales process	533

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4171 Represent buyer in sales process	535

CPPREP4172 Develop and promote property industry knowledge - buyer's agent	537

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4172 Develop and promote property industry knowledge - buyer's agent	539

CPPREP4173 Complete purchase of property as buyer’s agent	541

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4173 Complete purchase of property as buyer’s agent	543

CPPREP4181 Manage onsite residential property	545

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4181 Manage onsite residential property	547

CPPREP4201 Appraise commercial property	549

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4201 Appraise commercial property	551

CPPREP4202 Establish and maintain vendor and lessor relationships and networks	553

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4202 Establish and maintain vendor and lessor relationships and networks	556

CPPREP4203 Complete commercial property sale	558

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4203 Complete commercial property sale	560

CPPREP4204 Establish commercial property lease	562

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4204 Establish commercial property lease	565

CPPREP4231 Manage commercial property maintenance	568

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4231 Manage commercial property maintenance	571

CPPREP4232 Manage commercial property financial reports	573

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4232 Manage commercial property financial reports	575

CPPREP4233 Manage lessee relationships - commercial	577

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4233 Manage lessee relationships - commercial	580

CPPREP4234 Manage lessor relationships - commercial	582

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4234 Manage lessor relationships - commercial	584

CPPREP4235 End commercial property lease	586

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4235 End commercial property lease	589

CPPREP4261 Appraise business for sale	591

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4261 Appraise business for sale	594

CPPREP4262 Establish vendor relationships in business broking	596

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4262 Establish vendor relationships in business broking	599

CPPREP4263 Manage buyer relationships in business broking	601

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4263 Manage buyer relationships in business broking	603

CPPREP4264 Manage the sales process in business broking	605

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4264 Manage the sales process in business broking	608

CPPREP4301 Confirm and market livestock for sale	610

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4301 Confirm and market livestock for sale	613

CPPREP4302 Prepare livestock for sale	615

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4302 Prepare livestock for sale	618

CPPREP4303 Establish vendor and buyer relationships in livestock sale	620

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4303 Establish vendor and buyer relationships in livestock sale	623

CPPREP4304 Complete sales process - livestock	625

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4304 Complete sales process - livestock	628

CPPREP4501 Prepare to complete the sales process - off the plan properties	630

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4501 Prepare to complete the sales process - off the plan properties	632

CPPREP4502 Support providers of social and community housing	634

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4502 Support providers of social and community housing	636

CPPREP4503 Present at hearings in real estate	638

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4503 Present at hearings in real estate	641

CPPREP4504 Deliver presentations to clients in real estate	643

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4504 Deliver presentations to clients in real estate	645

CPPREP4505 Value goods, chattels, plant and equipment	647

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4505 Value goods, chattels, plant and equipment	650

CPPREP4506 Manage offsite and lone worker safety in real estate	652

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4506 Manage offsite and lone worker safety in real estate	654

CPPREP4507 Provide property sustainability information in real estate	656

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4507 Provide property sustainability information in real estate	658

CPPREP4508 Conduct livestock auction	660

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4508 Conduct livestock auction	663

CPPREP4509 Auction goods, chattels or equipment	666

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4509 Auction goods, chattels or equipment	669

CPPREP4510 Manage short-term or holiday letting	672

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4510 Manage short-term or holiday letting	675

CPPREP5001 Manage compliance in the property industry	677

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5001 Manage compliance in the property industry	680

CPPREP5002 Establish and monitor property industry trust account management practices	682

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5002 Establish and monitor property industry trust account management practices	685

CPPREP5003 Manage ethical practice in the property industry	687

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5003 Manage ethical practice in the property industry	689

CPPREP5004 Manage a safe workplace in the property industry	691

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5004 Manage a safe workplace in the property industry	693

CPPREP5005 Manage teams in the property industry	695

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5005 Manage teams in the property industry	698

CPPREP5006 Manage operational finances in the property industry	700

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5006 Manage operational finances in the property industry	703

CPPREP5007 Develop a strategic business plan in the property industry	705

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5007 Develop a strategic business plan in the property industry	707

CPPREP5008 Market the property agency	710

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5008 Market the property agency	712

CPPREP5009 Develop a marketing and service strategy in real estate	714

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5009 Develop a marketing and service strategy in real estate	716

CPPREP5010 Manage customer service activities in the property industry	718

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5010 Manage customer service activities in the property industry	721

CPPREP5201 Develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence	723

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5201 Develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence	725

CPPREP5311 Develop and maintain rural property market knowledge and intelligence	727

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5311 Develop and maintain rural property market knowledge and intelligence	729

CPPSEC2021 Install security equipment and systems	731

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2021 Install security equipment and systems	734

CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems	737

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems	740

CPPSEC2023 Install video surveillance systems and equipment	742

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2023 Install video surveillance systems and equipment	745

CPPSEC2024 Monitor and respond to electronic information from security equipment and systems	747

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2024 Monitor and respond to electronic information from security equipment and systems	750

CPPSEC2025 Sell security products and services	752

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2025 Sell security products and services	755

CPPSEC2026 Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems	757

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2026 Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems	760

CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team	763

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team	767

CPPSEC3024 Install advanced technology security equipment and systems	770

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3024 Install advanced technology security equipment and systems	774

CPPSEC3025 Diagnose faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems	777

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3025 Diagnose faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems	780

CPPSEC3035 Recommend technical security requirements to meet client needs	783

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3035 Recommend technical security requirements to meet client needs	786

CPPSEC3036 Program and configure security equipment and systems	788

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3036 Program and configure security equipment and systems	791

CPPSEC3037 Test installed security equipment and systems	794

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3037 Test installed security equipment and systems	797

CPPSEC3038 Commission and decommission security equipment and systems	800

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3038 Commission and decommission security equipment and systems	804

CPPSEC3039 Diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems	807

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3039 Diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems	810

CPPSEC3040 Coordinate installation of security equipment and systems	813

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3040 Coordinate installation of security equipment and systems	816

CPPSEC3041 Conduct routine service of security equipment and systems	818

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3041 Conduct routine service of security equipment and systems	821

CPPSEC3042 Diagnose faults in video surveillance systems and equipment	824

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3042 Diagnose faults in video surveillance systems and equipment	827

CPPSEC3043 Establish and test electronic monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems	830

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3043 Establish and test electronic monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems	833

CPPSEC3044 Conduct routine service of electronic locks and locking systems	835

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3044 Conduct routine service of electronic locks and locking systems	838

CPPSEC3045 Assess security equipment and systems to specify required modifications	840

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3045 Assess security equipment and systems to specify required modifications	843

CPPSEC3046 Develop security system configurations and specifications for client sites	845

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3046 Develop security system configurations and specifications for client sites	848

CPPSEC3047 Provide estimate and quote on security system installations	850

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3047 Provide estimate and quote on security system installations	853

CPPSEC3053 Implement measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems	855

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3053 Implement measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems	858

CPPSEC4001 Manage work health and safety in the security work environment	860

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4001 Manage work health and safety in the security work environment	863

CPPSEC4003 Assess and advise on client security needs	865

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4003 Assess and advise on client security needs	868

CPPSEC4004 Supervise security operations	870

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4004 Supervise security operations	873

CPPSEC4005 Facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes	875

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4005 Facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes	878

CPPSEC4006 Conduct security risk assessment of client operations	880

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4006 Conduct security risk assessment of client operations	883

CPPSEC4007 Identify security threats and assess impact on client operations	885

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4007 Identify security threats and assess impact on client operations	888

CPPSEC4008 Assess and prepare security tender submissions	890

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4008 Assess and prepare security tender submissions	893

CPPSEC4009 Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems	895

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4009 Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems	898

CPPSEC4010 Manage monitoring centre operations	900

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4010 Manage monitoring centre operations	903

CPPSEC4011 Manage field staff activity and incident response from control room	905

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4011 Manage field staff activity and incident response from control room	908

CPPSEC4012 Assess security vulnerabilities of assets	911

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4012 Assess security vulnerabilities of assets	914

CPPSEC4014 Commission and decommission networked security systems	916

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4014 Commission and decommission networked security systems	920

CPPSEC4015 Maintain networked security systems	923

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4015 Maintain networked security systems	927

CPPSEC4016 Install networked security systems	930

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4016 Install networked security systems	933

CPPSEC4017 Design security system configurations and specifications	936

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4017 Design security system configurations and specifications	939

CPPSEC4018 Program and configure networked security systems	941

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4018 Program and configure networked security systems	944

CPPSEC4019 Diagnose faults in networked security systems	946

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4019 Diagnose faults in networked security systems	949

CPPSEC4020 Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs	952

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4020 Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs	955

CPPSEC4021 Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems	957

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4021 Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems	960

CPPSEC4022 Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses	962

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4022 Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses	965

CPPSEC4023 Implement contracting arrangements for security businesses	968

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4023 Implement contracting arrangements for security businesses	971

CPPSEC4024 Assess security of crowded places	973

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4024 Assess security of crowded places	976

CPPSEC4025 Advise on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security	979

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4025 Advise on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security	982

CPPSEC5002 Coordinate security operations	985

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5002 Coordinate security operations	988

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	990

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	993

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	996

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	1000

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	1003

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	1006

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	1009

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	1012

CPPSEC5008 Analyse threat environment and devise strategies to respond to active threats	1015

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5008 Analyse threat environment and devise strategies to respond to active threats	1018

CPPSEC5009 Implement communication systems to respond to active threats	1021

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5009 Implement communication systems to respond to active threats	1024

CPPSPS4001 Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas	1027

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4001 Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas	1030

CPPSPS4002 Install and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems	1033

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4002 Install and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems	1036

CPPSPS4003 Install and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems	1039

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4003 Install and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems	1042

CPPSPS4004 Install and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	1044

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4004 Install and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	1048

CPPSPS4005 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems	1051

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4005 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems	1055

CPPSPS4006 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa low voltage lighting systems	1058

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4006 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa low voltage lighting systems	1062

CPPSPS4007 Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment	1065

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4007 Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment	1069

CPPSPS4008 Install, service and repair spas	1071

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4008 Install, service and repair spas	1075

CPPSPS4009 Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services	1078

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4009 Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services	1081

CPPSPS4012 Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas	1083

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4012 Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas	1087

CPPSPS4013 Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas	1090

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4013 Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas	1093

CPPSPS4014 Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas	1095

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4014 Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas	1098

CPPSPS4016 Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services	1101

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4016 Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services	1104

CPPSPS4017 Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas	1106

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4017 Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas	1109

CPPUPM3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides	1112

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides	1116

CPPUPM3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides	1120

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides	1124

CPPUPM3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests	1129

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests	1133

CPPUPM3010 Control timber pests	1138

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3010 Control timber pests	1142

CPPUPM3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments	1147

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments	1153

CPPUPM3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment	1157

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment	1161

CPPUPM3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles	1164

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles	1168

CPPUPM3042 Install termite management systems	1172

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3042 Install termite management systems	1176

CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment	1180

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment	1184

CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations	1188

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations	1192

CPPUPM4003 Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive	1195

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4003 Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive	1200

CPPUPM4004 Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations	1205

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4004 Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations	1210

CPPUPM4005 Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations	1215

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4005 Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations	1219

CPPUPM4006 Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations	1224

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4006 Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations	1228

CPPWMT3001 Identify and segregate waste	1232

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3001 Identify and segregate waste	1235

CPPWMT3002 Conduct waste resource recovery	1237

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3002 Conduct waste resource recovery	1240

CPPWMT3003 Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management	1242

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3003 Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management	1245

CPPWMT3004 Comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste	1248

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3004 Comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste	1251

CPPWMT3005 Maintain storage area for waste management equipment and consumables	1253

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3005 Maintain storage area for waste management equipment and consumables	1256

CPPWMT3006 Receive, transfer and dispatch waste	1259

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3006 Receive, transfer and dispatch waste	1263

CPPWMT3007 Process waste using plant	1265

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3007 Process waste using plant	1268

CPPWMT3008 Store and monitor contained waste	1270

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3008 Store and monitor contained waste	1273

CPPWMT3009 Place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites	1276

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3009 Place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites	1279

CPPWMT3010 Maintain waste landfill sites	1281

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3010 Maintain waste landfill sites	1284

CPPWMT3011 Conduct waste assessments	1286

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3011 Conduct waste assessments	1289

CPPWMT4001 Develop proposals for waste management services	1291

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4001 Develop proposals for waste management services	1294

CPPWMT4002 Develop waste management plans	1296

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4002 Develop waste management plans	1299

CPPWMT4003 Implement waste management plans	1302

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4003 Implement waste management plans	1305

CPPWMT4004 Prepare waste management tender submissions	1307

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4004 Prepare waste management tender submissions	1310

CPPWMT4005 Implement waste management site safety plans	1312

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4005 Implement waste management site safety plans	1315

CPPWMT4006 Monitor waste landfill sites	1317

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4006 Monitor waste landfill sites	1320

CPPWMT4007 Organise and monitor waste management operations	1322

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4007 Organise and monitor waste management operations	1325

CPPWMT4008 Provide waste management information to stakeholders	1327

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4008 Provide waste management information to stakeholders	1330

CPPWMT4009 Conduct waste audits	1332

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4009 Conduct waste audits	1335

CPPWMT4010 Assess and advise on waste avoidance options	1337

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4010 Assess and advise on waste avoidance options	1340

AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals	1342

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals	1346

AHCCHM307 Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases	1349

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM307 Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases	1353

AHCCHM404 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals	1357

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM404 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals	1361

AHCCHM405 Plan and implement a chemical use program	1364

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM405 Plan and implement a chemical use program	1368

AHCCOM301 Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment	1371

Assessment Requirements for AHCCOM301 Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment	1374

AHCCOM302 Dispatch materials and composted product	1376

Assessment Requirements for AHCCOM302 Dispatch materials and composted product	1378

AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes	1380

Assessment Requirements for AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes	1383

AHCPHT307 Prepare raw materials and compost feedstock	1385

Assessment Requirements for AHCPHT307 Prepare raw materials and compost feedstock	1388

AHCPHT308 Prepare value added compost-based products	1390

Assessment Requirements for AHCPHT308 Prepare value added compost-based products	1392

AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques	1394

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques	1398

AHCPMG312 Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes	1401

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG312 Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes	1406

AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan	1410

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan	1414

AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem	1417

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem	1421

AHCSAW302 Implement erosion and sediment control measures	1423

Assessment Requirements for AHCSAW302 Implement erosion and sediment control measures	1425

AVIY3075 Control remote pilot aircraft systems in normal flight	1427

Assessment Requirements for AVIY3075 Control remote pilot aircraft systems in normal flight	1432

BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	1436

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	1439

BSBADM502 Manage meetings	1441

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM502 Manage meetings	1445

BSBADM504 Plan and implement administrative systems	1447

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM504 Plan and implement administrative systems	1451

BSBADV507 Develop a media plan	1453

Assessment Requirements for BSBADV507 Develop a media plan	1457

BSBAUD402 Participate in a quality audit	1459

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD402 Participate in a quality audit	1463

BSBAUD501 Initiate a quality audit	1465

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD501 Initiate a quality audit	1469

BSBAUD503 Lead a quality audit	1471

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD503 Lead a quality audit	1475

BSBAUD504 Report on a quality audit	1477

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD504 Report on a quality audit	1480

BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	1482

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	1485

BSBCOM405 Promote compliance with legislation	1487

Assessment Requirements for BSBCOM405 Promote compliance with legislation	1490

BSBCOM406 Conduct work within a compliance framework	1492

Assessment Requirements for BSBCOM406 Conduct work within a compliance framework	1495

BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff	1497

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff	1501

BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	1503

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	1507

BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation	1509

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation	1512

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1514

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1518

BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies	1520

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies	1524

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	1526

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	1529

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	1531

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	1534

BSBDIV301 Work effectively with diversity	1536

Assessment Requirements for BSBDIV301 Work effectively with diversity	1539

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	1541

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	1544

BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger	1546

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger	1549

BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	1551

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	1555

BSBFIA412 Report on financial activity	1557

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA412 Report on financial activity	1561

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	1563

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	1566

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	1568

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	1572

BSBFLM306 Provide workplace information and resourcing plans	1574

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM306 Provide workplace information and resourcing plans	1578

BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	1580

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	1583

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	1585

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	1589

BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	1591

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	1595

BSBHRM513 Manage workforce planning	1597

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM513 Manage workforce planning	1601

BSBHRM604 Manage employee relations	1603

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM604 Manage employee relations	1607

BSBINM301 Organise workplace information	1609

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM301 Organise workplace information	1612

BSBINM401 Implement workplace information system	1614

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM401 Implement workplace information system	1617

BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment	1619

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment	1623

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	1625

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	1628

BSBITS411 Maintain and implement digital technology	1630

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS411 Maintain and implement digital technology	1633

BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents	1635

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents	1639

BSBITU402 Develop and use complex spreadsheets	1641

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU402 Develop and use complex spreadsheets	1645

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	1647

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	1651

BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	1653

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	1656

BSBLDR404 Lead a diverse workforce	1658

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR404 Lead a diverse workforce	1661

BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	1663

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	1667

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	1669

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	1673

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	1675

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	1679

BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement	1681

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement	1684

BSBMGT406 Plan and monitor continuous improvement	1686

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT406 Plan and monitor continuous improvement	1689

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	1691

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	1695

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	1697

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	1701

BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	1703

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	1707

BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	1709

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	1713

BSBMKG507 Interpret market trends and developments	1715

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG507 Interpret market trends and developments	1718

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	1720

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	1724

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	1726

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	1729

BSBREL401 Establish networks	1731

Assessment Requirements for BSBREL401 Establish networks	1734

BSBRES411 Analyse and present research information	1736

Assessment Requirements for BSBRES411 Analyse and present research information	1739

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	1741

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	1744

BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes	1746

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes	1749

BSBRSK501 Manage risk	1751

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK501 Manage risk	1755

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	1757

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	1761

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	1763

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	1767

BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities	1769

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities	1772

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	1774

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	1777

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	1779

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	1783

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	1785

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	1788

BSBSMB403 Market the small business	1790

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB403 Market the small business	1794

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	1796

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	1800

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	1802

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	1806

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	1808

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	1813

BSBSMB417 Recruit staff	1815

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB417 Recruit staff	1818

BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations	1820

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations	1824

BSBSMB421 Manage small business finances	1826

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB421 Manage small business finances	1829

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	1831

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	1834

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	1836

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	1840

BSBSUS406 Identify and apply sustainability rating tools	1842

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS406 Identify and apply sustainability rating tools	1845

BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace	1847

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace	1850

BSBWHS307 Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace	1852

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS307 Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace	1855

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	1857

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	1860

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	1862

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	1866

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	1868

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	1871

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	1873

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	1877

BSBWRK411 Support employee and industrial relations procedures	1879

Assessment Requirements for BSBWRK411 Support employee and industrial relations procedures	1882

BSBWRT401 Write complex documents	1884

Assessment Requirements for BSBWRT401 Write complex documents	1887

CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern	1889

Assessment Requirements for CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern	1892

CPCCBC4014A Prepare simple building sketches and drawings	1894

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights	1901

CPCCSV5011A Apply building codes and standards to residential buildings	1909

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1917

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1921

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	1925

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	1929

CPCSUS5002A Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency	1931

CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects	1939

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects	1945

CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation	1948

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation	1952

CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information	1955

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information	1959

CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects	1961

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects	1965

CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs	1967

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs	1972

CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings	1974

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings	1979

CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation	1982

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation	1986

CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings	1988

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings	1993

CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings	1996

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings	2002

CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval	2005

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval	2010

CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval	2013

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval	2018

CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers	2021

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers	2025

CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings	2027

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings	2032

CPPBDN5007A Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects	2035

CPPBDN5017A Produce 2-D drawings for building design projects using CAD software	2043

CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors	2051

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors	2054

CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets	2057

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets	2061

CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces	2064

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces	2068

CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces	2071

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces	2075

CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings	2077

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings	2081

CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings	2084

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings	2088

CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces	2091

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces	2095

CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material	2098

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material	2102

CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities	2104

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities	2107

CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment	2109

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment	2113

CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces	2115

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces	2119

CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment	2122

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment	2126

CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents	2128

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents	2132

CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces	2135

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces	2141

CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces	2145

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces	2151

CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices	2155

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices	2160

CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors	2163

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors	2168

CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work	2171

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work	2175

CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets	2177

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets	2183

CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains	2187

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains	2193

CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage	2197

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage	2202

CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces	2205

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces	2210

CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets	2213

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets	2219

CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices	2222

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices	2225

CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets	2227

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets	2233

CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings	2238

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings	2244

CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments	2248

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments	2254

CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains	2257

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains	2263

CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets	2267

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets	2272

CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas	2276

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas	2283

CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings	2286

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings	2293

CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials	2298

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials	2304

CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces	2307

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces	2312

CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery	2315

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery	2321

CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery	2325

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery	2331

CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning	2336

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning	2340

CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets	2342

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets	2348

CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas	2351

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas	2357

CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights	2360

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights	2365

CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces	2368

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces	2374

CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas	2377

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas	2383

CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings	2386

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings	2391

CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques	2394

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques	2399

CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents	2401

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents	2406

CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces	2409

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces	2414

CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff	2417

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff	2422

CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques	2424

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques	2428

CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply	2431

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply	2435

CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks	2437

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks	2442

CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site	2445

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site	2450

CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services	2453

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services	2457

CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements	2460

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements	2463

CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services	2465

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services	2468

CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints	2470

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints	2476

CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation	2479

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation	2482

CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service	2484

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service	2488

CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace	2491

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace	2495

CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	2497

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	2501

CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2503

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2508

CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams	2510

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams	2514

CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations	2516

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations	2521

CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements	2523

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements	2530

CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings	2534

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings	2539

CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability	2541

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability	2546

CPPCMN4012A Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout a building's life cycle	2548

CPPCMN4013B Operate a sustainable business	2555

CPPCMN5001A Plan for a sustainable business	2562

CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry	2570

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry	2574

CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector	2576

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector	2582

CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans	2585

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans	2589

CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities	2592

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities	2596

CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry	2599

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry	2605

CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations	2607

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations	2611

CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry	2613

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry	2617

CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space	2619

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space	2623

CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement	2626

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement	2631

CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy	2634

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy	2638

CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry	2641

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry	2645

CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process	2648

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process	2651

CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry	2654

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry	2658

CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system	2660

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system	2664

CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry	2666

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry	2670

CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection	2673

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection	2677

CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry	2680

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry	2684

CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry	2687

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry	2692

CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities	2695

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities	2699

CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community	2701

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community	2705

CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities	2707

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities	2712

CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust	2714

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust	2717

CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets	2719

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets	2723

CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee	2725

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee	2729

CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities	2731

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities	2735

CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry	2738

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry	2742

CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team	2744

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team	2748

CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users	2750

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users	2755

CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry	2758

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry	2762

CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry	2764

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry	2769

CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities	2771

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities	2775

CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities	2777

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities	2781

CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans	2783

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans	2787

CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security	2789

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security	2792

CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security	2794

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security	2798

CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations	2801

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations	2804

CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients	2807

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients	2811

CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques	2813

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques	2816

CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security	2819

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security	2822

CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security	2825

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security	2828

CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises	2831

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises	2834

CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security	2837

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security	2840

CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons	2843

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons	2846

CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises	2849

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises	2852

CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables	2855

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables	2858

CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events	2860

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events	2863

CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation	2865

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation	2868

CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment	2870

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment	2873

CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation	2876

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation	2879

CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour	2882

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour	2885

CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients	2888

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients	2891

CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation	2893

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation	2896

CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms	2898

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms	2901

CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information	2904

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information	2907

CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports	2910

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports	2913

CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons	2915

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons	2918

CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs	2921

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs	2924

CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions	2926

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions	2929

CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols	2931

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols	2934

CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms	2937

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms	2941

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes	2944

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes	2948

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes	2951

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes	2955

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes	2958

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes	2962

CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults	2965

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults	2968

CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures	2971

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures	2974

CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments	2976

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments	2979

CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques	2981

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques	2984

CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services	2987

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services	2991

CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services	2994

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services	2998

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	3001

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	3004

CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets	3007

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets	3010

CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray	3013

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray	3016

CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment	3018

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment	3021

CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment	3024

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment	3027

CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment	3030

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment	3033

CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors	3036

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors	3039

CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes	3042

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes	3045

CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data	3048

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data	3051

CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data	3053

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data	3056

CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities	3058

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities	3061

CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers	3063

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers	3067

CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps	3069

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps	3072

CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data	3074

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data	3077

CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects	3080

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects	3084

CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads	3086

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads	3090

CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys	3093

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys	3096

CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations	3098

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations	3101

CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data	3103

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data	3106

CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data	3109

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data	3112

CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data	3114

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data	3118

CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS	3120

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS	3124

CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data	3126

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data	3129

CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services	3132

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services	3136

CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment	3138

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment	3142

CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations	3145

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations	3148

CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations	3150

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations	3154

CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data	3156

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data	3160

CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems	3162

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems	3167

CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications	3170

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications	3174

CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings	3177

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings	3181

CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data	3184

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data	3188

CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps	3191

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps	3195

CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies	3197

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies	3200

CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works	3202

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works	3206

CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection	3208

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection	3212

CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data	3215

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data	3220

CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data	3223

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data	3227

CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets	3229

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets	3234

CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems	3237

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems	3242

CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases	3245

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases	3250

CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects	3253

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects	3257

CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data	3260

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data	3264

CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems	3267

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems	3271

CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval	3273

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval	3278

CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems	3282

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems	3286

CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys	3289

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys	3293

CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys	3296

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys	3300

CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects	3302

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects	3306

CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying	3308

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying	3313

CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets	3316

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets	3320

CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations	3322

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations	3326

CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations	3328

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations	3332

CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys	3335

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys	3339

CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys	3342

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys	3346

CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data	3349

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data	3353

CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice	3356

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice	3360

CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping	3363

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping	3367

CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis	3370

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis	3374

CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures	3377

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures	3383

CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys	3387

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys	3392

CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings	3395

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings	3399

CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services	3402

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services	3406

CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines	3409

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines	3413

CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys	3416

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys	3420

CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys	3423

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys	3428

CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations	3432

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations	3437

CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys	3440

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys	3444

CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures	3447

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures	3452

CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis	3455

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis	3460

CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations	3463

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations	3467

CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans	3470

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans	3475

CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely	3478

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely	3481

CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations	3484

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations	3487

CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas	3490

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas	3493

CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems	3496

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems	3499

CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems	3502

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems	3505

CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	3508

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	3511

CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems	3514

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems	3517

CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry	3520

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry	3524

CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock	3526

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock	3529

CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services	3532

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services	3535

CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing	3539

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing	3542

CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals	3545

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals	3547

CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	3549

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	3552

FBPAUD4003 Conduct food safety audits	3554

Assessment Requirements for FBPAUD4003 Conduct food safety audits	3558

FNSMCA303 Serve legal process	3562

Assessment Requirements for FNSMCA303 Serve legal process	3565

FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget	3567

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget	3571

FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports	3573

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports	3576

FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	3578

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	3582

FWPHAR2206 Operate a mobile chipper/mulcher	3584

Assessment Requirements for FWPHAR2206 Operate a mobile chipper/mulcher	3587

HLTAID003 Provide first aid	3590

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid	3593

HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid	3597

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid	3601

HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation	3606

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation	3609

HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures	3614

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures	3617

HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures	3620

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures	3623

HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety	3626

Assessment Requirements for HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety	3629

HLTWHS004 Manage work health and safety	3632

Assessment Requirements for HLTWHS004 Manage work health and safety	3635

ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry	3638

Assessment Requirements for ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry	3645

ICTCBL236 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	3647

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL236 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	3653

ICTCBL237 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	3656

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL237 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	3662

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	3665

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	3669

ICTDBS502 Design a database	3671

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS502 Design a database	3675

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	3677

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	3680

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	3682

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	3685

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	3687

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	3691

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	3693

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	3697

ICTICT210 Operate database applications	3699

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT210 Operate database applications	3703

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	3705

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	3708

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	3710

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	3714

ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients	3716

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients	3719

ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications	3721

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications	3724

ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	3726

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	3729

ICTTEN201 Use electrical skills in telecommunications work	3731

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN201 Use electrical skills in telecommunications work	3734

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	3736

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	3739

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3741

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3745

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	3747

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	3751

ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements	3753

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements	3756

ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	3758

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	3761

ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification	3763

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification	3766

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	3768

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	3773

LGACOM404B Establish cooperative arrangements with other organisations	3777

LGACOMP008A Apply conflict resolution strategies	3782

LGACORE601B Develop, implement and review operational plans	3787

LGAEHRH403A Operate waste transfer, collection station or landfill facility	3792

LGAEHRW505B Implement strategies to minimise the impact of waste on the environment	3797

MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects	3803

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects	3806

MSL934005 Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans	3808

Assessment Requirements for MSL934005 Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans	3811

MSMSUP301 Apply HACCP to the workplace	3813

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP301 Apply HACCP to the workplace	3818

PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point	3820

Assessment Requirements for PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point	3825

PSPCRT007 Compile and use official notes	3828

Assessment Requirements for PSPCRT007 Compile and use official notes	3831

PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history	3833

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history	3836

PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans	3838

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans	3840

PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments	3842

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments	3845

PSPREG006 Produce formal record of interview	3847

Assessment Requirements for PSPREG006 Produce formal record of interview	3850

PSPREG017 Undertake compliance audits	3852

Assessment Requirements for PSPREG017 Undertake compliance audits	3855

PSPSEC009 Handle sensitive information	3857

Assessment Requirements for PSPSEC009 Handle sensitive information	3860

PSPSEC010 Provide government security briefings	3862

Assessment Requirements for PSPSEC010 Provide government security briefings	3865

PSPSEC015 Communicate security awareness	3867

Assessment Requirements for PSPSEC015 Communicate security awareness	3871

RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps	3873

Assessment Requirements for RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps	3875

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	3878

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	3881

SIRRINV002 Control stock	3884

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock	3887

SIRXCEG003 Build customer relationships and loyalty	3889

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG003 Build customer relationships and loyalty	3892

SIRXCOM002 Work effectively in a team	3894

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCOM002 Work effectively in a team	3897

SIRXMGT001 Supervise and support frontline team members	3899

Assessment Requirements for SIRXMGT001 Supervise and support frontline team members	3901

SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality	3903

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality	3905

SISCAQU003 Maintain aquatic facility plant and equipment	3907

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU003 Maintain aquatic facility plant and equipment	3909

SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures	3911

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures	3914

SISCAQU005 Develop and implement aquatic facility maintenance procedures	3917

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU005 Develop and implement aquatic facility maintenance procedures	3920

SISCAQU014 Operate self-contained breathing apparatus in an aquatic facility	3923

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU014 Operate self-contained breathing apparatus in an aquatic facility	3926

SISXEMR001 Respond to emergency situations	3928

Assessment Requirements for SISXEMR001 Respond to emergency situations	3931

SISXEMR002 Coordinate emergency responses	3935

Assessment Requirements for SISXEMR002 Coordinate emergency responses	3938

SISXRSK301A Undertake risk analysis of activities	3941

SISXWHS101 Follow work health and safety policies	3948

TAEASS301 Contribute to assessment	3955

Assessment Requirements for TAEASS301 Contribute to assessment	3959

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	3961

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	3965

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	3967

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	3971

TLIB0002 Carry out vehicle inspection	3973

Assessment Requirements for TLIB0002 Carry out vehicle inspection	3976

TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle	3979

Assessment Requirements for TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle	3982

TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle	3985

Assessment Requirements for TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle	3990

TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours	3993

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours	3996

TLIC3083 Operate a front lift mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4000

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3083 Operate a front lift mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4003

TLIC3084 Operate a lift on/lift off collection vehicle	4006

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3084 Operate a lift on/lift off collection vehicle	4010

TLIC3085 Operate a liquid waste collection vehicle	4012

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3085 Operate a liquid waste collection vehicle	4016

TLIC3087 Operate a rear loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4019

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3087 Operate a rear loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4022

TLIC3088 Operate a roll on/roll off collection vehicle	4024

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3088 Operate a roll on/roll off collection vehicle	4028

TLIC3089 Operate a side loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4031

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3089 Operate a side loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle	4034

TLIC4006 Drive multi-combination vehicle	4037

Assessment Requirements for TLIC4006 Drive multi-combination vehicle	4040

TLID0001 Load and unload vehicles carrying special loads	4043

Assessment Requirements for TLID0001 Load and unload vehicles carrying special loads	4046

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	4049

Assessment Requirements for TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	4052

TLID2022 Conduct weighbridge operations	4055

Assessment Requirements for TLID2022 Conduct weighbridge operations	4058

TLIF1001 Follow work health and safety procedures	4061

Assessment Requirements for TLIF1001 Follow work health and safety procedures	4064

TLIF3091 Apply awareness of dangerous goods and hazardous materials requirements	4066

Assessment Requirements for TLIF3091 Apply awareness of dangerous goods and hazardous materials requirements	4069

TLIG2007 Work in a socially diverse environment	4071

Assessment Requirements for TLIG2007 Work in a socially diverse environment	4074

TLIU2012 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4076

Assessment Requirements for TLIU2012 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4079

UETTDREL14 Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4082

Assessment Requirements for UETTDREL14 Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4086

CPP Property Services Training Package	4090

CPPSS00045 Manage complex fumigation operations	4098

CPPSS00046 Manage non-timber pests	4100

CPPSS00047 Manage timber pests	4102

CPPSS00048 Clean and restore hard floors	4104

CPPSS00049 Clean carpets	4106

CPPSS00050 Clean hospitals and aged care facilities	4108

CPPSS00051 Clean residential work sites	4110

CPPSS00052 Develop and implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs	4112

CPPSS00053 Implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs	4114

CPPSS00054 Induct cleaning staff	4116

CPPSS00055 Perform environmentally sustainable cleaning operations	4118

CPPSS00059 Batons and handcuffs	4120

CPPSS00060 Canine	4121

CPPSS00061 Cash-in-transit	4122

CPPSS00062 Control room operations	4123

CPPSS00063 Firearms	4125

CPPSS00064 Monitoring centre operations	4127

CPPSS00065 Residential property sales	4129

CPPSS00066 Residential property management	4130

CPPSS00067 Property management business development	4131

CPPSS00068 Auctioneering	4132

CPPSS00069 Buyer’s agent	4133

CPPSS00070 Onsite property manager	4134

CPPSS00071 Commercial sales and leasing	4135

CPPSS00072 Commercial and property management	4136

CPPSS00073 Business broking	4137

CPPSS00074 Stock and station, stock	4138

CPPSS00075 Stock and station, station	4139

CPPSS00076 Administration management/office support	4141

CPPSS00077 Security supervision	4142

CPPSS00078 Security business management	4144

CPP Property Services Training Package

Copyright Statement
© <2020> Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.2.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Artibus Innovation

Release Date:	< 15 June, 2020>

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20116 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP20112 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Release 2.

Replace superseded core unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry with core unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. This Version release with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.1

Qualification Description

This qualification applies to those undertaking pre-vocational programs, or entering the workforce and working under close supervision and possibly assisting in simple surveying or spatial information services activities. They can operate in the field and may use a computer to assist in collecting, storing and retrieving basic spatial data.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 8 units of competency: 4 core units 4 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 4 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate II or III qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSIS2012	Assist in collecting basic spatial data
CPPSIS2013	Store and retrieve basic spatial data
CPPSIS3011	Produce basic maps
Elective units
BSBSUS201	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service
CPPSIS2015	Assist with surveying and spatial field activities
CPPSIS2016	Assist with load transfers
ICTICT101	Operate a personal computer
ICTICT102	Operate word-processing applications
ICTICT105	Operate spreadsheet applications
ICTICT203	Operate application software packages
ICTICT210	Operate database applications
ICTICT211	Identify and use basic current industry-specific technologies
RIISTD201D	Read and interpret maps

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP20112 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20319 Certificate II in Technical Security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP20307 Certificate II in Technical Security. Changed packaging arrangements including increase in total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streams introduced to better align with industry requirements for a technical qualification.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for security technicians who sell, install, repair, service and maintain security equipment and systems that protect people and property and prevent or minimise loss and damage.

Technicians at this level operate under general supervision and interact with clients to perform installation, repair, service and maintenance tasks at client premises. Occupational titles may include:

access control technician

installation technician

security salesperson

service technician.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

All cabling work, including telephone, data, fire and security alarm systems cabling, that connects with the telecommunications network must be performed by a registered cabler or under the direct supervision of a registered cabler as required by the Australian Communications Media Authority (ACMA) cabling provider rules. For further information on cabling registration requirements, check with ACMA.

Some units within this qualification require open cabling registration under the ACMA cabling provider rules registration system. This qualification may result in open cabling registration for candidates who undertake:

ICTCBL236 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

ICTCBL237 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policies and procedures

ICTTEN201 Use electrical skills in telecommunications work.

Structured cabling registration may also be achieved by undertaking the unit ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

12 units of competency

4 core units

8 elective units.

Electives must be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 3 units from Group A

up to 5 units from Groups A, B or C not already selected

up to 1 unit may be selected from any Training Package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

An asterisk against a unit code listed below indicates that there are prerequisite requirements that must be met when packaging the qualification. Users are referred to the list of units with prerequisite unit requirements available for this purpose in the Training Package Implementation Guide.

Core Units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSEC2101	Apply effective communication skills to maintain security
CPPSEC2105	Provide quality services to a range of security clients
ICTWHS204	Follow work health and safety and environmental policies and procedures
Elective Units
Group A: Technical Field of Work
CPPSEC2021	Install security equipment and systems
CPPSEC2022	Install electronic locks and locking systems
CPPSEC2023	Install video surveillance systems and equipment
CPPSEC2025	Sell security products and services
CPPSEC2026	Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems
ICTTEN202	Use hand and power tools
Group B: Cabling Field of Work
ICTCBL236 *	Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule
ICTCBL237 *	Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule
ICTCBL301	Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation
ICTTEN201	Use electrical skills in telecommunications work
Group C: General
CPPSEC2024	Monitor and respond to electronic information from security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3037	Test installed security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3047	Provide estimate and quote on security system installations
ICTTEN207	Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP20319 Certificate II in Technical Security	CPP20307 Certificate II in Technical Security	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP20307 Certificate II in Technical Security. Changed packaging arrangements including increase in total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streams introduced to better align with industry requirements for a technical qualification.	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who have a defined and limited range of cleaning operational skills and basic industry knowledge. They are mainly involved in routine and repetitive tasks and work under supervision.

This qualification provides a pathway to further learning and work in various cleaning roles and settings including but not limited to:

administration, support and correctional services;

health care and social assistance;

accommodation and food services, and

education and training.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: • 11 units of competency: • 3 core units • 8 elective units. The elective units are to be chosen as follows: • a minimum of 6 units from the elective units listed below • up to 2 units in CPP or another Training Package or accredited course, provided the integrity of the AQF alignment is ensured, and they contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.
Core Units
CPPCLO2032	Plan basic cleaning activities
CPPCLO2034	Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment
CPPCMN2002	Participate in workplace safety arrangements
Electives Units
CPPCCL2008	Clean carpeted floors
CPPCCL2009	Perform basic stain removal from carpets
CPPCLO2002	Clean hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO2005	Maintain glass surfaces
CPPCLO2011	Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings
CPPCLO2014	Clean and arrange furniture and fittings
CPPCLO2016	Clean wet surfaces
CPPCLO2018	Sort, remove and recycle waste material
CPPCLO2036	Maintain external surfaces
CPPCLO2042	Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment
CPPCLO2045	Clean rooms for guests and residents
CPPCMN2004	Provide basic client services
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence Status
CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning	CPP20611 Certificate II in Cleaning Operations	New qualification. Replaces superseded but not equivalent CPP20611 Certificate II in Cleaning Operations.	Not Equivalent

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1 Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a security officer, responsible for maintaining safety and security by patrolling, protecting or guarding property while unarmed, and screening entry, monitoring behaviour and removing persons from premises.

This qualification is intended to align with the following occupational licencing outcomes:

security officer – unarmed guard

security officer – crowd controller.

Occupational titles could include:

security officer

unarmed guard

crowd controller

It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings including, but not limited to:

armed guarding

cash-in-transit

close protection

control room operations

guard dog handling.

Security officers may work alone or work in a team environment under general supervision, operating with limited autonomy and judgement to complete routine but variable tasks, with some accountability and responsibility for their own outputs, work and learning.

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication. Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

14 core units of competency.

Core units
CPPSEC2101	Apply effective communication skills to maintain security
CPPSEC2102	Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team
CPPSEC2103	Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security
CPPSEC2104	Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations
CPPSEC2105	Provide quality services to a range of security clients
CPPSEC2106	Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques
CPPSEC2107	Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security
CPPSEC2108	Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security
CPPSEC2109	Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises
CPPSEC2110	Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security
CPPSEC2111	Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons
CPPSEC2112	Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises
CPPSEC2113	Escort and protect persons and valuables
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Service Training Package	CPP07 Property Service Training Package	Comment	Equivalency Statement
CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations	Supersedes and replaces CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations	N
CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30119 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management. Changed packaging arrangements including a reduction in the total number of units and changed core and elective requirements.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of pest management technicians who are required to identify common urban pests, assess pest problems, consider pest management options, develop pest management plans, liaise with customers and implement pest management strategies.

In most cases, technicians work alone with responsibility for managing chemicals and equipment used for pest management and stored in pest management vehicles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for the qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

10 units of competency

5 core

5 elective units.

Up to 2 elective units may be selected from any training package, as long as they contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintain the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPUPM3005	Manage pests without applying pesticides
CPPUPM3006	Manage pests by applying pesticides
CPPUPM3017	Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment
CPPUPM3018	Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles
Elective Units
AHCCHM304	Transport and store chemicals
AHCCHM307	Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases
AHCPMG312	Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes
CPCCCM2010B	Work safely at heights
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
CPPUPM3008	Inspect for and report on timber pests
CPPUPM3010	Control timber pests
CPPUPM3011	Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments
CPPUPM3042	Install termite management systems
CPPUPM4003	Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive operations
CPPUPM4004	Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations
CPPUPM4005	Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations
CPPUPM4006	Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
MSMSUP301	Apply HACCP to the workplace
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0	CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0	Comments	E/ NE
CPP30119 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management	CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management	Supersedes and equivalent to CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management. Changed packaging arrangements including a reduction in the total number of units and changed core and elective requirements.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP30112 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Replaces superseded core unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry with core unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.1.
3	Update to superseded imported elective unit TLIC2025A to equivalent unit TLIC2025. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveying or spatial information services assistants. These people provide support under supervision to a surveying or spatial information services team. They perform a range of duties, from collecting basic spatial data and providing field support services, to simple drafting and map production.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 11 units of competency: 5 core units 6 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 6 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate II, III or IV qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSIS3011	Produce basic maps
CPPSIS3015	Collect basic surveying data
CPPSIS3019	Produce basic plans of surveys
CPPSIS3020	Perform basic surveying computations
Elective units
CPPSIS3016	Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects
CPPSIS3018	Transfer loads
CPPSIS3021	Visually interpret image data
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4030	Operate surveying equipment
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
ICTICT203	Operate application software packages
RIISTD201D	Read and interpret maps
TLIC2025	Operate four wheel drive vehicle

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP30112 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP31011 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of cleaners responsible for undertaking a range of routine and non-routine tasks according to work schedules, liaising with clients and in some cases members of the public, and operating in a range of general residential and commercial settings as well as specialist cleaning environments. The cleaner may work alone, with or without supervision, and has responsibility for selecting, preparing and using appropriate cleaning methods for a range of cleaning situations while ensuring safe work practices.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 5 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 3 units may be chosen from other Certificate III or Certificate IV qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPCLO3003	Clean using safe work practices
CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3019	Remove waste and recyclable materials
CPPCLO3035	Maintain cleaning storage areas
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service
Elective units
CPPCLO3001	Maintain hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO3002	Restore hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO3004	Maintain carpeted floors
CPPCLO3006	Clean carpets
CPPCLO3007	Remove carpet stains
CPPCLO3008	Mitigate carpet water damage
CPPCLO3009	Clean glass surfaces
CPPCLO3010	Apply odour control to carpets
CPPCLO3011	Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCLO3012	Repair and reinstall carpets
CPPCLO3013	Clean window coverings
CPPCLO3014	Maintain clean-room environments
CPPCLO3015	Treat complex carpet stains
CPPCLO3016	Apply topical treatments to carpets
CPPCLO3017	Clean wet areas
CPPCLO3018	Clean and maintain furniture and fittings
CPPCLO3020	Pressure wash and clean surfaces
CPPCLO3021	Clean industrial machinery
CPPCLO3024	Clean fabric upholstery
CPPCLO3029	Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning
CPPCLO3030	Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets
CPPCLO3036	Clean at heights
CPPCLO3037	Clean external surfaces
CPPCLO3038	Clean food-handling areas
CPPCLO3040	Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings
CPPCLO3043	Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques
CPPCLO3044	Prepare rooms for guests and residents
CPPCLO3045	Clean high-touch surfaces
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPCMN3007	Support leadership in the workplace
HLTINF001	Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP31011 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30416 Certificate III in Strata Community Management

Modification History

Release 1.

New qualification.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in working in administrative and support roles in the strata community management sector.

In most situations, the individual will work as part of a strata community management team and will assist with the administration of strata communities by facilitating meetings of strata community members, monitoring the condition of building facilities and maintaining financial records associated with the management of strata communities.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 11 units of competency: 8 core units 3 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 3 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 1 of the units may be chosen from the Certificate IV in Strata Community Management or other Certificate III or Certificate IV qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBFIA301	Maintain financial records
CPPDSM3009	Maintain workplace safety in the property industry
CPPDSM3011	Monitor building facilities
CPPDSM3016	Work in the property industry
CPPDSM3017	Work in the strata community management sector
CPPDSM3019	Communicate with clients in the property industry
CPPDSM3020	Source and extract information from strata plans
CPPDSM4045	Facilitate meetings in the property industry
Elective units
BSBFLM303	Contribute to effective workplace relationships
BSBSUS201	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPDSM3007	Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry
CPPDSM3010	Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry
CPPDSM3021	Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30519 Certificate III in Technical Security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP30507 Certificate III in Technical Security. Changed packaging arrangements. New entry requirements.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for experienced security technicians who sell, install, repair, service and maintain security equipment and systems that protect people and property, and prevent or minimise loss and damage.

Technicians at this level operate independently and use discretion and judgement to plan and implement client requirements for installation, repair, service and maintenance of security equipment and systems. Occupational titles may include:

access security technician

electronic security technician

security equipment installer

service technician.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

All cabling work, including telephone, data, fire and security alarm systems cabling, that connects with the telecommunications network must be performed by a registered cabler or under the direct supervision of a registered cabler as required by the Australian Communications Media Authority (ACMA) cabling provider rules. For further information on cabling registration requirements, check with ACMA.

Entry Requirements

CPP20307 Certificate II in Technical Security, or

CPP20319 Certificate II in Technical Security

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency

11 core units

3 elective units.

An elective unit may be selected from any Training Package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service
CPPSEC3035	Recommend technical security requirements to meet client needs
CPPSEC3036	Program and configure security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3037	Test installed security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3038	Commission and decommission security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3039	Diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3040	Coordinate installation of security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3041	Conduct routine service of security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3053	Implement measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
ICTTEN416	Install, configure and test an internet protocol network
Elective Units
BSBFLM306	Provide workplace information and resourcing plans
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
CPPSEC3024	Install advanced technology security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3025	Diagnose faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3042	Diagnose faults in video surveillance systems and equipment
CPPSEC3043	Establish and test electronic monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems
CPPSEC3044	Conduct routine service of electronic locks and locking systems
CPPSEC3045	Assess security equipment and systems to specify required modifications
CPPSEC3046	Develop security system configurations and specifications for client sites
CPPSEC3047	Provide estimate and quote on security system installations
CPPSEC3106	Gather, organise and present security information and documentation

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP30519 Certificate III in Technical Security	CPP30507 Certificate III in Technical Security	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP30507 Certificate III in Technical Security. Changed packaging arrangements. New entry requirements.	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30619 Certificate III in Investigative Services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP30607 Certificate III in Investigative Services. Changed packaging arrangements including an increase in the total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streaming introduced to align occupational specialisations with industry requirements.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for investigators, responsible for factual investigation and inquiry work or covert surveillance operations. Investigators operate under limited supervision and use discretion and judgement to search for information about a person’s character, actions or work and gather evidence that may be used in court.

Occupational titles may include:

inquiry agent

private investigator.

This qualification provides occupational specialisations in factual investigation and surveillance, and a pathway to further learning and work in investigations management.

Investigators undertaking surveillance operations are required to operate a surveillance vehicle in compliance with road and traffic laws.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

16 units of competency

5 core units

11 elective units.

Electives are to be chosen as follows:

all 8 units in Group A plus 3 units from any other group not already selected, or

all 7 units in Group B plus 4 units from any other group not already selected

up to 1 unit may be selected from any Training Package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPINV3026	Work effectively in investigative services
CPPINV3027	Develop investigation plans
CPPINV3028	Investigate and locate subjects
CPPINV3029	Provide quality investigative services to clients
CPPSEC3124	Prepare and present evidence in court
Elective Units
Group A: Factual Investigation
BSBSMB305	Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business
CPPINV3030	Conduct factual investigations
CPPINV3031	Conduct interviews and take statements to support investigations
CPPINV3032	Develop factual investigation reports
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
PSPCRT007	Compile and use official notes
PSPREG006	Produce formal record of interview
PSPSEC009	Handle sensitive information
Group B: Surveillance
BSBSMB305	Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business
CPPINV3033	Conduct covert surveillance operations
CPPINV3034	Organise and operate surveillance vehicles
CPPINV3035	Develop surveillance investigation reports
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
PSPCRT007	Compile and use official notes
PSPSEC009	Handle sensitive information
Group C: General electives
AVIY3075	Control remote pilot aircraft systems in normal flight
BSBSMB301	Investigate micro business opportunities
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
BSBSMB404	Undertake small business planning
CPPSEC3101	Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation
FNSMCA303	Serve legal process

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP30619 Certificate III in Investigative Services	CPP30607 Certificate III in Investigative Services	Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP30607 Certificate III in Investigative Services. Changed packaging arrangements including an increase in the total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streaming introduced to align occupational specialisations with industry requirements.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30719 Certificate III in Waste Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPP30711 Certificate III in Waste Management.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for those engaged in waste management who undertake waste collection and processing across a range of government and private sectors involved in municipal, solid, commercial, industrial, construction and demolition waste management.

Job roles and titles vary across the waste management industry and fall within two key areas of activity:

collection: waste collection and transfer

processing: waste treatment, disposal, remediation and resource recovery.

Individuals with this qualification perform tasks in varied contexts, which involve known routines, methods and procedures, and judgement in recognising waste types and managing hazards.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to the operation of vehicles, plant and equipment used in waste management in some jurisdictions and should be confirmed prior to commencing this qualification. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in 12 units of competency consisting of:

4 core units

8 elective units.

Electives are to be selected as follows:

a minimum of 2 units must be selected from Group A

up to 6 units not already selected may be selected from Group A, Group B or Group C

up to 2 units may be selected from Group D or any current training package as long as they contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome, maintain the integrity of the AQF level of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit used to achieve this qualification.

Core Units
Code	Title
CPPWMT3001	Identify and segregate waste
CPPWMT3002	Conduct waste resource recovery
CPPWMT3003	Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management
TLIF1001	Follow work health and safety procedures
Elective Units
Group A: Waste operations
CPPWMT3004	Comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste
CPPWMT3005	Maintain storage area for waste management equipment and consumables
CPPWMT3006	Receive, transfer and dispatch waste
CPPWMT3007	Process waste using plant
CPPWMT3008	Store and monitor contained waste
CPPWMT3009	Place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites
CPPWMT3010	Maintain waste landfill sites
CPPWMT3011	Conduct waste assessments
TLID1001	Shift materials safely using manual handling methods
Group B: Waste collection
TLIC3083	Operate a front lift mobile compaction/collection vehicle
TLIC3084	Operate a lift on/lift off collection vehicle
TLIC3085	Operate a liquid waste collection vehicle
TLIC3087	Operate a rear loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle
TLIC3088	Operate a roll on/roll off collection vehicle
TLIC3089	Operate a side loading mobile compaction/collection vehicle
TLIC4006	Drive multi-combination vehicle
TLID0001	Load and unload vehicles carrying special loads
UETTDREL14	Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker
Group C: Waste processing
AHCCOM301	Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment
AHCCOM302	Dispatch materials and composted product
AHCPHT307	Prepare raw materials and compost feedstock
AHCPHT308	Prepare value-added compost-based products
FWPHAR2206	Operate a mobile chipper/mulcher
TLID2022	Conduct weighbridge operations
Group D: General
AHCSAW302	Implement erosion and sediment control measures
BSBCUE304	Provide sales solutions to customers
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
BSBINM301	Organise workplace information
BSBLDR403	Lead team effectiveness
BSBPRO301	Recommend products and services
BSBWHS307	Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPWMT4008	Provide waste management information to stakeholders
CPPWMT4010	Assess and advise on waste avoidance options
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances
TLIF3091	Apply awareness of dangerous goods and hazardous materials requirements
TLIG2007	Work in a socially diverse environment
TLIU2012	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPP30711 Certificate III in Waste Management.

Links

The companion Volume Implementation Guide for the CPP Property Services Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 6.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP31212
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Imported unit CPCCWHS2001 - Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Qualification Description

This is an entry level qualification that provides the competencies required by swimming pool and spa technicians to routinely maintain swimming pools and spas in domestic, commercial and public settings.

The qualification is suitable for an Australian Apprenticeship pathway.

Occupational titles include:

Swimming pool and spa maintenance technician.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

18 units of competency:

12 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF qualification level and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

all six elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to three elective units may be chosen from other Certificate II or Certificate IV qualifications in the CPP Property Services Training Package, or another current Training Package or accredited course provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit already chosen for the qualification.

Core units
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
CPPCMN3005	Complete client documentation
CPPDSM3009	Maintain workplace safety in the property industry
CPPSPS3001	Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely
CPPSPS3002	Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations
CPPSPS3003	Maintain swimming pools and spas
CPPSPS3004	Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems
CPPSPS3005	Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems
CPPSPS3006	Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems
CPPSPS3008	Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry
SISCAQU001	Test pool water quality
SISCAQU004	Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures
Elective Units
CPCCCM2010B	Work safely at heights
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPPDSM3010	Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry
CPPSPS3007	Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems
CPPSPS3009	Maintain swimming pool and spa stock
CPPSPS3010	Sell swimming pool and spa products and services
CPPSPS3011	Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing
CPPSPS3012	Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	CPP31212 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	Qualification supersedes and is equivalent to CPP31212.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Imported units updated to current releases.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a security officer, responsible for maintaining safety and security by patrolling, protecting and guarding property, and screening entry, monitoring behaviour and removing persons from premises.

Occupational titles could include:

security officer

unarmed guard

crowd controller.

This qualification is suitable for individuals who wish to deepen and broaden their skills and knowledge in security operations and lead security teams in the field. It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings, including security risk management.

Security officers at this level provide leadership in a team environment, operate under limited supervision, and use discretion and judgement in known and unpredictable work contexts. They take responsibility for their own outputs in work and learning, and limited responsibility for the output of others in the work team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication. This qualification does not provide the required competencies for a security officer license. Learners who hold a security license may select units as part of this qualification required for additional license endorsements in;

Batons and handcuffs

Canine

Cash-in-transit

Control room operations

Firearms.

Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

Must hold a current Security Officers licensing in the relevant jurisdiction.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

8 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 4 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below, or elsewhere from the CPP Property Services Training Package or other current Training Packages.

Electives selected from outside this qualification must be relevant to the occupational outcome.

An asterisk against a unit code listed below indicates that there is a prerequisite.

Core units
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
CPPSEC3101	Manage conflict and security risks through negotiation
CPPSEC3102	Maintain operational safety and security of work environment
CPPSEC3103	Determine and implement response to security risk situation
CPPSEC3104	Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour
CPPSEC3105	Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients
CPPSEC3106	Gather, organise and present security information and documentation
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
Elective units
CHCCCS020	Respond effectively to behaviours of concern
CPPSEC2114	Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events
CPPSEC3107	Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms
CPPSEC3108	Store, protect and dispose of security information
CPPSEC3109	Use and maintain security databases and compile reports
CPPSEC3110	Control persons using batons
CPPSEC3111	Restrain persons using handcuffs
CPPSEC3112	Manage training and wellbeing of dogs for security functions
CPPSEC3113	Handle dogs for security patrols
CPPSEC3114 *	Control security risk situations using firearms
CPPSEC3115	Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes
CPPSEC3116	Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes
CPPSEC3117	Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes
CPPSEC3118	Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment
CPPSEC3119	Implement cash-in-transit security procedures
CPPSEC3120	Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments
CPPSEC3121	Control persons using empty hand techniques
CPPSEC3122	Plan provision of close protection services
CPPSEC3123	Implement close protection services
CPPSEC3124	Prepare and present evidence in court
CPPSEC3125	Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets
CPPSEC3126	Defend persons using spray
CPPSEC3127	Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment
CPPSEC3128	Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment
CPPSEC3129	Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment
CPPSEC3130	Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors
CPPSEC3131	Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes
HLTAID006	Provide advanced first aid
HLTAID007	Provide advanced resuscitation
PMAOMIR210	Control evacuation to muster point
TLIB0002	Carry out vehicle inspection
TLIC1051	Operate commercial vehicle

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations	CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations	Supersedes and replaces CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3. New qualification.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Imported units updated to current releases.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a close protection operative who is responsible for providing security services to protect the safety and security of principals who may be celebrities, political figures, very important persons (VIPs) or other persons requiring close protection services.

This qualification provides an occupational licence outcome of a close protection operative.

Occupational titles could include:

close protection operative.

This qualification is suitable for people within or entering the security industry who wish to specialise in the provision of close protection services. It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings, including security risk management.

Close protection operatives work in a team environment under limited supervision and use discretion and judgement in known and unpredictable work contexts. They take responsibility for their own outputs in work and learning, and limited responsibility for the output of others in the work team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication.

Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

8 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 4 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below, or elsewhere from the CPP Property Services Training Package or other current Training Packages.

Electives selected from outside this qualification must be relevant to the occupational outcome.

Core units
CPPSEC3101	Manage conflict and security risks through negotiation
CPPSEC3103	Determine and implement response to security risk situation
CPPSEC3105	Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients
CPPSEC3121	Control persons using empty hand techniques
CPPSEC3122	Plan provision of close protection services
CPPSEC3123	Implement close protection services
HLTAID006	Provide advanced first aid
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
Elective units
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
CHCCCS020	Respond effectively to behaviours of concern
CPPSEC3102	Maintain operational safety and security of work environment
CPPSEC3104	Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour
CPPSEC3106	Gather, organise and present security information and documentation
CPPSEC3108	Store, protect and dispose of security information
CPPSEC3109	Use and maintain security databases and compile reports
CPPSEC3110	Control persons using batons
CPPSEC3111	Restrain persons using handcuffs
CPPSEC3124	Prepare and present evidence in court
CPPSEC3125	Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets
CPPSEC3126	Defend persons using spray
CPPSEC3131	Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes
HLTAID007	Provide advanced resuscitation
PMAOMIR210	Control evacuation to muster point
TLIB0002	Carry out vehicle inspection
TLIC1051	Operate commercial vehicle
TLIC3036	Apply safe car driving behaviours

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations	New qualification	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31519 Certificate III in Real Estate Practice

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to: CPP30211 Certificate III in Property Services (Agency) CPP30311 Certificate III in Property Services (Operations). Qualifications were merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of administration staff within the real estate sector of the property services industry who apply knowledge of real estate procedures, forms and documents; knowledge of customer service standards and customer expectations; and knowledge of real estate services and technical processes to support real estate agency operational functions.

This qualification applies to administration and support staff working in the real estate sector including residential, commercial, stock and station, auctioneering or buyer’s agent operations.

Occupational titles may include:

Real Estate Agent Office Assistant

Real Estate Sales Assistant

Assistant Property Manager

Marketing and Administration Assistant.

Staff who hold this qualification are commonly engaged with:

receiving, recording and following up enquiries with vendors or buyers, lessors or tenants, by phone, email and in person

using forms and documents to assist in preparing contracts for sale or lease, correspondence with vendors, buyers, lessors or tenants

scheduling and assisting with property inspections

maintaining data relating to clients and prospects including vendors, buyers, lessors or tenants

assisting with development of a client base through prospecting activities such as cold calls, door knocking, attendance at open homes

conducting approved transactions through trust accounts

receiving and processing payments and maintaining basic financial records

applying ethical standards and practices

conducting basic administration duties including using business technology, preparing documents, maintaining appointment schedules and providing customer service.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to real estate practices in all states and territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

5 core units

9 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualification alignment, contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 3 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 4 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below or from other current Training Packages provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core units
CPPREP3001	Comply with ethical practice in real estate
CPPREP3002	Communicate effectively to support customer service in real estate
CPPREP3003	Access and process property information in real estate
CPPREP4001	Prepare for professional practice in real estate
CPPREP4005	Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts
Elective units
CPPREP3101	Assist in listing and marketing properties for lease
CPPREP3102	Assist in listing and marketing properties for sale
CPPREP3103	Assist with the sale of properties
CPPREP3104	Assist with maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties
CPPREP3105	Assist with property inspection
BSBDIV301	Work effectively with diversity
BSBFIA304	Maintain a general ledger
BSBITU309	Produce desktop published documents
BSBWHS302	Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
SIRXCEG003	Build customer relationships and loyalty
SIRXCOM002	Work effectively in a team

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency statement
CPP31519 Certificate III in Real Estate Practice	CPP30211 Certificate III in Property Services (Agency) CPP30311 Certificate III in Property Services (Operations)	Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP30211 Certificate III in Property Services (Agency) and is also equivalent to CPP30311 Certificate III in Property Services (Operations). Qualifications were merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.	E

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 1.0. New qualification.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 4.1. Imported unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.
Release 3	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Imported unit CPCCWHS2001 - Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.
Release 4	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Imported unit MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Qualification Description

This qualification provides building design drafters with the competencies required to support building designers and architects. The building design drafter may work on a wide range of building design projects, including high rise commercial projects, but always under the supervision and instruction of an appropriately licensed or accredited architect or building designer.

The role of the drafter includes using building information modelling (BIM)-capable current industry standard building design software to produce drawings and documentation required by clients and stakeholders, and for the planning and building authorisation processes. It also involves researching and applying relevant information, including drawings and reports from other construction professionals and compliance requirements relevant to specific projects. The drafter also provides administrative support to the design team, including data collection and storage, and file management.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 9 core units 6 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 6 may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP07, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPBDN4001	Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects
CPPBDN4002	Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation
CPPBDN4003	Collect, apply and store building design project information
CPPBDN4004	Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects
CPPBDN4005	Review and report structural integrity of building designs
CPPBDN4006	Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings
CPPBDN4007	Store and retrieve building design documentation
CPPBDN4008	Produce digital building design concept drawings
CPPBDN5017A	Produce 2-D building design drawings using CAD software
Elective units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPPBDN4009	Analyse building design drawings and review findings
CPPBDN4010	Prepare documentation for planning approval
CPPBDN4011	Prepare documentation for building approval
CPPBDN4012	Provide support to project building designers
CPPBDN4013	Produce construction detail drawings
CPPBDN5007A	Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects
MSFID4014	Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40216 Certificate IV in Surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP40112 Certificate IV in Surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveying technicians who work under supervision to support a surveying team. They perform a range of duties using surveying tools and equipment, including total stations and global navigation satellite systems (GNSS).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 6 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 8 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate III, Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS4025	Collect spatial data using GNSS
CPPSIS4027	Organise surveying field services
CPPSIS4031	Perform surveying computations
CPPSIS4037	Produce computer-aided drawings
CPPSIS4040	Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies
CPPSIS4041	Set out site and building works
Elective units
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4026	Digitally enhance and process image data
CPPSIS4030	Operate surveying equipment
CPPSIS4032	Conduct field surveying operations
CPPSIS4036	Operate spatial software applications
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP40112 Certificate IV in Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40316 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP40212 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update superseded imported elective unit CUVACD301A Produce drawings to communicate ideas to equivalent unit CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of geographic information system (GIS) technicians who work under supervision to support a spatial information services team. They perform a range of duties using various geospatial technologies, including global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and specialised geospatial software.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 7 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 8 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate III, Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4024	Source and assess spatial data
CPPSIS4025	Collect spatial data using GNSS
CPPSIS4034	Maintain spatial data
CPPSIS4035	Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS5035	Obtain and validate spatial data
Elective units
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPSIS4026	Digitally enhance and process image data
CPPSIS4027	Organise surveying field services
CPPSIS4036	Operate spatial software applications
CPPSIS4037	Produce computer-aided drawings
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
CPPSIS4040	Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies
CPPSIS4041	Set out site and building works
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
ICTDBS502	Design a database
ICTICT302	Install and optimise operating system software
ICTWEB401	Design a website to meet technical requirements
ICTWEB411	Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages
ICTWEB429	Create a markup language document to specification

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP40212 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP41011 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of cleaning industry personnel who use well developed skills and a broad knowledge base in a wide variety of cleaning management contexts. They may be responsible for wide-ranging operational cleaning management activity and for managing staff, providing quotations, planning and overseeing work, and providing customer support.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 7 core units 7 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 7 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 3 units may be chosen from Certificate IV qualifications in BSB Business Services Training Package up to 3 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPCLO4001	Induct cleaning staff
CPPCLO4022	Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks
CPPCLO4024	Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPCMN4004	Develop and manage client relations
CPPCMN4007	Manage workplace safety arrangements
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
Elective units
CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3029	Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning
CPPCLO3030	Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets
CPPCLO4002	Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques
CPPCLO4003	Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply
CPPCLO4025	Provide quotation for cleaning services
CPPCMN4001	Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
HLTINF003	Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP41011 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40516 Certificate IV in Strata Community Management

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	New qualification. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
2	Update to superseded imported equivalent elective unit BSBSUS301 to BSBSUS401. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in providing management services for strata communities.

In most situations, the individual will work independently but may operate as part of a strata community management team. In this role, the person will perform all functions associated with the administration of strata communities, including facilitating meetings of strata community members, administering insurance for strata communities, handling strata community funds, as well as maintaining business records and reporting on the financial activities of strata communities.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 18 units of competency: 13 core units 5 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: a minimum of two elective units must be chosen from the Group A Specialist elective units listed below the remaining 3 elective units may be chosen as follows: up to 3 units from both Group A Specialist elective units and Group B Common elective units up to 2 units from the Certificate III in Strata Community Management, the Diploma of Strata Community Management, or from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualification in CPP or another current endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBFIA402	Report on financial activity
BSBRKG304	Maintain business records
CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
CPPDSM3016	Work in the property industry
CPPDSM3017	Work in the strata community management sector
CPPDSM3019	Communicate with clients in the property industry
CPPDSM4009	Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry
CPPDSM4044	Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities
CPPDSM4045	Facilitate meetings in the property industry
CPPDSM4056	Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry
CPPDSM4057	Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry
CPPDSM4084	Administer insurance for strata communities
CPPDSM4085	Handle strata community funds held on trust
Elective units
Group A Specialist elective units
CPPCMN4009	Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability
CPPCMN4012A	Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout building life cycle
CPPCMN4013B	Operate a sustainable business
CPPDSM4020	Present at tribunals
CPPDSM4026	Analyse property and facility information
CPPDSM4027	Analyse resource use in building operations
CPPDSM4028	Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry
CPPDSM4031	Arrange lease of space
CPPDSM4034	Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement
CPPDSM4040	Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy
CPPDSM4042	Coordinate construction contract
CPPDSM4047	Implement and monitor procurement process
CPPDSM4048	Implement customer service strategies in the property industry
CPPDSM4055	Maintain asset management system
CPPDSM4063	Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts
CPPDSM4066	Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection
CPPDSM4071	Promote process improvement in the property industry
CPPDSM4072	Provide leadership in the property industry
CPPDSM4074	Select and appoint contractors in the property industry
CPPDSM4082	Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities
CPPDSM4083	Terminate strata community
CPPDSM4086	Oversee preparation of strata community budgets
Group B Common elective units
BSBADM409	Coordinate business resources
BSBCMM401	Make a presentation
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBITS401	Maintain business technology
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT402	Implement operational plan
BSBREL401	Establish networks
BSBSMB402	Plan small business finances
BSBSMB404	Undertake small business planning
BSBSUS401	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPDSM4087	Facilitate operation of owners committee

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40719 Certificate IV in Security Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP40707 Certificate IV in Security and Risk Management. Changed packaging arrangements including reduction in total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streaming introduced to align occupational specialisations with industry requirements.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for security supervisors and security business managers who may engage in sub-contracting arrangements for personnel and clients. Security supervisors lead teams to coordinate and implement a range of security operations and functions such as control room, monitoring centre, electronic security and guarding. Security business managers coordinate security manpower and services to clients while operating under complex regulatory and contracting arrangements.

Occupational titles may include:

control room manager

event security supervisor

monitoring centre manager

security business manager

security operations supervisor

technical security manager.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

12 units of competency

4 core units

8 elective units.

Electives are to be chosen as follows:

all units within Group A or all units within Group B

up to 4 units within Groups A, B or C not already selected

an elective unit may be selected from Group D or from any training package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPSEC4001	Manage work health and safety in the security work environment
CPPSEC4003	Assess and advise on client security needs
CPPSEC4005	Facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes
CPPSEC4022	Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses
Elective Units
Group A: Business Management
BSBADM409	Coordinate business resources
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
CPPSEC4023	Implement contracting arrangements for security businesses
Group B: Supervision
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBLDR403	Lead team effectiveness
BSBWOR404	Develop work priorities
CPPSEC4004	Supervise security operations
Group C: Specialist
CPPINV4013	Undertake case management of investigations
CPPSEC4008	Assess and prepare security tender submissions
CPPSEC4009	Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems
CPPSEC4010	Manage monitoring centre operations
CPPSEC4011	Manage field staff activity and incident response from control room
CPPSEC4014	Commission and decommission networked security systems
CPPSEC4015	Maintain networked security systems
CPPSEC4016	Install networked security systems
CPPSEC4017	Design security system configurations and specifications
CPPSEC4018	Program and configure networked security systems
CPPSEC4019	Diagnose faults in networked security systems
CPPSEC4020	Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs
CPPSEC4021	Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems
Group D: General
BSBCUS401	Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies
BSBFIA412	Report on financial activity
BSBINN301	Promote innovation in a team environment
BSBITS411	Maintain and implement digital technology
BSBMGT403	Implement continuous improvement
BSBSMB402	Plan small business finances
BSBWOR404	Develop work priorities
BSBWRK411	Support employee and industrial relations procedures
PSPREG017	Undertake compliance audits

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP40719 Certificate IV in Security Management	CPP40707 Certificate IV in Security and Risk Management	Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP40707 Certificate IV in Security and Risk Management. Changed packaging arrangements including reduction in total number of units and changed core and elective requirements. Streaming introduced to align occupational specialisations with industry requirements.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40919 Certificate IV in Waste Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPP40911 Certificate IV in Waste Management.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for those in waste management specialisation roles in waste collection, processing, minimisation and recovery operations in supervisory, leadership or sales roles. Waste management operations are undertaken across a range of government and private sectors involved in municipal, solid, commercial, industrial, construction and demolition waste management.

Individuals operating in these waste management specialisation roles apply solutions to a defined range of predictable and unpredictable problems and provide leadership and guidance to others.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to the operation of waste management facilities by the respective environmental protection authority (EPA) in some jurisdictions and should be confirmed prior to commencing this qualification. For further information, check with the relevant EPA.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in 12 units of competency consisting of:

7 core units

5 elective units.

Electives are to be selected as follows:

a minimum of 2 units must be selected from Group A

the remaining units may be selected from Group A or Group B units not already selected

up to 2 units may be chosen from any current training package as long as they contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome, maintain the integrity of the AQF level of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit used to achieve this qualification.

Core units
Code	Title
BSBSUS401	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
BSBWHS307	Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPWMT3002	Conduct waste resource recovery
CPPWMT3003	Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management
CPPWMT4001	Develop proposals for waste management services
CPPWMT4010	Assess and advise on waste avoidance options
Elective units
Group A: Waste management specialisation
AHCSAW302	Implement erosion and sediment control measures
CPPWMT4002	Develop waste management plans
CPPWMT4003	Implement waste management plans
CPPWMT4004	Prepare waste management tender submissions
CPPWMT4005	Implement waste management site safety plans
CPPWMT4006	Monitor waste landfill sites
CPPWMT4007	Organise and monitor waste management operations
CPPWMT4008	Provide waste management information to stakeholders
CPPWMT4009	Conduct waste audits
LGAEHRH403A	Operate waste transfer, collection station or landfill facility
Group B: General
BSBADM504	Plan and implement administrative systems
BSBCOM405	Promote compliance with legislation
BSBCUS401	Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies
BSBFIA412	Report on financial activity
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBINM401	Implement workplace information system
BSBITU402	Develop and use complex spreadsheets
BSBLDR404	Lead a diverse workforce
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT406	Plan and monitor continuous improvement
BSBSLS407	Identify and plan sales prospects
BSBSLS408	Present, secure and support sales solutions
BSBWRT401	Write complex documents
CPPCMN4004	Develop and manage client relations
LGACOM404B	Establish cooperative arrangements with other organisations
LGACORE601B	Develop, implement and review operational plans
LGAEHRW505B	Implement strategies to minimise the impact of waste on the environment
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPP40911 Certificate IV in Waste Management.

Links

The Companion Volume Implementation Guide for the CPP Property Services Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability supersedes and is equivalent to: CPP41110 Certificate IV in Home Sustainability Assessment CPP41212 Certificate IV in NatHERS Assessment.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for thermal performance assessors and home sustainability assessors.

Thermal performance assessors operate under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) to rate the energy efficiency of a home based on its design. They use government approved software and information obtained from residential building plans and drawings to model potential consumption of energy for heating and cooling purposes and assess and certify the thermal performance of homes based on a ten-star rating system.

Home sustainability assessors provide advice to homeowners seeking to improve the efficiency, cost to run, sustainability and comfort needs of their household. They conduct on-site assessments of residences and advise on opportunities to improve comfort and to save on energy and water costs, and ways to live more sustainably in a residential environment.

Licensing requirements apply to thermal performance assessments in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

15 units of competency:

4 core units

11 elective units.

Elective units can be selected to provide specialisations in thermal performance assessment or home sustainability assessment, or both.

For the award of the CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability (Thermal Performance Assessment) electives are to be selected as follows:

all 4 units from Group A

up to 7 units from Group B and/or Group C

1 unit may be selected from any current training package or accredited course as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

For the award of the CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability (Home Sustainability Assessment) electives are to be selected as follows:

all 4 units from Group B

up to 7 units from Group A and/or Group C

1 unit may be selected from any current training package or accredited course as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

For the award of the CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability (HSA and Thermal Performance Assessment) electives are to be selected as follows:

all 4 units from Group A

all 4 units from Group B

up to 3 units from Group C

1 unit may be selected from any current training package or accredited course as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Prerequisite units

Units with asterisks have these prerequisites.

* CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
* CPPHES4003	Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments
** CPPHES4004	Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings.

Core Units
BSBRSK401	Identify risk and apply risk management processes
CPPCOM4001	Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour
CPPHES4001	Research and assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings
CPPHES4002	Advise clients on thermal performance of residential buildings
Electives
Group A: Thermal Performance Assessment Electives
CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
CPPHES4003	Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments
CPPHES4004*	Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings
CPPHES5001**	Conduct thermal performance assessment of complex residential buildings
Group B: Home Sustainability Assessment Electives
CPPCOM4002	Implement safe work practices in the property industry
CPPHES4005	Assess household energy use and efficiency improvements
CPPHES4006	Assess household water use and efficiency improvements
CPPHES4007	Assess thermal performance of existing residential buildings
Group C: Additional Electives
BSBAUD402	Participate in a quality audit
BSBAUD501	Initiate a quality audit
BSBAUD503	Lead a quality audit
BSBAUD504	Report on a quality audit
BSBCUS402	Address customer needs
BSBSMB305	Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
BSBSMB405	Monitor and manage small business operations
BSBSUS401	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
BSBSUS406	Identify and apply sustainability rating tools
BSBWRT401	Write complex documents
CPCCBC4014A	Prepare simple building sketches and drawings
CPCCSV5011A	Apply building codes and standards to residential buildings
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPCMN4012A	Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout a building’s life cycle
CPPHES4008	Assess household waste generation and waste management improvements
CPPHES4009	Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP41119 Certificate IV in Home Energy Efficiency and Sustainability	CPP41110 Certificate IV in Home Sustainability Assessment CPP41212 Certificate IV in NatHERS Assessment	Two qualifications have been combined into one with specialisation streams in ‘thermal performance assessment’ and ‘home sustainability assessment’ to meet occupational requirements The redeveloped qualification supersedes and is equivalent to CPP41110 and CPP41212	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP41319 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP41312 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for people working in the swimming pool and spa service sector. It applies to technicians in the field who apply analytic and problem-solving skills to treat water quality problems, as well as install, service and repair the key systems and components of domestic, commercial and public swimming pools and spas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Candidates are required to hold the CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service or CPP31212 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

20 units of competency

8 core units

12 elective units.

Electives are to be selected as follows:

a minimum of 10 elective units must be selected from the electives listed below

up to 2 elective units may be selected from those listed below or from any currently endorsed training package or accredited course provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

An asterisk against a unit code below indicates that there is a prerequisite requirement that must be met. This prerequisite unit must be assessed before assessment of any unit of competency with an asterisk. Check the unit of competency for information on specific prerequisite requirement. All prerequisite requirements are packaged in the qualification.

Core Units
BSBRSK401	Identify risk and apply risk management processes
CPPSPS4001	Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas
CPPSPS4002	Install and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems
CPPSPS4003	Install and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems
CPPSPS4004	Install and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems
CPPSPS4005	Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems
CPPSPS4007	Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment
CPPSPS4013	Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas
Elective Units
BSBCUE302	Deploy customer service field staff
BSBCUE304	Provide sales solutions to customers
BSBCUE309	Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation
BSBCUS402	Address customer needs
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
BSBSMB403	Market the small business
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
BSBSMB417	Recruit staff
BSBSMB420	Evaluate and develop small business operations
BSBSMB421	Manage small business finances
BSBSUS401	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPCCCM2010B*	Work safely at heights
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPCOM4001	Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPPSPS4006	Install, service and repair low voltage swimming pool and spa lighting systems
CPPSPS4008	Install, service and repair spas
CPPSPS4009	Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services
CPPSPS4012	Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas
CPPSPS4014	Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas
CPPSPS4016	Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services
CPPSPS4017	Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
RIIWHS202D	Enter and work in confined spaces
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SISCAQU001	Test pool water quality
SISCAQU003	Maintain aquatic facility plant and equipment
SISCAQU004	Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures
SISCAQU005	Develop and implement aquatic facility maintenance procedures
SISCAQU014	Operate self-contained breathing apparatus in an aquatic facility
SISXEMR001	Respond to emergency situations
SISXEMR002	Coordinate emergency response
SISXRSK301A	Undertake risk analysis of activities
SISXWHS101	Follow work health and safety policies

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP41319 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	CPP41312 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP41312 Certificate IV in Swimming Pool and Spa Service. Changed packaging arrangements - core decreased by 4 to 8 units and electives increased from 8 to 12 units. Additional imported units included in elective bank.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP41419 Certificate IV in Real Estate Practice

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: CPP40307 Certificate IV in Property Services (Real Estate) CPP40407 Certificate IV in Property Services (Stock and Station Agency) CPP40507 Certificate IV in Property Services (Business Broking) CPP40611 Certificate IV in Property Services (Operations). Qualifications were merged to reduce duplication and to provide clearer alignment with licensing outcomes.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of real estate professionals who apply knowledge of real estate practice legal agency and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to conduct real estate functions.

This qualification applies to people working in both residential and commercial property, including business broking, and stock and station transactions.

Occupational titles may include:

Auctioneer

Stock and Station Agent

Business Broker, Business Agent, Franchise Broker

Property Manager, Body Corporate Manager

Real Estate Agent

Real Estate Representative, Real Estate Salesperson, Real Estate Sub-agent, Property Portfolio Officer, Buyer's Agent.

Staff who hold this qualification are commonly engaged with:

analysing data, industry intelligence and leads to identify prospects

developing, building and maintaining relationships with lessors, tenants, vendors and buyers

providing advice to lessors, tenants, vendors and buyers on the sale, purchase or lease of commercial, residential, stock and station, and property real estate

implementing systems, forms and documents to ensure real estate agency transactions are compliant with regulatory requirements; managing risk to agency and agent, and demonstrating high standards of ethical practice

transacting, accessing, and preserving the integrity of trust accounts to minimise customer and agency risk

establishing, maintaining, executing and concluding contracts with lessors, tenants, vendors and buyers, including by auction

building and promoting the agency and individual brands.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to real estate practices in all states and territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Note: Occupational licensing outcomes are associated with some of the specialisations packaged in this qualification. The units packaged in the specialisations of this qualification have also been developed as Skill Sets: please note that not all Skill Sets are associated with licensing outcomes.

Code	Title
CPPSS00065	Residential Property Sales
CPPSS00066	Residential Property Management
CPPSS00067	Property Management Business Development
CPPSS00068	Auctioneering
CPPSS00069	Buyer’s Agent
CPPSS00070	Onsite Property Management
CPPSS00071	Commercial Sales and Leasing
CPPSS00072	Commercial and Property Management
CPPSS00073	Business Broking
CPPSS00074	Stock and Station, Stock
CPPSS00075	Stock and Station, Station
CPPSS00076	Administration Management/Office Support

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

18 units of competency:

5 core units

13 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualification alignment, contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

all the elective units in any two elective groups from Groups A–L listed below must be chosen

the remaining elective units may be chosen from the general elective units listed below or the CPP Property Services Training Package.

Core units
CPPREP4001	Prepare for professional practice in real estate
CPPREP4002	Access and interpret ethical practice in real estate
CPPREP4003	Access and interpret legislation in real estate
CPPREP4004	Establish marketing and communication profiles in real estate
CPPREP4005	Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts
Elective units
Group A - Residential Property Sales
CPPREP4101	Appraise property for sale or lease
CPPREP4102	Market property
CPPREP4103	Establish vendor relationships
CPPREP4104	Establish buyer relationships
CPPREP4105	Sell property
Group B - Residential Property Management
CPPREP4101	Appraise property for sale or lease
CPPREP4102	Market property
CPPREP4121	Establish landlord relationships
CPPREP4122	Manage tenant relationships
CPPREP4123	Manage tenancy
CPPREP4124	End tenancy
CPPREP4125	Transact in trust accounts
Group C - Property Management Business Development
CPPREP4101	Appraise property for sale or lease
CPPREP4141	Establish and maintain property management portfolio
CPPREP4142	Promote property management products and services
Group D - Auctioneering
CPPREP4161	Undertake pre-auction processes
CPPREP4162	Conduct and complete sale by auction
CPPREP4163	Complete post-auction process and contract execution
Group E - Buyer's Agent
CPPREP4101	Appraise property for sale or lease
CPPREP4171	Represent buyer in sales process
CPPREP4172	Develop and promote property industry knowledge - buyer's agent
CPPREP4173	Complete purchase of property as buyer's agent
Group F - Onsite Property Manager
CPPREP4181	Manage onsite residential property
Group G - Commercial Sales and Leasing
CPPREP4102	Market property
CPPREP4201	Appraise commercial property
CPPREP4202	Establish and maintain vendor and lessor relationships and networks
CPPREP4203	Complete commercial property sale
CPPREP4204	Establish commercial property lease
CPPREP5201	Develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence
Group H - Commercial and Property Management
CPPREP4231	Manage commercial property maintenance
CPPREP4232	Manage commercial property financial reports
CPPREP4233	Manage lessee relationships - commercial
CPPREP4234	Manage lessor relationships - commercial
CPPREP4235	End commercial property lease
Group I - Business Broking
CPPREP4261	Appraise business for sale
CPPREP4262	Establish vendor relationships in business broking
CPPREP4263	Manage buyer relationships in business broking
CPPREP4264	Manage the sales process in business broking
Group J - Stock and Station, Stock
CPPREP4301	Confirm and market livestock for sale
CPPREP4302	Prepare livestock for sale
CPPREP4303	Establish vendor and buyer relationships in livestock sale
CPPREP4304	Complete the sales process - livestock
Group K - Stock and Station, Station
CPPREP4101	Appraise property for sale or lease
CPPREP4102	Market property
CPPREP4103	Establish vendor relationships
CPPREP4104	Establish buyer relationships
CPPREP4105	Sell property
CPPREP4123	Manage tenancy
CPPREP4125	Transact in trust accounts
CPPREP5311	Develop and maintain rural property market knowledge and intelligence
Group L - Administration Management/Office Support
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
SIRXMGT001	Supervise and support frontline team members
General Elective Units
BSBDIV301	Work effectively with diversity
CPPREP4501	Prepare to complete the sales process - off the plan properties
CPPREP4502	Support providers of social and community housing
CPPREP4503	Present at hearings in real estate
CPPREP4504	Deliver presentations to clients in real estate
CPPREP4505	Value goods, chattels, plant and equipment
CPPREP4506	Manage offsite and lone worker safety in real estate
CPPREP4507	Provide property sustainability information in real estate
CPPREP4508	Conduct livestock auction
CPPREP4509	Auction goods, chattels or equipment
CPPREP4510	Manage short-term or holiday letting

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency statement
CPP41419 Certificate IV in Real Estate Practice.	CPP40307 Certificate IV in Property Services (Real Estate) CPP40407 Certificate IV in Property Services (Stock and Station Agency) CPP40507 Certificate IV in Property Services (Business Broking) CPP40611 Certificate IV in Property Services (Operations)	Supersedes and is not equivalent to: CPP40307 Certificate IV in Property Services (Real Estate) CPP40407 Certificate IV in Property Services (Stock and Station Agency) CPP40507 Certificate IV in Property Services (Business Broking) CPP40611 Certificate IV in Property Services (Operations). Qualifications were merged to reduce duplication and to provide clearer alignment with licensing outcomes.	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP41519 Certificate IV in Security Risk Analysis

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.1 Inclusion of two units to Group D General Electives to allow for alignment with the NSW Security Licence Enforcement Division. CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification is for security risk analysts who apply technical security and operations expertise in a risk management environment. Security risk analysts understand the current threat environment and assess risk and advise clients on strategies to ensure the protection of electronic security systems and people and property in crowded places, as defined by Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism (2017).

Occupational titles may include:

event security manager

security risk adviser

security risk analyst.

This qualification provides occupational specialisations in electronic security and crowded places, and a pathway to further learning and work in security risk management.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

12 units of competency

5 core units

7 elective units.

Electives are to be chosen as follows:

all 3 units within Group A or all 3 units within Group B

up to 4 units within Groups A, B or C not already selected

up to 2 units may be selected from Group D

an elective unit may be selected from any Training Package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPSEC4003	Assess and advise on client security needs
CPPSEC4006	Conduct security risk assessment of client operations
CPPSEC4007	Identify security threats and assess impact on client operations
CPPSEC4012	Assess security vulnerabilities of assets
CPPSEC4022	Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses
Elective Units
Group A: Security Technology and Systems
CPPSEC4009	Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems
CPPSEC4020	Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs
CPPSEC4021	Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems
Group B: Crowded Places
CPPSEC4024	Assess security of crowded places
CPPSEC4025	Advise on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security
PSPSEC015	Communicate security awareness
Group C: Specialist
CPPINV4013	Undertake case management of investigations
CPPSEC3125	Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets
CPPSEC4008	Assess and prepare security tender submissions
CPPSEC4014	Commission and decommission networked security systems
CPPSEC4015	Maintain networked security systems
CPPSEC4016	Install networked security systems
CPPSEC4017	Design security system configurations and specifications
CPPSEC4018	Program and configure networked security systems
CPPSEC4019	Diagnose faults in networked security systems
Group D: General
BSBCOM406	Conduct work within a compliance framework
BSBCUS401	Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
BSBRES411	Analyse and present research information
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
BSBSMB402	Plan small business finances
CPPSEC5004	Develop security risk management plans
CPPSEC5005	Implement security risk management plans
PSPSEC009	Handle sensitive information
PSPSEC010	Provide government security briefings

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP41519 Certificate IV in Security Risk Analysis	New qualification to meet industry requirements for qualified security risk advisers who can apply technical security and operations expertise in a risk management environment.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP41619 Certificate IV in Urban Pest Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New qualification.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for pest management technicians seeking deeper specialisation in the urban pest management sector. Specialist roles require planning, coordinating, managing and completing small to large scale pest management operations. The qualification applies to individuals who work in urban pest management in a range of challenging contexts.

Some job functions covered by this qualification require occupational licencing or certification. Specific determination should be sought through the relevant state or territory regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management, or

CPP30119 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in 11 units of competency consisting of 6 core and 5 elective units. Electives are to be selected as follows:

3 units from Group A or 3 units from Group B, plus

up to 2 units from Groups A, B or C not already selected

1 elective unit may be selected from any training package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPUPM4001	Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment
CPPUPM4002	Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations
CPPUPM4003	Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive operations
CPPUPM4004	Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations
CPPUPM4005	Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations
CPPUPM4006	Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations
Elective Units
Group A: Advanced Pest Management
AHCPMG307	Apply animal trapping techniques
AHCPMG312	Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes
AHCPMG409	Implement a pest management plan
AHCPMG413	Define the pest problem
CPPUPM3008	Inspect for and report on timber pests
CPPUPM3010	Control timber pests
CPPUPM3011	Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments
CPPUPM3042	Install termite management systems
Group B: Business Management
AHCPMG413	Define the pest problem
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
BSBSMB420	Evaluate and develop small business operations
BSBSMB421	Manage small business finances
BSBWRT401	Write complex documents
TAEASS301	Contribute to assessment
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace
Group C: General Electives
AHCCHM404	Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals
AHCCHM405	Plan and implement a chemical use program
FBPAUD4003	Conduct food safety audits
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
MSL934005	Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0	CPP Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/NE
CPP41619 Certificate IV in Urban Pest Management	New qualification to meet industry requirements for specialist pest management technicians and supervisors.	N/A

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP50112 Diploma of Surveying. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update superseded equivalent imported elective units: AHCLPW404A to AHCLPW404 PSPLAND308A to PSPLND002 PSPLAND302A to PSPLND001 This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of skilled surveying technicians. These people hold advanced surveying skills, and perform duties involving the performance of precise measurements and setting out structures using specialised surveying equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 16 units of competency: 7 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS5031	Plan spatial data collection
CPPSIS5047	Conduct GNSS surveys
CPPSIS5048	Conduct engineering surveys
CPPSIS5053	Perform advanced surveying computations
CPPSIS5054	Perform geodetic surveying computations
CPPSIS5058	Conduct geodetic surveys
CPPSIS5065	Design basic engineering structures
Elective units
AHCLPW404	Produce maps for land management purposes
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPSIS4032	Conduct field surveying operations
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS5032	Capture new spatial data
CPPSIS5037	Maintain spatial data systems
CPPSIS5040	Interpret and collate spatial data
CPPSIS5043	Design spatial data storage systems
CPPSIS5044	Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval
CPPSIS5046	Set out stormwater systems
CPPSIS5049	Plan and implement surveying projects
CPPSIS5051	Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPPSIS5052	Integrate surveying datasets
CPPSIS5057	Conduct precision surveys
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data
CPPSIS5061	Locate underground services in surveying practice
CPPSIS5064	Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis
CPPSIS6021	Conduct open pit mine surveys
CPPSIS6022	Produce mine drawings
CPPSIS6033	Conduct underground mine surveys
PSPLND001	Investigate tenure and land use history
PSPLND002	Compile and check survey plans

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP50112 Diploma of Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50216 Diploma of Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP50212 Diploma of Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update to superseded equivalent imported elective units: AHCLPW404A to AHCLPW404 ICPKNW315 to ICPKNW322 PSPLAND302A to PSPLND001 PSPLAND501A to PSPLND012 This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of skilled geographic information system (GIS) technicians. They perform advanced data manipulation, including spatial dataset updating and management, and use a range of technologies, such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and specialised geospatial software.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 6 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS5031	Plan spatial data collection
CPPSIS5032	Capture new spatial data
CPPSIS5035	Obtain and validate spatial data
CPPSIS5036	Integrate spatial datasets
CPPSIS5039	Plan and implement spatial projects
CPPSIS6040	Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations
Elective units
AHCLPW404	Produce maps for land management purposes
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBWOR502	Lead and manage team effectiveness
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPSIS5037	Maintain spatial data systems
CPPSIS5038	Develop spatial databases
CPPSIS5040	Interpret and collate spatial data
CPPSIS5043	Design spatial data storage systems
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data
CPPSIS5062	Conduct photogrammetric mapping
CPPSIS5064	Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis
ICTICT307	Customise packaged software applications for clients
ICTICT308	Use advanced features of computer applications
ICTICT409	Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products
ICPKNW322	Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry
PSPLND001	Investigate tenure and land use history
PSPLND012	Review planning documents and environmental assessments

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP50212 Diploma of Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50316 Diploma of Strata Community Management

Modification History

Release 1.

New qualification.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in managing strata communities.

In most situations, the individual will work independently but will usually also have responsibility for a strata community management team. In this role, the person will perform all functions associated with managing strata communities, including assessing and implementing strata community management agreements, analysing and commenting on management reports prepared for strata communities, developing life cycle asset management plans, and implementing maintenance programs for managed properties.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 16 units of competency: 8 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: a minimum of 2 units must be chosen from Group A Specialist elective units listed below a minimum of 2 units must be chosen from Group B Common elective units listed below up to 4 units may be chosen from any Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
CPPDSM4034	Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement
CPPDSM4049	Implement maintenance program for managed properties
CPPDSM5039	Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities
CPPDSM5040	Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities
CPPDSM6007	Develop life cycle asset management plans
FNSORG508	Analyse and comment on management reports
BSBLDR503	Communicate with influence
Elective units
Group A Specialist elective units
CPCSUS5002A	Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency
CPPCMN5001A	Plan for a sustainable business
CPPDSM5006	Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry
CPPDSM5007	Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities
CPPDSM5009	Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry
CPPDSM5018	Ensure a safe work place in the property industry
CPPDSM5025	Maintain public relations in the property industry
CPPDSM5026	Manage a consultant property project team
CPPDSM5027	Provide facilities and amenities for property users
CPPDSM5029	Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry
CPPDSM5030	Manage projects in the property industry
Group B Common elective units
BSBADM502	Manage meetings
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBMGT517	Manage operational plan
BSBMGT605	Provide leadership across the organisation
BSBMGT616	Develop and implement strategic plans
BSBWOR501	Manage personal work priorities and professional development
FNSORG601	Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes
LGACOMP008A	Apply conflict resolution strategies

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50619 Diploma of Security Risk Management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP50611 Diploma of Security and Risk Management. Changed packaging arrangements including reduction in total number of units and changed core requirements. New entry requirements.

Qualification Description

This is a qualification for security risk consultants who provide specialist advice on strategies to mitigate risk to people, property and assets including crowded places, as defined by Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism (2017). Security risk consultants operating at this level work with a high level of autonomy to assess the current threat environment, assess risk management options, and prepare and implement security risk management plans and communication systems to respond to active threats.

Occupational titles may include:

security risk specialist

security consultant

security policy analyst

security strategist.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Entry Requirements

CPP40707 Certificate IV in Security and Risk Management, or

CPP40719 Certificate IV in Security Management, or

CPP41519 Certificate IV in Security Risk Analysis

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

10 units of competency

5 core units

5 elective units.

An elective unit may be selected from any Training Package, as long as it contributes to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and maintains the AQF level of this qualification.

Core Units
CPPSEC5003	Assess security risk management options
CPPSEC5004	Develop security risk management plans
CPPSEC5005	Implement security risk management plans
CPPSEC5008	Analyse threat environment and devise strategies to respond to active threats
CPPSEC5009	Implement communication systems to respond to active threats
Elective Units
BSBCUS501	Manage quality customer service
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBWOR501	Manage personal work priorities and professional development
BSBWOR502	Lead and manage team effectiveness
CPPSEC4008	Assess and prepare security tender submissions
CPPSEC5002	Coordinate security operations
CPPSEC5006	Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems
HLTWHS004	Manage work health and safety

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	E/ NE
CPP50619 Diploma of Security Risk Management	CPP50611 Diploma of Security and Risk Management	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP50611 Diploma of Security and Risk Management. Changed packaging arrangements including reduction in total number of units and changed core requirements. New entry requirements.	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP51119 Diploma of Property (Agency Management)

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: CPP50307 Diploma of Property Services (Agency Management) CPP50409 Diploma of Property Services (Business Broking) Qualifications were merged to reduce duplication and to provide clearer alignment with licensing outcomes.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of real estate principals who apply knowledge of property agency and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to establish and control real estate functions.

This qualification applies to residential or commercial practice in real estate sales, real estate property management, strata management, business broking, stock and station, or auctioneering.

Occupational titles may include:

Real Estate Agency Principal

Strata Management Principal

Agency Manager

Agency Director.

Staff who hold this qualification are responsible and accountable for the work of others and are engaged with:

understanding business systems, structures, property agency practices and business entities

understanding legal and ethical frameworks for property agency operations

developing systems, procedures and protocols for managing property agency functions

establishing and controlling trust accounts and property agency business finances

coordinating ethics, risk and consumer protection systems to meet industry legal and customer expectations and requirements

developing and maintaining knowledge of industry trends

developing and maintaining relationships with lessors, tenants, vendors and buyers, buyers’ agents

establishing and implementing strategic business plans and operational plans

establishing and implementing agency and individual branding

leading and managing people, including recruitment, induction, coaching and mentoring for teams and individuals

managing work health and safety (WHS) risk to ensure a safe working environment in the real estate industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to real estate practices in all states and territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

12 units of competency:

7 core units

5 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualification alignment, contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 3 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 2 elective units may be chosen that are packaged in other current Diploma or Advanced Diploma Training Package qualifications provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core units
CPPREP5001	Manage compliance in the property industry
CPPREP5002	Establish and monitor property industry trust account management practices
CPPREP5003	Manage ethical practice in the property industry
CPPREP5004	Manage a safe workplace in the property industry
CPPREP5005	Manage teams in the property industry
CPPREP5006	Manage operational finances in the property industry
CPPREP5007	Develop a strategic business plan in the property industry
Elective units
BSBADV507	Develop a media plan
BSBHRM505	Manage remuneration and employee benefits
BSBHRM513	Manage workforce planning
BSBHRM604	Manage employee relations
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBMGT517	Manage operational plan
BSBMGT605	Provide leadership across the organisation
BSBMKG507	Interpret market trends and developments
CPPREP4507	Provide property sustainability information in real estate
CPPREP5008	Market the property agency
CPPREP5009	Develop a marketing and service strategy in real estate
CPPREP5010	Manage customer service activities in the property industry

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency statement
CPP51119 Diploma of Property (Agency Management)	CPP50307 Diploma of Property Services (Agency Management) CPP50409 Diploma of Property Services (Business Broking)	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP50307 Diploma of Property Services (Agency Management) and CPP50409 Diploma of Property Services (Business Broking). Qualifications merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP60116 Advanced Diploma of Surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP60312 Advanced Diploma of Surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveyors. These people carry out highly specialised surveying functions in areas such as mining and engineering construction. Duties involve carrying out precise measurements and control surveys relating to engineering structures and mine sites using highly specialised surveying equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

The entry requirement to this qualification is CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying, or demonstrated equivalent competency.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 9 units of competency: 4 core units 5 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 5 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Diploma, Advanced Diploma, Graduate Certificate or Graduate Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
CPPSIS6032	Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys
CPPSIS6035	Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys
CPPSIS6036	Monitor engineering structures
Elective units
CPPSIS5044	Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval
CPPSIS5046	Set out stormwater systems
CPPSIS5051	Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPPSIS5057	Conduct precision surveys
CPPSIS6021	Conduct open pit mine surveys
CPPSIS6022	Produce mine drawings
CPPSIS6025	Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services
CPPSIS6031	Design basic mines
CPPSIS6033	Conduct underground mine surveys
CPPSIS6034	Conduct mining geology operations
CPPSIS6037	Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis
CPPSIS6041	Compile mine survey plans
FNSORG501	Develop and manage a budget

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP60312 Advanced Diploma of Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCOM4001 Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4018A Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to adhere to regulatory requirements, organise own work commitments, maintain professional competence and model ethical practice while working in the property industry.

This unit is for individuals who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills in a range of property services sectors and organisations. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Adhere to regulatory requirements for work activities.	1.1	Confirm industry accreditation and licensing requirements for conducting work activities.
1.2	Confirm roles and responsibilities of relevant industry accrediting and licensing organisations associated with work activities.
1.3	Develop a compliance plan to ensure own work practices are consistent with regulatory requirements.
1.4	Comply with quality assurance processes of regulatory organisations when conducting work activities.
2	Model high standards of professional practice.	2.1	Establish and maintain standards of personal presentation and client service appropriate to work role.
2.2	Maintain personal performance in varying work conditions and work contexts.
2.3	Recognise conflict in the workplace and respond promptly and safely to address issues and reach a positive conclusion.
2.4	Determine personal liability for breach of contract or negligence and maintain professional indemnity insurance in line with regulatory and professional requirements.
2.5	Use oral and written communication strategies to establish rapport with clients and provide accurate advice and follow-up services.
3	Set and meet own work priorities	3.1	Assess competing work demands and organise own work activities to achieve required individual, team and organisational priorities and timelines.
3.2	Devise strategies to effectively manage workload and minimise personal stress.
3.3	Identify strategies to support own requirements for work-life balance while meeting work priorities.
4	Develop and maintain professional competence.	4.1	Use self-assessment, reflection and client feedback to identify areas for improvement in own professional practice.
4.2	Participate in professional networks and associations to enhance skills, knowledge and work relationships.
4.3	Keep up to date with new product developments and findings of current research associated with work practices.
4.4	Source and use opportunities to develop and maintain professional competence.
5	Model ethical practice.	5.1	Identify and uphold ethical standards and industry codes of conduct in providing client services.
5.2	Consult with relevant persons to verify personal understanding of ethics and conduct standards and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements.
5.3	Identify situations requiring guidance on ethical practice and source advice to ensure ethical conduct.
5.4	Identify and manage potential conflicts of interest when conducting work activities and providing client advice to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry codes of practice.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

reading skills to interpret key requirements of a variety of texts including regulations, codes of practice and industry accreditation and licensing information relevant to own work.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4018A Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCOM4001 Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4018A Manage own work, professional development and ethical behaviour. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by engaging in a structured process of critical analysis and professional reflection that includes:

evidence-based analysis of own work, professional development and professional behaviour

a documented regulatory compliance plan to ensure own work practices are consistent with industry accreditation and licensing requirements

a documented professional development plan that includes:

at least three opportunities to develop and maintain professional practice

strategies to address at least three different professional practice issues/challenges.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

client service standards appropriate to work role

contractual obligations associated with work role and professional indemnity insurance required to meet regulatory requirements

ethical standards and industry codes of conduct associated with work activities and providing client services

factors that contribute to professional personal presentation

professional networks and associations available within the industry

requirements of industry accrediting or licensing organisations and government bodies applicable to work activities

self-assessment, reflection and feedback techniques that can be used to identify areas for improvement in professional practice

sources of information about new product developments and research associated with work practices

sources of professional advice

techniques for conflict resolution and dealing with difficult situations in the workplace

techniques for identifying own professional development needs and how these can be met

time management and scheduling techniques

types of issues that may impact the ethical conduct of work activities:

conflicts of interest

fraudulent behaviours

inappropriate relationships with providers associated with procurement of goods or services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

industry codes, guidelines, standards and legislation to support achievement of the performance evidence

information about professional networks, associations and industry accreditation requirements applicable to work role.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCOM4002 Implement safe work practices in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4005A Minimise health, safety and security risks when assessing home sustainability. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply work health and safety (WHS) practices and measures to manage risks to self, others and property while working in the property industry.

This unit is for individuals who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills in a range of property services sectors and organisations and workplace contexts. Workplace contexts may include the office environment or client sites during inspections. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm and apply workplace WHS requirements	1.1	Identify key requirements of WHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to work role and jurisdiction.
1.2	Confirm own responsibilities to protect people and property in the workplace and implement actions necessary to comply with duty of care requirements.
1.3	Review workplace WHS documentation to identify and assess hazards and risks and implement required control measures.
1.4	Use personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow work practices required to prevent injury or impairment.
1.5	Use tools, equipment and materials to complete work activities following safe work practices.
1.6	Prepare an emergency action plan to protect self, others and property in the event of a workplace emergency.
2	Minimise risks to self, others and property.	2.1	Identify and assess risks to self, others and property in the workplace.
2.2	Identify and apply measures to control risks and client confidentiality according to workplace requirements and emergency action plan.
2.3	Monitor and review the effectiveness of control measures and take further actions as required to mitigate risk.
3	Report risks and recommend improvements to WHS practices.	3.1	Report identified WHS risks according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Evaluate response to identified risks and identify improvements to WHS practices.
3.3	Document recommendations for improving WHS practices and disseminate to relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured documentation

reading skills to interpret key requirements of WHS information and documentation including safe work method statements (SWMS) and job safety analysis (JSA).

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4005A Minimise health, safety and security risks when assessing home sustainability.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCOM4002 Implement safe work practices in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4005A Minimise health, safety and security risks when assessing home sustainability. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing safe work practices in two different property industry workplace contexts, involving for each workplace:

identifying a minimum of five hazards and assessing and controlling the risks associated with those hazards

identifying and controlling a minimum of one risk for each of the following:

property

personal safety

client confidentiality

identifying a minimum of three recommendations to improve WHS practices.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

contents of, and techniques for developing emergency action plans

insurance coverage requirements for safety associated with work tasks

methods for identifying actual and potential hazards in the workplace

methods for controlling risks using the hierarchy of controls

organisational procedures for consulting with others on WHS issues associated with work tasks

own responsibilities and general duty of care under work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to work role and jurisdiction

purpose and content of safe work method statements (SWMS)

purpose and content of job safety analysis (JSA) procedures

risk assessment process and how it is applied to mitigate risk

safe work practices to be followed in different property workplace contexts:

conducting property inspections and site visits

working in an office using computing equipment

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required for work tasks

types of WHS risks associated with the workplace and work role and control measures for each

types of risks to information, people and property associated with work tasks and control measures for each

types of WHS documentation used to report WHS hazards and risks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

WHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice including How to Manage Work Health and Safety Risks Code of Practice, Safe Work Australia Work for the relevant jurisdiction and to allow achievement of the performance evidence

tools, equipment, materials and documentation to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to follow defined work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in a property industry workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, apply appropriate responses to emergency situations, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to follow WHS policies and procedures. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assist in implementing safety policies and procedures in the workplace.	1.1.	Workplace safety requirements relevant to own role and responsibilities are identified and implemented.
1.2.	Organisational information outlining WHS policies and procedures is identified and accessed.
1.3.	Information identifying and controlling workplace hazards and risks is reviewed in line with organisational procedures.
1.4.	Work is conducted using safe workplace practices and according to WHS policies and procedures.
2.	Follow workplace procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risk.	2.1.	Hazards in work area are identified and reported in line with organisational requirements.
2.2.	Workplace instructions and procedures for controlling hazards and risks are followed.
2.3.	Emergency procedures are followed in line with WHS and organisational requirements.
3.	Contribute to participative arrangements for managing WHS.	3.1.	WHS issues, including compliance with applicable WHS policies and procedures, are raised with required people.
3.2.	Colleague contributions to participative arrangements for managing WHS in the workplace are encouraged.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of WHS policies and procedures identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of workplace hazards and risks.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical and graphical information in safety information in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures to follow in identifying potential workplace hazards and safe work practices.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information about safe work practices and hazards.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including emails, messaging and letters, to record and report details of safety-related incidents in the workplace.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents search online databases in relation to workplace safety.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS policies and procedures must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation on-site contractors, visitors and members of the public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective clothing and equipment WHS audits and safety inspections.
Procedures for controlling hazards and risks must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correctly selecting, using, storing and maintaining personal protective clothing and equipment following emergency, fire and accident procedures following safe operating procedures reporting hazards, accidents and incidents regular WHS consultations.
Participative arrangements must include:	formal and informal meetings to discuss WHS matters mechanisms for conveying employee suggestions, requests and concerns to management WHS committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing committees.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also follow defined work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in three different work environments in the property industry.

The person must demonstrate this performance by:

identifying the workplace hazards and risks in each of the above work environments

identifying how each of the identified hazards and risks may be controlled and the appropriate responses to apply in associated emergency situations

contributing to participative arrangements aimed at managing the hazards and risks identified in each of the above environments.

In doing the above, the person must:

carry out work activities in a safe manner using safe operating practices and procedures

follow required WHS risk and hazard response procedures within scope of own role and responsibilities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace hazards and risks in the property industry

ways of controlling hazards and risks in the property industry

organisational communication channels and procedures

federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

range and meaning of WHS safety signs and symbols

rights and responsibilities of employers and employees with regard to workplace safety

types and purposes of personal protective clothing and equipment in the workplace

workplace WHS management processes and designated personnel.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online information concerning workplace safety in the property industry

specifications:

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify, clarify and meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry in a single encounter or multiple encounters on a one-to-one basis with a customer.

The unit supports work situations involving a direct relationship with internal and external customers. It applies to those in the property industry involved in identifying and clarifying customer needs and expectations, exploring alternative ways of satisfying them, and selecting appropriate products or services to meet them.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify customer needs and expectations.	1.1.	Customer preferences, needs and expectations are identified and clarified.
1.2.	Customer special requirements are identified and where appropriate referred to specialist staff in the organisation.
1.3.	Communication techniques appropriate to relationship and purpose of interaction are used.
1.4.	Limitations in identifying customer preferences, needs and expectations are identified, and advice is sought from required people.
2.	Respond to identified customer needs and expectations.	2.1.	Product and service knowledge is applied to provide assistance to customers consistent with scope of own work role and responsibilities, organisational policies, and legislative requirements.
2.2.	Customer is provided with options and alternatives where appropriate.
2.3.	Features and benefits of relevant products and services are explained to customers.
2.4.	Information on special promotions for products and services is provided to customer.
2.5.	Feedback is sought from customer whether needs and, where practical, expectations have been satisfied.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on organisation’s products and services maintain current knowledge of organisation’s products and services.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on organisation’s products and services.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify customer needs and expectations.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret supplier information to determine benefits and features of products and services.
Writing skills to:	prepare notes and summaries of customer needs and preferences in relation to services offered.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to conduct routine communication with customers and provide standard information on the organisation’s products and services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customer must include:	internal and external customers people from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds people with varying physical and mental abilities regular and new customers those with routine or special requests.
Communication techniques must include:	active listening giving customers full attention maintaining eye contact non-verbal communication, such as body language and personal presentation speaking clearly and concisely using appropriate language and tone of voice using open and closed questions writing clearly and legibly.
Product and service knowledge must include:	cost of products and services features and benefits of products and services legislation impacting on products and services limits of advice that may be provided on products and services product and service disclosures range of products and services supplier product and service information timeframe for provision of products and services.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clarify and meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry by responding to the following two different customer service situations:

a single encounter on a one-to-one basis with one internal customer

two or more encounters on a one-to-one basis with one external customer.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify needs and expectations of each customer

deliver a service to both customers in required timeframes

apply knowledge of organisational practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with meeting customer needs and expectations

locate, interpret and apply relevant product and service information

recommend acceptable options or alternatives to customers, or explain to customers why their needs cannot be met

use communication strategies suited to the customer and service situation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication strategies to use when establishing and maintaining customer relationships

organisation’s product and service range, sufficient to make choices between different products and services based on identified customer needs and expectations

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for interacting and communicating with customers

details of services offered by organisation

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to organisation’s products and services

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or a workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3011B Monitor building facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to monitor building facilities to ensure that maintenance and service problems are identified and resolved, or reported where necessary. It requires the ability to identify and arrange necessary maintenance and service work and to check the results against work orders.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to monitor building facilities. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify maintenance and service requirements.	1.1.	Maintenance and service requirements of building facilities are specified and confirmed against work order.
1.2.	Work practices and timelines are confirmed.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are verified and appropriate arrangements are made.
1.4.	Communication channels and processes are confirmed.
2.	Monitor building facilities.	2.1.	Building facilities are monitored against work order to ensure that designated maintenance and service tasks are completed within required timeframes.
2.2.	Maintenance and service requirements are identified and noted according to work health and safety (WHS) and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Notified breaches of building controls are reported.
2.4.	Interpersonal techniques are used to discuss issues or concerns.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Arrange for routine maintenance and service.	3.1.	Routine maintenance and service to building facilities are arranged.
3.2.	Notification of completed maintenance and service is confirmed on receipt.
3.3.	Accredited contractor inspections are arranged to confirm maintenance or service has been effectively carried out according to work order.
3.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of policies and procedures for monitoring building facilities identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of routine maintenance and service requirements for building facilities.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on maintenance and service requirements for building facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for sourcing expert advice and services relating to the maintenance and service of building facilities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret work orders that specify maintenance and service tasks to be conducted.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including email and letters, to record and report on breaches of building controls.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents search online databases in relation to maintenance of building facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Maintenance and service requirements must include at least six of the following:	changing user codes confirming operational effectiveness data backups identifying and replacing worn parts inspections, lubrication, cleaning and adjustments regular services, such as waste removal, cleaning, and grounds maintenance repairs, maintenance or service under warranty routine repairs, maintenance or service.
Building controls must include:	access procedures alarms exit procedures fire equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3011B Monitor building facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also monitor building facilities to ensure that maintenance and service problems are identified and resolved, or reported where necessary.

The person must demonstrate this performance by identifying and arranging the maintenance and service requirements for two different buildings, and monitoring these arrangements to ensure that designated maintenance and service tasks are completed within required timeframes.

In doing the above, the person must:

verify maintenance and service requirements for building facilities against work order and consult with relevant people to arrange access to building facilities

monitor building facilities to ensure completion of designated maintenance and service tasks within required timeframes

arrange accredited contractor inspection

use business equipment and technology to maintain associated documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building facilities’ maintenance and service requirements

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

key features of property contracts and administrative requirements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to monitoring building facilities, including:

building and construction

property leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

points of contact with emergency service agencies.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online information concerning maintenance and service requirements for building facilities

specifications:

building facilities’ service and maintenance requirements and/or work order

procedures for building function checks

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the property industry. It covers the basic entry-level functions to enable compliance with legislative, financial and procedural requirements. It requires the ability to identify potential risks associated with a range of activities in the property industry, and opportunities for improving own professional development.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Interpret and comply with legislative, financial and procedural requirements.	1.1.	Legislative, financial and procedural requirements relevant to organisation’s services are identified.
1.2.	Key principles relating to consumer protection and trade practices within the context of own role are identified and interpreted.
1.3.	Own interpretation and application of legislative, financial and procedural requirements are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
1.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Interpret and comply with ethical practices and rules of conduct.	2.1.	Regulatory and industry standards, and codes of ethics and conduct are identified and interpreted.
2.2.	Key principles relating to organisation’s ethical values are identified and interpreted in line with legislative and industry requirements.
2.3.	Own interpretation and application of ethical and conduct requirements are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Interpret work role and responsibilities.	3.1.	Own role and responsibilities are identified and confirmed with supervisor.
3.2.	Work tasks are identified, scheduled and completed within designated timeframes.
3.3.	Work practices are adapted to meet the specific needs of relevant people.
3.4.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is sought and used to determine professional competency and quality of performance, and to identify key areas for improvement.
3.5.	Information regarding learning and professional development is recorded and maintained.
4.	Identify risks.	4.1.	Potential and existing risks are identified and reported according to organisational procedures.
4.2.	Recommendations on appropriate strategies to minimise risks and complaints are discussed with supervisor.
4.3.	Limitations in identifying risks are identified and assistance is sought.
4.4.	Information collection techniques are used to access information from individuals and groups on identified potential and existing risks.
5.	Complete standard contractual documentation.	5.1.	Standard documentation for property operations is completed according to legislative and organisational requirements.
5.2.	Business equipment and technology are used as required to complete documentation.
5.3.	Written information is prepared that complies with organisational standards of language, accuracy and relevance; and is used in an ethically and legally appropriate manner.
5.4.	Property documentation and information systems are securely maintained.
6.	Access information on industry employment and professional development requirements.	6.1.	Industry employment and professional development requirements are accessed and interpreted to ensure own continuing professional development.
6.2.	Employee and employer rights and responsibilities, including remuneration and awards, are accessed and interpreted.
6.3.	Key industry and statutory organisations able to assist own professional development are identified and assistance is sought as required.
6.4.	Industry competency standards and other relevant benchmarks are identified and reviewed to establish future professional development needs and priorities.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of ethical and conduct standards for the property industry identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of employment conditions in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for sourcing expert advice and services relating to risk identification in the property industry.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standards documentation used routinely in property industry operations.
Writing skills to:	complete forms and other types of standard documentation used routinely in the property industry.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to access information, complete standard forms, lodge electronic documents, and search online databases.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative, financial and procedural requirements must include two or more of the following:	Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements Australian standards relating to working in the property industry federal and state taxation requirements consumer protection laws and guidelines court and tribunal precedents environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use freedom of information home building requirements licensing requirements privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants public health requirements relating to working in the property industry quality assurance and certification requirements federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including: anti-discrimination environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) industrial relations work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of conduct relating to own role, which may cover areas including market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract or common law local government policies and regulations relating to own role strata, community and company titles tenancy agreements.
Risks must include:	changes to regulations and legislation client and staff satisfaction competition emergencies and disasters fire and security health and safety market influences physical, financial or human resources project control and cash flow suppliers and contractors time constraints.
Competency standards and other relevant benchmarks must include:	benchmarks: industry code of conduct and code of ethics statutory and legislative requirements relating to working in the property sector personal and technical knowledge, skills and attitudinal aspects required to undertake day-to-day tasks and duties of the work function effectively and efficiently; specifically: competency standards for the property industry other relevant industry, cross-industry and organisational competency standards.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also respond to six routine workplace situations, one relating to each of the following aspects of work in the property industry:

interpreting and complying with legislative, financial and procedural requirements

interpreting and complying with ethical practices and rules of conduct

interpreting own work role and responsibilities

identifying and reporting risks

completing standard contractual documentation

accessing information on industry employment requirements.

In each of the above, the person must respond to the situation, evaluate his or her personal performance in resolving it, and assess his or her personal competency development needs in relation to the way he or she responded.

In doing the above, the person must:

interpret and comply with relevant legislative, financial and procedural requirements and confirm own understanding and application with relevant people

interpret and comply with ethical practices and codes of conduct and check own understanding and application with relevant people

identify a range of potential and existing risks using appropriate information collection techniques, and discuss recommendations on strategies to minimise risks with relevant people

complete standard contractual documentation ensuring adherence to legislative and procedural requirements, and securely maintain property information

interpret and use industry employment and professional development guidelines and benchmarks, and seek assistance from key industry and statutory organisations to ensure own continuing professional development

interpret and verify own role and responsibilities, and carry out work tasks according to professional standards.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures relating to own work role

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to own work role, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management

risk factors relating to a variety of transactions

routine knowledge of procedures for general office processes

WHS issues and requirements relating to working in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer to access legislation, ethical and conduct standards, and policies and procedures

specifications:

workplace safety and risk identification procedures

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to interact and build relationships with clients in the property industry. It includes developing rapport with clients, handling initial client enquiries, establishing and maintaining a client database, and dealing with client complaints and problems.

The unit supports the work of a range of property industry professionals, including licensed real estate agents, real estate representatives and support staff, stock and station agents, and strata managers, in interacting and building effective relationships with clients as part of agency or organisation operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish contact with clients and determine their needs.	1.1.	Contact with client is established and an interest in client needs, preferences and requirements is expressed to enhance client commitment and trust, and credibility of agency or organisation, and build return client base.
1.2.	Professional ethics are maintained with client to promote agency image and credibility.
2.	Handle initial client enquiries.	2.1.	Client needs, preferences and requirements are accurately clarified to maximise opportunities to promote agency or organisation services.
2.2.	Client is given space and time to evaluate agency or organisation services, while time is used to maximum advantage for client and agency or organisation.
2.3.	Client is provided with accurate initial information on agency or organisation services.
2.4.	Features and benefits of agency or organisation services are explained to client.
2.5.	Interview appointment time is arranged where necessary and interview preparations are completed.
2.6.	Formal and informal information is gathered and appropriate notes are taken for file.
3.	Maintain and use client database.	3.1.	Client database is accurately developed, regularly maintained and securely stored, while maintaining client confidentiality.
3.2.	Regular clients are accurately identified and followed up.
3.3.	Client records are accurately used to advise clients on agency or organisation services of possible interest.
4.	Deal with client complaints and problems.	4.1.	Client complaints and problems are acknowledged and client is supported to produce a positive outcome.
4.2.	Client is encouraged to verbalise issues and active listening is used to minimise client frustration.
4.3.	Client’s confidence in agency or organisation is developed to promote long-term commitment and trust.
4.4.	Mutually acceptable resolution of complaint or problem is achieved by implementing agency or organisation’s policies and procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on ways of enhancing client service strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical client information derived from client database.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for dealing with client enquiries and complaints.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret client profiles to gather routine information on client needs and previous use of agency or organisation’s services.
Writing skills to:	prepare notes and summaries of client needs, preferences and requirements in relation to services offered by agency or organisation.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to access information from client databases and conduct online searches to gather routine information on clients while paying due regard to confidentiality and privacy.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Client needs, preferences and requirements must include:	agency or organisation services in relation to specific property contract administration current and planned developments service, repair and maintenance of building facilities.
Professional ethics must include:	acting in the interests of client code of conduct confidentiality disclosure of conflicts of interest due care honesty integrity privacy professional behaviour professional competence.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also interact and build relationships with clients as part of agency or organisation operations.

The person must demonstrate this performance by responding to each of the following routine workplace situations in the property industry:

dealing with an initial enquiry from a potential new client about services offered by agency or organisation

responding to a specific request from an existing client of agency or organisation

responding to a customer complaint about the quality of service provided by agency or organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply agency or organisational policies and procedures, and relevant legislative requirements in regard to dealing with clients

apply knowledge of agency or organisational services to enhance client support

develop client commitment to agency or organisation and build return custom by establishing rapport and a relationship with client, maintaining professional ethics, and accurately discerning client needs, preferences and requirements

establish and maintain client records and details, maintain client confidentiality, ensure secure storage of client records, and use client records to maximise client interest in agency or organisation’s services

resolve client complaints by acknowledging problems, supporting client in arriving at positive outcomes, and obtaining mutually acceptable complaint resolution

use effective questioning, listening and observation skills to accurately determine client requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency or organisation’s record-keeping requirements

client service goals and objectives

services, including:

features and benefits

types

client complaints and problems, including:

strategies for resolving conflicts

types

client database with contact information

client needs, preferences and requirements specific to own work role

effective communication principles, including principles of and barriers to effective communication

ethical standards, including:

acting in the interests of client

confidentiality

disclosure of conflict of interest

due care

honesty

integrity

privacy

professional behaviour

professional competence

work organisation techniques and procedures, including:

prioritising workload to deal effectively with clients and enquiries

preparing timely and sufficient information

timing and scheduling of appointments.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer

specifications:

agency or organisation policies and procedures for interacting and communicating with clients, including for resolving disputes

client database

details of services offered by agency or organisation

codes, standards and regulations relating to client service in the property industry

relationships with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to appear effectively before a tribunal. It includes preparing for tribunal hearings, using tribunal etiquette, acting as a witness, participating in conciliation hearings, and presenting a case.

The unit supports the work of property industry professionals, including licensed real estate agents, stock and station agents, strata managers and their authorised representatives involved in preparing and presenting cases at tribunals relating to property industry operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for tribunal.	1.1.	Process for making an application to relevant tribunal is followed.
1.2.	Documentation required for application to relevant tribunal is accurately completed.
1.3.	Evidence and other documentation required for tribunal are prepared and reviewed.
1.4.	Advice from appropriate assisting professionals is sought in preparing for tribunal hearing, as required.
1.5.	Pre-tribunal hearing briefings are participated in as appropriate and required.
1.6.	Procedure to follow where a matter has been settled prior to hearing is implemented in line with organisational and legislative requirements.
2.	Participate in conciliation processes for grievances and disputes.	2.1.	Purpose and role of conciliation are clarified within particular tribunal and case context.
2.2.	Opportunities are explored to resolve grievances and disputes through conciliation.
2.3.	Conciliators are provided with complete and accurate information regarding grievance or dispute.
2.4.	Clear and concise formal case statements are prepared and provided for conciliator.
2.5.	Opportunities are taken to obtain relevant information from other parties during conciliation process.
2.6.	Realistic assessments are made of conciliated offers against the likely outcome of continuing with conciliation process and any subsequent rulings from adjudicating body.
3.	Use appropriate tribunal etiquette.	3.1.	Appropriate manner of entering and departing tribunal is used.
3.2.	Appropriate manner of addressing tribunal is used.
3.3.	Relevant legal and industry language is used where appropriate.
4.	Present case before tribunal.	4.1.	Rules and procedures of tribunal are applied.
4.2.	Case is outlined in a clear and concise manner.
4.3.	Evidence is given and routine examination of witnesses is undertaken appropriately.
4.4.	Relevant decisions and precedents are referred to appropriately.
4.5.	Respondent submissions are responded to appropriately.
4.6.	Questions and directions from tribunal are responded to appropriately.
4.7.	Statement of reasons for tribunal decision is requested in line with tribunal and agency practice.
5.	Act as a witness.	5.1.	Pre- and post-tribunal briefings and debriefings are participated in as required.
5.2.	Evidence is provided clearly and concisely using factual descriptions that reflect questions and directions asked by tribunal or legal representatives.
5.3.	Requirements of tribunal processes and proceedings are observed while acting as witness.
5.4.	Liaison with appropriate legal representatives is maintained.
5.5.	Appropriate and required documentation and reporting are completed and stored according to agency practice.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of tribunal procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material that is provided as evidence.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures used in conciliation and tribunal processes provide verbal testimony and respond to questions in tribunal hearings; reiterating, summarising and clarifying as required.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret sometimes complex written text on tribunal rules and procedures.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on information presented in pre- and post-hearing tribunal briefings and debriefings.
Technology skills to:	access online information when preparing for tribunal hearings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Purpose and role of conciliation must include:	giving parties a chance to settle a matter on their terms giving parties the opportunity to hold a frank discussion about the complaint in an attempt to resolve the matter through negotiation.
Evidence must include information that:	is descriptive is devoid of assumptions or judgemental statements represents details and facts of evidence pertinent to the case.
Examination of witnesses must include:	cross-examining respondent witnesses questioning own witnesses re-examining own or respondent witnesses.
Pre- and post-tribunal briefings and debriefings must include:	details of the case outcomes and consequences of tribunal decisions presentation of evidence rules of evidence tribunal protocol.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also appear effectively before a tribunal on three separate occasions as follows:

prepare and present a case before a tribunal on a property-related matter

participate in a conciliation process to resolve a property-related grievance or dispute

act as a witness at a tribunal on a property-related matter.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply knowledge of the role and jurisdiction of tribunals that hear matters relating to property operations

prepare and lodge applications for a tribunal

complete and store documentation relating to the above matters according to agency or organisation requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

protocols to follow when acting as a witness

purpose and role of conciliation in the property industry

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environmental issues

financial services

franchises and business structure

leases

privacy

property sales and management

work health and safety (WHS)

role and jurisdiction of tribunal that hear matters relating to property operations

key features of the rules of evidence

powers and role of tribunals in property-related hearings

tribunal procedures, including:

documentation required for applications to tribunal

procedure to be followed for presenting a case to a tribunal

procedure to be followed where a matter has been settled prior to hearing

process for making an application to a tribunal

role of witnesses

tribunal etiquette.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

tribunal environment

specifications:

checklist for identifying tasks to be completed in preparing for a hearing

guides for acting as a witness, tribunal processes, and presenting a case at a tribunal

federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to property operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect and analyse property and facility information. It requires the ability to obtain information from a variety of sources, review information, and use research and analysis techniques to enable recommendations to be made.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to collect and analyse property information. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Organise property information.	1.1.	Property information requirements are identified.
1.2.	Sources of property information relevant to identified requirements are accessed.
1.3.	Reliable methods of organising property information are used, making efficient use of business equipment and technology and available time and resources.
2.	Analyse property information.	2.1.	Property information is analysed for validity and reliability, using reliable and valid data analysis methods to identify facts, issues, patterns, interrelationships and trends.
2.2.	Assumptions used in analysis are clear, justified and consistent with evaluation objectives.
2.3.	Conclusions are supported by evidence and contribute to achieving client and organisational objectives.
2.4.	Limitations in analysing property information are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
3.	Present findings.	3.1.	Outcomes of analysis are presented in required format, style and structure using clear and concise language.
3.2.	Analysis findings are reported and distributed to required people.
3.3.	Feedback on suitability and sufficiency of findings is obtained and reviewed for improved future processes.
3.4.	Property information is securely maintained with due regard to client privacy and confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of types of property data and data analysis methods.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on properties and facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to identify limitations of property and facility information.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret complex written texts to gather property and facility information.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on outcomes of analysis of property and facility data.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of property and facility information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property information must include at least six of the following:	company services construction costs current and planned property or site developments depreciation schedules inventories leasing rates management policy and procedures marketing services occupancy rates operating costs purchasing information sales information.
Sources of property information must include:	internet, intranet and extranet local, state and federal government documents and registers newspapers and journals policy statements property reports qualitative and quantitative data television and radio.
Data analysis methods must include:	basic statistical analysis critical analysis mathematical calculations problem solving.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also collect and analyse property and facility information as follows:

collect and analyse information on the physical condition of one property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the owner

collect and analyse information on the use of a property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the manager

collect and analyse information on the management policies for a property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the owner and manager.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify property information requirements

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with collecting and analysing property and facility information

obtain information from a range of sources

identify gaps in information

review and prepare findings in a format suitable for presentation

use appropriate data analysis techniques

use appropriate software to sort and analyse data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational privacy and confidentiality policies

internal and external sources of property information

methods of data analysis

organisational policies and procedures relating to data collection

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

security procedures and safe record-keeping practices

software applications used to organise and analyse data

types of data collection and management systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

property or facility

software applications used to organise and analyse data

specifications:

client and organisational confidentiality policies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor construction contracts. It requires the ability to effectively plan and document work activities, coordinate and monitor subcontractors, and check and report completed work.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in implementing and monitoring construction contracts. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine construction contract requirements.	1.1.	Construction contract requirements are reviewed and confirmed with relevant people.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm construction requirements with contracted parties.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements made as required according to client, legislative and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Construction plan is prepared and contingencies are planned to ensure contract and organisational requirements are met.
1.5.	Additional resource requirements are identified according to construction plan and budget.
1.6.	Draft documentation is reviewed to ensure accuracy and relevance of information.
2.	Monitor construction contract.	2.1.	Construction plan is monitored against contract and work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
2.2.	Site inspections are made on a regular basis so progress can be assessed and reported.
2.3.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed.
2.4.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operation.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and support is sought as required.
3.	Check and record completed works according to contract conditions.	3.1.	Certificate of practical completion is received from contracted parties and checked against client and organisational requirements to finalise construction contract.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm that construction meets contract requirements and industry standards.
3.3.	Defects are identified and prompt remedial action is arranged.
3.4.	Written reports and associated documentation are prepared using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of contents and procedures for preparing construction contracts.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate and analyse costs associated with implementing construction contracts interpret and convert measurements and scales used in constructions plans, drawings and specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information in construction contracts and work schedules.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex information in site reports.
Writing skills to:	prepare written reports on defects identified through site inspections.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Consultative processes must include:	face-to-face meetings telephone, facsimile and written communication.
Site access and specific site requirements must include:	access and egress points access codes building codes and regulations heritage listings keys, passes and security clearances noise control time of access union requirements work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor a construction contract for two of the following:

new building construction

renovation of existing building

fitout of existing building

new building facility installation

upgrade or replacement of existing building

equipment installation.

In doing the above, the person must:

administer the contracts for the above construction work in normal industry conditions

determine appropriate work schedules with contracted parties

identify and organise appropriate documentation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing and monitoring the contracts

negotiate variations and adjustments to construction schedules.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building codes and Australian standards relating to construction contracts

purpose, contents, and process for preparing building contracts

building construction practices, principles and processes

building control legislation

common building defects

key features of construction plans, drawings and specifications

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

local zoning requirements

methods and techniques for monitoring project outcomes

project planning methods and techniques

range of contracted parties and their roles and capabilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of construction work to be undertaken

organisational policies and procedures for coordinating construction contracts

organisational template for construction contracts

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to construction work to be undertaken

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in implementing and monitoring construction contracts strategies.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and coordinate the repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities. It requires the ability to plan and document work activities effectively, coordinate and monitor subcontractors, and check and report the results of work performed.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in planning and coordinating the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan repair or maintenance operation.	1.1.	Repair or maintenance requirements are confirmed.
1.2.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements are made.
1.3.	Work order is prepared and contingencies are planned to ensure client and organisational requirements are met in an efficient and effective manner.
1.4.	Safety and security requirements are recognised and implemented.
1.5.	Communication channels and processes are established.
2.	Coordinate repair or maintenance operation.	2.1.	Repair or maintenance operation is monitored against work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
2.2.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed.
2.3.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operation.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Check and record completed repair or maintenance operation.	3.1.	Notification of completed repair or maintenance is received and checked against client and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm repair or maintenance is fully operational and meets performance specifications and industry standards.
3.3.	Faults, errors or omissions are verified and prompt remedial action is determined and arranged.
3.4.	Documentation of repair or maintenance is prepared using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of building regulations and building controls.
Numeracy skills to:	determine quantities of resources and costs associated with repair, service and maintenance of buildings and facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to gather complex information and clarify nature of building repair, service and modification requirements.
Reading skills to:	read and assess the accuracy of work orders and building specifications.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with planning and coordinating repairs, maintenance and modifications to buildings and facilities, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of email and letters.
Digital literacy skills to:	use complex project management software to plan and coordinate repairs, maintenance and modifications to buildings and facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Repair or maintenance requirements must include at least three of the following:	backups changing user codes confirming operational effectiveness identifying and replacing worn parts inspecting, lubricating, cleaning and adjusting parts routine repairs.
Site access and specific site requirements must include at least four of the following:	access and egress points access codes building codes and regulations heritage listings keys, passes and security clearance noise control time of access union requirements work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan and coordinate the following repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities:

an immediate routine repair to an item of common property

the longer-term maintenance of a shared facility

a major modification to a common use facility.

In doing the above, the person must:

inspect completed work against work order and ensure remedial action for faults, errors and omissions

monitor maintenance and repair work, ensuring effective communication exchange and identifying factors requiring variations to work schedules

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with planning and coordinating the repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities

plan maintenance and repair work ensuring:

client and tenant safety and security

resource requirements are according to budget parameters

respond appropriately to requests for maintenance and repair work and maintain adequate records and reports.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

building construction practice

building control legislation relating to the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

common hazards to personal and public safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

common building defects

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

maintenance and service intervals and requirements for building facilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards

points of contact with emergency service agencies

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

consumer protection

environmental issues

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS)

sources of information on maintaining and repairing property assets

WHS issues and requirements, including risks with maintenance and repair activities and risk control measures.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

material:

project management software

physical conditions:

technical expertise and relevant contractors

buildings

specifications:

site plans and drawings

contract for provision of repair, service or modification works

relevant building regulations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop and implement a maintenance program for all types of managed properties. It includes determining property maintenance requirements, establishing a property maintenance program, establishing and maintaining a key register, monitoring the security of managed properties, and implementing and reviewing the property maintenance program.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in developing and implementing maintenance programs for all types of managed properties. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine property maintenance requirements.	1.1.	Property reports, maintenance specifications, feedback from tenants, owner instructions and other relevant documentation are obtained and analysed to establish property maintenance requirements.
1.2.	Industry benchmarks are reviewed to determine maintenance intervals and other requirements.
1.3.	Work health and safety (WHS) and other legislative requirements are interpreted and incorporated into maintenance requirements.
2.	Develop property maintenance program.	2.1.	Property maintenance program is established in line with owner instructions, legislative requirements, and agency practice.
2.2.	Reliable and efficient maintenance methods are identified in line with agency practice.
2.3.	Maintenance costs are established.
2.4.	Contract specifications for maintenance services are developed and incorporated into tender documents, where appropriate.
2.5.	Safety and security requirements are incorporated into maintenance program.
2.6.	Criteria for selecting tradespeople and other service providers to provide repair and maintenance services are established.
2.7.	Register of tradespeople and other service providers is compiled and maintained.
2.8.	Property maintenance schedule is established.
2.9.	Systems for recording and implementing property maintenance requirements and reporting to owners are established.
2.10.	Aspects of maintenance program requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Establish key register.	3.1.	Key register system is established, administered and maintained.
3.2.	Security of register and keys is maintained.
4.	Implement property maintenance program.	4.1.	Property maintenance program, including agency fees, is presented to owners for discussion and approval.
4.2.	Property maintenance program is implemented in line with owner instructions, legislative requirements, and agency practice.
4.3.	Regular reports on property are provided to owners.
4.4.	Agency fees for property maintenance services are recorded and billed to owner.
5.	Monitor security of managed properties.	5.1.	Security risks associated with managed properties are identified and documented.
5.2.	Causes and potential impact of security risks on agency, clients and other stakeholders are determined.
5.3.	Property security measures are established in line with terms of the property management agreement, owner instructions, legislative requirements and agency practice.
6.	Review property maintenance program.	6.1.	Property maintenance program is reviewed in consultation with client.
6.2.	Outcomes of review are prepared in required format, style and structure and presented to owners within agreed timeframes.
6.3.	Recommendations for improving property maintenance program are presented to owners and other relevant people in line with agency practice.
6.4.	Documentation on property maintenance is produced and maintained using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property maintenance standards and industry benchmarks.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate the cost of property maintenance activities monitor property maintenance costs against budget projections calculate and interpret data on property maintenance costs, such as the annual level of maintenance expenditure required to sustain a property at its current condition.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify owner’s property maintenance requirements negotiate contracts with tradespeople and service providers for provision of property maintenance and repair services.
Reading skills to:	read and review property maintenance programs extract information from complex documents, such as legislation, regulations, building programs, and property maintenance reports and specifications.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, such as property maintenance reports.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property must include at least one of the following:	business property commercial property development property, including subdivision and multi-unit sites holiday rental industrial property investment property periodic rental property residential property retail property rural property strata community.
Property maintenance requirements must include:	confirmation of operational effectiveness cyclical maintenance emergency repairs refurbishment non-routine repairs routine servicing and repairs.
Industry benchmarks must include at least four of the following:	age of the properties, with allowance for mid-life upgrades and refurbishments annual level of maintenance expenditure required to sustain a property at its current condition compliance with safety codes expenditure on repairs and maintenance as a percentage of asset value functionality and amenity of property strategic importance of individual properties structural soundness.
Property maintenance program must include:	cleaning electrical emergency lighting evacuation fencing and boundaries fire lighting garden housekeeping painting pests plant and equipment maintenance plumbing sanitary disposal security vertical movement waste disposal weather proofing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop and implement a maintenance program for one of the following managed properties:

business property

commercial property

development property, including subdivision and multi-unit sites

holiday rental

industrial property

investment property

periodic rental property

residential property

retail property

rural property

strata community.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine property maintenance requirements for managed properties

develop a property maintenance program for managed properties that includes procedures for selecting maintenance contractors and maintaining safety and security of clients

establish and maintain a key register for managed properties

monitor security of managed properties

apply knowledge of agency practice, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with establishing, implementing and reviewing a maintenance program for managed properties

review the property maintenance program for the above managed property.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements relating to implementing a property maintenance program

building codes and Australian standards relating to implementing a property maintenance program

building construction practices relating to implementing a property maintenance program

common building styles

common building faults

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

industry benchmarks and ethical standards for property maintenance procedures

key register, including:

its purpose

operating procedures

risks associated with its inadequate management

management strategies relating to different types of residential, industrial, commercial, rural and retail property

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements relating to maintenance programs for managed properties

property maintenance:

methods

programs

requirements

schedules

property safety and security requirements

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environmental issues

financial services

industrial relations

leases and tenancy agreements

WHS

privacy

strata communities

taxation

procedures for reporting repairs and maintenance to owners

risks and risk management strategies associated with property maintenance

register of tradespeople and service providers, including:

its location and procedures for accessing it

contact details of those on the register and the services they provide

procedures for selecting registered tradespeople and providers

systems for implementing property maintenance requirements

procedures for tendering repair and maintenance work to be undertaken at managed properties.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

managed properties

specialist advice required to develop maintenance programs for managed properties

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to developing and implementing maintenance programs for managed properties

legislation and regulations impacting on maintenance programs for managed properties

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to follow and promote work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in following and promoting WHS policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Provide information on safety policy and procedures in the workplace.	1.1.	Relevant provisions of WHS legislation and code of conduct are accurately and clearly explained to team members.
1.2.	Documentation is developed and maintained to support implementation of WHS policies and procedures.
1.3.	Recommendations are made to improve effectiveness of WHS and workplace policies and procedures.
2.	Implement and monitor participative arrangements.	2.1.	Consultative processes are implemented and monitored to ensure all team members have an opportunity to contribute to management of WHS in the workplace.
2.2.	Health and safety issues raised through consultation are resolved, or referred to relevant people for resolution.
2.3.	Outcomes of consultation over WHS issues are reported to team members.
3.	Implement and monitor hazard and risk control procedures.	3.1.	Existing and potential hazards and risks in work area are identified and appropriate actions are implemented.
3.2.	Individual and team adherence to control hazards and risks in work area is maintained and monitored.
3.3.	Inadequacies in existing procedures to control risks are identified and appropriate actions are implemented.
3.4.	Cause of hazardous events is investigated according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures.
3.5.	Measures to minimise risk and prevent recurrence of hazardous events are implemented based on hierarchy of control and own role.
4.	Support WHS training.	4.1.	WHS training needs of individuals and teams are identified and discussed with relevant people.
4.2.	Arrangements are made for addressing identified WHS training needs in consultation with relevant people.
4.3.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to team members to support the effective development of their own WHS competencies.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of workplace safety policies and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material on safety-related incidents in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	promote WHS policies and procedures to others in the workplace.
Reading skills to:	access information in pamphlets, brochures and other general information on the management of workplace safety.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with promoting workplace safety, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of emails and letters.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports on workplace safety and near misses.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS legislation and code of conduct must include:	Australian standards, and quality assurance and certification requirements maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease relevant federal, and state or territory legislation with regard to: common law general duty of care issue resolution provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of WHS representatives and committees requirements of provision of WHS information and training.
WHS policies and procedures must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation WHS audits and safety inspections on-site contractors, visitors and members of the public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective clothing and equipment.
Consultative processes must include at least two of the following:	formal and informal meetings health and safety representatives WHS committees other committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing suggestions, requests and concerns put forward by employees to management.
Relevant people must include at least two of the following:	clients colleagues designated WHS representatives emergency personnel supervisors.
Hazards and risks must include:	electrical environmental ergonomic hazardous materials loose objects and fixtures mechanical obstructions.
Procedures to control risks must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correct selection, use, storage and maintenance procedures for personal protective clothing and equipment emergency, fire and accident procedures safe operating procedures hazard, accident and incident reporting procedures regular WHS consultations.
Hazardous events must include:	accidents bomb scares emergencies fires and explosions violent incidents.
Measures to minimise risk must include:	application of the hierarchy of control: elimination of the risk substitution engineering controls administrative controls personal protective equipment consultation with workers and their representatives measures to remove the cause of a risk at its source.
Training needs must include at least two of the following:	coaching, mentoring and supervision formal and informal learning programs internal and external training provision personal study quality assurance assessments and recommendations recognition of prior learning seminars and conferences work experience and exchange opportunities.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also follow and promote work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in one property industry work environment.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess and control risks according to the hierarchy of control

comply with a range of WHS legislative and organisational procedures

identify and address WHS training needs of team members

provide clear and accurate information and advice to team members on workplace hazards and risks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultative processes for improving workplace WHS culture

legal responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees in the workplace relating to workplace safety

organisational communication channels and procedures

organisational policies and procedures relating to hazard management, fire, emergency, evacuation, and incident or accident investigating and reporting

range of hazards and associated risks that exist in the workplace and their control measures

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

environmental issues

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

WHS

techniques to control risks, such as the hierarchy of control.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

checklist for identifying workplace hazards and risks

organisational templates for reporting hazards and risks

organisational WHS policies and procedures

guides for identifying and mitigating workplace hazards and risks

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to participate in developing standard contracts for routine matters relating to property operations. It requires the ability to accurately determine and comply with contract specifications and guidelines, and to prepare and finalise contract documentation.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing and establishing contracts relating to property operations. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine contract requirements.	1.1.	Contract requirements are reviewed and agreed.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm contract specifications.
1.3.	Information is sourced and assessed for currency, accuracy and relevance.
1.4.	Own limitations in assessing contract requirements are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Prepare contract for routine services.	2.1.	Contract is prepared according to contract specifications and in required format, style and structure, using business equipment and technology.
2.2.	Advice is sought to confirm that contract captures and addresses identified risks, protects contracted parties, and provides basis for due performance.
2.3.	Contract is distributed to contract parties to check accuracy of information and that contract specifications and requirements are clearly addressed.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Finalise contract.	3.1.	Feedback on suitability of contract is sought from contract parties and their advisers, and recommended improvements are incorporated into contract where appropriate.
3.2.	Gaps or deficiencies are identified and appropriate actions implemented.
3.3.	Contract is finalised.
3.4.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of contracts relating to property operations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in property-related contracts.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions on technical matters to clarify meaning of provisions in contracts relating to property operations.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret information in contracts relating to property operations.
Writing skills to:	prepare text associated with preparation of contracts relating to property operations.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce contract documents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Contract requirements must include at least one of the following:	facility management property management property-related maintenance operations strata community management.
Risks must include at least four of the following:	changes to regulations and legislation client and staff satisfaction competition emergencies and disasters failure of a contracted party to comply with contract terms and conditions fire and security health and safety loopholes in contracts market influences physical, financial or human resources project control and cash flow suppliers and contractors time constraints.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also participate in developing two standard contracts relating to one of the following operations:

routine property operation

strata community or facility management operation

property maintenance operation.

In doing the above, the person must:

finalise contract within agreed timeframes using obtained feedback to rectify gaps or deficiencies

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with developing contract

seek advice as required to confirm contract specifications have been addressed

use business equipment and technology to prepare contract documentation

use consultative processes to review and confirm contract requirements and specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

contract layout, format and presentation methods

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

principles of contract law with regard to property use and management

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to contracts, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to contract preparation and finalisation

organisational templates for contracts

physical conditions:

sources of specialist advice on property-related contracts

specifications:

specifications for standard contracts relating to property operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to coordinate contractor requirements for a variety of projects in the property industry. It requires the ability to administer contracts and coordinate the selection and monitoring of contractor arrangements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in coordinating contractor requirements for a variety of projects in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine selection requirements.	1.1.	Selection purpose and context are identified to determine selection requirements.
1.2.	Selection information is gathered to assist in identifying selection process and types of contractors required.
1.3.	Draft selection documentation is prepared.
1.4.	Selection processes and timelines are established that make efficient use of time and resources.
2.	Arrange selection process.	2.1.	Individuals involved in the selection process are nominated and organised.
2.2.	Selection criteria are prepared.
2.3.	Selection process and criteria are checked for compliance with organisational and legislative requirements.
2.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to gather and organise evidence in a format suitable for analysis and interpretation.
3.	Select contractors.	3.1.	Selection process is conducted.
3.2.	Information obtained from each contractor is judged against specified selection criteria.
3.3.	Contractor preferences, needs and expectations are clarified and addressed using appropriate consultative processes.
3.4.	Selection decision is made based on selection criteria and evaluation of sufficient evidence to enable a judgement of best candidate.
3.5.	Own limitations in interpreting selection criteria or making selection decision are identified and appropriate support is sought as required.
4.	Record and report selection results.	4.1.	Selection decisions are recorded and reported.
4.2.	Clear and constructive feedback is provided to candidates regarding outcomes of selection process, and guidance on future options.
4.3.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.
4.4.	Selection process is reviewed against established criteria to improve and modify future assessment practices.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sources of contractors, services provided and fees.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to seek and clarify further information relating to previous work experience of contractors.
Reading skills to:	access, interpret and evaluate tender documents submitted by contractors.
Writing skills to:	prepare terms of reference and selection criteria for contractors.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information on the type and quality of service provided by contractors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Selection process must include at least two of the following:	competitive tendering direct order request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering select tendering.
Contractors must include at least three of the following:	business advisers information technology professional advisers property advisers technicians tradespeople.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person also coordinate contractor requirements, including selecting and appointing the contractor, for two different tasks in a property industry context.

In doing the above, the person must:

complete selection of contractors, including reviewing criteria and reporting recommendations

evaluate and select contractors using appropriate selection criteria and communication techniques

determine contractor requirements through research and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with coordinating contractor requirements for a variety of projects

prepare selection schedule and criteria, and arrange people to be involved in the selection process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

contract law relating to engaging contractors

contractor fees and payments

contractor types, roles and capabilities

insurance requirements for contractors

intellectual property rights and contractors

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities relating to engaging contractors

professional indemnity for contractors

key requirements of federal and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to engaging contractors

selection processes and selection criteria for contractors

techniques for monitoring contractor performance.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational plans, policies and procedures for engaging contractors

organisational templates for use in selecting and appointing contractors

specifications for work to be performed or service to be provided by contractor

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and implement customer service policies and procedures in the property industry. It includes contributing to quality customer standards, implementing customer service systems, and leading customer service teams.

The unit supports the work of those involved in understanding and implementing customer service policies and procedures. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Contribute to quality customer standards.	1.1.	Customer service standards are accessed, interpreted, applied and monitored in the workplace.
1.2.	Contributions are made to developing, refining and improving customer service policies, standards and processes.
2.	Implement customer service systems.	2.1.	Personnel are encouraged to consistently implement customer service systems of organisation.
2.2.	Customer feedback is reviewed and considered when improving work practices.
2.3.	Customer service problems are identified and adjustments made to ensure continued service quality.
2.4.	Adjustments are communicated to all those involved in service delivery within appropriate timeframes.
2.5.	Services and products are delivered according to organisational quality standards.
3.	Lead a customer service team.	3.1.	Coaching and mentoring are used to assist colleagues to deal with customer service issues and achieve service potential.
3.2.	Team is motivated to achieve high standard of service to customers.
3.3.	Team is informed of changes in policies and procedures that affect relations with customers.
3.4.	Team is provided with regular feedback in regard to achievement or non-achievement of organisational standards of customer service.
3.5.	Team members are encouraged to contribute feedback in regard to achievement of customer service standards.
3.6.	Training is undertaken as required to meet changing needs.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform customer service strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data on customer satisfaction with organisation’s products and services.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss solutions to customer service problems with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret documentation, including academic and technical reports, on building the capability of customer service teams.
Writing skills to:	prepare guidance for team members and senior management on customer service strategies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customers must include:	customers from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds customers with routine and special requests customers with varying physical and mental abilities internal and external customers regular and new customers.
Customer feedback must include:	analysis of quality assurance data reports feedback directly solicited from customers through different means, including: questionnaires telephone surveys face-to-face surveys online surveys.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also lead the implementation of one customer service initiative in a property-related business designed to improve customer service in one of the following areas:

business broking

livestock sales and auctions

property management

property sales

strata community management.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement improved customer service procedures

ensure staff are adequately trained to deliver customer service to agreed organisational standards

identify customer service requirements and ensure they are delivered to a professional standard in an appropriate timeframe

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing customer service policies and procedures

obtain and give constructive feedback on customer service strategies.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

organisational quality and customer service standards

organisational policies and procedures for customer service

principles and techniques for managing customer behaviour, including:

customer relations

maintaining product and service quality

identifying and resolving problems

researching customer needs

range of analysis techniques to interpret data on customer service

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

workplace policies and procedures on customer service

reports and case studies from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing business processes designed to enhance customer service

information on current customer service performance

outline of initiatives for enhancing customer service

physical conditions:

customer service team

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop, implement and evaluate a risk management system to ensure effective operations in the property industry. It requires the ability to determine system requirements, and identify and organise appropriate support processes to implement, monitor, maintain and review the system.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing, implementing and evaluating risk management systems in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine risk management system requirements.	1.1.	Risk management context is determined.
1.2.	Relevant documentation and legislative requirements are reviewed to identify critical requirements of risk management strategy.
1.3.	Resource requirements to facilitate achievement of risk management goals and objectives are identified and arranged.
1.4.	Roles and responsibilities associated with implementing risk management activities are established according to risk management strategy.
2.	Organise support processes.	2.1.	Consultative processes are used to determine individual professional development requirements.
2.2.	Risk management processes requiring specialist support are identified and personnel or finance support is sought as required.
2.3.	Systems to encourage communication flow and feedback are established and maintained to ensure an accurate exchange of information between relevant people.
2.4.	Administrative processes are analysed to ensure outcomes are accurately reported and recorded.
2.5.	Assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk and assessment of consequences are developed.
3.	Monitor and maintain system.	3.1.	Risk management system is systematically evaluated to maintain consistency and meet relevant legislative and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Factors affecting achievement of risk management strategies are identified and required variations are negotiated and agreed.
3.3.	Information, costs and statistics relating to risk management system are collected and analysed.
3.4.	Audits of implementation of treatments of risks are arranged according to risk management system requirements.
3.5.	Changes to operating environment and risk or threat to assets are monitored on an ongoing basis, and corrective measures are identified and implemented according to risk management plan.
4.	Review and report on system.	4.1.	Risk management plan is reviewed against established criteria to improve and modify future risk assessment practices.
4.2.	Evaluation processes are implemented that incorporate strategies for review, evaluation and comparison of risk management strategies and processes, according to risk management plan.
4.3.	Feedback regarding satisfaction with risk assessment practices is collected, analysed and included in evaluation process.
4.4.	Business continuity plan covering all aspects of continuity cycle is developed.
4.5.	Findings of analysis of risk management system are incorporated into business continuity plan.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform analysis of risk management system.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate risks.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss perceived and actual risks with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from documentation, including risk assessments, to inform development of risk management strategy.
Writing skills to:	prepare and document business continuity plans that cover emergency and disaster planning.
Digital literacy skills to:	communicate electronically with team members and professional advisors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risk management context must include at least one of the following:	business operations competitors economic climate human and physical assets of organisation organisational strengths and weaknesses previous history of organisational operations.
Business continuity plan must include at least one of the following:	full recovery resilient design resilient operations salvage service restoration.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop, implement and evaluate a risk management system for one aspect of a property-related organisation to ensure its effective operation.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine system requirements

maintain required physical and human resources to support the risk management system

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with developing, implementing and evaluating a risk management system

prepare a business continuity plan to cover emergency and disaster planning

review the risk management system to identify and implement improvements

support staff to manage risk, and implement recovery processes where projected risks have eventuated.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

auditing requirements for risk management systems

client and organisational privacy and confidentiality requirements

business continuity cycle and plans, including development process and required contents

insurance policies, codes and operations

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback on risk management system

organisational goals and objectives, activities and systems relating to risk management system

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

public safety

work health and safety (WHS)

risks in property-related organisations, including:

assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk

risk assessment techniques and processes

risk management plans

industry standards and code of conduct relating to coordinating risk management systems in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on risks and risk management in the property industry

risk assessment reports

best practice case studies of risk management procedures in property and related industries

workplace policies and procedures relating to risk management and other key business processes

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish, maintain and evaluate an organisation’s work health and safety (WHS) system and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in establishing, maintaining and evaluating a property industry organisation’s risk management systems. It applies to those involved in working with WHS systems and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish and maintain WHS framework.	1.1.	WHS framework is developed that clearly expresses the organisation’s commitment to implementing relevant WHS legislation in the organisation.
1.2.	WHS roles and responsibilities for all workplace personnel are defined to allow implementation of WHS policies, procedures and programs.
1.3.	Financial and human resources for the effective operation of WHS system are identified, sought and provided in a timely manner.
1.4.	Information on WHS system and its operational procedures is provided and explained to employees in an accessible form.
2.	Establish and maintain participative arrangements.	2.1.	Consultative processes are established and maintained with employees and their representatives according to relevant WHS legislation.
2.2.	Issues arising from participation and consultation are resolved promptly and effectively according to procedures for issue resolution.
2.3.	Workplace safety information collected through participative arrangements is provided to employees in line with organisational procedures.
3.	Establish and maintain procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks.	3.1.	Procedures for ongoing hazard identification and assessment and control of associated risks are developed.
3.2.	Hazard identification is addressed at the planning, design and evaluation stages of change in the workplace to ensure that new hazards are not created by proposed changes.
3.3.	Procedures for selecting and implementing risk control measures according to the hierarchy of control are developed and maintained.
3.4.	Inadequacies in existing risk control measures are identified according to the hierarchy of control, and resources enabling implementation of new measures are promptly provided.
4.	Review system effectiveness.	4.1.	WHS induction and training program is developed and provided for all employees as part of organisation’s general training program.
4.2.	WHS record-keeping system is established and maintained to allow identification of patterns of occupational injury in the organisation.
4.3.	Measurement and evaluation of WHS system are undertaken in line with organisation’s quality system framework.
4.4.	Improvements to WHS system are developed and implemented to achieve organisational WHS objectives.
4.5.	Compliance with WHS legislative framework is assessed to ensure that legal WHS standards are maintained as a minimum.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform development of WHS framework.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate hazards and risks in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss financial and human resources required to support WHS system with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from documentation, including WHS records, to inform development of WHS framework.
Writing skills to:	prepare and document WHS policies and procedures.
Digital literacy skills to:	communicate electronically with team members and professional advisors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS framework must include:	counselling and disciplinary processes designing safe operations and systems of work determining ways WHS will be managed, for example: designed operations, workflow and materials handling maintaining plant and equipment planning or implementing alterations to site, operations, plan or work systems purchasing materials and equipment mechanisms for obtaining updated information on such things as health effects of hazards, technical developments in risk control, and changes to legislation obtaining expert WHS advice as required resolving WHS issues developing and updating policies providing training ensuring system for communicating information to employees, supervisors and managers within organisation.
WHS legislation must include:	Australian standards, and quality assurance and certification requirements issue resolution maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of WHS representatives and committees relevant industry code of conduct requirements of provision of WHS information and training.
Roles and responsibilities must include:	advisory decision making duty of care WHS officer.
WHS policies, procedures and programs must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation WHS audits and safety inspections on-site contractors, visitors and members of public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective equipment.
Consultative processes must include at least two of the following:	formal and informal meetings, including WHS meetings health and safety representatives WHS committees other committees, for example, consultative, planning and purchasing suggestions, requests and concerns put forward by employees to management.
Hazard identification must include:	audits and review of audit reports checking work area and equipment before and during work consulting with work team members housekeeping job and work system assessment review of WHS records, including registers of hazardous materials and dangerous goods workplace inspections in area of responsibility.
Procedures for selecting and implementing risk control measures must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correct selection, use, storage and maintenance procedures for personal protective clothing and equipment emergency, fire and accident procedures safe operating procedures hazard, accident and incident reporting procedures regular WHS consultations.
Risk control measures must include:	measures to remove cause of risk at its source application of the hierarchy of control: elimination of risk substitution engineering controls administrative controls personal protective equipment consultation with workers and their representatives.
Training program must include at least four of the following:	allocation of resources for training, including purchasing training services and developing staff training skills group discussions and other consciousness-raising techniques handouts, including information sheets induction training ongoing assessment of training needs, relating to such things as: emergencies and evacuations new operations and materials specific equipment use specific hazards specific tasks specific courses.
WHS record-keeping system must include:	audit and inspection reports hazardous materials registers manufacturer and supplier information meeting agendas, including items and actions relating to WHS plant and equipment maintenance and testing reports records of induction, instruction and training workers compensation and rehabilitation records workplace environmental monitoring records.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also establish, maintain and evaluate the work health and safety (WHS) system and procedures of one property-related organisation to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with establishing, maintaining and evaluating organisation’s WHS system and procedures

apply knowledge of the principles and practices of effective WHS management

establish and maintain:

WHS management system

participative arrangements

procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks

maintain WHS framework

identify when expert advice is needed, obtaining advice and acting on it promptly

implement WHS Acts, regulations and code of conduct relevant to own area of responsibility

review WHS system effectiveness.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key components of the hierarchy of control

procedures for identifying intervention points for expert WHS advice

literacy levels and communication skills of work group members and consequent suitable communication techniques to use when discussing WHS matters

principles and practices of effective WHS management in small, medium and large businesses

principles and techniques associated with modelling safe work practices, hazard identification and risk management

record-keeping systems, procedures and requirements relating to WHS

regulatory compliance arrangements in relation to WHS

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

WHS

WHS roles and responsibilities for all workplace personnel, including legal responsibilities of employers, manufacturers, suppliers, employees and other parties in relation to WHS.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

access to specialist advice on WHS in the property industry

best practice case studies of WHS, hazard identification and risk management procedures in the property and related industries

hazard identification and risk assessment reports

WHS legislation

workplace policies and procedures with regards to WHS

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4001 Research and assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4015A Assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to research and assess the impact of construction materials and methods, design elements and building condition on thermal performance of residential buildings.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability or Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors using specialised knowledge to complete thermal performance assessments of residential buildings. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess impact of building design features on thermal performance of building.	1.1	Research building design features that influence thermal performance.
1.2	Determine potential impact of building design features on thermal performance.
1.3	Examine ways in which building design features can be altered to improve thermal performance.
2	Assess influence of common construction materials on thermal performance.	2.1	Research properties of construction materials that influence thermal performance.
2.2	Research properties of glazing units that influence thermal performance.
2.3	Determine impact of climate on choice of construction materials to improve thermal performance.
2.4	Examine ways in which cost, practicality, size or space constraints can influence choice of building materials when improving thermal performance.
2.5	Research construction materials that meet requirements for improving thermal performance.
2.6	Research ways that correct use and installation of materials can improve thermal performance.
2.7	Examine condition of materials and the effect that condition can have on degrading thermal performance.
3	Assess impact of construction methods on thermal performance.	3.1	Identify construction methods used in residential building.
3.2	Identify key components of the building envelope.
3.3	Identify methods of testing building envelope for efficiency.
3.4	Examine construction methods used on building envelope components and effect on thermal performance.
4	Identify impact of common building faults on thermal performance of building.	4.1	Evaluate influence of poor construction techniques and condition of building elements on thermal performance.
4.2	Research sources of professional advice on ways to respond to common building faults that may influence thermal performance.
4.3	Examine potential impact of poorly designed or installed measures for improving thermal performance on other aspects of residential building.
5	Document information and research findings	5.1	Collate information and research results and check to confirm accuracy.
5.2	Identify impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings.
5.3	Identify benefits of efficient building techniques and an efficient building envelope on thermal performance of residential buildings.
5.4	Document findings according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret and consolidate a wide range of information on thermal performance of buildings

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate statistical data on the thermal performance of different construction materials and methods.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4015A Assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4001 Research and assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4015A Assess impact of building elements on thermal performance of residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by researching and documenting an assessment of the impact of building elements on thermal performance for three different residential buildings involving at least three of the following residential construction methods:

structurally insulated panels

pre-fabricated buildings

brick veneer

cavity brick

concrete block masonry

lightweight construction

reverse brick veneer.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

building design features that may influence the thermal performance of a building:

wall type

convection

eaves

floor types

glazing and windows

insulation

landscaping

materials

orientation

shading

siting

thermal mass

ventilation

zoning and layout

causes of and remedies for condensation

energy efficiency provisions of building regulations and the National Construction Code (NCC)

key components of the building envelope

solar passive building design principles

passive house building design principles

properties of building materials that can influence thermal performance:

emissivity

R-value

reflectivity

solar absorptance

U-value

properties of glazing units that can influence thermal performance:

solar heat gain coefficient

U-value

visible light transmission

types of building construction materials used in residential buildings:

correct industry terminologies

sources of information on their thermal performance

types of building defects, poor construction techniques and condition of building elements that can impact on the thermal performance of residential buildings:

condensation

methods for testing building envelop efficiency:

blower door testing

thermal imaging

types of residential building construction methods:

materials used

benefits and limitations

implications for thermal performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

documentation associated with residential buildings and building products and materials to allow achievement of the performance evidence

building codes, standards and regulations including the NCC

computer equipment and software suitable for accessing online catalogues and references to source information on the thermal performance of building products and materials

reference materials and/or computer equipment to access current information on the thermal performance of building products and materials including:

solar passive building design

passive house building design

thermal performance of building materials and construction methods

building envelope thermal performance

common building defects including condensation

house energy rating schemes

blower door testing and thermal imaging

manufacturers’ product information on building products and materials.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4002 Advise clients on thermal performance of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4019A Inform clients about thermal performance of residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to explain the factors that contribute to the thermal performance of residential buildings when providing advice to clients as part of a home sustainability or Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessment. It includes explaining the heat transfer process, factors that impact thermal comfort, how climatic conditions, building design and materials influence thermal performance, and the principles of passive design.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability or NatHERS assessors who use specialised knowledge to assess and make recommendations for improving the thermal performance of residential buildings. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Advise client on relationship between building thermal performance and energy use.	1.1	Explain the concept of building thermal performance.
1.2	Identify and communicate the impact of building materials on thermal performance of buildings.
1.3	Explain the relationship between building thermal performance, heating and cooling and energy consumption.
1.4	Explain the main uses of energy in buildings and the proportion attributed to heating and cooling.
1.5	Explain the environmental and social impacts of energy use.
1.6	Check client understanding of building thermal performance and energy use and respond to questions to clarify advice.
2	Advise client on the heat transfer process in residential buildings.	2.1	Explain the process of heat transfer in residential buildings.
2.2	Explain the meanings of key terms used to describe heat transfer.
2.3	Explain the ways in which residential buildings lose and gain heat.
2.4	Check client understanding of the heat transfer process and respond to questions to clarify advice.
3	Advise client on factors that impact thermal comfort.	3.1	Explain thermal comfort and its use in building thermal performance assessments.
3.2	Explain the physical factors that influence thermal comfort.
3.3	Explain the methods for determining building occupant requirements for thermal comfort.
3.4	Check client understanding of factors that impact on thermal comfort and respond to questions to clarify advice.
4	Advise client on the influence of climatic conditions on building thermal performance.	4.1	Identify major Australian climate zones and explain their key characteristics associated with thermal performance.
4.2	Explain the types and uses of climate data in carrying out thermal performance assessments.
4.3	Explain the impact of local climatic conditions on building thermal performance.
4.4	Explain ways of improving thermal performance appropriate to the relevant climate zone.
4.5	Check client understanding of how climatic conditions influence thermal performance of residential buildings and respond to questions to clarify advice.
5	Advise client on the principles of passive design.	5.1	Explain the principles of passive design.
5.2	Explain the application of passive design principles to planned and existing residential buildings.
5.3	Explain factors that diminish the thermal performance of buildings.
5.4	Check client understanding of the principles of passive design and respond to questions to clarify advice.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify industry concepts and terminology

numeracy skills to interpret climate data and apply correct units of measurement when describing power and energy to clients

technology skills to access and transmit electronic information when providing client advice.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4019A Inform clients about thermal performance of residential buildings.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4002 Advise clients on thermal performance of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4019A Inform clients about thermal performance of residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by providing accurate oral and written advice to three different clients on the thermal performance of residential buildings involving three different building designs and climate zones.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian climate zones, characteristics and data used in thermal performance assessments:

diurnal temperature range

humidity

irradiance

minimum and maximum temperature

solar geometry

wind speed and direction

building elements included in thermal performance assessments

definition of thermal comfort:

factors influencing thermal comfort

models of thermal comfort

role of thermal comfort in building thermal performance assessments

thermal sensitivity of individuals

environmental and social impacts of energy use:

climate change

energy cost

energy security

global warming

greenhouse gas emissions

operational costs

resource depletion

impact of climate on thermal performance of residential buildings

industry terminology for energy use associated with thermal performance of buildings

passive building design principles

process of heat transfer in residential buildings:

key terms used to describe heat transfer

impact on heating and cooling

mechanisms: radiation, convection and conduction

modelling

U and R-values of building materials

R-values of wall constructions

principles of thermal performance:

factors that diminish and enhance the thermal performance of residential buildings

impact of local climatic conditions on building thermal performance

relationship between building thermal performance, heating and cooling and energy consumption.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

relevant codes, standards and regulations associated with building thermal performance assessments

computer equipment and software suitable for sourcing and transmitting information on the thermal performance of buildings to allow achievement of the performance evidence

technical reference library and/or (online) access to current technical publications on:

passive building design

thermal performance of building materials

building thermal performance

manufacturers’ product information on building products and materials.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4003 Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4020A Operate computer systems to support NatHERS assessment. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to operate and maintain a computer system and software applications to support thermal performance assessments using accredited Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) software. It includes installing and updating software and hardware and performing computer configurations, routine data back-ups, troubleshooting and system maintenance.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as thermal performance assessors using specialised knowledge to complete thermal performance assessments of residential buildings. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements NatHERS assessments. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to use computer system for thermal performance assessment.	1.1	Make required ergonomic adjustments to personal computer furniture and fittings.
1.2	Check physical connectivity and follow computer and operating system start-up procedures.
1.3	Confirm correct operation and performance of computer and hardware devices.
2	Configure computer system for thermal performance assessment.	2.1	Adjust computer settings to suit user requirements.
2.2	Configure power management settings to minimise power consumption.
2.3	Identify operating system and application programs loaded onto computer and confirm computer capability and correct NatHERS software version.
2.4	Conduct software installation and removal to improve computer capability and readiness for thermal performance assessment.
2.5	Create and customise desktop icons to access applications and NatHERS programs.
2.6	Connect, disconnect and configure removable storage devices used to store, maintain and back-up data.
3	Access and manipulate data for thermal performance assessment.	3.1	Access and manipulate thermal performance data using objects, macros, shortcut features and templates to increase efficiency.
3.2	Convert and store data to suit operating system and applications to support thermal performance assessment.
3.3	Employ advanced features of NatHERS software to prepare and present data.
3.4	Link and embed files to transfer data between applications.
3.5	Transmit data to support thermal performance assessment using electronic methods.
4	Perform routine system maintenance.	4.1	Perform regular system back-up to minimise risk of data loss, and label, store and retrieve back-up files according to organisational requirements.
4.2	Use firewall, antivirus and malware scans to reduce security risks and threats in the computer system.
4.3	Monitor and maintain correct functioning of automated processes.
4.4	Update off-line record of maintenance procedures according to organisational requirements.
5	Solve routine problems with computer system.	5.1	Identify problem with computer system and apply basic information technology troubleshooting techniques to resolve problem.
5.2	Access online assistance to overcome difficulties with computer system or NatHERS software.
5.3	Recover damaged or corrupted files using appropriate software, equipment or technical support according to organisational requirements.
6	Upgrade and reconfigure personal computer and NatHERS software.	6.1	Install new and update existing computer hardware.
6.2	Test new and updated computer hardware and confirm correct operation.
6.3	Install new and update existing NatHERS software.
6.4	Test and configure new and updated NatHERS software and confirm correct operation.
6.5	Maintain records of installations, updates and configurations according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4020A Operate computer systems to support NatHERS assessment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4003 Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4020A Operate computer systems to support NatHERS assessment. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by operating and maintaining computer systems and the software to support at least two thermal performance assessments using accredited Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) software.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic operations of NatHERS software tools

basic components, set up procedures and operation of personal computer systems that support thermal performance assessments

basic information technology troubleshooting procedures

common technologies and procedures that prevent data loss associated with thermal performance assessments

ergonomic principles applicable to setting up and using a computer system and furniture

methods for identifying and verifying software versions

minimum software requirements of a software tool that must be met in order to receive accreditation

modes of NatHERS software operation

procedures for conducting routine back-ups of computer systems and files and for maintaining system security

procedures for installing, removing and upgrading NatHERS software and other applications that support computer system functionality

procedures for storing, converting, transmitting and retrieving data associated with thermal performance assessments

purpose and types of virus protection for computer systems

purpose, management and types of electronic data removal and storage devices

sources of assistance to resolve problems with computer systems and software when conducting thermal performance assessments

types and purpose of NatHERS software tools and associated licensing conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

computer system, devices and software including current accredited NatHERS software to allow achievement of the performance evidence

relevant hardware and software product information and operating manuals.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4004 Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4012A Conduct NatHERS assessment of planned residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to analyse information to assess the thermal potential of the building envelope of planned residential buildings, and the thermal performance of existing residential buildings, including alterations and additions. Assessments involve a variety of building designs and materials across all jurisdictions using the regulatory mode of software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS).

This unit is for individuals who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to complete thermal performance assessments. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for thermal performance assessments. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
CPPHES4003	Operate and maintain computer system to support thermal performance assessments

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for thermal performance assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to confirm scope and purpose of assessment and respond to questions to clarify issues and concerns.
1.2	Research and apply jurisdictional regulatory and NatHERS requirements to planned thermal performance assessment.
1.3	Obtain documentation and drawings for the assessment and review to verify consistency and sufficiency to meet software, NatHERS technical notes and regulatory requirements.
1.4	Refer inconsistencies in documentation or drawings back to client for clarification and amendment.
1.5	Request additional information required to conduct assessment to meet client and regulatory requirements.
1.6	Check computer equipment to ensure correct operation and confirm that software version and libraries are up to date according to regulatory requirements.
2	Collate and input information into NatHERS software tool.	2.1	Extract information required for input into software tool from building documentation and NatHERS technical notes.
2.2	Enter extracted information into software tool according to regulatory requirements for the building.
2.3	Enter information on non-standard building materials and designs, alterations and additions correctly according to software and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Check inputted data and make necessary adjustments to ensure accuracy and compliance with regulatory requirements.
3	Model thermal performance of building.	3.1	Apply software tool functions to model thermal performance of building.
3.2	Run simulation to determine if the building’s potential thermal performance complies with regulatory requirements.
3.3	Check simulation against latest documentation set and amend identified discrepancies.
3.4	Analyse software tool outputs to clarify assumptions, identify limitations and correct errors in data entry.
3.5	Interpret software tool outputs and profile building’s thermal performance.
4	Identify options to improve thermal performance of building.	4.1	Analyse strengths and weaknesses in thermal performance of building.
4.2	Access technical advice and identify cost effective options for improving thermal performance considering outputs of thermal performance assessment, practicality and type of building.
4.3	Identify interactions of identified improvements on other aspects of building performance.
4.4	Use software tool to reassess building and impact of identified options on thermal performance.
5	Report and certify thermal performance assessment outcomes.	5.1	Finalise thermal performance assessment and collate design and assessment documentation in line with regulatory requirements in relevant jurisdictions and for auditing and quality assurance.
5.2	Write up options and recommendations for achieving required energy efficiency rating according to regulatory requirements.
5.3	Discuss assessment outcomes with relevant persons and obtain approval to proceed with certification according to organisational requirements.
5.4	Submit NatHERS report through required portal to generate universal certificate.
5.5	Confirm stamping is complete and secure documentation according to regulatory requirements.
5.6	Store assessment documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements to enable recovery for audit and quality assurance purposes.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

numeracy skills to interpret thermal performance outputs including U-values and R-values

reading skills to interpret a variety of texts including regulations, codes, technical notes and building plans and specifications

writing skills to complete standard forms and generate business correspondence and reports

problem-solving skills to:

make recommendations based on the outputs of NatHERS software tools

determine optional improvements to thermal performance.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4012A Conduct NatHERS assessment of planned residential buildings.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4004 Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4012A Conduct NatHERS assessment of planned residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by using an accredited Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) software tool to conduct thermal performance assessments of six residential buildings.

The assessments must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the software, technical notes and jurisdictional regulatory requirements.

The buildings assessed must include:

different designs appropriate to a tropical, a temperate and a cold climate zone

a variety of building materials and designs appropriate to the climate zone.

These buildings must incorporate the following:

one single story dwelling (a minimum of three bedrooms)

one double storey dwelling (a minimum of three bedrooms)

an apartment unit (two bedrooms) in a Class 2 building modelled as:

a ground floor unit over a basement/carpark

a middle level unit with neighbouring units above and below

and a top floor unit with a roof over

one alteration works that includes an addition to one of the above dwellings.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian climate zones, characteristics and data used in thermal performance assessments

design features that influence the thermal comfort of buildings

energy units of measurement and terminology associated with thermal performance assessments:

energy efficiency

heating and cooling loads

solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and U-value

R values

options to improve the thermal performance of buildings:

construction materials

draughtproofing

floor coverings

insulation levels

landscaping and plantings

orientation

overshadowing

passive heating and cooling

shade

structural changes

thermal mass

ventilation

window size, location, type and coverings

passive design and thermal performance principles:

glazing

insulation

orientation

passive cooling

passive solar heating

shading

skylights

thermal mass

building sealing

thermal bridging and breaks

regulatory and jurisdictional requirements for thermal performance assessments of residential buildings categorised as Class 1, 2, 4 and 10a of the National Construction Code (NCC)

thermal performance properties of common building materials:

solar absorptance

heat transfer coefficients and U-values

material thickness

reflectivity

resistance heat flow up and down

solar heat gain coefficient and emissivity

thermal bridging and breaks

thermal resistance and R-values

types and operation of NatHERS accredited software tools:

assumptions and limitations as to what can be assessed which are inherent in NatHERS software protocols and accredited software

building and external elements included in NatHERS thermal performance assessments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

current accredited NatHERS software tool and associated equipment and manuals

the NCC and jurisdictional guidelines associated with conducting NatHERS assessments

residential building design documentation and technical information to allow achievement of the performance evidence

NatHERS technical notes and software accreditation protocol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4005 Assess household energy use and efficiency improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4001A Assess household energy use. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to source and analyse information on household energy use and to advise on ways to improve energy efficiency and reduce energy costs in the home.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability assessors using specialised knowledge to complete household energy assessments. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and organise energy assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to clarify purpose of energy use assessment and respond to questions and concerns.
1.2	Confirm assessment requirements in line with client needs, legislation, regulations, standards, codes and government incentive programs for energy efficiency.
1.3	Plan energy use assessment in consultation with client and according to work health and safety (WHS) procedures.
1.4	Prepare energy use assessment documentation.
1.5	Confirm that required tools and equipment are available and in working order.
2	Compile information on household energy generation, use, and costs.	2.1	Gather information on energy use, onsite energy production and storage and energy costs.
2.2	Access and interpret energy bills and metering data.
2.3	Identify main sources of energy use.
2.4	Carry out measurements and observations safely during on-site inspection to estimate energy usage for key energy using appliances.
2.5	Gather information on household occupant behaviours and preferences that impact energy use.
2.6	Record gathered information using suitable data collection tool.
3	Analyse data on household energy use.	3.1	Identify key features of household energy usage and estimate costs and greenhouse gas emissions for key appliances.
3.2	Reconcile energy use with energy billing data.
3.3	Identify cost effective measures and behavioural opportunities for improving energy efficiency.
3.4	Identify government rebates and other assistance programs for improving household energy efficiency.
3.5	Estimate energy, emissions and cost savings to be gained by implementing measures for improving energy efficiency.
4	Provide information on residential renewable energy.	4.1	Source technical information on renewal energy production and storage technologies and inform client.
4.2	Evaluate suitability of using residential property for renewable energy systems and discuss with client.
4.3	Identify feed in tariffs, government rebates and other assistance programs for installing energy production and storage technologies.
5	Report findings of household energy assessment.	5.1	Collate results, recommendations and supporting evidence of energy use assessment.
5.2	Document options and potential savings and prioritise recommendations for energy efficiency measures in line with client needs.
5.3	Explain report, indicative costs and improvements in household energy efficiency to client.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to interpret data from gas and electricity meters and accounts and calculate costs and greenhouse gas emissions

reading skills to interpret data from gas and electricity meters and the outputs of energy measuring tools, technical data from product specifications

technology skills to use basic computer functions, calculators and measuring tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4001A Assess household energy use.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4005 Assess household energy use and efficiency improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4001A Assess household energy use. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by safely conducting energy use assessments and identifying efficiency improvements for three different households.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

alternative energy production and storage technologies applicable to residential buildings

energy ratings and power consumption of common household appliances

energy types and units of measurement

hazards and risks and types of personal protective equipment (PPE) to be used when conducting on-site assessments of household energy use

key requirements of relevant codes, standards, regulations and government incentive programs for household energy efficiency

major systems and other sources of household energy use:

cooking

refrigeration

washing and drying

home entertainment and home office equipment

heating and cooling

internal and external appliances

lighting

swimming pools and spas

water heating

water pumps

methods for interpreting household energy bills:

actual and estimated bills

plans

tariffs

strategies for improving household energy efficiency including impact of building shell on heating/cooling energy use, upgrade options and behavioural changes

trends in energy use and emissions

types and uses of energy measuring tools.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

residential buildings to allow achievement of the performance evidence

codes, standards, legislation and government programs relevant to energy efficiency

manufacturers’ product information on domestic appliances, water heating systems, heating and cooling systems, lighting and electronic products

technical information on energy production and storage technologies

personal protective equipment and energy measurement and data collection tools and documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4006 Assess household water use and efficiency improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4003A Assess household water use. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to source and analyse information on household water use and to advise on ways to improve water efficiency and conservation in the home.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability assessors using specialised knowledge to complete household water assessments. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and organise water use assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to clarify purpose of water use assessment and respond to questions and concerns.
1.2	Confirm assessment requirements in line with client needs, water authorities, legislation, regulations, standards, codes and government incentive programs for water efficiency.
1.3	Plan water use assessment in consultation with client and according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements.
1.4	Prepare documentation required to conduct energy use assessment.
1.5	Confirm that required tools and equipment are available and in working order.
2	Compile information on household water use and costs.	2.1	Gather information from client to identify main systems and sources of water use including relevant water collection and reuse systems.
2.2	Access and interpret water bills and seasonal usage.
2.3	Carry out measurements and observations during on-site inspection to safely confirm main sources, systems and water usage.
2.4	Gather information on household occupant behaviours and preferences that impact water use.
2.5	Record gathered information using suitable data collection tool.
3	Analyse data on household water use and conservation.	3.1	Identify key features of household water use and calculate costs and greenhouse gas emissions.
3.2	Reconcile calculated water use with water bill data.
3.3	Identify cost effective measures and behavioural opportunities for improving water efficiency.
3.4	Identify government rebates and other assistance programs for improving household water efficiency.
3.5	Estimate water, emissions and cost savings to be gained by implementing measures for improving water efficiency.
4	Assess feasibility of using water collection and reuse measures on the property.	4.1	Identify regulatory and local government requirements for water harvesting and wastewater use.
4.2	Source technical information on water harvesting, diversion and wastewater use technologies and evaluate suitability for the residential property in line with jurisdictional regulations.
4.3	Calculate volume of potential water harvesting opportunity.
4.4	Identify government rebates and other assistance programs for installing water harvesting and greywater use technologies.
4.5	Estimate return on investment for the installation of water harvesting and greywater use technologies.
4.6	Identify advantages and disadvantages of using property for water harvesting and greywater use technologies.
5	Report findings of household water use assessment.	5.1	Collate results, recommendations and supporting evidence of water use assessment.
5.2	Document options, potential savings and prioritise recommendations for water efficiency measures.
5.3	Explain report and indicative costs, potential savings and improvements in household water efficiency to client.
5.4	Advise client of applicable regulatory or local government requirements impacting findings of household water use assessment.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use language and terminology suitable to the audience

numeracy skills to apply mathematical concepts in calculating and comparing costs and water use

reading skills to interpret data from water meters and the outputs of water measuring tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4003A Assess household water use.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4006 Assess household water use and efficiency improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4003A Assess household water use. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by safely conducting water use assessments and identifying efficiency improvements for three different households.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

alternative water harvesting, diversion and waste water (greywater, purple-water and blackwater) use technologies

characteristics of external residential water services:

domestic irrigation and reticulation systems

evaporative coolers

greywater systems

recycled systems

swimming pools and spas

characteristics of internal residential water services:

age

average daily use

capacity

condition

flow rate

leaks and drips

suitability for size of household

water efficiency rating

water saving features

household water sources and water saving features

impact of occupant behaviours on water consumption

key requirements of relevant codes, standards, regulations and government incentive programs for water efficiency

major indoor and outdoor services, systems, appliances, fittings contributing to household water use

regulatory and jurisdictional requirements for water harvesting, recycled and greywater reuse

relationship between greenhouse gas emissions and household water use

safe work requirements for on-site assessments of household water use and potential hazards:

biological hazards associated with blackwater, purple-water and greywater

confined spaces

electricity

faulty appliances and electrocution

hazardous substances

types of personal protective equipment (PPE) to be used

sources of data on domestic water use and costs:

water bills:

units of measurement and tariffs

water meters:

conventional and smart

water efficiency and labelling standards (WELS) and strategies for improving household water efficiency

water efficient gardening practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

residential buildings to allow achievement of the performance evidence

codes, standards, legislation and government programs relevant to water efficiency

major internal and external residential water services, systems, appliances and fittings

technical information on:

wastewater (blackwater, purple-water and greywater) use technologies

water services, systems, appliances and fittings

water harvesting diversions

PPE and water measurement and data collection tools and documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4007 Assess thermal performance of existing residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4004A Assess thermal performance of existing residences using non-rating tools and techniques. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to source and analyse information on the thermal performance of existing residences. It includes providing advice on ways to improve thermal performance accounting for ownership and type of building, costs and practicalities of implementing improvement recommendations.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability assessors using specialised knowledge to complete thermal performance assessments. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and organise thermal performance assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to clarify purpose of thermal performance assessment and respond to questions and concerns.
1.2	Confirm assessment requirements in line with client needs, legislation, regulations, standards, codes and government incentive programs for improving thermal performance of existing residential buildings.
1.3	Plan thermal performance assessment in consultation with client and according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements.
1.4	Prepare thermal performance assessment documentation and confirm that required tools and equipment are available and in working order.
2	Compile and analyse information on thermal performance of residence.	2.1	Gather information from client to clarify building use and construction details.
2.2	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.3	Carry out measurements and observations during on-site inspection to confirm factors impacting thermal performance.
2.4	Record information using appropriate data collection tool.
2.5	Analyse information to identify strengths and weaknesses in thermal performance of residence.
3	Analyse options for improving thermal performance of residence.	3.1	Source technical information on building thermal performance and evaluate suitability for existing residence.
3.2	Identify government rebates and other assistance programs for thermal performance of existing residential buildings.
3.3	Evaluate options for improving thermal performance and reducing emissions of the residence.
3.4	Identify cost effective measures for improving thermal performance of the residence according to organisational requirements.
4	Report findings of thermal performance assessment.	4.1	Collate results, recommendations and supporting evidence of thermal performance assessment.
4.2	Write up options and prioritise recommendations for thermal performance improvements.
4.3	Discuss report and indicative costs and improvements in thermal performance with client.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to interpret different units of measurement associated with existing residential buildings and their construction features.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4004A Assess thermal performance of existing residences using non-rating tools and techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4007 Assess thermal performance of existing residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4004A Assess thermal performance of existing residences using non-rating tools and techniques. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting thermal performance assessments and identifying thermal performance improvements for a minimum of two different existing residential buildings.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian climate zones, characteristics and data used in thermal performance assessments:

diurnal temperature range

humidity

irradiance

minimum and maximum temperature

solar geometry

wind speed and direction

building thermal performance principles:

glazing, shading and insulation for controlling temperature

orientation impacts

thermal mass for storing

ventilation

definition of thermal comfort and its role in thermal performance assessments

hazards and risks and types of personal protective equipment (PPE) to be used when conducting on-site thermal performance assessments

impact of building design and materials on thermal performance:

condensation

constraints on choice of building materials

embodied energy and lifecycle properties of building materials

thermal performance properties of common building materials

key requirements of codes, standards, regulations and government incentive programs associated with improving the thermal performance of existing residences

options for improving thermal performance of existing residences

passive energy design principles

physical factors that influence thermal comfort

relationship between building design, energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions

relationship between building thermal performance and thermal comfort

requirements, documentation and uses of thermal performance ratings

safe work requirements for on-site thermal performance assessments

types, advantages and disadvantages of non-rating tools and techniques used to assess thermal performance of residential buildings

units of measurement for energy and power associated with thermal performance assessments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

existing residential buildings to allow achievement of the performance evidence

codes, standards, legislation and government programs relevant to thermal performance of buildings

required tools and equipment including PPE

technical reference library and/or (online) access to current technical publications on:

building design and materials

house energy rating schemes (HERS)

building thermal performance for existing buildings

Australian climate zones

manufacturers’ product information on building products and materials.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4008 Assess household waste generation and waste management improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4002A Assess household waste generation and management. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to collect and analyse information on household waste and advise on ways to reduce waste and improve waste management in the home.

This unit is for individuals who work independently as home sustainability assessors using specialised knowledge to complete household waste assessments. It involves completing routine and non-routine tasks and dealing with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and organise waste assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to clarify purpose of waste assessment and respond to questions to clarify issues and concerns.
1.2	Confirm assessment requirements in line with client needs, legislation, regulations, standards, codes and government incentive programs for household waste management.
1.3	Plan waste assessment in consultation with client and according to work health and safety (WHS) procedures.
1.4	Prepare waste assessment documentation and identify local waste collection methods and recycling centres.
1.5	Confirm that required tools and equipment are available and in working order.
2	Compile information on household waste generation and management.	2.1	Gather information from client and onsite inspection to identify source, types and volume of waste generated by household and waste management practices.
2.2	Identify current waste management practices.
2.3	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.4	Carry out measurements and observations during on-site inspection to confirm characteristics and quantity of main types of household waste.
2.5	Gather information on household occupant behaviours and preferences that impact waste generation and management.
2.6	Record gathered information using suitable data collection tool.
3	Analyse options for reducing household waste and improving waste management.	3.1	Identify waste streams in household waste.
3.2	Source information on household waste management strategies and evaluate suitability for use in residence.
3.3	Identify government rebates and other assistance programs for household waste reduction and management.
3.4	Evaluate options for improving waste management and potential impact on household.
3.5	Estimate waste volume and emission savings for reductions in waste generation and improvements in waste management.
4	Report findings of household waste assessment.	4.1	Collate results, recommendations and supporting evidence of waste assessment.
4.2	Document options and prioritise recommendations for waste management improvements.
4.3	Explain and discuss report and improvements in household waste management with client.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to calculate number, percentage, volume and weight of waste quantities and use measuring tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4002A Assess household waste generation and management.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4008 Assess household waste generation and waste management improvements

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4002A Assess household waste generation and management. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by safely conducting waste assessments and identifying waste management improvements for three different households.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

forms of household waste:

landfill waste

recyclables

soft plastics

organics

e-waste

hard waste

hazardous waste

clothing

hazards and risks and types of personal protective equipment (PPE) to be used when conducting on-site assessments of household waste

impact of attitudes, behaviours and preferences of household members on waste generation and management

municipal waste and recycling requirements

options for reducing waste and improving household waste management:

behaviour change

recycling

reducing

reusing

relationship between waste and greenhouse gas emissions

relevant codes, standards, regulations and government rebates and incentive programs for household waste management

sampling and recording techniques used when conducting household waste assessments

safe work requirements for on-site assessments of household waste

strategies for improving household waste management

techniques for gathering information and measuring household waste

trends in household waste and factors impacting on those trends

types, streams and characteristics of household waste

visual assessment and measurement techniques used when assessing household waste.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

residential buildings to allow achievement of the performance evidence

codes, standards, legislation and government programs relevant to household waste management

technical information on household waste reduction and management

PPE and data collection tools and documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES4009 Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4007A Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices by residents. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to promote behaviour change and the adoption of home sustainability practices by residents.

This unit is for individuals who work independently using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems in sustainability practices within the home.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess readiness of residents to adopt home sustainability practices.	1.1	Establish rapport with residents and respond to resident questions and concerns about home sustainability issues.
1.2	Establish influences that impact on resident attitudes to home sustainability.
1.3	Identify barriers to residents adopting home sustainability practices.
1.4	Identify factors and motivations of residents that impact willingness to change behaviour and adopt home sustainability practices.
1.5	Address information needs of residents in relation to home sustainability practices.
1.6	Reinforce positive attitudes and behaviours demonstrated by residents in relation to home sustainability practices.
2	Develop an implementation plan.	2.1	Assist residents to identify and prioritise their home sustainability needs.
2.2	Support residents to identify home sustainability practices consistent with their priorities, motivation, budget, timeframes and confidence levels.
2.3	Explain resources, rebates and other forms of assistance available to support implementation of identified home sustainability practices.
2.4	Consult with residents to develop strategies to overcome barriers and maximise the adoption of improved sustainability practices.
2.5	Consult with residents to identify measures to assess improvements in home sustainability practices.
2.6	Consult with residents to document a plan to monitor and review progress in adopting home sustainability practices.
3	Provide follow-up services.	3.1	Collaborate with residents to review the process and outcomes of home sustainability practices.
3.2	Identify further strategies and next steps according to resident needs.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

technology skills to use general purpose software packages to collate information and produce written reports.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4007A Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices by residents.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES4009 Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA4007A Promote the adoption of home sustainability practices by residents. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assisting residents in three different households to establish a plan for adopting home sustainability practices, and to review their progress.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

barriers to adopting home sustainability practices

behaviour change:

barriers to voluntary behaviour change

factors that increase likelihood of voluntary behaviour change

strategies to promote behaviour change

communication strategies to establish rapport

data, data collection methods and success measures related to resident adoption of home sustainability practices

factors that increase the likelihood of voluntary adoption of home sustainability practices

home sustainability practices:

energy use and management

refusing, reducing, reusing, recycling

thermal performance

waste minimisation and management

water use and management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

data collection tools

relevant codes, standards and government regulations

access to residents participating in a home sustainability assessment

technology suitable for generating reports

technical reference library and/or (online) access to current technical publications on:

promotion of behaviour change

home sustainability practices.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPHES5001 Conduct thermal performance assessment of complex residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA5001A Assess thermal performance of complex residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to analyse information to assess the thermal potential of the building envelope of planned residential buildings and the thermal performance of existing residential buildings, including alterations and additions, involving complex construction methods and materials. Assessments are conducted using the regulatory mode of software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) and require client consultation to devise solutions to achieve required energy ratings.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for thermal performance assessments. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPPHES4004	Conduct thermal performance assessment of residential buildings.

Unit Sector

Home Sustainability.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for thermal performance assessment.	1.1	Consult with client to confirm scope and purpose of assessment and respond to questions to clarify issues and concerns.
1.2	Check and apply relevant jurisdictional requirements to planned thermal performance assessment.
1.3	Obtain documentation and drawings required for the assessment and check to verify consistency and sufficiency to meet software and regulatory requirements.
1.4	Refer inconsistencies in documentation back to client for clarification and amendment.
1.5	Analyse complex features of building envelope and construction methods and materials, and source technical advice to clarify requirements for thermal performance assessment.
1.6	Source additional information required to conduct assessment to meet client and regulatory requirements.
1.7	Check computer equipment to ensure correct operation and confirm software version and libraries are current and meet regulatory requirements.
2	Collate and input information into NatHERS software tool.	2.1	Extract information required for input into software tool from building documentation and NatHERS technical notes.
2.2	Enter extracted information into software tool according to regulatory requirements for all relevant building zones.
2.3	Source and enter information about non-standard building materials and designs, alterations and additions correctly according to software and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Check inputted data and make necessary adjustments to ensure accuracy and compliance with regulatory requirements.
3	Model thermal performance of building.	3.1	Apply software tool functions and modelling methods suitable for building type and construction methods and materials.
3.2	Run simulation to determine if the potential thermal performance of the building complies with regulatory requirements.
3.3	Check simulation against latest documentation and amend identified discrepancies.
3.4	Analyse software tool outputs to clarify assumptions, identify limitations and correct errors in data entry.
3.5	Interpret software tool outputs and profile thermal performance strengths and weaknesses of building.
4	Identify options to improve thermal performance of building.	4.1	Analyse profiled strengths and weaknesses in thermal performance of building.
4.2	Access technical advice and identify cost effective options for improving thermal performance considering outputs of thermal performance assessment, client needs, practicality and building type.
4.3	Identify interactions of suggested improvements on other aspects of building performance.
4.4	Use software tool to reassess building and impact of identified options on thermal performance.
5	Evaluate options to achieve required energy rating.	5.1	Conduct further analysis to identify changes to building design features to achieve required energy rating.
5.2	Consult with client to present options, discuss viability of changes and seek direction for building reassessment.
5.3	Apply software tool functions and modelling methods to generate thermal performance simulations based on recommended changes to design features.
5.4	Negotiate with client to agree on the use of alternative materials or features to achieve required energy rating.
6	Report and certify thermal performance assessment outcomes.	6.1	Finalise thermal performance assessment and collate design and assessment documentation in line with relevant jurisdictional regulatory requirements and for auditing and quality assurance.
6.2	Document options and recommendations for achieving required energy efficiency rating according to regulatory requirements.
6.3	Discuss assessment outcomes with relevant persons and obtain approval to proceed with certification according to organisational requirements.
6.4	Submit NatHERS report through required portal to generate universal certificate.
6.5	Confirm stamping is complete and secure documentation according to regulatory requirements.
6.6	Store assessment documentation according to regulatory requirements and to enable recovery for audit and quality assurance purposes.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to interpret thermal performance outputs including U-values and R-values.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA5001A Assess thermal performance of complex residential buildings.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPHES5001 Conduct thermal performance assessment of complex residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPPHSA5001A Assess thermal performance of complex residential buildings. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by using an accredited Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) software tool to conduct thermal performance assessments of three complex residential buildings. The buildings assessed must include different designs:

appropriate to a tropical, a temperate and a cold climate zone

to fit sites with different exposures, topography and a wide diurnal temperate range

that use climate-appropriate construction methods and materials

involve complex levels, built shading devices and void arrangements

and incorporate the following:

one single storey dwelling with:

a minimum of three bedrooms

one ground floor split level

two different ground floor construction

three different roof constructions including raked ceilings, sloping walls and at least three clerestory windows, dormer construction, split style walls

one triple storey dwelling (a minimum of four bedrooms) with:

an underground basement/garage with a different footprint

a ground floor and a first floor

a habitable attic space with at least two dormer windows

a lift from the basement to both the ground floor and first floor

one open-plan studio apartment.

The assessments must be conducted according to the requirements of the software, technical notes and jurisdictional regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian climate zones, characteristics and data used in thermal performance assessments

design features that influence the thermal comfort of buildings

energy units of measurement and terminology associated with thermal performance assessments:

energy efficiency

heating and cooling loads

solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and U-value

R-values

options to improve thermal performance of buildings:

construction materials

sealing the building envelope

floor coverings

insulation levels

orientation

overshadowing

passive heating and cooling

shade

structural changes

thermal mass

ventilation

window size, location, type and coverings

principles of passive design:

glazing

insulation

orientation

passive cooling

passive solar heating

shading

thermal bridging and breaks

regulatory requirements for thermal performance assessments of residential buildings categorised as Class 1, 2, 4 and 10a of the National Construction Code (NCC)

thermal performance properties of a variety of building materials:

solar absorptance

heat transfer coefficients and U-values

material thickness

reflectivity

resistance heat flow up and down

solar heat gain coefficient and emissivity

thermal bridging and breaks

thermal resistance and R-values

thermal performance ratings:

current rating requirements

documentation of ratings

legal requirements

uses

types and operation of NatHERS accredited software tools:

assumptions and limitations as to what can be assessed inherent in NatHERS software protocols and accredited software

building and external elements included in NatHERS thermal performance assessments

requirements for modelling complex buildings and non-standard materials.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

current accredited NatHERS software tool and associated equipment and manuals

the NCC and jurisdictional guidelines associated with conducting NatHERS assessments

residential building design documentation and technical information to allow achievement of the performance evidence

NatHERS technical notes and software accreditation protocol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3026 Work effectively in investigative services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3026A Work effectively in the investigative services industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work effectively in investigative services. It includes interpreting and applying legal and procedural requirements governing investigative services, understanding regulatory powers provided under the legislation and acts and omissions that comprise non-compliance or offences. It also includes contributing to positive workplace relationships with colleagues and clients, modelling high standards of performance and developing and maintaining competence in investigative services.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret and apply legal and procedural requirements for investigative services.	1.1	Identify and review legal and procedural requirements governing investigative services in the jurisdiction of operation.
1.2	Clarify regulatory powers provided under the legislation and the boundaries of those powers in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Identify and confirm acts and omissions that comprise non-compliance or offences under the legislation.
1.4	Apply legal and procedural requirements to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Contribute to positive workplace relationships.	2.1	Identify and use workplace networks to build positive relationships with colleagues and clients.
2.2	Support colleagues to resolve work difficulties.
2.3	Deal constructively with workplace conflict within established organisational processes.
2.4	Regularly review workplace outcomes and implement improvements in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Model high standards of investigative performance.	3.1	Organise, prioritise and sequence investigative services tasks to ensure completion within agreed timeframes according to work instructions.
3.2	Promptly identify factors affecting the achievement of work tasks and implement corrective actions in consultation with relevant persons.
3.3	Identify and uphold ethical standards and industry codes of conduct in providing investigative services.
3.4	Recognise and report breaches of industry codes of practice.
4	Develop and maintain investigative competence.	4.1	Use self-assessment, reflection and feedback to identify areas for improvement in own professional competence.
4.2	Source, evaluate, select and use opportunities to develop and maintain professional competence.
4.3	Participate in professional networks to improve knowledge of investigative practices, technologies and trends.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact effectively with colleagues and clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

reading skills to interpret key requirements of policies, procedures and regulations.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3026A Work effectively in the investigative services industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3026 Work effectively in investigative services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3026A Work effectively in the investigative services industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by working effectively in investigative services while completing work instructions for three different investigations:

one general insurance investigation

one compulsory third party liability investigation

one workers compensation investigation.

For each investigation, the candidate must document a summary of legislative requirements in the jurisdiction of operation plus one other jurisdiction, and how these were applied to the investigation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when working in investigative services:

regulatory powers provided to investigators under the legislation and acts and omissions that comprise non-compliance or offences

duties of investigators to follow instructions, act in person and act in the interests of the client

legislative requirements associated with:

operational transport

privacy

surveillance, listening and recording devices

taking statements from individuals

workers compensation

licensing requirements for investigative services in Australia

rights of investigative subjects including privacy and protection of reputation

work health and safety including work-related compensation and transport accident requirements for investigators in each jurisdiction

available workplace networks that can be used to build positive relationships

evidence management principles

factors that may affect the achievement of work tasks and types of corrective actions that can be taken

limits of own responsibilities and authority to undertake investigations

professional networks and associations available within investigative services

purpose and application of industry and client codes of conduct and service agreements for investigative services

self-assessment, reflection and feedback techniques that can be used to identify areas for improvement in professional practice

sources of professional advice to maintain and develop professional competence

techniques for conflict resolution and dealing with difficult situations in the workplace

time management and scheduling techniques

types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions, documentation, legislation, regulations, codes of conduct, service agreements and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3027 Develop investigation plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3027A Develop investigative plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop and document an investigation plan. It includes scoping investigation parameters, selecting investigation methodologies based on factual and surveillance techniques, and ensuring legal compliance for investigative and evidence collection processes.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm investigation requirements.	1.1	Review investigation brief and associated information to clarify investigation purpose, scope and timeframes.
1.2	Source additional information in consultation with relevant persons to clarify investigation requirements.
1.3	Review legal rights and responsibilities and confirm required authorisations to conduct investigation and collect evidence.
2	Determine investigation methodology.	2.1	Gather and assess information to support investigation and confirm validity of sources.
2.2	Select investigation methods that meet investigation brief and comply with legal requirements for collecting, preserving and presenting evidence.
2.3	Identify required resources and equipment and confirm their availability and efficiency in meeting investigation brief and budget.
2.4	Assess risk associated with investigation methods and apply contingency measures to ensure safety and regulatory compliance.
2.5	Identify limitations in conducting investigation and seek required assistance in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Finalise investigation plan.	3.1	Write investigation plan in accordance with workplace standards for style, format and accuracy.
3.2	Review investigation plan to confirm completeness and accuracy to meet investigation brief and make required modifications.
3.3	Securely store investigation information in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret diverse or conflicting pieces of information when clarifying investigation requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3027A Develop investigative plan.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3027 Develop investigation plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3027A Develop investigative plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing three different investigation plans:

two factual investigation plans:

one for a general insurance investigation or one for a financial crime investigation

one for a workers compensation investigation or one internal discipline investigation

one surveillance investigation plan.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when developing investigation plans:

authorities and legal rights of investigators

investigative actions that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

work health and safety requirements

equipment and resources used to conduct investigations involving factual and surveillance investigative methods

purpose, benefits and limitations of different investigation methods:

factual

surveillance

sources of evidence and methods for:

collecting, preserving and presenting evidence during an investigation

ensuring continuity of evidence and chain of custody during investigations

techniques for sourcing and validating information when planning investigations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

investigation briefs and associated documentation, information technologies and materials required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3028 Investigate and locate subjects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to locate subjects using investigative search techniques. It includes researching the subject’s background information and possible whereabouts, searching open source intelligence, databases, public records and documentation, and identifying and following leads to trace and locate the subject.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan investigation and profile subject.	1.1	Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure required authorisations and compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when investigating and locating subjects.
1.2	Clarify investigation and client requirements in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Check validity of client intentions and information obtained as part of investigative brief to ensure compliance with ethical obligations.
1.4	Conduct research to gather background information on subject and identify possible contacts and locations.
1.5	Assess and verify the reliability of available data and plan investigation activities to meet required timeframes.
2	Conduct investigation to locate subject.	2.1	Make field calls to identify and follow leads to trace subject.
2.2	Search open source intelligence and databases to identify and follow leads to trace subject.
2.3	Examine public records and documentation to identify and follow leads to trace subject.
2.4	Review search results to identify and follow alternative search avenues to locate subject.
3	Report investigation outcomes.	3.1	Document times, dates, occurrences, results and sources of investigation activities.
3.2	Analyse investigation outcomes and recommend further actions to meet work instructions.
3.3	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening during field calls

reading skills to interpret information in diagrammatic and numerical formats such as photographs, maps, addresses and phone numbers.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3028 Investigate and locate subjects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by investigating and locating three different subjects.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when investigating and locating subjects:

authorities and legal rights of investigators

actions that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

duties of the investigator to follow instructions, act in person and act in the interests of the client

rights of subjects including privacy and protection of reputation

work health and safety requirements

methods for verifying the validity and reliability of information gathered as part of an investigation

search techniques used to locate subjects using:

internet browsers and search tools

investigator databases

open source intelligence including deep web research and social media analysis

public records including property documents, work and court records

interviews with known associates, colleagues and neighbours

types of field calls used to investigate and locate subjects

types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTO).

Assessors must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions and associated documentation, office equipment, technologies and consumables required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3029 Provide quality investigative services to clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3029A Provide quality investigative services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to provide quality investigative services to clients. It includes identifying client needs and preferences and negotiating to offer factual or surveillance investigation options to meet client requirements. It includes delivering and monitoring investigative services, gathering and organising investigative evidence, and implementing contingency measures to respond to problems and changing circumstances. The unit requires reviewing client satisfaction, handling complaints and using feedback as the basis for improved service delivery.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify client needs and service preferences.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when providing services to clients.
1.2	Use interpersonal techniques to clarify scope of investigation and client service preferences, needs and expectations.
1.3	Discuss benefits and limitations of investigative options to meet client needs.
1.4	Provide client with information about investigative services and methods to meet their specific needs, and assist client to select preferred option.
1.5	Recognise personal limitations that may impede the provision of required client services and seek assistance from relevant persons.
2	Deliver quality client service.	2.1	Provide investigative services following work instructions and identified client needs.
2.2	Identify client’s special requirements and adjust investigative services to meet their needs.
2.3	Anticipate service problems or delays and promptly implement contingency arrangements to maintain client satisfaction.
2.4	Maintain communication with client and monitor service provision to provide up-to-date information and respond to changing circumstances.
2.5	Use negotiation to resolve conflict and client complaints, and record details according to workplace requirements.
2.6	Gather and organise investigative evidence that meets work and client instructions and complies with legislative requirements.
3	Review and improve client service.	3.1	Seek feedback from client to ascertain their satisfaction with service provision using interview and survey techniques.
3.2	Analyse client feedback in consultation with relevant persons and identify improvements to future service provision.
3.3	Record and implement agreed improvements to client service procedures.
3.4	Securely maintain investigative and client records according to workplace and legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to relate to people demonstrating sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences

reading skills to interpret key requirements of policies, procedures and regulations.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3029A Provide quality investigative services to clients.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3029 Provide quality investigative services to clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3029A Provide quality investigative services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by providing factual or surveillance investigative services (or a combination of both) to three different clients involving each of the following types of investigative cases:

a workers compensation investigation

a general insurance investigation

a compulsory third party liability investigation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when providing investigative services to clients:

duties of investigators to follow instructions, act in person and act in the interests of the client

legislative requirements associated with:

duty of care

privacy and confidentiality

surveillance, listening and recording devices

taking statements from individuals and groups

workers compensation

licensing requirements for investigative services in Australia

rights of investigative subjects including privacy and protection of reputation

work health and safety including work-related compensation and transport accident requirements for investigators in each jurisdiction

workplace standards and procedures for client service

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

interpersonal techniques that promote positive interactions and communication with clients

investigative methods using surveillance and factual investigation

limits of own responsibilities and authority to undertake investigations

methods for complying with privacy and confidential regulations when gathering, presenting and storing client information

negotiation and conflict resolution techniques

purpose and application of industry and client codes of conduct and service agreements for investigative services

questioning techniques that can be used to elicit specific information on client needs and preferences

requirements for collective, preserving and presenting evidence and continuity of evidence

rights and responsibilities of different types of clients

techniques for gathering and analysing client feedback using interviews and surveys

types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct

ways to engage people with individual social and cultural differences and strategies for overcoming language barriers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

client briefs, work instructions, information, legislation, regulations and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3030 Conduct factual investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3032A Gather information by factual investigation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct factual investigations. It includes conducting desk-based research and using communication skills to conduct interviews and meetings and take statements to record factual information. The unit requires evidence collection and compliance with evidence management principles.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for factual investigation.	1.1	Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure required authorisations and compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting factual investigation.
1.2	Conduct preliminary research and enquiries to clarify investigation and client requirements in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Identify possible information sources and select investigation methods that are valid, reliable and make efficient use of resources.
1.4	Access required investigation equipment and resources and check to confirm correct operation.
1.5	Plan and sequence factual investigation activities to meet work instructions and timeframes.
2	Undertake factual investigation and gather evidence.	2.1	Seek permission to record interviews and meetings in accordance with legislative requirements and codes of conduct.
2.2	Conduct and record oral interviews and meetings to gather factual evidence.
2.3	Take comprehensive statements and collect physical evidence to support available facts.
2.4	Assess gathered evidence to check sufficiency and accuracy and source additional required information to meet work instructions.
2.5	Collate factual evidence and check to confirm its relevance, validity and admissibility in court.
3	Finalise factual investigation.	3.1	Present factual information in a documented report that addresses work instructions and complies with workplace standards for style, format and accuracy.
3.2	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes.
3.3	Securely store factual investigation records and evidence in accordance with evidence management principles.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to:

ask questions to clarify information and elicit facts

listen to oral responses to accurately comprehend spoken information

relate to people demonstrating sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences

writing skills to:

accurately record factual details using plain English

record oral statements in the required legal format.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3032A Gather information by factual investigation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3030 Conduct factual investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3032A Gather information by factual investigation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting three different factual investigations:

one general insurance investigation

one compulsory third party liability investigation

one workers compensation investigation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting factual investigations:

actions that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

authorities and legal rights of investigators

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

work health and safety requirements

codes of conduct for factual investigation work and types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct

equipment used when conducting factual investigations:

cameras

communications equipment

information technologies for conducting online research

listening devices

recording devices

tape measures

video cameras

factual investigation techniques

sources of information to support factual investigations and methods for verifying validity and reliability of information gathered

sources of evidence when conducting factual investigations and methods for:

collecting, preserving and presenting evidence

complying with chain of custody requirements

complying with evidence management principles

types of evidence:

circumstantial

direct

documentary

hearsay

opinion

physical

ways that individual social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions and associated documentation, equipment and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3031 Conduct interviews and take statements to support investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3033A Conduct interviews and take statements. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to acquire information by interview and take statements to support an investigation. It includes following plans, protocols and procedures to conduct interviews, questioning interviewees to obtain and record facts and details of physical evidence presented, and taking statements in the required legal format.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to conduct interview.	1.1	Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure required authorisations and compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting interviews and taking statements.
1.2	Obtain, review and clarify background material and interview plan in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Identify special needs of interviewee and organise resources and equipment required for interview.
1.4	Check recording equipment to confirm correct operation in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
1.5	Arrange interview location that is accessible and encourages safety and confidentiality for interview participants.
1.6	Arrange interviewee and other required participants to be present at interview in accordance with legislative requirements.
2	Conduct and record interview.	2.1	Seek consent to record interview and employ recording methods in accordance with legislative requirements and codes of conduct.
2.2	Confirm interviewee identity and age and implement required legal procedures where interviewee is identified as a minor.
2.3	Conduct oral interview following required protocols and procedures.
2.4	Follow interview plan and make contingency adjustments required to address changing circumstances.
2.5	Use questioning to clarify contradictions, ambiguities, uncertainties or misunderstandings during interview.
2.6	Recognise physical evidence presented during interview and describe details in full.
3	Take statement.	3.1	Confirm and follow required format and procedures for taking statements.
3.2	Take statement in first person and accurately reflect interviewee’s knowledge of interview subject matter, with interpreter when required.
3.3	Record written affirmation from interviewee as to their understanding of the contents of the statement and conditions under which it was made.
3.4	Arrange for statement to be signed, dated and witnessed in accordance with legislative requirements.
3.5	Provide interviewee with a copy of the statement.
4	Finalise interview and secure evidence.	4.1	Terminate interview in a sincere, courteous and friendly manner and take required action to ensure safe exit of interviewee.
4.2	Complete, retain and secure interview documentation and records with due regard to confidentiality and evidence management principles.
4.3	Review and report interview results to relevant persons in accordance with work instructions.
4.4	Provide interviewee with a receipted copy of interview records in accordance with legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to:

ask questions to clarify and elicit information from interviewees

listen to oral responses to accurately comprehend spoken information

relate to people demonstrating sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences

writing skills to:

accurately record factual details using plain English

record oral statements in the required legal format.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3033A Conduct interviews and take statements.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3031 Conduct interviews and take statements to support investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3033A Conduct interviews and take statements. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting three different interviews to support an investigation:

statements must be taken from three different people involved in the investigation:

the person who made the complaint (complainant or plaintiff)

the person who caused the complaint (respondent, employer or negligent party)

a witness.

for one interview, an interpreter must be engaged, and the interview conducted with the interpreter.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting interviews and taking statements:

codes of practice that ensure compliance with legislative responsibilities

legal and ethical obligations associated with conducting interviews and taking statements to support investigations

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

requirements for conducting interviews with, and taking statements from minors

work health and safety requirements

difference between statements, affidavits and statutory declarations

documentation required to be completed when conducting interviews and taking statements

interview strategies and techniques used to gather information to support investigations

legal format for taking statements including requirements for witnessing, signing and dating statements

protocols and procedures to be followed when conducting interviews and taking statements

signs and symptoms that a person may be considering suicide or self-harm and appropriate response actions

sources of evidence when conducting interviews and taking statements and methods for:

collecting, preserving and presenting evidence

ensuring continuity of evidence

complying with evidence management principles

types of recording equipment used to record interviews

typical special needs of interviewees and requirements for conducting interviews and taking statements using interpreters

ways that individual social and cultural differences may be expressed and methods for handling cultural sensitivities when conducting interviews and taking statements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions and associated documentation, equipment and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3032 Develop factual investigation reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to document and present comprehensive information gathered through factual investigation. It includes compiling and presenting information and evidence in the required format and verifying its accuracy and reliability according to chain of custody and rules of evidence requirements.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and assess factual investigation information.	1.1	Obtain and collate information gathered through factual investigation.
1.2	Assess gathered information for completeness in accordance with investigative brief and client requirements.
1.3	Assess gathered information to verify sources, validity and relevance, and compliance with chain of custody of evidence.
2	Document and review report contents.	2.1	Use information technologies to write factual investigation report in accordance with workplace requirements for content, format and style.
2.2	Identify in body of report, witnesses and sources of evidence that are relied upon.
2.3	Identify and list enquiries that failed to gather evidence and stipulate reasons why.
2.4	Edit report to ensure content is accurate and sufficient and source additional information to address identified omissions.
2.5	Check report to ensure information is supported by verifiable evidence and make required redactions.
2.6	Include required attachments and confirm these are referenced correctly in the report.
2.7	Check citations and references are accurate and in the required format.
3	Finalise factual investigation report.	3.1	Finalise report in the required format in accordance with workplace and client requirements.
3.2	Forward report and attachments safely and securely to relevant persons in compliance with evidence management principles.
3.3	Securely store investigation information in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to edit text to identify inaccuracies and omissions

writing skills to prepare reports using plain English and factual information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3032 Develop factual investigation reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing three reports presenting information gathered by different factual investigations:

one workers compensation investigation

one general insurance investigation

one type of investigation selected from the following list:

a financial crime investigation

an internal discipline investigation

a compulsory third party liability investigation.

One report must detail enquiries conducted which failed to lead to evidence being gathered.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when developing factual investigation reports:

investigative reporting that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

legal and ethical obligations associated with gathering and distributing information gained through factual investigation

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

chain of custody and rules of evidence requirements associated with factual investigations

factual investigation techniques

format, style and content requirements for factual investigation reports

information technologies used to document and present factual investigation reports

methods for accurately citing and referencing information contained in factual investigation reports including online sources

methods for redacting unverified information from investigation reports

methods for verifying the source, reliability and authenticity of information gathered through factual investigation

types of evidence:

circumstantial

direct

documentary

hearsay

opinion

physical.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

information gathered through factual investigation and information technologies and materials required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3033 Conduct covert surveillance operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3030A Conduct surveillance. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct covert surveillance operations using mobile or static surveillance techniques on foot and while operating a vehicle. It includes selecting surveillance methods, equipment, sites and routes, and applying contingency options where surveillance integrity is compromised. The unit requires evidence collection and compliance with evidence management principles.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for covert surveillance operation.	1.1	Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure required authorisations and compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting covert surveillance.
1.2	Check validity of client intentions and information obtained as part of investigative brief to ensure compliance with ethical obligations.
1.3	Conduct research to profile the subject and their possible whereabouts in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Select surveillance methods and identify likely surveillance sites and routes.
1.5	Inspect surveillance sites and routes to identify factors that may impact surveillance operation and possible contingency options.
1.6	Organise surveillance equipment and check to confirm correct operation.
1.7	Collate and document gathered information to support surveillance operation.
2	Undertake covert surveillance and gather evidence.	2.1	Notify relevant persons of intention to conduct surveillance operation.
2.2	Position and operate surveillance equipment following manufacturers’ specifications and work health and safety requirements.
2.3	Undertake covert surveillance procedures to meet work instructions and comply with legal requirements.
2.4	Implement contingency options where surveillance integrity is compromised and report status to relevant persons.
2.5	Gather and record surveillance evidence and check to confirm its relevance, validity and admissibility in court.
3	Finalise covert surveillance operation.	3.1	Present facts and observations in a documented surveillance report that complies with workplace standards for style, format and accuracy.
3.2	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes.
3.3	Check, clean and store surveillance equipment following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.4	Securely store surveillance records and evidence in accordance with evidence management principles.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret information in diagrammatic formats, such as photographs maps when operating global positioning systems

writing skills to describe surveillance observations using plain English and factual information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3030A Conduct surveillance.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3033 Conduct covert surveillance operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3030A Conduct surveillance. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting three different covert surveillance operations, involving at least:

one mobile or static surveillance operation using a vehicle

one mobile or static surveillance operation on foot.

For each covert surveillance operation, the candidate must submit a daily observation sheet in the required format, and document details of:

a circumstance where anti-surveillance techniques were identified and contingency action taken

an unplanned contact that could have compromised the surveillance and how this was handled using previously planned pretext in accordance with legal requirements

strategies implemented to gain and maintain personal endurance necessary for prolonged surveillance shift responsibilities to comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements in two different operating environments while working alone

two choices of observation posts selected to meet surveillance work instructions

a description of the subject.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting covert surveillance operations:

actions that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

authorities and legal rights of investigators

duties of the investigator to follow instructions, act in person and act in the interests of the client

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

requirements to notify authorities or property owners of surveillance operations

rights of subjects including privacy and protection of reputation

WHS requirements

codes of conduct and types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct

covert observation techniques

methods for verifying the validity and reliability of information gathered by covert surveillance

signs that surveillance operation has been compromised

sources of surveillance evidence and methods for:

collecting, preserving and presenting evidence

ensuring continuity of evidence

complying with evidence management principles

techniques for skip tracing and sourcing background information on subjects

types and purpose of equipment used when conducting covert surveillance operations:

binoculars

cameras

communications equipment

global positioning system

laptop computers

listening devices

mirrors

monopods or tripods

personal protective equipment (PPE)

power inverters

recording devices

telephoto lenses

vehicles

video cameras

types of evidence:

circumstantial

direct

documentary

hearsay

opinion

physical

typical hazards associated with covert surveillance and WHS control measures for each:

prolonged static physical immobility: deep vein thrombosis, muscle strain, cramps, physical and mental fatigue and dehydration

hot and cold environments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions and associated documentation, PPE and surveillance equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3034 Organise and operate surveillance vehicles

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3031A Organise and operate a surveillance vehicle. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct covert surveillance operations using mobile or static surveillance techniques that may include operating a surveillance vehicle. It includes selecting surveillance methods, equipment, sites and routes, and applying contingency options where surveillance integrity is compromised. The unit requires collection of evidence and compliance with admissibility rules.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and maintain surveillance vehicle.	1.1	Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies and obtain required authorisations to organise and operate a surveillance vehicle.
1.2	Confirm legal rights and responsibilities and comply with regulatory requirements for organising and operating a surveillance vehicle.
1.3	Assess surveillance requirements, area and distance of operation and select suitable vehicle.
1.4	Inspect vehicle and maintenance records and conduct pre-operational checks to verify correct and safe operation.
1.5	Take required actions to rectify faults or malfunctions or seek replacement parts to ensure vehicle is operational in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
1.6	Obtain required vehicle consumables, spare parts and personal protective equipment to allow for contingencies during surveillance vehicle operation.
2	Equip surveillance vehicle.	2.1	Obtain surveillance equipment and stores to equip vehicle according to work instructions.
2.2	Arrange internal layout of vehicle to support full use of surveillance equipment and stores.
2.3	Safely secure surveillance equipment and stores to maximise accessibility and personal comfort and minimise risk in accordance with work health and safety requirements.
3	Safely operate vehicle for surveillance activities.	3.1	Follow road and traffic laws to navigate vehicle in front of, or behind another vehicle and anticipating its movement.
3.2	Anticipate, identify and control driving hazards by applying safe and defensive driving techniques.
3.3	Drive vehicle in a safe and controlled manner to avoid damage to persons, property and the environment.
3.4	Position vehicle to enable surveillance of subject and evidence collection in accordance with work instructions.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret:

information in diagrammatic formats such as maps when operating global positioning systems

key requirements of manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3031A Organise and operate a surveillance vehicle.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3034 Organise and operate surveillance vehicles

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3031A Organise and operate a surveillance vehicle. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by organising and operating a surveillance vehicle that is fit-for-purpose, to conduct three different surveillance operations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when operating surveillance vehicles:

legislative requirements and authorisations required for organising and operating surveillance vehicles

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

road and traffic laws in jurisdiction of operation

work health and safety requirements

codes of conduct and types of investigative behaviours that are unethical, illegal or represent misconduct

factors impacting the selection and suitability of surveillance vehicles:

curtains

number plates

paint style and colour

radio antennas

roof racks

sporting and trades accessories

wheel covers

window tinting

methods for conducting pre-operational checks to ensure surveillance vehicles are safe and roadworthy

surveillance techniques using a vehicle:

in front of another vehicle

following from behind another vehicle

vehicle consumables and spares and surveillance equipment and stores used when operating surveillance vehicles:

consumables and spares:

brake fluid

fuel

tyres

water

equipment:

binoculars

camera

communications equipment

global positioning system

infrared

laptop computer

mirrors

monopod or tripod

personal protective equipment

power inverter

recording devices

telephoto lens

vehicle

video camera

stores:

changes of clothing

disguises

food, water and toilet fittings

props.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

work instructions and associated documentation, surveillance vehicle and equipment, stores, parts and consumables required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPINV3035 Develop surveillance investigation reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to document and present comprehensive information gathered through covert surveillance. It includes compiling and presenting information and evidence in the required format and verifying its accuracy and reliability according to continuity of evidence and rules of evidence requirements.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and assess surveillance investigation information.	1.1	Obtain and collate information gathered through covert surveillance.
1.2	Assess surveillance information for completeness in accordance with investigative brief and client requirements.
1.3	Assess surveillance timeline of events and recorded observations to verify validity and relevance, and compliance with continuity of evidence requirements.
2	Document and review report contents.	2.1	Use information technologies to write surveillance investigation report in accordance with workplace requirements for content, format and style.
2.2	Edit report to ensure content is accurate and sufficient and source additional information to address identified omissions.
2.3	Check that observations are chronologically sequenced and accurately described according to verifiable evidence.
2.4	Include surveillance point locations and exhibits and ensure attachments are numbered and labelled and referenced in the body of the report.
2.5	Check citations and references are accurate and in the required format.
2.6	Include details of problems encountered or indications that the surveillance operation may be compromised.
3	Finalise surveillance investigation report.	3.1	Finalise report in a format that is free from inconsistencies, and uses a standard of English expression and layout that meets client and workplace requirements.
3.2	Forward report and attachments safely and securely to relevant persons in compliance with evidence management principles.
3.3	Securely store investigation information in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to edit text to identify inaccuracies and omissions

writing skills to prepare reports using plain English and factual information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV3035 Develop surveillance investigation reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3028A Compile investigative report. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing three reports presenting information gathered by different covert surveillance investigations from the following list:

a surveillance physical injury report

a surveillance psychological injury report

a profit protection, theft or misappropriation surveillance report

a brand protection surveillance report

a public liability physical injury surveillance report

an income protection physical or psychological surveillance injury report

a general insurance physical injury surveillance report

an asset protection or critical infrastructure surveillance report.

Each report must be supported by daily observation sheets, notes, photographs, video receipts and a final itemised invoice.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when developing surveillance investigation reports:

investigative reporting that may result in breach of confidence, privacy or other offence under legislation

legal and ethical obligations associated with gathering and distributing information gained through covert surveillance

legislative restrictions on the use of recording devices

continuity of evidence and rules of evidence requirements

covert surveillance investigation techniques

format, style and content requirements for surveillance investigation reports

information technologies used to document and present surveillance investigation reports

methods for accurately citing and referencing information contained in surveillance investigation reports

methods for verifying the reliability and authenticity of information gathered through covert surveillance

types of evidence:

circumstantial

direct

documentary

hearsay

opinion

physical.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

information gathered through covert surveillance investigation, information technologies and materials required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPINV4013 Undertake case management of investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4013A Undertake case management of investigations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to case manage investigations. It includes developing case management plans, assessing and controlling anticipated investigation risks, monitoring investigations and implementing required contingencies. It also includes evaluating investigation outcomes and client satisfaction to identify and recommend improvements to future investigations and service delivery.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in investigative services in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Investigative services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop case management plan.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety, and apply to case management to ensure compliance.
1.2	Obtain and review work instructions and consult with relevant persons to clarify investigation purpose, timeframes and budget.
1.3	Source and analyse intelligence to support investigation and define investigation scope and resource requirements.
1.4	Develop case management plan and schedule activities and resources to effectively conduct investigation to meet work instructions.
1.5	Identify and assess anticipated risks associated with investigation and implement required risk control measures.
1.6	Organise required investigation equipment, resources and technologies according to workplace requirements.
1.7	Plan contingency measures to respond to changing circumstances during investigation.
1.8	Brief relevant persons to explain investigation information and instructions and use questioning and active listening to respond to issues and concerns.
2	Monitor investigation progress.	2.1	Systematically monitor investigation progress against case management plan to ensure service delivery meets client requirements.
2.2	Maintain communication with relevant persons to monitor investigation progress against agreed objectives and discuss and address issues as they arise.
2.3	Monitor expenditure and resource use to ensure investigation objectives are achieved within budget parameters.
2.4	Monitor evidence collection processes to ensure compliance with evidence management principles and requirements for admissible evidence.
2.5	Identify contingencies affecting the investigation and vary the case management plan as required in consultation with relevant persons.
2.6	Compile operational documentation chronologically to provide an ongoing reference for operatives.
3	Review and report investigation outcomes.	3.1	Document and report investigation outcomes to relevant persons within agreed timeframes.
3.2	Seek client feedback on service delivery and review investigation outcomes against case management plan.
3.3	Identify areas for improving future client service and operational outcomes and present recommendations to relevant persons.
3.4	Collate and secure all investigation documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval, maintains client confidentiality and meets evidence management requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify investigations information

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured case management plans and investigation outcomes using plain English and factual information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4013A Undertake case management of investigations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPINV4013 Undertake case management of investigations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4013A Undertake case management of investigations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by undertaking case management of three different investigations involving:

at least one covert surveillance operation

at least one factual investigation

identifying a minimum of two contingencies requiring the case management plan to be varied

identifying at least one improvement to client service delivery and one improvement to future investigations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when undertaking case management of investigations:

regulatory powers provided to investigators under the legislation and acts and omissions that comprise non-compliance or offences

duties of investigators to follow instructions, act in person and act in the interests of the client

key requirements of legislation and regulations associated with:

operational transport

privacy

surveillance, listening and recording devices

taking statements from individuals and groups

workers compensation

licensing requirements for investigative services in Australia

rights of investigative subjects including privacy and protection of reputation

work health and safety including work-related compensation and transport accident requirements for investigators in each jurisdiction

chain of command and communication processes used to monitor investigations

key principles of team dynamics, team leadership and management

investigative practices associated with covert surveillance and factual investigations

methods for briefing investigations information and instructions to individuals and teams

methods for reviewing investigations to identify operational and client service improvements

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

sources of evidence gathered through surveillance and factual investigation and methods for:

collecting, preserving and presenting evidence

ensuring continuity of evidence

ensuring chain of custody requirements

complying with evidence management principles

techniques for case managing investigations

typical investigation hazards, risks and emergency situations and the control measures for each

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed

work scheduling methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by an RTO for investigations licensing purposes must hold the licence for performing the investigations activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to investigations case management in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, investigations equipment, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3001 Comply with ethical practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3018B Identify risks to agency operations. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to comply with ethical practice in a real estate agency in order to contribute to the quality and effectiveness of agency activities.

The unit applies to support workers in the real estate industry undertaking tasks with at least a moderate degree of autonomy and performing routine activities without close supervision.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Examine ethical practice in work role.	1.1 Identify ethical responsibilities and processes required for work role. 1.2 Identify risks related to not working ethically in the real estate industry. 1.3 Prepare ethical work plan for work role.
2. Comply with ethical practice.	2.1 Perform work role ethically. 2.2 Contribute to workplace discussions on the application of ethical practice in the agency/business.
3. Respond to unethical practice.	3.1 Identify unethical behaviour and breaches of ethical practice. 3.2 Identify agency processes to report unethical behaviour and ethical practice breaches.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to access and interpret a variety of policies and procedures

organisational skills to incorporate requirements of ethical practice, policies and procedures into own work practices.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3018B Identify risks to agency operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3001 Comply with ethical practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3018B Identify risks to agency operations. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

prepare and apply a work plan that incorporates ethical practice

participate in at least 2 workplace discussions related to ethical workplace behaviour

identify and explain the processes to report breaches of ethical practice or unethical behaviour.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation, and local government regulations relevant to ethical practice in real estate

ethical practice in real estate and how it is included in workplace policies and procedures

risks of not complying with ethical practice, including risk to the:

business

client

individual worker

processes for:

locating and accessing ethical practice requirements

identifying ethical practice relevant to a given role in the agency

preparing work plans to incorporate ethical practice into work practices

identifying and reporting breaches of ethical practice and unethical behaviour.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

For assessment conducted in the workplace:

a real estate agency workplace, staff and relevant ethical practice documentation

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology.

For assessment in a simulated workplace environment:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a mid-size real estate practice, including:

ethical practice documentation

a documented breach of compliance or unethical practice

position description that includes detailed roles and responsibilities for a work role

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

documented scenario/s to allow demonstration of incorporation of ethical practice into work practices

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3002 Communicate effectively to support customer service in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry and CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply effective communication techniques in order to provide customer service as a real estate agency worker.

It includes identifying and confirming support needs, communication techniques, and expectations of internal and external clients; and applying communication techniques to assist with resolving client issues and complaints.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish the support needs of internal and external customers and clients.	1.1 Determine support needs of internal and external customers and clients. 1.2 Outline own role and confirm processes for referring clients to appropriate colleagues when support needs are not within scope of own role. 1.3 Maintain professional ethics and confidentiality according to agency policy and procedures.
2. Communicate with clients to support needs.	2.1 Apply techniques to create, build and maintain internal and external communication channels. 2.2 Determine features and benefits of active listening and effective questioning. 2.3 Respond to the preferences, needs and expectations of internal and external clients. 2.4 Prepare written communication according to agency protocols. 2.5 Select and apply communication techniques to seek feedback on sufficiency of information provided.
3. Assist with client issues and complaints.	3.1 Assist clients to fully describe issues and complaints according to agency policy and procedures. 3.2 Resolve simple issues or complaints, or to refer to others, according to agency policy and procedures. 3.3 Record issues, complaints and outcomes according to agency policy and procedures.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3002 Communicate effectively to support customer service in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry and CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must use communication techniques to support two internal and two external clients by:

identifying and confirming support needs

applying communication techniques for meeting the needs and expectations of internal and external customers and clients

confirming sufficiency of information given

assisting in resolving customer and client issues and complaints.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation relating to supporting internal and external clients in real estate

professional ethical standards in real estate relating to supporting internal and external clients in real estate

importance of accurate and complete collection of information about client requirements

techniques for:

creating, building and maintaining strong and effective communication channels with internal and external clients

identifying the preferences, needs and expectations of internal and external clients

explaining the features and benefits of real estate agency services to external clients

using paper-based and technology-based written communications effectively with internal and external clients

recording external client contact details and encouraging commitment to further engagement with the agency

working effectively independently and as a member of a team

collecting comprehensive details of client needs and requirements

collecting comprehensive details of client complaints

referring clients to colleagues

communication techniques:

active listening

using effective questioning and responding to establish rapport

providing opportunities to clarify understanding

questioning and seeking feedback

summarising and paraphrasing to check understanding

using appropriate body language

processes for:

locating and accessing information for clients

collecting information from clients

selecting and using business equipment and technology to assist in supporting clients

ensuring security of information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to the following:

For assessment conducted in the workplace:

a real estate agency workplace, staff and business documentation relating to supporting internal and external clients

equipment, communication and data access technology required to support internal and external customers.

For assessment in a simulated workplace environment:

details of the support requirements of the internal and external clients specified in the Performance Evidence

materials and equipment meeting the full industry standard for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

documentation relating to:

supporting internal and external clients

receiving complaints

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment, communication and data access technology required for supporting internal and external clients.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3003 Access and process property information in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3006B Collect and process property information and CPPDSM3015B Use and maintain property and client information databases. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to access and process property information in a format that is suitable for day-to-day activities.

The unit applies to support workers in the real estate industry undertaking tasks with at least a moderate degree of autonomy and performing routine activities without close supervision.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review property information requirements.	1.1 Confirm and document task requirements in consultation with relevant people. 1.2 Analyse information requirements and identify sources of information.
2. Access and collate property information.	2.1 Access databases using appropriate search techniques to locate and collect property information. 2.2 Access, retrieve and store required information in compliance with agency processes. 2.3 Collate and organise information according to agency requirements in a format suitable for analysis. 2.4 Check information for clarity, accuracy, currency and relevance.
3. Process information.	3.1 Enter information into databases and check for accuracy. 3.2 Prepare property information report according to agency reporting requirements and style guide. 3.3 Handle and store property information and reports securely, confidentially and according to legislative and agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3006B Collect and process property information

CPPDSM3015B Use and maintain property and client information databases.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3003 Access and process property information in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3006B Collect and process property information and CPPDSM3015B Use and maintain property and client information databases. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must create a report of property information for three different types of property.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation relating to collecting and processing property information in real estate

ethical standards in real estate relating to collecting and processing property information

importance of accurate and complete property information and the implications of incorrect or incomplete property information

types of property information

processes for:

locating and accessing property information

selecting and using business equipment and technology to access, organise and enter information

ensuring security of information

sources of property information:

internet and intranet

property and customer relationship management (CRM) databases

paper-based records.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

a real estate workplace or simulated workplace, staff and business documentation relating to collecting and processing property information

equipment, communication and data access technology required for collecting and processing property information.

details of three different types of property for which collecting, and processing property information is required

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

policies and procedures relating to collecting and processing property information and preparing reports

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment, communication and data access technology required for collecting and processing property information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3101 Assist in listing and marketing properties for lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3001A Assist in listing properties for lease, CPPDSM3003A Assist in marketing properties for lease and CPPDSM4010A Lease property. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assist with listing and marketing all forms of property for lease as part of a real estate agency property management team.

The unit applies to support workers in real estate undertaking tasks with at least a moderate degree of autonomy and performing routine activities without close supervision.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist with appraisal and listing.	1.1 Record client requirements for management of property for lease and request from client, any other information required for appraisal. 1.2 Use comparable property details to collate information, draft appraisal report and send draft report to appropriate personnel for finalising. 1.3 Schedule and document property inspection and appraisal meeting. 1.4 Prepare listing documents for consideration by property management staff before presentation to client. 1.5 Gather and prepare information for entry in property and client databases according to agency practices, legislative requirements and privacy guidelines.
2. Prepare to market property for lease.	2.1 Prepare a draft marketing plan using marketing media and activities. 2.2 Prepare property descriptions and select images for print and electronic distribution for consideration by property management staff. 2.3 Amend and finalise draft plan after feedback from property management staff. 2.4 Prepare schedule of marketing activities and notify property management staff.
3. Support team in marketing property for lease.	3.1 Undertake marketing activities according to marketing plan and instructions from property management staff. 3.2 Provide requested information to potential tenants about the property and leasing arrangements. 3.3 Refer any questions or requests from potential tenants outside own scope to property management staff.
4. Provide follow-up service.	4.1 Gather and organise information for property management staff to facilitate provision of follow-up service to client and potential tenants in according to agency practice. 4.2 Obtain stakeholder feedback to support the property management service.
5. Review marketing activities.	5.1 Gather and document feedback about listing and marketing activities from client and potential tenants. 5.2 Review feedback with property management staff to improve future practise.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to access and analyse client, buyer and property information and to organise database entries

writing skills to use descriptive wording, editing and grammar to compose property descriptions

analysis skills and checking skills to ensure accuracy of information, records and database reports

technological skills to operate databases and to create, store, backup and retrieve data and to produce reports

interpersonal and team work skills to work effectively with other people.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3001A Assist in listing properties for lease

CPPDSM3003A Assist in marketing properties for lease

CPPDSM4010A Lease property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3101 Assist in listing and marketing properties for lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3001A Assist in listing properties for lease, CPPDSM3003A Assist in marketing properties for lease and CPPDSM4010A Lease property. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must assist in listing and marketing two different types of property for lease and reviewing stakeholder feedback at the conclusion of the process.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to listing and marketing properties for lease

ethical standards in real estate relating to listing and marketing properties for lease

sources of property and client information

types of databases used in real estate

processes for:

data entry and retrieval techniques

file storage and backup

production of reports

search techniques

data security

information stored in real estate databases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

a real estate agency workplace or simulated workplace, staff and business documentation relating to listing and marketing properties for lease

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for listing and marketing properties for lease

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures, forms and records relating to listing and marketing properties for lease

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

simulated realistic internet and social media presence

simulated property and client databases

details of two properties for lease, including a portfolio of issues with each property that must be considered in preparing the draft appraisal reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3102 Assist in listing and marketing properties for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3002A Assist in listing properties for sale and CPPDSM3004A Assist in marketing properties for sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assist with listing and marketing all forms of property for sale as part of a real estate agency sales team.

The unit applies to support workers in real estate undertaking tasks with at least a moderate degree of autonomy and performing routine activities without close supervision.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist with property appraisal and listing.	1.1 Record client requirements for property for sale and request from client, any other information required for appraisal. 1.2 Use comparable property details to collate information, draft and finalise appraisal report and send draft report to appropriate personnel for finalising. 1.3 Schedule and document property inspection and appraisal meeting. 1.4 Prepare listing documents for consideration by sales staff before presentation to client. 1.5 Gather and prepare information for entry in property and client databases according to agency practice, legislative requirements and privacy guidelines.
2. Prepare to market property for sale.	2.1 Prepare draft marketing plan using marketing media and activities. 2.2 Prepare property descriptions and select images for print and electronic distribution for consideration by sales team. 2.3 Amend and finalise draft plan after feedback from sales team. 2.4 Prepare schedule of marketing activities and notify property sales team.
3. Support team in marketing property for sale.	3.1 Undertake marketing activities according to marketing plan and instructions from property sales staff. 3.2 Provide requested information to potential buyers about the property and sales arrangements. 3.3 Refer any questions or requests from potential buyers outside own scope to property sales staff.
4. Provide follow-up service.	4.1 Gather and organise information for property sales team to facilitate provision of follow-up service to client and potential buyers according to agency practice. 4.2 Obtain stakeholder feedback to support the property sales service.
5. Review marketing activities.	5.1 Gather and document feedback about listing and marketing activities from client and potential buyers. 5.2 Review feedback with sales staff to improve future practise.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to access and analyse client, buyer and property information and to organise database entries

analysis skills and checking skills to ensure accuracy of information, records and database reports

technological skills to operate databases and to create, store, backup and retrieve data and to produce reports

interpersonal and team work skills to work effectively with other people.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3002A Assist in listing properties for sale

CPPDSM3004A Assist in marketing properties for sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3102 Assist in listing and marketing properties for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3002A Assist in listing properties for sale and CPPDSM3004A Assist in marketing properties for sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must assist in listing and marketing two different types of property for sale and reviewing stakeholder feedback at the conclusion of the process.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to listing and marketing properties for sale

ethical standards in real estate relating to listing and marketing properties for sale

sources of property and client information

types of databases used in real estate

processes for:

data entry and retrieval techniques

file storage and backup

production of reports

search techniques

data security

information stored in real estate databases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

For assessment conducted in the workplace:

a real estate workplace, staff and business documentation relating to listing and marketing properties for sale

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for listing and marketing properties for sale.

For assessment in a simulated workplace environment:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures, forms and records relating to listing and marketing properties for sale

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

simulated realistic internet and social media presence

simulated property and client databases

equipment, communication and storage technology required for listing and marketing properties for sale

details of two properties for sale, including a portfolio of issues with each property that must be considered in preparing the draft appraisal reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3103 Assist with the sale of properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3005A Assist with the sale of properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assist with the sale of all forms of property by private treaty or auction as part of a sales team.

It includes assisting with property inspections, sales presentations and preparing for auctions.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist with property inspections.	1.1 Confirm details of property inspections with appropriate persons. 1.2 Assist members of sales team in planning, preparing and conducting property inspections. 1.3 Communicate effectively with prospective buyers to answer questions fully or refer query to appropriate person. 1.4 Contribute to sales team review of property inspection.
2. Prepare for delivery of property sales presentation.	2.1 Use effective interpersonal communication techniques to clarify buyer requirements and to respond to buyer questions and concerns. 2.2 Prepare materials to assist with sale of property. 2.3 Confirm details of appointment for sales presentation. 2.4 Assist sales team members in delivering sales presentation. 2.5 Contribute to sales team review of sales presentation.
3. Assist with follow-up service.	3.1 Research and prepare information for sales team follow-up service for seller and prospective buyers. 3.2 Assist sales team to follow-up seller and prospective buyers.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3005A Assist with the sale of properties.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3103 Assist with the sale of properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3005A Assist with the sale of properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must assist with the sale process for two different properties in real estate.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to assisting with the sale of properties in real estate

ethical standards in real estate relating to property sales

consumer protection principles that impact on the sale of property

cooling off provisions

false representations and misleading conduct in relation to the sale of property

secret commissions

general legal principles that impact on property law relating to the sale of property

requirements of property buyers

methods of planning, preparing and conducting property inspections

methods of sale of property

types of assistance required in property sales:

addressing concerns of key decision makers

arranging to gather requested information for buyer

displaying selling features of property

providing agency promotional material

providing comparable sales information

providing information on market conditions

responding to client questions

taking notes of buyer questions and requests for information

techniques for identifying needs and motivation of buyers

techniques for effective interpersonal communication:

active listening

providing an opportunity for the seller or buyer to clarify their understanding of the sales process

questioning and seeking feedback from the seller or buyer to confirm own understanding of their needs and expectations

summarising and paraphrasing to check understanding of seller and buyer message

using appropriate body language.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

For assessment conducted in the workplace:

a real estate agency workplace, staff and business documentation relating to the sale of property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to assist with the sale of property in real estate.

For assessment in a simulated workplace environment:

materials and equipment meeting the full industry standard for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

comprehensive business plans, strategies, policies, procedures, forms and records including:

agenda and notes of sales team meetings relating to property sales

feedback and complaints registers, including resolutions of complaints about property sales and results from analysis of feedback

database/s, including simulated sets of records of current and recent listings, sales reports, and comprehensive sales data

position descriptions for all sales team employees including detailed roles and responsibilities

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

simulated realistic internet and social media presence

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to assist with the sale of property in real estate.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3104 Assist with maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3008A Maintain and protect condition of managed properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect managed properties, prepare inspection reports, and implement required repairs and maintenance.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine inspection requirements.	1.1 Determine purpose and type of managed property inspection according to landlord’s requirements and agency practice. 1.2 Identify critical aspects requiring inspection from property documentation and legislative requirements. 1.3 Negotiate and establish inspection procedure and time line. 1.4 Coordinate access arrangements according to agency practice and legislative requirements.
2. Assist with inspection of property.	2.1 Analyse property condition against market expectations of normal wear and tear and legislative requirements for the maintenance of leased property. 2.3 Identify and seek assistance with situations requiring specialist advice as required and according to agency practice.
3. Report inspection findings.	3.1 Record inspection findings in a format suitable for analysis and dissemination. 3.2 Support inspection conclusions with verifiable evidence. 3.3 Distribute inspection report according to client and agency requirements.
4. Manage repairs to managed properties.	4.1 Identify appropriate tradespeople from practice database to complete required repairs or maintenance. 4.2 Arrange completion of repairs and maintenance according to management agreement, landlord instructions and legislation. 4.3 Check completed repairs or maintenance are to required standard, and follow-up if additional work is required. 4.3 Prepare and supply report on repair and maintenance work to landlord on completion of work.
5. Maintain maintenance documentation.	5.1 Support property management team to advise landlord of expected future maintenance requirements and costs. 5.2 Discuss benefits of systematic, planned preventative maintenance programs with landlord. 5.3 Maintain accurate records of property maintenance. 5.4 Assist with preparing regular reports to landlord on property condition and options for protecting asset value.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3008A Maintain and protect condition of managed properties.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3104 Assist with maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM3008A Maintain and protect condition of managed properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must support the property manager in the maintenance and protection of the condition of two managed properties.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties in real estate

ethical standards in real estate relating to maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

types of property documentation

verifiable evidence of property inspections:

inspection checklists, records and notes

processes for:

planning, organising and conducting property inspections

techniques for effective interpersonal communication:

active listening

providing opportunities for clarification of understanding

questioning and seeking feedback

summarising and paraphrasing to check understanding using appropriate body language.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

a real estate agency workplace, staff and business documentation relating to maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

two managed properties for which maintaining and protecting condition is required

information about accessing the properties using industry processes, including:

agreements

building codes

checklists

contracts

licences

permits

plans

previous inspection reports

specifications

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures, forms and records relating to maintaining and protecting condition of managed properties

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP3105 Assist with property inspection

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities and CPPDSM3014A Undertake property inspection. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assist with the inspection of property for condition and compliance with approved requirements.

The unit applies to support workers in real estate undertaking tasks with at least a moderate degree of autonomy and performing routine activities without close supervision.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for property inspection.	1.1 Determine purpose and type of property inspection according to client requirements and agency practice. 1.2 Prepare property documentation required for property inspection. 1.3 Negotiate and establish inspection procedure and time line. 1.4 Coordinate access arrangements people according to agency practice and legislative requirements.
2. Assist with property inspection.	2.1 Implement procedures for property inspection, including key control, according to agency practice. 2.2 Provide support to identify and record property condition details. 2.3 Assist in identifying situations requiring specialist advice according to agency practice.
3. Report property inspection findings.	3.1 Record inspection findings in a format suitable for analysis and dissemination. 3.2 Support inspection conclusions with evidence. 3.3 Distribute inspection report according to client and agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities

CPPDSM3014A Undertake property inspection.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP3105 Assist with property inspection

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities and CPPDSM3014A Undertake property inspection. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must assist in completing inspections on two properties and prepare an inspection report in each case.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to undertaking property inspection in real estate

ethical standards in real estate relating to undertaking property inspection in real estate

inspection purposes

verifiable evidence of property inspections:

inspection checklists, records and notes

processes for:

planning, organising and conducting property inspections

establishing and using databases

selecting and using business equipment and technology to access, organise and store information

ensuring security of information

techniques for effective interpersonal communication:

active listening

providing opportunities for clarification of understanding

soft questioning and seeking feedback

summarising and paraphrasing to check understanding using appropriate body language.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

a real estate workplace, staff and business documentation relating to undertaking property inspections

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for undertaking property inspections

two properties for which undertaking property inspection is required

detailed information about accessing each property including:

agreements

building codes

checklists

contracts

licences

permits

plans

previous inspection reports

specifications

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures, forms and records relating to undertaking property inspection

position description including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4001 Prepare for professional practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry and CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to understand the personal and legislative requirements of professional practice in real estate.

It includes expressing a thorough understanding of the business structures, regulatory framework, codes of practice and professional development pathways within real estate.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Explain real estate agency functions and business structure.	1.1	Explain the services offered by real estate agents.
1.2	Identify parties to real estate transactions.
1.3	Identify and explain the agency-principal relationship
1.4	Research and record forms of real estate business ownership and organisational structures.
1.5	Research and record roles and responsibilities of key personnel in real estate, including agency principals/agent in charge/or person in effective control.
2	Interpret professional practice guidelines.	2.1	Analyse key legislation and explain its relevance to own work role.
2.2	Interpret and explain equal opportunity and anti-discrimination principles and laws and how these apply to real estate activities in the state or territory of operation.
2.3	Analyse and explain codes of practice relevant to the real estate industry.
2.4	Identify the regulator for real estate activities in the state or territory of operation and explain their role in the industry.
2.5	Identify industry bodies for real estate in the state or territory of operation and explain their role in the industry.
2.6	Research and record licensing and eligibility requirements for real estate personnel, including required qualifications in the state or territory of operation.
3	Explain employment opportunities in the real estate industry.	3.1	Research and explain potential employment arrangements for real estate in the state or territory of operation.
3.2	Analyse National Employment Standards and record employer and employee rights and responsibilities regarding conditions of employment.
3.3	Examine and explain standard terms and conditions for employment in real estate.
4	Examine communication skills.	4.1	Research communication strategies used to build client relationships.
4.2	Identify and explain communication strategies which can be used to address client complaints.
5	Identify professional development pathways within real estate.	5.1	Research and explain regulatory requirements for continuing professional development for real estate personnel.
5.2	Identify and record opportunities and priorities for continuing professional development.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4001 Prepare for professional practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry and CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must produce a report that covers:

the real estate agency functions and business structure

the regulatory framework, regulator and industry bodies in the state or territory of operation

the licensing requirements and responsibilities of:

the real estate licensee in charge or person who has effective control of the office

two other agency roles (at least one is to be a regulated role)

the terms and conditions of employment in real estate.

details of at least 3 different employment opportunities in the real estate industry.

details of at least 3 different communication strategies that can be used with clients.

at least 2 professional development pathways within real estate.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

clients of real estate services

vendors/sellers

purchasers/buyers

landlords/rental provider/lessee

tenants/renter

other parties to the real estate transaction

services provided as apart of real estate activities

residential sales

residential property management

property management business development

commercial/industrial/retail property management

commercial/industrial/retail sales

auctioneering

buyer’s agent

stock and station agent

business broker

legislation applying to real estate activities in the state or territory of operation

real estate licensing and regulation in the state or territory of operation

role and function of the regulator in the state or territory of operation

ethical and conduct standards in the state or territory of operation

key principles and provisions of equal opportunity and anti-discrimination

role and function of real estate professional and industry bodies

real estate agency structure

forms of ownership

roles and responsibilities of agency personnel

licensing and continuing professional development requirements for real estate agents in the state or territory of operation

residential sales

residential property management

property management business development

commercial/industrial/retail property management

commercial/industrial/retail sales

auctioneering

buyer’s agent

stock and station agent

business broking

licensing limitations

licensing lending

unlicensed trading

arrangements for employment in real estate

terms and conditions

rights and responsibilities of employer

rights and responsibilities of employees

communication skills required for professional practice in real estate

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

regulator and licensing requirements for the state or territory of operation

qualification and professional development requirements for real estate roles

real estate employment terms and conditions

real estate professional practice codes of conduct.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4002 Access and interpret ethical practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4007A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property management to complete agency work, CPPDSM4008A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property sales to complete agency work, CPPDSM4015B Minimise agency and consumer risk and CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work ethically in real estate.

It includes expressing a thorough understanding of ethical standards in real estate.

This unit supports real estate professionals in reducing financial and reputational risks, in meeting consumer protection standards, and in dealing responsibly with ethical breaches and challenges.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse ethical practice in real estate.	1.1	Research and examine the foundation for ethical practice applicable to real estate and its relationship to ethical behaviour.
1.2	Explain ethical consideration in personal decision-making.
1.3	Analyse and examine statutory and industry standards, codes of practice or codes of conduct in relation to ethical practice in real estate.
2	Interpret consumer protection requirements in real estate.	2.1	Access, read and interpret consumer protection requirements in real estate to identify risks. risks to consumer risk to agency risk to industry personal risk.
2.2	Explain the impact of fraudulent activities on consumer and agency.
3	Source and review ethical practices in real estate.	3.1	Source and review statutory and industry standards and codes of practice or codes of conduct for ethical practice in real estate.
3.2	Describe ethical practice standards for privacy, confidentiality and security of customer information.
3.3	Review and explain ethical standards for: privacy, confidentiality and security of customer information disclosure of material facts, conflict of interest and referrals price guide recommendations.
3.4	Describe communication strategies for clear representations of consumer rights and responsibilities, and complaints resolution processes.
3.5	Demonstrate appropriate communication strategies for ethical practice in relationships with customers, clients and external agencies.
4	Examine strategies to resolve concerns	4.1	Research and record sources of specialist advice about ethical practice in real estate.
4.2	Explain strategies to respond to concerns about discrepancies between personal or agency practice and real estate ethical practice standards.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4007A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property management to complete agency work

CPPDSM4008A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property sales to complete agency work

CPPDSM4015B Minimise agency and consumer risk

CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4002 Access and interpret ethical practice in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4007A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property management to complete agency work, CPPDSM4008A Identify legal and ethical requirements of property sales to complete agency work, CPPDSM4015B Minimise agency and consumer risk and CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must access a published real estate industry prosecution where consumer protection requirements were breached and develop a report that includes:

a description of the unethical practice

an explanation of how the unethical practice relates to consumer protection requirements

an explanation of real estate ethical standards and codes of conduct or codes of practice related to the prosecution, including those that could have been applied and would demonstrate ethical practice

options available to respond to a discrepancy between unethical practice and ethical practice standards including sources of specialist advice.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles of ethical practice and their application in real estate:

client protection

client focus

fairness

honesty

respect

clear communication

professional courtesy

confidentiality, security of information and privacy

risks to clients, agency, industry, community and self, arising from real estate transactions and fraudulent activities

legislation relevant to real estate agent practices and consumer protection in the state or territory:

real estate agents and licensing

property sales and management

privacy

fair trading and consumer protection

discrimination

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

environmental (sustainability)

employment and industrial relations

foreign investment

secret commissions

codes and standards for ethical practice in real estate

penalties for breaches of codes and standards for ethical practice in real estate

ethical practice in real estate:

maintaining and developing industry qualifications, licences, competency and currency

maintaining knowledge of relevant legislation and truly demonstrating this knowledge in real estate activities and transactions

complying with fiduciary duty and obligations

acting with honesty, fairness and professionalism

exercising skill, care and diligence

acting in the best interest of clients

following principal’s instructions unless unlawful

maintaining confidentiality and security of information

obtaining and acting according to client authority and instructions

maintaining independence and disclosing and managing potential conflicts of interest

disclosing real and potential conflicts of interest, including disclosing material particulars or material facts, beneficial interests, commission, rebates

making sure advertising and communications are not false or misleading

using clear communication in all dealings with all parties to the real estate transaction, including providing written documents and signed documents

behaviours considered unethical

strategies to respond to concerns and discrepancies between personal or agency practice and real estate standards for ethical practice

role of procedures, forms and documents in managing risk of unethical practice

sources of advice about ethical practices:

industry bodies

regulators

technical experts

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

case notes and details of prosecutions within real estate relating to unethical practices and breaches of consumer protection standards

real estate, fair trading and consumer protection legislation in the state or territory of operation, including offences and penalties

statutory and industry standards for ethical practice in real estate, including codes of conduct or codes of practice

sample industry standard forms and documents that support ethical practice in real estate transactions.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4003 Access and interpret legislation in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4002A Apply knowledge of state or territory legislative and regulatory framework to complete agency work. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to identify, access and interpret legislation relevant to work in real estate.

It includes developing an understanding of the legislative framework, its structure and the impact of legislation on work in real estate.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

The unit is particularly relevant when people seek to relocate and resume practice in a different state or territory or to offer different real estate industry services.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret legislation.	1.1	Identify and explain common problems with interpreting legislation and consequences for misinterpreting legislation.
1.2	Identify and interpret guidance material to support interpretation of legislation.
1.3	Identify and analyse legislation relevant to real estate activities.
1.4	Explain the role of regulators in relation to the legislation.
2	Maintain knowledge of current legislation.	2.1	Identify own responsibility to access, read, interpret and apply legislation to real estate operations.
2.2	Identify and apply techniques to access current and point-in-time versions of legislation.
2.3	Identify and apply techniques for tracking changes and amendments to legislation.
3	Identify processes to resolve concerns.	3.1	Examine and record processes to investigate discrepancies in application of legislation.
3.2	Examine and record processes to respond to discrepancies between personal or agency practice and current legislation.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4002A Apply knowledge of state or territory legislative and regulatory framework to complete agency work.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4003 Access and interpret legislation in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4002A Apply knowledge of state or territory legislative and regulatory framework to complete agency work. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

access and analyse at least two pieces of legislation that apply to real estate in the state or territory of operation and provide a report to include:

full titles of legislation

the purpose of each of the pieces of chosen legislation

the key components of the pieces of chosen legislation

two breaches specified within the legislation and the penalties for each breach

how to identify the currency of the chosen legislation

explain the process for addressing discrepancies in the application of legislation for personal or agency practice.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

sources of legislation applying to real estate operations in the state or territory of operation

legal framework in Australia and the state or territory of operation:

common law

contract law

equity law

statute law

key components of legislation:

Acts

regulations

amendments

mandatory codes of practice

schedules

appendices

structure of legislation:

long title

short title

commencement

application

contents

definitions

headings

parts

divisions and subdivisions

clauses and subclauses

schedules and appendices

legislation relevant to real estate in the state or territory of operation and roles, including Commonwealth and state or territory legislation:

real estate agents, licensing and conduct

property sales and management

privacy

fair trading and consumer protection

anti-discrimination and equal opportunity

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

environmental (sustainability)

employment and industrial relations

planning and zoning

foreign investment

secret commissions

interrelationship between pieces of legislation

key principles for reading and interpreting legislation:

aids to interpret legislation:

external: interpretations of legislation, Acts, Hansard/parliamentary papers, legal dictionaries and previous judicial interpretations

internal: objectives, legislation to be accessed as a whole, definitions and interpretation sections in legislation, headings and margin notes

language conventions and expressions:

and/or

gender

hierarchy

includes

may, should and must

reading rules:

context

golden

literal

mischief

purposive

express mention of one thing to the exclusion of another

words interpreted through their connection with other words

words with the same meaning

regulators relevant to real estate in the state or territory of operation and their role

breaches of legislation and penalties in the state or territory of operation

value of penalty units in the state or territory of operation

relationship between real estate codes of practice and codes of conduct and legislation applying to real estate operations

responsibility of persons working in real estate to maintain current knowledge of legislation

techniques to identify and track changes to legislation, including point-in-time versions and current versions

sources of advice about legislation applying to real estate in the state or territory of operation

processes to respond to concerns, conflicts and discrepancies relating to applying legislation to real estate activities in the state or territory of operation

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

online databases for legislation relevant to real estate in the state or territory of operation

websites and online databases for regulators relevant to real estate activities in the state or territory of operation

current legislation and legislation guidance material relevant to real estate in the state or territory of operation, including legislation for consumer protection.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4004 Establish marketing and communication profiles in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4005A Establish and build client-agency relationships. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop marketing and communication profiles in real estate.

It includes understanding methods for marketing and communicating, clarifying type, value and purpose of different communication activities and developing a personal profile for marketing and communication in real estate.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret marketing and communication channels.	1.1	Identify and analyse the intent, purpose and relationship between marketing and communication channels.
1.2	Explain the role of marketing and communication in client and community engagement.
1.3	Identify and explain ethical practice considerations in marketing and communication.
1.4	Interpret the role of marketing and communication in client, customer and community engagement.
2	Develop a personal profile.	2.1	Examine general expectations of clients for a real estate service.
2.2	Record alignment between personal practice and client expectations.
2.3	Explain the importance of personal profile in attracting potential clients.
2.4	Create an ethical personal profile for marketing and communication purposes.
2.5	Record ways of resolving outstanding matters arising from client expectations.
3	Examine client engagement practices for marketing property	3.1	Examine general expectations of clients for property marketing.
3.2	Research and explain how a property is represented to appeal to a client.
3.3	Analyse and record the alignment between the property profile and marketing approach.
4	Examine marketing and communication channels for community engagement.	4.1	Identify and analyse community expectations for real estate marketing and communications.
4.2	Identify and analyse methods used by an agency to engage the community.
4.3	Analyse and explain the alignment between an agency marketing and communication approach and community expectations.
4.4	Identify the risks to the agency of poor marketing and communication practices and possible strategies to minimise the risks.
4.5	Identify and analyse community expectations for real estate marketing and communications.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4005A Establish and build client-agency relationships.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4004 Establish marketing and communication profiles in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4005A Establish and build client-agency relationships. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop 3 marketing and communication profiles. These profiles must include:

1 designed to engage the community for an agency

1 individual personal profile designed to attract potential clients

1 marketing profile for a property designed to engage clients.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

real estate services:

sales

property management

lease

auction

buyers’ agent

stock and station agent

business broking

general expectations of clients and community

types of marketing and communication in real estate

methods for marketing and communicating:

the agent to the client

the property to the client

the agency to the community

ethical practice in marketing and communication in real estate

legal obligations in marketing and communication in real estate

marketing and communication techniques:

profiling of people and environment

target market analysis

analysis of factors, including location, competition, opportunities

purposes of personal, property and agency profiles

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

at least one example of a marketing and communication profile for a property

at least one example of an agency marketing and communication document.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4005 Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4006A Establish and manage agency trust accounts and CPPDSM4080A Work in the real estate industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work with real estate trust accounts within established agency controls.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the real estate industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Examine trust accounts.	1.1	Analyse legislation relating to the operation of trust accounts in real estate.
1.2	Explain the purpose of trust accounts in real estate.
1.3	Analyse regulatory requirements for the operation of trust accounts, including manual and electronic operating systems.
2	Identify established controls applicable to real estate trust account transactions.	2.1	Explain the roles and responsibilities of real estate personnel for trust account activities, including referral of issues.
2.2	Explain scope and limitations of own role for trust account activities.
2.3	Analyse licensee-in-charge responsibilities for trust account transactions, including audits.
2.4	Explain impacts on clients and agency of inaccuracies in trust account and of trust account fraud.
3	Explain common inaccuracies in trust account transactions.	3.1	Explain standard transactions that occur in real estate trust accounts.
3.2	Explain common sources of inaccuracies in trust account transactions and the processes to address these.
3.3	Outline monthly trust account processes required by legislation in the state or territory of operations.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4006A Establish and manage agency trust accounts

CPPDSM4080A Work in the real estate industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4005 Prepare to work with real estate trust accounts

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4006A Establish and manage agency trust accounts and CPPDSM4080A Work in the real estate industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

explain the purpose of trust accounts in real estate

review at least 5 trust transactions, and for each transaction determine who, within established agency processes, has the scope of responsibility for executing the transaction

review documents relating to end of month processing and identify key components that are required by legislation in the state or territory of operation.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

difference between trust money and general business trading money

different types of trust money

purpose of trust accounts in real estate

types of real estate trust accounts in the state or territory of operation

legal and regulatory framework for real estate trust accounts

impact on client confidence and agency brand resulting from breaches to trust account transaction processes and fraudulent activities

standard transactions made with trust accounts:

deposits, including cash, cheque, electronic funds transfer and direct deposits

withdrawals, including cheque and electronic funds transfer

entries to journals and ledgers

balances and reconciliations

reports and statements

receiving, receipting and banking trust moneys

actions required where a trust account is overdrawn or compromised, or discrepancies are identified

established industry processes to maintain trust account integrity, security, confidentiality and privacy

role and functions of trust accounting software packages

purpose of internal and external audits

scope and limitations of own role in working with real estate trust accounts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

receipts

banking processes and procedures

client disbursements

office expenses

established industry procedures for trust account transactions

regulator and licensing requirements for trust account transactions

summary of offences and penalties for breaches of trust account requirements

sources of further information about real estate trust accounts.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4101 Appraise property for sale or lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4003A Appraise property, CPPDSM4012A List property for sale, CPPDSM4025A Advise on performance of asset, CPPDSM4030A Appraise rural property and CPPDSM4064A Participate in research of property investment. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to appraise residential property for sale or lease.

It includes selecting appraisal method/s and recommending appraisal price of property for sale or lease.

This unit does not include establishing a formal property valuation.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate who apply a knowledge of legislative and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to manage real estate operations.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for property appraisal.	1.1	Identify and apply regulatory and legislative requirements of the property appraisal process.
1.2	Confirm and document client requirements and expectations for property appraisal.
1.3	Obtain and document agreement to proceed with property appraisal.
1.4	Confirm and record property ownership, attributes and features relevant to property to be appraised.
2	Research and analyse property market conditions and property attributes.	2.1	Select appraisal methods suitable for the property type and location.
2.2	Inspect property and location.
2.3	Identify and document market conditions and indicators for sale or lease price.
2.4	Collate source documents and information to support property appraisal.
2.5	Analyse information to determine market indicators and expected price range or rental value for property.
2.6	Identify sources of specialist advice to assist appraisal as required.
3	Prepare and present appraisal report.	3.1	Prepare property appraisal report.
3.2	Present property appraisal report to client.
3.3	Obtain and document feedback from client on property appraisal report.
3.4	Maintain documented evidence from appraisal activities to ensure confidentiality of information.
3.5	Analyse feedback from client to inform future presentations.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4003A Appraise property

CPPDSM4012A List property for sale

CPPDSM4025A Advise on performance of asset

CPPDSM4030A Appraise rural property

CPPDSM4064A Participate in research of property investment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4101 Appraise property for sale or lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4003A Appraise property, CPPDSM4012A List property for sale, CPPDSM4025A Advise on performance of asset, CPPDSM4030A Appraise rural property and CPPDSM4064A Participate in research of property investment. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must appraise two different types of properties in the same geographical area for two different appraisal purposes.

At least one property must be chosen from the type of property list below:

rural

residential

commercial

industrial

retail.

At least one appraisal purpose must be chosen from the list below:

sale

lease

development site

transfer of title

agistment

investment.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

role of the agent and real estate personnel in providing property appraisal, price range and rental value recommendation

professional and ethical practices associated with property appraisals

property appraisal:

purpose of appraisal

appraisal methods

difference between appraisal and valuation

factors influencing comparison of properties

market value, including forces that impact on value

risks and risk management strategies associated with property appraisal

agency forms and documentation associated with property appraisal and reasons for maintaining documentation

process to determine price range or rental value:

local market factors

return on property investment

economic, political and social factors

leasing or sales market conditions

supply and demand

future development

property attributes:

building construction

aesthetic and design features

faults and hazards

building improvements and modifications

property condition and presentation

heating, cooling and ventilation systems

energy efficiency and building sustainability ratings

compliance with regulatory requirements

sources of information:

specialist advice

market conditions

land and environmental protection plans

local and state regulations

property portals

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

property records and portals

market indicator information

procedures and documents for property appraisals

details of two properties for appraisal.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4102 Market property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4014A Market property for sale, and CPPDSM4061A Obtain prospects for listing. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to market property for sale or lease.

It includes interpreting a property appraisal report, negotiating an agreed marketing plan for a property with clients, preparing marketing materials, securing marketing resources, implementing marketing activities, accessing and using agency data on target markets, reviewing effectiveness of the marketing plan and activities and reporting on the effectiveness of marketing activities.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish marketing plan.	1.1	Reference property appraisal report to identify property attributes.
1.2	Reference property listing agreement to determine method of sale or lease.
1.3	Establish target market for potential buyer or tenant.
1.4	Develop marketing plan for property.
1.5	Explain agency marketing service options and costs to client and recommend marketing strategies.
1.6	Document marketing plan in consultation with client.
1.7	Obtain and document agreement to proceed with marketing plan for property.
2	Establish and access marketing resources.	2.1	Access and examine marketing resources to reflect property marketing plan.
2.2	Confirm marketing resources are appropriate for agreed marketing plan and selected media.
2.3	Modify marketing resources as required to meet marketing plan and budget.
2.4	Confirm marketing resources are consistent with agency, statutory and ethical requirements.
3	Implement marketing plan.	3.1	Brief all persons with responsibilities under the marketing plan about roles and activities.
3.2	Conduct marketing activities as set out in agreed marketing plan.
3.3	Monitor marketing activity responses and document data generated to build agency records.
4	Review marketing activities.	4.1	Outline marketing activities and agreed performance indicators.
4.2	Identify opportunities for changes or enhancements to marketing plan and negotiate with client to make adjustments as required.
4.3	Report on effectiveness of marketing activities against marketing plan and budget.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4014A Market property for sale

CPPDSM4061A Obtain prospects for listing.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4102 Market property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4014A Market property for sale, and CPPDSM4061A Obtain prospects for listing. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and implement marketing plans for two different properties. Each marketing plan must include:

details of the property

property and locality features

details of the target market

marketing budget

performance indicators for success

nominated points when the marketing plan will be reviewed

marketing resources for one of these two properties that include:

how the property is to be described for the market

performance indicators.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

role of the agent in providing property marketing advice and plans

marketing strategies for at least one of the following:

residential property

rural property

commercial property

factors affecting choice of marketing strategy

relationship between marketing and communication, and agency brand

ethical and regulatory standards associated with marketing property, including misleading and deceptive conduct, false representation, price advertising, and advice and disclosure of material facts

agency, ethical and regulatory practices relating to marketing, including documentation

agency and statutory marketing documentation and forms

marketing budgets, agency fees and charges, and conditions

strategies for building agency–client relationships

techniques for identifying needs and motivation of vendors and buyers, landlords and tenants

methods of sale or lease

marketing activities:

advertising, including print and electronic media

agency property guides

brochures

direct marketing

inspections

mail-outs

networking

open house

signboards

electronic

marketing resources

principles underpinning effective marketing resources

marketing plan

review of effectiveness of marketing plan and materials

communication strategies for responding to client complaints

legislation relating to marketing of property in the state or territory of operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

resources and strategies for marketing property

an appraisal report for a property

legislation relating to marketing residential property in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4103 Establish vendor relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4056A Manage conflict and disputes in the property industry and CPPDSM4060A Negotiate sale and manage sale to completion or settlement. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish vendor relationships to support property sales.

It includes planning activities to achieve property listings, confirming vendor needs and expectations, preparing and conducting a listing presentation, completing a listing agreement and planning for ongoing communication and records management associated with the vendor relationship.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate who apply a knowledge of legislative and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to manage real estate operations.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and review prospecting methods.	1.1	Analyse and document prospecting methods suitable for property sales.
1.2	Identify methods appropriate to target market and personal and agency brand to create a prospecting plan.
1.3	Apply prospecting plan to create opportunities and interest in establishing vendor–agency relationships.
1.4	Examine prospecting activities to build agency database.
2	Confirm vendor requirements.	2.1	Provide information to potential vendor about scope and services of agency.
2.2	Establish and record vendor profile, preferences and expectations.
2.3	Inspect, confirm and record property details.
3	Present property listing.	3.1	Plan listing presentation with reference to property appraisal report.
3.2	Collate resources to support listing presentation plan.
3.3	Present property listing.
3.4	Complete listing documentation according to legislative requirements.
4	Establish communication plan.	4.1	Develop communication plan with vendor including sections for instructions and feedback on sales process.
4.2	Document communication plan.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4056A Manage conflict and disputes in the property industry

CPPDSM4060A Negotiate sale and manage sale to completion or settlement.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4103 Establish vendor relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4056A Manage conflict and disputes in the property industry and CPPDSM4060A Negotiate sale and manage sale to completion or settlement. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

develop one prospecting plan for vendors and establish a set of criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of this plan

prepare and deliver one listing presentation that:

refers to a property appraisal report

reflects the scope of vendor expectations

includes proposed method of presentation

includes a summary report on proposed method of presentation and proposed communication plan, and resources to support listing presentation

complete a listing agreement that complies with legislative requirements.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

purpose of prospecting activities

strategies and methods for attracting property listings, and their impact on agency and personal brand

processes and methods of sale

communication techniques for establishing and maintaining agency–client relationships including responding to client complaints

vendor expectations and preferences:

method of sale

timeframe for sale

property marketing

conditions to of sale

communication

role of agent and agency in listing, marketing and selling property, including agency fees, charges and conditions, documents and record keeping

ethical and regulatory standards associated with property sales:

disclosures

privacy and confidentiality

conflict of interest

agency practices in relation to marketing and communication

content and purpose of different types of listing agreements

legislative requirements applying to listing agreements

format and content of a listing kit

techniques for listing presentations

real estate agency fees, charges and conditions

legislation relating to sale of property in the state or territory of operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

real estate procedures, forms and documents, including agreements

legislation relating to sale of property in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4104 Establish buyer relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish, develop and manage positive relationships with buyers.

It includes establishing an understanding of buyer needs and expectations, matching these to property, and maintaining relationships and records of engagement with buyers throughout the buying process.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate who apply a knowledge of legislative and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to manage real estate operations.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish relationship with buyer.	1.1	Identify and explain ethical and conduct standards, and legislative requirements to market properties to buyers.
1.2	Promote personal and agency brand in communication with buyers.
1.3	Respond to and document buyer enquiry to develop agency database.
1.4	Clarify and document buyer preferences, including location, property type and price range.
1.5	Match buyer preferences and expectations to properties for sale.
2	Maintain buyer relationship.	2.1	Identify and present opportunities for buyer to inspect property for sale.
2.2	Interpret buyer feedback on suitability and price of property, and report to vendor.
2.3	Develop and document a communication strategy to address buyer expectations.
2.4	Maintain personal, agency and industry standards for ethical practice, client service and confidentiality applicable to buyer relationship.
2.5	Identify potential conflicts, plan responses and resolve conflicts within scope of responsibility, and review and document process.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4104 Establish buyer relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

document the process and actions to respond to two different methods of buyer enquiry

demonstrate how the needs and expectations of two buyers are matched to properties from a selection of at least six different property profiles

develop a communication strategy, including record keeping processes, to address buyer expectations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

role of agent, agency and personal brand in establishing and managing buyer relationships including fees, charges and conditions

methods of buyer enquiry, including two of the following:

open home

email

phone

website

walk-in

referral

communication styles and techniques to:

identify and clarify preferences, expectations, needs and motivation of buyers

qualify buyers

present properties to buyers

strategies to match properties to buyers

methods of sale of property

techniques for establishing and maintaining relationships

techniques to identify and manage disputes and conflict:

conciliation and mediation

third-party managed processes

legislation and ethical practice in buyer relationships:

disclosures

privacy

conflict of interest

complaint-handling

record keeping relating to buyer relationship and interactions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

records and databases for properties available for sale

property profiles for at least six properties

buyer profiles for two buyers

procedures and forms for taking buyer enquiries and qualifying buyers

legislation and standards applying to real estate transactions in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4105 Sell property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4017A Negotiate effectively in property transactions, CPPDSM4021A Sell and finalise sale of rural property by private treaty, CPPDSM4022A Sell and finalise the sale of property by private treaty, CPPDSM4067A Plan for and complete sale of rural property by auction and CPPDSM4078A Sell rural property by tender. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to sell property by methods including private treaty, auction and other negotiations.

It includes presenting property for sale, negotiating sales between vendors and buyers, and facilitating completion of contracts.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate who apply a knowledge of legislative and compliance requirements, ethical standards and consumer preferences to manage real estate operations.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare property for sale.	1.1	Examine and apply legislative requirements and ethical standards relating to the sale of property.
1.2	Provide recommendations to vendor about property presentation to maximise buyer interest.
1.3	Verify that contract and supporting documents are available for potential buyers.
1.4	Identify potential risks to vendor, prospective buyers and agent associated with property inspection, and propose control measures.
1.5	Plan and facilitate property inspection that meets vendor and buyer needs.
1.6	Record inspection details.
1.7	Discuss buyer feedback with vendor and make recommendations as required.
2	Complete property sale by negotiation.	2.1	Negotiate offer with buyer and vendor, including terms and conditions, according to agency practice and legislative requirements, and seek specialist advice as required.
2.2	Confirm deposit requirements.
2.3	Facilitate completion of sale and deposit.
2.4	Complete documentation as required.
3	Complete sale of property by auction.	3.1	Plan auction processes, including day of auction.
3.2	Collate documentation for auction day.
3.3	Facilitate final inspection of property and respond to buyer enquiry.
3.4	Assist bidders in bidding processes
3.5	Negotiate with buyer and vendor when a property is passed in.
3.6	Communicate with under-bidders.
3.7	Complete documentation.
3.8	Complete follow-up procedures after auction according to agency practice, ethical standards and legislative requirements.
4	Conclude sale of property.	4.1	Facilitate pre-settlement processes.
4.2	Plan for contingencies that may affect the completion of sale.
4.3	Complete settlement day processes.
4.4	Confirm settlement has concluded and complete post-settlement processes.
4.5	Update records and databases to record sales and inform future prospecting activities.
5	Evaluate sales process and identify opportunities for future business.	5.1	Complete post-sale activities.
5.2	Evaluate vendor and buyer satisfaction.
5.3	Update records and databases to inform future prospecting activities.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4017A Negotiate effectively in property transactions

CPPDSM4021A Sell and finalise sale of rural property by private treaty

CPPDSM4022A Sell and finalise the sale of property by private treaty

CPPDSM4067A Plan for and complete sale of rural property by auction

CPPDSM4078A Sell rural property by tender.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4105 Sell property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4017A Negotiate effectively in property transactions, CPPDSM4021A Sell and finalise sale of rural property by private treaty, CPPDSM4022A Sell and finalise the sale of property by private treaty, CPPDSM4067A Plan for and complete sale of rural property by auction and CPPDSM4078A Sell rural property by tender. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must complete the sale process for two different properties: one sale by negotiation and one sale by auction.

The person must complete the documentation required to meet legislative requirements.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

methods of sale:

negotiation

auction

set sale/tender

factors affecting the selection of the method of sale

property presentation and role of property inspections in selling property

property inspection plans

risks and risk management strategies associated with property inspections including risk to vendor, to prospective buyer/s, to agency and self

role of agent in presenting property to potential buyer/s

methods of communicating feedback to vendor from property inspections

personal and agency brand

ethical practices in selling property, including full disclosure and material facts

strategies to respond where buyer and vendor expectations are not aligned

legislation affecting sale of property in the state or territory of operation

general legal principles that impact on property law relating to the sale of the property:

definitions of property

easements

covenants

mortgages

statutory and agency documentation relating to property sales

pre-settlement and settlement processes required in the state or territory of operation

contingency plans for matters that may affect the completion of sale

agency fees and charges, and conditions

agency records:

key features of a records management system

reasons for maintaining property records

types of agency records

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agency records and databases

agency procedures, forms and documents for taking buyer enquiries and qualifying buyers

legislation and standards applying to real estate transactions in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4121 Establish landlord relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4011A List property for lease, CPPDSM4013A Market property for lease, CPPDSM4016A Monitor and manage lease or tenancy agreement. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish landlord relationships to support property management.

It includes establishing an agreement with a landlord to provide residential property management services and maintaining the relationship including keeping records of interactions with landlords.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm scope of landlord requirements.	1.1	Identify ethical and conduct standards for listing properties for lease and/or management.
1.2	Confirm landlord experience and expectations for property management.
1.3	Confirm scope of property management services.
1.4	Review rental appraisal to confirm rental price range expectation with landlord.
1.5	Record details of property inspection according to legislative requirements.
2	Complete property management agreement.	2.1	Prepare agreement for property leasing and/or management services.
2.2	Document landlord acceptance of fees, charges and services to be provided.
2.3	Complete agreement for property management according to agency practice and legislative requirements.
3	Establish framework for communication.	3.1	Develop landlord communication plan, including frequency of communication and details to be provided in the communication.
3.2	Advise landlord about contact people within the property management team.
3.3	Establish communication protocols for repairs and maintenance.
3.4	Determine landlord expectations for tenant selection and ongoing tenancy management.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

technology skills to access information using the internet, databases and business records management systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4011A List property for lease

CPPDSM4013A Market property for lease

CPPDSM4016A Monitor and manage lease or tenancy agreement.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4121 Establish landlord relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4011A List property for lease, CPPDSM4013A Market property for lease, CPPDSM4016A Monitor and manage lease or tenancy agreement. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must establish and maintain a relationship with at least 2 landlords.

The person must:

develop a schedule for communication with one landlord, including:

frequency of communication and details to be provided in the communication

communication protocols for repairs and maintenance

expectations for tenant selection and ongoing tenancy management

timeframe for conducting and reporting on routine inspections

prepare an agreement for property management for at least one property according to legislative requirements

analyse a circumstance where landlord expectations were not met and provide a report with recommended action to prevent this from reoccurring.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

scope of property management services:

marketing activities

services provided

landlord expectations of tenant

agreements for property management services:

terms and conditions

fees and charges

repairs and maintenance

outgoings applicable to the property (such as rates, strata fees)

terms and conditions relating to property inspections and repairs

strategies for building agency-client relationships

role of agent in providing property management

risks and risk management strategies associated with property management

ethical and regulatory standards associated with property management services

privacy standards and confidentiality relating to landlord and tenant

property management documentation and forms

agency property records:

key features of a records management system

reasons for maintaining property records

types of property records

key indicators of market conditions for property management

sources of information about market conditions

market conditions:

leasing market conditions

sales market conditions

legislative requirements applying to listing agreements and documentation

legislation relating to property management in the state or territory of operation:

real estate licensing and conduct

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection, fair trading and trade practices

financial services

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

privacy

property sales and management

residential tenancies

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agency procedures, forms and documents for property management

legislation relating to lease and property management in the state or territory of operation

case study where landlord expectations about property management were not met.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4122 Manage tenant relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4046A Manage tenancy disputes. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish tenant relationships in property management.

It includes responding to enquiries from tenants, establishing details and profile of potential tenants, matching tenants with properties, aligning landlord and tenant expectations, managing relationships and maintaining records of interactions.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Respond to tenant enquiry.	1.1	Document source of tenant enquiry.
1.2	Confirm tenant needs and expectations to create tenant profile.
1.3	Determine suitability of property for tenant to inspect.
1.4	Provide tenant with information about the property including application information.
1.5	Conduct property inspection with tenant.
2	Select tenant for property.	2.1	Review tenant profile and assess it against selection criteria for suitability for property.
2.2	Confirm tenant references and document outcomes.
2.3	Make recommendations to landlord about tenant selection.
3	Provide tenancy documentation.	3.1	Prepare tenancy documentation, including agreement, condition report and documentation, according to requirements in the state or territory of operation.
3.2	Explain conditions of tenancy agreement, condition report and other documents to tenant.
3.3	Explain entry cost to tenant and requirements of payment.
4	Commence tenancy.	4.1	Complete tenancy documentation according to statutory and agency requirements and provide tenant with copies.
4.2	Provide keys and security devices to tenant.
4.3	Advise tenant about contact people within property management team for issues arising during tenancy.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

technology skills to access information using the internet, databases and business records management systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4046A Manage tenancy disputes.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4122 Manage tenant relationships

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4046A Manage tenancy disputes. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must select and place tenants in two different properties, and for each property:

prepare tenancy documentation

provide information to tenants about rights and responsibilities.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

contact people in property management team

tenant selection criteria:

legislation

suitability for property

tenant renting history

capacity to meet rental terms

conditions of rental agreement:

format – written, oral, standard form

payment of rent

term of agreement

conditions of use

special conditions/additional terms

tenant entitlements

entry costs:

bond

rent in advance

any other fees – allowable, not allowable and penalties

disclosure and documentation requirements provided to tenants prior to entering tenancy agreement as required in state or territory of operation

bond payment, lodgement legal requirements and agency procedures

terms and conditions, and documentation relating to property inspections, maintenance and repairs

roles and responsibilities of landlord and of agent to tenant during tenancy

privacy standards and confidentiality in relation to landlord and tenant

property management documentation and forms

rights and responsibilities of tenants

relevant legislation relating to property management in the state or territory of operation:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection, fair trading and trade practices

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

privacy

property sales and management

ethical practice associated with tenancy agreements including disclosure

rent:

payment

receipting and recording

rent arrears

components of tenancy documentation:

condition report

disclosure requirements

fixed and periodic term

legal obligations of tenant, landlord and agent

rent, bonds or security deposits

processes for tenant requests:

repairs

urgent repairs

issues affecting tenancy terms and conditions

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

range of tenant profiles

range of property profiles

sample tenancy agreement for the state or territory of operation

sample property condition report used in the state or territory of operation

agency procedures, forms and documents.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4123 Manage tenancy

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage a tenancy.

It includes timely and effective communication with tenant, landlord and other stakeholders and the management of rent payments, arrears, routine inspections, repairs, maintenance, tenancy renewals, rent increases and tenancy agreement breaches.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Implement routine property inspections.	1.1	Document agreed process for property inspection and for tenant notification.
1.2	Arrange and conduct property inspection.
1.3	Prepare routine property inspection report.
1.4	Document and respond to issues or discrepancies identified through property inspection.
1.5	Communicate with tenant and landlord about property condition and document communication.
2	Manage request for repairs and maintenance.	2.1	Analyse request for repairs or maintenance to determine priority and consult with landlord for instructions.
2.2	Document request for repair or maintenance and action taken.
2.3	Select and engage appropriate tradesperson to quote and undertake repairs or maintenance.
2.4	Confirm repair or maintenance has been completed to specification and quote.
2.5	Communicate with tenant and landlord about repair and maintenance activities and document outcomes.
3	Manage additional tenant requests.	3.1	Analyse request from tenant against tenancy terms and conditions.
3.2	Communicate tenant request to landlord and document landlord’s instructions.
3.3	Advise tenant of outcome and document communication.
3.4	Monitor action, in response to tenant request, to completion and complete documentation.
4	Manage tenant compliance with tenancy agreement.	4.1	Identify and manage rental arrears.
4.2	Document and respond to identified breaches of tenancy agreement.
4.3	Negotiate to resolve breach of tenancy agreement with landlord and tenant.
4.4	Initiate appropriate actions when resolution of breach cannot be reached.
4.5	Document communication undertaken with tenant and landlord regarding compliance.
5	Plan for tenancy agreement renewal.	5.1	Advise landlord of advantages and disadvantages of rent increase and/or tenancy renewal.
5.2	Identify expiry date of tenancy agreement and determine schedule for tenancy renewals.
5.3	Document communication and negotiations with tenant and landlord regarding renewal of tenancy agreement.
5.4	Conduct and document rent review and apply procedures to amend rent according to legislative requirements.
6	Manage property condition.	6.1	Prepare cyclic maintenance schedule for the property.
6.2	Recommend and report on improvements to property to maximise rental return.
6.3	Prepare a plan to action landlord instructions including time line and budget.
6.4	Document communication with tenant and landlord regarding maintenance activities.
6.5	Monitor and document agreed maintenance activities.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

technology skills to access information using the internet, databases and business records management systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4123 Manage tenancy

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage tenancy for two different properties and for each property:

respond to one issue that may affect tenancy terms and conditions

outline and complete processes for managing the ongoing tenancy agreement

manage property inspections for routine maintenance.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation relating to property management in the state or territory of operation

role and responsibilities of landlord and agent in managing tenancy

ethical practice associated with tenancy agreements, including disclosure

inspection of tenanted premises:

notice periods

inspection reports

communication to landlord and tenant

authority of agent

rent:

arrears

increases

reviews

assigning or subletting and legislative requirements

renewal of leases and tenancy agreements:

renewal strategies for different types of property

scheduling tenancy renewals

strategies for gaining tenancy renewals

tenancy lease and renewal patterns

re-letting procedures and legislative requirements

processes for receiving and responding to tenant requests

criteria and processes for urgent and non-urgent repairs according to legislative requirements in the state or territory of operation

purpose of cyclical or scheduled maintenance plans and asset life cycles

budgets and financial reporting

scope of authority and imitations of work role, responsibility and professional abilities

relevant building service, trades and operation for maintenance requirements

sources of advice about standards and specifications for repairs and maintenance

advice that must be given to tenants in the state or territory of operation

tenancy record keeping policies and procedures

privacy standards and confidentiality in relation to tenant and landlord

agency property records:

key features of a records management system

reasons for maintaining property records

types of property records.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agency procedures, forms, documents and portfolios for rental properties

legislation relating to property management, rights and obligations of tenants and landlords in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4124 End tenancy

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to finalise a tenancy.

It includes determining circumstances in which tenancy agreements may be ended, processes and documentation to end tenancy agreements, processes to re-let property and issues that may arise from termination of tenancy agreements.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Respond to landlord request to end tenancy.	1.1	Identify and record circumstances for ending tenancy.
1.2	Notify landlord of responsibilities and obligations according to tenancy agreement and legislative requirements and record communication.
1.3	Communicate request to end tenancy to tenant and identify options to provide additional services.
1.4	Prepare documentation to end tenancy and provide to tenant according to legislative requirements.
1.5	Document termination date and the processes undertaken to end tenancy.
2	Respond to tenant request to end tenancy.	2.1	Identify and record circumstances for ending tenancy.
2.2	Notify tenant of responsibilities and obligations according to tenancy agreement and document communication.
2.3	Communicate request to end tenancy to landlord and identify options to provide additional services.
2.4	Prepare documentation to end tenancy and provide to tenant according to legislative requirements.
2.5	Document termination date and the processes undertaken to end tenancy.
3	Terminate tenancy due to breach of conditions.	3.1	Notify tenant of breach according to legislative requirements, discuss rectification and obligations according to tenancy agreement and record communication.
3.2	Record communication with landlord about breach of tenancy including instructions for action.
3.3	Action processes to terminate tenancy when resolution of issues cannot be reached.
3.4	Collate evidence of breach of tenancy and prepare documentation to take legal possession of property according to legislative requirements.
4	Coordinate end of tenancy.	4.1	Prepare outgoing property inspection report according to legislative requirements.
4.2	Negotiate with tenant for rectification of issues with regard to property condition and refer unresolved issues for external review.
4.3	Identify arrangements for bond release according to legislative requirements.
4.4	Implement process to re-let property.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4124 End tenancy

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

prepare written advice for at least one tenant detailing requirements to successfully end tenancy

document a process to negotiate with at least one tenant for rectification of any issues with property condition for release of bond

prepare written advice to landlord in circumstances of breach of lease that includes actions to be taken

prepare statutory notices to end at least one tenancy that complies with legislative requirements for each of the following circumstances:

breach of tenancy agreement

landlord personal reasons

possession of property.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

real estate tenancy management services

legislation relating to property management in the state or territory of operation

role of agent in managing tenancy

rights and obligations of agent, landlord and tenant during tenancy

ethical practice associated with tenancy agreements, including disclosure

inspecting tenanted premises:

notice to tenant

reports

communication to landlord

rent:

payment

receipting, banking and recording

rent arrears

rent increases

rent reviews

components of tenancy agreements:

condition report and disclosure statements

fixed and periodic terms

format of agreements

legal obligations of agent, landlord and tenant

rents, security deposits and bond moneys

processes for receiving and responding to tenant requests to end tenancy

processes for receiving and responding to landlord requests to end tenancy

breaches of tenancy agreement or conditions

termination of leases and tenancy agreements:

relevant documentation

rents, security deposits and bond moneys

rights of landlords and tenants

bond claims and repayments, legal requirements and agency procedures

tribunal orders and possession

legislation relating to ending tenancies in the state or territory of operation

scope of authority and imitations of work role, responsibility and professional abilities

sources of advice about ending tenancy arrangements

advice that must be given to tenants according to the state or territory of operation

tenancy record keeping policies and procedures

privacy standards and confidentiality in relation to tenant and landlord

agency property records:

key features of a records management system

reasons for maintaining property records

types of property records

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agency procedures and forms/documents relating to property management

legislation relating to property management, rights and obligations of tenants and landlords in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4125 Transact in trust accounts

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct transactions in real estate trust accounts.

It includes identifying the purpose and types of property trust accounts, applying agency controls to transactions in property trust accounts for specific purposes, balancing, reconciling and reporting on trust account transactions, and maintaining records of trust account transactions.

The unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate in a capacity that requires them to transact in trust accounts.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Adhere to legislative requirements.	1.1	Outline the types and purpose of real estate trust accounts.
1.2	Outline the personal obligations, responsibilities and legislative requirements for administering real estate trust accounts.
2	Process deposits.	2.1	Receive trust account payments.
2.2	Provide receipts for payments received.
2.3	Prepare banking documentation to deposit trust moneys.
2.4	Record receipts in trust account cash journal and trust account ledger.
3	Process payment, fees and charges.	3.1	Receive and validate requests for payment.
3.2	Confirm authorisation for payment.
3.3	Check trust account ledger to confirm adequate funds in trust account before processing payment.
3.4	Process payments from trust account.
3.5	Process payment advice.
3.6	Record payment from trust account in trust account cash journal and trust account ledger.
4	Maintain and protect trust account records.	4.1	Balance and reconcile trust account.
4.2	Apply agency contingency procedures to respond to discrepancies identified with trust account.
4.3	Prepare records and statements of trust account transactions.
4.4	Identify and explain the process for unclaimed trust money.
4.5	Maintain security of trust account records.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

technology skills to access and use computerised systems for trust accounts, and access information via the internet, databases and business records management systems

numeracy skills to estimate, calculate, validate, balance, reconcile and report on trust account transactions.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4125 Transact in trust accounts

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

conduct transactions in at least one trust account and:

receive, receipt and prepare deposits for trust money on three separate occasions

prepare payments from the trust account for authorisation on three separate occasions

complete at least one entry in a cash receipt journal, cash payments journal and transfer journal

complete three reconciliations for trust accounts and:

apply standard contingency procedures to resolve a discrepancy in the trust account.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

purpose and types of real estate trust accounts

legal and regulatory framework for real estate trust accounts in the state or territory of operation

consequences for agency brand and legal penalties for breaches of trust account practices or fraudulent activities in the state or territory of operation

impact on consumer confidence and agency brand resulting from breaches to trust account practices and fraudulent activities

agency forms and documentation to transact in trust accounts for integrity, security, confidentiality and privacy:

transaction documents and receipts

procedures to authorise payments and withdrawals from the account

account reconciliations and balances

journals and ledgers

internal and external audit schedules

password security and electronic tracking of transactions

documents and records according to requirements in the state or territory of operation

forms of payment made to authorised person/s or trust account:

cash

cheque

EFT

direct deposit

processes to validate and authorise processing of payments of expenses, deductions, fees and commissions from trust accounts

actions required when a trust account is overdrawn, compromised, has unclaimed money or a discrepancy is identified

maintenance and retention of records for trust accounts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

real estate trust account systems

procedures, forms and documents for trust accounts transactions, including contingency procedures

regulator and licensing requirements for trust account transactions in the state or territory of operation

summary of offences and penalties for breaches of trust account requirements in the state or territory of operation

sources of further information about real estate trust accounts.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4141 Establish and maintain property management portfolio

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maximise a property management portfolio.

It includes analysing current and future property demands in a target area, analysing the current property management portfolio, identifying underperforming services and properties and developing strategies to consolidate a property management portfolio for increased opportunities.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse current portfolio.	1.1	Analyse existing property management portfolio to identify high-performing and underperforming properties.
1.2	Quantify property management opportunities to add to or rationalise portfolio.
1.3	Determine optimum property management portfolio mix.
2	Conduct rental property market analysis.	2.1	Identify target areas for property management.
2.2	Analyse demographics of the target area.
2.3	Analyse current market trends for pricing.
2.4	Identify market supply and demand for identified property types.
3	Develop strategies to identify potential clients.	3.1	Profile potential client characteristics.
3.2	Develop a range of activities to target profiled clients.
3.3	Establish timeframes for activities to target profiled clients consistent with market trends.
3.4	Develop prospecting methods to target profiled clients.
3.5	Develop strategies to utilise networks to identify potential clients.
4	Consolidate property management portfolio.	4.1	Identify property management services that are underperforming or inconsistent with target portfolio mix.
4.2	Make recommendations to improve or remove underperforming or inconsistent properties or services.
4.3	Make recommendations to increase property management portfolio opportunities.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4141 Establish and maintain property management portfolio

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

research and develop one prospecting strategy for a geographical area, including:

property demand in the area

socio-economic climate for the area

growth expectations for the area

prospecting strategies

develop a report on the optimum capacity of an agency, including:

current agency profile and forward projections for agency

maximum/minimum property management scope and scale

resources required to manage properties

develop a report with recommendations to adjust property management portfolio mix.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

real estate property management services

property management portfolio of the agency

indicators of high- and low-performing property management services and properties within the property management portfolio

resources required to provide property management services

role of the business development manager in representing and promoting agency services to potential clients

clients for property management

personal and agency brand

ethical practices in selling and marketing real estate property management services

property market profiling:

analysis of comparable market analysis (CMA)

projected growth

socio-economic factors

potential landlord profile

prospecting methods

networks and the use of networks to identify and generate potential clients

legislation affecting property management services of residential property in the state or territory of operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agency records and databases

property profiles for a geographical area

property and socio-economic trends for a geographical area

procedures and resources for property management.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4142 Promote property management products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to promote property management products and services.

It includes identifying opportunities for greater relationships within the agency and opportunities for improvement in current property management services, monitoring client satisfaction and the provision of client care to build loyalty with existing clients, developing and implementing strategies, and communication and promotional services, to develop the agency’s property management services.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Optimise relationships within the agency.	1.1	Analyse and report on relationship between property management and other agency activities.
1.2	Identify and document communication gaps within agency.
1.3	Develop strategies that optimise communication to improve the property management business.
2	Analyse real estate practice.	2.1	Identify and implement client care service standards to build client loyalty.
2.2	Analyse positive and negative feedback to continuously improve products and customer service.
2.3	Coordinate products and agency services to maintain and improve client experience.
3	Optimise business development strategies.	3.1	Develop and document strategies to promote a professional and ethical agency image.
3.2	Prioritise property management business development approaches.
4	Establish business development resources.	4.1	Examine existing communication and promotional materials.
4.2	Develop communication and promotional materials to reflect business development priorities.
4.3	Confirm that communication and promotional materials reflect agency professional and ethical image.
4.4	Confirm that communication and promotional materials are appropriate.
5	Initiate relationships with potential clients.	5.1	Develop communication strategies to effectively liaise with profiled clients.
5.2	Discuss and negotiate individual client needs and expectations.
5.3	Prepare listing presentation documentation.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4142 Promote property management products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

develop a profile of the property management services offered by the agency

develop, document and implement a strategy to attract new and maintain existing clients, including:

target market

demographics

channels to be used

performance indicators and measures for success, including techniques to adjust the strategy based on contingencies and the outcome of reviews

promotional materials and media to be used.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

real estate agency services, including sales, auction and property management services

relationships between services offered by agency

property management portfolio of the agency

role of the business development manager in representing and promoting agency services to potential clients

clients for property management services

property management client care and service standards

methods used to monitor client satisfaction

potential landlord profile

personal and agency brand

ethical practices in promoting real estate property management services, including full disclosure, confidentiality, privacy

communication and promotional plans and materials

media for communication and promotion

listing presentation documentation

legislation affecting property management services of residential property in the state or territory of operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

procedures for property management including listing presentations

legislation and standards applying to real estate activities in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4161 Undertake pre-auction processes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to undertake pre-auction processes.

It includes preparing a strategy for auctions, including liaising with the vendor or sales agent, confirming the details of the contract and confirming the details of the property.

This unit applies to auctioneers or people seeking to work as auctioneers.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Review contract details.	1.1	Access, read and interpret contract documentation.
1.2	Determine currency of contract to identify any changes to contract.
1.3	Confirm role of external parties.
1.4	Interpret terms of contract and matters that affect the title.
2	Identify and document property details.	2.1	Identify key features of property from property report, marketing plan and materials.
2.2	Analyse features of location, facilities and aspect to ascertain selling features.
2.3	Identify matters impacting on property for disclosure purposes.
3	Confirm vendor expectations.	3.1	Liaise with sales agent or vendor to confirm auction process.
3.2	Confirm vendor’s price expectations.
3.3	Analyse market indicator data to identify likely interest levels and expected price range and compare to vendor expectations.
3.4	Identify and evaluate details of expressions of interest or offers made pre-auction.
4	Prepare auction day strategy.	4.1	Plan information for opening the auction adhering to legislative requirements.
4.2	Collate information about the property.
4.3	Prepare script to explain key features of the contract and role of external agencies.
4.4	Develop contingency plans for matters that may arise during the auction.
4.5	Prepare order of sale for multiple properties at an in-room auction.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4161 Undertake pre-auction processes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop strategies for auction of property, including scripts, checklist and supporting documentation, in the following situations:

multiple properties at an in-room auction

single auction on site.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

auctioneer role, responsibilities and risks

reserve price:

definition

purpose

setting

auction instructions and auction day procedures

auction documentation

auction aids and equipment

preparation of auction area, including access, identification of hazards, assessment of risks and implementation of risk controls

auction process:

stating rules and conditions of auction according to state or territory legislation

calling for bids

confirming or renegotiating reserve with vendor as appropriate

describing property benefits

identifying salient features of contract

knocking down or passing in property as appropriate

using vendor bidding as appropriate according to state or territory legislation

capacity of bidders, including impairment

negotiation techniques

legislation related to sale of property by auction in the state or territory of operation

penalties for breach of auction legislation

property information:

general and local market indicators and conditions

land characteristics

council zoning and allowable use

land titles and defects to title

specific environmental issues or features relating to the property

specific requirements relating to the type of property

risks to the general public, clients, agency and self from auction activities

ethical practice in auctioneering:

communication

neutrality in the auction process

ethical management of the bidding process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

auction contract documentation, instructions and auction-day procedures

property information and market or location profiles for two types of property sales by auction, including multiple properties at an in-room auction and single auction on site

auction procedures and forms.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4162 Conduct and complete sale by auction

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4004A Conduct auction and CPPDSM4019A Prepare for auction and complete sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct an auction of property.

It includes accessing, interpreting and applying written instructions for the auction, calling an auction and completing the auction process, including when a property is sold and when a property is passed in.

The unit applies to auctioneers or people seeking to work as auctioneers.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm pre-auction terms, conditions and presentation.	1.1	Assess suitability of auction site and auction equipment and identify risks to self and others.
1.2	Confirm required auction advice is displayed according legislative requirements.
1.3	Review auction documentation and examine major points including auction instructions, authorities, contracts, reserve price, co-owner and vendor bids.
1.4	Confirm number of registered bidders, online bidding and bidding by authority according to legislative requirements.
1.5	Liaise with vendor or sales agent for final instructions.
2	Open auction.	2.1	Read out terms and conditions of sale by auction according to legislative requirements
2.2	Identify property and vendor in relation to the contract.
2.3	Respond to questions from potential bidders and other parties.
2.4	Submit property for sale by auction and call for opening bids.
3	Manage auction to maintain flow.	3.1	Conduct the auction according to legislative requirements.
3.2	Manage bidding process and maintain auction process to achieve reserve price.
3.3	Seek instructions from vendor or sales agent for vendor bids or to change reserve.
3.4	Implement trial close strategy.
4	Complete auction.	4.1	Signify close of auction using appropriate strategy such as final calls, fall of hammer and closing script.
4.2	Knock down property to successful bidder once reserve price has been met and all other bids are exhausted.
4.3	Pass in property if reserve price is not met and all bids are exhausted.
4.4	Offer highest bidder opportunity to negotiate with vendor when property fails to reach reserve price.
4.5	Obtain feedback on auction from vendors and colleagues.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4004A Conduct auction

CPPDSM4019A Prepare for auction and complete sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4162 Conduct and complete sale by auction

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4004A Conduct auction and CPPDSM4019A Prepare for auction and complete sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

call at least one auction to conclusion where the property is sold

call at least one auction to conclusion where the property is passed in

review auction performance and identify and document personal strengths and opportunities for improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

auctioneer role, responsibilities and risks

reserve price

auction documentation

auction aids and equipment

preparation of auction area, including access, identification of hazards, assessment of risks and implementation of risk controls

auction rules and prescribed auction information in state or territory of operation

auction process:

stating rules and conditions of auction according to state or territory legislation

managing the bidding process:

using appropriate bidding increments

maintaining bidding momentum

dealing with disruptive bidders

vendor and co-owner bids

collusive bidding practices

disputed bidding

bidding advances

retracting bids

restarting the bidding

confirming or renegotiating reserve with seller as appropriate

describing property benefits

identifying key features of property and contract terms

knocking down or passing in property as appropriate

using vendor bidding as appropriate according to legislative requirements

capacity of bidders, including impairment

legislation related to sale of property by auction in the state or territory of operation

penalties for breach of auction legislation

property information:

general and local market indicators and conditions

land characteristics

council zoning and allowable use

land titles and defects to title

specific environmental issues or features

specific requirements relating to the type of property

risks to the general public, clients, agency and self from auction activities

ethical practice in auctioneering:

communication

neutrality in the auction process

ethical management of the bidding process

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

auction scenarios, auction advice, auction plan

bidders for property

industry and agency ethical codes of conduct

agency procedures, forms and documents

legislation relating to sale of property by auction in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4163 Complete post-auction process and contract execution

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to complete post-auction process and contract execution.

It includes identifying successful bidder and confirming their legal entity, completing contract details, ensuring that all required signatures are obtained and completing and maintaining records of the auction.

The unit applies to auctioneers or people seeking to work as auctioneers.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify successful bidder.	1.1	Confirm identity of successful bidder.
1.2	Respond to any disputes regarding winning bidder status.
1.3	Confirm authority of bidder acting on behalf of another party.
1.4	Identify legal entity to enter contract.
1.5	Ensure contract contains correct details and any variations to contract terms as allowed by relevant regulations.
2	Execute contract.	2.1	Ensure both parties have signed the contract of sale.
2.2	Explain ramifications of either party refusing to sign the contract.
2.3	Exercise authority to sign on behalf of the vendor where this has been specified.
2.4	Implement contingencies where one or both parties refuse to sign.
2.5	Confirm payment of deposit within contract terms.
2.6	Identify circumstances where issues related to contract execution are outside of scope of authority.
3	Maintain records of auction.	3.1	Complete post-auction documentation according to legislative requirements.
3.2	Maintain records of auction according to legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4163 Complete post-auction process and contract execution

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must execute a contract for the successful bidder for one auction called by them.

In doing this they must deal with any contingencies that arise relating to the signing of the contract and must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

auctioneer role, responsibilities and risks

reserve price, including:

definition

purpose

setting

auction instructions and auction-day procedures

auction documentation

auction aids and equipment

preparation of auction area, including access, identification of hazards, assessment of risks, implementation of risk controls

auction process:

stating rules and conditions of auction according to state or territory legislation

calling for bids

confirming or renegotiating reserve with seller as appropriate

describing property benefits

identifying salient features of contract

knocking down or passing in property as appropriate

using vendor bidding as appropriate according to state or territory legislation

capacity of bidders, including impairment

negotiation techniques

legislation related to sale of property by auction in the state or territory of operation

penalties for breach of auction legislation

property information:

general and local market indicators and conditions

land characteristics

council zoning and allowable use

land titles and defects to title

specific environmental issues or features relating to the property

specific requirements relating to the type of property

risks to the general public, clients, agency and self from auction activities

ethical practice in auctioneering:

communication

neutrality in the auction process

ethical management of the bidding process

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

auction contract documentation, instructions and auction-day procedures

scenarios for disputes between bidders, and bidders and vendors, and when one or both parties refuse to sign the contract of sale

legislation related to sale of property by auction in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4171 Represent buyer in sales process

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4001A Act as a buyer’s agent. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to confirm buyer needs and represent buyers in purchasing property.

It includes developing a buyer brief and sourcing, inspecting and reporting on properties.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare buyer brief.	1.1 Establish buyer needs and preferences for type, location and price range of property. 1.2 Determine buyer capacity to buy and their access to finance. 1.3 Explain to buyer the role and responsibilities of a buyers’ agent. 1.4 Prepare buyer brief. 1.5 Prepare and complete agreement with buyer according to legislative requirements.
2. Source properties.	2.1 Research and list properties that meet buyer brief. 2.2 Assess properties against buyer brief and prepare a short list of suitable properties. 2.3 Obtain instructions from buyer about which properties to investigate further.
3. Inspect properties and prepare report.	3.1 Inspect properties with or without buyer. 3.2 Assess and rank each property against buyer brief. 3.3 Request further information and contract documentation for selected properties. 3.4 Prepare a report for buyer that details suitability, type and conditions of sale for recommended properties.

Foundation Skills

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4001A Act as a buyer’s agent.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4171 Represent buyer in sales process

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4001A Act as a buyer’s agent. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must, on each of two separate occasions, prepare a buyer brief and complete a short list of a minimum of two suitable properties based on the buyer brief and inspect the two properties and prepare a report for the buyer.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to operating as a buyers’ agent

disclosure requirements relevant to properties, including of material facts

ethical standards and regulatory requirements relating to recommending properties for purchase

protocols to follow when preparing recommendation for purchase of properties

client expectations:

comprehensive information about recommended properties

method of sale and payments

time frame for sales

contract conditions

content and purpose of different types of listing agreements

legislative requirements applying to listing agreements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

buyer’s agency workplace and business documentation

sufficient documentation for a range of properties to allow for creation of purchasing recommendations

role description and information for a person participating in role-play exercises as the client for a buyers’ agent

equipment and information required to prepare documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPREP4172 Develop and promote property industry knowledge - buyer's agent

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop the profile of the services of a buyer's agent, identify potential clients and markets, and promote the buyer's agent services.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify potential strategic alliances	1.1 List the full range of services provided by a buyer's agent. 1.2 Research and identify the opportunities for strategic alliances with local and national businesses.
2. Assess market opportunities.	2.1 Research target markets to identify opportunities. 2.2 Analyse market opportunities to guide development of a promotion plan.
3. Promote a buyers’ agency service.	3.1 Benchmark buyer's agency service against industry best practice to identify strengths that can be promoted. 3.2 Create database of contacts and potential clients. 3.3 Create a promotion plan and prepare promotional materials.
4. Review promotional activities.	4.1 Monitor and collect data about promotional activities. 4.2 Schedule and conduct reviews of the effectiveness of promotional activities. 4.3 Adjust promotional planning according to outcomes of reviews.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4172 Develop and promote property industry knowledge - buyer's agent

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop and promote a buyer's agency service, by preparing a promotion plan for a buyer's agency service and designing a process to review planned promotional activities.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to promoting buyer's agent services

ethical practice relevant to promoting buyer's agent services

techniques for forming business relationships with complementary businesses

techniques to research, identify and assess target markets and complementary business networks

methods of promoting buyer's agent services

processes to:

benchmark the agency against industry best practice

create and use databases of contacts and clients

plan promotional activities

review promotional activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

buyer's agent workplace, staff and business documentation

specific supporting documentation for a buyer's agent to create the required documents

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment required to prepare documentation as a buyer's agent.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4173 Complete purchase of property as buyer’s agent

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to negotiate and act on behalf of a buyer to complete a property purchase.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm authority to purchase property.	1.1 Confirm and document buyer instructions to purchase property and negotiate terms of contract. 1.2 Arrange for inspections and reports required for completion of purchase. 1.3 Prepare formal authority to purchase property on behalf of buyer.
2. Negotiate to purchase by private treaty.	2.1 Establish and document maximum offer for property and process to be followed if offer is not accepted. 2.2 Apply negotiation techniques to achieve the lowest price for property and terms of contract that are acceptable to both parties. 2.3 Present negotiated offer and terms to buyer for approval or additional instructions. 2.4 Finalise negotiations between all parties for exchange of contracts. 2.5 Facilitate payment of deposit.
3. Represent buyer at auction.	3.1 Obtain written authority to bid on behalf of buyer according to legislative requirements. 3.2 Establish and document maximum bid for property and process to be followed if bidding exceeds buyer limit. 3.3 Apply negotiation techniques to purchase property if passed in at auction. 3.3 Facilitate signing of contract on behalf of buyer. 3.5 Facilitate payment of deposit.
4. Complete purchase.	4.1 Arrange for pre-settlement inspections of property. 4.2 Manage contingencies if terms of contract cannot be met. 4.3 Confirm completion of settlement and facilitate settlement procedures. 4.4 Request feedback from buyer on agency services.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4173 Complete purchase of property as buyer’s agent

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

prepare and complete a checklist for the inspection and report required for completion of purchase of one property

document buyer instructions, negotiate and document the offer for the purchase of one property by private treaty

document buyer instructions, negotiate and document an offer to purchase one property at auction

document buyer instructions, negotiate and document an offer to purchase one property after it has been passed in at auction

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to completing purchase of property as a buyer’s agent

legislative requirements relating to the sale of land in the state or territory of operation

auction rules and process

requirements to bid at auction as a buyer’s agent

processes associated with purchasing property at auction and by private treaty

ethical standards and regulatory requirements relevant to completing purchase of property as a buyer’s agent

protocols to follow when completing purchase of property as a buyer’s agent.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

buyer’s agency workplace, staff and business documentation for purchasing property as a buyer’s agent

sufficiently detailed documentation for a property to be sold by private treaty and for a property to be sold at auction that will allow for preparation of the required documents

scenarios for negotiating offers for purchase of a property by private treaty and when property is passed in at auction

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment required to prepare documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4181 Manage onsite residential property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work as an onsite residential manager contracted on behalf of the owners of a residential complex.

It includes the roles of property caretaker and letting agent for short-term stays but excludes residential tenancies.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Perform property caretaker duties.	1.1 Examine and outline caretaker roles and responsibilities for day-to-day running of a residential complex. 1.2 Schedule and manage maintenance of property grounds and building areas. 1.4 Manage communication with individual property owners and owners’ corporation about matters relevant to the care of the property. 1.5 Liaise with owners’ corporation about compliance with relevant by-laws.
2. Act as a letting agent.	2.1 Follow contract requirements to manage letting of accommodation for short-term stays. 2.2 Manage marketing of accommodation in the complex. 2.3 Manage reception and support services for short-term stay guests. 2.4 Manage guest payments and short-term stay management expenditure. 2.5 Manage housekeeping services for short-term stays. 2.6 Manage resolution of complaints and guest dissatisfaction.
3. Provide financial reports.	3.1 Identify financial reports required for the complex. 3.2 Manage the preparation of financial reports for individual owners for property vacancies, income and expenses. 3.3 Manage the preparation of financial reports for the owners’ corporation on caretaker and letting income and expenditure. 3.4 Manage the preparation of financial reports for a trust account.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4181 Manage onsite residential property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

schedule and manage maintenance of property grounds and building areas, including communicating with individual property owners and owners’ corporations for two residential complexes

market, let and manage two short-term stay properties.

prepare financial reports for one individual owner and one owners’ corporation.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to the onsite management of residential property

roles and responsibilities in a residential complex:

caretaker

letting agent

processes for managing financial reports in a residential complex:

individual owners

owners’ corporation

trust account

processes, in a residential complex, for managing:

maintenance and repairs in common property grounds and building areas

effective communication with property owners

compliance with by-laws

marketing of accommodation in the complex

reception, guest payment and support services for short-term stay guests

housekeeping services for short-term stays:

inspections

cleaning

inventory maintenance

repairs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

sufficient residential complex documentation to prepare the documents required in the Performance Evidence

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment required to prepare documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4201 Appraise commercial property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information and CPPDSM4032A Arrange valuation of facilities and assets. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to appraise commercial properties for lease or sale.

It includes analysing property usage and land use controls and applying suitable appraisal methodologies. It also includes researching and analysing market, property and financial data to determine an appraised price and presenting documented appraisal reports to clients.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Seek instructions.	1.1 Confirm purpose of appraisal and client instructions according to legislation in the state or territory of operation. 1.2 Discuss agency requirements and appraisal processes with client. 1.3 Confirm commercial property usage, lease arrangements and land use controls. 1.4 Obtain agreement to proceed with appraisal according to legislation in state or territory of operation.
2. Conduct research to support appraisal of commercial property.	2.1 Select appraisal methodology suitable to property type and based on available information. 2.2 Analyse required documents, reports and financial data for property. 2.3 Analyse current market data and trends that may affect lease or sale of property. 2.4 Verify accuracy and reliability of collated data.
3. Complete appraisal report.	3.1 Analyse research findings to ascertain final appraisal, and record outcome according to agency requirements and client instructions. 3.2 Prepare appraisal report in an acceptable format, highlighting findings and rationale. 3.3 Present report to client. 3.4 Retain records and documentation securely, according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information

CPPDSM4032A Arrange valuation of facilities and assets.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4201 Appraise commercial property

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information and CPPDSM4032A Arrange valuation of facilities and assets. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must appraise and report on the lease or sales price of two different commercial properties.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing appraisal of commercial properties in the state or territory of operation

agency documentation required to be completed and maintained when appraising commercial properties

appraisal methodologies suitable for different types of commercial properties

basic accounting principles and techniques for checking financial data and the status of commercial properties for lease or sale

categories of commercial property:

industrial

retail

healthcare

leisure

warehouses

multi-family

commercial property appraisal processes:

content and format of appraisal reports

factors that influence whether commercial properties are comparable for appraisal purposes

information required to be gathered and analysed for commercial property appraisals

key sources of information required for appraisal of commercial properties

industry benchmarks for the appraisal of different types of commercial properties

land use controls for different types of commercial properties

regulatory and ethical responsibilities and role of agents in appraising commercial properties for lease or sale:

duty of disclosure

maintaining client privacy and confidentiality

providing accurate information

types and purpose of financial records to be analysed when appraising commercial properties for lease or sale

types of leases used for commercial properties

value factors for the commercial property market.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment that meet the operational requirements for a real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to appraising commercial properties

relevant legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to appraising of commercial properties

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to conduct research and to prepare reports relating to appraising commercial properties for lease

client briefs and financial and performance information to support the appraisal of two different commercial properties.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4202 Establish and maintain vendor and lessor relationships and networks

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.2 Changes to Performance Evidence and Assessment Conditions.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to attract and retain vendors and lessors for commercial property listings.

It includes working with vendors and lessors to provide agency services that meet their needs and preferences, conducting market research to identify factors impacting property sale or lease, and setting up processes to manage vendor and lessor communications.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prospect to attract potential vendors and lessors.	1.1 Identify and plan suitable prospecting methods to attract commercial property sale or lease listings according to agency requirements. 1.2 Apply prospecting methods to establish relationships with potential vendors and lessors. 1.3 Explain agency commercial sales and leasing services that meet specific vendor and lessor preferences and requirements. 1.4 Respond to vendor and lessor questions or concerns and provide suitable information or services. 1.5 Record communications with potential vendors and lessors according to agency requirements.
2. Confirm client requirements for sale or lease of commercial property.	2.1 Identify and record client needs and preferences for sale or lease of commercial property. 2.2 Clarify and record property ownership, use and contractual arrangements that may impact on sale or lease. 2.3 Clarify tenancy mix required for commercial property. 2.4 Research, analyse and record commercial property and market information to identify factors impacting sale or lease according to property type and use. 2.5 Prepare information and advice to support client needs and preferences and clarify their issues and concerns.
3. Complete documentation for listing of commercial property.	3.1 Explain sale or lease process to client and check understanding of agency and client requirements. 3.2 Prepare and complete agency documentation for listing according to legislative requirements. 3.3 Secure and maintain client documentation according to agency requirements.
4. Seek feedback.	4.1 Plan communication methods and timeframe for feedback on sale or leasing process with client. 4.2 Apply communication processes with client and record outcomes according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4202 Establish and maintain vendor and lessor relationships and networks

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.2 Changes to Performance Evidence and Assessment Conditions.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

develop a prospecting plan with timeframes and activities to attract potential vendors and lessors for the sale and lease of commercial property

establish a vendor relationship and complete required agency documentation for the listing of one commercial property for sale

establish a lessor relationship and complete required agency documentation for the listing of one commercial property for lease.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency documentation required to be prepared and executed for the listing of commercial properties for sale and lease

communication processes to provide vendors and lessors with feedback on the sales and leasing processes

factors that can impact the sale or lease of commercial property and strategies for addressing these factors:

property ownership

land use, zoning and approvals

contractual arrangements

property attributes

legislation relating to the sale or lease of commercial property in state or territory of operation

prospecting purpose and methods used in real estate to attract commercial listings

regulatory and ethical responsibilities and role of agents when managing relationships with vendors and lessors:

duty of disclosure

maintaining client privacy and confidentiality

providing accurate information

scope of agency commercial sales and leasing services:

marketing activities

services provided

methods for planning tenancy mix to suit commercial property

vendor and lessor expectations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures and documentation for establishing vendor and lessor relationships for commercial sales and leasing including listing agreements

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the sale or lease of commercial property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, manage and monitor vendor and lessor relationships

agency documentation required for listing a commercial property for sale

agency documentation required for listing a commercial property for lease.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4203 Complete commercial property sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4036A Broker sale of industrial, commercial and retail property. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage the sales process for commercial properties.

This may include negotiating the terms and conditions of sale, organising the execution of sales documentation and monitoring contract settlement. Where properties are tenanted, lease arrangements are also facilitated.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Complete sale of commercial property.	1.1 Maintain communication with vendor and buyer to provide feedback on the sales process. 1.2 Identify and resolve issues that may impact the sale. 1.3 Arrange changes to leasing documentation as required. 1.5 Administer and secure deposit according to legislative requirements.
2. Complete documentation in preparation for sale.	2.1 Facilitate preparation of required sales documentation. 2.2 Arrange completion of documentation by all parties to the sale. 2.3 Organise completion of lease arrangements for tenanted property. 2.4 Consult legal advisor relevant to type of sale and complete pre-settlement processes according to agency requirements.
3. Monitor contract settlement.	3.1 Monitor progress of contract and adherence to conditions of sale according to agency requirements. 3.2 Maintain communication with all parties to the sale to facilitate contract settlement. 3.3 Confirm settlement has concluded and complete post-settlement processes. 3.4 Evaluate vendor and buyer satisfaction to establish future business opportunities. 3.5 Update databases to inform future prospecting activities.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4036A Broker sale of industrial, commercial and retail property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4203 Complete commercial property sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4036A Broker sale of industrial, commercial and retail property. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must complete the sale of two commercial properties. The two properties may come from two of the following categories:

office

industrial

retail

healthcare

leisure

warehouses

multi-family.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency and legal documentation required to be completed and maintained for the sale of commercial properties

categories of commercial property:

industrial

office

retail

healthcare

leisure

warehouses

multi-family

contracts and agreements used for the sale of commercial properties

deposit requirements for different types of commercial properties

factors that may impact the successful conclusion of a commercial property sale

legislation and regulations governing the sale of commercial properties in the state or territory of operation

negotiation techniques used to facilitate agreement between vendors and buyers and to break deadlocks

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in the sale of commercial properties:

duty of disclosure

maintaining client privacy and confidentiality

providing accurate information

requirements for a valid contract.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the full industry standard for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to the sale of commercial property

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the sale of commercial property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to maintain records and information associated with the sale of commercial property

vendors, buyers and information to support the sale of two different types of commercial property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4204 Establish commercial property lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4041A Contribute to development of a tenancy mix strategy, CPPDSM4050A Lease industrial, commercial and retail property and CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish a commercial property lease.

It includes working with potential lessees to assess their suitability for the lease and obtain agreement to lease terms and conditions following lessor instructions. It also includes preparing and administering lease documentation, approvals and payments and negotiating with parties to the lease to formalise lease arrangements.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to lessee enquiry for commercial property lease.	1.1 Respond promptly to lessee enquiry and identify their needs and preferences. 1.2 Discuss property features and usage requirements with lessee according to type of property and lease. 1.3 Assess lessee suitability against property usage and lessor instructions. 1.4 Provide additional information to lessee as required and obtain agreement to proceed with lease. 1.5 Record details of interactions with lessee according to agency requirements.
2. Disclose terms and conditions with lessee.	2.1 Prepare pre-lease documentation, setting out terms and conditions of lease and proposed agreement between lessor and lessee. 2.2 Brief lessee on lease terms and conditions and provide required information or advice to address issues or concerns. 2.3 Confirm with lessee required bonds, rent reviews, outgoings and financial obligations.
3. Negotiate agreement for commercial property lease.	3.1 Negotiate terms and conditions of lease with lessee according to lessor instructions and type of commercial property. 3.2 Identify and resolve issues that may impact agreement of the lease terms and conditions. 3.3 Maintain communication with lessee and lessor to negotiate variations to conditions of agreement. 3.4 Negotiate conflict or deadlocks and confirm final lease agreement.
4. Facilitate completion of lease for commercial property.	4.1 Administer required lease approvals and payments according to lease agreement. 4.2 Execute lease documentation and facilitate lease registration. 4.3 Check understanding of responsibilities and obligations with parties to the lease. 4.4 Secure lease records according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4041A Contribute to development of a tenancy mix strategy

CPPDSM4050A Lease industrial, commercial and retail property

CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4204 Establish commercial property lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4041A Contribute to development of a tenancy mix strategy, CPPDSM4050A Lease industrial, commercial and retail property and CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must negotiate, draft and prepare for finalisation, leases for two commercial properties. These properties must come from two of the following categories:

industrial

office

retail.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing the lease of commercial property in the state or territory of operation

agency documentation required to be completed and maintained when leasing commercial property

factors that can lead to breach of lease

financial obligations of lessee

lease structures and requirements for different categories of commercial property:

office

industrial

retail

healthcare

leisure

warehouses

multi-family

land use controls for different types of commercial properties

legislative requirements for retail leases

processes for establishing commercial lease agreements:

acceptance and consideration

agreement to lease

letters of intent

negotiations containing offers

relative lessee or lessor obligations

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in leasing commercial property

common terms and conditions of commercial property leases

considerations when qualifying lessees for lease of commercial property

information normally contained in disclosure statements associated with the lease of commercial property

rent review mechanisms and methods:

fixed percentage increase

consumer price index (CPI) percentage increase

market review

agreed amount

situations requiring local government approval associated with the lease of commercial property

tenancy mix requirements for commercial property.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency, including:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to lease of commercial property

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to lease of commercial property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to prepare documentation for the lease of commercial property

lessees, lessors and information to support the lease of two different types of commercial property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4231 Manage commercial property maintenance

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract, CPPDSM4043A Coordinate fit-out of property and facilities, CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities, CPPDSM4058A Monitor service requirements in the property industry, CPPDSM4059A Monitor space use in the property industry and CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan, schedule and implement maintenance requirements for commercial properties to comply with lease and statutory obligations.

It includes coordinating contractors, monitoring completion of works to specification and budget, and consulting with affected parties.

It also includes implementing contingency measures to respond to urgent maintenance requirements.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and schedule maintenance for commercial property.	1.1 Assess property type, condition and building classification to identify and plan maintenance to meet statutory requirements. 1.2 Analyse property documentation to identify and plan maintenance activities. 1.3 Assess risks associated with required maintenance and plan suitable management strategies. 1.4 Obtain specialist advice to confirm resources and approvals required to implement maintenance. 1.5 Develop and document maintenance schedule to meet lease and legislative requirements. 1.6 Communicate with lessor and lessee to confirm maintenance schedule according to agency requirements.
2. Implement maintenance schedule for commercial property.	2.1 Select contractors and verify they have required certification and insurance to undertake maintenance. 2.2 Obtain quotes and approvals to implement scheduled maintenance and negotiate agreement to proceed. 2.3 Organise contractors to undertake maintenance activities systematically and within budget according to schedule, lease and lessor instructions. 2.4 Liaise with relevant parties to communicate scheduled maintenance and clarify issues or concerns. 2.5 Verify completion of maintenance activities to specification and apply measures as required to rectify issues or to complete outstanding works. 2.6 Report maintenance status to lessor and lessee according to agency requirements.
3. Respond to urgent maintenance requirements.	3.1 Identify urgent maintenance requirements. 3.2 Assess urgency and risk associated with required maintenance and select suitable contingency measure. 3.3 Liaise with responsible entity to obtain required approvals to proceed with contingency measure. 3.4 Liaise with relevant parties and contractors to organise required maintenance. 3.5 Update maintenance schedule to incorporate urgent works and contingency actions. 3.6 Complete and secure maintenance documentation according to legislation in the state or territory of operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to interpret quotes and calculate maintenance costs and budgets.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract

CPPDSM4043A Coordinate fit-out of property and facilities

CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

CPPDSM4058A Monitor service requirements in the property industry

CPPDSM4059A Monitor space use in the property industry

CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4231 Manage commercial property maintenance

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract, CPPDSM4043A Coordinate fit-out of property and facilities, CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities, CPPDSM4058A Monitor service requirements in the property industry, CPPDSM4059A Monitor space use in the property industry and CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage the maintenance of two commercial properties from two of the following categories:

office

industrial

retail.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing maintenance of commercial properties in the state or territory of operation:

Building Code of Australia (BCA) requirements for the property type and classification

compliance requirements associated with property maintenance

air conditioning

fire protection

lifts

agency documentation required to be prepared and completed when managing the maintenance of commercial properties

asset life cycles and implications for maintenance of commercial property

criteria used to prioritise maintenance activities and urgent repairs

maintenance activities typically covered by warranties and insurances

methods for sequencing maintenance contractors and activities to achieve time and resource efficiencies

methods for verifying maintenance activities are completed to specification

notification requirements for scheduling and implementing maintenance for commercial property

preventative and periodic maintenance requirements of commercial property

processes used to schedule and implement property maintenance

regulatory and ethical responsibilities and role of agents in managing commercial property maintenance

requirements and processes for obtaining and accepting competitive quotes for maintenance of commercial property

rights and obligations of lessors, lessees and property managers to maintain commercial properties

risks associated with commercial property maintenance to:

lessors

lessees

property managers

the public

types and purpose of property documentation that can inform maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to commercial property maintenance

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to commercial property maintenance

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to maintain documentation associated with commercial property maintenance

information to support the maintenance of two different types of commercial property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4232 Manage commercial property financial reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage financial reporting for commercial property management.

It includes collating and analysing income, expenditure and cash flow to plan and budget for financial reporting.

It also includes preparing required financial reports and evaluating financial outcomes for the property in consultation with lessors to identify and recommend actions for improvement.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan financial reporting for commercial property management.	1.1 Analyse property documentation to confirm financial reporting obligations according to client instructions or agreement. 1.2 Confirm types and purpose of required financial reports and reporting periods. 1.3 Schedule financial reporting activities to meet client requirements and accounting protocols.
2. Develop annual budget for commercial property.	2.1 Collate financial data for commercial property. 2.2 Analyse financial data to prepare forecasts for the financial year. 2.3 Prepare and document budget and tenancy schedules to meet agency requirements for commercial property management.
3. Coordinate financial reporting for commercial property.	3.1 Prepare financial reports according to client instructions. 3.2 Assess completed financial reports to verify sufficiency to meet reporting requirements and take required action to correct errors or omissions. 3.3 Distribute financial reports to lessor to meet agreed reporting timeframes and agency requirements.
4. Evaluate and improve financial outcomes for commercial property.	4.1 Assess financial outcomes for property to identify areas requiring improvement. 4.2 Recommend actions to improve financial outcomes in discussion with lessor and obtain feedback and further instruction from lessor. 4.3 Facilitate implementation of processes to improve financial outcomes for property according to lessor instructions. 4.4 Secure and maintain financial information and documentation according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4232 Manage commercial property financial reports

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must, for two separate commercial properties, develop financial reports for the lessor. These reports must include:

income and expenditure report

cashflow projection

statutory reporting.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing management of commercial property financial reports in the state or territory of operation

arrears recovery procedures

basic accounting techniques used to calculate income, expenditure and cash flow

budgeting process for commercial property financial management

information to be contained in financial reports for commercial property

methods for collecting and recording income for commercial property

methods for controlling and paying expenditure for commercial property

methods for setting up and administering budgets for commercial property

outgoings recovery and management processes for commercial property

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in managing commercial property financial reports

types, purpose and reporting periods of commercial property financial reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to managing commercial property financial reports

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to managing commercial property financial reports

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to prepare a range of required commercial property financial reports

accountant or other professional to assist in the preparation of commercial property financial reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4233 Manage lessee relationships - commercial

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4062A Occupy space. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage lessee relationships for commercial property tenancies.

It includes supporting lessees to comply with the terms and conditions of the lease when occupying properties including managing contingency requests associated with subletting and assignment of commercial leases.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm lease arrangements with lessee.	1.1 Consult with lessee to plan commercial property occupation and confirm rights and obligations under the lease. 1.2 Clarify lessee needs and expectations for property use and fit-out and provide advice to ensure compliance with lease and lessor instructions. 1.3 Schedule processes for collecting rent and outgoings according to agency requirements. 1.4 Verify acceptance of terms and conditions of lease and implement contingency processes as required in consultation with lessee. 1.5 Document schedules and agreed actions according to agency requirements.
2. Support lessee to comply with commercial lease.	2.1 Coordinate collection of rent and outgoings according to agreed schedule and lease requirements. 2.2 Conduct property inspection to confirm compliance with lease requirements. 2.3 Seek feedback from lessee to monitor property condition and use and identify issues or concerns. 2.4 Implement rent reviews and contributions to expenses. 2.5 Implement required actions to resolve lessee issues or concerns within the constraints of the lease and lessor instructions. 2.6 Seek specialist assistance and lessor instructions to resolve lessee issues or concerns outside the scope of the lease. 2.7 Document property inspection results and actions taken according to agency requirements.
3. Manage lessee contingency requests.	3.1 Respond to request to sublet portion of commercial property. 3.2 Gain lessor acceptance for subletting and implement required processes. 3.3 Respond to request for assignment of lease. 3.4 Gain lessor acceptance for assignment of lease and implement required processes.
4. Facilitate lease renewal.	4.1 Facilitate the exercise of options with lessee according to lease requirements. 4.2 Coordinate negotiation for renewal of lease or new lease to meet lessee requirements. 4.3 Secure and maintain lessee documentation to inform future negotiations according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret commercial property leases that contain legal terminology

numeracy skills to calculate rent and outgoings

technology skills to access and use agency databases to record lessee interactions.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4062A Occupy space.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4233 Manage lessee relationships - commercial

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4062A Occupy space. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop and manage two lessee relationships. These must include:

completing at least one new lease agreement

co-ordinating and undertaking at least one inspection

organising the exercise of option or renewal of lease

actioning at least 2 lessee contingency requests.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency documentation required to be completed when managing lessee relationships for commercial property

fit-out, repair and make-good obligations of lessees of commercial property

legislation relating to the lease of commercial property in the state or territory of operation

methods for calculating and collecting rent and outgoings for commercial property

methods for preparing a tenancy schedule

needs of lessees in different types of commercial property:

industrial

retail

office

purpose and types of option clauses in commercial leases

methods by which lessees can exercise their options

time limits for exercising options

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of real estate agents when managing lessee relationships for commercial property

requirements for subletting and assignment of a commercial lease

types of outgoings required to be paid by lessees of a commercial property

types of securities, guarantees and insurance required to protect lessors of commercial property.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation for managing lessee relationships for commercial property

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to lease of commercial property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, manage and monitor lessee relationships

two lessees and arrangements for the lease of two different types of commercial property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4234 Manage lessor relationships - commercial

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage lessor relationships for commercial property tenancies.

It includes seeking lessor instructions to resolve lessee issues or concerns, analysing market trends and evaluating services to facilitate asset management opportunities.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm property management services and lessor requirements.	1.1 Introduce lessor to property management team and explain property management processes. 1.2 Clarify rights and obligations of lessor and lessee according to lease terms and conditions. 1.3 Schedule reporting processes and timeframes to meet lessor requirements. 1.4 Confirm lessor instructions for property management and provide information or advice to resolve issues or concerns. 1.5 Document agreed schedules and actions according to agency requirements.
2. Report to lessor on commercial property management activities.	2.1 Seek lessor instructions to resolve issues or concerns associated with lessee, property or lease. 2.2 Consult with lessor to monitor satisfaction with property management services and provide information or advice in response to additional requirements. 2.3 Document reports and actions taken in response to lessor requirements.
3. Facilitate asset management opportunities and maintain documentation.	3.1 Analyse commercial property market trends to identify opportunities to meet specific lessor needs and preferences. 3.2 Evaluate commercial property management services and identify opportunities to enhance lessor property portfolio. 3.3 Present findings to lessor and document instructions. 3.4 Secure and maintain lessor documentation according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret commercial property leases that contain legal terminology

numeracy skills to prepare financial reports

technology skills to access and use agency databases to record lessor instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4234 Manage lessor relationships - commercial

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and action a documented plan and communication schedule to manage at least 2 lessor relationships involving commercial property from two of the following categories:

industrial

office

retail.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency documentation required to be completed when managing lessor relationships for commercial property

legal rights, responsibilities and obligations of lessors in a commercial property lease

legislation relating to the lease of commercial property in the state or territory of operation

methods for preparing a tenancy schedule

needs of lessors in different types of commercial property:

industrial

office

retail

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents when managing lessor relationships for commercial property

types and purpose financial reports to be prepared for lessors of commercial property

types of outgoings required to be paid by lessors of a commercial property

types of securities, guarantees and insurance required to protect lessors of commercial property.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation for managing lessor relationships for commercial property

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to lease of commercial property

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, manage and monitor lessor relationships

two lessors and arrangements for the lease of two different types of commercial property.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4235 End commercial property lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to end a commercial property lease.

It includes analysing lease documentation to clarify the circumstances of termination and obligations of lessors and lessees, and monitoring and negotiating termination processes including make good, handover and financial settlement.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to request to terminate commercial property lease.	1.1 Receive request to end lease and clarify circumstances requiring termination. 1.2 Analyse lease documentation to verify conditions of termination and confirm lessor and lessee responsibilities. 1.3 Clarify make-good obligations and property handover requirements. 1.4 Inform lessor and lessee of termination request according to agency requirements. 1.5 Document request to terminate lease according to legislative requirements. 1.6 Seek specialist advice as required to clarify contractual obligations and inform lessor and lessee.
2. Implement and monitor processes to terminate commercial property lease.	2.1 Notify lessor and lessee of responsibilities and obligations associated with lease termination. 2.2 Consult with lessee to monitor satisfactory completion of make-good requirements. 2.3 Conduct and document property inspection to verify outgoing property condition according to terms and conditions of lease. 2.4 Facilitate financial settlement according to terms and conditions of lease. 2.5 Record financial transactions according to legislative requirements.
3. Finalise termination of commercial property lease.	3.1 Organise and monitor property handover procedure to lessor satisfaction. 3.2 Negotiate with lessor and lessee to resolve areas of conflict. 3.3 Identify breach of lease terms and conditions, and implement actions required for resolution according to agency requirements. 3.4 Complete and secure end of lease documentation according to legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to record observations during property inspections

reading skills to interpret lease documents that may include legal terminology

speaking skills to negotiate and resolve conflict

numeracy skills to calculate financial payments for lease settlement

problem-solving skills to recognise breaches of lease and apply specific lease clauses to circumstances of termination.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4235 End commercial property lease

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must document and action a plan for the termination of commercial leases in two of the following circumstances:

expiry of term of lease

frustration of lease

breach of lease

surrender of lease.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing termination of commercial property leases

required documentation to be completed and maintained when ending commercial property leases

assignment and sub-leasing procedures

circumstances that may lead to termination of a commercial lease:

breach of lease

frustration of lease

expiry of term of lease

surrender of lease

fit-out, repair and make-good obligations

lease breach or default notification procedures and consequences

methods and considerations for financial settlement when terminating leases for commercial property:

arrears recovery

cash settlement in lieu of make-good

payment of monies owed

return of bond

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of real estate agents in terminating commercial property leases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to ending commercial property leases

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to ending commercial property leases

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to prepare documentation and maintain records for the termination of commercial property leases

lessees, lessors and information to support the termination of commercial property leases.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4261 Appraise business for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4029A Appraise business, CPPDSM4079A Work in the business broking sector, CPPDSM5033A Merge or acquire a business and CPPDSM5038A Value a business. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to appraise a business for sale.

It includes accessing and analysing market, business and financial data to determine an appraised price, and presenting a documented appraisal report to the client.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain, interpret and confirm instructions.	1.1 Confirm client requirements and instructions for business appraisal according to legislative requirements. 1.2 Discuss agency requirements and processes for business appraisal with client. 1.3 Confirm status and ownership of business to be appraised. 1.4 Obtain agreement to proceed with business appraisal according to legislative requirements.
2. Conduct research to support business appraisal.	2.1 Select and apply business appraisal methodology suitable to the business type and available information. 2.2 Access and analyse required documents, reports and financial data for business being appraised. 2.3 Access and analyse current market data and trends effecting sale of business being appraised. 2.4 Verify accuracy and reliability of collated data and seek additional information according to appraisal methodology.
3. Complete business appraisal and present to client.	3.1 Analyse research findings to ascertain final appraisal and record outcome according to agency requirements and client instructions. 3.2 Prepare business appraisal report in an acceptable format, highlighting findings and rationale. 3.3 Present report to client. 3.4 Securely retain records and documentation according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to analyse and calculate the profitability of businesses for sale

technology skills to use the internet and databases to access market information.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4029A Appraise business

CPPDSM4079A Work in the business broking sector

CPPDSM5033A Merge or acquire a business

CPPDSM5038A Value a business.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4261 Appraise business for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4029A Appraise business, CPPDSM4079A Work in the business broking sector, CPPDSM5033A Merge or acquire a business and CPPDSM5038A Value a business. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare an appraisal report for two different businesses using suitable appraisal methodologies.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing the conduct of business appraisals in the state or territory of operation

required documentation to be completed and maintained when appraising businesses for sale

appraisal methodologies suitable for different types of businesses

basic accounting principles and techniques for checking financial statements and the ownership and status of businesses

business appraisal processes:

content and format of business appraisal reports

factors that influence whether businesses are comparable for appraisal purposes

information required to be gathered and analysed for business appraisals

key sources of information required for business appraisals

industry benchmarks for the appraisal of different types of businesses

methods for estimating goodwill

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in appraising businesses for sale

types and purpose of financial records to be analysed for business appraisal purposes

types of assets required to be considered as part of a business appraisal.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to appraising businesses for sale

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the appraisal of businesses for sale

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to conduct research and prepare reports for the appraisal of businesses for sale

client briefs and financial and performance information to support the appraisal of two different businesses for sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4262 Establish vendor relationships in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to attract vendor-agency relationships and to work with vendors to provide business broking services to meet their specific needs and preferences.

It includes completing agency documentation for the listing and sale of businesses and setting up vendor communication processes to provide feedback on the sales process.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prospect to attract potential vendors.	1.1 Identify and plan suitable prospecting methods to attract business listings according to agency requirements. 1.2 Apply prospecting methods to create opportunities to establish vendor–agency relationships. 1.3 Explain agency business broking services that meet specific vendor preferences and requirements. 1.4 Address vendor questions or concerns and offer information or services that attract relationships. 1.5 Record communications with potential vendors according to agency requirements.
2. Confirm sale context.	2.1 Identify vendor needs and preferences. 2.2 Determine business structure, ownership, scope of operation and contractual arrangements impacting sale. 2.3 Determine business attributes, goodwill and financial position. 2.4 Record vendor requirements and factors impacting sale according to agency requirements.
3. Complete documentation for listing.	3.1 Explain listing and sales process to vendor and seek additional information to ensure mutual and comprehensive understanding of vendor and agency requirements. 3.2 Prepare and execute documentation for business listing according to legislative requirements. 3.3 Retain vendor records and documentation according to agency requirements.
4. Set up vendor communication processes.	4.1 Plan communication methods and timeframes for providing feedback on sales process in consultation with vendor. 4.2 Record and apply vendor communication processes according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret agency documents that include legal terminology

numeracy skills to calculate the goodwill of businesses

technology skills to access and use agency databases when prospecting for vendors.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4262 Establish vendor relationships in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

develop and implement one prospecting plan with timeframes and activities to attract potential vendors

establish vendor relationships and complete documentation for two different business listings.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

required documentation to be prepared and executed for business listing and sale

communication processes to provide vendors with feedback on the sales process

factors that can impact the sale of a business and strategies for addressing each:

business structure

business ownership

contractual arrangements

attributes

goodwill

financial position

legislation relating to the listing and sale of businesses in the state or territory of operation

listing and sales processes used in business broking

prospecting purpose and methods used in real estate to attract business listings

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents when managing vendor–agency relationships

scope of agency business broking services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation for establishing vendor relationships in business broking including listing agreements

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the sale of businesses

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, manage and monitor vendor relationships in business broking

potential vendors for the sale of two different businesses.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4263 Manage buyer relationships in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage buyer relationships in business broking.

It includes presenting the features of listed businesses to potential buyers according to vendor instructions and assisting buyers to make an informed offer.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to buyer enquiry for purchase of business.	1.1 Respond promptly to buyer enquiries and ascertain their needs and preferences. 1.2 Record details of buyer enquiries and information provided according to agency requirements.
2. Present business to buyer.	2.1 Assess buyer suitability against business listing and vendor instructions. 2.2 Offer information to buyer about listed business to meet their requirements. 2.3 Present features of listed business according to vendor instructions and seek buyer feedback to monitor interest in listing. 2.4 Provide buyer with required information to address issues or concerns associated with business or terms of sale.
3. Assist buyer to make an offer.	3.1 Organise buyer inspection of business premises and financial records while maintaining vendor confidentiality. 3.2 Discuss and confirm inventory and equipment associated with sale, staged purchase and retention arrangements. 3.3 Recommend sources of specialist advice to assist buyer to gain full understanding of purchase and tax implications. 3.4 Maintain communication to support buyer and to encourage an offer to be made. 3.5 Record buyer interactions according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret agency documents that include legal terminology

numeracy skills to interpret numerical data to understand the financial position of businesses for sale

technology skills to access and use agency databases to record buyer information.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4263 Manage buyer relationships in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must identify and assist at least 2 buyers, in two separate occasions, in the purchase of a business.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

required documentation to be completed when interacting with buyers

business structures and features that can impact sale

legislation relating to the sale of businesses in the state or territory of operation

legal and ethical responsibilities of real estate agents when managing buyer relationships in business broking

methods for presenting businesses to potential buyers

methods of buyer enquiry in business broking

role of the real estate agent in establishing and maintaining buyer relationships for the sale of businesses

strategies to match buyer needs and preferences to listed business

techniques to manage conflict between buyers and vendors in business broking.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation for managing buyer relationships in business broking

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the sale of businesses

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, manage and monitor buyer relationships in business broking

buyers for two different business listings.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4264 Manage the sales process in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4053A List business for sale and CPPDSM4069A Promote and market listed business. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage the business sales process while maintaining vendor privacy and confidentiality.

It includes negotiating the terms and conditions of sale, organising the execution of sales documentation, and monitoring contracts through to settlement.

It also involves administering and securing deposits and agreements and resolving issues to ensure the successful conclusion of the sale.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Negotiate requirements and complete sale of business.	1.1 Maintain communication with vendor and during the sales process. 1.2 Identify and resolve issues that may impact the successful conclusion of the sale. 1.3 Negotiate price, terms and conditions of sale of business. 1.4 Negotiate conflict or deadlocks and confirm terms with parties to the sale. 1.5 Administer and secure deposit according to legislative requirements.
2. Organise execution of documentation for sale of business.	2.1 Provide disclosure documentation according legislative requirements. 2.2 Prepare sales documentation according to agency requirements. 2.3 Arrange completion of sales documentation by all parties to the sale. 2.4 Facilitate engagement of legal advisor according to type of sale and complete pre-settlement processes according to legislative requirements.
3. Monitor contract settlement.	3.1 Monitor progress of contract and adherence to conditions of sale according to agency requirements. 3.2 Maintain communication with all parties to the sale to facilitate contract settlement. 3.3 Confirm settlement has concluded and complete post-settlement processes.
4. Review and complete post-sale processes.	4.1 Evaluate vendor and buyer satisfaction to establish future business opportunities. 4.2 Update databases to inform future prospecting activities.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete agency documentation for the sale of businesses

reading skills to interpret agreements and contracts for the sale of businesses

numeracy skills to calculate terms of sale and deposits.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4053A List business for sale

CPPDSM4069A Promote and market listed business.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4264 Manage the sales process in business broking

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4053A List business for sale and CPPDSM4069A Promote and market listed business. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must document and implement a plan to manage the sales process for two different businesses.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal and agency documentation to be completed and maintained for the sale of businesses

contracts and agreements used for the sale of businesses

legal requirements applying to retail businesses in the state or territory of operation

deposit requirements for different types of businesses

factors that may impact the successful conclusion of a business sale:

buyer capacity and credentials

confidentiality agreements

involvement of third parties in the negotiation or sales process

legal requirements

status of business structure or ownership

vendor motivation and requirements

legislation and regulations governing the sale of businesses in the state or territory of operation

negotiation techniques used to facilitate agreement between vendors and buyers and to break deadlocks

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in the sale of businesses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to the sale of businesses

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the sale of businesses

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to maintain records and information associated with the sale of businesses

vendors, buyers and information to support the sale of two different businesses.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4301 Confirm and market livestock for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPDSM4068A Prepare livestock for sale at saleyards and CPPDSM4075A Select livestock for sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to confirm and market livestock for sale.

It includes confirming livestock characteristics, ownership and preferred method of sale, identifying potential buyers, preparing promotional material for livestock and arranging delivery of livestock for sale.

The unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the real estate stock and station sector.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm vendor requirements for livestock sale.	1.1	Confirm livestock ownership and method of sale.
1.2	Document type, condition and characteristics of livestock.
1.3	Discuss market conditions and impact on price.
1.4	Complete sales documentation according to legislative requirements.
2	Prepare for agreed method of sale.	2.1	Prepare description of livestock.
2.2	Prepare promotional material for livestock, according to agreed method of sale.
2.3	Identify and document potential buyers.
2.4	Organise sale date and location.
2.5	Organise opportunities for inspection of livestock.
2.6	Identify risk and risk controls for sale of livestock.
3	Arrange delivery of livestock for sale.	3.1	Confirm and document transport requirements according to agreed method of sale.
3.2	Arrange delivery of livestock according to seller instructions.
3.3	Prepare documentation associated with delivery of livestock according to legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4068A Prepare livestock for sale at saleyards

CPPDSM4075A Select livestock for sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4301 Confirm and market livestock for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPDSM4068A Prepare livestock for sale at saleyards and CPPDSM4075A Select livestock for sale. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must plan to and sell livestock on two different occasions using two of the methods below:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

livestock

breed, age, sex, condition, classes, weights, pregnancy status

livestock selling methods:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm

sale price and conditions:

price per head

price per kilo dress weight

price per kilo live weight

sale to abattoir

live export

feedlots

livestock transportation

livestock welfare

assessment of livestock

quarantine

curfews

prescribed documentation in the state or territory of operation

legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation

livestock inspection requirements

procedures for identifying and verifying ownership of livestock

encumbrances on livestock:

livestock mortgages

bills of sale

agent’s fees

overdrafts

removal of encumbrances

pre- and post-saleyard procedures

role of the agent in providing livestock sale services

risks and risk management strategies associated with sale of livestock

ethical practices associated with sale of livestock

agency forms and documentation required for sale of livestock

agency livestock records

processes to determine price range expectations for livestock

market indicators for livestock value.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

livestock records and databases

sources of information about livestock condition and ownership

market indicator information

procedures, forms and documents for sale of livestock

details of at least two lots of livestock for sale by two different methods of sale

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4302 Prepare livestock for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4077A Sell livestock by private sale. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare for the sale of livestock.

It includes preparing livestock for sale including establishing and confirming requirements and details for the National Livestock Identification System (NLIS), taking delivery of livestock and organising transportation of livestock including confirming requirements and details for the Livestock Production Assurance National Vendor Declaration (LPA NVD).

This unit applies to people working in or seeking to work in the real estate stock and station sector.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Arrange transport of livestock according to sales method.	1.1	Plan and document with client, transport arrangements and delivery schedule for movement of livestock.
1.2	Identify, assess and manage risk associated with the transport, delivery, drafting and penning of livestock according to agency and legislative requirements.
1.3	Confirm transport arrangements with carrier according to delivery schedule.
2	Prepare livestock for sale.	2.1	Organise adequate staff to take delivery of livestock.
2.2	Record delivery details of livestock in line with site requirements.
2.3	Arrange receival penning to ensure availability for delivery.
2.4	Prepare pre-sales catalogues according to requirements of sale, LPA NVD and NLIS.
3	Organise drafting and penning of livestock.	3.1	Arrange supplementary branding as required.
3.2	Coordinate drafting and, as required, weighing of livestock prior to final penning according to sale requirements.
3.3	Coordinate placement of livestock in final allocated pens according to sale requirements.
3.4	Display information about livestock as required by agency and saleyard.
3.5	Record details of livestock in sales register according to sale requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills and analytical skills to interpret source documents, including the NLIS and the LPA NVD

technology skills to access information via the internet, databases, business records management systems (particularly for the NLIS)

numeracy skills to draft and weigh livestock as required.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4077A Sell livestock by private sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4302 Prepare livestock for sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4077A Sell livestock by private sale. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must document and implement a plan to prepare livestock for sale on two different occasions using two of the methods below:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

livestock:

breed, age, sex, condition, classes, weights, pregnancy status

livestock selling methods:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm

sale price and conditions:

price per head

price per kilo dress weight

price per kilo live weight

sale to abattoir

live export

feedlots

livestock transportation

livestock welfare

assessment of livestock

quarantine

curfews

prescribed documentation in the state or territory of operation including National Livestock Identification System (NLIS), Livestock Production Assurance National Vendor Declaration (LPA NVD)

legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation

livestock inspection requirements

procedures for identifying and verifying ownership of livestock

pre- and post-saleyard procedures

role of the agent in preparing livestock for sale

risks and risk management strategies associated with preparing livestock for sale

ethical practices associated with preparing livestock for sale

required forms and documentation to prepare livestock for sale

agency livestock records and processes to update details

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

livestock records and databases

sources of information about livestock condition and ownership

sources of information about NLIS, LPA NVD and transport options for livestock

procedures and forms/documents for sale of livestock

details of at least two lots of livestock for sale by two different methods of sale including catalogue requirements and penning requirements.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4303 Establish vendor and buyer relationships in livestock sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4024A Advise clients on livestock sale and purchase options. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish vendor and buyer relationships to support livestock sales.

It includes planning activities to achieve livestock listings, establishing vendor and buyer needs and expectations, completing an agreement with the vendor for sale of livestock, establishing a plan for ongoing communication with vendors and buyers and maintaining records associated with the vendor and buyer relationships.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the stock and station sector of real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan prospecting methods.	1.1	Analyse prospecting methods.
1.2	Identify methods appropriate to target market, and personal and agency brand.
1.3	Apply prospecting methods to create opportunities and interest in establishing vendor and buyer relationships.
2	Develop vendor relationship.	2.1	Record vendor profile, preferences and expectations in relation to purchase of livestock.
2.2	Prepare agreement between agent and vendor for sale of livestock.
2.3	Prepare livestock sale documentation according to legislative requirements.
2.4	Develop vendor communication plan.
3	Develop buyer relationship.	3.1	Confirm and document buyer preferences for purchase of livestock.
3.2	Promote personal and agency brand in communication with buyer.
3.3	Engage buyer in agency communication and advertising for livestock, matching buyer preferences and expectations.
3.4	Develop buyer communication plan.
4	Maintain vendor and buyer records.	4.1	Document interactions with vendors and buyers.
4.2	Maintain records of agency–vendor and agency–buyer relationships.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria

technology skills to access information via the internet, databases, business records management systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4024A Advise clients on livestock sale and purchase options.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4303 Establish vendor and buyer relationships in livestock sale

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4024A Advise clients on livestock sale and purchase options. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

develop, document and implement a plan for prospecting for vendors and buyers including:

analysing prospecting methods for a target market

identifying methods that would incorporate establishing a relationship with vendors and buyers

document buyer preferences for purchase of livestock

prepare and complete livestock sale documentation according to legislative requirements.

develop and implement a communication strategy for buyers and vendors to address client needs and expectations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

prospecting purpose and methods

agency and personal brand

strategies for attracting vendors and buyers

processes for livestock sales

livestock selling methods

techniques for establishing and maintaining agency–client relationships

vendor and buyer expectations and preferences for:

method of sale

timeframe for sale

marketing

communications

role of the agent in selling livestock

ethical standards and regulatory requirements associated with selling livestock including animal welfare

privacy standards and confidentiality of client data

agency practices in relation to marketing and communication

documents and record keeping required as part selling livestock

agency fees, charges, and conditions

legislation and local government regulations relating to selling livestock in the state or territory of operation

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

real estate livestock sales procedures, forms and documents

legislation and local government regulations relating to selling livestock in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4304 Complete sales process - livestock

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to complete the livestock sales process.

It includes responding to buyer enquiries, arranging inspections, negotiating the sale, completing sales documentation and arranging delivery to buyer.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the real estate stock and station sector.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Respond to and document buyer enquiry.	1.1	Receive, record and respond to buyer enquiry for livestock.
1.2	Confirm and document potential buyer details.
1.3	Provide and confirm description of livestock to potential buyer.
1.4	Organise inspection of livestock in consultation with vendor and buyer.
2	Negotiate sale of livestock.	2.1	Inspect livestock according to agreed inspection requirements, and agency practice and processes.
2.2	Negotiate sale of livestock with vendor and buyer.
2.3	Document agreed vendor and buyer terms and conditions of sale.
2.4	Prepare contracts and documentation for sale of livestock according to legislative requirements.
2.5	Use ethical and professional practices to negotiate sale of livestock.
3	Complete sale of livestock.	3.1	Secure deposits for sale of livestock.
3.2	Complete arrangements for payment according to agency practice, ethical standards and legislative requirements.
3.3	Negotiate and document agreed requirements for transport of livestock with vendor and buyer.
3.4	Arrange delivery of livestock according to vendor and buyer instructions.
4	Complete documentation.	4.1	Complete documentation associated with delivery of livestock to buyer according to agency practice, ethical standards and legislative requirements.
4.2	Update details of livestock sale, and vendor and buyer information in agency records management systems.
4.3	Record negotiated follow-up communication with vendor or buyer.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4304 Complete sales process - livestock

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must document and implement a strategy to negotiate and finalise the sale of livestock on two different occasions using two of the methods below:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

livestock:

breed, age, sex, condition, classes, weights, pregnancy status

livestock selling methods:

private treaty

auction

sale yards

on farm

sale price and conditions:

price per head

price per kilo dress weight

price per kilo live weight

sale to abattoir

live export

feedlots

livestock transportation

livestock welfare

assessment of livestock

quarantine

curfews

prescribed documentation in the state or territory of operation

legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation

livestock inspection requirements

procedures for identifying and verifying ownership of livestock

encumbrances on livestock:

livestock mortgages

bills of sale

agent’s fees

overdrafts

removal of encumbrances

pre- and post-saleyard procedures

role of the agent in providing livestock sale services

ethical practices associated with the sale of livestock

required forms and documentation for the sale of livestock

agency livestock records

processes to determine price range expectations for livestock

market indicators for livestock value

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

livestock records and databases

sources of information about livestock condition and ownership

procedures and forms/documents for sale of livestock

details of at least two lots of livestock for sale by two different methods of sale.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4501 Prepare to complete the sales process - off the plan properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to collate information to support sales of off the plan properties in real estate.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review information from developer.	1.1 Determine and outline details and any limitations to property title. 1.2 Confirm terms of sale, development schedule and completion date. 1.3 Determine building construction characteristics and level of input permitted for buyers on finishes and appliances.
2. Evaluate information from developer about negotiable areas.	2.1 Confirm price range for negotiation and minimum acceptable deposit. 2.2 Confirm schedule and conditions for progress payments. 2.3 Identify negotiable areas in contract conditions, including penalty clauses.
3. Establish and document contingency provisions.	3.1 Establish and document provisions for when completed building does not meet specifications. 3.2 Establish and document provisions for when building construction does not meet scheduled timeframes. 3.3 Establish and document provisions for sales that do not settle. 3.4 Access and interpret relevant legislation for off the plan sales.
4. Prepare sale information.	4.1 Collate information about property to support sale settlement. 4.2 Prepare an information pack to facilitate property sale.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4501 Prepare to complete the sales process - off the plan properties

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare information packs for two off the plan properties in different developments for use by an agency to facilitate sale of the properties.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to the sales process for off the plan properties in real estate

disclosure requirements relevant to off the plan properties, including material facts

ethical standards and regulatory requirements relating to off the plan properties

unit entitlements and by-laws for strata property

protocols to follow when preparing information for off the plan properties

buyer expectations:

comprehensive information about proposed building

method of sale and payments

sales timeframe

contract conditions, including penalty clauses and input to finishes and appliances.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

full documentation for two off the plan properties in different developments to allow for creation of comprehensive information packs

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment and information required to prepare documentation in a real estate agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4502 Support providers of social and community housing

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work in conjunction with providers of social and community housing to manage property and tenancies.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review agreement with social or community housing provider.	1.1 Confirm requirements of social or community housing provider to manage property and tenancies. 1.2 Access and interpret legislative requirements for social or community housing. 1.3 Analyse requirements of provider to establish the scope of services to be provided. 1.4 Confirm capacity of agency to provide required services.
2. Manage social or community housing property.	2.1 Examine and follow policies and procedures to meet requirements for managing property. 2.2 Schedule and manage cyclic property maintenance processes. 2.3 Manage processes for responding to requests for repairs.
3. Manage social or community housing tenancies.	3.1 Establish tenancy requirement requests from housing providers or case workers. 3.2 Apply legislative requirements for residential tenancies. 3.3 Manage establishment of tenancy agreement, rent and bond. 3.4 Manage breaches of tenancy agreement in consultation with housing providers or case workers.
4. Maintain relationship with housing provider and support agencies.	4.1 Identify responsibilities and boundaries of the real estate agency, housing provider and support agencies in dealing with tenancy problems. 4.2 Establish and maintain communication channels that ensure effective management of tenancies.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4502 Support providers of social and community housing

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and implement a management strategy for a social housing property to support providers of social and community housing by:

reviewing one agreement with a social or community housing provider

developing and implementing one plan to manage social or community housing property and community housing tenancies

developing and implementing one plan for maintaining relationships with housing provider and support agencies.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to management of property and tenancies in social and community housing, in particular legislation regarding smoke alarms in individual, group and shared housing contexts

types of social and community housing providers

types of social and community housing

scope and processes for managing social and community housing properties

maintenance

repairs

security

scope and processes for managing social and community tenancies

processes for identifying and meeting the needs of tenants in social and community housing

processes and techniques for working effectively and collaboratively with social or community housing providers and support workers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

sufficient documentation of a social or community property and tenancies to allow for preparation of required documents

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment required to prepare documentation in a real estate agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4503 Present at hearings in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals. Updated to meet industry currency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to appear effectively before a hearing.

It includes preparing for hearings, using hearing etiquette, participating in conciliation hearings and presenting a case to a hearing.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare case for hearing.	1.1 Examine the process for making an application for a hearing. 1.2 Access and interpret decisions and precedents relevant to the matter to be heard. 1.3 Prepare and analyse evidence and other documentation required for the hearing. 1.4 Seek advice from appropriate professionals to assist in preparing for the hearing. 1.5 Determine the need for expert witnesses and explain their role in the hearing. 1.6 Participate in pre-hearing briefings.
2. Prepare documents and coordinate attendees for hearing.	2.1 Complete documentation required for application accurately. 2.2 Prepare documents for presentation to hearing. 2.3 On receipt of hearing details, coordinate documents and attendees.
3. Participate in conciliation process.	3.1 Determine purpose and role of conciliation in the hearing process. 3.2 Explore opportunities to resolve the matter through conciliation. 3.3 Disclose documented evidence to be used in the hearing. 3.4 Assess offers of conciliation against the likely outcome of continuing with the hearing. 3.5 Record relevant information during the conciliation process.
4. Use hearing etiquette.	4.1 Use appropriate protocols for entering, participating in and leaving the hearing. 4.2 Use appropriate manner and relevant language when addressing the hearing.
5. Present case at hearing.	5.1 Apply hearing rules and procedures. 5.2 Outline the case clearly and concisely. 5.3 Respond appropriately to submissions from respondents. 5.4 Respond appropriately to hearing questions and directions.
6. Complete hearing processes.	6.1 Request statement of reasons for hearing decision. 6.2 Notify and explain hearing outcome to interested parties. 6.3 Complete documentation and reports, and store according to agency practise.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

planning, organising and scheduling skills to prepare for and participate in conciliation and hearings

oral communication skills to clarify procedures and respond to questions in conciliation and hearing processes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4503 Present at hearings in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals. Updated to meet industry currency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and present one case for a simulated conciliation session and one case for a simulated hearing in real estate.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation, and local government regulations relevant to presenting at hearings in real estate

disclosure requirements relevant to presenting at hearings in real estate

ethical standards relating to presenting at hearings in real estate

protocols to follow when presenting at hearings in real estate

purpose and role of conciliation in the real estate industry

role and jurisdiction of hearings of matters relating to property operations

key features of the rules of evidence

powers and role of property-related hearings

hearing procedures and requirements

documentation required for applications to hearings

procedure to be followed for presenting a case to a hearing

procedure to be followed where a matter has been settled prior to hearing

process for making an application to a hearing

role of expert witnesses

hearing etiquette.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

detailed scenario and associated documentation for a complex real estate matter that is sufficient to provide a realistic simulation of a conciliation process and a hearing

relevant policies, procedures and associated documentation meeting the full industry standard for a mid-size real estate agency

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for research and documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4504 Deliver presentations to clients in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4018A Prepare and present property reports. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to present information to clients in real estate in a planned, structured and professional manner.

The unit applies to industry professionals acting on behalf of principals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare a presentation	1.1 Establish presentation purpose. 1.2 Identify audience characteristics for the presentation. 1.3 Select presentation techniques to match audience characteristics, presentation purpose and required outcomes. 1.4 Select format and equipment for presentation according to audience characteristics. 1.5 Research and prepare information and materials to support presentation. 1.6 Prepare presentation and plan timing to meet time constraints. 1.7 Prepare strategy to collect client feedback and responses.
2. Conduct presentation.	2.1 Use techniques, materials and equipment to present information. 2.2 Present information clearly and sequentially following planned timings. 2.3 Respond to audience questions. 2.4 Summarise key concepts and conclude presentation.
3. Review presentation.	3.1 Analyse and discuss feedback and responses to review effectiveness of presentation. 3.2 Use review outcomes to make notes about improvements to presentation content, techniques and delivery.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4018A Prepare and present property reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4504 Deliver presentations to clients in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM4018A Prepare and present property reports. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and deliver two separate presentations for real estate clients. They must also complete a review of their presentation to identify future areas of improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to the content of delivering presentations to clients in real estate

ethical practice in real estate

techniques to:

profile potential audience characteristics

select presentation techniques and technology appropriate to audience characteristics

select content to address audience characteristics and requirements

plan timing of presentations

select and use equipment, graphics, audio and materials to support effective delivery of content

use effective communication to deliver the presentation

gather and collate feedback to support review and improvements to the presentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

information to be presented to a group of clients

role descriptions and information for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment required to prepare presentations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4505 Value goods, chattels, plant and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4033A Assess and value goods, chattels, plant and equipment. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to value goods, chattels, plant and equipment.

It includes obtaining valuation instructions from the client, conducting research and inspection activities to support the valuation, applying appropriate methodologies to assess value, and presenting a documented valuation report to the client.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain, interpret and confirm instructions.	1.1 Confirm client requirements and instructions for the valuation of goods, chattels, plant and equipment according to legislative requirements. 1.2 Discuss agency requirements and processes for the valuation of goods, chattels, plant and equipment with client. 1.3 Confirm status and ownership of goods, chattels, plant and equipment offered for valuation. 1.4 Obtain written agreement to proceed with valuation according to legislation in the state or territory of operation.
2. Conduct research to support valuation.	2.1 Analyse documents, reports and historical financial records for goods, chattels, plant and equipment offered for valuation. 2.2 Analyse information to confirm history of goods and chattels and maintenance history of plant and equipment. 2.3 Analyse advice and preliminary market evidence of value and replacement costs of goods, chattels, plant and equipment. 2.4 Confirm safety and legal compliance of goods, chattels, plant and equipment according to legislative requirements.
3. Inspect goods, chattels, plant and equipment.	3.1 Arrange inspection of goods, chattels, plant and equipment in consultation with client. 3.2 Confirm identity of goods, chattels, plant and equipment offered for valuation according to with client instructions. 3.3 Conduct visual inspection of goods, chattels, plant and equipment to gather additional information to support valuation. 3.4 Record inspection details and compile field notes.
4. Apply valuation methodology.	4.1 Obtain and analyse cost and market information for goods, chattels, plant and equipment. 4.2 Select and apply valuation methodology suitable to the types of goods, chattels, plant and equipment considering data compiled from research and inspection activities. 4.3 Verify accuracy and reliability of collated data and seek additional information required to confirm valuation. 4.4 Assess value of goods, chattels, plant and equipment according to client instructions.
5. Complete valuation and present to client.	5.1 Analyse valuation findings to ascertain final valuation, and record according to agency requirements and client instructions. 5.2 Prepare valuation report in an acceptable format highlighting findings and rationale. 5.3 Present report to client. 5.4 Securely maintain records and documentation according to agency requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to calculate market value of goods, chattels, plant and equipment

technology skills to use the internet and databases to access market information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4033A Assess and value goods, chattels, plant and equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4505 Value goods, chattels, plant and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4033A Assess and value goods, chattels, plant and equipment. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare two valuation reports using different valuation methodologies.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislation and regulations governing the valuation of goods, chattels, plant and equipment in the state or territory of operation

required documentation to be completed and maintained when valuing goods, chattels, plant and equipment

valuation methodologies suitable for valuing goods, chattels, plant and equipment:

basic accounting principles and techniques for checking historical accounting records, cost and market information for goods, chattels, plant and equipment

ethical standards, regulatory requirements and role of agents in valuing goods, chattels, plant and equipment

types of goods and chattels that may be offered for valuation

types of plant and equipment that may be offered for valuation

valuation processes for goods, chattels, plant and equipment:

content and format of valuation reports

information required to be gathered and analysed to support valuation

key sources of information for obtaining history and market evidence

risk management strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

range of goods, chattels, plant and equipment for valuation

materials and equipment that meet the operational requirements for a real estate agency and support the valuation of goods, chattels, plant and equipment:

policies, procedures and documentation

relevant legislation in the state or territory of operation

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to conduct research and prepare reports

client briefs and financial and performance information to support the valuation of goods, chattels, plant and equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4506 Manage offsite and lone worker safety in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish, maintain and evaluate real estate agency safety controls for offsite and lone workers.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop safety controls.	1.1 Review existing safety controls for staff when travelling, working offsite and working alone in the agency. 1.2 Conduct safety risk assessments and develop safety controls for when travelling, working offsite and working alone in the agency. 1.3 Define the roles and responsibilities for all staff in maintaining their own safety and that of others. 1.4 Develop and document protocols for responding to safety incidents according to legislative requirements. 1.5 Examine policies and procedures to control risks.
2. Implement safety controls.	2.1 Develop and document implementation strategy for safety controls. 2.2 Facilitate implementation of safety controls and explain roles and responsibilities of all staff.
3. Review safety controls.	3.1 Plan and implement processes for monitoring the effectiveness of safety controls. 3.2 Create and monitor staff feedback system for safety controls. 3.3 Analyse and implement existing processes for controlling emerging risks, or develop processes as required.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4506 Manage offsite and lone worker safety in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop, implement, monitor and review essential offsite and lone worker safety controls for a real estate agency.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to offsite and lone worker safety

ethical standards in real estate relevant to offsite and lone worker safety

application of the hierarchy of risk control for offsite and lone worker safety

principles and techniques for:

applying the hierarchy of risk control

conducting safety risk assessments and developing safety controls

defining roles and responsibilities in implementing safety controls

developing policies and procedures to control risks to safety

developing implementation strategies for safety controls

developing and implementing a staff feedback system for safety controls

reviewing safety controls.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

documents for a real estate agency to allow risk assessment of working offsite and working alone

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4507 Provide property sustainability information in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to access, interpret, prepare and provide property sustainability information in the real estate industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect property sustainability information.	1.1 Analyse information about thermal performance, energy rating, energy efficiency and home sustainability requirements and assessments according to legislative requirements. 1.2 Analyse thermal performance, energy rating, energy efficiency and home sustainability assessment reports relating to the property and list characteristics that enhance sustainability. 1.3 Appraise property and consult with property owner to identify characteristics that enhance energy efficiency.
2. Prepare sustainability information.	2.1 Collate characteristics that impact on sustainability for residents, property and the environment. 2.2 Document sustainability features and benefits for inclusion in marketing materials according to legislative requirements.
3. Present property sustainability information.	3.1 Discuss features and benefits of property sustainability with clients. 3.2 Disclose all available information relating to property sustainability performance and refer to specialists for further advice.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4507 Provide property sustainability information in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must research and prepare information on the sustainability features of two properties. This information must illustrate how each property’s features benefit the client and the environment.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to preparing and providing property sustainability information in real estate

disclosure requirements relating to preparing and providing property sustainability information in real estate

ethical standards relating to preparing and providing property sustainability information in real estate

processes for:

analysing sustainability reports to list the characteristics of a building

appraising properties and consulting with the property owner to list property characteristics

collating lists of existing property characteristics and opportunities for enhancing thermal performance, energy efficiency, sustainability and lessening impacts on the environment

analysing property characteristics that enhance sustainability to document their features and benefits, and to select features and benefits that might enhance property marketability

researching and collating information about government sustainability support programs

documenting property sustainability information

disclosing all property sustainability information relating to performance and referring clients to specialists for further advice

characteristics of buildings that enhance thermal performance

jurisdictional energy rating programs and the characteristics of each of the ratings

characteristics of properties that enhance thermal performance

characteristics that impact on the energy efficiency of properties

characteristics that impact on the sustainability and environmental impact of properties:

orientation and insulation of buildings

energy sources

energy generation

potable water, grey water and black water systems

waste disposal systems

jurisdictional programs providing support for enhancing the sustainability and environmental impact of properties.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

business documentation relating to preparing and providing property sustainability information

documentation relating to thermal performance, energy rating, energy efficiency and home sustainability assessment reports

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a mid-size real estate agency, including:

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for researching and documenting property sustainability information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPREP4508 Conduct livestock auction

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4039A Conduct livestock sale by auction. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct an auction of livestock.

It includes accessing, interpreting and applying written instructions for the auction, calling an auction and completing the auction process.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the real estate stock and station sector.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm auction terms, conditions and presentation.	1.1	Confirm suitability of auction site and display of required auction advice and documentation according to legislative requirements.
1.2	Confirm suitability and operation of auction equipment.
1.3	Confirm availability and suitability of auction documentation, including instructions, authorities, contracts, reserve price and vendor bids.
1.4	Confirm number of registered bidders, online bidding and bidding by authority.
1.5	Confirm staff are available to facilitate the conduct of the auction.
2	Open auction.	2.1	Read out terms and conditions of sale by auction according to legislative requirements.
2.2	Identify livestock and vendor for each sales lot.
2.3	Describe livestock, consistent with description available to public.
2.4	Respond to questions from potential bidders and other parties.
2.5	Submit livestock for sale by auction and call for opening bids.
3	Manage auction to maintain flow.	3.1	Monitor bids and maintain auction process to achieve reserve or best price for each lot, including bidding increments and maintaining bidding momentum.
3.2	Manage bidding process, according to legislative requirements.
3.3	Exercise trial close strategy for each lot.
4	Complete auction.	4.1	Signify close of auction for each lot using appropriate methods.
4.2	Knock down livestock lot to successful bidder once reserve price has been met and all other bids exhausted.
4.3	Record sale details to maintain sales register and National Livestock Identification System (NLIS) details.
4.4	Pass in livestock lot when reserve price is not met and all bids exhausted.
4.5	Deliver records of auction transactions to agency to support timely preparation of financial records and completion of livestock sale.
4.6	Obtain feedback on conduct and outcome of auction.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4039A Conduct livestock sale by auction.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4508 Conduct livestock auction

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4039A Conduct livestock sale by auction. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

call one auction, including:

opening

managing bids

closing

prepare two reports for the following auction scenarios:

livestock passed in

livestock sold

develop a report assessing personal performance for the auction conducted; the report must identify personal strengths and opportunities for improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

auctioneer role, responsibilities and risks

reserve price:

definition

purpose

setting

auction instructions and auction day procedures

auction documentation

auction aids and equipment

staff required to support livestock auction

preparation of auction area:

access

identification of hazards

assessment of risks

implementation of risk controls

auction process:

stating rules and conditions of auction according to state or territory legislation

calling for bids:

disruptive bidders

potential collusive bidding practices

disputed bidding

retracted bids

closing bids including:

final call

fall of hammer

closing script

confirming or renegotiating reserve with seller as appropriate

describing livestock condition

identifying key features of contract

knocking down or passing in livestock as appropriate

use vendor bidding as appropriate according to legislative requirements.

capacity of bidders

negotiation techniques

legislation related to sale of livestock by auction in the state or territory of operation

penalties for breach of auction legislation

risks to clients, agency and self from auction activities

ethical practice in auctioneering including:

communication

neutrality in the auction process

ethical management of the bidding process

livestock:

breed, age, sex, condition, classes, weights, pregnancy status

sale price and conditions:

price per head

price per kilo dress weight

price per kilo live weight

sale to abattoir

live export

feedlots

livestock transportation

livestock welfare

assessment of livestock

quarantine

curfews

prescribed documentation in state or territory of operation including National Livestock Identification System (NLIS) and National Vendor Declaration (NVD)

risks and risk management strategies associated with preparing for sale of livestock

agency livestock records and processes to update details

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

auction scenarios, auction advice, auction plan

auction catalogue and description of livestock

bidders for livestock

sources of information about livestock condition and ownership

sources of information on NLIS, NVD

legislation relating to sale of livestock by auction in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4509 Auction goods, chattels or equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4038A Conduct goods, chattels or equipment clearing sale or auction. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare and conduct an auction of goods, chattels or equipment, including a clearing sale.

It includes preparing, conducting and completing the auction or clearing sale.

This unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for auction.	1.1	Prepare auction and sale documentation according to agency practice and legislative requirements.
1.2	Prepare and communicate instructions to assisting professionals and ensure auction documentation is available prior to auction date.
1.3	Prepare inventory of reserve and non-reserve items, including pricing requirements, according to agency practice.
1.4	Establish and document ownership of goods, chattels and equipment to be sold to enable clear title to be passed to buyers according to agency practice and legislative requirements.
1.5	Present goods, chattels and equipment to public using marketing materials agreed by seller to create product image.
1.6	Book and confirm staff and resources for auction day.
2	Implement auction day processes.	2.1	Confirm suitability of auction site and display of required auction advice and documentation according to legislative requirements.
2.2	Confirm suitability and operation of auction equipment.
2.3	Implement bidder security systems to eliminate theft and non-payment.
2.4	Confirm availability and suitability of auction documentation, including instructions, authorities, contracts, reserve price and vendor bids.
2.5	Confirm number of registered bidders, online bidding and bidding by authority.
2.6	Confirm staff are available to support the auction.
2.7	Present pre-auction offers from buyers to seller.
3	Open auction.	3.1	Read out terms and conditions of sale according to legislative requirements.
3.2	Describe goods, chattels and equipment, consistent with description available to public.
3.3	Respond to questions from potential bidders and other parties.
3.4	Submit goods, chattels and equipment for sale to solicit bids.
4	Manage auction to maintain flow.	4.1	Monitor bids and maintain auction process to achieve reserve or best price for each lot.
4.2	Manage bidding process according to legislative requirements.
4.3	Exercise trial close strategy for each lot.
5	Complete auction.	5.1	Signify close of auction for each lot using appropriate methods.
5.2	Knock down lot to successful bidder once reserve price has been met and all other bids exhausted.
5.3	Record sale details, including purchase name, immediately and accurately to maintain sales register.
5.4	Pass in lot when reserve price is not met and all bids exhausted.
5.5	Deliver records of auction transactions to agency to support timely preparation of financial records and completion of sale.
5.6	Obtain feedback on conduct and outcome of auction.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4038A Conduct goods, chattels or equipment clearing sale or auction.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4509 Auction goods, chattels or equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM4038A Conduct goods, chattels or equipment clearing sale or auction. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must:

call one auction, including:

opening

managing bids

closing

prepare two reports for the following auction scenarios:

passed in

sold

develop a report assessing personal performance for the auction conducted; the report must identify personal strengths and opportunities for improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

auctioneer role, responsibilities and risks

reserve price:

definition

purpose

setting

auction instructions and auction day procedures

auction documentation

auction aids and equipment

staff required to support auction

preparation of auction area:

access

identification of hazards

assessment of risks

implementation of risk controls

auction process:

stating rules and conditions of auction according to legislative requirements

calling for bids including:

disruptive bidders

potential collusive bidding practices

disputed bidding

retracting bids

closing bids including:

final call

fall of hammer

closing script

confirming or renegotiating reserve with seller as appropriate

describing lot condition

identifying salient features of contract

knocking down or passing in lot as appropriate

using vendor bidding as appropriate according to state or territory legislation

capacity of bidders

negotiation techniques

legislation related to sale of goods, chattels or equipment by auction in the state or territory of operation

penalties for breach of auction legislation

risks to the general public, clients, agency and self from auction activities

ethical practice in auctioneering:

communication

neutrality in the auction process

ethical management of the bidding process

agency sales records relating to the sale of goods, chattels and equipment and processes to update details

goods, chattels and equipment for different types of property

security measures

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

auction scenarios, auction advice, auction plan

auction catalogue and description of goods, chattels or equipment

bidders for goods, chattels or equipment

sources of information about goods, chattels or equipment condition and ownership

legislation relating to sale of goods, chattels or equipment by auction in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP4510 Manage short-term or holiday letting

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage short-term or holiday letting where a residential tenancy agreement is not required.

It includes managing bookings, maintaining premises and processing funds for deposit, accommodation, cancellations and miscellaneous charges, with a focus on providing professional guest service and satisfaction.

This unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Market property for short-term letting.	1.1	Identify and document property features.
1.2	Identify and document rates for short-term letting based on seasonal factors, minimum stay and owner instructions.
1.3	Prepare marketing and communication materials based on property features and owner instructions.
1.4	Confirm property marketing plan with owner, including budget, fees and charges.
1.5	Implement property marketing activities.
1.6	Monitor effectiveness of property marketing activities and communicate recommendations for changes to marketing plan to owner.
2	Manage bookings.	2.1	Coordinate bookings via all booking platforms and record in booking system.
2.2	Identify and resolve conflict of booking dates or double bookings.
2.3	Manage deposits and provide cancellation and refund information.
2.4	Provide accurate information to potential guests about property features, facilities and local area.
3	Manage guest stay.	3.1	Manage reception, check in, property access and support services.
3.2	Manage guest payments.
3.3	Receive and respond to special requests from guests.
3.4	Manage housekeeping services, cleaning and inventory maintenance.
3.5	Manage resolution of complaints and guest dissatisfaction.
3.6	Follow check out procedures.
3.7	Survey guest experience.
3.8	Monitor and respond to guest comments and feedback on property.
4	Manage property condition.	4.1	Conduct and record property inspection.
4.2	Respond to issues with property condition arising from guest stay.
4.3	Identify and document repairs required to property.
4.4	Communicate repair requirements with owner and obtain instructions.
4.5	Organise and manage repairs based on owner instructions, quotes obtained and specified standards.
5	Provide property reports.	5.1	Produce reports for owner including occupancy/vacancy rates, income and expenses.
5.2	Identify opportunities for improvements to property or marketing to achieve optimum occupancy rates.
5.3	Communicate reports, including opportunities for improvement, to owner and take instructions for additional agency services.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP4510 Manage short-term or holiday letting

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage short-term and holiday letting of two properties.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

state or territory legislation and local government regulations relevant to the holiday letting of residential property

roles and responsibilities of agency and of owner in providing property for holiday letting

seasonal factors effecting property availability, occupancy and rates

processes to:

market property

confirm bookings with guests

confirm deposit and payment terms and conditions including cancellations and refunds

check in and check out guests

coordinate property inspections, housekeeping and inventory maintenance

respond to guest feedback, including via online forums

report to owner about property occupancy and finances

letting documentation

staff or contractors required to support housekeeping and inventory maintenance

ethical practice, including disclosure of property features

property security features

communication strategies for responding to client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

agreements between owner and agency for property short-term letting including agreed rates

details of property for short-term letting including property features

marketing and communication strategies for short-term property letting

agency forms, procedures and documents for preparing reports about short-term letting performance

legislation relating to short-term letting of residential property in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5001 Manage compliance in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry. Updated to meet industry currency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to analyse, develop, implement, manage and evaluate compliance in the property industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in property.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine compliance management requirements.	1.1 Identify all jurisdictional legislation, regulations, codes of conduct and ethics to which the agency must comply. 1.2 Analyse and document the requirements for the agency to meet compliance needs. 1.3 Conduct risk analysis for compliance and best practice to determine risk ratings and risk mitigation. 1.4 Determine and plan risk mitigation strategies through development of policies, procedures, work instructions, management and supervisory structures.
2. Develop and risk control strategies that manage compliance.	2.1 Develop strategies and associated policies, procedures and structures to support agency compliance. 2.2 Develop processes and controls to maintain records that demonstrate compliance and best practice. 2.3 Develop management structure and risk control strategies for monitoring and reviewing all compliance and best practice activities.
3. Manage compliance systems.	3.1 Clearly communicate to staff the best practice requirements for the agency. 3.2 Facilitate continuous monitoring, reviewing and adjustment of agency compliance practices. 3.3 Prepare periodic compliance reports to present a clear overview of compliance and agency best practice.
4. Evaluate compliance systems.	4.1 Analyse and review periodic compliance reports to evaluate agency overall compliance and best practice. 4.2 Use evaluation data to determine, document and implement improvements to improve compliance systems.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret workplace documentation

writing skills to accurately record information

interpersonal and communication skills to collaborate with colleagues

planning and organisational skills to set goals and evaluate options to inform decision making.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5001 Manage compliance in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry. Updated to meet industry currency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must document a strategy to manage compliance in an agency by:

analysing and determining compliance management for:

a minimum of two legislative requirements

two internal areas of best practice

developing and implementing risk control strategies to manage compliance for each of the above legislative requirements and areas of best practice

communicating ethics, standards, culture, compliance and best practice requirements to agency staff on two separate occasions

managing the effectiveness and evaluation of compliance systems on two separate occasions, including continuous monitoring, reviewing and adjustment of agency and department compliance practices.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and regulations relating to compliance in real estate

property industry codes of conduct and ethics

agency policies, procedures and standards

industry and agency best practice and quality standards

methods and tools for recording and reporting on compliance

range of analysis techniques to interpret operational and feedback data relating to compliance

compliance requirements relating to trust accounts

processes for:

identifying financial, strategic, personal and reputational risks in the property industry

identifying risks to achieving best practice in the property industry

analysing and rating identified risks in terms of likelihood and consequences

preparing risk controls and risk mitigation strategies

incorporating risk controls and risk mitigation strategies in policies, procedures and business strategies in the property industry

management and communication techniques for leading, mentoring and motivating teams in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a property agency:

business plans, strategies, policies and procedures relating to property industry compliance

records relating to all aspects of property industry compliance

position descriptions for employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to compliance

equipment required to prepare documentation and to manage processes and teams in a property agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5002 Establish and monitor property industry trust account management practices

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish and monitor management practices for property industry trust accounts.

It includes accessing, reading and interpreting regulatory controls for trust accounts in a property agency practice and establishing, monitoring and reviewing the application of agency controls for opening, operating, monitoring and closing trust accounts, including delegation of authority, security and data management.

The unit also includes the skills and knowledge to identify and control fraudulent practices that impact the trust account.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry in control of an agency.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret regulations for property agency trust accounts.	1.1	Identify property industry operations for which trust accounts are required.
1.2	Interpret relevant legislation regulating property agency trust accounts.
1.3	Identify and analyse suitable systems for property agency trust accounts to meet legislative requirements.
1.4	Identify and outline legislative requirements for opening and closing trust accounts.
2	Develop risk management plans.	2.1	Identify and record risks associated with the operation of real estate trust accounts.
2.2	Develop strategies to monitor and control risks associated with operating a trust account.
2.3	Develop plan to evaluate effectiveness of controls.
2.4	Identify and plan controls for fraudulent activities associated with real estate trust accounts.
3	Implement systems to control property agency trust accounts.	3.1	Establish systems, policies, procedures, checklists and controls for property agency trust accounts.
3.2	Establish documented systems for authorisation and delegation of trust account responsibilities according to legislative requirements.
3.3	Ensure trust account procedures and protocols are communicated to, and applied by, agency staff.
3.4	Apply recognised bookkeeping principles to trust account management.
3.5	Establish internal and external audit schedule.
3.6	Review controls and security arrangements for trust accounts.
4	Authorise and verify trust accounts.	4.1	Verify periodic reconciliation of compliance with legislative requirements.
4.2	4.2 Maintain records for convenience and proper auditing.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

technology skills to appraise computerised trust account systems and access information via the internet and databases within agency records management systems

numeracy skills to calculate and confirm accuracy of trust account transactions, balances, reconciliations and records.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5002 Establish and monitor property industry trust account management practices

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must research, develop, implement and document strategies to manage compliance of trust accounts including:

research and analyse legislation and risks associated with property industry trust accounts.

develop, implement and document a management plan to address risks associated with trust accounts

develop, implement and document systems to establish, monitor and review trust account controls

review one periodic reconciliation statement where the documentation falls short of procedural and legislative requirements and prepare a written report detailing:

each shortfall

relevant legislative requirement/s applying to each shortfall

how each shortfall should be remedied prior to the reconciliation statement being signed off.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

purpose and types of property industry trust accounts

legislative and regulatory framework for real estate trust accounts in the state or territory of operation

fiduciary duties and responsibilities for trust account management and associated legal compliance requirements

risk management principles and application to property industry trust accounts including instances where account is overdrawn, compromised or discrepancies are identified.

agency procedures to control integrity, security, confidentiality and privacy of trust accounts:

for both electronic and manual trust accounting systems

protocols for authorisation of trust account transactions and delegation of authority

account reconciliations and balances

internal and external audit schedules

procedures for access to trust account system

recognised bookkeeping practices

actions required when a trust account is overdrawn, compromised or a discrepancy is identified

maintenance and retention of records for agency trust accounts, including data backup

processes to open, close and amend property agency trust accounts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

real estate trust account systems applicable to property agency transactions

procedures and policies for property agency trust accounts

legislation and standards applying to property agency trust accounts and transactions in the state or territory of operation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5003 Manage ethical practice in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement and manage ethical practice systems in a property agency.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine ethical practice management requirements.	1.1 Identify legislation, codes and principles relating to ethical practice in a property agency and their impact. 1.2 Analyse and record ethical practice in interactions with clients. 1.3 Conduct risk analysis of ethical practice requirements to determine risk ratings.
2. Implement risk control strategies.	2.1 Plan and implement policies, procedures, structures and risk mitigation strategies that enable an ethical practice culture. 2.2 Implement processes to address breaches of ethical practice. 2.3 Implement management structures to monitor ethical practice throughout the agency.
3. Monitor ethical practice.	3.1 Communicate clearly to staff, ethical best practice and consequences of unethical practice. 3.2 Facilitate continuous monitoring, reviewing and adjustment of agency ethical practice. 3.3 Collect and distribute information about ethical practice, breaches and impact on clients.
4. Evaluate ethical practice systems.	4.1 Analyse information about ethical practice and ethical breaches to evaluate agency achievement of ethical best practice. 4.2 Use evaluation data to implement improvements to ethical best practice within the agency.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5003 Manage ethical practice in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage, monitor and evaluate ethical practices in a property agency. The person must analyse, determine and evaluate ethical practice management systems, including reporting processes, for a minimum of two areas of ethical best practice.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

impact of Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and regulations relating to ethical practice in the property industry

property industry codes and principles of ethical practice

property agency policies, procedures and standards

industry best practice and quality standards

methods and tools for recording and reporting on ethical practice in the property industry

range of analysis techniques to interpret operational and feedback data relating to ethical practice

processes for:

identifying personal and agency reputational risks in the property industry

identifying risks to achieving ethical best practice in the property industry

analysing and rating identified risks in terms of likelihood and consequences

preparing risk control and risk mitigation strategies

incorporating risk control and risk mitigation strategies into policies, procedures and business strategies in the property industry

management and communication techniques for leading, mentoring and motivating teams in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a property agency:

policies, procedures and documentation relating to ethical practice in a property agency

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to ethical practice in the property industry

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to prepare documentation and maintain records.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5004 Manage a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry. Updated to meet industry currency.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish, maintain and evaluate a work health and safety (WHS) management system in the property industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

1. Maintain WHS system.	1.1 Implement relevant WHS legislation in the workplace. 1.2 Develop and record a WHS management system for the agency. 1.3 Define roles and responsibilities for workplace personnel in WHS policies, procedures and programs. 1.4 Allocate financial and human resources for the operation of the WHS management system.
2. Implement WHS participative arrangements.	2.1 Establish, implement and report on consultative processes according to WHS legislation. 2.2 Resolve issues arising from participation and consultation according to workplace processes. 2.3 Collect and provide workplace safety information to staff according to participative arrangements. 2.4 Explain the WHS management system, its operational procedures and responsibilities to all staff members.
3. Implement risk control processes.	3.1 Implement procedures for the identification and assessment of hazards and risks, and of risk controls. 3.2 Implement procedures for the development and implementation of risk controls.
4. Review WHS management system.	4.1 Implement WHS record keeping system to identify patterns of occupational injury. 4.2 Analyse the WHS management system and implement improvements to achieve agency WHS objectives. 4.3 Assess compliance of the organisational WHS management system with WHS legislative framework and make adjustments as required.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5004 Manage a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry. Updated to meet industry currency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop, implement and review a work health and safety (WHS) strategy in a property agency by.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation, and local government regulations related to managing a safe workplace in the property industry

processes and content of WHS management systems in the property industry

workforce characteristics and how they impact on the design and maintenance of WHS management systems

hierarchy of control, that is, the preferred order of risk control measures from the most preferred to the least preferred:

eliminate hazards

substitute a hazard with something safer, isolate the hazard, reduce the risk through engineering controls

reduce hazard exposure using administrative actions, use personal protective equipment

principles and practices of effective WHS management in a small, medium or large business

principles and techniques associated with modelling safe work practices, hazard identification and risk management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a property agency, including:

business plans, strategies, policies, procedures and forms relating to WHS

comprehensive WHS information relating to the property industry

position descriptions for all employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop, implement and review a WHS strategy in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5005 Manage teams in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage and evaluate agency teams in the property industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine team requirements.	1.1 Analyse and record requirements for teams in a property agency. 1.2 Develop and record key performance indicators (KPIs) for teams which incorporate agency objectives, targets and are consistent with business strategies. 1.3 Determine and develop role and responsibility descriptions for each team member. 1.4 Determine structure of and develop plans for each team. 1.5 Allocate resources to support attainment of team and agency KPIs.
2. Implement strategies to manage teams.	2.1 Communicate agency standards, culture and business expectations to teams. 2.2 Communicate agency team targets and roles to agency staff. 2.3 Establish and maintain communication within and between teams. 2.4 Promote balanced participation of team members in discussions and activities. 2.5 Negotiate work roles of team members to balance team goals, job requirements and team members' individual difference.
3. Manage team performance.	3.1 Implement strategies to provide training, coaching and mentoring for team members. 3.2 Implement strategies to address team or individual performance issues and provide constructive feedback. 3.3 Implement strategies to monitor conduct of teams according to legal requirements and agency policy. 3.4 Implement conflict resolution processes to support team effectiveness. 3.5 Review team member's performance and use results in planning individual professional development. 3.6 Manage and review allocation resources to support attainment of targets and KPIs.
4. Evaluate team performance.	4.1 Collect, record and use qualitative and quantitative data to evaluate achievement of KPIs. 4.2 Use evaluation data to determine, record and implement improvements to maximise achievement of KPIs.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5005 Manage teams in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must identify and implement a range of strategies to manage at least two different types of departmental teams in a property agency.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations related to property agency operations

agency policies and procedures

agency quality standards

range of analysis techniques to interpret operational and feedback data

dynamics of effective teams

management and communication techniques for leading, mentoring and motivating teams in the property industry

processes for:

analysing, determining and documenting:

requirements for teams in real estate

key performance indicators (KPIs)

analysing, determining and documenting strategies for agency teams

establishing teams in the property industry

promoting effectiveness of teams in the property industry

directing teams in the property industry

managing and evaluating performance of teams in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational needs of an agency, including:

business plans, strategies, policies and procedures, forms and records

databases with records relating to team activities

position descriptions for employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

equipment required to manage teams in a property agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5006 Manage operational finances in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage and evaluate agency operational finances in the property industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine financial management requirements.	1.1 Conduct risk analyses according to legislative requirements. 1.2 Analyse and record processes for managing budgets, financial control systems and management requirements for the agency and departments. 1.2 Analyse the standard financial records, reports and break-even analyses to develop key performance indicators (KPIs). 1.3 Allocate resources to support attainment of department and agency KPIs. 1.4 Interpret requirements and schedules for conducting financial reconciliations and producing formal reports for internal and external purposes. 1.5 Determine legislative responsibilities and best practice of financial systems.
2. Develop and implement strategies to manage operational finances.	2.1 Design and implement strategies to establish and maintain link between individuals responsible for budgets and individuals operating financial control systems. 2.2 Develop and implement financial controls and processes for preparation of valid records and reports. 2.3 Implement strategies and adjust KPIs to ensure ongoing and accurate projections of income, expenditure and cash flow.
3. Manage operational finance systems.	3.1 Communicate to agency staff the standards, culture and business KPIs relating to financial management in the agency. 3.2 Facilitate monitoring, reviewing and adjustment of agency and department financial practices. 3.3 Manage and review allocation of resources. 3.4 Manage the collation of periodic financial reports to provide a financial overview of the agency.
4. Evaluate operational finance systems.	4.1 Analyse periodic financial reports and use data to evaluate achievement of KPIs. 4.2 Use evaluation data to determine, record and implement improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret workplace documentation

writing skills to accurately record information

interpersonal and communication skills to collaborate with colleagues

planning and organisational skills to set goals and evaluate options to inform decision making.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5006 Manage operational finances in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop, implement and evaluate a plan to manage the operational finances in a property agency.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations related to operational finances in the property industry

legislative responsibilities related to operational finances in real estate:

Business Activity Reports

superannuation

taxation returns

records retention periods

reporting protocols

salaries and commissions

agency policies, procedures and standards

agency quality standards

account-keeping practices

methods and tools for recording and reporting on operational finances

commission payment structures in the property industry

range of analysis techniques to interpret operational and feedback data

use of financial controls and reports in operational finances in real estate:

cash flow projections and forecasts

profit and loss reports

balance sheets (assets and liabilities)

break-even analyses

fixed costs and variable costs analyses

budgets

cost controls

reconciliation reports

use of profit centres

financial key performance indicators (KPIs)

capital interest costs

opportunity costs

processes for:

managing risk

analysing, determining and documenting financial strategies for agency departments for inclusion in business planning

establishing financial control roles in the property industry

directing financial controls in the property industry

managing and evaluating financial performance in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements of a property agency, including:

business plans, strategies, policies and procedures, forms and records

financial records to enable realistic analysis and planning

position descriptions for employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

equipment required to prepare documentation and to manage processes and teams in a property agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5007 Develop a strategic business plan in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5012A Develop a strategic business plan in the real estate industry. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop a business strategy to position the property agency in the property market.

It includes identifying and analysing business opportunities and potential demand for agency services, and establishing business goals and objectives.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse business opportunities in the property market.	1.1 Analyse sources of information about the property market and business environment to determine both immediate and ongoing business opportunities. 1.2 Complete cost–benefit analysis of property information to determine the viability of opportunities.
2. Prepare for potential demand for agency services.	2.1 Analyse available information to develop agency property market profile. 2.2 Estimate demand for agency services and develop potential client profile. 2.3 Determine resources to service projected demand and include in an overall cost–benefit analysis. 2.4 Establish agency marketing positioning strategy. 2.5 Document range of services to be provided with associated service fees and charges.
3. Establish business goals and objectives.	3.1 Determine business goals and identify activities to achieve projected share of the property market. 3.2 Conduct break-even analysis of short- and long-term agency viability to ensure cash flow. 3.3 Determine performance benchmarks.
4. Review business strategies.	4.1 Develop strategic directions within the business plan. 4.2 Use agency business plan to evaluate agency business performance.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5012A Develop a strategic business plan in the real estate industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5007 Develop a strategic business plan in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5012A Develop a strategic business plan in the real estate industry. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop and evaluate a three-year strategic business plan for a property agency.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations impacting on agency business planning

reasons for, and benefits of, business planning

ethical considerations in property agency business planning

sources of information about the property market and business environment

processes for:

collating and analysing information about the property market and business environment

determining the financial viability of opportunities

conducting and applying break-even analyses

estimating demand for services in:

property management

property sales

other services

developing and establishing agency marketing positioning strategies

developing strategic directions

preparing and documenting business plans

determining and setting business goals and objectives:

goals, objectives, plans, systems and processes

short-, medium- and long-term goals

client needs and marketing projections

proposed size and scale of the business

market focus of the business

types of business planning:

feasibility studies

strategic

operational

financial planning

content of business plans:

assumptions underlying the business plan

details of ownership and management

financial plan

organisational and operational arrangements

business opportunities

proposed size and scale of the agency

resources required and available

sources of funding

specialist services and sources of advice that may be required

staffing

market focus and marketing of the agency

stages in business development

principles of risk management relevant to business planning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a property agency, including:

geographic location and detailed description of the property agency

comprehensive property market and business environment information relating to the property agency

comprehensive strategies, policies, procedures, forms and records

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required to develop a strategic business plan in the property industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5008 Market the property agency

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5032A Market the agency. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to research, develop and implement a marketing strategy to market the agency in the property industry.

It does not include marketing required for individual properties.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Undertake property industry market research.	1.1 Develop market research methods to create a database for analysis of agency property markets. 1.2 Undertake property market research.
2. Develop property agency marketing strategy.	2.1 Analyse the agency’s business plan, the needs of existing clients and future business opportunities. 2.2 Analyse the strengths and weaknesses of competitors and identify opportunities for competitive advantage. 2.3 Prepare marketing approaches to position the agency and minimise adverse effects of direct competition. 2.4 Develop agency marketing strategy and targets. 2.5 Develop corporate image and mission statement to promote positive public recognition of the agency and its services.
3. Implement agency marketing strategy.	3.1 Promote agency services to maximise competitive advantage and profitability. 3.2 Use resources to support implementation of marketing strategy. 3.3 Brief staff on marketing strategy and support them to action the strategy as required.
4. Review and adjust marketing strategy.	4.1 Monitor and review marketing activities and agency marketing strategy against targets. 4.2 Collect and analyse feedback on outcomes of marketing activities. 4.3 Assess costs and effectiveness of marketing activities to identify opportunities for improvements. 4.4 Use evaluation data to review and modify marketing strategy.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5032A Market the agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5008 Market the property agency

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5032A Market the agency. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop, implement and review one marketing plan for a property agency.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation, and local government regulations relating to real estate agency marketing

ethical considerations in marketing property agencies

features of agency marketing strategies:

factors influencing choice of marketing strategy for agency

market opportunities

market research methods

marketing activities and materials:

direct marketing

business-to-business marketing

networking

target markets

online and social media marketing

aims of agency marketing strategies:

service range and mix

creating a ‘point of difference’ for the property agency

presentation and display of services

promotion and advertising

processes for:

developing, documenting, implementing and reviewing marketing of a property agency

developing and documenting research methods for use in property

analysing business requirements for marketing an agency

assessing and documenting the strength and weaknesses of competitors

conducting cost–benefit analyses services

collecting and analysis of feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a property agency, including:

geographic location and detailed description of the property agency

comprehensive business plans, strategies, policies, procedures, forms and records

position descriptions for all employees including detailed roles and responsibilities

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for marketing a property agency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5009 Develop a marketing and service strategy in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5014A Develop property marketing and sales strategy. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop a real estate marketing and service strategy for an agency.

It does not include marketing required for individual properties.

The unit applies to industry professionals in real estate.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse information for marketing and service strategy.	1.1 Collate and analyse sources of real estate marketing information. 1.2 Determine marketing and service aims and objectives. 1.3 Analyse characteristics of client base and target markets. 1.4 Evaluate viability of marketing and service opportunities and contribution to achieving agency goals and objectives.
2. Create marketing and service strategy.	2.1 Develop and select marketing and service methods and activities to ensure maximum impact. 2.2 Obtain staff and resources for marketing and service strategy. 2.3 Develop marketing and service strategy materials within budget and timeframes.
3. Report on marketing and service activities.	3.1 Analyse marketing and service activity outcomes against strategy aims and objectives. 3.2 Use review findings to adjust strategy and provide recommendations for future marketing and service initiatives.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5014A Develop property marketing and sales strategy.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5009 Develop a marketing and service strategy in real estate

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPDSM5014A Develop property marketing and sales strategy. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop, evaluate and report on a property marketing and service strategy for one target market.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations related to marketing and service strategies of real estate agencies

ethical considerations in real estate agency marketing and service strategy planning

sources of property marketing information

processes for:

determining and evaluating characteristics of client base and target markets using available data and recognised research techniques

analysing marketing and service opportunities

determining and analysing marketing and service requirements

developing marketing and service objectives and approaches

gathering and analysing feedback on marketing and service strategy outcomes

aspects of market competitors relating to marketing and service strategies of real estate agencies

market conditions and forces relating to marketing and service strategies of real estate agencies

marketing and service principles and practices relating to marketing and service strategies of real estate agencies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

comprehensive property market information relating to the real estate agency

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for developing a marketing and service strategy in real estate.

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements of a real estate agency, including:

geographic location and detailed description of the real estate agency

comprehensive property market information relating to the real estate agency

real estate agency business plans, strategies, policies, procedures and forms

position descriptions for all employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

equipment, communication and data access and storage technology required for developing a marketing and service strategy in real estate.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5010 Manage customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry and CPPDSM5020A Manage and monitor effective client service in the real estate industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to analyse, manage and evaluate customer service activities in the property industry.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements for customer service systems.	1.1 Conduct risk analyses according to legislative requirements. 1.2 Analyse and record management requirements for customer service systems in the property industry. 1.2 Analyse and record compliance requirements and best practice for customer service systems in the property industry. 1.3 Determine and record the roles, responsibilities and processes for managing customer service systems. 1.4 Determine service targets and develop key performance indicators.
2. Manage customer service and complaints resolution systems.	2.1 Develop and maintain effective customer service strategies. 2.2 Develop and record resolution processes for complaints relating to service provision. 2.3 Adjust performance standards to ensure effective customer service.
3. Manage customer service performance.	3.1 Communicate to staff the ethics, culture and performance standards for customer service. 3.2 Facilitate monitoring, reviewing and adjustment of customer service practices. 3.3 Provide regular feedback on achievement or non-achievement of customer service standards. 3.4 Encourage staff to provide feedback on customer service. 3.5 Manage coaching, training and mentoring to assist with changing needs and customer service issues.
4. Manage evaluation of customer service systems.	4.1 Analyse and use customer service feedback to evaluate achievement against performance standards. 4.2 Use evaluation data to implement improvements in customer service.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

CPPDSM5020A Manage and monitor effective client service in the real estate industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5010 Manage customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry and CPPDSM5020A Manage and monitor effective client service in the real estate industry. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must evaluate and provide feedback on the performance of two employees who are employed in the area of customer service.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

Commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations related to customer service in real estate

organisational policies and procedures for dealing with clients

organisational quality standards

processes for:

risk management:

identification of hazards and assessment of risks relating to customer service in the property industry

analysis and rating of identified hazards and assessed risks in terms of likelihood and consequences

preparation of risk controls and risk mitigation strategies

analysing, determining, interpreting and documenting customer service system requirements in the property industry

managing and evaluating customer service performance in the property industry

complaint resolution strategies

principles and techniques of client behaviour:

client relations

maintaining product and service quality

problem identification and resolution

researching client needs

range of analysis techniques to interpret customer service and feedback data

management and communication techniques for leading, mentoring and motivating teams in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements relating to the property industry, including:

business plans, strategies, policies, procedures, forms and records, including:

agenda and notes of staff meetings relating to customer service

feedback and complaints registers, including resolutions of complaints about customer services and results from analysis of feedback

database/s including simulated sets of records of current and recent listings, sales reports and comprehensive sales data

position descriptions for all employees, including detailed roles and responsibilities

position description, including detailed roles and responsibilities for the role to be assumed by the person undergoing assessment

role descriptions for people participating in role-play exercises

simulated realistic internet and social media presence

equipment required to develop, implement and coordinate customer service activities.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5201 Develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence to inform the sale or lease of commercial property. It includes gathering, analysing and documenting market intelligence.

The unit applies to industry professionals in the property industry.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather property knowledge.	1.1 Identify and record networking opportunities which support the development of commercial property intelligence. 1.2 Identify target markets for commercial property types and usage. 1.3 Identify market segmentations and sources of current and reliable market intelligence.
2. Analyse market trends.	2.1 Analyse market information to determine trends and issues impacting commercial building types and their usage. 2.2 Analyse market information to determine trends and issues impacting building classifications and ratings. 2.3 Use agency networks to gather intelligence about factors impacting return on commercial property. 2.4 Identify and analyse key indicators of market conditions affecting commercial property.
3. Analyse market influences.	3.1 Analyse legislation affecting commercial property. 3.3 Use agency networks to gather and analyse intelligence about market influences affecting commercial property.
4. Prepare market analysis.	4.1 Prepare market intelligence in a format suitable for analysis. 4.2 Apply property market analysis to an identified property and identify strategies to apply to sale or lease of property. 4.3 Prepare report on market conditions affecting commercial property and return on investment.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

New unit of competency.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5201 Develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must develop and maintain commercial property market intelligence by completing market analysis for two different commercial property market sectors which highlight factors affecting commercial property market conditions.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency documentation required to be maintained when developing commercial property market intelligence

sources of current and reliable commercial property market intelligence

factors that can impact commercial property return on investment

factors that can impact the sale or lease of commercial property and strategies for addressing each:

land use, zoning and approvals

contractual arrangements

property attributes

industry-specific factors that influence market conditions and the sale and lease of commercial property:

rates per square metre

investment yields

availability of supply and demand

incentives

local government planning changes, restrictions and proposals

legislation relating to the sale or lease of commercial property in the state or territory of operation

property market for:

commercial property

industrial property

retail property.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

materials and equipment meeting the operational requirements for a real estate agency:

policies, procedures and documentation for developing and maintaining commercial property market intelligence

legislation in the state or territory of operation relating to the commercial property market

information management systems required to capture, maintain and recall market data

information about commercial properties for sale and lease.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPREP5311 Develop and maintain rural property market knowledge and intelligence

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPDSM4037A Conduct auction of rural property, CPPDSM4073A Provide rural property management services and CPPDSM4081A Work in the stock and station agency sector. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop and maintain the underpinning knowledge and skills required to sell or lease rural property and to provide advice on the rural property market.

It includes analysis of property market indicators and trends, factors affecting the value of rural property and identification of strategies that assist in maintaining rural property market knowledge.

This unit applies to people currently working in or seeking to work in the stock and station sector.

State or territory licensing requirements may apply to this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Real estate

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather property market knowledge.	Identify and record networking opportunities which support the development of rural property market intelligence. Analyse legislation and market information relating to rural property. Develop a database of contacts and sources of information. Identify and evaluate the effectiveness of strategies used to maintain rural property market knowledge.
2. Analyse market influences.	Identify and record key indicators of rural property market conditions. Analyse rural property market conditions using established methods. Document trends in the rural property market.
3. Analyse market sector influences.	Record and analyse geographical information. Record and analyse property usage information. Record and analyse factors that may affect return on rural property, including outbuildings and equipment. Record and analyse property production or agistment capacity and possible risks.
4. Prepare market analysis.	Apply rural property market analysis to an identified property. Prepare information for use in agent–client communication.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPDSM4037A Conduct auction of rural property

CPPDSM4073A Provide rural property management services

CPPDSM4081A Work in the stock and station agency sector.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPREP5311 Develop and maintain rural property market knowledge and intelligence

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPDSM4037A Conduct auction of rural property, CPPDSM4073A Provide rural property management services and CPPDSM4081A Work in the stock and station agency sector. Merged to reduce duplication. Updated to the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply market analysis strategies to research and analyse of two different rural property market sectors and highlight factors affecting the current market conditions.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

role of the agent in providing rural property market sales services

types of rural property

features of rural property impacting production or agistment capacity

information sources for developing market knowledge and intelligence

rural property market trends and indicators

established methodologies to analyse:

rural property production capacity

rural property agistment capacity

rural property market indicators and market trends

factors that may affect return on rural property

factors that add value to rural property

established formats for presenting rural property information

legislation and local government regulations related to use of rural property in the state or territory of operation

risks and ethical practices associated with use of rural property

networking opportunities to support development of rural property knowledge.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

sources of information about rural property markets and market indicators

established methods for analysing property production capacity and market conditions

established formats for presenting rural property market information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2021 Install security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2021A Install security equipment and systems. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of security equipment and systems. It includes selecting and using materials, tools and equipment to install security equipment and systems using approved cable termination methods and procedures. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems - Client’s premises - Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and involves applying National Construction Code (NCC) requirements to the installation.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install security equipment and systems.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm installation timeframes, client needs, site location and equipment requirements and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 and NCC to understand regulatory requirements for locating and installing security equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
1.4	Identify and obtain security equipment and system to be installed following workplace procedures.
2	Plan and organise installation operation.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks to allow sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Select and organise required materials and hardware for product installation suitable to the specific installation surface and installation procedures.
2.4	Inspect installation area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
3	Conduct installation procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Select installation position to comply with manufacturers’ specifications and work instructions.
3.3	Securely fix security equipment and system and terminate and connect cables, ensuring no damage or distortion is caused to the surrounding environment or services.
3.4	Identify problems impacting the installation and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary the installation plan.
3.5	Inspect installed security equipment and system to confirm correct operation.
3.6	Check to confirm all terminations are electrically and mechanically sound according to WHS requirements.
4	Complete installation and documentation.	4.1	Notify installation completion to relevant persons.
4.2	Complete installation documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of:

plans when locating installation sites for security equipment and systems

Australian standards, NCC and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to accurately position and fix security equipment and systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2021A Install security equipment and systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2021 Install security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2021A Install security equipment and systems. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing security equipment and systems at three different premises involving at least two types of systems listed below, one of which must be an internet protocol (IP) networked installation:

access control system

intruder alarm system

audible and visual warning device

electronic lock and locking system

intercom and control panel.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and the National Construction Code (NCC) to the installation of security equipment and systems

basic carpentry techniques used when installing security equipment and systems

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with installing security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when installing security equipment and systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

materials, hardware, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing security systems and equipment

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

soldering and drilling techniques used when installing security equipment and systems

techniques for sealing cable entries

types and functions of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when installing security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, security equipment and systems, PPE, tools, materials and hardware required to achieve the performance evidence

product information and manufacturers’ instructions for equipment and systems being installed

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of electronic locks and locking systems for door and window applications. It includes upgrading or strengthening hollow doors to increase security, and fitting door control devices and locks to windows, doors and jams.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people who sell, supply, advise on, install, maintain, monitor, repair or service security equipment and systems in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install electronic lock and locking systems.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm installation timeframes, client needs, site location and equipment requirements, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Identify and obtain electronic lock and locking system to be installed following workplace procedures.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise installation operation.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Select and organise required materials and hardware for product installation suitable to the specific installation surfaces and procedures.
2.4	Inspect installation area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
3	Conduct installation procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when carrying out installation procedures according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Fit locks to windows, doors and jams in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
3.3	Fit door control devices to allow correct operation of doors in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
3.4	Upgrade or strengthen hollow doors to increase security.
3.5	Identify problems impacting the installation and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary the installation plan if required.
3.6	Inspect installed electronic locks and locking and system to confirm correct operation and ensure no damage or distortion to the surrounding environment or services.
4	Complete installation and documentation.	4.1	Notify installation completion to relevant persons.
4.2	Complete installation documentation according to workplace requirements.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of:

plans when locating installation sites for electronic locks and locking systems

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to accurately position and fix door control devices and locks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing electronic locks and locking systems involving:

upgrading or strengthening two hollow doors

fitting three door control devices

fitting locks to three windows, doors and jams.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing electronic locks and locking systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

basic carpentry techniques used when installing electronic locks and locking systems

documentation to be completed when installing electronic locks and locking systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

general principles of locksmithing

installation methods and procedures for electronic locks and locking systems

materials, hardware, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing electronic locks and locking systems

types, functions and features of electronic locks and locking systems

types of doors and windows suitable for electronic lock applications

typical hazards encountered when installing electronic locks and locking systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

ground glass

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

welding and drilling techniques used when installing electronic locks and locking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, electronic locks and locking systems, PPE, tools, materials and hardware required to achieve the performance evidence

product information and manufacturers’ instructions for locks and locking systems being installed.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2023 Install video surveillance systems and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2023A Install CCTV equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of video surveillance systems (VSS) and equipment. VSS is a surveillance system capable of capturing images and videos that can be compressed, stored or sent over communications networks, and includes closed circuit television (CCTV) and audio systems. The unit includes selecting and using materials, tools and equipment to install VSS and equipment using approved cable termination methods and procedures. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems-– Client’s premises - Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and involves applying National Construction Code (NCC) requirements to the installation.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install VSS and equipment.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm installation timeframes, client needs, site location and equipment requirements, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 and NCC to understand regulatory requirements associated with locating and installing VSS and equipment and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
1.4	Identify and obtain VSS and equipment to be installed following workplace procedures.
2	Plan and organise installation operation.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Select and organise required materials and hardware for product installation suitable to the specific installation surface and installation procedures.
2.4	Inspect installation area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
3	Conduct installation procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Select installation position to comply with manufacturers’ specifications and work instructions.
3.3	Securely fix VSS and equipment and terminate and connect cables ensuring no damage or distortion is caused to the surrounding environment or services.
3.4	Identify problems impacting the installation and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary the installation plan.
3.5	Inspect installed VSS and equipment to confirm correct operation.
3.6	Check to confirm all terminations are electrically and mechanically sound according to WHS requirements.
4	Complete installation and documentation.	4.1	Notify installation completion to relevant persons.
4.2	Complete installation documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of:

plans when locating installation sites for VSS and equipment

Australian standards, NCC and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to accurately position and fix VSS and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2023A Install CCTV equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2023 Install video surveillance systems and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2023A Install CCTV equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing video surveillance systems (VSS) and equipment at three different premises involving at least one internet protocol (IP) networked installation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing VSS and equipment:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and the National Construction Code (NCC) to the installation of VSS and equipment

basic carpentry techniques used when installing VSS and equipment

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with installing VSS and equipment

documentation to be completed when installing VSS and equipment to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

location requirements VSS to ensure optimal surveillance coverage

materials, hardware, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing VSS and equipment

methods for fitting end-of-line devices

soldering and drilling techniques used when installing VSS and equipment

techniques for sealing cable entries

types and functions of VSS and equipment and installation requirements associated with:

integration

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when installing VSS and equipment and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, VSS and equipment, PPE, tools, materials and hardware required to achieve the performance evidence

product information and manufacturers’ instructions for VSS systems and equipment to be installed

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2024 Monitor and respond to electronic information from security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2024 Implement electronic monitoring procedures. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor and respond to electronic information received from a range of security equipment and systems, including alarm monitoring management software. It includes accurately interpreting electronic information and applying correct response procedures to a range of security situations. Work is usually conducted from a secure electronic reporting facility, monitoring centre or control room.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Monitor electronic security information.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm electronic monitoring requirements and timeframes and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Inspect security equipment and system and check to ensure correct operation and connections following manufacturers’ instructions.
1.4	Clarify and comply with monitoring parameters for security equipment and system in accordance with workplace requirements.
1.5	Systematically monitor electronic information from security system and equipment according to work instructions.
1.6	Routinely cross-check security system and equipment with companion monitoring systems to verify accurate and reliable information exchange according to workplace requirements.
1.7	Identify, correct or report faults or malfunctions in security system or equipment operation.
2	Respond to electronic security information.	2.1	Clarify response procedures with relevant persons.
2.2	Receive electronic security information and verify reliability and accuracy according to workplace requirements.
2.3	Identify and prioritise response to comply with required monitoring parameters.
2.4	Identify risks associated with changing circumstances and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary response.
2.5	Action required response to electronic security information according to workplace requirements.
3	Finalise electronic monitoring and documentation.	3.1	Carry out back-up procedures to protect electronic security information.
3.2	Carry out change of shift procedures that ensure monitoring continuity.
3.3	Complete monitoring documentation ensuring accurate response records responses are accurately recorded according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand and follow written and diagrammatic instructions when operating electronic security equipment

numeracy skills to calculate and enter numerical data into security systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2024A Implement electronic monitoring procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2024 Monitor and respond to electronic information from security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2024 Implement electronic monitoring procedures. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by monitoring electronic information from security equipment and systems for three different shifts and actioning a minimum of six responses to electronic security information.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring and responding to electronic information from security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

work health and safety

change of shift procedures for workplace

common electronic monitoring equipment and system configurations and programs

common faults and malfunctions in security equipment and systems

common keypad and control panel types and functions associated with electronic security systems and equipment

computer software and software templates used for monitoring functions in security systems

documentation to be completed when monitoring and responding to electronic security information

methods for prioritising response options when monitoring and receiving electronic security information

monitoring and response parameters for electronic security systems and equipment

operating principles and functions of a range of electronic security systems and equipment

procedures for verifying the authenticity of electronic information received from security equipment and systems

procedures to back-up and protect electronic security information

situations presenting risk and requiring approval to vary response

types of alarm transmission technologies including wireless and internet protocol monitoring and dialler monitoring.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work task specifications for monitoring and responding to electronic information from security equipment and systems, and electronic security equipment and systems required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2025 Sell security products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2025A Sell security products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to sell security products and services to clients. It includes engaging with clients to clarify their security needs, matching security products and services to client requirements, demonstrating and describing products, and assisting clients to make final purchase decisions to close sales. The unit includes handling client complaints and using client feedback to identify opportunities for repeat business and improved sales.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm client needs and legal compliance requirements.	1.1	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures and comply with legal rights and responsibilities when selling security products and services.
1.2	Approach client in a timely and professional manner.
1.3	Use oral communication skills to engage client and establish rapport.
1.4	Use questioning and active listening to clarify security needs and preferences of client.
1.5	Recognise own limitations in addressing client needs and seek required assistance from relevant persons.
2	Match client with security products and services and close sale.	2.1	Provide client with information about suitable available security products and services and assist them to select preferred options.
2.2	Describe and demonstrate product features and benefits according to product information.
2.3	Offer solutions to address specific client requirements or where dissatisfaction with products and services is identified.
2.4	Confirm prices and quotations on preferred products and services in consultation with relevant persons.
2.5	Encourage client to make purchase decision and close sale.
3	Finalise sale of security products and services.	3.1	Record sale and provide written follow-up information to client according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Promptly communicate to client information about problems and delays associated with purchased product or service.
3.3	Handle client complaints courteously and record and report details following workplace procedures.
3.4	Obtain client feedback and identify opportunities for repeat business and improved sales in consultation with relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of product information that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

numeracy skills to calculate service timeframes, costs and quotations for security products.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2025A Sell security products and services.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2025 Sell security products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2025A Sell security products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by selling security products and services to meet the needs of four different clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when selling security products and services:

client service standards

key requirements of Australian consumer law

licensing requirements

own professional and legal limitations and authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

work health and safety

common factors influencing client decisions to purchase security products and services

difference between negative and positive language

documentation to be completed when selling security products and services

how to read and use body language to gain the confidence of clients

how to safeguard confidential information associated with the sale of security products and services

methods for handling client complaints to resolve issues and find alternative solutions

methods for obtaining client feedback

range of available security products and services and special features including warranties and after sales support

rights and responsibilities of clients associated with the sale of security products and services

sales techniques:

trade-up

trade-in

tie-ins

cut-ins

range-ins

techniques for matching sales approaches to client behaviour

typical buy signals and strategies for closing sales.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, security products and services for sale and clients required to achieve the performance evidence

product sales documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2026 Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2026A Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to perform routine maintenance, adjustments and permitted repairs on a range of security equipment and systems. It includes finding faults and using tools and equipment to maintain the correct operation of security equipment and systems.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for routine maintenance.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm routine maintenance timeframes, equipment location and required maintenance in consultation with relevant persons.
1.2	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety to comply with regulatory requirements when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
1.4	Discuss planned maintenance procedures with relevant persons to clarify needs and expectations.
1.5	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
1.6	Inspect work area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
2	Conduct routine maintenance procedures.	2.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
2.2	Access security equipment and system requiring maintenance with minimal disruption to services and others in the work area.
2.3	Inspect and assess security equipment and system operation against normal operating criteria.
2.4	Carry out routine maintenance procedures on security equipment and system according to manufacturers’ instructions and WHS requirements.
2.5	Identify faults and undertake permitted routine repairs according to manufacturers’ instructions and WHS requirements.
2.6	Identify and report complex faults or repair requirements to relevant persons.
3	Complete routine maintenance and documentation.	3.1	Reinstate serviced and repaired security equipment and system to operational condition.
3.2	Notify completion of maintenance work to relevant persons.
3.3	Complete service documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
3.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by maintenance tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of:

plans and diagrams when locating installed security equipment and systems

manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2026A Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2026 Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2026A Perform routine maintenance on security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by performing routine maintenance on at minimum of three types of security equipment and systems listed below, one of which must be an internet protocol (IP) networked installation:

access control system

intruder alarm system

audible and visual warning device

electronic lock and locking system

intercom and control panel.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when performing routine maintenance on security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with repairing installed security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when maintaining security equipment and systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

methods for reinstating IP networked systems and equipment and ensuring they are properly secured

methods for sealing cable entries

tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when performing routine maintenance on security systems and equipment

types, functions and purpose of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types, functions and purpose of end-of-line devices and resistors

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of faults and maintenance procedures for a range of security equipment and systems and repairs permitted within scope of own role, authority and competence

typical hazards encountered when performing routine maintenance on security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, security equipment and systems, PPE and tools required to achieve the performance evidence

manufacturers’ instructions for equipment and systems to be serviced.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply legal and procedural regulations to working effectively within a security team.

It requires:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures, workplace policies, legislative requirements and professional standards to understand and comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work

understanding requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court and securing and preserving incident or crime scenes

working individually and as part of a team to plan, organise and complete work tasks and improve performance.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with legal and procedural requirements and professional standards.	1.1 Read work instructions and clarify standard operating procedures and workplace policies governing work tasks. 1.2 Apply policies and procedures to work tasks to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work. 1.3 Locate and clarify professional standards for security officers to demonstrate compliance in own work performance and conduct with relevant persons. 1.4 Identify requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court and preserving incident or crime scenes. 1.5 Clarify legal and procedural requirements and professional standards with relevant persons.
2. Plan, organise and complete daily work tasks.	2.1 Check work instructions and confirm own role, responsibilities, authority and reporting requirements and timeframes. 2.2 Organise equipment and plan work schedule to meet designated timeframes. 2.3 Identify factors that may impede successful completion of work tasks and promptly notify relevant persons. 2.4 Use information technology to organise and complete work tasks.
3. Participate in team assignments.	3.1 Read instructions for team assignment and identify own responsibilities. 3.2 Discuss individual and team responsibilities with team members to clarify work objectives and assist in resolving areas of conflict. 3.3 Encourage input of all team members to support decision-making that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 3.4 Maintain communication with team members during team assignment to share information and respond to instructions and requests for back-up assistance. 3.5 Assist team members to complete individual and team objectives within designated timeframes.
4. Identify and access opportunities for learning and improvement.	4.1 Seek feedback on individual and team performance from team members and supervisors, and discuss opportunities to improve future collaborations. 4.2 Seek feedback on own work performance and standards from relevant persons, and identify areas for improvement and learning. 4.3 Identify opportunities for professional development and discuss opportunities with relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using approved security industry terminology and call signs

writing skills to:

describe learning and skill development needs

record observations in a clear, succinct, accurate and factual manner

record and maintain learning and skill development information

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

industry codes of practice that clarify professional standards and conduct requirements

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying legal rights and responsibilities

give clear and accurate instructions and receive feedback from team members

use basic negotiation to resolve conflict when working with team members

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to recognise factors that may impede completion of work tasks

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply legal and procedural regulations to:

work individually to plan, organise and complete one set of work instructions

work in partnership with at least one colleague to complete one team assignment

identify and participate in one professional development opportunity to improve own performance.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

the legal and procedural framework for performing security work as set out in standard operating procedures and workplace policies associated with:

anti-discrimination

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy and confidentiality of information

records and reports that may be used for legal purposes

use of force and force model

use of self-defence techniques

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic operational functions of mobile devices, radios and telephones used to transmit and receive security information

basic principles of effective teamwork

consequences of not complying with legal and procedural requirements when performing security work

how to read and use body language to gain the confidence of others

limits of own competence and authority

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for giving and receiving constructive feedback

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

procedures, protocols and rules to be followed when presenting evidence in court:

addressing court personnel

language

manner

participating and giving evidence

personal presentation

who's who in court

professional standards and code of conduct for work in the security industry

purpose of the Evidence Act

requirements for recording and reporting incidents

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court including meaning of ‘continuity of evidence’

rules of evidence that can be presented in court:

contemporaneousness

must be relevant

must be admissible

must not be ‘hearsay’

must not be opinion

terms and conditions of own employment

types of law:

civil

common

criminal

statute

types of professional development opportunities that can assist own learning and improvement

ways that individual social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply legal and procedural regulations to work effectively within a security team

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3024 Install advanced technology security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC3024A Install biometrics equipment and systems. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of security equipment and systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes positioning and installing equipment and systems and carrying out required programming, configurations, networking and integration to set up and connect security technologies. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and involves applying National Construction Code (NCC) requirements to the installation.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install advanced technology security system equipment.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm installation timeframes, client needs, site location and equipment requirements, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 and NCC to understand regulatory requirements associated with locating and installing security systems and equipment and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Identify and obtain advanced technology security equipment and system to be installed following workplace procedures.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise installation operation.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Select and organise required materials and hardware for product installation suitable to the specific installation surface and installation procedures.
2.4	Inspect installation area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
3	Conduct installation procedures and set up and connect technology.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Select installation positions to comply with manufacturers’ specifications and work instructions.
3.3	Securely fix advanced technology equipment and system and terminate and connect cables ensuring no damage or distortion is caused to the surrounding environment or services.
3.4	Identify problems impacting the installation and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary the installation plan.
3.5	Conduct programming, configuration, networking or integration tasks to set up and connect system technology.
3.6	Commission installed advanced technology security equipment and system and confirm correct operation to meet work instructions.
3.7	Check to confirm all terminations are electrically and mechanically sound according to WHS requirements.
4	Complete installation and documentation.	4.1	Notify installation completion to relevant persons.
4.2	Complete installation documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating installation sites for advanced security equipment and systems

NCC, Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to accurately position and fix advanced security equipment and systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and non-equivalent to CPPSEC3024A Install biometrics equipment and systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3024 Install advanced technology security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC3024A Install biometrics equipment and systems. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting three different installations of security equipment and systems which use at least two of the advanced technologies listed below:

artificial intelligence (AI)

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and the National Construction Code (NCC) when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems

basic carpentry techniques used when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems

basic electrical concepts associated with voltage, current, resistance and impedance

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with installing advanced technology security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

established threshold levels and their impact on security

materials, hardware, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

location requirements advanced technology security equipment and systems to ensure optimal functioning

programming, configuration, networking and integration requirements for setting up and connecting advanced technology security equipment and systems

soldering and drilling techniques used when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems

techniques for sealing cable entries

types and functions of a range of advanced technology security systems and equipment:

AI

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when installing advanced technology security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, advanced technology security equipment and systems, PPE, tools, materials and hardware required to achieve the performance evidence

product information and manufacturers’ instructions for equipment and systems to be installed

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3025 Diagnose faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2025A Sell security products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to diagnose faults in security equipment and systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes applying methodical diagnostic procedures, testing suspected fault scenarios, and assessing test results, historical information and operational data to diagnose faults and recommend options for rectification. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to diagnose advanced technology security equipment and system faults.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and diagnostic timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with diagnosing security equipment and system faults and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Use questioning and active listening to gather information on type of security equipment and system, technologies involved and extent of fault.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security equipment and system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct advanced technology security equipment and system testing and diagnostic procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Isolate security equipment and system according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Confirm normal performance of advanced technology security equipment and system against specification schedules.
3.4	Inspect and check advanced technology security system components and test operation according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Methodically apply diagnostic methods using measurements and estimations of system operating parameters.
3.6	Check and test configurations and connections for equipment and system technologies following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.7	Test suspected fault scenarios to identify source of system problems.
3.8	Assess test data, site variables, operational and historical information to support fault diagnosis.
3.9	Diagnose fault or seek assistance from relevant persons to meet work instructions.
4	Recommend options for fault rectification and complete documentation.	4.1	Document diagnosed faults and options for fault rectification that are supported by verifiable data according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.3	Clean and restore work area and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating equipment and system components

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and not equivalent to CPPSEC3025A Identify and diagnose biometric system fault.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3025 Diagnose faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2025A Sell security products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting testing and diagnostic procedures to identify a minimum of five faults on security equipment and systems which use at least two of the advanced technologies listed below:

artificial intelligence (AI)

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when diagnosing faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when diagnosing security equipment and system faults at client premises

cable identification methods and techniques

documentation to be completed when diagnosing faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems

established threshold levels and their impact on security

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of advanced technology security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when diagnosing faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

operational parameters and diagnostic testing procedures for a range of advanced technology security equipment and systems:

AI

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration

operational principles of data transmission networks

types and functions of computer software associated with advanced technology security equipment and systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits encountered when diagnosing faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when diagnosing faults in advanced technology security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, advanced technology security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system information to support diagnostic activities

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPSEC3035 Recommend technical security requirements to meet client needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3035A Identify technical security requirements. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to recommend technical security requirements to meet specific client needs. It includes conducting site assessments to identify security risk factors associated with the site such as access and egress points, occupant behaviours and building condition, and prioritising and documenting security recommendations.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm compliance requirements and client security needs.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client specifications and service timeframes.
1.2	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Consult with client to clarify security objectives, needs and expectations.
1.4	Use questioning and active listening to define technical security options to meet their needs within the scope of own competence and authority.
1.5	Recognise own limitations in addressing client needs and seek required assistance from relevant persons.
2	Assess client site and security risk factors.	2.1	Arrange access to site in consultation with relevant persons.
2.2	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.3	Inspect client site and surrounds to assess access and egress points, assets and existing security arrangements
2.4	Consult with client to identify occupant behaviours and activities that may impact security requirements.
2.5	Record details of discussions and observations and identified security risk factors.
3	Present technical security recommendation.	3.1	Select available security equipment, systems and services to meet client requirements.
3.2	Summarise assessed client needs, prioritised security recommendations and alternative options, and check recommendations are supported by verifiable evidence.
3.3	Use computer and software to document security recommendations in the required format, style and structure according to workplace requirements.
3.4	Forward recommendations to relevant persons for review within agreed timeframes.
3.5	Store client documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to relate to people demonstrating sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and drawings when assessing client sites

technical product specifications that may be in written or diagrammatic formats

numeracy skills to measure and calculate area when assessing client sites

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3035A Identify technical security requirements.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3035 Recommend technical security requirements to meet client needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3035A Identify technical security requirements. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by recommending security equipment systems or services to meet the requirements of three different clients involving:

all client sites having multiple access and egress points

at least one commercial and one domestic property

at least one client requiring multiple security solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when recommending technical security requirements to meet client needs:

client service standards

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

own professional and legal limitations and authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

work health and safety

how to safeguard confidential client information

methods for assessing client sites and surrounds to identify security risk factors and protection requirements

methods for gaining permission to access client sites and persons authorised to grant permission

reporting procedures and documentation requirements for recommending technical security requirements to clients

types and functions of available technical security equipment, systems and services

types of occupant behaviours that impact the security of client sites

types of security risk factors that require technical security solutions

ways that building condition can affect security requirements

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, client instructions and product information for technical security equipment, systems and services required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3036 Program and configure security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3036A Program security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to program and configure a range of security equipment and systems. It includes selecting and applying programming requirements and configuration parameters to installed security equipment and systems to meet client requirements. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to program and configure security equipment and system.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and service timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with programming and configuring installed equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Confirm type of security equipment and system to be programmed and configured and clarify programming requirements and configuration parameters.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
1.5	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and service timeframes.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security equipment and system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct system and equipment programming and configuration.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Power security equipment and system following correct procedures and manufacturers’ instructions.
3.3	Program and configure security equipment and system according to work instructions.
3.4	Test and check security equipment and system configuration to confirm correct operation.
3.5	Identify and apply required adjustments to programming instructions in consultation with relevant persons.
4	Finalise programming and configuration activities and documentation.	4.1	Inspect programmed and configured security equipment and system to confirm correct operation and conformance with work instructions.
4.2	Complete documentation detailing programming and configuration results according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
4.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating security equipment and systems

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when testing security equipment and systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3036A Program security equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3036 Program and configure security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3036A Program security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by programming and configuring three different security equipment and systems, one of which must be an internet protocol (IP) networked installation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when programming and configuring security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when programming and configurating security equipment and systems at client premises

basic programming and configuration methods for a range of security equipment and systems

cable identification methods and techniques

difference between programming and configuration of security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when programming and configuring security equipment and systems

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when programming and configuring security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

types and functions of computer software associated with electronic security equipment and systems

types and functions of computerised, electronic and manual security equipment and systems that require programming and configuration:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when programming and configuring security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system information to support programming and configuration tasks

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3037 Test installed security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3037A Test installed security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to test a range of installed security equipment and systems including cable systems, equipment components and programming. It includes selecting and carrying out tests to confirm the integrity, security and safety of equipment and systems. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to test installed security equipment and system.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and testing timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with testing installed security equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
1.4	Confirm type of security equipment and system to be tested and clarify testing parameters.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to installed security equipment and system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct security equipment and system testing procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Identify, isolate, tag and test cables according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Remove parts and connections of security equipment and system following approved procedures and store safely to protect against loss or damage.
3.4	Carry out testing procedures following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Check to confirm accuracy and reliability of test data and conduct additional required tests or seek assistance from relevant persons.
3.6	Reassemble security equipment and system to pre-test condition following manufacturers’ instructions.
4	Finalise testing activities and documentation.	4.1	Check security equipment and system to confirm correct operation and conformance with work instructions.
4.2	Complete documentation detailing testing results according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
4.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating installed security equipment and systems

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when testing security equipment and systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3037A Test installed security equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3037 Test installed security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3037A Test installed security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by testing security equipment and systems, including one internet protocol (IP) networked system, installed at three different locations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when testing installed security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when testing security equipment and systems installed at client premises

cable identification methods and techniques

documentation to be completed when testing security equipment and systems

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when testing security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

testing parameters and procedures for a range of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits that may be encountered when testing installed security equipment and systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when testing security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system information to support testing activities

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3038 Commission and decommission security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3038A Commission and decommission security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to commission and decommission a range of security equipment and systems. Commissioning includes establishing equipment interconnections and parameters, installing software, setting configurations, loading hardware data and testing performance. Decommissioning includes isolating existing services and terminating energy sources. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to commission and decommission security equipment and system.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and work timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Confirm types of security equipment and system to be commissioned and decommissioned and source information to clarify procedures.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security equipment and systems for commissioning and decommissioning in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.5	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3	Commission security equipment and system.	3.1	Access security equipment and system and confirm equipment interconnections and parameters.
3.2	Customise security equipment and system to meet work instructions.
3.3	Set non-software configurations and confirm software is installed and hardware data loaded.
3.4	Conduct performance tests and confirm security equipment and system operation meets prescribed parameters and specifications.
3.5	Identify and document malfunctions or deviations from recommended specifications.
3.6	Conduct hand-over of commissioned security equipment and system.
4	Decommission security equipment and system.	4.1	Confirm security system and equipment for decommissioning.
4.2	Isolate existing services in consultation with relevant persons.
4.3	Safely terminate sources of energy according to manufacturers’ instructions and WHS requirements.
4.4	Remove security equipment and system components in consultation with relevant persons.
5	Finalise commissioning and decommissioning activities and documentation.	5.1	Complete documentation detailing commissioning and decommissioning results according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.2	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
5.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
5.4	Clean and restore work area, remove waste caused by work tasks and dispose of decommissioned security equipment and system according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating security equipment and systems for commissioning and decommissioning

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when testing commissioned security equipment and systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3038A Commission and decommission security equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3038 Commission and decommission security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3038A Commission and decommission security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

commissioning two different types of security equipment and systems

decommissioning two different types of security equipment and systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems installed at client premises

basic carpentry techniques used when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

cable identification methods and techniques

documentation to be completed when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

methods for installing software, setting non-software configurations and confirming hardware data is loaded when commissioning security equipment and systems

procedures for isolating existing services

procedures for safely terminating sources of energy when decommissioning security equipment and systems

soldering and drilling techniques used when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

testing procedures for commissioning a range of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types and functions of computer software associated with security equipment and systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits encountered when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system information to support commissioning and decommissioning activities

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3039 Diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3039A Identify and diagnose electronic security equipment and system fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems. It includes applying methodical diagnostic procedures, testing suspected fault scenarios, and assessing test results, historical information and operational data to diagnose faults and recommend options for rectification. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to diagnose electronic security equipment and system faults.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and diagnostic timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with diagnosing security equipment and system faults and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Use questioning and active listening to gather information on type of security equipment and system and extent of fault.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security equipment and system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct electronic security equipment and system testing and diagnostic procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Isolate security equipment and system according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Confirm normal performance of security equipment and system against specification schedules.
3.4	Inspect and check security system components and test operation according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Methodically apply diagnostic methods using measurements and estimations of system operating parameters.
3.6	Test suspected fault scenarios to identify source of system problems.
3.7	Assess test data, site variables, operational and historical information to support fault diagnosis.
3.8	Diagnose fault or seek assistance from relevant persons to meet work instructions.
4	Recommend options for fault rectification and complete documentation.	4.1	Document diagnosed faults and options for fault rectification that are supported by verifiable data according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.3	Clean and restore work area and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications to locate equipment and system components

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3039A Identify and diagnose electronic security equipment and system fault.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3039 Diagnose faults in electronic security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3039A Identify and diagnose electronic security equipment and system fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting testing and diagnostic procedures on two different electronic security equipment and systems to diagnose a minimum of three faults.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when diagnosing faults in electronic security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when diagnosing security equipment and system faults at client premises

cable identification methods and techniques

documentation to be completed when diagnosing faults in electronic security equipment and systems

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of electronic security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when diagnosing faults in electronic security equipment and systems

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

operational parameters and diagnostic testing procedures for a range of electronic security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

fire safety and fire locking systems

intercoms and control panels

locks and locking systems

readers

screen equipment

security doors and door controls

operational principles of data transmission networks

types and functions of computer software associated with electronic security equipment and systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits encountered when diagnosing faults in electronic security equipment and systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when diagnosing faults in electronic security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, electronic security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system information to support diagnostic activities

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3040 Coordinate installation of security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3040A Plan and coordinate installation of security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan, schedule and supervise the installation of a range of security equipment and systems. It includes monitoring installation operations against work schedules, identifying and agreeing contingencies and variations to installation plans, and inspecting commissioning and test results to confirm equipment and systems are operational and comply with client requirements.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and schedule installation of security equipment and system.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and installation timeframes.
1.2	Identify type of security equipment and system to be installed and organise resources needed to carry out installation.
1.3	Confirm installation site access requirements in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Schedule installation work within required timeframes and notify relevant persons.
1.5	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
2	Organise security equipment and system installation.	2.1	Authorise commencement of installation work according to workplace requirements.
2.2	Monitor installation work against schedules and WHS requirements to ensure safe completion within agreed timeframes.
2.3	Identify issues and contingency requirements and agree variations to installation in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Adjust installation plan and communicate changes to relevant persons.
3	Check and document security equipment and system installation.	3.1	Receive notification of completed installation work and check activity against installation plan.
3.2	Select, check and use required personal protective equipment according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Visually inspect completed work to confirm installed equipment and system complies with client requirements and work instructions.
3.4	Inspect commissioning and test results against system performance specifications and report identified performance faults, errors or omissions.
3.5	Complete and securely store documentation associated with installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when checking security equipment and system installations

manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to schedule and sequence work completion within agreed timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3040A Plan and coordinate installation of security equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3040 Coordinate installation of security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3040A Plan and coordinate installation of security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by coordinating the installation of three different security equipment and systems to meet client requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when coordinating the installation of security equipment and systems:

health and safety including personal protective equipment (PPE)

contingency factors that may arise when installing security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when coordinating security equipment and system installations

functions and operational parameters for a range of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

installation methods and procedures for a range of security equipment and systems

methods for identifying performance faults, errors or omissions when comparing commissioning and test results against system performance specifications

methods for supervising and checking work progress against installation plans and schedules

resource requirements for the installation of security equipment and systems

scheduling methods

typical hazards encountered when installing and inspecting security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation and PPE for security equipment and system installations required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3041 Conduct routine service of security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3041A Maintain and service security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct routine servicing to maintain a range of security equipment and systems. It includes identifying damage, obstructions or component wear, diagnosing common faults and making appropriate adjustments to ensure the correct operation of security equipment and systems. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to service security equipment and systems.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and routine service timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with servicing security equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Confirm type of security equipment and system to be serviced in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security equipment and system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Carry out routine service procedures on security equipment and system.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Access security equipment and system requiring servicing with minimal disruption to services and others in the work area.
3.3	Inspect and check security equipment and system to identify damage, obstruction or component wear.
3.4	Perform routine service procedures on security equipment and system following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Conduct permitted repairs to ensure correct operation of security equipment and system following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.6	Identify complex fault or repair requirements and report to relevant persons for specialist attention.
4	Finalise routine service and complete documentation.	4.1	Reinstate security equipment and system and confirm correct operation and connections.
4.2	Notify completion of work to relevant persons.
4.3	Complete routine service documentation detailing service procedures, repairs undertaken and identified faults according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by routine service tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating security equipment and systems requiring servicing

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to:

measure and calculate volumes, consumption and servicing requirements

read and interpret a multimeter.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3041A Maintain and service security equipment and system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3041 Conduct routine service of security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3041A Maintain and service security equipment and system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting routine servicing of three different types of security equipment and systems, one of which must be an internet protocol (IP) networked installation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting routine servicing of security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when servicing security equipment and systems

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with repairing installed security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when conducting routine servicing of security equipment and systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

maintenance schedule requirements for security equipment and systems

methods for reinstating IP networked systems and equipment and ensuring they are properly secured

routine service procedures for a range of security equipment and systems and repairs permitted within scope of own role, authority and competence

security equipment calibration requirements

techniques for recognising routine and complex faults in security equipment and systems

tests to confirm security equipment and system functionality

tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when routinely servicing security equipment and systems

types, functions and features of a range of security equipment and systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when conducting routine servicing of security equipment and systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, security equipment and systems, PPE and tools required to achieve the performance evidence

manufacturers’ instructions for equipment to be serviced

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3042 Diagnose faults in video surveillance systems and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3042A Identify and diagnose CCTV equipment and system fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to diagnose faults in video surveillance systems (VSS) and equipment. VSS is a surveillance system capable of capturing images and videos that can be compressed, stored or sent over communications networks, and includes closed circuit television (CCTV) and audio systems. The unit includes applying methodical diagnostic procedures, testing suspected fault scenarios, and assessing test results, historical information and operational data to diagnose faults and recommend options for rectification. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems - Client’s premises - Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to diagnose VSS and equipment faults.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and diagnostic timeframes.
1.2	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with diagnosing VSS and equipment faults and apply to work instructions.
1.3	Use questioning and active listening to gather information on type of VSS and equipment and extent of fault.
1.4	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to VSS and equipment in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct VSS and equipment testing and diagnostic procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Isolate VSS and equipment according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Confirm normal performance of VSS and equipment against specification schedules.
3.4	Inspect and check VSS and equipment components and test operation according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Methodically apply diagnostic methods using measurements and estimations of VSS and equipment operating parameters.
3.6	Test suspected fault scenarios to identify source of system problems.
3.7	Assess test data, site variables, operational and historical information to support fault diagnosis.
3.8	Diagnose fault or seek assistance from relevant persons to meet work instructions.
4	Recommend options for fault rectification and complete documentation.	4.1	Document diagnosed faults and options for fault rectification that are supported by verifiable data according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.3	Clean and restore work area and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

circuit diagrams

plans and specifications when locating system and equipment components

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3042A Identify and diagnose CCTV equipment and system fault.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3042 Diagnose faults in video surveillance systems and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3042A Identify and diagnose CCTV equipment and system fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting testing and diagnostic procedures on two different video surveillance systems (VSS) and equipment to diagnose a minimum of three faults.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when diagnosing faults in VSS and equipment:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when diagnosing security equipment and system faults at client premises

cable identification methods and techniques

documentation to be completed when diagnosing faults in VSS and equipment

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of VSS and equipment

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when diagnosing faults in VSS and equipment

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

operational parameters and diagnostic testing procedures for a range of VSS and equipment:

audio systems

cameras:

pan-tilt-zoom and infra-red sensitive

image presentation:

display type, real-time surveillance, resolution and number of images

recording:

image compression, frame rates, resolution, storage capacity, basic metadata, playback and image export

system integration

operational principles of data transmission networks

types and functions of computer software associated with VSS and equipment

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits encountered when diagnosing faults in VSS and equipment, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when diagnosing faults in VSS and equipment and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, VSS and equipment, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

VSS and equipment information to support diagnostic activities

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3043 Establish and test electronic monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3043A Establish and set up electronic monitoring parameters. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to formulate, test and evaluate electronic monitoring parameters for a range of security equipment and systems. It includes designing templates to support monitoring parameters, and conducting tests to evaluate monitoring performance and functions, signals and data and identify errors or deviations in transmitted data.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine monitoring parameters.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm electronic monitoring requirements and timeframes.
1.2	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Inspect security equipment and system and confirm monitoring functions and capabilities.
1.4	Formulate monitoring parameters to meet monitoring capabilities of security equipment and system and monitoring station.
1.5	Obtain and review information required to establish monitoring parameters and clarify issues with relevant persons.
2	Test monitoring parameters.	2.1	Design template to support monitoring parameters and enter data in the correct format and style.
2.2	Cross-check and verify entered data against established monitoring parameters.
2.3	Identify testing procedures to evaluate monitoring performance and functions.
2.4	Conduct required tests to check monitoring performance and functions, signals and data while maintaining communication with relevant persons.
3	Evaluate and document test results.	3.1	Accurately interpret transmitted test data and compare against test requirements to evaluate monitoring performance and functions.
3.2	Identify errors or deviations from specifications and report to relevant persons.
3.3	Accurately complete documentation incorporating details of established parameters, test results and identified errors or deviations according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret written and diagrammatic technical instructions when testing equipment operation

numeracy skills to interpret numerical codes and specifications when establishing system parameters.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3043A Establish and set up electronic monitoring parameters.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3043 Establish and test electronic monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3043A Establish and set up electronic monitoring parameters. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by establishing and testing electronic monitoring parameters for two different security equipment and systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when establishing and testing monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems:

documentation and reporting

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

work health and safety

common electronic monitoring equipment and system configurations and programs

common faults and malfunctions in security equipment and systems used for electronic monitoring

common keypad and control panel types and functions associated with electronic security systems and equipment

computer software and software templates used for monitoring functions in security systems

key considerations when formulating monitoring parameters:

alarms

functions monitored

levels of access and access times

levels of integrity of systems

passwords and codes

recording functions

response requirements

documentation to be completed when establishing and testing monitoring parameters for security equipment and systems

methods for interpreting transmitted test data and comparing against test requirements to evaluate monitoring performance and functions

methods for testing and evaluating performance and functions of a range of electronic monitoring equipment and systems and identifying errors or deviations

operating principles and functions of a range of electronic monitoring equipment and systems

procedures for testing monitoring parameters

software templates for electronic security equipment and systems

types and operation of computer software used for monitoring functions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, computer, software, electronic security equipment and systems and associated documentation required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3044 Conduct routine service of electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3044A Maintain and repair mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct routine servicing to maintain a range of electronic locks and locking systems. It includes identifying damage, friction, sticking or component wear, and making required repairs to ensure the correct operation of electronic locks and locking systems.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to service electronic locks and locking systems.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and routine service timeframes.
1.2	Confirm type of electronic lock and locking system to be serviced and specific maintenance requirements in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to electronic lock and locking system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Carry out routine service procedures on electronic lock and locking system.	3.1	Use safe work practices when conducting routine service procedures according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Access electronic lock and locking system requiring servicing with minimal disruption to services and others in the work area.
3.3	Inspect and check electronic lock and locking system to identify damage, friction, sticking or component wear.
3.4	Perform routine service procedures on electronic lock and locking system following manufacturers’ instructions and WHS requirements.
3.5	Identify and adjust common faults and replace worn keys to ensure correct operation of electronic lock and locking system.
3.6	Identify complex fault or repair requirements and report to relevant persons for specialist attention.
4	Finalise routine service and complete documentation.	4.1	Check serviced lock and locking system and confirm correct operation.
4.2	Notify completion of work to relevant persons.
4.3	Complete routine service documentation detailing service procedures, repairs undertaken and identified faults according to workplace requirements.
4.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by routine service tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and specifications when locating electronic locks and locking systems requiring servicing

manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to:

measure and calculate volumes, consumption and servicing requirements

read and interpret a multimeter.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3044A Maintain and repair mechanical lock and locking system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3044 Conduct routine service of electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3044A Maintain and repair mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting routine servicing of three different electronic locks and locking systems and complete routine service documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting routine servicing of electronic locks and locking systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

documentation to be completed when conducting routine servicing of electronic locks and locking systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

maintenance procedures for a range of electronic locks and locking systems and repairs permitted within scope of own role, authority and competence

procedures for disassembling and reassembling electronic locks and locking systems

signs of damage, friction, sticking and component wear and worn keys associated with electronic locks and locking systems

techniques for recognising routine and complex faults and malfunctions in a range of electronic locks and locking systems

tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when conducting routine servicing of electronic locks and locking systems

types, features and operating principles of a range of electronic locks and locking systems

typical hazards encountered when conducting routine servicing of electronic locks and locking systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, electronic locks and locking systems, PPE and tools required to achieve the performance evidence

manufacturers’ instructions for locks and locking systems to be serviced.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3045 Assess security equipment and systems to specify required modifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3045A Determine security equipment and system modifications. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess security equipment and systems to specify modifications required to meet changed operational requirements. It includes assessing security equipment and system functions and capabilities, proposing feasible modifications and adjusting system schematics, specifications and configurations accordingly.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess security equipment and system functions and capabilities.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client objectives, timeframes and budget constraints for security equipment and system modifications.
1.2	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Review security equipment and system specifications and standards to clarify normal operational functions and performance parameters.
1.4	Review historical information and operational data for security equipment and system to clarify current operational functions and capabilities.
1.5	Review security equipment and system specifications to identify modification capabilities according to manufacturers’ instructions.
2	Formulate security equipment and system modifications.	2.1	Conduct research to identify design concepts and options for security equipment and system to meet changed operational requirements.
2.2	Evaluate identified options and select preferred modifications to satisfy client requirements.
2.3	Adjust security equipment and system schematics, specifications and configurations to clearly and accurately detail planned modifications.
2.4	Check proposed modifications and confirm compliance with legislative requirements.
3	Document recommended security equipment and system modifications.	3.1	Use information technology to clearly and accurately document recommended security equipment and system modifications within agreed timeframes.
3.2	Seek feedback on recommendations and make required adjustments to obtain client acceptance of proposed modifications.
3.3	Complete and securely store documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when seeking feedback from clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

drawing and drafting symbols

plans, drawings and specifications in diagrammatic and schematic formats

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

writing skills to draw plans and schematics when adjusting specifications and configurations.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3045A Determine security equipment and system modifications.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3045 Assess security equipment and systems to specify required modifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3045A Determine security equipment and system modifications. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by specifying required modifications to meet changed operational requirements of three different types of security equipment and systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when specifying modifications to security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting

work health and safety

configuration options for a range of security equipment and systems

considerations to ensure protection of IP networked security systems and equipment when specifying modifications

documentation to be completed when specifying modifications to security equipment and systems

materials, tools and equipment used when specifying modifications to security equipment and systems

methods for evaluating design options when selecting preferred modifications

principles of security system design, specifications and configurations

principles of security system programming and configuration

sources of historical information and operational data used when assessing functions and capabilities of security equipment and systems

techniques for drawing and drafting used when specifying modifications to security equipment and systems

types and functions of a range of security equipment and systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, equipment, tools and materials and security equipment and system information required to achieve the performance evidence

information technologies to source and present information to support work tasks.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3046 Develop security system configurations and specifications for client sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3046A Configure a security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop security system specifications and configurations to meet the requirements of different client sites. It includes assessing sites and security risk factors to select security system design options and develop specifications for equipment configurations and placement. This work applies in extra low voltage environments as defined in Australian Standard AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201).

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements, site location and work timeframes.
1.2	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
1.3	Review AS/NZS 2201 to understand regulatory requirements associated with installing security equipment and systems and apply to work instructions.
1.4	Arrange access to work site in consultation with relevant persons.
1.5	Select and organise required materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
1.6	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Assess client and site requirements.	2.1	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.2	Conduct a detailed site assessment.
2.3	Identify and assess site security risk factors.
2.4	Record results of site assessment and identified security risk factors.
3	Formulate security system specifications and configurations.	3.1	Evaluate design options and select preferred security system configurations to meet site and client requirements.
3.2	Prepare schematics and specifications that accurately detail installation requirements to enable accurate costings to be calculated.
3.3	Select and calculate security equipment and material types and quantities to best meet system specifications.
3.4	Check to verify security system specifications, configurations, placement and positioning comply with legal requirements.
3.5	Seek information and assistance from relevant persons to finalise security system specifications and configurations within agreed timeframes.
4	Document and finalise security system specifications and configurations.	4.1	Use information technology to clearly and accurately document security system specifications and configuration recommendations according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Seek feedback on recommendations and make required adjustments to obtain client acceptance of proposed security system specifications and configurations.
4.3	Complete and securely store documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when seeking feedback from clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

drawing and drafting symbols

plans, drawings and specifications in diagrammatic and schematic formats

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

writing skills to draw plans and schematics when configuring security systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3046A Configure a security system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3046 Develop security system configurations and specifications for client sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3046A Configure a security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing security system configurations and specifications to meet the requirements of three different client sites.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when developing security system specifications and configurations:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) when programming and configuring security equipment and systems at client premises

configuration options for a range of security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when developing security system specifications and configurations

installation considerations to ensure protection of IP networked security systems and equipment

materials, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when specifying and configuring security systems and assessing client sites

principles of security system design, specifications and configurations

principles of security system programming and configuring

requirements for installing different security equipment and systems at client sites

techniques for drawing and drafting used when specifying and configuring security system installations

types and functions of a range of security equipment and systems

types of security risk factors associated with client sites

typical hazards encountered when assessing client sites and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, PPE, equipment and technologies, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

security equipment and system and client site information required to achieve the performance evidence

AS/NZS 2201.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3047 Provide estimate and quote on security system installations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3047A Provide estimate and quote on security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to provide written estimates and quotes on security system installations. It includes assessing client security requirements and specifications, inspecting installation sites to identify problems impacting the installation, obtaining quotes from suppliers, and sourcing and costing equipment, labour and materials.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm compliance requirements and client security needs.	1.1	Review work instructions and documentation to confirm client requirements, security system installation specifications and timeframes for estimate and quote.
1.2	Review and comply with workplace policies and procedures and relevant regulatory requirements when providing estimate and quote for security system installation.
1.3	Consult with client to confirm security needs and expectations.
1.4	Identify security system type and requirements for installation to meet client needs.
1.5	Confirm capacity to provide required security system according to workplace requirements.
2	Obtain quotations and source installation resources.	2.1	Review workplace rate schedules to establish pricing information for security system installation.
2.2	Source quotations for installation equipment, labour and materials ensuring fair comparisons between suppliers.
2.3	Consult with preferred supplier to confirm resource availability and delivery date to meet client requirements.
2.4	Inspect installation site to identify factors impacting installation and apply contingencies to address problems and meet client requirements.
2.5	Calculate cost of security system installation and check to confirm accuracy.
3	Finalise quotation for security system installation.	3.1	Prepare and present written quotation to client within agreed timeframes.
3.2	Negotiate with client to agree required changes or variations and finalise quotation.
3.3	Create client file and store documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

plans and drawings when assessing equipment specifications

technical product specifications in written and diagrammatic formats

numeracy skills to:

accurately calculate estimates and quotations to return a profit where possible

compare prices obtained from different suppliers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3047A Provide estimate and quote on security system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3047 Provide estimate and quote on security system installations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3047A Provide estimate and quote on security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting written quotations for the supply and installation of security systems to meet the differing needs of three clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when providing estimates and quotes on security system installations:

client service standards

legislative, regulatory and contractual obligations associated with providing quotes for the supply and installation of security equipment and systems

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting and documentation

work health and safety

calculation methods used to compare prices and estimate costs and return a profit on supply and installation of security systems

content and format requirements for preparing written estimates and quotes

how to safeguard confidential client information

methods for assessing client sites and surrounds to identify problems impacting the installation of security systems

methods for ensuring fair supplier comparisons

methods for gaining permission to access client sites and persons authorised to grant permission

potential suppliers of equipment, labour and materials for security systems installations

types and functions of a range of security equipment and systems

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, equipment and technologies, client instructions and documentation, and supplier and product information required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3053 Implement measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement measures to secure internet protocol (IP) networked security equipment and systems to protect physical security systems from cyber threats. It includes confirming existing network arrangements, checking firewalls, network controls and protection levels, identifying vulnerabilities to cyber threats and implementing required controls to secure IP networked systems.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to advising on, supplying, installing, maintaining, monitoring, repairing and servicing security equipment in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm security equipment and system network arrangements.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and equipment location and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review and comply with workplace policies and procedures and key regulatory requirements when carrying out work tasks.
1.3	Inspect security equipment and system to clarify operational parameters and locate control panels and software.
1.4	Obtain authorisations and information required to access IP network and system configurations.
2	Identify vulnerabilities and secure IP networked equipment and system.	2.1	Access IP network and system configurations for security equipment and system.
2.2	Use network testing and monitoring tools and commands to check network connectivity and continuity and identify anomalies.
2.3	Check firewalls and network controls and make required updates.
2.4	Assess system protection levels to identify vulnerabilities to cyber threat.
2.5	Check authentications, encryptions and supervision levels and make required changes to improve system protections.
2.6	Perform software upgrades to install latest definitions.
2.7	Complete work tasks and check to ensure IP networked security equipment and system is operating correctly.
3	Report results and complete documentation.	3.1	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
3.2	Complete documentation detailing actions taken to secure IP networked security equipment and system according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.3	Report identified cyber vulnerabilities and required remedial actions for specialist attention.
3.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of schematics and manufacturers’ instructions for security equipment, systems and software

numeracy skills to perform calculations in binary and hexadecimal number systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3053 Implement measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing measures to secure two different types of internet protocol (IP) networked security equipment and systems and identifying at least two vulnerabilities to cyber threat for each system.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy requirements

reporting

requirements for complying with Australian Communications Authority cabling standards

work health and safety

common computer commands used to verify and manage IP and network performance

common cyber threats attributed to IP networked security equipment and systems and solutions

common ways that physical security systems can be breached by hackers:

monitoring protected areas and information through video surveillance systems

removing records from the security management system

taking control of locking and monitoring systems

turning off security systems

documentation to be completed when implementing measures to secure IP networked security equipment and systems

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

internet of things (IOT) devices and common security issues relating to IOT devices

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

physical security system designs and configurations that offer security from cyber threats including multiple levels of protection:

authentication

encryption

supervision

techniques for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

types of network testing and monitoring tools and commands used to check network connectivity and continuity

ways that physical security systems become vulnerable to cyber threats

wireless technologies commonly found in modern security systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, IP networked security equipment, tools and software required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4001 Manage work health and safety in the security work environment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4001A Manage a safe workplace in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage work health and safety in the security work environment. It includes facilitating WHS awareness, legislative compliance and consultation, monitoring compliance with risk control procedures, and planning and implementing WHS training for individuals and teams.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Facilitate WHS awareness and compliance.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to security operations to ensure compliance.
1.2	Access security industry networks to source WHS information and maintain awareness of current WHS practices and changed regulatory requirements.
1.3	Disseminate WHS policies, procedures and information throughout the workplace to facilitate WHS awareness and compliance with legal rights and responsibilities.
1.4	Explain WHS policies and procedures to the work group to support compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements.
2	Facilitate WHS consultation, cooperation and communication.	2.1	Arrange WHS consultation activities to exchange information on WHS issues and compliance.
2.2	Monitor WHS activities to ensure work group members cooperate in WHS management.
2.3	Consult with work group members to identify WHS issues and implement prompt response actions.
2.4	Update policies and procedures to address WHS issues raised through consultation and promptly disseminate revised information.
3	Monitor compliance with risk control processes.	3.1	Implement hazard identification procedures in the security work environment and monitor reporting processes to confirm compliance.
3.2	Implement procedures to control security risks and monitor correct use of the hierarchy of controls by individuals and teams.
3.3	Identify and address procedural inadequacies associated with hazard identification and risk control.
4	Implement WHS training.	4.1	Develop and document a WHS training plan to meet individual and team training needs in consultation with relevant persons.
4.2	Review WHS training processes and materials and make required adjustments to ensure relevance and capacity to meet individual and team WHS learning needs.
4.3	Source and implement WHS training opportunities and monitor achievement against the plan.
4.4	Update the training plan to respond to changes in the work group or WHS policies, procedures or legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify WHS information

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured policies, procedures and training plans.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4001A Manage a safe workplace in the security industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4001 Manage work health and safety in the security work environment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4001A Manage a safe workplace in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by managing work health and safety (WHS) in the security work environment including:

developing WHS policies and procedures associated with:

security at a mass gathering

security response in the event of an active threat

arrange a minimum of two WHS consultation activities with at least two participants at each

develop and document a training plan that meets the WHS training needs of two individuals and one security team.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when managing WHS in the security work environment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with WHS and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

reporting and documentation

use of force

WHS legislation, regulations and codes of conduct in the jurisdiction of operation

consultative processes that can facilitate WHS awareness and information exchange

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

typical security workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations and the control measures for each

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed

WHS implications for workgroup arising from the National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

WHS training opportunities and basics of adult learning styles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to WHS management in the security industry and jurisdiction of operation

information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4003 Assess and advise on client security needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent CPPSEC4003A Advise on security needs. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess the security needs of clients and provide documented advice on products and services to meet those needs. It includes conducting a security risk assessment of the client’s specific circumstances and operating environment and evaluating client satisfaction to improve service provision.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client security needs.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Consult with client to confirm their immediate, short, and long-term security needs, expectations and budget.
1.3	Obtain and analyse valid and relevant information to clarify client circumstances and operating environment.
1.4	Assess security risk associated with client circumstances and operating environment based on analysis conducted.
1.5	Identify and assess existing and potential security issues to determine their impact on client requirements.
1.6	Recognise own limitations in assessing client requirements and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Advise on security options to meet client needs.	2.1	Identify available security products and services to meet client needs and budget and select recommended security solutions.
2.2	Source comprehensive information to support recommended products and services and alternative options to meet client requirements.
2.3	Prioritise recommendations and alternative options and collate evidence of their suitability to meet client requirements.
2.4	Use information technologies to document and present client advice in a format and style to meet workplace requirements.
2.5	Explain features and benefits of recommended products and services to client and obtain feedback on suitability and sufficiency of advice.
3	Evaluate advice provision to improve client service.	3.1	Evaluate client feedback to ascertain effectiveness of advice and satisfaction with service provision.
3.2	Identify and action changes necessary to improve advice to meet client needs and comply with workplace requirements for client service.
3.3	Complete and secure client documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information to match security services and products to client needs

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured client advice.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4003A Advise on security needs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4003 Assess and advise on client security needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent CPPSEC4003A Advise on security needs. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assessing and advising on security products and services to meet the different security needs of three clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when advising clients on security needs:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements associated with providing advice about security products and services

reporting and documentation

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines when advising clients on security needs

basic requirements for the installation of a range of security equipment and systems

changing risk context of client operations

how and where security manpower can be effectively used

methods for comparing and contrasting security product and service information

operational principles of, and information technologies used in internet protocol networked security equipment and systems

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

type and nature of a range of security risks and measures for controlling these using security products and services

types, functions, advantages and disadvantages of common security products and services

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and policies and procedures that apply to the provision of security advice and services in the jurisdiction of operation

client information and specifications, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4004 Supervise security operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4004A Monitor and review security operations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to supervise security operations. It includes developing operational plans, assessing and controlling anticipated security risks, monitoring operations and implementing required contingencies. It also includes evaluating the results based on debriefing sessions and incident observations to recommend improvements to future operations.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and organise security operation.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Obtain and review work instructions to clarify security operation timeframes and resource requirements.
1.3	Develop and document operational plan and schedule activities and resources to effectively conduct security operation to meet work instructions.
1.4	Identify and assess anticipated risks associated with security operation and implement risk control measures in accordance with WHS requirements.
1.5	Organise required equipment, resources and technologies following workplace procedures.
1.6	Establish communication processes and chain of command requirements.
1.7	Brief relevant persons to explain operational information and instructions and use questioning and active listening to respond to issues and concerns.
2	Monitor security operation.	2.1	Systematically monitor security operation progress against operational plan.
2.2	Use security equipment, resources and technologies to support monitoring tasks following manufacturers’ instructions.
2.3	Maintain communication with team members and receive, confirm and organise requested assistance.
2.4	Identify contingencies affecting the security operation and vary the operational plan in consultation with relevant persons.
2.5	Record and report operational information according to workplace requirements.
3	Review security operation.	3.1	Evaluate effectiveness of security operations in consultation with relevant persons.
3.2	Plan, schedule and conduct debriefing sessions for individuals involved in the operation.
3.3	Review incident observations to identify opportunities for improvement to future security operations.
3.4	Document review findings and recommendations and present to relevant persons according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify operational information

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured operational plans.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4004A Monitor and review security operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4004 Supervise security operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4004A Monitor and review security operations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by supervising three different security operations including for each operation:

receiving a minimum of two requests for assistance during the operation

identifying a minimum of two contingencies requiring the operational plan to be varied

planning and conducting debriefing sessions involving a minimum of two participants.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when supervising security operations:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

personal protective equipment

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

chain of command and communication processes used to monitor security operations

implications for security operations arising from the National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

key principles of team dynamics, team leadership and management

methods for briefing security operations information and instructions to individuals and teams

methods for debriefing security operations with individuals and teams

methods for reviewing security operations to identify procedural improvements

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

typical security workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations and the control measures for each

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed

work scheduling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, security equipment, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4005 Facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4005A Facilitate workplace briefing and debriefing processes. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes. It includes scheduling and conducting briefings to provide operational information and instructions, and debriefings to review operational outcomes including incident observations and lessons learned. It requires identifying areas of concern associated with the wellbeing of individuals and implementing suitable support strategies and recommending procedural improvements to future operations.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for briefing and debriefing.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Obtain and assess operational information to clarify and inform briefing and debriefing objectives.
1.3	Plan and schedule briefing and debriefing processes in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Identify and confirm location for briefing and debriefing processes.
1.5	Notify relevant persons of requirements to attend briefing and debriefing processes.
2	Conduct security briefing.	2.1	Select and use briefing method to suit briefing objectives, number of participants and complexity of information to be shared.
2.2	Conduct briefing to provide concise and clear operational information and instructions in accordance with briefing objectives.
2.3	Use questioning and active listening to elicit contributions and seek feedback from relevant persons to confirm operational information and instructions have been understood.
3	Conduct security debriefing.	3.1	Select and use debriefing method to suit debriefing objectives and individual and team requirements.
3.2	Conduct debriefing to review operational outcomes and analyse incident observations and lessons learned.
3.3	Use questioning and active listening to elicit contributions and seek feedback from relevant persons and recommend procedural improvements for future security operations.
3.4	Identify areas of concern associated with the wellbeing of relevant persons and implement suitable support strategies to meet individual needs.
4	Finalise and report security briefing and debriefing outcomes.	4.1	Record and document outcomes of briefing and debriefing according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Schedule follow-up actions arising from briefing and debriefing in consultation with relevant persons.
4.3	Complete and secure briefing and debriefing documentation in a manner that facilitate future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of incident reports and security intelligence when preparing for briefing and debriefing processes

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured briefing and debriefing documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4005A Facilitate workplace briefing and debriefing processes.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4005 Facilitate security operations briefing and debriefing processes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4005A Facilitate workplace briefing and debriefing processes. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting briefing and debriefing processes for three different security operations involving:

at least two briefing processes and two debriefing processes including face-to-face group discussions with a minimum of three participants

identifying support strategies to support the specific wellbeing needs of two individuals arising from debriefing of each security operation

reviewing incident observations representing different types of incident scenarios for each security operation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when facilitating security operations briefing and debriefing:

anti-discrimination and diversity

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct governing security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

implications for security operations arising from the National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

methods used to brief individuals and teams in preparation for security operations

methods used to debrief security operations to identify issues and concerns and procedural improvements

persons required to be involved in the briefing and debriefing of security operations

signs and symptoms of work-related stress and associated support strategies

techniques for facilitating group discussions and encouraging input from individuals

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

typical security workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations and the control measures for each

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed

work scheduling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to briefing and debriefing of security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions and operational information, security equipment, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4006 Conduct security risk assessment of client operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4006A Assess risks. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct a security risk assessment of client operations. It includes analysing client operations and associated information and intelligence to develop a risk assessment register, develop and apply risk assessment criteria to measure risks and consequences to client operations and recommend appropriate countermeasures. This unit of competency does not cover development of risk management plans.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse client operations and risk environment.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Consult with relevant persons to confirm risk assessment terms of reference, costs and timeframes.
1.3	Develop and document a structured risk assessment register that includes an agreed methodology and allows for possible changes to client operations.
1.4	Consult with client to confirm their core business, operating environment, goals and objectives.
1.5	Source valid and reliable information and intelligence to clarify client assets and analyse potential and actual security risks.
1.6	Recognise own limitations in assessing security risks and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Assess security risks and consequences to operations.	2.1	Develop risk assessment criteria comprising qualitative and quantitative measures.
2.2	Apply risk assessment criteria to measure level of potential or existing security risk and associated consequences to client operations.
2.3	Identify gaps in predetermined methodology to respond to changing risk context of client operations and modify risk assessment in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Source additional required information to assess and confirm client security risk potential.
2.5	Use information technologies to document and present security risk assessment in a format and style to meet workplace requirements.
3	Finalise risk assessment and present findings.	3.1	Identify countermeasures to overcome security risks associated with client operations and incorporate recommended strategies into final risk assessment.
3.2	Finalise security risk assessment and check to ensure findings and recommendations are supported by verifiable information.
3.3	Present final security risk assessment to relevant persons for feedback within agreed timeframes.
3.4	Use questioning and active listening to explain identified security risks and countermeasures to mitigate risk to client operations.
3.5	Complete and secure risk assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information when assessing risks to client operations

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured security risk assessments.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4006A Assess risks.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4006 Conduct security risk assessment of client operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4006A Assess risks. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting and presenting comprehensive risk assessments of client operations for three different clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security risk assessments of client operations:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines when conducting security risk assessments of client operations

changing risk context of client operations

difference between information and intelligence in the context of security risk assessments

methods for developing risk assessment criteria comprising qualitative and quantitative measures

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

type and nature of a range of security risks and countermeasures associated with workplace operations

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed during client consultations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to conducting security risk assessments in the jurisdiction of operation

client specifications, information and intelligence, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4007 Identify security threats and assess impact on client operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4007A Assess threat. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to identify security threats and assess their impact on client operations. It includes analysing client operations and existing security arrangements, assessing assets and activities to determine their criticality to client operations, and conducting a consequence analysis to measure the impact of identified threats.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse client operations and security arrangements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Consult with relevant persons to confirm threat assessment terms of reference, costs and timeframes.
1.3	Consult with client to confirm their core business, operating environment, goals and objectives.
1.4	Source valid and reliable information to clarify client assets and analyse existing security arrangements.
1.5	Recognise own limitations in assessing security threats and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Identify, assess and monitor security threats.	2.1	Develop threat assessment criteria comprising qualitative and quantitative measures.
2.2	Evaluate gathered information and source additional required intelligence or information to ensure all relevant information is included in threat assessment.
2.3	Apply threat assessment criteria to identify possible causes and sources of potential and existing security threats to client operations.
2.4	Assess likelihood and realisation of identified threats to client operations.
2.5	Systematically monitor identified threats and modify threat assessment to respond to changing roles, locations and operational stability.
3	Undertake threat consequence analysis.	3.1	Assess assets and activities to determine criticality to client operations.
3.2	Assess reliability, availability and capacity of operational back-up systems for assets and activities.
3.3	Assess threat impact on client operations to measure and analyse consequences.
3.4	Confirm potential consequences of security threats in consultation with relevant persons.
4	Finalise threat assessment and present findings.	4.1	Identify contingency arrangements to protect client operations and incorporate recommended strategies into final threat assessment.
4.2	Finalise security threat assessment and check to ensure findings and recommendations are supported by verifiable information.
4.3	Use information technologies to document and present security threat assessment in a format and style to meet workplace requirements.
4.4	Present final security threat assessment to relevant persons for feedback within agreed timeframes.
4.5	Use questioning and active listening to explain identified security threats and consequences and recommended contingency arrangements.
4.6	Complete and secure threat assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information when assessing client operations

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured security threat assessments.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4007A Assess threat.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4007 Identify security threats and assess impact on client operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4007A Assess threat. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting and presenting comprehensive threat assessments of client operations for three different clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security threat assessments of client operations:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines when conducting security threat assessments of client operations

changing operational contexts for client operations

difference between information and intelligence in the context of security threat assessments

methods for developing threat assessment criteria comprising qualitative and quantitative measures

methods for determining the criticality of assets and activities to client operations

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management when identifying and assessing security threats

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

threat assessment and consequence analysis techniques and processes

type and nature of a range of security threats and countermeasures associated with workplace operations

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed during client consultations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to security threat assessments in the jurisdiction of operation

client specifications, information and intelligence, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4008 Assess and prepare security tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4008A Prepare a detailed tender. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess and prepare security tender submissions. It includes assessing security tender documentation to clarify specifications, timeframes and submission requirements, defining and costing tender content and finalising and submitting tenders within required timeframes.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess security tender requirements.	1.1	Source and assess tender documentation to clarify specifications, timeframes and submission requirements.
1.2	Interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to tender specifications to ensure compliance when preparing submission.
1.3	Evaluate viability of providing security requirements against tender specifications and workplace priorities.
1.4	Assess risk associated with tender specifications and plan risk management strategies according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Discuss security tender specifications with relevant persons to identify and clarify issues associated with tender submission.
2	Define, document and cost tender deliverables.	2.1	Define and document project timelines, stages, activities and deliverables to meet tender specifications.
2.2	Assess specific resources required to meet tender specifications against capacity to deliver.
2.3	Apply workplace rate schedules to cost tender requirements.
2.4	Identify assistance required to meet tender specifications and plan contingency arrangements in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Finalise security tender submission.	3.1	Use technology to prepare tender submission in the required style and format.
3.2	Check to ensure tender submission content is accurate and meets all tender specifications.
3.3	Forward tender submission to relevant persons for feedback and make required edits.
3.4	Lodge tender submission within required timeframes.
3.5	Complete and secure tender documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to accurately interpret key requirements of security tender criteria and conditions

writing skills to prepare succinct tender submissions that accurately respond to tender specifications

numeracy skills to calculate and cost provision of security products and services against workplace rate schedules.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4008A Prepare a detailed tender.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4008 Assess and prepare security tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4008A Prepare a detailed tender. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assessing and preparing three security tender submissions that respond to specifications for the provision of different products or services.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when assessing and preparing security tender submissions:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements associated with tendering for security products and services

content, format and presentation requirements for security tender submissions

financial and legal requirements for assessing and preparing security tender submissions

tender management, assessment, preparation, submission and review processes

tender specifications and confidentiality requirements applicable to security tendering

workplace products and services provided through employee and subcontractor arrangements

workplace rate schedules for providing security products and services

workplace resources, capacities and capabilities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to assessing and preparing security tender submissions in the jurisdiction of operation

tender information and specifications, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4009 Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4009A Interpret information from advanced security equipment. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to interpret electronic information while operating advanced technology security systems. It includes identifying and responding to security risk situations, maintaining operational performance of systems and backing-up systems and data.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Evaluate electronic information from advanced technology security system.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Operate and monitor security system in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
1.3	Receive electronic data and verify source and authenticity.
1.4	Cross-check security system with companion monitoring systems to ensure accurate and consistent information exchange.
1.5	Interpret and evaluate received electronic security information in accordance with workplace requirements.
2	Respond to security risk situations.	2.1	Identify and assess potential security risk situation from received electronic information.
2.2	Accurately input data to implement a prompt and effective security response.
2.3	Vary security response to respond to changing circumstances and request additional support or specialist advice required to ensure safety and security of people and property.
2.4	Monitor security response while maintaining continual information exchange with relevant persons.
2.5	Record and report security response information to relevant persons.
3	Maintain advanced technology security system.	3.1	Monitor and test security system to confirm performance is within defined operating guidelines.
3.2	Implement preventative or breakdown maintenance procedures following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.3	Identify and report actual or suspected faults or deficiencies in security system.
3.4	Implement back-up procedures to maintain integrity of security system and data.
3.5	Complete and secure security response and system maintenance documentation in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify instructions when monitoring security response.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4009A Interpret information from advanced security equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4009 Interpret electronic information from advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4009A Interpret information from advanced security equipment. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by interpret electronic information from three different types of advanced technology security systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when interpreting electronic information from advanced technology security systems:

duty of care

information privacy and confidentiality

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

workplace health and safety

back-up procedures for a range of advanced technology security systems

common faults and malfunctions in advanced technology security systems

common keypad and control panel types and functions associated with a range of advanced technology security systems

documentation to be completed when interpreting electronic information from advanced technology security systems and responding to security risk situations

methods for cross-checking advanced technology security systems with companion monitoring systems to ensure accurate and consistent information exchange

operating principles and functions of a range of common advanced technology security systems

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for finding faults, maintaining and repairing advanced technology security systems

procedures for inputting data into a range of advanced technology security systems

procedures for testing monitoring parameters

procedures for verifying authenticity and consistency of received electronic information

process of dynamic risk assessment and risk management using the hierarchy of controls

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

types of situations requiring security response when interpreting electronic information from security systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to operating and controlling advanced technology security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, documentation and advanced technology security systems required to achieve the performance evidence

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4010 Manage monitoring centre operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4010A Manage monitoring centres. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage monitoring centre operations. It includes managing operations and resources within budget parameters, supervising electronic security data monitoring and alarm response activities to ensure compliance with client instructions, and reviewing operational outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for monitoring centre operations.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems, Part 2: Monitoring centres to understand requirements for operating electronic security systems and apply to monitoring centre operations to ensure compliance.
1.3	Obtain and review work instructions and operational documentation to clarify monitoring centre systems, technologies and staffing requirements.
1.4	Confirm operational budget and delegations and clarify agreed limits and allocations.
1.5	Check and confirm correct operation and connection of security systems, equipment and technologies and record and report faults or required maintenance.
1.6	Confirm roles and responsibilities of monitoring centre personnel and clarify client instructions for security monitoring in consultation with relevant persons.
1.7	Instruct relevant persons on procedures for identifying faults or deficiencies in security equipment, backing up systems and data, and arranging preventative and breakdown maintenance.
2	Supervise monitoring and alarm response.	2.1	Systematically monitor correct operation and performance of security systems, equipment and technologies.
2.2	Monitor receipt, interpretation and transmission of electronic security data to verify compliance with client instructions and workplace procedures.
2.3	Identify processing or transmission errors and implement required remedial actions.
2.4	Recognise alarm event and consult with relevant persons to provide instructions and ensure response and security status meets client requirements.
2.5	Identify factors impacting alarm response and implement contingency actions to resolve alarm event and maintain security to meet client instructions.
2.6	Organise security data backup to meet legislative and workplace requirements.
3	Review and complete monitoring centre operations.	3.1	Supervise change of shift procedures ensuring monitoring and system continuity.
3.2	Review monitoring centre operations to identify procedural improvements for future operations.
3.3	Complete and secure monitoring centre documentation in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify operational information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4010A Manage monitoring centres.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4010 Manage monitoring centre operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4010A Manage monitoring centres. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by managing monitoring centre operations involving responses to at least 30 alarm events.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when managing monitoring centre operations:

duty of care

information privacy and confidentiality

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

workplace health and safety (WHS)

application of AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems, Part 2: Monitoring centres when operating electronic security systems

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

categories of alarm events and procedures for responding to each category

customer service standards

key principles of team dynamics, team leadership and management

methods for operating monitoring centres within budgetary and resource parameters

methods for verifying polling connections

monitoring centre grading and certification requirements in Australia

operational functions of a range of electronic security equipment and operating systems used in monitoring centres

procedures for allocating and replacing security systems and equipment used in monitoring centres

procedures for change of shift

procedures for door, alarms, time clock, subsequent and further alarms and monitoring

procedures to back-up and protect security data

purpose and objectives of National Police Alarm Activation Response Guideline

roles and responsibilities of monitoring centre personnel

types of alarm events that may require response such as duress alarms, intrusion alarms, air conditioning alarms, smoke alarms, vehicle global positioning system and satellite tracking

types of alarm transmission technologies including wireless and internet protocol monitoring and dialler monitoring

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to monitoring centres in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, security systems, equipment, technologies and staff required to achieve the performance evidence

AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems, Part 2: Monitoring centres

National Police Alarm Activation Response Guideline.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4011 Manage field staff activity and incident response from control room

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4011A Coordinate field staff activity from control room. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage field staff activity and incident response from a control room. It includes using security systems and technologies to monitor security operations, control field staff activity and coordinate security responses to incidents while maintaining continual exchange of information with field staff and others involved in the response. It includes reporting and reviewing operational outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for control room operations.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to control room operations to ensure compliance.
1.2	Obtain and review shift and operational documentation to clarify work instructions and security operations.
1.3	Check and confirm correct operation of security systems and technologies and record and report faults or maintenance requirements.
1.4	Cross-check systems and equipment with companion monitoring systems and confirm accurate and consistent information exchange.
1.5	Confirm roles and responsibilities of control room and field staff and consult with relevant persons to explain operational information and instructions.
1.6	Establish control room communication processes and chain of command in consultation with relevant persons.
1.7	Identify and assess anticipated risks associated with security operations and deployed field staff and implement required risk control measures.
2	Control field staff activity.	2.1	Operate security systems and technologies to systematically monitor security operations and field staff activity.
2.2	Receive and interpret security information and alarm and assess incident nature and risk.
2.3	Deploy field staff to carry out security response proportionate to the nature of incident and risk.
2.4	Conduct regular and systematic checks with field staff to provide information and directions and to maintain security.
2.5	Respond promptly to irregular or non-responses from field staff to maintain safety and security of people, property and premises.
2.6	Receive, confirm and respond to requests for assistance in accordance with workplace requirements.
2.7	Identify factors affecting achievement of security operations and vary operational plans in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Coordinate security response to incident.	3.1	Identify incident and formulate security response in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.2	Promptly implement security response and allocate required resources while maintaining continual exchange of information with field staff and relevant persons.
3.3	Anticipate contingency requirements and vary response to maximise safety and security of people and property.
4	Review and complete control room operations.	4.1	Supervise change of shift procedures ensuring monitoring and system continuity.
4.2	Develop operational report including detailed incident and response observations.
4.3	Review control room operations to identify procedural improvements for future operations.
4.4	Complete and secure operational documentation in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to give clear instructions, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify operational information when deploying field staff.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4011A Coordinate field staff activity from control room.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4011 Manage field staff activity and incident response from control room

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4011A Coordinate field staff activity from control room. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by managing field staff activity and incident response from a control room to respond to six different incidents:

different security risk scenarios must be covered in each incident

at least three incident responses must require assistance from emergency services personnel

at least one procedural improvement must be identified with each security response.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when managing field staff activity and incident response from a control room:

casinos and gaming

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and confidentiality

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

surveillance

workplace health and safety

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command associated with control room operation

communication formats relating to security systems including high speed and contact ID

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between local and monitored alarms

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

key principles of team dynamics, team leadership and management

operational principles of a range of security systems, equipment and software used in control rooms

procedures for change of shift

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for deploying field staff to respond to security risks and incidents

procedures for preparing, storing and retrieving surveillance footage

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

range of typical security risk or incident situations and appropriate response procedures implemented from a control room

roles and responsibilities of field staff

signs of possible harassment or assault

surveillance recording systems (digital and analogue) and interfaces

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used when managing field staff from a control room

types of computer operating systems used in a control room

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of detectors monitored from a control room including passive infrared sensor and dual tech

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to control room operations in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, security equipment, technologies and field staff required to achieve the performance evidence

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4012 Assess security vulnerabilities of assets

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4012A Identify and assess security of assets. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess the security vulnerabilities of client assets based an analysis of asset types, use, ownership and value. It includes auditing security risk control mechanisms and incident reporting measures and testing their operational effectiveness to identify failures and recommend treatment options.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	List client assets and confirm status.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Consult with relevant persons to confirm the location and nature of all assets and clarify client security objectives in relation to each asset.
1.3	Source valid and reliable information to confirm the value of all client assets in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Document listing of client assets and valuations in a format suitable for analysis.
1.5	Conduct analysis to confirm asset types, use, ownership and value.
1.6	Recognise own limitations in assessing asset security vulnerabilities of client and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Assess security risk control mechanisms to identify asset vulnerabilities.	2.1	Identify and assess methods for accessing client assets.
2.2	Conduct audit of existing and planned security risk control mechanisms and incident reporting measures.
2.3	Obtain and review operating parameters for identified risk control mechanisms to plan testing methods.
2.4	Test operational effectiveness of risk control mechanisms to identify actual and potential failures and report the results to relevant persons.
3	Finalise and present asset security vulnerability assessment.	3.1	Finalise asset security vulnerability assessment including recommendations to treat identified security risks, and check to ensure findings and recommendations are supported by verifiable information.
3.2	Use information technologies to document and present asset security vulnerability assessment in a format and style to meet workplace requirements.
3.3	Present final asset security vulnerability assessment to relevant persons for feedback within agreed timeframes.
3.4	Use questioning and active listening to explain identified security vulnerabilities and recommended treatments.
3.5	Complete and secure asset assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information when assessing asset vulnerabilities

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured client advice.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4012A Identify and assess security of assets.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4012 Assess security vulnerabilities of assets

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4012A Identify and assess security of assets. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting and presenting comprehensive assessments of the security vulnerabilities of assets for three different clients involving at least three of the following types of assets:

buildings

critical infrastructure

equipment

information systems

people.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when assessing the security vulnerabilities of assets:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines when assessing security vulnerabilities of assets

audit techniques used when assessing existing and planned security risk control and reporting mechanisms for client assets

difference between crowded places and critical infrastructure

factors that may influence value of client assets

methods for testing operational effectiveness of assets and risk control mechanisms

methods for validating the reliability of information used to assess security vulnerabilities of assets

risk assessment techniques

sources and types of information used to confirm asset status and values

type and nature of a range of security risks to client assets and control measures for each

types of client assets that may require protection from security risks

understanding of ways that assets are valued:

criticality to operations

depreciated value

formal valuation

personal value to client

purchase price

replace cost

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed during client consultations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to assessing the security vulnerabilities of client assets in the jurisdiction of operation

client information and specifications, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4014 Commission and decommission networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4014A Commission and decommission networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to commission and decommission a range of networked security systems. Commissioning includes establishing equipment interconnections and parameters, installing software, setting configurations, loading hardware data, testing performance and securing systems over internet protocol (IP) networks. Decommissioning includes isolating existing services and terminating energy sources.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to commission and decommission networked security system.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Review AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) to understand and apply requirements associated with commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems.
1.4	Review networked security system architecture and configuration documentation and source information to clarify commissioning and decommissioning requirements.
1.5	Review and comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements when carrying out work instructions.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to networked security systems for commissioning and decommissioning in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.5	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3	Commission networked security system.	3.1	Access networked security system and confirm equipment interconnections and parameters.
3.2	Review system specifications and confirm equipment interconnections and parameters.
3.3	Set up non-software configurations and confirm software is installed and hardware data loaded.
3.4	Conduct performance tests to ensure operation meets prescribed parameters and specifications.
3.5	Conduct procedures to ensure security of system connections over IP network.
3.6	Identify, document and report malfunctions or deviations from recommended specifications.
3.7	Conduct hand-over of commissioned networked security system.
4	Decommission networked security system.	4.1	Confirm networked security system for decommissioning.
4.2	Isolate existing services to protect operation of existing structures in consultation with relevant persons.
4.3	Safely terminate sources of energy according to manufacturers’ instructions and WHS requirements.
4.4	Remove networked security system and components according to work instructions.
5	Finalise commissioning and decommissioning activities and documentation.	5.1	Complete and secure commissioning and decommissioning documentation to maintain client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.2	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
5.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
5.4	Clean and restore work area, remove waste caused by work tasks and dispose of decommissioned security system and components according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

specifications for networked system architecture and configuration

plans and specifications when locating networked security system and components for commissioning and decommissioning

Australian standards, NCC and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when testing commissioned networked security system.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4014A Commission and decommission networked security system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4014 Commission and decommission networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4014A Commission and decommission networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by commissioning and decommissioning two different types of networked security systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) when commissioning and decommissioning of security equipment and systems installed at clients’ premises

basic carpentry techniques used when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

cable identification and termination methods and techniques

common computer commands used to verify and manage internet protocol and network performance

documentation to be completed when commissioning and decommissioning security equipment and systems

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

local area network and wide area network capabilities

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

methods for installing software, setting non-software configurations and confirming hardware data is loaded when commissioning networked security systems

procedures for isolating existing services

procedures for safely terminating sources of energy when decommissioning networked security systems

soldering and drilling techniques used when commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems

testing procedures for commissioning a range of networked security systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems

network testing and monitoring tools and commands used to check network connectivity and continuity

types and functions of computer software associated with networked security systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits encountered when commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and licensing requirements that apply to commissioning and decommissioning networked security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, documentation, networked security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4015 Maintain networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4015A Maintain networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maintain a range of networked security systems. It includes assessing system architecture and configurations and formulating suitable maintenance strategies against budgetary constraints and risks to continuity of client operations. It also includes monitoring system performance, performing back-ups and hardware and software updates, identifying operational irregularities and faults, and implementing required repairs and maintenance.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Formulate maintenance strategy for networked security system.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Review AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) to understand requirements associated with maintaining networked security systems and apply to work instructions.
1.4	Review networked security system architecture and configuration documentation to confirm requirements to maintain operational effectiveness.
1.5	Confirm warranty status of networked security system components, software and hardware.
1.6	Assess maintenance options against budgetary constraints and risk to continuity of client operations.
1.7	Finalise and schedule maintenance strategy that ensures optimal operational performance of networked security system and software.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to networked security system in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.5	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3	Monitor effectiveness of networked security system.	3.1	Access networked security system with minimal disruption to services and others in the work area.
3.2	Systematically monitor and assess networked security system operation against performance indicators to determine hardware and software performance and reliability.
3.3	Monitor security and access features of networked security system to confirm information security and integrity.
3.4	Review and maintain system performance and audit reports according to workplace requirements.
4	Implement preventative maintenance procedures.	4.1	Routinely implement networked security system back-up procedures.
4.2	Routinely update and maintain anti-virus software and mechanisms to secure internet protocol networks.
4.3	Carry out repairs or adjustments to networked security system within scope of own competence and according to maintenance strategy and manufacturers’ instructions.
4.4	Identify, diagnose and rectify system irregularities or faults and refer complex faults for specialist attention according to manufacturers’ instructions.
5	Finalise maintenance and complete documentation.	5.1	Reinstate networked security system and confirm correct operation and connections.
5.2	Notify completion of work to relevant persons.
5.3	Complete maintenance documentation detailing repairs undertaken and identified faults according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.4	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
5.5	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by maintenance tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

specifications for networked system architecture and configuration

plans and specifications when locating networked security system and components for maintenance

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when maintaining networked systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4015A Maintain networked security system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4015 Maintain networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4015A Maintain networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by maintaining three different networked security systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when maintaining security systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

work health and safety

cable identification, termination and connection procedures associated with repairing networked security systems

common computer commands used to verify and manage internet protocol and network performance

documentation to be completed when maintaining security systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

local area network and wide area network capabilities

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

maintenance procedures for a range of networked security systems and repairs permitted within scope of own role, authority and competence

maintenance strategies for networked security systems

methods for reinstating networked systems and equipment and ensuring they are properly secured over IP networks

security equipment calibration requirements

techniques for recognising routine and complex faults in networked security systems

tests to confirm security system functionality

tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when maintaining networked security systems

types, functions and features of a range of networked security systems and components:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when maintaining networked security systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and licensing requirements that apply to maintaining networked security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, documentation, networked security equipment and systems, manufacturers’ instructions, PPE and tools required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4016 Install networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4016A Install networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of networked security systems. It includes installing and configuring a range of software, hardware and new components in a network and performing tests to determine operational effectiveness.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install networked security system.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Review AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) to understand and apply requirements associated with installing networked security systems.
1.4	Review security system architecture and configuration documentation and source information to clarify installation requirements.
1.5	Confirm location and availability of networked security system components.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to installation site in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
2.5	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3	Perform installation of networked security system.	3.1	Obtain authorisation to install networked security system according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Isolate circuits according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Install cabling and check to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements.
3.4	Install networked security system hardware, software and components according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Configure system hardware and software according to manufacturers’ instructions and work instructions.
3.6	Conduct procedures to ensure security of system connections over internet protocol network.
3.7	Conduct performance tests to ensure system operation meets prescribed parameters and specifications.
4	Finalise installation and documentation.	4.1	Complete and secure installation documentation to maintain client confidentiality.
4.2	Notify work completion to relevant persons.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Clean and restore work area and remove waste caused by installation tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

specifications for networked system architecture and configuration

plans and specifications when locating networked security system and components for installation

Australian standards, NCC and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when testing installed networked security system.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4016A Install networked security system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4016 Install networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4016A Install networked security system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing three different networked security systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing networked security systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) when installing networked security systems

basic carpentry techniques used when installing networked security systems

cable identification and termination methods and techniques

common computer commands used to verify and manage internet protocol and network performance

documentation to be completed when installing networked security systems

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

local area network and wide area network capabilities

materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing networked security systems

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

methods for installing software, setting non-software configurations and confirming hardware data is loaded when installing networked security systems

network testing and monitoring tools and commands used to check network connectivity and continuity

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

procedures for isolating existing services

soldering and drilling techniques used when installing networked security systems

testing procedures for checking the correct operation of a range of networked security systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types and functions of computer software associated with networked security systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

types of electrical connections and circuits that may be encountered when installing networked security systems, and circuit protection requirements

typical hazards encountered when installing networked security systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

work at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and licensing requirements that apply to networked security system installations in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, documentation, networked security equipment and systems, PPE, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4017 Design security system configurations and specifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4017A Determine security system configurations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to design security system configurations and specifications. It includes researching system requirements and formulating viable design solutions that meet client requirements within budget and quality constraints. It also includes validating the quality and suitability of the design to meet the intended purpose and preparing detailed and accurate security system schematics and specifications.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research security system requirements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client and site requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Consult with relevant persons to determine security system performance requirements, budget and quality constraints.
1.4	Review AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) to understand and apply requirements for designing security system configurations and specifications.
1.5	Assess client documentation to identify actual and potential security risks to client operations.
1.6	Conduct research and formulate security system design options to meet client requirements and control identified security risks.
2	Validate security system design.	2.1	Evaluate design options and select preferred security system configurations to meet site and client requirements.
2.2	Prepare system architectural and service specifications that address performance, maintenance and fault tolerance parameters.
2.3	Check and confirm compatibility of existing and proposed systems and equipment against plans and technical specifications.
2.4	Specify equipment and materials that best meet design specifications and client requirements.
2.5	Finalise security system design and check to ensure schematics and specifications provide sufficient detail to enable accurate costings to be calculated.
3	Finalise and report security system configurations and specifications.	3.1	Use information technology to clearly and accurately document security system design within required timeframes, budget and quality constraints.
3.2	Seek feedback on recommendations and make required adjustments to obtain client acceptance of proposed security system design.
3.3	Complete and securely store documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

drawing and drafting symbols

plans, drawings and specifications in diagrammatic and schematic formats

Australian standards, NCC and manufacturers’ instructions

writing skills to draw accurate plans and schematics when configuring security systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4017A Determine security system configurations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4017 Design security system configurations and specifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4017A Determine security system configurations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by designing security system configurations and specifications to meet the differing requirements of three clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when designing security system configurations and specifications:

licensing requirements

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

application of AS/NZS 2201.1:2007 Intruder alarm systems – Client’s premises – Design, installation, commissioning and maintenance (AS/NZS 2201) and National Construction Code (NCC) when designing security systems for installation at client premises

building construction methods and types

configuration options for a range of security equipment and systems

design considerations for security system installations at different client sites

documentation to be completed when designing security system configurations and specifications

materials, tools and equipment used when designing security system configurations and specifications

principles of security system design, specifications and configurations

principles of security system programming and configuring

techniques for drawing and drafting used when specifying and configuring security system installations

types and functions of a range of security equipment and systems

types of budget and quality constraints that can impact design of security systems

types of security risk factors associated with client sites.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and licensing requirements that apply to security system design in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions and documentation, client information, security equipment and system, tools and materials required to achieve the performance evidence

AS/NZS 2201

NCC.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPSEC4018 Program and configure networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4018A Configure security devices on IT networks. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to program and configure a range of security systems and networks. It includes identifying configuration requirements and parameters for the type of security system and network, and conducting programming, configurations and testing to ensure the system operates correctly and meets client requirements.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm security system and network requirements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Obtain and confirm security system installation specifications and network configurations.
1.4	Review installation documentation to confirm equipment, cabling and connection requirements.
1.5	Check proposed configurations against operational parameters and specifications for security system and type of network.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security system and network in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct system and network programming and configuration.	3.1	Access networked security system with minimal disruption to services and others in the work area.
3.2	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Assess security system design and existing infrastructure to identify and verify program parameters.
3.4	Install and program system software according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Configure and secure networked security system according to work instructions.
4	Inspect and test network configurations.	4.1	Test networked security system to confirm correct configuration, operation and connections.
4.2	Inspect networked security system configuration and confirm compliance with regulatory and client requirements.
4.3	Identify and rectify or report configuration faults or deficiencies.
5	Finalise work tasks and complete documentation.	5.1	Notify completion of work to relevant persons.
5.2	Complete documentation detailing work undertaken and identified faults or deficiencies according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
5.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

specifications for networked system architecture and configuration

system installation plans and specifications

manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to interpret multimeter readings when installing and programming networked security system.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4018A Configure security devices on IT networks.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4018 Program and configure networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4018A Configure security devices on IT networks. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by programming and configuring three different internet protocol (IP) networked security systems.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when programming and configuring networked security systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

cable identification methods and techniques

common computer commands used to verify and manage internet protocol and network performance

difference between programming and configuration of security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when programming and configuring networked security systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

local area network and wide area network capabilities

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

tests to confirm correct configurations, operation and connections for networked security systems

tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when programming and configuring networked security systems at client sites

types, functions and features of computerised, electronic and manual security equipment and systems that require programming and configuration:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when programming and configuring networked security systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPSEC4019 Diagnose faults in networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4019A Identify and diagnose security systems or network fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to diagnose faults in a range of security systems and networks. It includes applying methodical diagnostic procedures, testing suspected fault scenarios, and assessing test results, historical information and operational data to diagnose system and network faults and recommend options for rectification.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security risk management in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to diagnose security system or network faults.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements and work timeframes.
1.3	Obtain and assess security system reports and clarify extent of faults in consultation with relevant persons.
1.4	Review security system specifications and network configurations to confirm normal operational functions and performance parameters.
2	Plan and organise work tasks.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required materials, tools, testing devices and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Arrange access to security system and network in consultation with relevant persons.
2.4	Identify hazards in the work area and apply risk control measures.
3	Conduct system and network testing and diagnostic procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when working with electronic equipment and cables according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Isolate security equipment and system according to WHS requirements.
3.3	Confirm normal performance of security equipment and system against specification schedules.
3.4	Inspect and check security system components and test operation according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.5	Methodically apply diagnostic methods using measurements and estimations of system operating parameters and network configurations.
3.6	Test suspected fault scenarios to identify source of system or network problems.
3.7	Assess test data, site variables, operational and historical information to support fault diagnosis.
3.8	Diagnose fault or seek assistance from relevant persons to meet work instructions.
4	Recommend options for fault rectification and complete documentation.	4.1	Complete documentation detailing diagnosed faults and options for fault rectification supported by verifiable data according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.3	Clean and restore work area and remove waste caused by work tasks.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

system installation plans and specifications

manufacturers’ instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC4019A Identify and diagnose security system or network fault.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4019 Diagnose faults in networked security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC4019A Identify and diagnose security systems or network fault. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting testing and diagnostic procedures on three different networked security systems to diagnose:

a minimum of two system faults

a minimum of two network faults.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when diagnosing faults in networked security systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

cable identification methods and techniques

common computer commands used to verify and manage internet protocol (IP) and network performance

difference between programming and configuration of security equipment and systems

documentation to be completed when diagnosing faults in networked security systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

fundamentals of routers, switches, firewalls and wireless access points

fundamentals of scripting language

keypad and control panel types and functions for a range of security equipment and systems

local area network and wide area network capabilities

meaning of multiple form factor authentication

methods for ensuring IP networked systems and equipment are properly secured

operational parameters and diagnostic testing procedures for a range of networked security systems:

access control systems

audible and visual warning devices

cameras and monitors

commercial and residential alarm systems

detection devices

electronic and mechanical fire safety and fire locking systems

electronic locks and locking systems

electronic readers

electronic screen equipment

intercoms and control panels

security doors and door controls

principles of security system networking and integration including IP addresses and devices

tests to confirm correct configurations, operation and connections for networked security systems

tools and equipment used when diagnosing faults in networked security systems

types of earthing systems used in electrical installations

typical hazards encountered when diagnosing faults in networked security systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

hazardous materials and chemicals

hidden utilities

people in the work area

power tools

vermin.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and licensing requirements that apply to diagnosing faults in networked security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, specifications, documentation, networked security systems and tools required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPSEC4020 Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC4020A Advise on the application of biometrics. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess the security needs of clients and provide documented advice on security systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes conducting research to maintain knowledge of existing and emerging security technologies, assessing risks associated with the client’s specific circumstances and operating environment, and evaluating client satisfaction to improve service provision.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security risk management in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research purpose and application of advanced technologies used by security systems.	1.1	Research and interpret current information on developments and availability of advanced technologies employed by security systems.
1.2	Discuss with relevant persons the purpose and application of advanced technologies in security systems.
1.3	Document research findings in a format suitable for reference when providing client advice.
1.4	Plan and implement strategies to regularly update own knowledge of developments in advanced technologies used by security systems.
2	Assess client security needs.	2.1	Access and interpret legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2.2	Consult with client to confirm their immediate, short, and long-term security needs, expectations and budget.
2.3	Obtain and analyse valid and relevant information to clarify client circumstances and operating environment.
2.4	Assess security risk associated with client circumstances and operating environment based on analysis conducted.
2.5	Identify and assess existing and potential security issues to determine their impact on client requirements.
2.6	Consult with client to confirm purpose and parameters of advanced technology security systems to meet their needs.
2.7	Recognise own limitations in assessing client requirements and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
3	Advise on security options to meet client needs.	3.1	Identify available advanced technology security systems to meet client needs and budget and select recommended security solutions.
3.2	Source comprehensive information to support recommended advanced technology security systems and alternative options to meet client requirements.
3.3	Prioritise recommendations and alternative options and collate evidence of their suitability to meet client requirements.
3.4	Use information technologies to document and present client advice in a format and style to meet workplace requirements.
3.5	Explain features and benefits of recommended systems to client and obtain feedback on suitability and sufficiency of advice.
4	Evaluate advice provision to improve client service.	4.1	Evaluate client feedback to ascertain effectiveness of advice and satisfaction with service provision.
4.2	Identify and action changes necessary to improve advice to meet client needs and comply with workplace requirements for client service.
4.3	Complete and secure client documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information to match security systems to client needs

writing skills to document succinct and logically structured client advice.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and non-equivalent to CPPSEC4020A Advise on the application of biometrics.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4020 Advise on advanced technology security systems to meet client needs

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC4020A Advise on the application of biometrics. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by advising on security systems to meet differing individual requirements of three clients and involving systems that employ at least three of the advanced technologies listed below:

artificial intelligence (AI)

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when advising clients on advanced technology security systems:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements associated with providing advice on security products and services

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when advising clients on security systems

basic requirements for the installation of a range of advanced technology security systems

changing risk context of client operations

established threshold levels and their impact on security

methods for comparing and contrasting advanced technology security system information

operational principles of, and information technologies used in internet protocol networked security systems

process of dynamic risk assessment and application of risk management using the hierarchy of controls

sources of reliable information on the purpose and application of existing and emerging technologies used by security systems

type and nature of a range of security risks and measures for controlling these using advanced technology security systems

types, functions, advantages and disadvantages of a range of advanced technologies used by security systems:

AI

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to advising clients on advanced technology security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

client specifications and information, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4021 Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC4021A Prepare standard operating procedures for the use of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop standard operating procedures (SOPs) for security systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes conducting research to confirm system operating parameters and writing procedures that ensure safe and effective operation of systems to meet workplace requirements. It also includes reviewing and improving SOPs to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements and respond to changing technologies.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm operating parameters of advanced technology security system.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Source, collate and interpret information to clarify type, modes, functions and operating parameters of advanced technology security system.
1.3	Research security industry issues and trends impacting use of advanced technology security system.
1.4	Identify security and safety issues associated with advanced technology security system to confirm correct and incorrect operating procedures.
1.5	Discuss with relevant persons the purpose and application of advanced technology security system to clarify operating parameters.
1.6	Record findings in a format suitable for further analysis when developing SOPs.
2	Prepare and present SOPs for advanced technology security system.	2.1	Prepare SOPs to meet operational and workplace requirements for the specific type of security system and technologies involved.
2.2	Clearly and concisely detail pre-operational instructions for system access, authorisation and licensing.
2.3	Clearly and concisely detail information and instructions for safe operation of system and technologies to meet workplace requirements.
2.4	Clearly and concisely detail location and conditions for correct system operation to meet workplace requirements.
2.5	Clearly and concisely detail procedures to carry out and complete individual activities for correct system operation to meet workplace requirements.
2.6	Clearly and concisely detail procedures for correctly operating tools, equipment and technologies employed by security system to meet workplace requirements.
2.7	Use information technologies to finalise and present SOPs in the required format and style according to workplace requirements.
3	Review and improve standard operating procedures for advanced technology security system.	3.1	Distribute SOPs to relevant persons for review within agreed timeframes.
3.2	Obtain feedback and action changes necessary to improve SOPs to meet workplace requirements.
3.3	Schedule regular reviews and updates to SOPs to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements and to incorporate changes in system technologies.
3.4	File SOPs and associated documentation according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use active listening and questioning skills to clarify system operating parameters

reading skills to interpret key requirements of manufacturers’ instructions for operating advanced technology security systems

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured procedures using language that is accessible to a wide audience.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and non-equivalent to CPPSEC4021A Prepare standard operating procedures for the use of biometrics technology.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4021 Develop standard operating procedures for advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC4021A Prepare standard operating procedures for the use of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by develop standard operating procedures (SOPs) for three different security systems that employ at least three of the advanced technologies listed below:

artificial intelligence

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when developing SOPs for advanced technology security systems:

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements in the jurisdiction of operation

operating parameters for a range of advanced technology security systems

operational principles of, and technologies used in internet protocol networked security systems

pre-operational requirements for accessing, authorising and licensing the operation of advanced technology security systems

procedural writing techniques

requirements for operating a range of advanced technology security systems

sources of reliable information on:

security industry issues and trends impacting use of advanced technology security systems

the purpose and application of existing and emerging technologies used by security systems

the types, modes, functions and operating parameters of a range of advanced technology security systems

type and nature of a range of security risks and measures for controlling these using advanced technology security systems

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations, policies and procedures associated with developing SOPs for advanced technology security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

system information and specifications, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4022 Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish and implement ethical and governance arrangements to comply with legislative and regulatory responsibilities associated with managing a security business. It includes establishing, monitoring and communicating policies and procedures that ensure compliance with governance arrangements. It also includes understanding the ethical principles and security industry practices that guide professional conduct when performing security work, developing and implementing a code of conduct and taking necessary disciplinary actions for breaches of the code.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Comply with governance requirements for security business.	1.1	Clarify governance requirements to comply with legislative and regulatory responsibilities associated with managing a security business in the jurisdiction of operation.
1.2	Establish or review required governance arrangements and associated policies and procedures in line with business plan.
1.3	Confirm roles and responsibilities of all staff including accountabilities associated with business governance.
1.4	Check to confirm required risk management processes, indemnities and insurances are in place and take corrective action where necessary to comply with legislative and regulatory responsibilities.
1.5	Implement reporting systems to monitor business accountabilities and maintain records to comply with legislative and regulatory responsibilities.
1.6	Communicate policies and procedures to relevant persons to ensure compliance with governance requirements.
2	Develop and implement code of conduct for ethical practice.	2.1	Source and review industry standards, codes and guidelines to understand the ethical principles that guide professional conduct in the security industry.
2.2	Develop and document or review code of conduct linked to business mission, values and ethical principles.
2.3	Describe and communicate to relevant persons ethical practice standards for privacy, confidentiality and information security associated with security work and equipment.
2.4	Establish or review processes to handle complaints, monitor ethical practice and implement disciplinary actions for breaches of the code of conduct.
3	Monitor and review governance and ethical practices.	3.1	Schedule regular activities to monitor business and staff compliance against governance arrangements and code of conduct.
3.2	Monitor ethical practice in the security industry and identify strategies to resolve discrepancies between business practice and security industry ethical standards.
3.3	Audit internal governance arrangements and update policies and procedures as required to maintain currency and comply with legislative and regulatory requirements.
3.4	Monitor security work practices and complaints to resolve conflict, improve ethical practice and implement disciplinary actions for identified breaches of the code of conduct.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use negotiation to resolve conflict

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured governance documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4022 Establish and implement ethics and governance arrangements for security businesses

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by establishing and implementing ethics and governance arrangements for a security business, involving:

establish or review roles, responsibilities and governance accountabilities for:

one manager

two operational staff

one sub-contractor

develop or review policies and procedures to ensure compliance with governance arrangements in the following areas:

indemnity, insurance and risk management

reporting and records maintenance

complaints and grievances

staff conduct, behaviour and disciplinary action

develop or review a formal code of conduct that references current security industry standards, codes and guidelines, and through a review of security work practices and complaints, identify a minimum of two breaches of the code and suitable disciplinary actions for each breach.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements associated with operating a security business in the jurisdiction of operation:

client service standards

key requirements of Corporations Act 2001 and actions by business owners and directors that may constitute a breach of duties

fair trading and consumer protection

licensing in the security industry

privacy

indicators of ethical practice in the security industry:

acting in the best interests of clients and workers

acting with honesty, fairness and professionalism

complying with fiduciary duties and obligations

demonstrating ethical practice when using surveillance equipment

engaging in fair and legal contracting practices and paying workers correct entitlements

maintaining client privacy and confidentiality and information security

maintaining independence and disclosing and managing potential conflicts of interest

maintaining and applying knowledge of legislative and regulatory responsibilities

using clear communication in all dealings with all parties to security business transactions including providing written and signed documents

legal rights and obligations of different business ownership structures

principles of ethical practice and their application in the security industry:

clear communication

client focus

client protection

confidentiality, privacy and information security

fairness

honesty

professional courtesy

respect

purpose and application of Australian Security Industry Association Limited (ASIAL) standards, codes and guidelines:

cash-in-transit code of practice

code of ethics for the use and installation of closed circuit television (CCTV) equipment

codes and guidelines for best practice, including National Police Alarm Response Guideline, Electronic Home Security, AML/CTF compliance and the Care and Use of Security Dogs

security industry standards, codes and guidelines that guide professional conduct

types of behaviours considered unethical

types of governance arrangements required to be implemented to ensure security businesses meet legislative and regulatory responsibilities

workplace relations requirements associated with staff disciplinary actions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

security industry legislation, regulations, codes, standards and guidelines that apply to security business operation and governance in the jurisdiction of operation

information technologies, resources and documentation required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4023 Implement contracting arrangements for security businesses

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement contracting arrangements to supply and obtain security services. It includes understanding the difference between direct employees and independent contractors and complying with fair work legislation when developing and implementing contractor agreements that ensure contractors receive correct and fair pay and conditions and security services contract terms specify sub-contractor approvals, costs, indemnities, supervision, management, reporting and record-keeping accountabilities.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm security contractor employment requirements.	1.1	Clarify requirements to comply with fair work legislation when employing workers for a security business.
1.2	Conduct research to clarify the difference between direct employees and independent contractors and Australian Business Number holders under common law.
1.3	Source and confirm current pay rates, allowances, penalty and overtime rates for security workers.
1.4	Collate and summarise findings in a format suitable for use as a reference tool.
2	Engage in contracting to supply and obtain security services.	2.1	Clarify nature, scope and regulatory requirements for security services to be contracted.
2.2	Source potential contractors and check to confirm they meet security licencing requirements for specified security services.
2.3	Conduct due diligence and background checks to identify and select quality contractors and mitigate risk to security business.
2.4	Analyse proposal and contract documentation to clarify employment relationship with contractors.
2.5	Consult with relevant persons to agree employment terms that ensure contractors receive correct and fair pay and conditions in accordance with fair work legislation.
2.6	Confirm security services contract terms and include clauses that clearly specify sub-contractor approvals, costs, indemnities, supervision, management, reporting and record-keeping accountabilities.
2.7	Arrange signing and exchange of security service contract between parties to the agreement.
3	Monitor and review security contracting practices.	3.1	Regularly monitor security contractor arrangements to ensure compliance with terms of security services contract and regulatory requirements.
3.2	Monitor contractor records to promptly identify changes to services or contractor arrangements that represent potential breaches of contract or regulatory compliance.
3.3	Consult with relevant persons to clarify security services and contracting arrangements and take required actions to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements.
3.4	Complete and secure all contracting documentation and records in a manner that facilitates future retrieval, compliance audits and ensures confidentiality and privacy.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate employment terms and conditions

numeracy skills to calculate pay rates and allowances based on work classifications, shifts and hours of work.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4023 Implement contracting arrangements for security businesses

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing contracting arrangements for a security business, involving:

develop and present a labour hire agreement to contract security services to a client

develop and present an agreement to employ a minimum of two independent contractors, one of which will perform a multishift roster involving seven days and weekend and night work.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements associated with operating security businesses:

client service standards

Fair Work Act 2009 (FW Act) and Fair Work Regulations 2009

licensing in the security industry

privacy

superannuation guarantee

taxation

compliance audit requirements for the jurisdiction of operation

current security services industry award pay rates, classifications and allowances

definition of ‘sham contracting’ and legal ramifications of participating knowingly or unknowingly in illegal contracting arrangements when engaging independent contractors for security services

elements of a contract:

offer and acceptance

intention to create legal relations

consideration

legal capacity

general taxation and superannuation obligations of Australian Business Number (ABN) holders who are contracted to provide security services

methods for determining whether an employed person is an employee or a contractor

negotiation techniques

potential risks to security businesses who engage in contracting arrangements for security services

purpose and techniques for conducting due diligence and background checks of contractors providing security services

requirements of the FW Act associated with contracting arrangements for security services:

section 550 and accessorial liability for underpayments

employment records required to be kept

employment conditions for direct employees and independent contractors or ABN holders

factors that are indicative of an employee

factors that are indicative of an independent contractor

sub-contractor approval requirements for multi-level contracting of security services

types of behaviours considered unethical when engaging in contracting arrangements for security work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

security industry and fair work legislation and regulations that apply to contracting arrangements for security businesses in the jurisdiction of operation

documentation, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4024 Assess security of crowded places

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess the nature and use of crowded places and existing security arrangements to identify report security vulnerabilities. Crowded places are sites and events open to use by large numbers of people on a predictable basis as defined in Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism 2017 (Crowded Places Strategy). The unit includes conducting security audits following processes outlined in the Crowded Places Strategy.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess crowded place nature and use, and existing security arrangements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of the Crowded Places Strategy to understand national strategic objectives associated with protecting crowded places from terrorism.
1.2	Access and interpret work instructions to confirm client, legislative and regulatory requirements and assessment timeframes.
1.3	Consult with relevant persons to clarify crowded place owners and operators.
1.4	Source information to clarify crowded place nature and use, and potential volume and concentration of people.
1.5	Source intelligence to verify current national terrorism threat level and context.
1.6	Clarify existing security arrangements in discussion with relevant persons.
1.7	Recognise own limitations in assessing security of crowded place and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Conduct crowded place security audit.	2.1	Assess crowded place characteristics to determine level of attractiveness to potential attack.
2.2	Access and interpret security plans, policies and procedures for crowded place.
2.3	Assess all physical security arrangements for crowded place.
2.4	Assess information security measures for crowded place.
2.5	Assess personnel security measures for crowded place.
2.6	Analyse assessment and audit findings to identify security vulnerabilities for crowded place.
3	Complete assessment and report security vulnerabilities.	3.1	Use technology to finalise and document crowded place security assessment detailing identified security vulnerabilities and recommended risk mitigation strategies.
3.2	Check to ensure security assessment is supported by verifiable information and make required adjustments.
3.3	Present security assessment to relevant persons for feedback within agreed timeframes.
3.4	Use questioning and active listening to explain identified security vulnerabilities and recommendations to mitigate risks to crowded place.
3.5	Secure crowded place assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to relate to people demonstrating sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured crowded place assessment report.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4024 Assess security of crowded places

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting and presenting security assessments for two different crowded places:

one involving buildings with multiple access points such as a stadium or shopping centre

one involving open spaces and large volumes of people such as a shopping mall or place of mass gathering.

Crowded Places Security Audit documentation outlined in Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism (Crowded Places Strategy) must be completed for each security assessment.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of crowded places that make them attractive to an attack:

crowded place is symbolic

crowded place attracts a large number of people at any one time

people gather at the crowded place on a predictable basis

density of people is high

crowded place has significant social importance to nation, state or territory

interruption to functioning of crowded place would have significant economic impact to nation, state or territory

offenders could enter, attack and leave crowded place without detection

offenders can easily access information about the crowded place when planning an attack

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security in a crowded place

difference between information and intelligence in the context of security assessments

legislative and regulatory requirements for assessing security of crowded places in the jurisdiction of operation

licensing requirements in the security industry

purpose of Crowded Places Strategy and understanding of:

concept of layered security and how it is applied to protect crowded places

definition of crowded places

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

those with a role in protecting the security of crowded places including roles and responsibilities of owners and operators and private security providers

security issues to be assessed when conducting security audits of crowded places:

security plans, policies and procedures

physical security including:

access control

perimeter security

hostile vehicle mitigation

closed circuit television or video surveillance systems

improvised explosive devices blast mitigation

hostile reconnaissance detection and detecting suspicious behaviour

information security

personnel security

security vulnerabilities of crowded places and risk mitigation strategies for each

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and regulations that apply to assessing security of crowded places in the jurisdiction of operation

plans, policies and procedures, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

Crowded Places Strategy documentation including Crowded Places Security Audit and Crowded Places Self-Assessment Tool.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC4025 Advise on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to advise on operational requirements to maintain security of crowded places. Crowded places are sites and events open to use by large numbers of people on a predictable basis as defined in Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism 2017 (Crowded Places Strategy). The unit includes identifying risk mitigation strategies based on security vulnerabilities and planning feasible operational security measures to provide protective security and mitigate risks to people and property

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify risk mitigation strategies for crowded place.	1.1	Access and interpret work instructions to confirm client, legislative and regulatory requirements and timeframes for advice provision.
1.2	Consult with relevant persons to clarify crowded place security requirements and obtain information to support operational objectives.
1.3	Source intelligence to verify current national terrorism threat level and context.
1.4	Source and interpret information to clarify existing security arrangements and identified security vulnerabilities for crowded place.
1.5	Formulate risk mitigation strategies proportionate to security vulnerabilities and level of threat.
1.6	Recognise own limitations in advising on operational requirements to maintain security of crowded place and access specialist resources or advice to meet client requirements.
2	Determine operational security requirements for crowded place.	2.1	Interpret crowded place documentation and maps to gain full understanding of operational parameters.
2.2	Inspect crowded place to identify and assess access and exit points, thoroughfares and movement patterns that could threaten security.
2.3	Plan operational security measures to provide protective security for crowded place in accordance with risk mitigation strategies and client requirements.
2.4	Verify feasibility of operational security measures to ensure implementation is feasible and complies with client, legislative and regulatory requirements.
2.5	Plan contingency measures that respond to changing operational circumstances and risk levels.
2.6	Estimate and document the types and numbers of resources required to apply layered security for crowded place.
3	Finalise and present operational security recommendations for crowded place.	3.1	Use technology to finalise and document operational security recommendations to maintain crowded place security.
3.2	Check to ensure operational security recommendations address identified risks and contingency requirements and are supported by verifiable information.
3.3	Present operational security recommendations to relevant persons for feedback within agreed timeframes.
3.4	Use questioning and active listening to explain operational measures and implementation requirements.
3.5	Secure crowded place and operational security documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify operational information

reading skills to analyse and evaluate key requirements of crowded place documentation including plans, procedures and schematics

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured advice on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC4025 Advise on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by documenting and presenting advice on operational requirements to maintain security for two different crowded places:

one involving buildings with multiple access points such as a stadium or shopping centre:

anticipated security risks must include active armed offender and an improvised explosive device

one involving open spaces and large volumes of people such as a shopping mall or place of mass gathering:

risks must include active armed offender and hostile vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of crowded places that make them attractive to an attack:

crowded place is symbolic

crowded place attracts a large number of people at any one time

people gather at the crowded place on a predictable basis

density of people is high

crowded place has significant social importance to nation, state or territory

interruption to functioning of crowded place would have significant economic impact to nation, state or territory

offenders could enter, attack and leave crowded place without detection

offenders can easily access information about the crowded place when planning an attack

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security in a crowded place

crowded place plans, policies and procedures including those covering emergency and evacuation

crowded place layout, including entrances, exits, first-aid points, thoroughfares and potential hazards

legislative and regulatory requirements for advising on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security in the jurisdiction of operation

licensing requirements in the security industry

operational security measures that provide protective security for crowded places against:

active armed offenders

improvised explosive devices

chemical weapons

hostile vehicles

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

concept of layered security and how it is applied to protect crowded places

definition of crowded places

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

those with a role in protecting the security of crowded places including roles and responsibilities of owners and operators and private security providers

security vulnerabilities of crowded places and risk mitigation strategies for each

types and purpose of resources that may be deployed as part of a layered security approach when protecting crowded places:

access control systems and equipment

manpower

physical barriers

surveillance equipment

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation and regulations that apply to providing advice on operational requirements to maintain crowded place security in the jurisdiction of operation

plans, policies and procedures, information technologies and resources required to achieve the performance evidence

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5002 Coordinate security operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5002A Coordinate security operations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to coordinate security operations. It includes confirming performance targets, resources and constraints against operational plans, implementing and monitoring security operations, and reviewing and improving operational outcomes.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm operational requirements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures, including work health and safety (WHS), and apply to security operation to ensure compliance.
1.2	Obtain and review work instructions to clarify security operation objectives, timeframes and budget requirements.
1.3	Assess performance targets, resource availability and constraints against operational plan and discuss issues with relevant persons.
1.4	Conduct team briefing to exchange operational information and confirm roles responsibilities and operational objectives.
2	Implement and monitor security operation.	2.1	Implement security operation in accordance with operational plan and designated timeframes and budget.
2.2	Use chain of command processes to ensure an accurate and ongoing exchange of information during security operation.
2.3	Monitor security operation to ensure outcomes comply with operational objectives, WHS and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Identify necessity to deviate from operational plan and implement remedial actions in consultation with relevant persons.
2.5	Use communication systems and equipment to exchange operational information and negotiate successful conclusion to security operation.
3	Review and report on security operation.	3.1	Evaluate effectiveness of security operation in consultation with relevant persons and document the results.
3.2	Develop security operations report detailing operational outcomes and identifying recommended improvements to future operations.
3.3	Maintain security operations documentation in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify operational information

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured reports

numeracy skills to calculate operational resources and costings.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5002A Coordinate security operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5002 Coordinate security operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5002A Coordinate security operations. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by coordinating two different security operations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply to security operations:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

chain of command and communication processes used when coordinating security operations

implications for security operations arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

intervention points for expert advice associated with security operations

key principles of team dynamics, team leadership and management

methods for briefing security operations information and instructions to individuals and teams

methods for reviewing security operations to identify procedural improvements

negotiation techniques used during security operations

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to security operations in the jurisdiction of operation

work instructions, security equipment, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess security risks associated with client operations and formulate suitable treatment options as part of a risk management strategy. It includes analysing the client’s security objectives and operating environment and establishing criteria to select and prioritise risk treatment options consistent with recognised industry practice and guidelines provided by ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000). The unit requires preparing formal reports detailing risk management options and possible consequences of not implementing recommended treatments.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client’s security requirements and risk environment.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for assessing security risk management options.
1.2	Clarify client security objectives and risk assessment terms of reference in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Source and review information to identify and assess risks associated with operating environment of client.
1.4	Analyse type, nature and cause of identified security risks and prioritise based on severity and likelihood of occurrence.
1.5	Document risk assessment outcomes and check to ensure data currency and reliability.
2	Formulate security risk management options.	2.1	Identify security risk treatment options commensurate with risk assessment and client requirements.
2.2	Research the application of identified treatment options in similar contexts to assess their effectiveness in mitigating risks to client’s operating environment.
2.3	Establish criteria to assess effectiveness of treatment options consistent with recognised industry practice and guidelines provided by ISO 31000.
2.4	Apply criteria to select and prioritise recommended treatment options.
3	Finalise and present security risk management options.	3.1	Finalise and document security risk assessment detailing recommended risk management options and possible consequences of not implementing recommended treatments.
3.2	Check report to ensure analysis and recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with terms of reference, and supported by verifiable information.
3.3	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain identified security risks and treatment options to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
3.4	Complete and secure risk assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreement

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured assessment reports

numeracy skills to apply basic probability statistics when assessing security risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assessing security risks and formulating risk management options associated with two of the following scenarios:

security of a mass gathering

security of a crowded place

asset security.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when assessing security risk management options:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct governing security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when establishing criteria to assess risks and treatment options

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to assessing security risk management options in the jurisdiction of operation

client instructions and operating environment information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop comprehensive security risk management plans based on the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000). It includes identifying and evaluating security risks and existing control measures, developing action plans to identify and manage risks, designing risk treatment options and testing them in the field as part of a security risk management strategy.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Evaluate security risks and controls.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for developing security risk management plans.
1.2	Clarify client security requirements and operating environment in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Source and review information to identify security risks.
1.4	Clearly distinguish and confirm acceptable and unacceptable security risks.
1.5	Set priorities for risk treatment and assurance of controls.
1.6	Highlight and specify risks that are high priority to ensure appropriate controls are developed.
1.7	Evaluate existing controls to determine impact on risk occurrence and implement required modifications.
2	Plan risk management strategies.	2.1	Develop and document action plans that identify tasks, activities and resources required to achieve security risk management objectives.
2.2	Select security risk control measures based on assessed type, nature, cause and degree of risk associated with identified security risks.
2.3	Incorporate actions to respond to contingencies when planning risk management strategies.
2.4	Establish communication and reporting arrangements to maintain currency of action plans in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Design security risk treatment options.	3.1	Assess client’s operating environment to confirm potential and real security risks.
3.2	Select feasible risk treatment options and conduct research to confirm implications for controlling whole or part of security risks.
3.3	Document and cost recommended risk treatment options to ensure compatibility with nature of risk and client requirements.
3.4	Consult with relevant persons to verify suitability of recommended risk treatment options and obtain required approvals.
3.5	Test risk treatment options in the field and analyse results to verify effectiveness of treatments in the security context.
4	Finalise and present security risk management plan.	4.1	Finalise and document comprehensive security risk management plan in the required format according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Check security risk management plan to ensure analysis and recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with client requirements, and based on the principles of ISO 31000.
4.3	Present risk management plan to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain identified security risks and treatments to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
4.4	Implement procedures to monitor and review security risk management activities to ensure continuous improvement.
4.5	Complete and secure risk management plan in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreement

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured security risk management plans

numeracy skills to apply statistical methods and present statistical data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing and documenting two security risk management plans that meet the requirements of clients with different risk management requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when developing security risk management plans:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

activities to be included in action plans for security risk management

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for distinguishing between acceptable and unacceptable security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

methods for testing treatment options in the field

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when designing security risk management strategies and treatment options

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to developing security risk management plans in the jurisdiction of operation

client instructions and operating environment information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPSEC5005A Implement security risk assessment plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement security risk management plans. It includes organising, costing and allocating resources, monitoring emerging security risks and changes in the operating environment against activities and targets in action plans, and reviewing treatment options to update security risk management plans. Risk management plans are implemented based on the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000).

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and allocate resources to support security risk management plan.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for implementing security risk management plans.
1.2	Review security risk management plan to clarify and cost resource requirements.
1.3	Plan and schedule activities and targets to meet requirements of risk management action plans.
1.4	Define roles, responsibilities and work schedules for implementing security risk management plan and communicate to relevant persons.
1.5	Organise efficient allocations of resources, equipment and materials required to implement risk management action plans.
1.6	Disseminate information to support security risk management plan information according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2	Monitor emerging security risks and operating environment.	2.1	Monitor emerging risks and assess ongoing suitability of implemented security risk treatment options based on ISO 31000 principles.
2.2	Monitor changes to operating environment and identify and incorporate corrective contingency measures into security risk management plan.
2.3	Regularly review risk management targets and outcomes against action plans to confirm aims and objectives are achieved.
2.4	Prepare documentation and guidelines explaining incidence, nature and causes of emerging security risks and contingencies implemented.
3	Review treatment options and update security risk management plan.	3.1	Systematically review effectiveness of security risk treatment options in meeting risk management objectives.
3.2	Identify and test required corrective measures to confirm suitability to meet risk management objectives.
3.3	Modify security risk management plan to incorporate corrective measures and address discrepancies between treatment options and risk incidence.
3.4	Seek feedback from relevant persons on effectiveness of treatment options and make required adjustments to incorporate feedback.
3.5	Cost long and short-term options to accurately estimate resource allocations to support security risk management plan.
3.6	Confirm stages of implementation for security risk management plan and coordinate required resources to ensure availability.
3.7	Finalise updated security risk management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate agreements

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured security risk management documents and guidelines

numeracy skills to apply statistical methods and present statistical data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5005A Implement security risk management plan.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPSEC5005A Implement security risk assessment plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing two different security risk management plans.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when implementing security risk management plans:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

work scheduling methods

activities and targets contained in risk management action plans

methods for achieving efficiencies when allocating resources, equipment and materials to the implementation of security risk management plans

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for distinguishing between acceptable and unacceptable security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

methods for testing treatment options in the field

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when implementing and updating security risk management plans

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply when implementing security risk management plans in the jurisdiction of operation

risk management plans including action plans, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to implement security systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes assessing risks and threats to client assets, evaluating existing security measures, and devising feasible implementation options that integrate advanced technology security systems within existing security architectures.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client’s security requirements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation and regulations to understand and comply with requirements for implementing advanced technology security systems.
1.2	Clarify client assets, security requirements, budget and timeframes for implementing advanced technology security system in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Identify and assess threats to physical and technical security of client.
1.4	Identify and assess security risks to client assets and prioritise risk levels.
1.5	Evaluate reliability and effectiveness of existing security measures against identified threats and risks.
1.6	Document findings and seek specialist assistance as required to assess security requirements of client.
2	Identify requirements for implementing advanced technology security system.	2.1	Assess advanced technology security system options to meet security threats and risks and client requirements.
2.2	Analyse and confirm physical and technical specifications for advanced technology security system to be installed.
2.3	Assess existing security architecture to identify requirements for effectively integrating advanced technology security system.
2.4	Identify resources, skills and training required to implement advanced technology security system.
2.5	Summarise implementation requirements in a format suitable for further analysis.
3	Design and verify implementation options for advanced technology security system.	3.1	Design system implementation options based on analysis of implementation requirements.
3.2	Conduct checks to verify implementation options are feasible and comply with time schedules, available resources and budget.
3.3	Confirm implementation options will effectively control assessed risks and threats to client assets.
4	Finalise strategy for implementing advanced technology security system.	4.1	Finalise and document strategy to implement advanced technology security system.
4.2	Check strategy to ensure analysis recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with client requirements, include contingency measures, and are supported by verifiable information.
4.3	Present strategy to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain system design and implementation requirements to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
4.4	Complete and secure implementation strategy documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreements

writing skills to prepare logical and sequenced technical specifications for implementing advanced technology security systems

reading skills to interpret key requirements of technical specifications, plans and designs for security systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and non-equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometric technology.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing and documenting two strategies to implement security systems that employ at least two types of advanced technologies from the list below:

artificial intelligence (AI)

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply to the implementation of advanced technology security systems:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements associated with providing advice on implementing security systems

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when developing strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

methods for achieving efficiencies when allocating resources, equipment and materials to the implementation of advanced technology security systems

methods for assessing security risks and threats and determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for comparing and contrasting advanced technology security system information

methods for determining security system requirements including single and multiple applications of advanced technologies

operational principles of, and information technologies used in internet protocol networked security systems

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

requirements for integrating a range of advanced technology security systems within existing security architecture across local area networks and wide area networks

types, functions and parameters of a range of advanced technology security systems involving:

AI

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to the implementation of advanced technology security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

client specifications and information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5008 Analyse threat environment and devise strategies to respond to active threats

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to analyse the threat level and context, and risks of active threats to sites. It includes identifying plausible threat scenarios and evaluating impact of loss and vulnerability ratings to identify potential risks from an active threat and devise required mitigation strategies. The unit supports Australian national security initiatives for counter-terrorism.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse threat level and context.	1.1	Access national terrorism threat advisory system and networks to interpret latest security threat intelligence.
1.2	Assess site to ascertain attractiveness to terrorist threat and formulate potential active threat scenarios.
1.3	Source and interpret information to clarify nature and use of site and evaluate likelihood of threat occurrence.
1.4	Establish criteria to quantify threat levels for each identified threat to identify plausible threat scenarios.
1.5	Document results of threat analysis and provide evidence to support plausibility of threat scenarios.
2	Analyse risk of active threat.	2.1	Interpret security and risk management plans and information to identify assessed security risks and treatments implemented to protect site.
2.2	Assess plausible threat scenarios to clarify vulnerability to attack and impact of loss from a successful attack.
2.3	Define and apply ratings for impact of loss and vulnerability to identify additional required security protections.
2.4	Document results of risk analysis and provide evidence to support recommended additional security protections.
3	Devise strategies to identify and respond to active threat.	3.1	Evaluate combination of impact of loss and vulnerability ratings to identify potential risks from an active threat.
3.2	Identify and recommend strategies to mitigate specific threats and risks to the site in the event of an active threat.
3.3	Use technology and analytical reporting programs to document strategies, analysis findings and supporting evidence in the required format and style.
3.4	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain threats, risks and strategies to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
3.5	Complete and secure client documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information about active threats

reading skills to analyse, compare and contrast information when analysing security threats and risks

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured reports and analysis outcomes.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5008 Analyse threat environment and devise strategies to respond to active threats

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by analysing the threat environment and devising strategies to respond to active threats for two different sites.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when analysing threat environments and devising strategies to respond to active threats:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security response in the jurisdiction of operation

licensing requirements in the security industry

use of force

work health and safety and duty of care

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

critical infrastructure and key service providers including electricity, gas, water and transport in the jurisdiction of operation

implications for private security arising from:

National Counter-Terrorism Plan

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

national security hotline contact information

national terrorism threat advisory system

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

techniques for conducting site threat assessments and ratings that can be used to determine attractiveness of site to attack

techniques for conducting site vulnerability assessments and ratings that can be used to determine impact of loss and vulnerability to attack

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply when analysing threat environments and devising strategies to respond to active threats in the jurisdiction of operation

plans and documentation, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

National Counter-Terrorism Plan

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5009 Implement communication systems to respond to active threats

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement communication plans in response to active threats. It includes defining and accessing national, state and terror counter-terrorism communication pathways, establishing a communication model and strategies for multi-agency and stakeholder engagement and employing electronic warning systems during active threat response. The unit supports Australian national security initiatives for counter-terrorism.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Define and access counter-terrorism communication pathways.	1.1	Clarify commonwealth, state and territory organisations and agencies with roles and responsibilities for national and jurisdictional counter-terrorism offences.
1.2	Source and engage with national security organisations, networks and forums to gather latest intelligence to support counter-terrorism preparedness.
1.3	Confirm processes for initiating and establishing communications with police agency and other relevant persons during active threat response.
2	Develop communication plan to respond to active threat.	2.1	Access and interpret security and risk management plans and information to clarify assessed security risks and threat environment associated with client operations.
2.2	Establish communication model and strategies for multi-agency and stakeholder engagement and employs electronic warning systems during active threat response.
2.3	Conduct briefing session with relevant persons to explain roles and responsibilities of parties to the communication model and strategies.
2.4	Use technology and analytical reporting programs to document and present communication plan in accordance with client, legislative and regulatory requirements.
3	Apply communication plan in response to active threat.	3.1	Receive active threat intelligence and verify reliability and details in consultation with relevant persons.
3.2	Immediately communicate active threat information to police and other relevant persons in accordance with communication plan.
3.3	Maintain communications with relevant persons to receive instructions and provide advice to facilitate emergency response procedures.
3.4	Maintain situational awareness to apply contingency measures in response to changing threat situations and adjust communications accordingly.
3.5	Complete and secure incident records and documentation to support post-threat investigation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information about active threats

reading skills to analyse, compare and contrast information when analysing security intelligence

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured communication plans.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5009 Implement communication systems to respond to active threats

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing and implementing communication plans to respond to two different types of active threat.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when implementing communication systems to respond to active threats:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security response in the jurisdiction of operation

licensing requirements in the security industry

use of force

work health and safety and duty of care

application and types of emergency warning technologies

Australia’s emergency warning arrangements and emergency warning mechanisms used by emergency services organisations

counter-terrorism groups and forums that can share security intelligence and advice:

ASIO’s Business and Government Liaison Unit

national terrorism threat advisory system

state and territory crowded places forums

implications for communicating active threat information arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

national organisations and networks responsible for counter-terrorism in Australia and sources of intelligence to support counter-terrorism preparedness:

Australian Government National Security

Australian Security Intelligence Organisation (ASIO)

Trusted Information Sharing Network

Australian Government Cyber Security

Australian Government Identity Security

Australian Government Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT)

Chemicals of Security Concern

Security Sensitive Biological Agents

Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency

Defence Science and Technology Organisation

Defence Signals Directorate

Office of State Security and Emergency Coordination

national security hotline information

purpose and objectives of the National Police Alarm Activation Response Guideline

purpose and objectives of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

techniques for collaborating with emergency services when responding to active threats

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply when implementing communication systems to respond to active threats in the jurisdiction of operation

documentation, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

National Police Alarm Activation Response Guideline

National Counter-Terrorism Plan

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4001 Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4001A Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas. Incorporated content from CPPSPS4015A Maintain spa water quality, and CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess water quality, treat water problems and document water-treatment activities.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve water problems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private and public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess water quality.	1.1	Interpret and comply with relevant regulatory and procedural requirements for water assessment and treatment.
1.2	Test water quality using compliant equipment and procedures in accordance with water quality parameters and regulatory requirements.
1.3	Review need for external analysis of samples and arrange as required.
1.4	Analyse and record test results in accordance with requirements.
1.5	Record and report water problems and test results accurately.
2	Treat water problems.	2.1	Determine appropriate methods to treat identified water problems.
2.2	Apply corrective measures to water problems promptly and safely.
2.3	Monitor the effectiveness of water treatments and adjust as necessary in accordance with regulatory and manufacturer requirements.
3	Develop a water quality maintenance plan	3.1	Develop schedules and procedures for microbiological and chemical testing in line with regulatory and enterprise requirements.
3.2	Recommend methods to document and monitor test results.
3.3	Recommend maintenance and procedures to maintain water quality.
4	Complete water treatment procedures.	4.1	Reinstate work area and treated swimming pool or spa to operational condition in accordance with WHS, enterprise and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage identified during water treatment.
4.3	Advise appropriate person of maintenance measures to mitigate water quality problems and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to water treatment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4001A Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4001 Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4001A Assess and treat water problems in swimming pools and spas. Incorporated content from CPPSPS4015A Maintain spa water quality, and CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

sampling and testing water quality in different swimming pools and spas on five occasions

taking corrective action to treat identified water quality problems in different swimming pools and spas on five occasions.

At least two of the swimming pools and two of the spas must be used by the public.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

pool and spa water:

mineral

ozone

ultra violet (UV) systems

indoor and outdoor

hazards and risks associated with water quality

indicators of common swimming pool and spa water problems

disinfection principles, systems, chemistry and by-products

water balancing principles and procedures

water testing methods and procedures

microbial contamination:

bacteria

algae

protozoa

virus

parasites

effectiveness of circulation and filtration system including bather load

treatments for water problems:

contamination response

chemical dosing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on:

water quality parameters

water contamination

treatment processes for water problems in swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4002 Install and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4002A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems. Minor title changed. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install, test and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to circulation and filtration systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm installation or repair activities required
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Install and test swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration system and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration system or component installation.
2.2	Coordinate work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Install circulation and filtration system or component to swimming pool or spa.
2.4	Test and commission swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration system or component.
2.10
3	Resolve faults in swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration systems.	3.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
3.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
3.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
3.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
3.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
3.6	Test and commission swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration system in line with manufacturer instructions.
4	Complete installation and repair.	4.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa circulation and filtration system to operational condition.
4.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
4.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the circulation and filtration system in line with enterprise requirements.
4.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4002A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4002 Install and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4002A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems. Minor title changed. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing and testing a water circulation system and a component in one swimming pool and one spa

installing and testing a filtration system or component in one swimming pool and one spa

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair one fault in a swimming pool and one fault in a spa circulation and filtration system, in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

circulation and filtration system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with installation and repair of circulation and filtration systems

water quality problems, identification, causes and solutions

swimming pool and spa circulation system:

purpose and operating principles

types of circulation systems

components

pressure side elements

suction side elements

common faults

swimming pool and spa filtration system:

purpose and operating principles

types of filtration systems

components

common faults

filter media changeover, rate and disposal.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4003 Install and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4003A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems. Minor title changed. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pools and spa dosing systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify and apply relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to swimming pool and spa dosing systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm installation or repair activities required.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Install and test swimming pool or spa dosing system and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa dosing system or component installation.
2.2	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Fit dosing system or component to swimming pool or spa.
2.4	Test and commission swimming pool or spa dosing system or component.
3	Resolve faults in swimming pool or spa dosing systems.	3.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
3.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
3.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
3.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
3.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
3.6	Test and commission swimming pool or spa dosing system in line with manufacturer instructions.
4	Complete installation and repair.	4.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa dosing system to operational condition.
4.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
4.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the dosing system in line with enterprise requirements.
4.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4003A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4003 Install and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4003A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa dosing systems. Minor title changed. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing and testing a swimming pool or spa dosing system in at least two swimming pools and one spa

applying technical knowledge and advanced fault diagnostic skills to identify and repair two faults in different dosing systems, in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with installation and repair of dosing systems including electrical safety

purpose and operating principles of swimming pool and spa dosing systems

common faults of swimming pool and spa dosing systems

maintenance procedures for electrically interlocking chemical feeder and pool pump systems

types, components, operation, installation, commissioning and servicing:

dosing control systems

erosion feeders or flow-through chemical feed systems:

pressure differential feeders

pressure erosion dry chemical feeders

pressure to vacuum feeders

spray erosion dry chemical feeders

water testing:

equipment

parameters

techniques

test results and records.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa dosing systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4004 Install and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4004A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems. Minor title change. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install, test and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to cleaning and vacuuming systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm installation or repair activities required.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Install and test swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming system and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming system or component installation.
2.2	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Fit cleaning and vacuuming system or component to swimming pool or spa.
2.4	Test and commission swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming system or component.
3	Resolve faults in swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming systems.	3.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
3.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
3.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
3.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
3.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
3.6	Test and commission swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming system in line with manufacturer instructions.
4	Complete installation and repair.	4.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa cleaning and vacuuming system to operational condition.
4.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
4.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the cleaning and vacuuming system in line with enterprise requirements.
4.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4004A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4004 Install and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4004A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems. Minor title change. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing and testing different types cleaning and vacuuming systems or components in two swimming pools and one spa

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair two faults in different swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant Commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with installation and repair of cleaning and vacuuming systems

types of swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems:

built-in floor systems

pressure cleaners

suction cleaners

manual vacuum systems

sweepers

Venturi vacuum type cleaners

robotic pool cleaners

deck suction vacuum systems in commercial swimming pools

purpose and operating principles of cleaning and vacuum systems

components of cleaning and vacuum systems

common faults of cleaning and vacuum systems

maintenance procedures:

cleaning

inspection

bleeding air from hose line.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4005 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4005A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install, service, test and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pool and spa heating systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to heating systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm installation or repair activities required.
1.3	Determine heating type according to client and site requirements.
1.4	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
1.10
2	Install and test swimming pool or spa heating system and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa heating system or component installation.
2.2	Fit heating system or component to swimming pool or spa.
2.3	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.4	Test and commission swimming pool or spa heating system or component.
3	Maintain swimming pool or spa heating systems.	3.1	Identify service and maintenance requirements from manufacturer instructions in line with enterprise requirements.
3.2	Check and fit replacement components in line with manufacturer specifications.
3.3	Service swimming pool or spa heating system in line with WHS, manufacturer instructions and enterprise procedures.
4	Resolve faults in swimming pool or spa heating systems.	4.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects.
4.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
4.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
4.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
4.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
4.6	Test and commission swimming pool or spa heating system in line with specifications.
5	Complete installation and repair.	5.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa heating system to operational condition.
5.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
5.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the heating system in line with enterprise requirements.
5.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4005A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4005 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4005A Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa heating systems. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by safely:

installing and testing a swimming pool or spa water heating system and a component in a minimum of two swimming pools and one spa in line with regulatory requirements

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair one heating fault in a swimming pool and one fault in a spa in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards associated with heated water in swimming pools and spas

energy efficiency:

energy consumption of different heating systems

ways of maximising energy efficiency of swimming pool and spa heating systems

swimming pool and spa heating system:

purpose and operating principles

types and components:

heat pump or exchanger

gas (fossil fuel)

solar

electric

determining heating requirements:

sizing

temperature needed

time of year pool or spa used

pool or spa measurements

solar roof space availability and access

gas fitting regulations

heat pump electrical needs

impact of heat blanket

purchase, installation and running costs

Coefficient of Performance (COP)

installation requirements:

venting and air circulation

installation before chemical or salt chlorination equipment

correct pipework and flow rates

bypass valves for servicing and water flow adjustments

available support staff to safely install heater

operation, maintenance and servicing of heating systems:

common faults

inspection and cleaning

manufacturer requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa heating systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4006 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa low voltage lighting systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4006A Install, service and repair low voltage swimming pool and spa lighting systems. Minor title change. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install, service and repair swimming pool and spa lighting systems. The unit is restricted to low voltage lighting systems only.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pool and spa lighting systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to swimming pool and spa lighting systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm system, installation, service or repair activities required.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
1.10
2	Install and test swimming pool or spa lighting system and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout lighting system or component installation.
2.2	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Install lighting system or component to swimming pool or spa.
2.4	Test and commission swimming pool or spa lighting system or component.
3	Maintain swimming pool or spa lighting systems.	3.1	Identify service and maintenance requirements from manufacturer instructions in line with enterprise requirements.
3.2	Check and fit replacement components in line with manufacturer instructions.
3.3	Service swimming pool or spa lighting system in line with WHS, manufacturer instructions and enterprise procedures.
4	Resolve faults in swimming pool or spa lighting systems.	4.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
4.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
4.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
4.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
4.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
4.6	Test and commission swimming pool or spa lighting system in line with manufacturer instructions.
5	Complete installation, repair and service.	5.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa lighting system to operational condition.
5.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
5.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the lighting system in line with enterprise requirements.
5.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4006A Install, service and repair low voltage swimming pool and spa lighting systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4006 Install, service and repair swimming pool and spa low voltage lighting systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4006A Install, service and repair low voltage swimming pool and spa lighting systems. Minor title change. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing, servicing and testing a swimming pool or spa lighting system and a component in a minimum of two swimming pools and one spa

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair one lighting fault in a swimming pool and one lighting fault in a spa, in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with swimming pool and spa lighting systems and underwater lighting systems

swimming pool and spa low voltage lighting system:

common faults

components including power, transformer, light, light cable

maintenance, including multi-meter

operating principles of different lighting systems

procedures for replacement of bulbs and fuses

purpose of lighting system

types, operation and servicing of lighting systems:

fibre-optic

halogen

LED

retrofitting

energy efficiency:

energy consumption of different lighting systems

energy ratings

ways of maximising energy efficiency of swimming pool and spa lighting systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa lighting systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4007 Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4007A Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in aquatic facility plant and equipment in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

commercial and public swimming pools and spas

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to aquatic facility plant and equipment.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm system, inspection, service and/or repair activities required.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Inspect aquatic facility plant, equipment and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout aquatic facility inspection.
2.2	Coordinate work with relevant licensed personnel to conduct inspection.
2.3	Report service, safety or repair requirements identified during inspection.
3	Maintain aquatic facility plant and equipment.	3.1	Identify service and maintenance requirements from manufacturer instructions in line with enterprise requirements.
3.2	Check and fit replacement components in line with manufacturer instructions.
3.3	Service aquatic facility plant and equipment in line with WHS, manufacturer instructions and enterprise procedures.
4	Resolve faults in aquatic facility plant and equipment.	4.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
4.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
4.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
4.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
4.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
4.6	Test and commission aquatic facility plant and equipment in line with manufacturer instructions.
5	Complete inspection, repair and service.	5.1	Reinstate work area and aquatic facility plant and equipment to operational condition.
5.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and plant and/or equipment malfunctions, faults, wear or damage identified.
5.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of plant and equipment in line with enterprise requirements.
5.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of aquatic facility and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4007A Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4007 Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4007A Inspect, service and repair aquatic facility plant and equipment. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

inspecting and servicing aquatic plant, equipment and components in commercial and public swimming pools and spas on three occasions

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair two faults in line with regulatory requirements and which are not restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with aquatic facility plant and equipment

aquatic facility plant and equipment:

purpose and operating principles

maintenance plans and procedures

types and components of systems

common faults and problems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on automated swimming pool and spa systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4008 Install, service and repair spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4008A Install, service and repair spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install, service and repair spas.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in spas in accordance with regulatory requirements in indoor and outdoor, private and public spas including:

hydrotherapy pools

hot tubs

swim spas

spa baths and pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to spas.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm system, installation, service or repair activities required for spa bath or pool.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Install and test spa and components.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout installation of lighting system or component.
2.2	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Install spa system or component.
2.4	Test and commission spa or component.
3	Maintain spas.	3.1	Identify service and maintenance requirements from manufacturer instructions in line with enterprise requirements.
3.2	Check and fit replacement components in line with manufacturer instructions.
3.3	Service spa in line with WHS, manufacturer instructions and enterprise procedures.
4	Resolve faults in spas.	4.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects.
4.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
4.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
4.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
4.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
4.6	Test and commission spa in line with manufacturer instructions.
5	Complete installation, repair and service.	5.1	Reinstate work area and spa to operational condition.
5.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage.
5.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the spa in line with enterprise requirements.
5.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4008A Install, service and repair spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4008 Install, service and repair spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4008A Install, service and repair spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing one spa and a component in a minimum of two spas

servicing a spa or component in a minimum of two spas

applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair two faults in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with spas

operating principles

types, operation, installation, commissioning and servicing of spas

maintenance of spas

repair of small cracks and scratches, including use of acrylic repair kit or car scratch repair kit

common faults, including foaming

spa components

construction material:

concrete

fibreglass

thermoplastic

stainless steel

design features:

steps, seating areas, hand/support rails

dehumidification

bathing loads

water replacement

hot water circulation

plant space and location

disinfection:

hazards

purpose

procedures

chemistry testing and parameters

water testing:

equipment

parameters

techniques

test results.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on spas:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4009 Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4009A Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to estimate the cost of swimming pool and spa products and services. It includes confirming customer requirements, sourcing and analysing information on swimming pool and spa products and services and presenting costs to clients.

This unit of competency supports the work of swimming pool and spa technicians servicing:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client requirements.	1.1	Identify client requirements in line with enterprise procedures.
1.2	Confirm specifications for product and/or service with client in line with enterprise procedures and manufacturer instructions.
2	Research costs of swimming pool and spa products and services.	2.1	Determine and interpret relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to swimming pool or spa products and services.
2.2	Obtain information on products, services and potential suppliers to meet client requirements.
2.3	Establish availability and supply time of products and services.
2.4	Identify and uphold ethical standards and industry codes of conduct when identifying suppliers and gathering product and service information.
2.5	Ascertain factors that may influence estimated cost of products and services.
2.6	Record information obtained on suppliers, products and service for easy retrieval.
3	Present costs to client.	3.1	Prepare estimate of cost of products and/or services in line with enterprise policy and procedures.
3.2	Explain estimated cost of products and/or services and limitations of cost estimates to client.
3.3	Provide information to client on compliance of swimming pool or spa products and services with safety, regulatory and manufacturer requirements.
3.4	Respond to client questions and concerns.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards, codes of practice, product reviews, trade publications, and supplier information

writing skills to prepare written information and cost estimates

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to calculate and compare price and technical features of swimming pool and spa products and services

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4009A Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4009 Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4009A Estimate cost of swimming pool and spa products and services. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

preparing and presenting three written estimates of the cost for the supply of swimming pool and spa products and services. Different products and services must be used for each estimate.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

consumer protection

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

warranties and guarantees

customer service principles

enterprise policies and procedures:

dealing with client complaints

developing product and service knowledge

factors involved in estimating costs:

cost range

ethical practices in identifying suppliers and product and service information

product and service specifications

inclusions, exclusions and limitations

sources of information on products and services relevant to swimming pools and spas

swimming pool and spa products and services:

accessories

chemicals

maintenance and servicing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant regulations, codes, standards, enterprise policies and procedures

technical and commercial references with current information on swimming pool and spa products and services and procedures for determining cost of swimming pool and spa products and services.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4012 Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4012A Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to design, install, program, test and service automated systems in swimming pools and spas.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in swimming pool and spa automated systems in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to automated swimming pool and spa systems.
1.2	Review work instructions and confirm installation, service and/or repair activities required.
1.3	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Install and test automated systems and components for swimming pools or spas.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa circulation automated system or component design and installation.
2.2	Coordinate installation work with relevant licensed personnel.
2.3	Fit and program automated system.
2.4	Test and validate automated system or component.
3	Maintain automated systems for swimming pools or spas.	3.1	Identify service and maintenance requirements from manufacturer instructions in line with enterprise requirements.
3.2	Check and fit replacement components in line with manufacturer instructions.
3.3	Service automated system in line with WHS, manufacturer instructions and enterprise procedures.
4	Resolve faults in automated systems for swimming pools or spas.	4.1	Apply system knowledge and technical resources to analyse faults and defects efficiently and accurately.
4.2	Diagnose faults that are not covered fully by maintenance manual fault diagnosis guides.
4.3	Seek advice and repair work assistance from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
4.4	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during fault finding and repair or replacement activities.
4.5	Repair or replace components in line with manufacturer instructions, and regulatory, client and enterprise requirements.
4.6	Test and commission automated system in line with manufacturer instructions.
5	Complete installation, repair and service.	5.1	Install or reinstate work area and automated system to operational condition.
5.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage identified.
5.3	Advise client of operational and maintenance requirements of the automated system in line with enterprise requirements.
5.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to perform calculations related to troubleshooting faults.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4012A Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4012 Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4012A Design, install and service automated systems for swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Element 3 changed from Service to Maintain. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

designing, installing and testing a swimming pool and spa automated system and components in a minimum of two swimming pools and one spa

Applying technical knowledge and advanced diagnostic skills to identify and repair two faults with automated systems, in line with regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

system information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with automated systems for swimming pools and spas:

explosions and implosions

skimmer and suction entrapment

electrocution, fire, poisoning

automated systems:

purpose and operating principles

maintenance procedures, scheduling and run times

types:

dosing

heating

lighting

pool and spa controllers

pool cleaning

valving

water treatment

common faults

components:

electronics:

circuits

diagrams

safety

testing and test equipment

peristaltic pumps

programmable controllers

sensors

connectivity

functions of actuator valves.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on automated swimming pool and spa systems:

operating principles

components

faults and troubleshooting.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4013 Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4013A Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to develop, implement and review maintenance plans in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess maintenance requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to swimming pool and spa maintenance.
1.2	Identify requirements for routine, seasonal and preventative maintenance
1.3	Review work instructions and factors impacting on required maintenance activities and schedules.
1.4	Identify hazards and assess risks to be addressed in the maintenance plan in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Develop swimming pool or spa maintenance plan.	2.1	Establish maintenance plan in line with owner instructions, regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements and procedures.
2.2	Determine maintenance costs and recommended schedule.
2.3	Develop contract specifications for maintenance services where appropriate.
2.4	Identify aspects of maintenance plan requiring specialist services and seek assistance as required.
2.5	Establish criteria and develop register of specialist service providers to support maintenance activities.
2.6	Establish systems for implementing and reporting maintenance requirements.
3	Implement maintenance plan.	3.1	Seek approval of maintenance plan in line with enterprise procedures.
3.2	Carry out maintenance in line with agreed plan, owner or operator instructions, legislative requirements and enterprise procedures.
3.3	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage identified.
3.4	Advise appropriate persons of non-compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety and regulations.
4	Evaluate maintenance plan.	4.1	Assess maintenance plan using relevant resources and consultation with relevant persons.
4.2	Present assessment of maintenance plan to relevant people in required format and timeframes.
4.3	Recommend improvements to maintenance plan to relevant people in line with enterprise procedures.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to:

interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

negotiate contracts with tradespeople and service providers

numeracy skills to calculate and interpret data and maintenance costs.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4013A Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4013 Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4013A Establish maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

developing a maintenance plan for one private swimming pool and one private spa

developing a maintenance plan for one swimming pool and one spa both of which are used by the public.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

maintenance information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with swimming pool and spa maintenance, including chemical safety

features of business equipment, resources and procedures

maintenance plan design factors:

design and type of facility

length of the operating season

need to generate revenue

number and age of the pools and spas

size and capabilities of the staff

contents of maintenance plans for swimming pools and spas:

advantages

costs

procedures

maintenance intervals

preventative maintenance

routine maintenance

seasonal maintenance

procedures for selecting specialist service providers including tradespeople

specialist services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on swimming pool and spa maintenance including:

requirements

procedures

preventative, seasonal and routine maintenance.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4014 Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4014A Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems when draining and acid washing swimming pools and spas in accordance with regulatory requirements in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to draining and acid washing swimming pools and spas.
1.2	Determine suitability of swimming pool or spa for acid washing.
1.3	Review work instructions and confirm activities required.
1.4	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements
2	Acid wash pool or spa.	2.1	Explain enterprise disclosure, disclaimer and acknowledgement documentation to client.
2.2	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout swimming pool or spa draining and acid washing.
2.3	Apply WHS and sustainability practices related to materials, equipment, and the surrounding environment during draining and acid washing.
2.4	Handle, transport and store chemicals and dispose of waste safely in line with enterprise, manufacturer and regulatory requirements.
2.5	Respond to accident and emergency situations in line with WHS, legislative and enterprise requirements.
3	Complete work activities.	3.1	Reinstate work area and swimming pool or spa to operational condition.
3.2	Document and report procedures undertaken, and system and/or component malfunctions, faults, wear or damage identified.
3.3	Advise relevant persons of work completion in line with enterprise procedures.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice related to draining and acid washing swimming pools and spas

numeracy skills to calculate quantities, volumes and ratios of acid and chemicals for acid washing of swimming pool or spa

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4014A Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4014 Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4014A Drain and acid wash swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

draining and acid washing one concrete swimming pool

draining and acid washing one concrete spa.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods, including chemicals

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations (including building and chemical safety)

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

purpose and content of client disclosure and acknowledgement documentation

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

warranties and guarantees

purpose of acid washing:

suitability of swimming pools and spas

frequency

causes of stain and mineral build-up on pool and spa surfaces

impact and risks of draining and acid washing on swimming pool or spa surface and structure

acid washing procedures including waste disposal

acids:

types and properties

safety including handling, transportation and storage

tools, materials and equipment

hazards and risks associated with draining and acid washing swimming pools and spas:

inadequate ventilation

natural and other gas build-up

atmospheric hazards when incompatible chemicals are stored or mixed together

chemical hazards

confined spaces and entrapment

working at heights

exposure to:

asbestos

contaminated surfaces

debris

dust and fibres

glass

live power

water testing techniques and results.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on draining and acid washing swimming pool and spas:

chemical safety

acids

problems associated with acid washing swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4016 Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4016A Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing and WHS. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to provide clients with specialist advice on swimming pool and spa products and services. It involves developing product and service knowledge to advise colleagues and clients on the features and benefits of swimming pool and spa products and services.

This unit of competency supports the work of swimming pool and spa technicians servicing:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop knowledge of swimming pool and spa products and services.	1.1	Determine and interpret relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to swimming pool or spa products and services.
1.2	Source and review industry resources on swimming pool and spa products and services.
1.3	Research competitor products, service range and pricing.
1.4	Collaborate with colleagues to share swimming pool and spa product and service knowledge.
2	Recommend swimming pool and spa products and services.	2.1	Apply enterprise procedures and industry codes of conduct when advising clients about swimming pool and spa products and services.
2.2	Evaluate swimming pool and spa products and services against client requirements.
2.3	Advise clients of the features and benefits of swimming pool and spa products or services.
2.4	Identify complementary swimming pool and spa products or services to meet client requirements.
2.5	Respond to client questions regarding swimming pool and spa products and services.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to calculate and compare price and technical features of swimming pool and spa products and services.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4016A Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4016 Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4016A Advise on swimming pool and spa products and services. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing and WHS. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

providing advice about swimming pool and spa products on at least three occasions

providing advice about swimming pool and spa services on at least three occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

consumer protection

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

customer service including dealing with complaints and feedback

developing product and service knowledge

recommending products and services

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

maintenance information

warranties and guarantees

enterprise swimming pool and spa product and service range, features and benefits:

maintenance, service and repair

equipment and accessories

chemicals

technical advice, including water hydraulics

components, spare parts and consumable items for swimming pool and spa systems:

automation

lighting

heating

circulation and filtration

chlorination

cleaning and vacuuming

swimming pool and spa toys

water testing and kits

swimming pool and spa chemical safety

sources of product and services knowledge

terminology and technical terms for swimming pool and spa products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant regulations, codes, standards, enterprise policies and procedures

technical and commercial references with current information on swimming pool and spa products and services.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS4017 Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4017A Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing and WHS. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to detect leaks in swimming pools and spas. It includes operating leak-detection equipment and reporting on leak-detection activities.

This unit is suitable for swimming pool and spa technicians who work independently using specialised knowledge and skills to solve predictable and unpredictable problems in:

private swimming pools and spas

public swimming pools and spas, including:

hydrotherapy and therapeutic exercise pools

wading and receiving pools associated with water slides

wave pools.

All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with state/territory work health and safety (WHS), regulations and legislation that applies to the workplace. Legislative and regulatory requirements apply to swimming pool and spa technicians but vary according to state/territory jurisdictions. Users must check with the relevant regulatory authority before delivery.

Service technicians are not permitted to undertake any installation, replacement, maintenance and repair functions that are restricted to licensed trades or occupations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess job requirements.	1.1	Identify relevant Australian standards and regulatory, manufacturer and enterprise requirements related to leak detection.
1.2	Review work instructions and test to confirm that swimming pool and/or spa is leaking in line with enterprise procedures.
1.3	Confirm location of related services in line with enterprise procedures.
1.4	Identify hazards and assess and control risks in the work area in line with WHS and enterprise requirements.
2	Detect leaks.	2.1	Apply relevant regulations, Australian standards and manufacturer, client and enterprise requirements throughout leak detection.
2.2	Implement leak detection process using appropriate leak-detection equipment.
2.3	Seek advice from relevant personnel for activities outside scope of own expertise or licensing.
2.4	Arrange leak repair in line with testing outcomes and enterprise and statutory requirements.
3	Complete leak detection activities.	3.1	Clean and store leak-detection equipment in line with enterprise and manufacturer requirements
3.2	Review and report on work in line with enterprise procedures.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to source and interpret technical information, regulations, standards and codes of practice

oral communication skills to interact with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to:

perform calculations related to water loss in swimming pools and spas

interpret data output from electronic leak-detection equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSPS4017A Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS4017 Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS4017A Detect leaks in swimming pools and spas. Added in content from CPPSPS4011A Comply with regulatory requirements for swimming pool and spa servicing and WHS. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

Determine job requirements, detect leak and organise repair of leaks in:

one swimming pool and one spa made from fibreglass

one swimming pool and one spa made from concrete.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of relevant commonwealth, state or territory, and local government regulations and Australian standards related to swimming pool and spa servicing:

work health and safety

public health

dangerous goods

environment and waste disposal

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

electrical and plumbing regulations related to own work

enterprise policies and procedures related to:

compliance with regulations

maintenance of knowledge of regulations

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

work instructions:

site requirements, including access

personal protective clothing and equipment requirements

equipment and systems location information

warranties and guarantees

hazards and risks associated with swimming pool and spa leak detection

common structural leak areas:

cracks

lights

main drain and hydrostatic valve

pipe openings into pool

skimmer bond to pool

skimmer throat

tile line

vinyl liners

leak-detection equipment:

types

operating principles

safety

maintenance procedures

leak-detection procedures

signs of potential pool and spa leaks:

algae growth or discoloration of water

cracks

equipment loses prime

excess chemical usage

excessive water loss

pool deck is sinking or lifting

pool has air in the system

soggy spots around the pool

visible equipment leaks

types of leaks in swimming pools and spas:

plumbing leaks

pressure leaks

static leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

Candidates must be provided with:

relevant manufacturer instructions, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise policies and procedures

relevant tools and equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE)

technical references with current information on leak detection techniques for swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPUPM3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3005 Manage pest without applying pesticides.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to adapt or create physical conditions in premises to manage a range of non-timber pests including ants, cockroaches, rodents and spiders. The unit includes gaining a thorough understanding of client requirements and factors contributing to the pest problem and assessing the nature and extent of pest activity at the site. It requires selecting appropriate equipment and pest management methods to eliminate food, water and harbourages and block pest ingress.

The unit does not apply to inspecting for, or managing termites or other timber pests, or applying chemical or fumigation pest management methods.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm client and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements, site location and pest management timeframes and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for managing pests without pesticides and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Inspect work site and identify pests or pest activity.	2.1	Establish contact with relevant persons and access work site according to client and workplace requirements.
2.2	Determine inspection method and select and use required inspection tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.3	Identify hazards associated with inspection tasks and assess and control risks at the site according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Examine site buildings and surrounds to identify pest entry points, evidence of activity and risk factors according to work instructions.
2.5	Assess evidence to identify pest types and extent and potential for pest activity and record findings.
3	Plan pest management methods and activities.	3.1	Select cultural and physical pest management methods to manage identified pest types and extent and potential of pest activity.
3.2	Conduct risk assessment and plan risk management strategies to ensure safety and regulatory compliance when implementing pest management methods.
3.3	Identify factors affecting completion of pest management activities or compliance and obtain required information or assistance.
3.4	Prepare and document a pest management plan that addresses the client’s pest problem and meets workplace and compliance requirements.
3.5	Discuss proposed pest management methods with client to clarify issues and concerns and obtain approval to implement pest management plan.
3.6	Calculate work site size and usage pattern to plan work activities to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of tools and building components when installing physical controls.
4	Adapt or create physical conditions in work site to manage pests.	4.1	Install signs or barriers to protect public health and safety during pest management activities and implement other risk control measures required to manage hazards identified at the work site.
4.2	Select and check pest management tools and equipment and PPE and confirm correct and safe operation according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
4.3	Select, locate and prepare pest management materials according to manufacturers’ instructions and pest management plan.
4.4	Use tools, equipment and materials to modify physical conditions at work site to manage pests according to pest management plan.
4.5	Check site modifications to verify effectiveness of pest management methods and make required adjustments to meet work instructions and client requirements.
4.6	Recognise and promptly respond to emergency situation according to workplace requirements.
5	Finalise work and complete documentation.	5.1	Remove tools, equipment, materials and waste from pest management activities and restore work site to meet client and compliance requirements.
5.2	Remove signage or barriers and notify relevant persons when site is available for re-use.
5.3	Clean and decontaminate pest management tools and equipment according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.4	Check tools, equipment and PPE to confirm safe and correct operation, record required maintenance and store to allow ready access and re-use.
5.5	Treat exposed skin to remove any contamination according to product manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.6	Complete and distribute pest management documentation in compliance with workplace and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of manufacturers’ instructions for equipment and materials

numeracy skills to calculate area and volume when applying physical pest management controls.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3005 Manage pest without applying pesticides.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by managing pests without applying pesticides in ten different residential and/or commercial premises.

The following different types of pests must be managed during work across the ten premises:

ants

cockroaches

rodents

spiders

a minimum of four of the following:

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: amphipods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

stored product pests.

Pest management plans for each premises must detail:

identified pest types and potential for pest activity

extent of pest activity or infestation including the source, scope and degree of pest activity and contributing risk factors

recommended pest management methods that do not involve pesticide use

risk management plan

advice on health, safety, environmental protection and other compliance requirements

advice on pest prevention strategies

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements associated with managing pests without applying pesticides:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

mandatory notifications

privacy

public health and safety

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of urban pests:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

cockroaches

fabric pests (at least three different species in the geographical area)

fleas

flies (at least three different species in the geographical area)

mites

occasional invaders: springtails, thrips, amphipods and millipedes

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests (at least three different species in the geographical area)

information and industry terminology typically contained in pest management work instructions

meaning of integrated pest management

methods used to manage non-timber pests without applying pesticides:

cultural controls

physical controls

signs of termite activity and implications of not reporting suspected termite activity for follow-up action

tools, equipment and materials used when managing pests without applying pesticides:

building components, tools and equipment required to modify sites or install physical controls

inspection tools and equipment:

camera

ladder

magnifying glass

mirror

portable lighting or torch

probe

specimen bottles

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

typical hazards encountered when managing pests without applying pesticides, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

audible alarms

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

guard dogs

hazards affecting native species

ladder use

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

residual pesticides and other chemicals

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet (UV) radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to managing pests without applying pesticides:

documentation and reporting

equipment maintenance and servicing

format and content requirements for pest management plans

site arrival, sign-in and pre-work preparations and authorities

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling and ladder use

signs and barriers required to be installed to protect public health and safety during pest management work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in seven of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in three of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor, physically or via audio and visual media

must involve managing ants, cockroaches, rodents and spiders

must be in a real workplace for a minimum of two premises

may be simulated for one premises provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to premises and associated work instructions, information, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence, including relevant industry codes of practice.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply pesticides to manage a range of non-timber pests such as ants, cockroaches, rodents and spiders in premises where public health and safety and the amenity of the community and environment may be affected. The unit includes gaining a thorough understanding of client requirements and factors contributing to the pest problem and assessing the nature and extent of pest activity at the site. It requires selecting appropriate equipment, pesticides and application methods to safely and efficiently manage pests.

The unit does not apply to inspecting for, or managing termites or other timber pests, or non-chemical pest management where the environment is modified to manage pests.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm client and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements, site location and pest management timeframes and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for managing pests using pesticides and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Inspect work site and identify pests or pest activity.	2.1	Establish contact with relevant persons and access work site according to client and workplace requirements.
2.2	Determine inspection method and select and use required inspection tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.3	Identify hazards associated with inspection tasks and assess and control risks at the site according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Examine site buildings and surrounds to identify pest entry points, evidence of activity and risk factors according to work instructions.
2.5	Assess evidence to identify pest types and extent and potential for pest activity and record findings.
3	Plan pest management activities.	3.1	Select pesticide and application methods to manage identified pest types and extent and potential of pest activity.
3.2	Conduct risk assessment and plan risk management strategies to ensure safety and regulatory compliance when managing pests using pesticides.
3.3	Identify factors affecting completion of pest management activities or compliance and obtain required information or assistance.
3.4	Prepare and document a pest management plan that addresses the client’s pest problem and meets workplace and compliance requirements.
3.5	Discuss proposed pest management methods with client to clarify issues and concerns and confirm understanding of chemical control aspects of pest management plan and obtain approval to proceed.
3.6	Calculate work site size and usage pattern to plan work activities to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of equipment and pesticides.
4	Prepare equipment and pesticides and treat work site.	4.1	Install signs or barriers to maximise protection of public health and safety during site treatment, notify occupants, and implement other risk control measures required to manage hazards identified at the work site.
4.2	Read and follow manufacturers’ instructions and safety data sheets (SDS) for selected pesticides and application methods.
4.3	Select and use PPE for pesticide application according to manufacturers’ instructions and SDS.
4.4	Select pesticides according to risk assessment and pest management plan.
4.5	Select, check and adjust application equipment and confirm correct and safe operation according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
4.6	Calculate application area, estimate required quantities of pesticides, and prepare pesticides for application following manufacturers’ instructions and directions on product labels.
4.7	Calibrate pump sprayer and check nozzles and flow rate to ensure correct application for surface being treated according to manufacturers’ instructions.
4.8	Apply pesticides at work site and check to ensure correct application according to pest management plan and compliance requirements.
4.9	Recognise and promptly respond to emergency situation according to workplace requirements.
5	Finalise work and complete documentation.	5.1	Remove equipment, pesticides and waste from pest management activities and restore work site to meet client and compliance requirements.
5.2	Transport and store pesticides and dispose of waste removed from work site according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.3	Eliminate hazards prior to site handover and remove signage or barriers according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.4	Notify relevant persons of residual hazards, necessary hazard reduction measures and site re-entry periods.
5.5	Clean and decontaminate equipment and PPE according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.6	Check equipment and PPE to confirm safe and correct operation, record required maintenance and store to allow ready access and re-use.
5.7	Treat exposed skin to remove any contamination according to product manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.8	Complete and distribute pest management documentation to meet workplace and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of manufacturers’ instructions and SDS

numeracy skills to dilute and mix pesticides in the correct ratios.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by selecting and applying pesticides internally, and externally as required, in order to manage non-timber pests in ten different residential and/or commercial premises.

The following different types of pests must be managed during work across the ten premises:

ants

cockroaches

rodents

spiders

a minimum of four of the following:

bed bugs

bees and wasps

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: amphipods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

stored product pests.

Work across the ten premises must involve using:

bait stations

electrical dust applicator

hand puffer

pump up sprayer

insecticides and rodenticides, with application methods involving:

applying pesticide liquids, powders, gels and granules

installing and securing baits

space treatments that involve preparation, no-entry notification, using a fogger or mister, ventilation and re-entry processes.

Pest management plans for each premises must detail:

identified pest types and potential for pest activity

extent of pest activity or infestation including the source, scope and degree of pest activity and contributing risk factors

pest management options

types and quantities of chemicals to be used

chemical application methods

risk management plan

advice on health, safety, environmental protection and other compliance and mandatory notification requirements

advice on pest prevention strategies

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements associated with managing pests by applying pesticides:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

dangerous goods

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

mandatory notifications

privacy

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of the following types of pests:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

cockroaches

fabric pests (at least three different species in the geographical area)

fleas

flies (at least three different species in the geographical area)

mites

occasional invaders: springtails, thrips, amphipods and millipedes

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests (at least three different species in the geographical area)

humane euthanasia procedures used in pest management

information and industry terminology typically contained in pest management work instructions

meaning of integrated pest management

pesticide controls for managing pests in a range of environments, conditions, industries and premises

potential effects of pesticides on public health and the environment and the difference between primary and secondary poisoning associated with rodent baits

purpose of, and information typically contained in safety data sheets (SDS)

signs of termite activity and implications of not reporting suspected termite activity for follow-up action

tools, equipment and materials used when managing pests by applying pesticides:

inspection tools and equipment:

camera

ladder

magnifying glass

mirror

portable lighting or torch

probe

specimen bottles

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

pesticide application:

bait stations

dust applicators

hand puffers

hot and cold foggers for space spraying

misters for surface spraying

pump up, hand-held and backpack sprayers

truck-mounted pump and hose rigs

types of pesticides used to manage non-timber pests and methods for safe handling and application:

chemical group, target site and mode of action

surfaces, substrates and suitable formulation types

application and spray patterns

typical hazards encountered when managing pests by applying pesticides, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemicals and residual pesticides

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

guard dogs

hazards affecting native species

ladder use

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to managing pests by applying pesticides:

documentation and reporting

equipment maintenance and servicing

format and content requirements for pest management plans

site arrival, sign-in and pre-work preparations and authorities

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling and ladder use

signs and barriers required to be installed to protect public health and safety during pest management work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in seven of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in three of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor, physically or via audio and visual media

must involve managing ants, cockroaches, rodents and spiders

must be in a real workplace for a minimum of two premises

may be simulated for one premises provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to premises and associated work instructions, information, SDS, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence, including relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect premises and surrounding areas for timber pests. It includes collecting and testing evidence from the site, assessing the type of timber pest, nature of activity and extent of damage, and preparing an inspection report with recommendations for timber pest management.

Types of timber pests vary in different geographic regions. This unit applies to those timber pests found in the local geographic area.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements and assess work site.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm client requirements, site location and inspection timeframes, and clarify expectations with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for timber pest inspections and reports and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.3	Access and review documentation for the work site to establish a history of previous building or pest inspections, treatments or safety issues.
1.4	Access work site and assess physical characteristics and surrounding environment according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Assess type and nature of structures and construction methods at the work site according to workplace requirements.
1.6	Locate typical timber pest pressure areas to ensure inspection targets probable timber pest activity.
1.7	Record assessment results and obtain verbal agreement from client to proceed with general timber pest inspection or written agreement for pre-purchase inspection.
2	Plan and prepare for site inspection.	2.1	Identify hazards associated with inspection tasks and assess and control risks at the site according to workplace requirements.
2.2	Select inspection tools and equipment and fit required personal protective equipment according to workplace requirements.
2.3	Plan systematic and comprehensive inspection and recording methods based on work site assessment and work instructions.
3	Inspect for timber pests.	3.1	Inspect premises and surrounds using predetermined methods and record results according to workplace and compliance requirements.
3.2	Inspect and collect evidence of timber pest activity at the work site.
3.3	Identify timber pest risk factors and requirements for further inspections and discuss recommendations with client.
4	Confirm pest type, activity and extent of damage	4.1	Analyse and test collected evidence to clarify type of timber pest and timber pest activity.
4.2	Analyse inspection records and test results to identify previous or current types of timber pests and to confirm infestation locations and extent of damage.
4.3	Locate timber pest source and site conditions conducive to infestation.
4.4	Estimate previous, current and potential impacts of timber pest activity on the work site and record findings.
5	Prepare and distribute inspection report.	5.1	Document inspection report detailing inspection outcomes, evidence and risk analysis and pest management recommendations according to work instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.2	Distribute inspection report to relevant persons according to work instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.3	Securely maintain all inspection documentation, evidence and client records according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening to clarify client expectations

reading skills to interpret key requirements of Australian standards and industry codes of practice

numeracy skills to measure dimensions and calculate area and volume of premises

writing skills to accurately and legibly record findings when undertaking site inspections.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by inspecting for and reporting on timber pests at ten different premises involving:

inspection for evidence of activity from subterranean termites at a minimum of five premises

identification of evidence of subterranean termites at one premises

inspection for evidence of activity from two other types of timber pests from the list below:

borers

damp wood termites

dry wood termites

wood decay fungi.

At each premises:

the following evidence must be inspected for:

chambers

damp swell (bulging walls)

discolouration of timber or plaster

evidence of feeding

holes

mud tracks and leads

nests and nest materials

specimens

timber damage, timber shavings and sawdust

inspection areas must include four or more of the following:

external areas of property including trees and fences

external surfaces

floor areas

interiors

timber areas including trims and mouldings

outbuildings

roof voids

subfloors

site assessment must include five or more of the following:

age of structures

associated building or land use

dark and humid areas

drainage

evidence of previous treatments

level of moisture

risk factors encouraging timber pest activity

soil types

timber types

ventilation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

climatic and geographic impact on timber pest activities

compliance requirements associated with inspecting for and reporting on timber pests:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements including:

AS/NZS 3660 Termite Management Set (AS/NZS 3660)

AS 4349.2 Inspection of buildings Group titled properties

AS 4349.3 Inspection of buildings Timber pest inspections

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

consumer protection

legal implications of timber pest management work

licensing requirements for timber pest management

privacy

public health and safety

construction terminology used to describe building structures and construction methods in relation to timber pest activity

difference between general timber inspections and pre-purchase inspections

information and industry terminology typically contained in pest management work instructions

soil and timber types in relation to timber pest activity

tools and equipment used when inspecting for timber pests:

inspection tools and equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

measuring tape

mirror

moisture meter

pliers

probes or knife

report check sheet or notepad

sounding tools

specimen bottle

torch

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

types of timber pests and their ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages:

borers

damp wood termites

dry wood termites

subterranean termites

wood decay fungi

types of further inspections that may be recommended to clients:

detailed inspections including thermal inspections

inspections by other personnel including builders, electricians and plumbers

invasive inspections including those using a bore-scope

typical hazards encountered when inspecting for timber pests, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

ladder use

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

residual pesticides and other chemicals

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

typical timber pest pressure areas

workplace policies and procedures that apply to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests:

documentation and reporting

format and content of inspection plans

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work methods including ladder use.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in seven of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in three of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor:

physically, or

via audio and visual media provided the candidate is physically accompanied by a person who is licensed or holds the required competency to inspect for timber pests

must involve subterranean termites for a minimum of one premises

must be in a real workplace for a minimum of two premises

may be simulated for one premises provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to premises and associated work instructions, information, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including:

previous inspection reports or pest treatment records if available

Australian standards: AS/NZS 3660 and AS 4349.2

relevant industry codes of practice including:

A Code of Practice for Prior to Purchase Specialist Timber Pest Inspections

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management During Construction

Industry Code of Practice for Training in the Pest Management Industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3010 Control timber pests

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare and implement a plan to manage timber pests. It includes reviewing existing reports relating to timber pest activity at the premises and planning, implementing and monitoring strategies to control timber pests. The unit requires selecting equipment, chemicals, materials and methods to effectively manage the timber pest problem.

Types of timber pests vary in different geographic regions. This unit applies to those timber pests found in the local geographic area.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions and inspection report to confirm client and site requirements and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for timber pest management and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Develop timber pest management plan.	2.1	Select methods to control timber pests based on inspection report, work site environment and client, workplace and compliance requirements.
2.2	Identify and organise equipment required to control timber pests according to workplace requirements.
2.3	Calculate quantities of materials necessary to manage timber pests according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Document timber pest management plan for work site that meets client and workplace requirements.
2.5	Discuss proposed timber pest management plan with client, respond to issues and concerns and obtain approval to proceed with implementation.
3	Prepare to control timber pests.	3.1	Install signs or barriers to maximise protection of public health and safety during treatment operation, notify occupants, and implement other risk control measures required to manage hazards identified at the work site.
3.2	Identify factors affecting completion of timber pest control activities or compliance and obtain required information or assistance.
3.3	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE) according to workplace requirements.
3.4	Select, check and prepare equipment and materials required for timber pest control activities according to manufacturers’ instructions, safety data sheets (SDS), workplace and compliance requirements.
4	Implement timber pest management plan.	4.1	Install or apply pest control materials identified in pest management plan according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
4.2	Carry out timber pest control procedures according to pest management plan, workplace and compliance requirements.
4.3	Check effectiveness of pest control measures against timber pest management plan and take required remedial actions to ensure optimal results.
4.4	Recognise and promptly respond to emergency situation according to workplace requirements.
5	Finalise work and complete documentation.	5.1	Remove tools, equipment, materials and waste from pest management activities and restore work site to meet client and compliance requirements.
5.2	Eliminate hazards prior to site handover and remove signage or barriers according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.3	Notify relevant persons of residual hazards, necessary hazard reduction measures and site re-entry periods.
5.4	Clean and decontaminate equipment and PPE according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.5	Check equipment and PPE to confirm safe and correct operation, record required maintenance and store to allow ready access and re-use.
5.6	Treat exposed skin to remove any contamination according to product manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.7	Prepare and issue required certificates and notices according to compliance requirements.
5.8	Complete and distribute pest management documentation to meet workplace and compliance requirements.
6	Monitor effectiveness of timber pest treatment.	6.1	Establish periodic contact schedule with client according to workplace requirements.
6.2	Maintain regular liaison with client to monitor effectiveness of timber pest treatment according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when responding to client issues and concerns

reading skills to interpret key requirements of Australian standards, SDS and industry codes of practice

numeracy skills to:

calculate flow rates and pressures when using termiticide application equipment

calculate required termiticide volume and bait and dust quantities

measure dimensions and calculate area and volume of treatment site

prepare and mix chemicals in the correct quantities and ratios

writing skills to accurately and legibly prepare certificates and notices and complete documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3010 Control timber pests

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by controlling timber pests at ten different premises involving:

different construction methods including slab-on-ground and suspended floor

controls for subterranean termites at a minimum of five premises

controls for two other types of timber pests from the list below:

borers

damp wood termites

dry wood termites

wood decay fungi

eradication and exclusion using five or more of the following:

bait box

concrete drill

dust applicator

foaming applicator

liquid injection nozzle

monitoring station

slab injector

soil injector

soil spray nozzle

termiticide station

using termiticides and one or more of the following:

physical termite management system

sealing components.

Timber pest management plans for each premises must detail:

identified timber pest types and potential for timber pest activity

extent of timber pest activity or infestation including the source, scope and degree of timber pest activity and contributing risk factors

timber pest management methods

types and quantities of chemicals to be used and chemical application methods

risk management plan

record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements

advice on health, safety, environmental protection and other compliance and mandatory notification requirements

advice on timber pest prevention strategies

follow-up timber pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

building structures and construction methods relevant to work sites described in the performance evidence and control of timber pests at those sites

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

climatic and geographic impact on timber pest activities

compliance requirements associated with controlling timber pests:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements:

AS/NZS 3660 Termite Management Set (AS/NZS 3660)

AS 4349.2 Inspection of buildings Group titled properties

AS 4349.3 Inspection of buildings Timber pest inspections

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

environmental protection

legal implications of timber pest management work

licensing requirements for timber pest management

mandatory notifications

privacy

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

information and industry terminology typically contained in pest management work instructions

meaning of integrated pest management

pest management methods used to control timber pests:

chemical, cultural and physical controls in a range of environments and conditions

difference in action and application of termiticides

product knowledge and manufacturers’ specifications for equipment and products used to control timber pests

purpose of, and information typically contained in safety data sheets (SDS)

soil types in relation to timber pest activities

tools, equipment and materials used to control timber pests:

access and inspection tools equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

measuring tape

mirror

moisture meter

pliers

probes or knife

sounding tools

specimen bottle

torch

application and installation equipment:

bait box or station

concrete drill

dust applicator

foaming applicator

liquid injection nozzle

monitoring station

slab injector

soil injector

soil spray nozzle

termiticide station

materials:

physical termite management systems

sealing components

termiticides

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

types of timber pests and their ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages:

borers

damp wood termites

dry wood termites

subterranean termites

wood decay fungi

typical hazards encountered when controlling timber pests, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

asbestos

chemical

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

ladder use

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

underground services

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to controlling timber pests:

documentation and reporting

format and content requirements for timber pest management plans

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work methods including manual handling and ladder use.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in seven of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities in three of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor:

physically, or

via audio and visual media provided the candidate is physically accompanied by a person who is licensed or holds the required competency to control timber pests

must involve subterranean termites for a minimum of one premises

must be in a real workplace for a minimum of two premises

may be simulated for one premises provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to premises and associated work instructions, information, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including:

inspection reports for premises

Australian standards: AS/NZS 3660 and AS 4349.2

relevant industry codes of practice including:

A Code of Practice for Prior to Purchase Specialist Timber Pest Inspections

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management During Construction

Industry Code of Practice for Training in the Pest Management Industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply fumigants to control organisms and organism activity that affect the health, safety or amenity of persons, commodities or environments in domestic, commercial, industrial and maritime situations. The unit requires understanding client requirements, assessing the site, and selecting and using equipment, fumigants and application methods to effectively manage organisms.

Work is conducted by teams of at least two people in compliance with state and territory health and safety legislation. A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Fumigants are most frequently applied by pest technicians to meet quarantine conditions for exported or imported goods but are also applied in commercial grain handling and storage environments.

This unit does not apply to horticultural or agricultural situations involving crop growing.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority. Where required, the fumigator must meet the licensing requirements of the relevant Australian or international quarantine authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions or quarantine order to confirm fumigation requirements and discuss client needs and expectations with relevant persons.
1.2	Confirm authority of client requesting fumigation services and clarify fumigation site and target in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for organism fumigation and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Access and assess work site.	2.1	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE) according to workplace requirements.
2.2	Access work site, identify hazards and control risks according to workplace requirements.
2.3	Assess work site to identify access points and security arrangements and characteristics impacting fumigation according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Determine site size and usage patterns to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of fumigants and equipment during fumigation.
3	Determine organism types and fumigation method.	3.1	Confirm types of organisms and commodities present at the work site according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Select fumigation method and fumigant to suit types of organisms, work site environment and commodities present according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
3.3	Establish capacity to create fumigation conditions at work site and promptly report factors affecting completion of work instructions or quarantine order to relevant persons.
3.4	Advise relevant persons of risks associated with fumigation including non-target contamination and damage
4	Prepare for fumigation.	4.1	Install signs or barriers to maximise protection of public health and safety during fumigation and implement other risk control measures required to manage hazards at the work site.
4.2	Notify personnel in adjoining properties and required authorities of proposed fumigation according to workplace and compliance requirements.
4.3	Implement security measures to control unauthorised access to work site during fumigation and prescribed non re-entry periods according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
4.4	Create conditions to ensure that essential fumigant concentrations are retained for required period within fumigation enclosure according to manufacturers’ instructions.
4.5	Select and use PPE for fumigant application according to manufacturers’ instructions and safety data sheet (SDS) for fumigant type and workplace requirements.
4.6	Select and calibrate application equipment and confirm correct and safe operation according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
4.7	Access fumigant and transport to application site according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
4.8	Calculate and prepare fumigant dosages according to fumigant type, fumigation target and enclosure volume and temperature following manufacturers’ instructions and compliance requirements.
5	Apply fumigant and monitor fumigation.	5.1	Treat fumigation enclosure using equipment, fumigant and fumigation methods according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.2	Check and adjust fumigation enclosure seal to ensure optimal application according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.3	Assess fumigant escape throughout fumigation exposure period to control impact on public health and safety according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.4	Secure and continuously monitor fumigation site to prevent unauthorised access and maintain safe conditions according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.5	Monitor and maintain integrity of enclosure seal and fumigant concentrations over fumigation exposure period according to manufacturers’ instructions.
5.6	Recognise and promptly respond to emergency situation according to workplace requirements.
6	Ventilate fumigation enclosure.	6.1	Establish suitable conditions for enclosure ventilation to control risks to public health and safety according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
6.2	Apply approved method to safely release fumigant and ventilate enclosure to remove fumigant in a safe and controlled manner according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
6.3	Aerate fumigation enclosure and commodities present according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
6.4	Test fumigation enclosure and commodities present for evidence of residual fumigant according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
7	Finalise work and complete documentation.	7.1	Remove equipment, fumigant and waste and restore work site to meet work instructions or quarantine order and compliance requirements.
7.2	Eliminate hazards prior to site handover and remove signage or barriers according to workplace and compliance requirements.
7.3	Notify relevant persons of residual hazards, necessary risk control measures and site re-entry periods.
7.4	Clean and decontaminate equipment and PPE according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
7.5	Check equipment and PPE to confirm safe and correct operation, record required maintenance and store to allow ready access and re-use.
7.6	Transport and store fumigant according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
7.7	Dispose of waste from fumigation activities according to work instructions or quarantine order, workplace and compliance requirements.
7.8	Treat exposed skin to remove any contamination according to SDS and workplace requirements.
7.9	Complete and distribute required documentation and update client records according to workplace and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when discussing client needs and expectations

reading skills to interpret key requirements of work instructions, manufacturers’ instructions and SDS

numeracy skills to:

calculate required fumigant concentrations at various stages of the fumigation period

calculate percentage variations in fumigant concentrations

writing skills to accurately and legibly complete workplace and compliance documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by fumigating five different sites from the types listed below, according to the type of licence held:

aircraft

building

burrow

chamber

container

sheeted stack

ship

silo

soil.

Fumigation must target one or more of the following organisms:

arachnids

bacteria

fungi

insects

molluscs

moulds

plants

rabbits

rodents

seeds.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

commodity absorption and desorption rates

compliance requirements associated with managing organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments in domestic, commercial, industrial and maritime situations:

Australian and international standards, quality assurance and certification requirements including AS 2476 General fumigation procedures (AS 2476)

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments

waste handling and disposal

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

fumigation regulations and licence requirements

mandatory notifications

privacy

public health and safety

quarantine requirements

work health and safety (WHS)

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

equipment used when applying fumigants:

fumigant application equipment and calibration methods

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

fumigation methods and associated:

fumigation conditions, site and enclosure requirements

organisms eradicated through fumigation

product knowledge including manufacturers’ instructions for equipment and products being used

risks of effect of fumigant on public health and environment

information and industry terminology typically contained in work instructions and quarantine orders

purpose of, and information typically contained in safety data sheets (SDS)

test methods and readings for monitoring fumigant concentrations

types of fumigants used to manage organisms in commodities and environments:

application methods

environmental conditions such as withholding periods

preparation requirements

safety requirements for handling, use and decontamination

types of organisms treated

typical hazards encountered when managing organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemicals

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to managing organisms by applying fumigants:

documentation and reporting

WHS:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Fumigations must be conducted with at least one other person and supervised by a licensed fumigator. Of the five required simulations, two must be conducted in a real workplace and three may be simulated

Candidates must have access to fumigation sites and associated work instructions, information, SDS, fumigants, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including AS 2476 and relevant industry codes of practice.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan and conduct regular maintenance, servicing and repair of pest management equipment to ensure equipment is fit for purpose, ready for use and complies with regulatory requirements. It includes preparing and implementing an equipment maintenance plan, regularly inspecting and monitoring equipment use and condition, organising parts and labour, and carrying out servicing and repairs ensuring minimal disruption to pest management operations.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm workplace and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment and apply to maintenance planning to ensure compliance.
1.2	Access and review manufacturers’ specifications for pest management equipment to confirm recommended maintenance timeframes and procedures and apply to maintenance planning.
2	Prepare and implement equipment maintenance plan.	2.1	Document a maintenance plan incorporating scheduled equipment inspections, monitoring, maintenance, service and repair.
2.2	Check that maintenance plan meets workplace and compliance requirements, maximises equipment effectiveness and minimises disruption to pest management operations.
2.3	Establish program of periodic equipment inspections and ongoing monitoring according to maintenance plan.
2.4	Conduct periodic equipment inspections according to maintenance plan and update inspection records.
2.5	Check equipment user reports to identify and diagnose required equipment maintenance and emergency repairs and update maintenance plan accordingly.
2.6	Establish arrangements for maintenance, service and repair of equipment requiring specialist services in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Prepare for equipment servicing and repair.	3.1	Inform management and operators of scheduled equipment servicing and repair activities in line with maintenance plan.
3.2	Identify and organise required parts and labour to meet servicing and repair needs according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
3.3	Prepare required tools, equipment, parts and materials in readiness for servicing and repair tasks according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.4	Identify hazards and control risks associated with maintenance, servicing and repair activities according to workplace requirements.
4	Service and repair equipment and complete documentation.	4.1	Select, check for correct operation, and use personal protective equipment according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Identify and clean pest management equipment requiring service and repair according to manufacturers’ instructions.
4.3	Carry out equipment service and repair tasks according to equipment maintenance plan, manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
4.4	Check serviced and repaired equipment to confirm correct operation and make required adjustments where problems are identified.
4.5	Arrange required compliance inspections and approvals for serviced and repaired equipment and promptly return serviced and repaired equipment to operational use.
4.6	Dispose of unserviceable equipment and clean and maintain work area according to workplace and compliance requirements.
4.7	Update equipment maintenance plan and complete and distribute workplace and compliance documentation.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of manufacturers’ instructions and equipment manuals and labels

numeracy skills to:

calculate quantities of parts and materials to meet servicing and repair needs

estimate and schedule service and repair timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by preparing and implementing an equipment maintenance plan for pest management equipment involving:

conducting daily, weekly or monthly maintenance tasks for:

first aid kit: check and replenish

two nozzle: clean

pneumatic hand sprayer: clean and lubricate

respirator: clean face mask body, remove used filter cartridge and replace filter

spill kit: check and replenish

spray gun: clean and lubricate

conducting the following servicing and repair tasks:

nozzle: replace ‘O’ ring (cone jet)

pneumatic hand sprayer: fit repair kit

respirator: inspect, remove and replace inhalation and exhalation valve(s) and head strap

simple centrifugal pump: fit seal kit

spray gun: fit seal kit.

The equipment maintenance plan must detail:

arrangements for maintenance and periodic service and repair of equipment requiring specialist services, such as elevated work platforms and generators

equipment inspection, monitoring, maintenance, service and repair schedules

emergency procedures

replacement procedures

routine maintenance procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements associated with maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

consumer protection

dangerous goods

environmental protection

pesticide registers and manifests

pesticide use

public health and safety

hazards and risks associated with maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment

information typically contained in equipment maintenance plans

operation, maintenance, service and repair procedures and schedules for common pest management plant and equipment:

elevated work platforms

first aid kits

generators

hot and cold foggers for space spraying

misters for surface spraying

nozzles

pneumatic hand sprayers

respirators

simple centrifugal pump

spill kits

spray guns

required compliance inspections and approvals for serviced equipment

scheduling methods

sources of reliable information about spare parts availability and supply

workplace policies and procedures that apply to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment:

disposal of waste and obsolete equipment

equipment maintenance, service and repair schedules

records and documentation

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment (PPE)

safe work practices including hazardous materials and manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for the maintenance and repair of respirators, pneumatic hand sprayers and one other type of equipment, as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor, physically or via audio and visual media.

Evidence of remaining maintenance, service and repair activities as specified in the performance evidence must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken. The assessor must be satisfied that the candidate has demonstrated knowledge of spill kit and first aid kit contents and other types of equipment submitted in documentary and photographic evidence.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, manufacturers’ instructions, information, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including:

pest management equipment requiring maintenance, repair and service, and spare parts and consumables.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to set up, stock and control a storage area for equipment and pesticides within a pest management vehicle. It includes monitoring and controlling the security, labelling, movement and storage of equipment and pesticides and ensuring strict compliance with workplace and regulatory requirements. The unit requires maintaining the pest management vehicle to ensure it is clean, safe and roadworthy in readiness for pest management work.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm compliance requirements and set up vehicle storage area.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory and industry requirements for equipment and pesticide storage in pest management vehicles and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
1.2	Check pest management vehicle capacities against intended use and verify compliance with regulatory requirements.
1.3	Secure storage area from unauthorised access according to regulatory requirements.
1.4	Identify existing hazards associated with vehicle and pesticides and implement required risk control measures.
1.5	Organise storage area and separate equipment and passenger compartments to minimise transportation risks.
1.6	Equip vehicle to enable emergency response to be implemented according to workplace and compliance requirements.
2	Equip vehicle storage area.	2.1	Select, check for correct operation, and use personal protective equipment (PPE) according to safety data sheets (SDS) and manufacturers’ instructions for chemicals to be stored.
2.2	Check chemical containers to verify suitable condition for storage and transport according to compliance requirements.
2.3	Identify chemical storage specifications and store chemicals in vehicle according to manufacturers’ instructions, SDS and workplace requirements.
2.4	Clean, safety-check and store vehicle equipment to enable ready access and re-use and record identified maintenance requirements.
2.5	Maintain storage area free from obstacles and collect and dispose of waste according to workplace and compliance requirements.
3	Control and maintain stocks of equipment and chemicals.	3.1	Operate and maintain inventory system with maximum and minimum holding levels of equipment and chemicals according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Monitor equipment and chemical use patterns and reorder stock to maintain required levels.
3.3	Prepare accurate and legible chemical labels with essential safety information for containers holding decanted and diluted pesticides.
3.4	Maintain an accurate labelling system for all containers according to workplace and compliance requirements.
3.5	Monitor chemical expiration dates and use chemicals on an oldest-manufactured, first-out basis.
3.6	Dispose of obsolete chemicals and equipment according to manufacturers’ instructions and compliance requirements.
3.7	Systematically complete stock control records and chemical register or manifest according to workplace and compliance requirements.
4	Control storage area during provision of pest management services.	4.1	Secure chemicals to prevent accidental spillage according to manufacturers’ instructions and compliance requirements.
4.2	Estimate, store and transport quantities of chemicals required for immediate pest management work according to manufacturers’ instructions and compliance requirements.
4.3	Store PPE separately to chemicals and vehicle occupants.
4.4	Secure, use and maintain vehicle equipment and PPE during pest management service provision.
4.5	Monitor pest management vehicle during service provision to restrict access and operation to authorised personnel according to workplace requirements
5	Maintain pest management vehicle.	5.1	Safety-check vehicle and organise regular servicing to ensure roadworthiness according to manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5.2	Clean vehicle to remove chemical contaminants and dispose of waste according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.3	Maintain vehicle to meet workplace presentation requirements.
6	Respond to emergency situations.	6.1	Identify accidental spillage or other emergency situation and promptly implement emergency response procedures according to workplace and compliance requirements.
6.2	Complete required compliance and workplace documentation detailing emergency situation and response.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

reading skills to interpret key requirements of equipment manuals, safety warning signs and symbols, pesticide labels and SDS

numeracy skills to:

calculate maximum and minimum holding levels of equipment and chemicals

interpret numerical information from SDS, manufacturers’ instructions and pesticide labels

writing skills to legibly and accurately complete chemical labels, stock control records and chemical registers or manifests.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by setting up, stocking and controlling a storage area for equipment and pesticides within a pest management vehicle to ensure the vehicle is fit for purpose.

Equipment in the pest management vehicle must include:

bunding and spill kit

inspection equipment

lockable storage areas

pesticide application equipment

pesticide measuring and mixing equipment

spare parts and consumables

waste disposal containers

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit appropriate for a range of tasks and locations

personal protective clothing

soap and towel

sun protection.

Pesticides and chemicals in the vehicle storage area must include:

cleaning agents

dangerous goods

flammable products

insecticides and rodenticides.

Safety information stored in the pest management vehicle must include:

chemical co-location, separation and segregation information

chemical manifests and registers

dangerous goods diamonds

emergency management plan

manufacturers’ instructions for stored equipment

product labels for stored chemicals

safety data sheets (SDS) for stored chemicals.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

areas from which pest management vehicles are prohibited

chemical storage, container and labelling requirements

compliance requirements associated with maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and codes of practice

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

dangerous goods

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

licensing for vehicle operation and chemical transport

mandatory notifications

public health and safety

equipment stored within pest management vehicles:

inspection tools and equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

measuring tape

mirror

moisture meter

pliers

probes or knife

report check sheet or notepad

sounding tools

specimen bottle

torch

PPE:

eye, ear and respiratory protection

personal protective clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

vehicle equipment:

bunding and spill kit

first aid kit

lockable storage areas

pesticide application equipment

pesticide measuring and mixing equipment

spare parts and consumables

waste disposal containers

methods for maintaining stock inventories and rotating stock in pest management vehicles

pest management vehicle cleaning locations that comply with environmental requirements

potential effects of pesticides on public health and the environment

product knowledge and manufacturers’ specifications for products stored and transported in pest management vehicle

purpose of, and information typically contained in SDS

types of pesticides commonly stored in pest management vehicles, and methods for their safe handling and transport

typical hazards encountered when maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas, and risk control measures for each:

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

residual pesticides

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

vehicle types and specifications suitable to pest management operations

workplace policies and procedures that apply to pest management vehicles:

equipment cleaning and maintenance

records and documentation

security of equipment, chemicals and vehicle

vehicle servicing and presentation

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities as specified in the performance evidence must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken. The assessor must be satisfied that the candidate has demonstrated knowledge of spill kit contents and other types of equipment submitted in documentary and photographic evidence.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, manufacturers’ instructions, information, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including:

a suitable pest management vehicle, spare parts, pesticides and consumables

SDS, equipment manuals and vehicle safety information, signage and documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM3042 Install termite management systems

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Correction of Performance Criteria 5.1 through 5.5.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install termite management systems to manage subterranean termites in premises at the pre-construction stage. It includes assessing methods of construction of different premises as well as applying techniques required to prevent termites gaining concealed access to a completed construction. The unit requires selecting equipment, materials and methods suitable to the type of termite management system and construction.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories, and licensing is required to install termite management systems that are impregnated with chemicals. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions and drawings to confirm client and premises requirements for termite management and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, codes, standards and regulatory requirements for installing termite management systems and apply to work instructions to ensure compliance.
2	Plan to install termite management system.	2.1	Review work site plan and identify areas requiring protection according to client, workplace and compliance requirements.
2.2	Select termite management system to meet work instructions and review manufacturers’ instructions to confirm installation specifications.
2.3	Check that termite management system and installation methods meet quality standards according to workplace and compliance requirements.
2.4	Discuss installation methods with relevant persons, respond to issues and concerns and obtain approval to proceed.
3	Assess work site and prepare for installation.	3.1	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE) according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Access and assess work site and construction methods and confirm installation specifications according to work instructions and manufacturers’ instructions for termite management system.
3.3	Determine site usage patterns to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of tools and equipment during installation work.
3.4	Conduct site measurements and calculations to confirm length and area of installation and check against installation specifications.
3.5	Check previous trades work to identify possible effects on proposed installation and report issues to relevant persons.
3.6	Select tools and equipment required for installation, check for serviceability and report faults according to workplace requirements.
3.7	Select required materials to meet manufacturers’ instructions and installation specifications and locate at the work site in readiness for installation.
4	Install and check termite management system.	4.1	Identify hazards and control risks at the work site according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Identify factors affecting completion of work instructions and advise relevant persons.
4.3	Install termite management system to termite access points according to work instructions, manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
4.4	Check installation to confirm it meets manufacturers’ instructions, workplace and compliance requirements.
5	Finalise work and complete documentation.	5.1	Remove tools, equipment, materials and waste from installation activities and restore work site to meet client and compliance requirements.
5.2	Clean tools, equipment and PPE according to manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements.
5.3	Check tools, equipment and PPE to confirm safe and correct operation, record required maintenance and store to allow ready access and re-use.
5.4	Dispose of collected waste according to workplace and compliance requirements.
5.5	Update client records and complete and distribute installation documentation to meet workplace and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when discussing implementation methods and site usage patterns with clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

building, construction or site plans and drawings for the installation site

the National Construction Code

writing skills to accurately and legibly complete records and documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM3042 Install termite management systems

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Correction of Performance Criteria 5.1 through 5.5.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and equivalent CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing a termite management system to manage subterranean termites at ten different premises involving:

different construction methods including slab-on-ground and suspended floor

pre-construction installations.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

building structures and construction methods and materials relevant to premises described in the performance evidence and management of subterranean termites at those sites:

concrete slabs

footings

wall frames

compliance requirements associated with installing termite management systems:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements including the National Construction Code (NCC) and AS/NZS 3660 Termite Management Set (AS/NZS 3660)

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

consumer protection

environmental protection

legal implications of installing termite management systems

licensing requirements for installing termite management systems that are impregnated with chemicals

licensing requirements for installing termite management systems

mandatory notifications

pesticide use

privacy

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

information and industry terminology typically contained in pest management work instructions

soil and timber types in relation to termite activities

termite management systems and methods for their installation pre-construction:

proprietary products that provide a barrier at termite access points

proprietary products used in combination that provide a comprehensive termite management system and associated regulatory requirements

tools, equipment and materials used to install termite management systems:

hand and power tools

measuring tools

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

types of subterranean termites and their ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages

typical hazards encountered when installing termite management systems, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

pesticides and other chemicals

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

underground services

workplace policies and procedures that apply to installing termite management systems:

documentation and reporting

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work methods including manual handling and using hand and power tools.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for installing termite management systems at seven of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence, must be based on documentation and photographic evidence that has been validated by a workplace supervisor. A workplace supervisor is a person duly authorised to perform and validate the work being undertaken.

Evidence of assessment for installing termite management systems at three of the ten premises as specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor:

physically, or

via audio and visual media provided the candidate is physically accompanied by a person who is licensed or holds the required competency to install termite management systems

must be in a real workplace for a minimum of two premises

may be simulated for one premises provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to premises and associated work instructions, plans, drawings, information, materials, tools, equipment and PPE required to achieve the performance evidence including:

NCC, AS/NZS 3660

termite management systems for installation

relevant industry codes of practice including:

A Code of Practice for Prior to Purchase Specialist Timber Pest Inspections

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management

Code of Best Practice for Termite Management During Construction

Industry Code of Practice for Training in the Pest Management Industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.1 Correction to unit mapping equivalency: CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment from equivalent to not equivalent.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess and select a pest management vehicle and equipment necessary to deliver pest management services to clients. It requires an understanding of the services to be delivered and involves specifying equipment that can support those services and which complies with strict legislative and public health and safety requirements. The unit includes reviewing product specifications and marketing materials for pest management equipment, and establishing hiring, leasing or purchasing arrangements for acquisition.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm services to be provided and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review and confirm regulatory and industry requirements for use and selection of pest management vehicle.
1.2	Review workplace documentation to clarify equipment budget, usage patterns and acquisition requirements.
1.3	Identify types of pests to be treated, pest management methods and target client groups for service delivery.
1.4	Select equipment required to implement pest management services.
1.5	Assess hazards and risks associated with vehicle and equipment use and document risk management strategy that ensures regulatory compliance.
2	Select pest management vehicle.	2.1	Determine vehicle type required for pest management service delivery and assess vehicle capacities against intended use according to manufacturers’ specifications, workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.2	Question manufacturers and suppliers to assess vehicle specifications and negotiate costs.
2.3	Identify suitable pest management vehicle and verify it is roadworthy and complies with regulatory requirements for transporting pest management equipment and chemicals by road.
3	Assess performance and select equipment.	3.1	Access and review marketing materials and product specifications for pest management equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE).
3.2	Review manufacturers’ instructions and regulatory requirements to clarify performance capabilities and characteristics of equipment, including PPE required for pest management service delivery.
3.3	Select equipment for service delivery considering durability in normal working conditions, ease of cleaning and use, maintenance and repair costs and safety to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.4	Estimate use and life expectancy of equipment to meet workplace requirements.
3.5	Select weather-resistant equipment for external use to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.6	Select equipment manufactured from non-absorbent substances to minimise chemical build-up and other contamination to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.7	Select pumps, hoses, fittings and tanks to meet anticipated volume or pressure delivery to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.8	Document equipment specifications and performance characteristics to meet service delivery according to workplace requirements.
4	Establish equipment supply agreements.	4.1	Examine and select purchase, hiring and leasing options for equipment to suit budget and usage patterns.
4.2	Build and maintain relationships with equipment suppliers on trading terms that comply with workplace requirements.
5	Maintain current information about equipment.	5.1	Use technologies to maintain business network and access regular and current information about new and improved equipment.
5.2	Access latest information and publications from regulatory authorities, industry sources and suppliers to maintain current equipment knowledge.
5.3	Use supplier offers to test new products according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills when negotiating costs with suppliers

reading skills to interpret key requirements of:

equipment manuals and manufacturers’ specifications

purchase documents and financing contracts

numeracy skills to:

calculate and compare costs of purchasing, hiring or leasing equipment

interpret mathematical data relating to equipment performance capacities.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and not equivalent to CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.1 Correction to unit mapping equivalency: CPPUPM4001 Assess and select pest management vehicle and equipment from equivalent to not equivalent.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by selecting a vehicle and the following types of equipment to ensure the vehicle is fit-for-purpose to deliver pest management services:

bunding and spill kit

inspection equipment

lockable storage cupboard

pesticide application equipment

pesticide measuring and mixing equipment

waste disposal containers

personal protective equipment (PPE):

eye, ear and respiratory protection

first aid kit appropriate for a range of tasks and locations

personal protective clothing

soap and towel

sun protection.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

chemical storage, container and labelling requirements

compliance requirements associated with pest management services to be delivered and the types of vehicles and equipment required to deliver those services:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

licensing for vehicle operation and chemical transport

mandatory notifications

public health and safety

financing options for obtaining equipment including leasing, hiring and purchasing

product knowledge and manufacturers’ specifications for pest management equipment required to deliver pest management services

purpose of, and information typically contained in SDS

risk management strategies associated with use of pest management vehicles and equipment

sources of industry and product information relating to vehicles and equipment required to deliver pest management services

types of chemicals and equipment required to deliver pest management services:

inspection tools and equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

measuring tape

mirror

moisture meter

pliers

probes or knife

report check sheet or notepad

sounding tools

specimen bottle

torch

PPE:

eye, ear and respiratory protection

personal protective clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

vehicle equipment:

bunding and spill kit

first aid kit

lockable storage areas

pesticide application equipment

pesticide measuring and mixing equipment

waste disposal containers

typical hazards associated with pest management vehicles and equipment, and risk control measures for each:

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

residual pesticides

respiratory

road and traffic

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

vehicle types and specifications suitable for pest management operations

workplace policies and procedures that apply to pest management services and use of vehicles and equipment:

equipment cleaning and maintenance

maintenance and servicing procedures

purchasing, hiring and leasing requirements

records and documentation

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, compliance information, manufacturers’ instructions, manuals and marketing materials for pest management vehicles and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence

telephone and computer with internet access.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.1. Correction to mapping equivalency: CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations. Incorporates content from CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to schedule, organise and monitor major pest management contracts to ensure performance meets client expectations, business objectives and compliance requirements. It includes scheduling and allocating work and organising equipment and materials within budget and staffing constraints and facilitating training and assessment opportunities for staff to address skill gaps and training needs.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in pest management in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions and associated documentation to clarify pest management service requirements and timeframes, and work site location and characteristics.
1.2	Clarify client needs and expectations in consultation with relevant persons and apply client instructions to work planning.
1.3	Confirm budget and staff availability for pest management service delivery according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Review and confirm regulatory and industry requirements associated with pest management services and apply to work plan to ensure compliance.
1.5	Assess hazards and risks associated with work site and pest management services and apply risk management strategies to work planning.
2	Organise equipment and materials.	2.1	Estimate required types and amounts of equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and material quantities based on work instructions and past work orders.
2.2	Access required equipment, PPE and materials and check to confirm operational effectiveness according to manufacturers’ instructions.
3	Schedule and allocate work instructions.	3.1	Prepare work schedule that maximises productivity and efficiency, minimises travel and staff downtime and achieves client instructions and business targets.
3.2	Plan treatment time to minimise disruption and discomfort to client and persons at work site.
3.3	Make provisions in work schedule for weather and emergency and priority work orders.
3.4	Allocate work accounting for staff availability, capabilities, licenses and preferences to meet service requirements and timeframes.
3.5	Communicate work schedule to relevant persons and clarify pest management work instructions with staff.
4	Monitor work performance.	4.1	Systematically monitor work performance to ensure compliance with client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Adjust work schedule to meet changing work priorities or respond to contingencies in consultation with relevant persons.
4.3	Identify problems with work performance and promptly implement solutions to meet client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.4	Complete and maintain pest management documentation and client records to meet workplace and compliance requirements.
5	Provide staff development opportunities.	5.1	Monitor staff performance to identify skill gaps and training needs aligned with business objectives.
5.2	Encourage staff members to seek feedback on work performance and hold individual discussions to clarify training needs and resolve conflict.
5.3	Facilitate training opportunities to meet identified skill gaps and training needs according to workplace requirements.
5.4	Facilitate assessment opportunities to enable staff to gain formal recognition of skills according to workplace requirements.
5.5	Complete and maintain staff performance records according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

reading skills to interpret key requirements of contracts and agreements for different types of pest management work

numeracy skills to:

apply mathematical methods for budgeting and estimating workloads and equipment and material quantities

calculate distances and travel times between work sites specified in work instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and not equivalent to CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.1. Correction to mapping equivalency: CPPUPM4002 Schedule, organise and monitor pest management operations.
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations. Incorporates content from CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by scheduling, organising and monitoring pest management operations at:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

The candidate must also allocate work, monitor performance, identify skill gaps and arrange training opportunities for two different staff members.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic adult learning styles and principles

compliance requirements associated with scheduling, organising and monitoring pest management operations:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

employment and industrial relations

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

privacy

public health and safety

factors to be taken into account when allocating work to staff:

capabilities

licences

preferences

skills

mathematical methods used for budgeting and estimating workloads

methods for identifying skill gaps when monitoring work performance

scheduling methods and systems

types and functions of chemicals and equipment including personal protective equipment used in pest management operations

types of staff development activities:

demonstrations

formal training sessions

on-the-job instruction and mentoring

self-paced learning strategies

structured feedback

typical content of, and industry terms used in pest management work orders

typical hazards associated with pest management operations, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to scheduling, organising and monitoring pest management operations:

business plans and objectives

client service

equipment use and maintenance

performance reviews

records, documentation and reporting

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling

work scheduling and allocation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, compliance information, documentation and client information required to achieve the performance evidence

computer and other technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

access to staff and sites where work is conducted

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4003 Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess and advise on integrated pest management options to manage cockroaches, rodents and other common pests in high risk environments where people may be more sensitive to pesticides than the general population, for example schools, kindergartens, childcare centres, hospitals, community health centres and aged care facilities. The unit includes client consultation, site inspection to gather evidence and identify the nature and extent of pests and pest activity and developing a comprehensive pest management plan and written proposal with cost estimate.

This unit does not apply to sites where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, manufactured, produced or packaged under an external food safety management system and audit regime.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit requires the candidate to be a licensed pest management technician in order to undertake pest management work at sensitive sites. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm nature of pest problem and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions and associated documentation to confirm client requirements and location and nature of work site.
1.2	Review client records to clarify perception of pest problem, needs and expectations, and confirm client authority to request pest management services.
1.3	Review and confirm regulatory and industry requirements associated with pest management for sensitive environments and apply to work plan to ensure compliance.
1.4	Conduct initial work site scan to confirm perceived pest problem according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2	Plan site inspection.	2.1	Select cost-effective, practical and safe inspection method that minimises disruption to client and site activities according to work instructions, workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.2	Identify hazards associated with site inspection and plan risk control measures to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.3	Select and access required inspection equipment according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Obtain client agreement to inspection method according to workplace requirements.
2.10
3	Inspect work site.	3.1	Select and fit required personal protective equipment according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Access work site, identify hazards and control risks according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Determine type and condition of buildings and surrounds, site usage patterns and pest ingress and hot spots according to work instructions.
3.4	Inspect work site using agreed method and inspection equipment according to client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.5	Locate pests and evidence of pest activity and identify pest types, accessing expert advice as required to confirm pest types.
3.6	Assess pest density and level of activity from available evidence and locate harbourages.
3.7	Conduct measurements and calculate area of buildings and surrounds requiring treatment.
3.8	Record evidence of pest activity and document inspection results according to workplace requirements.
4	Assess, select and cost pest management options.	4.1	Identify integrated pest management methods suitable to the pest problem and sensitive environment according to client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Assess pest management options and confirm service inclusions, exclusions and limitations, and suitability to site conditions and usage patterns according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Calculate quantities and costs of equipment, materials and labour required to implement pest management options allowing for taxes and profit margin according to workplace requirements.
4.4	Check calculations to confirm accuracy and keep legible records of calculation methods according to workplace requirements.
4.5	Check recommendations to confirm compliance with requirements for sensitive environments and cost-effectiveness to client and workplace requirements.
4.6	Collate evidence and accurate information to support pest management recommendations in a format suitable for presentation and discussion with client.
5	Advise client on pest management options.	5.1	Explain site inspection findings to client, demonstrate evidence of pest activity and respond to issues and concerns to ensure understanding of pest problem.
5.2	Discuss pest management options and considerations for sensitive environments with client and provide accurate supporting information and evidence.
5.3	Inform client of service inclusions, exclusions and limitations associated with pest management options according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.4	Provide client with advice on organisational services and information sources to enhance their understanding of proposed treatments and services.
6	Prepare and deliver pest management plan and proposal.	6.1	Document pest management plan incorporating inspection findings, pest management options and advice to meet work instructions and client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
6.2	Document pest management proposal incorporating cost estimate, terms and conditions to meet work instructions, workplace and regulatory requirements.
6.3	Present pest management plan and proposal to client for consideration.
6.4	Discuss issues associated with pest management plan or proposal with client and negotiate agreed revisions to achieve client acceptance according to workplace requirements.
6.5	Maintain client records and pest management documentation in a manner that ensures confidentiality and future retrieval according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
6.6	Document pest management plan incorporating inspection findings, pest management options and advice to meet work instructions and client, workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

numeracy skills to calculate:

tax and profit margins associated with service provision

volume and area to estimate pesticide quantities.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not -equivalent to CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4003 Assess and advise on pest management options for sensitive

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

assessing and advising on two pest management options each for two different operations involving sensitive sites selected from the following:

aged care facility

childcare facility

construction site

education facility

hospital

motel

recreational club

residential hotel

for each pest management option, combine two methods below, ensuring all methods listed are used:

chemical control method

cultural control method

physical control method.

In doing the above, the candidate must identify pest types and pest activity and options to manage a minimum of four different pests consisting of cockroaches, rodents and two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails and thrips

paperlice

spiders

stored product pests.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements associated with assessing and advising on pest management options for sensitive operations:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

pesticide use

privacy

public health and safety

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

content and format requirements for pest management plans:

advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters

advice on pest prevention strategies

details of pests and pest activity

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule

mandatory notification requirements

pest management options and methods

pesticide application methods

record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements

types and quantities of chemicals to be used

content and format requirements for pest management proposals:

benefits and rationale of selected options

conditions and limitations of proposal

description of client requirements

evidence of pest activity and location

pest management methods and plan

recommended maintenance programs

warranties or guarantees

cost estimates:

acceptance of offer provisions

company identification information

costs associated with all aspects of the proposal

liability terms and conditions

limitations of pest treatment

terms of trade

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of the following types of pests:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

cockroaches

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests

equipment and materials used for pest management in sensitive operations including inspection and personal protective equipment (PPE)

mathematical methods used for budgeting and estimating equipment, material and labour quantities and costs

meaning and application of integrated pest management

potential effects of pesticides on public health and the environment

types of evidence of pests and pest activity:

droppings

evidence of feeding

harbourages

pest damage

specimens

tracks

types of work sites considered sensitive and associated issues for pest management and using pesticides in places where people may be more sensitive to pesticides than the general population

typical hazards associated with pest management in sensitive operations, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to assessing and advising on pest management options for sensitive operations:

client service

equipment use and maintenance

records, documentation and reporting

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities specified in the performance evidence:

must involve sensitive sites that do not handle, manufacture, produce or package food, beverages or pharmaceuticals under an external food safety management system and audit regime

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor

must be in a real workplace for one site and may be simulated for one site provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, compliance information, documentation, records and client information required to achieve the performance evidence

computer and other technologies required to develop and produce pest management plans and proposals

access to sensitive work sites and pest problems required to achieve the performance evidence

PPE:

eye, ear and respiratory protection

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

inspection equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

magnifying glass

measuring tape

mirror

probe

specimen bottle

torch

relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4004 Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess and advise on integrated pest management options to prevent and manage cockroaches, rodents and other common pests in complex operations at sites where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, manufactured, produced or packaged under an external food safety and audit regime. The unit includes client consultation, site inspection to gather evidence and identify the nature and extent of pests and pest activity and developing a comprehensive pest management plan and cost proposal.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit requires the candidate to be a licensed pest management technician in order to undertake pest management work at sites where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, produced or packaged. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm nature of pest problem and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review work instructions and associated documentation to confirm client requirements and location and nature of work site.
1.2	Review client records to clarify perception of pest problem, needs and expectations, and confirm client authority to request pest management services.
1.3	Review and confirm auditing and regulatory requirements for site and apply to work plan to ensure compliance.
1.4	Conduct initial work site scan to confirm perceived pest problem according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2	Plan site inspection.	2.1	Consult with relevant persons to identify and control risks to food, beverage or pharmaceutical production, manufacturing or handling associated with pests and pest control.
2.2	Select cost-effective, practical and safe inspection method that minimises disruption to client and site operations and meets sanitation and regulatory requirements.
2.3	Identify hazards associated with site inspection and plan risk control measures to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Select and access required inspection equipment according to workplace requirements.
2.5	Obtain client agreement to inspection method according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Inspect work site.	3.1	Select and fit required personal protective equipment and comply with hygiene, sanitation and bio-security measures according to site and workplace requirements.
3.2	Access work site, identify hazards and control risks according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Participate in site induction and comply with client and site requirements to maintain hygiene during site inspection.
3.4	Determine type and condition of buildings and surrounds, site usage patterns and pest ingress and hot spots in consultation with relevant persons.
3.5	Inspect work site using agreed method and inspection equipment according to client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.6	Locate pests and evidence of pest activity and identify pest types, accessing expert advice as required to confirm pest types.
3.7	Assess pest density and level of activity from available evidence and locate harbourages.
3.8	Conduct measurements and calculate area of buildings and surrounds requiring treatment.
3.9	Record evidence of pest activity and document inspection results according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4	Assess, select and cost pest management options.	4.1	Identify integrated pest management methods to prevent and manage pests according to client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Assess pest management options and confirm service inclusions, exclusions and limitations, and suitability to site operations, audit specifications and usage patterns according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Calculate quantities and costs of equipment, materials and labour required to implement pest management options allowing for taxes and profit margin according to workplace requirements.
4.4	Check calculations to confirm accuracy and keep legible records of calculation methods according to workplace requirements.
4.5	Check recommendations to confirm compliance with audit specifications and cost-effectiveness to client and workplace requirements.
4.6	Collate evidence and accurate information to support pest management recommendations in a format suitable for presentation and discussion with client.
5	Advise client on pest management options.	5.1	Explain site inspection findings to client, demonstrate evidence of pest activity and respond to issues and concerns to ensure understanding of pest problem and prevention strategies.
5.2	Discuss pest management options and considerations for site operations with client and provide accurate supporting information and evidence.
5.3	Inform client of service inclusions, exclusions and limitations associated with pest management options according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
5.4	Provide client with advice on organisational services and information sources to enhance their understanding of proposed treatments and services.
6	Prepare and deliver pest management plan and proposal.	6.1	Document pest management plan incorporating inspection findings, pest management options and advice to meet work instructions and client, workplace and regulatory requirements.
6.2	Document pest management proposal incorporating cost estimate, terms and conditions to meet work instructions, workplace and regulatory requirements.
6.3	Present pest management plan and proposal to client for consideration.
6.4	Discuss issues associated with pest management plan or proposal with client and negotiate agreed revisions to achieve client acceptance according to workplace requirements.
6.5	Maintain client records and pest management documentation in a manner that ensures confidentiality and future retrieval according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

numeracy skills to calculate:

tax and profit margins associated with service provision

volume and area to estimate pesticide quantities.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4004 Assess and advise on pest management options for complex operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

assessing and advising on two pest management options each for two different sites involving complex operations selected from the following:

dry food facility

wet or liquid food facility

food retail facility

food service facility

pharmaceutical facility

for each pest management option, combine two methods below, ensuring all methods listed are used:

chemical control method

cultural control method

physical control method.

In doing the above, the candidate must identify pest types and pest activity and options to manage a minimum of four different pests consisting of cockroaches, rodents and two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

spiders

stored product pests.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements associated with assessing and advising on pest management options for complex operations:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for Pest Management in the Food Industry

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

environmental protection

Food Standards Australia New Zealand and five food safety standards in Australia

licensing for pest management

pesticide use and chemicals approved for use in food facilities

privacy

public health and safety

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

content and format requirements for pest management plans:

advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters

advice on pest prevention strategies and strategies to maintain audit compliance

details of pests and pest activity

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule

mandatory notification requirements

pest management options and methods

pesticide application methods

record keeping mandated by audit, licensing or regulatory requirements

types and quantities of chemicals to be used

content and format requirements for pest management proposals:

benefits and rationale of selected options

conditions and limitations of proposal

description of client requirements

evidence of pest activity and location

pest management methods and plan

recommended maintenance programs

warranties or guarantees

cost estimates:

acceptance of offer provisions

company identification information

costs associated with all aspects of the proposal

liability terms and conditions

limitations of pest treatment

terms of trade

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of the following types of pests and risks to food, beverage or pharmaceutical businesses:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

cockroaches

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails and thrips

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests

equipment and materials used for pest management in complex operations including inspection and personal protective equipment (PPE)

mathematical methods used for budgeting and estimating equipment, material and labour quantities and costs

meaning and application of integrated pest management

pest management considerations for organic food business sites

potential effects of pesticides on public health and the environment and types of pesticides suitable for use in food handling facilities

risks to food production, manufacturing or handling associated with pest control and chemical use

types of evidence of pests and pest activity:

droppings

evidence of feeding

harbourages

pest damage

specimens

tracks

types of food, beverage or pharmaceutical handling or manufacturing sites which are audited for food safety and associated issues for pest management and using pesticides

typical hazards associated with pest management in complex operations, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to assessing and advising on pest management options for complex operations:

client service

equipment use and maintenance

personal hygiene and sanitation

records, documentation and reporting

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities specified in the performance evidence:

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor

must be in a real workplace for one site and may be simulated for one site provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, audit specifications, compliance information, documentation, records and client information required to achieve the performance evidence

computer and other technologies required to develop and produce pest management plans and proposals

access to work sites and pest problems required to achieve the performance evidence

PPE:

eye, ear and respiratory protection

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

inspection equipment:

camera

hand lens

ladder

magnifying glass

measuring tape

mirror

probe

specimen bottle

torch

relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for Pest Management in the Food Industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4005 Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor plans to manage cockroaches, rodents and other common pests in places where people may be more sensitive to pesticides than the general population, for example schools, kindergartens, childcare centres, hospitals, community health centres and aged care facilities. The unit includes preparing work orders and schedules and allocating work to staff, applying pest management methods to treat the work site, and monitoring pest management reports to respond to issues and negotiate modifications to plans.

This unit does not apply to sites where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, manufactured, produced or packaged under an external food safety management system and audit regime.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit requires the candidate to be a licensed pest management technician in order to undertake pest management work at sensitive sites. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review pest management plan to confirm work and resource requirements for sensitive operation.
1.2	Review and confirm regulatory and industry requirements associated with pest management for sensitive environments and apply to work activities to ensure compliance.
1.3	Consult with relevant persons to clarify specific requirements of sensitive work site and obtain approval to implement pest management plan.
2	Prepare to implement pest management plan.	2.1	Organise equipment and materials specified in pest management plan according to workplace requirements.
2.2	Develop documented work orders and schedules and allocate work to team members according to pest management plan and workplace requirements.
2.3	Develop reports, records and systems incorporating established performance indicators and benchmarks to support pest management plan monitoring.
2.4	Notify client of intention to commence pest management work according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Apply pest management methods in sensitive environment.	3.1	Install signs or barriers to maximise protection of public health and safety during treatment of sensitive site, notify occupants, and implement other risk control measures required to manage site hazards.
3.2	Select and fit required personal protective equipment according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Follow safety data sheets and manufacturers’ instructions to prepare pesticides and equipment for chemical controls outlined in pest management plan.
3.4	Follow manufacturers’ instructions to prepare equipment and materials for biological, cultural or physical controls outlined in pest management plan.
3.5	Treat work site using pest management methods detailed in pest management plan and according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.6	Remove equipment, materials and waste from pest management activities and restore work site to meet client and regulatory requirements.
4	Monitor pest management operation.	4.1	Obtain and review pest management records and reports to monitor pest management plan implementation and identify issues.
4.2	Consult with relevant persons to discuss issues, implement corrective actions and identify changes to pest management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Record details of issues and negotiated changes to pest management plan according to workplace requirements.
5	Review and revise pest management plan.	5.1	Review pest management plan implementation in consultation with client at agreed intervals according to contract and workplace requirements.
5.2	Negotiate and implement agreed changes to pest management plan in consultation with relevant persons.
5.3	Update client records and document details of pest management operations according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

numeracy skills to:

estimate scope of work involved in implementing pest management plans

dilute and mix pesticides accurately for the required quantities and applications.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not-equivalent to CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4005 Implement and monitor pest management plans for sensitive operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing and monitoring pest management plans for two different operations involving sensitive environments selected from the following:

aged care facility

childcare facility

construction site

education facility

hospital

motel

recreational club

residential hotel.

In doing the above, the candidate must manage a minimum of four different pests consisting of cockroaches, rodents and two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails and thrips

paperlice

spiders

stored product pests.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements associated with implementing pest management plans for sensitive operations:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

contractual requirements

dangerous goods

environmental protection

licensing for pest management

occupant and mandatory notifications

pesticide use

privacy

public health and safety

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

content and format requirements for pest management plans:

advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters

advice on pest prevention strategies

details of pests and pest activity

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule

mandatory notification requirements

pest management options and methods

pesticide application methods

record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements

types and quantities of chemicals to be used

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of the following types of pests:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

cockroaches

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests

equipment and materials used for pest management in sensitive operations including personal protective equipment (PPE)

meaning and application of integrated pest management

reports, records and systems incorporating established performance indicators and benchmarks that support pest management plan monitoring:

pest activity reports

pest management system problem or action reports

record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements

service logbooks

site visit reports

types of work sites considered sensitive and associated issues for pest management and using pesticides in places where people may be more sensitive to pesticides than the general population

typical hazards associated with pest management in sensitive operations, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to implementing pest management plans for sensitive operations:

client service

equipment use and maintenance

records, documentation and reporting

scheduling and work allocation

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safety data sheets (SDS) for pesticides and chemicals being used

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Evidence of assessment for pest management activities specified in the performance evidence:

must involve sensitive sites that do not handle, manufacture, produce or package food, beverages or pharmaceuticals under an external food safety management system and audit regime

must be based on direct observation and assessment of the candidate by an assessor

must be in a real workplace for one site and may be simulated for one site provided the simulation allows demonstration of all performance criteria.

Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, pest management plan, compliance information, documentation, SDS and client information required to achieve the performance evidence

access to sensitive work sites and pest problems required to achieve the performance evidence

equipment and materials required for pest management plan implementation and to achieve the performance evidence

PPE:

eye, ear and respiratory protection

site-specific PPE and clothing

soap and towel

sun protection

relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for the Control of Bed Bug Infestations in Australia.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPUPM4006 Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor plans to manage cockroaches, rodents and other common pests in complex operations where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, manufactured, produced or packaged under an external food safety and audit regime. The unit includes preparing work orders and schedules and allocating work to staff, applying pest management methods to treat the work site, and monitoring pest management reports to respond to issues and negotiate modifications to plans.

This unit is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

This unit requires the candidate to be a licensed pest management technician in order to undertake pest management work at sites where food, beverages or pharmaceuticals are handled, produced or packaged. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Urban Pest Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm work and compliance requirements.	1.1	Review pest management plan to confirm work and resource requirements for complex operation.
1.2	Review and confirm auditing and regulatory requirements for site and apply to work plan to ensure compliance.
1.3	Consult with relevant persons to clarify specific requirements of work site and obtain approval to implement pest management plan.
2	Prepare to implement pest management plan.	2.1	Organise equipment and materials specified in pest management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.2	Develop documented work orders and schedules and allocate work to team members according to pest management plan and workplace requirements.
2.3	Develop reports, records and systems incorporating established performance indicators and benchmarks to support pest management plan monitoring.
2.4	Notify client of intention to commence pest management work according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.5	Consult with relevant persons to identify and control risks to food production, manufacturing or handling associated with pest management.
3	Apply pest management methods in complex operation.	3.1	Install signs and barriers to maximise protection of public health and safety during treatment of site, notify occupants, and implement other risk control measures required to manage site hazards.
3.2	Select and fit required personal protective equipment and comply with hygiene, sanitation and bio-security measures according to site and workplace requirements.
3.3	Follow safety data sheets and manufacturers’ instructions to prepare pesticides and equipment for chemical controls outlined in pest management plan.
3.4	Follow manufacturers’ instructions to prepare equipment and materials for biological, cultural or physical controls outlined in pest management plan.
3.5	Treat work site using pest management methods detailed in pest management plan and according to audit, workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.6	Remove equipment, materials and waste from pest management activities and restore work site to meet client and regulatory requirements.
4	Monitor pest management operation.	4.1	Obtain and review pest management records and reports to monitor pest management plan implementation and identify issues and escalation trigger points.
4.2	Constantly monitor risks to protect food, beverage or pharmaceutical production, manufacturing or handling operations and respond immediately where risk escalation is identified.
4.3	Consult with relevant persons promptly to discuss issues, implement corrective actions and identify changes to pest management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.4	Record details of issues and negotiated changes to pest management plan according to workplace requirements.
5	Review and revise pest management plan.	5.1	Review pest management plan implementation in consultation with client at agreed intervals according to contract, audit and workplace requirements.
5.2	Negotiate and implement agreed changes to pest management plan to maintain audit compliance and pest prevention in consultation with relevant persons.
5.3	Schedule follow-up activities to monitor pest prevention to meet client and audit requirements.
5.4	Update client records and document details of pest management operations according to audit, workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Candidates require:

oral communication skills to use clear explanations, active listening and questioning skills to convey, clarify and confirm information provided to clients

numeracy skills to:

estimate scope of work involved in implementing pest management plans

dilute and mix pesticides accurately for the required quantities and applications.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPUPM4006 Implement and monitor pest management plans for complex operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. New unit.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing and monitoring pest management plans for two different sites involving complex operations selected from the following:

dry food facility

wet or liquid food facility

food retail facility

food service facility

pharmaceutical facility.

In doing the above, the candidate must manage a minimum of four different pests consisting of cockroaches, rodents and two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails and thrips

paperlice

spiders

stored product pests.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into the human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements associated with implementing pest management plans for complex operations:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements

industry guides, advisory standards and relevant industry codes of practice including A Code of Practice for Pest Management in the Food Industry

environmental requirements:

clean up, containment or isolation of hazards

emergency chemical spill control measures

hazardous materials handling

waste handling and disposal

key requirements of commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations:

chemical use, registers and manifests

consumer protection

dangerous goods

environmental protection

Food Standards Australia New Zealand and five food safety standards in Australia

licensing for pest management

pesticide use and chemicals approved for use in food facilities

privacy

public health and safety

public health and safety:

licence endorsements and conditions or limitations

occupant notifications

record of site conditions

warning signs

content and format requirements for pest management plans:

advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters

advice on pest prevention strategies and strategies to maintain audit compliance

details of pests and pest activity

follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule

mandatory notification requirements

pest management options and methods

pesticide application methods

record keeping mandated by audit, licensing or regulatory requirements

types and quantities of chemicals to be used

ecology, biology, lifecycles, habits and harbourages of the following types of pests and risks to food, beverage or pharmaceutical businesses:

ants

bed bugs

bees and wasps

birds

cockroaches

fabric pests

fleas

flies

mites

occasional invaders: arthropods, millipedes, springtails, thrips

paperlice

rodents

spiders

stored product pests

meaning and application of integrated pest management

equipment and materials used for pest management in complex operations including personal protective equipment (PPE)

reports, records and systems incorporating established performance indicators and benchmarks that support pest management plan monitoring:

escalation triggers

pest activity reports

pest management system problem or action reports

record keeping mandated by audit, licensing or regulatory requirements

service logbooks

site visit reports

types of food, beverage or pharmaceutical handling or manufacturing sites which are audited for food safety and associated issues for pest management and using pesticides

typical hazards associated with pest management in complex operations, and risk control measures for each:

animal bites and stings

chemical preparation, use, storage and disposal

confined or restricted spaces

electrical

environmental contamination

fire

lighting

manual handling

moving vehicles and machinery

noise

remote locations

respiratory

slips and trips

temperature

ultraviolet radiation

work at heights

workplace policies and procedures that apply to implementing pest management plans for complex operations:

client service

equipment use and maintenance

personal hygiene and sanitation

records, documentation and reporting

scheduling and work allocation

work health and safety:

emergency response procedures

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

safety data sheets (SDS) for pesticides and chemicals being used

safe work practices including manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3001 Identify and segregate waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3005A Identify and segregate waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to identify waste types and segregate according to waste pathways. It includes inspecting waste to identify and segregate waste types and managing hazardous and non-conforming wastes. It also includes monitoring waste storage containers or areas to ensure adequate available storage capacity, secure waste containment and quality control.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to identify and segregate waste.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm work activities for identifying and segregating waste and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for waste identification and segregation and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Identify and obtain plant and equipment required for waste segregation and check to confirm they are fit for purpose.
1.4	Set up segregation containers or areas and check to confirm suitability and capacity to meet segregation requirements.
1.5	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.6	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
1.7	Review and follow safety data sheets (SDSs) for hazardous waste to be segregated.
2	Inspect and identify waste types.	2.1	Inspect waste following workplace procedures.
2.2	Identify and record waste types including hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
2.3	Identify and record non-conforming waste types according to workplace requirements.
3	Segregate waste.	3.1	Segregate waste according to waste types and workplace requirements.
3.2	Manage hazardous and non-hazardous waste following workplace procedures and SDS.
3.3	Place segregated waste into fit-for-purpose containers or areas.
3.4	Monitor waste containment to ensure adequate available storage.
3.5	Label segregated waste following workplace procedures.
3.6	Inspect segregated waste to confirm compliance with quality requirements and report identified problems.
4	Finalise work tasks and complete documentation.	4.1	Record quality inspection results detailing any corrective actions taken.
4.2	Complete documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Clean and maintain work site and equipment used according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to estimate waste volumes [cubic metre (m3)] and weights [gram (g), kilogram (kg), tonne (t)] during segregation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3005A Identify and segregate waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3001 Identify and segregate waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3005A Identify and segregate waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

identifying and segregating waste on two separate occasions

on each occasion, identifying two waste types from the list below:

construction waste

hazardous materials

liquids

medical

organics

quarantine

recyclables.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to waste identification and segregation and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

environmental protection

methods for checking suitability and capacity of waste containers and storage areas for segregated waste

physical properties of waste:

density

quality

shape

size

volume

weight

resource recovery options

types of equipment used to segregate waste

types of non-conforming waste relevant to operational requirements of workplace

typical hazards encountered when identifying and segregating waste

waste types:

construction waste

hazardous materials

liquids

medical

organics

quarantine

recyclables

workplace policies and procedures relevant to identifying and segregating waste:

documentation and reporting

waste containment and labelling

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control, using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation, waste types and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3002 Conduct waste resource recovery

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3014A Manually sort waste. CPPWMT3019A Prepare waste for re-use. CPPWMT3046A Conduct resource recovery.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to recover resources from waste streams. It includes sorting waste according to waste pathways, identifying and segregating waste products able to be re-used, collating waste resources using mechanical separation technologies, and storing and monitoring recovered resources to maintain quality and product integrity.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for operating plant and equipment used in waste management. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to recover waste resources.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm work activities for waste resource recovery and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for waste recovery and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.4	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to WHS requirements.
1.5	Set up waste sorting areas according to workplace requirements.
1.6	Conduct pre-start and basic maintenance checks, following manufacturer instructions, of plant and equipment required to sort and separate waste.
2	Identify and separate resources from waste.	2.1	Identify and segregate waste according to waste pathways and identify waste products able to be recovered.
2.2	Operate plant and equipment to sort and collate waste resources according to waste types.
2.3	Place separated waste into fit-for-purpose containers or areas according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Monitor waste containment to ensure adequate available storage.
3	Store and monitor waste product and calculate charges.	3.1	Store recovered waste products ensuring quality is maintained and contamination prevented.
3.2	Monitor containment to ensure integrity of waste containers.
3.3	Calculate waste product charges according to workplace requirements.
4	Finalise resource recovery and complete documentation.	4.1	Shut down and secure plant and equipment following manufacturer instructions.
4.2	Dispose of waste products not claimed within designated holding period according to workplace requirements.
4.3	Complete recovery documentation according to workplace requirements.
4.4	Clean and maintain sorting site, plant and equipment according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3014A Manually sort waste.

CPPWMT3019A Prepare waste for re-use.

CPPWMT3046A Conduct resource recovery.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3002 Conduct waste resource recovery

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3014A Manually sort waste. CPPWMT3019A Prepare waste for re-use. CPPWMT3046A Conduct resource recovery.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting waste resource recovery operations on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

circular economy and objectives to maximise value from resources in the economy

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to waste resource recovery and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation including work health and safety (WHS)

environmental protection

procedures for setting up sorting sites

resource recovery options

techniques for collating waste resources using mechanical separation technologies

types of facilities that process recovered resources:

material recovery facilities

alternative waste treatment facilities

recycling facilities

garden organics processing facilities

types of materials that can be recovered from waste and re-used or processed by recycling, composting and waste-to-energy generation

types of non-conforming waste relevant to operational requirements of workplace:

contaminated waste

inferior quality and unacceptable waste streams

typical hazards encountered when sorting and separating waste

waste hierarchy and the importance of waste avoidance and resource recovery

waste types and pathways

workplace policies and procedures for conducting waste resource recovery:

documentation and reporting

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules, documentation, waste, plant and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3003 Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3011A Respond to waste emergencies. CPPWMT3044A Identify wastes and hazards.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to identify, control and report hazards and risks, and recognise and respond to emergencies at a waste management site ensuring compliance with legal responsibilities. It includes implementing and monitoring emergency response procedures involving evacuation, isolation and containment, and communicating with others to convey emergency information, and to receive and follow instructions to assist the response. It also includes assisting site clean-up and documenting emergency and response details.

This unit does not cover emergencies involving vehicle contact with overhead wires.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to work safely in waste management.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures to understand and comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements.
1.2	Review emergency procedures and site management plan to locate alarms, and emergency and communications equipment.
2	Identify and control hazards and risks.	2.1	Select, check and use required personal protective equipment.
2.2	Identify, record and report hazards and risks present in the workplace according to WHS requirements.
2.3	Implement controls to mitigate identified hazards and risks following workplace policies and procedures and safety data sheets.
2.4	Consult with relevant persons to discuss identified hazards and risks and safe work practices to mitigate risks.
3	Recognise and respond to emergency.	3.1	Recognise emergency in waste management operations.
3.2	Assess nature and severity of emergency and waste types involved and promptly report to relevant persons.
3.3	Implement emergency response procedures to contain and isolate emergency and minimise danger to people, property and the environment according to WHS requirements.
3.4	Monitor and continuously assess risk from emergency and modify controls to respond to changing circumstances.
3.5	Communicate with relevant persons to convey emergency information and receive and follow instructions to assist emergency response.
3.6	Comply with workplace policies and procedures to protect organisational interests associated with emergency.
4	Finalise emergency response.	4.1	Support emergency site clean-up to remove waste, contamination, equipment and hazards according to WHS requirements.
4.2	Clean, check and store PPE and report damaged or faulty equipment.
4.3	Document full details of emergency and response according to workplace requirements.
4.4	Participate in review of emergency according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3011A Respond to waste emergencies.

CPPWMT3044A Identify wastes and hazards.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3003 Identify and respond to hazards and emergencies in waste management

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3011A Respond to waste emergencies. CPPWMT3044A Identify wastes and hazards.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

identifying and controlling six different hazards at a waste management site

identifying and responding to two different types of emergencies associated with waste management operations, selected from the following:

chemical reaction

contamination

fire

gas leak

medical waste

spillage of solvents and liquid waste.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

identification signage used for regulated or prescribed waste including hazardous class, HAZCHEM codes and dangerous goods

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to identifying hazards and responding to emergencies in waste management:

commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

incident notification

licensing

recordkeeping

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel during emergency response

types of emergencies in waste management and associated response procedures:

chemical reaction

contamination

fire

gas leak

medical waste

spillage of solvents and liquid waste

typical hazards in a waste management workplace and the harm they may cause to people, property and the environment

waste types, including dangerous goods and hazardous materials

workplace policies and procedures for WHS and emergency response:

communication, consultation and participation

documentation and reporting including hazard and incident notification

emergency containment and isolation

evacuation

hazard identification and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

plant and equipment shutdown and isolation

personal protective equipment

risk assessment and management:

principles and purpose of risk management

processes for conducting risk assessment

hazard identification by job, analysis and work site inspections

recording hazards and risk assessments

signalling techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, WHS information and documentation, waste, equipment and hazard and emergency scenarios required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3004 Comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3042A Follow environmental policies and procedures when transporting waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste using vehicles and equipment. It includes minimising the effects of pollution caused when operating and maintaining waste vehicles and equipment and following routes and workplace instructions to safely transport environmentally hazardous waste. It also includes understanding the impact of waste loads on the environment and identifying ways to improve work processes to protect the environment when transporting waste.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

Candidates must hold a current, nationally recognised licence to operate the vehicle or equipment being used to transport waste. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and apply environmental protection requirements.	1.1	Identify legislative and regulatory compliance requirements for protecting the environment when transporting waste.
1.2	Identify hazards and risks associated with transporting waste and apply required controls according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.3	Review job schedule and workplace procedures for transporting waste and confirm arrangements.
1.4	Apply methods to reduce environmental impact when transporting waste.
2	Minimise effects of pollution caused by waste vehicle and equipment.	2.1	Inspect waste vehicle and equipment and take required precautions to ensure fuel, lubricants and chemicals do not pollute the environment.
2.2	Contain waste load securely according to workplace and regulatory requirements to ensure the surrounding environment is not contaminated or littered.
2.3	Monitor telematics and fuel usage and operate waste vehicle and equipment efficiently to minimise air pollution.
2.4	Clean waste vehicle and equipment according to workplace and site-specific requirements.
3	Safely transport environmentally hazardous waste.	3.1	Follow planned route for waste vehicle and equipment carrying environmentally hazardous load to minimise risk to the environment in the event of accident or spillage.
3.2	Review and follow workplace instructions to transport environmentally hazardous waste.
3.3	Complete documentation recording waste transport details according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3042A Follow environmental policies and procedures when transporting waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3004 Comply with environmental protection requirements when transporting waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3042A Follow environmental policies and procedures when transporting waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

minimising effects of pollution caused by waste vehicle and equipment by:

transporting waste and monitoring average fuel use per kilometre on two occasions using similar vehicles and waste weights

identifying efficiencies gained by comparing average fuel use on each trip

following specific site procedures to clean the waste vehicle at two different sites:

a site associated with the workplace

an external site

reviewing and assessing potential hazards/risks for two routes planned for transporting hazardous materials.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

areas to avoid when transporting regulated or prescribed and environmentally hazardous waste

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to waste transportation and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS)

chain of responsibility requirements

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

environmental protection

load restraint requirements

licensing requirements for transporting waste using vehicles, plant and equipment

driving techniques that minimise pollution

impact of waste on the environment

impact on the environment of waste vehicles and equipment and techniques and methods for minimising pollution

methods for securing waste vehicle loads

types of precautions that can be taken to protect the environment when operating and cleaning waste vehicles and equipment

types of vehicles and equipment used to transport waste

workplace and site-specific requirements for cleaning waste vehicles and equipment

workplace policies and procedures for waste transportation and environmental protection:

documentation and reporting

waste vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response

personal protective equipment

signalling techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules, documentation, vehicle, equipment and waste required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3005 Maintain storage area for waste management equipment and consumables

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT2034A Maintain equipment and consumables storage area.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maintain storage areas and control stock movement to support the provision of waste management services. It includes monitoring and controlling the security, labelling, movement and storage of equipment and consumables in compliance with workplace and regulatory requirements and responding to emergencies in the storage area.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm compliance requirements for waste management storage area.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures and regulatory requirements for storing and maintaining waste management equipment and consumables and apply to work activities.
1.2	Identify workplace inventory and stock control equipment, software and systems and confirm procedures for identifying and reporting discrepancies or variances.
1.3	Secure storage area from unauthorised access in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements.
2	Store waste management equipment and consumables.	2.1	Identify hazards and risks associated with equipment and consumables in storage area and implement required controls according to workplace work health and safety requirements.
2.2	Clean waste management equipment and store in manner that facilitates accessibility.
2.3	Keep storage area clear and free from obstacles according to workplace requirements.
2.4	Display storage area signage according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.5	Maintain storage area records according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Monitor and maintain stocks of consumables.	3.1	Review usage patterns to identify minimum and maximum stock-holding levels of consumables.
3.2	Decant liquids following safety data sheet (SDS) instructions and workplace procedures.
3.3	Store fuels and chemicals in secure locations according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.4	Prepare accurate and legible labels with essential safety information for consumable containers according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.5	Regularly check stock holding levels and reorder stock to maintain required levels.
3.6	Dispose of obsolete stock according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.7	Systematically complete stock control records and chemical register or manifest according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to measure and calculate stock quantities.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT2034A Maintain equipment and consumables storage area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3005 Maintain storage area for waste management equipment and consumables

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT2034A Maintain equipment and consumables storage area.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

identifying appropriate storage conditions for eight types of equipment from the list below:

compactor

consumable container

conveyor

generator

lifting and load-shifting equipment

personal protective equipment (PPE)

pump

sampling equipment

scales

skip

sorting table

spill kit

tools

trailer

trolley

vacuum

storing two of the following fuels and chemicals in approved locations to meet regulatory requirements:

diesel

gas cylinder

oil

fertiliser

controlling stock levels of consumables used in the workplace and producing one inventory report for a defined period.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to maintaining storage areas for waste management equipment and consumables and relevant to the workplace:

Australian Standards and codes of practice

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

environmental protection

safety data sheets (SDSs)

methods for safely mixing and decanting liquids, including flammable liquids

methods for safely storing and securing fuels and chemicals

procedures for labelling and coding consumables used in waste management, including dangerous goods

requirements for maintaining chemical manifests and registers

types of equipment and consumables used in waste management

typical hazards encountered when maintaining storage areas for waste management equipment and consumables

workplace policies and procedures for maintaining a storage area for waste management equipment and consumables:

documentation and reporting

inventory and stock control records and systems

plant and equipment maintenance

container labelling

WHS:

duty of care

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

PPE.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, SDSs, waste management storage area, equipment, consumables, and inventory system required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3006 Receive, transfer and dispatch waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3013A Receive waste. CPPWMT3015A Move waste using loadshifting equipment. CPPWMT3018A Dispatch processed waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to receive waste, operate load-shifting equipment to load, move and unload waste, and dispatch waste for transport to another site. It includes monitoring waste receipt, organising equipment, loading and unloading methods suitable for waste types and site conditions and performing operational checks, start-up, park and shut-down procedures. It also includes scheduling waste dispatch activities and monitoring waste movement and containment to ensure safety and regulatory compliance.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for operating vehicles, plant and equipment used in waste management. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to receive, transfer and dispatch waste.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm work activities for receiving, transferring and dispatching waste and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for waste transfer and dispatch and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Schedule waste receipt, transfer and dispatch according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Organise load-shifting equipment and attachments and personnel required to safely and efficiently transfer and dispatch waste according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.6	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
2	Receive and unload waste.	2.1	Screen waste types being delivered to confirm match to documentation.
2.2	Measure and record received waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.3	Use signalling and instructions to direct waste provider to designated unloading site.
2.4	Monitor unloading location to ensure adequate storage capacity and that waste is contained within designated area.
2.5	Take load sample according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Check and operate load-shifting equipment.	3.1	Conduct pre-start, start-up, park and shutdown procedures following manufacturer instructions.
3.2	Safely operate and drive load-shifting equipment and modify operating techniques to respond to changing conditions in the work area.
3.3	Continuously monitor work area and maintain communication with others while operating load-shifting equipment to ensure safety of people and property.
4	Load, move and unload waste.	4.1	Check waste type and weight to select required loading and unloading methods and ensure load is within safe operational capacity of load-shifting equipment.
4.2	Fit required load-shifting attachments according to manufacturer instructions and workplace requirements.
4.3	Safely load waste using required methods and regulate liquid flow where waste is vacuumed to maintain constant hose pressure.
4.4	Move load to designated unloading location while maintaining constant visual monitoring to ensure waste containment and identify potential hazards.
4.5	Safely unload waste in designated unloading area using required methods and regulate liquid flow where waste is vacuumed to maintain constant hose pressure.
4.6	Store waste at destination according to workplace requirements.
4.7	Park, shut-down and secure load-shifting equipment and attachments in a safe location to avoid damage to equipment and obstruction of surrounding site activity.
5	Dispatch waste.	5.1	Use signalling and oral instructions to assist safe and efficient waste loading onto dispatch vehicle.
5.2	Monitor loading site to ensure compliance with loading instructions, waste containment and adequate space for loading.
5.3	Measure and record regulated or prescribed waste and display required waste identification signage according to regulatory requirements.
5.4	Check to ensure waste is contained and secure and that load weight is within safe operational capacity of dispatch vehicle according to regulatory requirements.
6	Finalise work tasks and complete documentation.	6.1	Clean load-shifting equipment, attachments and work area to remove debris and contamination.
6.2	Conduct service checks of load-shifting equipment following manufacturer and workplace requirements and resolve or report problems.
6.3	Complete workplace documentation detailing waste movement and dispatch according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to calculate load volumes [cubic metre (m3)] and weights [kilogram (kg), tonne (t)].

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3013A Receive waste.

CPPWMT3015A Move waste using loadshifting equipment.

CPPWMT3018A Dispatch processed waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3006 Receive, transfer and dispatch waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3013A Receive waste. CPPWMT3015A Move waste using loadshifting equipment. CPPWMT3018A Dispatch processed waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by receiving, transferring and dispatching waste on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to receiving, transferring and dispatching waste and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

chain of responsibility requirements

duty of care

environmental protection

load restraint requirements

licence requirements

methods for checking the integrity of waste containment

methods for sampling waste loads

pre-operational checks, start-up and shutdown procedures for plant and equipment used to receive, transfer and dispatch waste

signage and transport requirements for regulated or prescribed waste

types of load-shifting and attachments and methods used to load, move and unload different types of waste

typical hazards encountered when using load-shifting equipment to load, move and unload waste, including hazardous substances and dangerous goods

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for receiving, transferring and dispatching waste:

documentation and reporting

load-shifting equipment operation and maintenance

waste receipt schedules

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment

signalling techniques and communication processes required to maintain safety while operating load-shifting equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job and waste receipt schedules, documentation, manufacturer instructions, load-shifting equipment and attachments, dispatch vehicle and waste required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3007 Process waste using plant

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3016A Operate waste processing plant CPPWMT3038A Process waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to operate plant to process waste. It includes identifying waste types, ensuring the absence of non-conforming waste streams and selecting and using suitable processing methods. It also includes following manufacturer instructions to operate processing plant, and monitoring plant gauges, warning devices, inputs and outputs to ensure optimal operation and safety.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for operating plant and equipment used in waste management. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to process waste.	1.1	Review job schedule to identify operational requirements for waste processing and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for operating waste processing plant and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Select and organise equipment, materials and personnel required for processing operation according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.5	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
1.6	Inspect waste to identify types for processing and confirm the absence of non-conforming waste streams.
1.7	Select processing method and confirm suitability for waste types according to workplace requirements.
2	Conduct pre-operational checks of plant and equipment.	2.1	Conduct pre-start and maintenance checks of plant and associated equipment following manufacturer instructions.
2.2	Test operational equipment to confirm correct functioning following manufacturer instructions.
3	Process waste.	3.1	Advise relevant persons of impending plant operation to ensure safety and readiness for operation.
3.2	Start and operate plant following manufacturer instructions and workplace requirements.
3.3	Monitor gauges and warning devices to ensure optimal and continuous plant operation and identify potential hazards.
3.4	Monitor waste inputs and processed outputs to ensure constant flow and make required adjustments to ensure safe and efficient operations.
3.5	Maintain communication with relevant persons to ensure safety during plant operation according to workplace requirements.
3.6	Check and test waste during processing to ascertain stage of completion and further processing requirements.
3.7	Identify faults and/or hazardous situation and respond immediately according to workplace requirements.
4	Finalise waste processing and complete documentation.	4.1	Shut down plant following manufacturer instructions and workplace requirements.
4.2	Clean plant and associated equipment to remove debris and contamination and ensure readiness for future operation according to workplace requirements.
4.3	Complete waste processing documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information in gauges.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3016A Operate waste processing plant

CPPWMT3038A Process waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3007 Process waste using plant

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3016A Operate waste processing plant. CPPWMT3038A Process waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by processing waste using plant on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to process waste and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation including work health and safety (WHS)

licence requirements for workplace operations

methods for optimal waste processing and faults which may cause hazards and affect the quality of processed waste

non-conforming waste streams

types and purpose of safety structures and controls on waste processing plant

types of plant and equipment used to process waste

pre-start, start-up, shut-down, isolation and maintenance procedures for plant used to process waste

typical hazards encountered when processing waste using plant and equipment

waste processing objectives and techniques

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for processing waste using plant:

documentation and reporting

processing equipment operation and maintenance

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment

signalling techniques and communication processes required to maintain safety while operating plant.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation, manufacturer instructions, waste processing plant, equipment and consumables required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3008 Store and monitor contained waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3017A Store waste. CPPWMT3025A Monitor contained waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to store and monitor contained waste. It includes assessing waste types and volume to maximise storage space and maintain containment. It also includes monitoring stored waste to check integrity of containment, manage hazards, risks and non-conformances, maintain quality and prevent contamination, spillage and unauthorised access to the facility.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to store and monitor contained waste.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm contained waste storage and monitoring requirements and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for storing and monitoring contained waste and apply to work activities.
1.3	Assess waste types and quantities, and duration of required storage.
1.4	Locate suitable storage area according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.5	Ensure signage complies with workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.6	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.7	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
2	Store waste.	2.1	Check area to confirm it is fit for purpose and meets waste storage requirements.
2.2	Store waste, ensuring compatibility of waste types according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.3	Stack, place or decant waste to maximise storage space.
2.4	Conduct regular checks to ensure integrity of containment.
2.5	Contain, secure and cover stored waste to maintain waste quality and prevent contamination or spillage.
2.6	Place correct and visible signage to identify regulated or prescribed waste according to regulatory requirements.
2.7	Record details of stored waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Monitor contained waste.	3.1	Check area to confirm the absence of contamination and that it is secure from unauthorised access.
3.2	Monitor stored waste to check integrity of containment according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Use testing equipment to test facility area and waste containment following manufacturer instructions.
3.4	Conduct waste stocktake and confirm compliance with workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.5	Document monitoring and testing results for contained waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to measure and calculate waste volumes [cubic metres (m3)] against available storage space.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3017A Store waste.

CPPWMT3025A Monitor contained waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3008 Store and monitor contained waste

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3017A Store waste. CPPWMT3025A Monitor contained waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

storing and monitoring contained waste according to job schedule on two separate occasions, and on each occasion:

identifying two potential hazards in the storage area and implementing required controls using the hierarchy of risk control

identifying one non-conformance associated with stored waste.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to storing and monitoring contained waste and relevant to the workplace:

Australian standards and codes of practice

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

dangerous goods storage

environmental protection

licence requirements for facility

compatibilities of waste types, including regulated or prescribed waste

methods for checking the integrity of waste containment, including checks for:

contamination

drum expansion

gases

leaching

leaks

seals

spillage

unstable form

methods for containing and securing stored waste

physical properties of waste:

density

quality

shape

size

volume

weight

safe decanting practices for flammable liquids

signage requirements for stored regulated or prescribed waste

types of equipment used when testing contained waste and facility

typical hazards associated with stored waste and monitoring activities

waste types

waste non-conformances and signs of contamination

workplace policies and procedures for storing and monitoring contained waste:

documentation and reporting

stock control

waste containment, signage and labelling requirements, including labelling of dangerous goods

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation, waste types, equipment and facility required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3009 Place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3020A Place and compact waste. CPPWMT3021A Cover waste.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to operate plant and equipment to place and compact waste at a landfill site, cover the waste to minimise environmental impact and contamination, and improve landfill efficiency. It includes using compaction techniques and placing and compacting waste according to the stage of batter development. It also includes placing a cover which conforms to regulatory requirements.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for operating plant and equipment used in waste management. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to place, compact and cover waste.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm work activities for placing, compacting and covering waste in landfill and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for placing, compacting and covering waste at landfill site and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Assess landfill cell to confirm batter structure, capacity and waste placement, and cover requirements to meet regulatory requirements.
1.4	Select and access required plant and equipment to place, compact and cover waste.
1.5	Organise suitable material to cover waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.6	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.7	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
2	Conduct pre-operational checks of plant and equipment.	2.1	Conduct pre-start and basic maintenance checks of plant and associated equipment following manufacturer instructions.
2.2	Test operational equipment to confirm correct functioning following manufacturer instructions.
3	Operate plant to place and compact waste.	3.1	Advise relevant persons of impending plant operation to ensure safety and readiness for operation.
3.2	Start, operate and drive plant to select and place waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.3	Monitor work area continually and maintain communication with others while operating plant to ensure safety of people and property.
3.4	Monitor gauges and warning devices to ensure optimal and continuous plant operation and identify potential hazards.
3.5	Use compaction techniques to ensure area is compacted according to workplace requirements.
4	Cover waste.	4.1	Place cover over waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Check waste cover to ensure it conforms to regulatory requirements and implement corrective actions as required.
5	Finalise work tasks and complete documentation.	5.1	Park and shut down plant in a safe location to avoid damage to plant, obstruction of surrounding site activity and unauthorised use.
5.2	Clean plant and associated equipment to remove debris and contamination and ensure readiness for future operation according to workplace requirements.
5.3	Complete documentation according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT3020A Place and compact waste.

CPPWMT3021A Cover waste.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3009 Place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT3020A Place and compact waste. CPPWMT3021A Cover waste.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by placing, compacting and covering waste at a landfill site on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to placing, compacting and covering waste at landfill sites and relevant to workplace operations:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

environmental protection

pre-start, start-up, shutdown, isolation and maintenance procedures for plant used to place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites

techniques used to cover waste in a landfill cell to reduce the impact on the environment and improve landfill efficiency

techniques used to compact waste in a landfill cell

types of plant and equipment used to place, compact and cover waste at landfill sites

typical hazards associated with placing, compacting and covering waste at landfill sites

waste batter cover materials and types

workplace policies and procedures for placing, compacting and covering waste at landfill sites:

documentation and reporting

plant and equipment operation and maintenance

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment

signalling techniques and communication processes required to maintain safety while operating plant.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation, plant, equipment, waste and landfill cell required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3010 Maintain waste landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3023A Maintain waste disposal sites.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maintain waste landfill sites. It includes implementing maintenance schedules to repair and maintain access roads and drainage and maintain landfill cells. It also includes maintaining the surrounds, which involves basic gardening and minor repairs to drains, fences, gates and signage.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

This unit forms part of the licensing requirements for operating plant and equipment used in waste management. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to maintain waste landfill site.	1.1	Review maintenance schedules to confirm work activities for maintaining waste landfill site and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for maintaining waste landfill site and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Inspect site to identify and record maintenance required to meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.4	Plan and organise plant, equipment, tools and landscape materials required to complete maintenance tasks according to maintenance schedules and workplace requirements.
1.5	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.6	Identify hazards and risks associated with work activities and implement required controls according to workplace WHS requirements.
2	. Maintain access roads.	2.1	Check and operate plant and equipment to carry out maintenance activities following manufacturer instructions and workplace requirements.
2.2	Repair damage to access roads caused by normal wear.
2.3	Maintain road drainage to maximise removal of excess water.
2.4	Spray access roads with water to suppress dust.
2.5	Monitor condition of access roads to meet workplace requirements.
3	Maintain landfill and site surrounds.	3.1	Identify eroded batter and implement required actions to prevent further erosion.
3.2	Detect vermin infestation and manage pests according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Trim, clear or replace vegetation according to workplace requirements.
3.4	Clear drains to prevent build-up of silt or blockages.
3.5	Clear litter screens, fences, gates and barriers to remove litter and debris and to maintain a safe and clean environment.
3.6	Conduct or organise required repairs to fences, gates and barriers to ensure integrity of form and prevent unauthorised entry to site.
3.7	Ensure site signage is clearly visible and meets workplace and regulatory requirements.
4	Finalise work tasks and complete documentation.	4.1	Park and shut down plant and store tools, equipment and materials in a safe location to avoid damage, unauthorised use and obstruction of surrounding site activity.
4.2	Clean plant, equipment and tools to remove debris and contamination and ensure readiness for future operation according to workplace requirements.
4.3	Secure site from unauthorised access and scavenging.
4.4	Complete maintenance records according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3023A Maintain waste disposal sites.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3010 Maintain waste landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3023A Maintain waste disposal sites.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing one complete maintenance schedule for a waste landfill site over a defined period.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to maintaining waste landfill sites:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

environmental protection

licence requirements

basic construction methods used to repair fences, gates and barriers

basic drainage-clearing techniques

basic methods used to repair roads

environmental management techniques to maintain landfill cells and prevent impact on the environment

fire risk mitigation techniques, including fire breaks

importance of litter control at waste disposal sites

methods for monitoring waste landfill sites to identify required maintenance and potential non-compliance with licence and regulatory requirements

pre-start, start-up, shutdown, isolation and maintenance procedures for plant and equipment used to maintain waste landfill sites

security procedures to prevent unauthorised access to waste disposal sites

types of vermin infestations encountered at waste disposal sites and their potential impact on the environment and site

types of plant and equipment used to maintain waste landfill sites

typical hazards and risks associated with maintaining waste landfill sites

workplace policies and procedures for maintaining waste landfill sites:

maintenance schedules and reporting

plant and equipment operation and maintenance

maintenance tools and materials

WHS:

dangerous goods and hazardous substances

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment

signalling techniques and communication processes required to maintain safety while operating plant.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, maintenance schedules and documentation, plant, equipment, tools and materials and waste landfill site required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT3011 Conduct waste assessments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3059A Plan and conduct waste assessments.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct waste assessments. It includes visually assessing waste at the site, reviewing documentation and discussing waste generation and management practices. It also includes identifying opportunities for waste minimisation and resource recovery.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is expected to take responsibility for completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for waste assessment.	1.1	Review job schedule to confirm requirements for waste assessment activities and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations impacting waste assessment and apply to work tasks.
1.3	Conduct risk assessment to manage risks associated with waste assessment according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements.
1.4	Prepare documentation and resources required for waste assessment.
1.5	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
2	Assess waste.	2.1	Inspect waste to assess composition of waste components.
2.2	Record assessment findings according to workplace requirements.
3	Report waste assessment findings.	3.1	Compile collected waste assessment evidence according to workplace requirements.
3.2	Consult with relevant persons to identify opportunities for waste minimisation and resource recovery at assessment site.
3.3	Complete assessment documentation according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to calculate number, percentage, volume [cubic metre (m3)] and weight [kilogram (kg), tonne (t)] of waste quantities.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3059A Plan and conduct waste assessments.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT3011 Conduct waste assessments

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT3059A Plan and conduct waste assessments.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting waste assessments on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to conducting waste assessments:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

local government by-laws

privacy

general impact of waste on the environment

physical properties of waste:

density

quality

shape

size

volume

weight

typical hazards encountered when assessing waste

waste assessment processes

waste hierarchy and opportunities for waste minimisation and resource recovery

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for conducting waste assessments:

documentation and reporting

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation and waste required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4001 Develop proposals for waste management services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4030A Determine waste management services. CPPWMT4055A Develop waste management proposals.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop proposals for waste management services to meet client needs. It includes site assessment to identify client’s waste generation and management practices, obtaining quotes from equipment suppliers and preparing cost estimates accounting for equipment, materials and labour types and quantities required to provide waste management services. It also includes client negotiation to agree on service terms and conditions, and preparing and presenting documented service proposals.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Scope waste management service requirements.	1.1	Consult with relevant persons to clarify waste management service requirements, client needs and site details.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations against waste management services to confirm compliance requirements.
1.3	Consult with client to obtain additional information to clarify service needs and organise site inspection.
1.4	Record information gathered confirming client needs and scope of required waste management services.
2	Inspect and assess service site.	2.1	Plan inspection activities and obtain client agreement to proceed.
2.2	Access service site, identify hazards associated with inspection and propose risk controls according to workplace and site requirements.
2.3	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
2.4	Assess and record site access requirements for waste management service provision.
2.5	Identify waste management practices and sources as well as types and volume of waste generated from site inspection, reports and discussions with relevant persons.
2.6	Record inspection results detailing factors affecting waste management service provision.
3	Estimate waste management service requirements and costs.	3.1	Calculate equipment and material types and quantities required to provide waste management services to meet client needs.
3.2	Obtain and compare quotes from equipment suppliers according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Assess site inspection results to identify problems and apply contingency measures to ensure proposed waste management services meet client and workplace requirements.
3.4	Apply workplace rate schedules to cost proposed waste management services according to workplace requirements.
4	Prepare and present waste management service proposal.	4.1	Compile collected information and evidence to support waste management service proposal.
4.2	Prepare waste management service proposal incorporating cost estimate, terms and conditions to meet client instructions, and workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.3	Confirm or continue to negotiate service parameters prior to obtaining proposal agreement and acceptance.
4.4	Present proposal to client according to workplace requirements.
4.5	Maintain client records and proposal documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral communication skills to negotiate with clients from diverse social, economic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to calculate service costs based on rate schedules and waste volumes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT4030A Determine waste management services.

CPPWMT4055A Develop waste management proposals.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4001 Develop proposals for waste management services

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4030A Determine waste management services. CPPWMT4055A Develop waste management proposals.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing proposals for waste management services to meet the needs of two different clients.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

content, format and presentation requirements for waste management service proposals

issues that can impact on waste management service provision and contingency measures to be factored into proposals

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to waste management service provision and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

duty of care

environmental protection

local government by-laws

licensing

privacy

mathematical methods used to calculate labour and equipment costs when preparing proposals for waste management services

physical properties of waste:

density

quality

shape

size

volume

weight

types of waste management services and options

typical hazards encountered when inspecting client sites

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for developing waste management service proposals:

client service

documentation and reporting

obtaining external quotes for equipment and labour

financial consideration and rate schedules for waste management services

waste management services and workplace resources, capacities and capabilities

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, workplace documentation, equipment and client sites required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4002 Develop waste management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT5004A Develop waste management strategies. CPPWMT5036A Develop waste management plans.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to research, prepare and present a documented waste management plan. It includes reviewing waste practices to identify waste management options, assessing the feasibility of options and formulating waste management activities to achieve waste management objectives.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and clarify waste management objectives and site requirements	1.1	Consult with relevant persons to obtain information to clarify current waste practices, waste management objectives and site requirements.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations against waste management objectives to confirm compliance requirements.
1.3	Clarify requirements for efficient waste storage and transportation to account for road congestion and environmental impact.
1.4	Record information gathered confirming client needs and expectations and waste management requirements.
2	Investigate options and develop waste management plan.	2.1	Assess waste practices to identify waste management activities that meet objectives and regulatory requirements.
2.2	Research options to address identified activities, assess feasibility and select preferred options.
2.3	Prepare action plan incorporating achievable waste management activities that meet workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Prepare strategy to manage hazards and risks associated with waste management plan.
2.5	Identify additional procedures to be developed to meet requirements of waste management plan.
2.6	Calculate timeframes, resources and equipment required to implement waste management plan according to workplace requirements.
3	Present waste management plan.	3.1	Document waste management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.2	Present waste management plan to relevant persons according to workplace requirements.
3.3	Store waste management plan in a manner that ensures confidentiality and future retrieval according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT5004A Develop waste management strategies.

CPPWMT5036A Develop waste management plans.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4002 Develop waste management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT5004A Develop waste management strategies. CPPWMT5036A Develop waste management plans.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

developing one documented waste management plan that identifies waste management objectives for:

carbon emissions reduction

congestion reduction

waste avoidance

waste minimisation

waste recovery and recycling

waste management of problematic waste.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

circular economy and objectives to maximise value from resources in the economy

environmental issues in waste management

factors to be considered when assessing waste practices and developing waste management plans:

access to site

environmental issues

hazards

location of waste containers

processing methods

production inputs and outputs, dates and schedules

recycling options

risk management

site size and specific site requirements

waste storage and disposal methods

waste handling

waste outputs

waste recovery methods

waste types

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to developing waste management plans and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

environmental protection

local government bylaws

licence requirements

typical hazards and risks encountered in waste management

waste hierarchy

waste storage and transportation requirements for different sites, including multi-use developments and considerations of road congestion and emissions minimisation

key features of waste management plans

workplace policies and procedures for developing waste management plans:

client service

content and format requirements for waste management plans

documentation and reporting

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, waste management documentation and technologies required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4003 Implement waste management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4007A Implement waste management plans.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement waste management plans. It includes allocating and organising resources to implement waste management objectives and manage hazards and risks, monitoring implementation to ensure compliance against procedures and required activities, and reviewing and updating plans to incorporate improvements.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and allocate resources to implement waste management plan.	1.1	Review waste management plan to clarify resource requirements and waste management objectives.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations and apply requirements to waste management objectives.
1.3	Organise equipment and personnel required to implement waste management plan according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Manage waste management hazards and risks according to risk management strategy detailed in waste management plan.
1.5	Plan and schedule specified activities to implement waste management plan.
2	Oversee waste management objectives and activities.	2.1	Supervise waste management activities to ensure compliance with waste management plan and apply contingency measures to respond to changing circumstances.
2.2	Provide guidance and information to relevant persons to support efficiency and ensure waste management plan activities and objectives are achieved.
2.3	Monitor progress against waste management objectives and take actions required to ensure activities are implemented in line with waste management plan.
3	Monitor implementation of waste management plan.	3.1	Review effectiveness of waste management plan in meeting waste management objectives.
3.2	Seek feedback from relevant persons on effectiveness of waste management plan and identify improvements.
3.3	Provide recommendations to update waste management plan to relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4007A Implement waste management plans.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4003 Implement waste management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4007A Implement waste management plans.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

•	implementing a waste management plan that achieves waste management objectives involving two of the following:

carbon emissions reduction

traffic congestion reduction

waste avoidance

waste minimisation

waste recovery and recycling

monitoring implementation of waste management plan over a defined period and making two recommendations to improve current plan.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

circular economy and objectives to maximise value from resources in the economy

environmental issues in waste management

features of waste management plans

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to implementing waste management plans and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

environmental protection

local government by-laws

licence requirements

scheduling techniques

techniques for monitoring or reviewing waste management plans to identify improvements

typical hazards and risks associated with waste management operations

waste hierarchy

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for implementing waste management plans:

allocating equipment and personnel

client service

documentation and reporting

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, waste management plan, operational documentation and resources required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4004 Prepare waste management tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5031A Prepare detailed tenders.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare waste management tender submissions. It includes assessing waste management tender documentation to clarify specifications, timeframes and submission requirements, defining and costing tender content and finalising and submitting tenders within required timeframes.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess waste management tender requirements.	1.1	Source and assess tender documentation to clarify specifications, timeframes and submission requirements.
1.2	Interpret legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures and apply to tender specifications to ensure compliance when preparing tender.
1.3	Evaluate viability of providing services against tender specifications and workplace requirements.
1.4	Assess risk associated with tender specifications and plan risk management strategies according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Discuss waste management tender specifications with relevant persons to identify and clarify issues associated with the tender.
2	Define, document and cost tender deliverables.	2.1	Define and document project timelines, stages, activities and deliverables to meet tender specifications.
2.2	Assess specific resources required to meet tender specifications against capacity to deliver.
2.3	Apply workplace rate schedules, industry-based labour rates and quotes from external suppliers to cost tender requirements.
2.4	Source additional resources required to meet tender specifications in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Finalise waste management tender.	3.1	Document waste management tender in the required style and format.
3.2	Check to ensure tender content is accurate and meets all tender specifications.
3.3	Forward tender to relevant persons for feedback and make required edits.
3.4	Lodge tender within required timeframes.
3.5	Complete and secure tender documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality according to workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to calculate labour and equipment costs using rate schedules, industry-labour rates and external quotes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5031A Prepare detailed tenders.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4004 Prepare waste management tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5031A Prepare detailed tenders.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

assessing requirements and preparing two local government tenders for the provision of waste management services from the list below:

food organics and garden organics waste

bulk transport

municipal waste collection

municipal recycling

verge collection.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

content, format and presentation requirements for waste management tenders

issues that can impact on waste service provision and contingency measures to be factored into tenders

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to preparing waste management tenders and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation, including work health and safety (WHS)

confidentiality and privacy

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

environmental protection

local government by-laws

licensing requirements

mathematical methods used to calculate labour and equipment costs when quoting for waste management services

tender management, assessment, preparation, submission and review processes

types of waste management services and operational features

workplace policies and procedures for assessing and preparing tenders for waste management services:

client service

documentation and reporting

obtaining external quotes for equipment and labour

rate schedules for waste management services

waste management services and workplace resources, capacities and capabilities

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, tender documentation, technologies and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4005 Implement waste management site safety plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5045A Develop site safety plans.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement waste management site safety plans. It includes allocating and organising resources to implement work health and safety (WHS) procedures, monitoring implementation activities to ensure regulatory compliance, and reviewing and improving plans.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and allocate resources to implement waste management site safety plan.	1.1	Review waste management site safety plan to clarify WHS objectives and resources required for implementation.
1.2	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations and apply requirements to WHS activities.
1.3	Organise equipment and personnel required to implement waste management site safety plan according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Manage waste management hazards and risks according to risk management strategy detailed in waste management site safety plan.
1.5	Plan and schedule specified activities to implement waste management site safety plan.
2	Oversee waste management site safety objectives and activities.	2.1	Supervise WHS activities to ensure compliance with waste management site safety plan and apply contingency measures to respond to changing circumstances.
2.2	Consult with relevant persons to discuss WHS roles and responsibilities and share information to support hazard identification and risk management.
2.3	Supervise WHS induction processes to check compliance with waste management site safety plan.
2.4	Review WHS documentation to monitor compliance with waste management site safety plan and take action required to address non-compliance.
3	Monitor implementation of waste management site safety plan.	3.1	Review effectiveness of waste management site safety plan in meeting WHS objectives.
3.2	Seek feedback from relevant persons on effectiveness of waste management site safety plan and identify improvements.
3.3	Provide recommendations for updating waste management site safety plan to relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5045A Develop site safety plans.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4005 Implement waste management site safety plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPPWMT5045A Develop site safety plans.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

assessing waste management site to confirm the layout and location of:

waste types

first aid and emergency facilities

evacuation plan

general access and restricted areas

traffic management plan

implementing waste management site safety plan over a defined period and making two recommendations to improve current plan.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

features of waste management site safety plans

identification signage used for regulated waste, including hazardous class, HAZCHEM codes and dangerous goods classification

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to implementing waste management site safety plans and relevant to workplace operations:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

duty of care

incident notification

licensing for waste management site including licence for storing dangerous goods

record-keeping

methods for implementing waste management site safety plans:

personnel with designated WHS roles

reviewing WHS procedures

risk management

site contract requirements

WHS induction

techniques for reviewing waste management site safety plans to identify improvements

typical hazards in a waste management workplace and the harm they may cause to people, property and the environment

waste types

WHS issues identified in site safety plan

workplace policies and procedures associated with site safety plans:

allocating equipment and personnel

documentation and reporting

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, site safety plan and associated documentation, technologies and waste management workplace required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4006 Monitor waste landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4022A Monitor waste disposal sites.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor waste landfill sites. It includes managing personnel, equipment and materials required to monitor site operations to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. It also includes monitoring batters, landfill cells and drainage systems and organising sampling and testing to manage drainage contamination and odour, methane gas, groundwater and noise levels, and to ensure infrastructure is maintained in accordance with regulatory requirements.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to monitor waste landfill site.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations for maintaining landfill site and apply to monitoring activities
1.2	Plan monitoring activities to ensure work is completed within required timeframes and meets regulatory requirements.
1.3	Schedule tests and equipment required to monitor drainage contamination and odour, methane gas, groundwater and noise levels according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.4	Manage personnel, equipment and materials required to perform landfill site maintenance in consultation with relevant persons.
1.5	Assess and manage hazards and risks associated with monitoring activities according to workplace requirements.
1.6	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
2	Monitor waste landfill and surrounding environment.	2.1	Check landfill cells to identify evidence of erosion, flooding, leachate pooling, odour and vermin.
2.2	Check drainage system to assess drainage flow and characteristics and detect blockages.
2.3	Ensure site signage complies with workplace and regulatory requirements.
2.4	Organise and monitor tests according to operating licences and workplace requirements.
2.5	Assess condition of fences, roads, signs and other infrastructure and identify required maintenance.
3	Finalise monitoring and report outcomes.	3.1	Document monitoring activities and test results, including identified site non-compliances, according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.2	Implement required corrective actions to ensure landfill site continues to comply with workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.3	Report monitoring outcomes according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

numeracy skills to interpret measurement data for methane gas, groundwater and noise levels collected using graduated devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4022A Monitor waste disposal sites.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4006 Monitor waste landfill sites

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4022A Monitor waste disposal sites.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by monitoring a waste landfill site on two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental management requirements as they apply to landfills:

signs of and techniques to minimise erosion

landfill and waste covering requirements

waste types and physical properties

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to landfill sites and relevant to workplace operations:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations and industry standards, including work health and safety (WHS)

environmental protection

licensing requirements, including operating licence for landfill

methods for monitoring landfill sites to identify required maintenance and potential non-compliance with environmental regulations

physical properties of waste:

density

quality

shape

size

volume

weight

types of tests conducted to monitor drainage contamination and odour, methane gas and noise levels and associated threshold levels

types of vermin infestations encountered at landfill sites and their potential impact on the environment and site

typical hazards and risks associated with monitoring landfill sites

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for monitoring landfill site:

maintenance and testing schedules and reporting

rosters for maintenance personnel

plant and equipment operation and maintenance

testing and sampling tools and materials

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, landfill documentation, equipment, materials and waste landfill site required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4007 Organise and monitor waste management operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4052A Organise waste management operations. CPPWMT4053A Conduct and monitor waste management operations.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to organise and monitor waste management operations. It includes scheduling and organising personnel, plant, equipment and materials to meet operational requirements and monitoring activities on site to ensure quality and regulatory compliance. It includes supervising personnel to ensure capacity and licensing is appropriate for the work being performed, identifying training opportunities to address individual skill gaps and ensuring the availability of skilled personnel to meet work schedules.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for waste management operations.	1.1	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations and apply to waste management operations.
1.2	Check required licences to ensure they are appropriate to work being performed according to legislative and workplace requirements.
1.3	Assess and manage hazards and risks associated with waste management operations according to workplace requirements.
1.4	Inform relevant persons of work requirements and safe operating procedures according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Select, check and use required personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
2	Organise operational resources.	2.1	Estimate plant, equipment and materials required for waste management operations based on past usage and present needs and confirm associated licensing requirements.
2.2	Check availability of plant, equipment and materials and implement actions required to ensure their readiness to meet operational requirements.
2.3	Organise and supervise personnel required for waste management operations.
3	Schedule and monitor work activities.	3.1	Schedule waste management operations to ensure efficient use of resources and completion within designated timeframes.
3.2	Allocate work to relevant persons according to individual licences, capacities and skills according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.3	Monitor work activities to ensure compliance with quality and operational requirements and implement contingency measures to resolve problems.
3.4	Discuss skill gaps with personnel and identify training opportunities to maintain competency levels required to meet operational requirements.
4	Finalise monitoring and complete documentation.	4.1	Monitor processes to complete waste management operations according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
4.2	Document operational outcomes according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral communication skills to interact with personnel from diverse socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds

numeracy skills to:

estimate plant, equipment and material requirements based on past usage and present needs

schedule and allocate work to meet operational timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT4052A Organise waste management operations.

CPPWMT4053A Conduct and monitor waste management operations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4007 Organise and monitor waste management operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4052A Organise waste management operations. CPPWMT4053A Conduct and monitor waste management operations.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

organising and monitoring two different areas of waste management operations

identifying training opportunities for two personnel to maintain required competency levels that meet operational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

classifications of waste

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to organising and monitoring waste management operations and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations and industry standards, including work health and safety (WHS)

duty of care

environmental protection

licensing for waste management site, including licence for storing dangerous goods

key operational features of waste management sites

methods for scheduling and allocating work

methods for monitoring waste management operations to identify potential non-compliance with legislative and procedural requirements

types of training opportunities that can address skill gaps to maintain competency levels that meet operational requirements

typical hazards and risks associated with site operations and methods for complying with site safety plan

ways, strategies or approaches for responding to individual and social differences

workplace policies and procedures for waste management operations:

scheduling and allocating personnel, plant and equipment

plant and equipment operation and maintenance

personnel supervision and development

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident response and reporting

personal protective equipment

safe work practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, job schedules and documentation, personnel, plant, equipment, materials and operational waste management site required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4008 Provide waste management information to stakeholders

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4032A Inform and educate clients on waste management issues.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inform stakeholders about waste management practices, issues and trends. It includes conducting research to prepare and present information that matches the needs of the target group and using presentation techniques and aids to provide clear information and engage stakeholders.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to provide waste management information.	1.1	Assess stakeholder group and review documentation to confirm their waste management information needs and communication preferences.
1.2	Conduct research to source and document waste management information that meets the needs of the stakeholder group.
1.3	Interpret legislation, regulations, standards and codes associated with required waste management information and apply to presentation.
1.4	Select and source presentation techniques and aids suitable to the stakeholder group and information to be presented.
1.5	Use technologies and workplace resources to collate and document waste management information and presentation materials and check to ensure accuracy and relevance to stakeholder needs.
2	Provide waste management information.	2.1	Present waste management information clearly, considering audience needs.
2.2	Use oral communication skills that engage stakeholders, respond to questions and encourage contributions to discussion.
2.3	Use presentation aids to enhance information provision and stakeholder engagement.
2.4	Monitor stakeholder participation and input and adjust presentation as required to maintain engagement and meet stakeholder needs.
3	Finalise information provision.	3.1	Assist stakeholders to access additional waste management information and services.
3.2	Obtain feedback from relevant persons to identify opportunities for improving future information provision.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral communication skills to interact with people from diverse socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds

writing skills to structure and sequence information for presentations to stakeholders.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4032A Inform and educate clients on waste management issues.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4008 Provide waste management information to stakeholders

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4032A Inform and educate clients on waste management issues.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

researching requirements and providing waste management information to meet the needs of two different stakeholder groups, with each group comprising at least three people.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

impact of waste on the environment and relationship between waste and greenhouse emissions

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to waste management and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations, codes and standards

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

environmental protection

licensing requirements

local government by-laws

presentation techniques and use of appropriate media and technology

sources of waste management information

strategies for effective interpersonal communication

waste hierarchy and the importance of waste minimisation and resource recovery

waste management practices, issues and trends

waste minimisation and avoidance options

waste types, drivers and causes

workplace policies and procedures for presenting waste management information to stakeholders:

available waste management services

client service

documentation and reporting

presentation technologies and media

review and improvement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, documentation, technologies, presentation media and materials and stakeholder groups required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4009 Conduct waste audits

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4001A Plan waste audits. CPPWMT4002A Carry out waste audits. CPPWMT4003A Review, evaluate and document waste assessment findings. CPPWMT4035A Undertake waste process audits.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct waste audits to identify and quantify waste. It includes planning waste audit methods, setting up the audit area and isolating waste types to identify, sort, measure, weigh and record waste. It also includes collecting samples and evidence, completing documentation and reporting audit findings.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for waste audit.	1.1	Review waste audit documentation to confirm site characteristics and waste management objectives and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Document a waste audit plan incorporating an audit methodology which meets waste audit objectives.
1.3	Review workplace policies and procedures, legislation and regulations and apply to waste audit plan to ensure compliance.
1.4	Select and obtain documentation and equipment required for waste audit according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Assess and manage hazards and risks associated with waste audit according to workplace work health and safety requirements.
1.6	Obtain required approvals to proceed with waste audit according to workplace requirements.
1.7	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
2	Conduct waste audit.	2.1	Set up audit area in consultation with relevant persons to ensure safe and accurate data collection.
2.2	Isolate waste types to identify, sort, measure, weigh and record waste according to methodology detailed in audit plan.
2.3	Collect required samples and evidence.
2.4	Record audit details and check to ensure samples and evidence are sufficient to meet audit objectives.
3	Finalise and report waste audit outcomes.	3.1	Restore audit site and dispose of waste according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
3.2	Review and evaluate waste audit data and site assessment information to profile management of waste.
3.3	Complete audit documentation and report findings according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

CPPWMT4001A Plan waste audits.

CPPWMT4002A Carry out waste audits.

CPPWMT4003A Review, evaluate and document waste assessment findings.

CPPWMT4035A Undertake waste process audits.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4009 Conduct waste audits

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to: CPPWMT4001A Plan waste audits. CPPWMT4002A Carry out waste audits. CPPWMT4003A Review, evaluate and document waste assessment findings. CPPWMT4035A Undertake waste process audits.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting two different waste audits.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

classifications of waste

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to conducting waste audits and relevant to the workplace:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations and industry standards, including work health and safety (WHS)

classifications of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

environmental protection

privacy

types of equipment used to audit waste, including photographic and recording equipment

typical hazards and risks associated with waste audits

waste audit objectives, methodologies and processes

waste containment methods

waste non-conformances

waste types

workplace policies and procedures for conducting waste audits:

documentation and reporting, including key features of waste audit records and documentation

equipment access and use

WHS:

emergency response

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, waste audit instructions and documentation, equipment and waste audit sites required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPWMT4010 Assess and advise on waste avoidance options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4062A Apply waste avoidance techniques.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess and advise on waste avoidance options. It includes confirming waste types and drivers for waste generation and identifying and assessing opportunities to avoid waste against the waste hierarchy. It requires analysing the cost-benefits and feasibility of identified waste avoidance options and presenting the findings.

A person who achieves this unit of competency is able to use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Waste management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm waste avoidance requirements.	1.1	Review documentation to clarify waste avoidance objectives and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Interpret legislation, regulations and workplace policies and procedures for advising on waste avoidance options.
1.3	Select, check and use personal protective equipment appropriate for work activities.
1.4	Obtain required permissions and access site according to workplace requirements.
1.5	Conduct site and waste inspection according to workplace requirements.
1.6	Confirm and record waste types, drivers and volumes at the site.
2	Identify and assess options for avoiding waste.	2.1	Consult with relevant persons to discuss identified waste types, drivers and volumes being generated.
2.2	Identify potential alternative processes, products or practices to meet waste avoidance objective.
2.3	Assess alternative processes, products or practices against the waste hierarchy.
2.4	Develop suitable waste avoidance options and confirm compliance with workplace and regulatory requirements.
3	Evaluate options and present recommendations.	3.1	Prioritise options in order of greatest waste avoidance potential.
3.2	Analyse cost-benefits and feasibility of recommended waste avoidance options.
3.3	Document waste avoidance assessment, cost-benefit and feasibility analysis and recommendations.
3.4	Present waste avoidance recommendations to relevant persons within agreed timeframes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral communication skills to interact with people from diverse socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4062A Apply waste avoidance techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPWMT4010 Assess and advise on waste avoidance options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 10.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPWMT4062A Apply waste avoidance techniques.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assessing and advising on waste avoidance options in two different areas of waste generation.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

impact of waste on the environment and relationship between waste and greenhouse emissions

legislative and procedural requirements applicable to assessing and advising on waste avoidance options:

commonwealth, state and territory legislation and regulations in the state or territory of operation including, work health and safety (WHS)

confidentiality and privacy

environmental protection

mathematical methods used to calculate costs and benefits of waste avoidance options

methods for prioritising waste avoidance options in the order of greatest waste avoidance potential

types of waste avoidance options and methods for assessing feasibility of options

waste hierarchy

waste types, drivers and causes

workplace policies and procedures for assessing and advising on waste avoidance options:

client service

documentation and reporting

WHS:

hazard identification, risk assessment and control using the hierarchy of control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to workplace policies and procedures, documentation, technologies, equipment and waste site required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.1.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to safely handle, transport and store chemicals.

The unit applies to individuals who work under broad direction and take responsibility for their own work. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources and for solving problems.

State or territory licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply in some jurisdictions.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Chemicals (CHM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to handle and transport chemicals	1.1 Identify health and safety hazards, assess risks and implement controls according to workplace procedures 1.2 Ensure contact details for emergency services are available in transport vehicle according to workplace procedures and transport regulations 1.3 Ensure transport vehicle complies with transport regulations 1.4 Ensure containers are secured, protected and in a condition to be safely transported according to workplace procedures, manufacturer instructions, legislative and regulatory requirements 1.5 Ensure emergency equipment and procedures are available in the vehicle according to workplace safety procedures and regulations 1.6 Ensure transport arrangements comply with legislative and regulatory requirements for the transport of hazardous substances and dangerous goods 1.7 Obtain and use safety data sheets (SDS) for chemicals to be transported according to health and safety in the workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements
2. Handle and transport chemicals	2.1 Handle, transport and load chemicals according to chemical safety data information, chemical label, legislative and regulatory requirements 2.2 Carry out emergency procedures according to chemical label, SDS and workplace procedures 2.3 Report transport incidents according to workplace procedures and health and safety in the workplace regulations
3. Store chemicals in the workplace	3.1 Select, ensure serviceability, fit and use personal protective equipment according to SDS and chemical label instructions 3.2 Identify chemical storage requirements and store chemicals according to chemical label, safety data information and health and safety in the workplace procedures 3.3 Maintain storage area according to legislative and regulatory requirements, health and safety in the workplace and environmental procedures. 3.4 Dispose of chemicals and chemical waste according to chemical label instructions and environmental regulations 3.5 Monitor chemical expiration dates and dispose of expired chemicals according to chemical label instructions, workplace and legislative and regulatory requirements
4. Record storage details	4.1 Maintain register of stored chemicals and SDS according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements 4.2 Report storage incidents according to legislative and regulatory requirements and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Read and interpret SDS, chemical labels, manufacturer instructions, operating instruction and other workplace documentation and consolidates information to safely transport and store chemicals
Writing	Accurately record and complete organisational records using clear language, correct spelling and terminology when completing transport and storage records
Numeracy	Perform mathematical calculations to determine chemical weights, volumes and quantities to determine handling and storage requirements
Navigate the world of work	Take responsibility for following workplace policies, procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements Identify and implement chemical label requirements for handling and storage
Get the work done	Take responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks required for chemical handling and storage activities Address problems and initiate standard procedures in response to emergencies applying problem solving processes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals Release 3	AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals Release 2	Changes to Performance Criteria for clarity. Consolidated where content duplicated. Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM304 Transport and store chemicals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.1.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they have safely transported and stored chemicals, including:

identified health and safety hazards, assessed risks and implemented controls

ensured emergency services contact details are available

ensured transport vehicle meets regulations and that chemicals were loaded, secured and protected according to regulations and procedures

ensured emergency equipment and procedures were available

handled, transported and stored chemicals safely

carried out emergency procedures safely and according to procedures

maintained a chemical storage manifest and safety data sheets (SDS) according to legislative and regulatory requirements

complied with chemical label instructions and SDS for transporting and storage of chemicals and legislative and regulatory requirements

maintained inventory and records according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements

monitored chemical expiration and disposed of chemicals and waste according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

chemical labels and SDS their purpose, use and terminology, including:

chemical signs, symbols and coding

basic chemical properties and reactivity related to SDS and labels

legislation and regulations that apply to transporting and storing chemicals, including:

transport vehicle requirements

information and documentation

dangerous and hazardous chemicals

placarding requirements

risk factors including human and animal health and environmental

processes and procedures for the disposal of excess, unwanted, expired chemicals and chemical waste including industry disposal programs

health and safety in the workplace requirements including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling

emergency procedures for spills and accidents

recording and monitoring of chemical stores including, expiration and disposal procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a typical workplace environment or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

access to storage facility for chemicals

access to vehicle for transporting chemicals

resources, equipment and materials:

chemicals

PPE

materials and equipment to handle, secure and protect chemical loads

specifications:

specific workplace documents, including work instructions and procedures for chemical handling, storage and transport

chemical labels and safety data

legislation and regulations about handling, storage and transport of chemicals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCCHM307 Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to safely prepare and apply chemicals for the control of pests, weeds and diseases, using general application equipment.

The unit applies to individuals who work under broad direction and take responsibility for their own work. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources and for solving problems.

State or territory licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply in some jurisdictions.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Chemicals (CHM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine the need for chemical use and prepare an application plan	1.1 Identify the pest, weed or disease, and assess the need for control 1.2 Assess the requirement for chemical use 1.3 Assess health and safety hazard, risks and controls for different chemicals 1.4 Confirm requirement for chemical application according to workplace procedures 1.5 Assess off target risk of each application method 1.6 Assess the environmental risk for application method 1.7 Notify stakeholders of intended chemical application according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements 1.8 Prepare application plan according to workplace procedures
2. Prepare chemical mixes	2.1 Identify and select chemical required for target according to application plan 2.2 Calculate the volume, rate or dose according to chemical label instructions 2.3 Identify and select application equipment and set-up requirements according to application plan and operator instructions 2.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and implement control measures for application method according to chemical label and health and safety in the workplace procedures 2.5 Identify, select, fit and use personal protective equipment (PPE) according to workplace procedures 2.6 Select appropriate mixing equipment and suitable location to prepare and load chemicals according to workplace procedures 2.7 Prepare chemicals according to chemical label instructions 2.8 Return unused chemical to store and clean preparation equipment and work site of residues and spillage according to chemical label instructions and workplace procedures
3. Calibrate application equipment	3.1 Select application equipment for chemical according to application plan, off target risks and workplace procedures 3.2 Conduct pre-operational checks of application equipment according to operator and maintenance manual 3.3 Calibrate equipment according to operating instructions and application plan 3.4 Load equipment with chemical according to operating instructions and workplace safety procedures
4. Apply chemicals	4.1 Monitor and assess weather conditions and forecasts to ensure effective chemical application according to application plan 4.2 Select, ensure serviceability, fit and use PPE according to chemical label instructions and workplace procedures 4.3 Apply chemical according to label directions and application plan relating to the control of the pest, weed or disease 4.4 Monitor application equipment for correct performance and ensure effective chemicals application according to operating instructions 4.5 Identify health and safety in the workplace hazards and risks and implement controls 4.6 Clean up spills during application according to chemical label instructions and workplace procedures
5. Clean up equipment and complete records	5.1 Clean and decontaminate application equipment according to operator instructions, safety data sheets (SDS) and legislative requirements 5.2 Dispose of chemicals and used containers according to chemical label instructions, SDS and legislative requirements 5.3 Clean and store PPE according to workplace procedures 5.4 Record and report safety and environmental incidents according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 5.5 Record details of chemical application according to workplace procedures and legislative requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Read and interpret SDS, chemical labels, operating instruction and other documentation and consolidates information to determine chemical application actions and activity
Writing	Accurately record and complete organisational records using clear language and terminology
Numeracy	Perform mathematical calculations to determine rates of application chemical mixtures and calibration of equipment
Navigate the world of work	Take responsibility for following policies, procedures and regulations Identify and implement chemical label requirements
Get the work done	Take responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks required for chemical application activities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCCHM307 Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases	AHCCHM303 Prepare and apply chemicals	Minor change of title for clarity Minor changes to Performance Criteria for clarity Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM307 Prepare and apply chemicals to control pest, weeds and diseases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that the individual has on at least one occasion demonstrated the ability to safely prepare and apply chemicals ensuring they have:

determined and confirmed the need for chemical application by assessing the infestation, off target risk, and environmental risks

developed an application plan for chemical application

identified health and safety hazards, risk and implemented control procedures according to chemical label

notified stakeholders of planned chemical application

used personal protective equipment (PPE) according to workplace procedures

interpreted chemical labels and applied chemical according to safety data sheets (SDS) and application plan

identified and selected the chemical required for the target and calculated the amount and rates required according to chemical label

identified and selected application equipment and suitable location, and determined the set up parameters according to application plan and operator instructions

monitored and assessed weather conditions and equipment performance to ensure effective chemical application

selected, conducted pre-operational checks according to operator and maintenance manual

completed at least one calibration activity for application equipment

prepared and loaded chemicals and returned unused chemicals to store in accordance with label, application plan and workplace procedures

applied chemicals safely according to chemical labels, regulations and workplace procedures

complied with chemical labels, SDS, regulations, maintenance manual, environmental procedures, operator instructions and application plan

cleaned equipment and spills, and disposed of waste according to workplace and environmental procedures

maintained records and reported incidents according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

control options when selecting chemicals for pests, diseases and weeds infestations, including:

chemical

mechanical

cultural

biological

integrated pest management including resistance management principles

types of pest, diseases and weed their treatment and resistance

legal implications and requirements of chemical labels and SDS

stakeholders and required notifications including, neighbours, staff and statutory notifications

impact of weather factors on the safe and effective application of chemicals

characteristics of chemicals, their mode of action and relevance to chemical selection and use, including:

translocated/systemic

contact

ingested poison

protectant

eradicant

knock-down

residual

selective/non selective

factors that contribute to off target damage, including:

physical movement of chemicals (e.g. animals moving baits or soil movement)

chemical formulation

wind speed and direction

temperature and relative humidity

temperature inversions

controlling off target damage

rainfall

buffer zones and barriers

hazards of chemical application, including:

human and animal health

environmental contamination

residues in environment, plants and animals

withholding/re-entry periods

safety requirements when applying chemicals, including:

procedures

PPE

signage

safe handling, transporting and storage of chemicals

preparing chemicals including preparation, compatibility, adjuvants and water quality

requirements for disposal of excess chemicals, clearing spillages and equipment clean up

selecting and operating suitable application equipment

features, functions and calibration techniques for powered and hand held application equipment, including:

pressure and volume of chemical

travel speed

nozzle identification, selection, operation

legislation, regulations and licensing requirements in relation to chemical use.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a typical workplace environment or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

chemicals

PPE

application equipment

chemical measuring and mixing equipment

specifications:

specific workplace documents, including work instructions and procedures for chemical application

chemical labels and SDS

regulations about use of chemicals

manufacturers' operation and maintenance instructions for equipment

access to weather forecasts or means to measure local weather.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCCHM404 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to assess hazards and risks and determine controls and develop procedures to mitigate risks when using chemicals.

The unit applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and may provide direction to others. They provide and communicate solutions to a range of predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Chemicals (CHM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify chemical use hazards and risks	1.1 Identify, source and analyse information relating to safe use of chemicals in industry 1.2 Identify steps for the process of using chemicals 1.3 Identify hazards and risks for the process of using chemicals
2. Assess risks associated with chemical use and develop control procedures	2.1 Assess risks associated with using chemicals in the workplace 2.2 Develop control measures and emergency action plans to mitigate risk according to workplace procedures and industry best practice 2.3 Develop procedures for risk control for operational activities using chemicals according to industry best practice 2.4 Develop a continuous improvement strategy to address identified deficiencies in risk control procedures
3. Monitor and assess adherence to chemical risk procedures	3.1 Provide personnel with chemical use procedures, instruction and safety equipment, including personal protective eqiupment, for using chemical control strategies 3.2 Monitor and assess personnel performance against procedures for selecting equipment for chemical use 3.3 Monitor and assess personnel performance against procedures for operational activities of chemical use 3.4 Measure the performance of personnel for following risk control procedures according to industry practice
4. Evaluate risk control measures and maintain records	4.1 Develop procedures for evaluating the effectiveness of risk control measures 4.2 Identify shortfalls in procedures and document changes required 4.3 Update procedures to reflect required changes according to industry best practice 4.4 Develop and maintain record systems for risk assessment according to industry best practice and legislative and regulatory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critical analysis information and consolidate to determine risks in chemical control procedures
Writing	Develop procedural material using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit risk control information
Oral Communication	Present complex information using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate when briefing personnel on procedures
Navigate the world of work	Work independently or with others in making decisions to achieve organisation outcomes Contribute to roles and responsibilities of others Take full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Implement strategies for a diverse range of colleagues in order to build rapport and foster strong relationships when instructing and monitoring performance Elicit feedback and provide feedback to others in order to improve workgroup behaviours and update procedures
Get the work done	Accept responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Monitor progress of procedures and reviews and amends them to meet demands and priorities Apply systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCCHM404 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals	AHCCHM401 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals	Changes to Performance Criteria for clarity Removal of prerequisites units Added PC's in Element 1 and Element 4 Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM404 Develop procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they have developed procedures to minimise risks in the use of chemicals, including:

sourced information and analysed its content for safe chemical use

identified steps in the chemical use process and identified hazards and risks

assessed the risks and developed risk control procedures to mitigate the risk for chemical use

implemented procedures, monitored and evaluated personnel using procedures

developed a continuous improvement strategy for risk control procedures

implemented, monitored and evaluated a chemical risk control procedure

developed and maintained records for risk assessment.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

sources of chemical safety information, including:

codes of practice

legislation and regulations

chemical manufacturer labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

industry best practice requirements relating to chemical use

strategies for identifying hazards, risks and controls

risk factors, including:

human

animal health

product integrity

weather

residues and maximum residue levels

spray drift, spillage and environment

requirements for the disposal of excess chemicals, clearing spillages and equipment clean up

chemical application equipment capabilities and limitations

principles and practices of chemical handling, transporting and storage of chemicals and fumigants

principles and practices of chemical application strategies and equipment including integrated pest management

operational factors to consider in procedures, including:

transport, handling and storage

application methods, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE)

cleaning and decontamination

disposal of waste

strategies for instructing personnel, and monitoring and assessing personnel performance

mandatory and workplace record keeping requirements for chemical storage, disposal, application and safety.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a workplace setting or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

tools and equipment required to implement the chemical use procedure

PPE

specifications:

specific workplace documents including policies and processes

manufacturers' operating instructions for equipment and machinery

SDS

workplace instructions and job specifications

chemical information including legislation, codes of practice, manufacturer instructions

relationships:

team member(s).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCCHM405 Plan and implement a chemical use program

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to assess and control the risks associated with chemical use and to plan and implement a program for chemical use.

The unit applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and provide direction to others. All work must be carried out to comply with workplace procedures, in accordance with applicable state/territory health and safety in the workplace, pesticide and environmental legislation and codes of practice.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Chemicals (CHM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify requirements for chemical use	1.1 Identify, source and interpret information required for planning and implementing a chemical use program 1.2 Assess the need for chemical use as an option 1.3 Ensure that personnel are adequately trained in chemical use according to workplace procedures
2. Assess risks and develop control procedures	2.1 Identify hazards, assess risks and develop control measures and emergency action plans for chemical use operational activities 2.2 Assess weather conditions and forecasts to determine implications for off target contamination 2.3 Assess the sensitivity of target area and impact of chemical on the environment according to chemical label instructions and safety data sheets (SDS) 2.4 Assess the risk to human and animal health according to chemical label instructions and SDS 2.5 Analyse assessments and document risk control procedures for the chemical application plan according to workplace procedures
3. Develop an operational and maintenance program for chemical use	3.1 Determine chemicals to be used according to workplace pest management strategy 3.2 Calculate mixing requirements for chemicals according to chemical label instructions and workplace procedures 3.3 Document operational checks and calibration requirements of equipment according to operators instructions and manufacturer specifications 3.4 Develop and implement an operational and maintenance strategy for application equipment and personal protective equipment according to health and safety practices 3.5 Document operational and maintenance procedures for chemical application plan according to workplace protocols
4. Implement and monitor chemical application plan	4.1 Provide personnel with chemical use procedures, and instruction on safety equipment for chemical application plan 4.2 Monitor adherence with safe practice for preparation and application of chemicals according to chemical application plan 4.3 Monitor adherence to procedures for handling, transport, storage, decontamination and disposal of chemicals according to chemical application plan 4.4 Monitor adherence to maintenance procedures according to chemical application plan 4.5 Monitor adherence to residue procedures for product and environment according to chemical application plan
5. Finalise work activities in accordance with chemical application plan	5.1 Ensure excess chemicals are disposed of according to waste management and environment procedures 5.2 Ensure required records are completed according to operational and workplace, health and safety procedures
6. Evaluate chemical application plan and records for continuous improvement	6.1 Develop procedures for evaluating the effectiveness of chemical application plan 6.2 Identify and document shortfalls in chemical application plan 6.3 Develop a continuous improvement strategy to rectify the chemical application plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critically analyse and consolidate information to determine chemical control procedures and develop chemical application plan
Writing	Develop procedural material using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit risk control information
Oral Communication	Present complex information using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate when briefing personnel on chemical application plan
Navigate the world of work	Work independently or with others in making decisions to achieve organisation outcomes Contribute to roles and responsibilities of others through implementation of plans Take full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Implement strategies for a diverse range of colleagues in order to build rapport and foster strong relationships when instructing and monitoring performance Elicit feedback and provides feedback to others in order to improve workgroup behaviours and update plans
Get the work done	Accept responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Monitor progress of procedures and reviews and amends them to meet demands and priorities Apply systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCCHM405 Plan and implement a chemical use program	AHCCHM402 Plan and implement a chemical use program	Changes to Performance Criteria for clarity and added PC in Element 6. Removal of prerequisite units Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCHM405 Plan and implement a chemical use program

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they have planned and implemented a chemical use program, including:

sourced information and analysed its content for chemical application

assessed the need for chemical use and ensured personnel are adequately trained in chemical use according to workplace procedures

identified hazards, risks and provided controls, including personal protective equipment (PPE) for chemical application and off target impact

assessed weather conditions and environmental sensitivity of the site

documented chemical application and maintenance procedures according to workplace protocols

determined chemicals required and mixing requirements according to workplace procedures and chemical label instructions

develop a continuous improvement strategy to minimise risk

communicated chemical application plan to personnel

implemented procedures and monitored and evaluated personnel according to chemical application plan

developed a continuous improvement strategy for chemical application plan

implemented, monitored and evaluated a chemical application plan.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

source of information for developing plans, including:

legislation and regulations

codes of practice

chemical labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

industry requirements relating to chemical use

strategies for identifying hazard, risks and controls

risk factors, including:

human

animal health

product integrity

weather

residues and maximum residue levels

off target damage, spillage and environment

principles of transport, handling and storing chemicals

requirements for the disposal of excess chemicals, clearing spillages and equipment clean up

chemical application equipment capabilities, limitations and calibration

mixing chemicals, including:

rates

mixing order if more than one chemical

adjuvants

water quality

life cycle of a variety of pests and the target stages

implications of pest resistance to chemicals

principles and practices of chemical application strategies and equipment including, integrated pest management and animal health strategies

preparation and documentation of strategic plans and procedures

signs of pest damage and signs of beneficial organisms

operational factors to consider in a procedures, including:

transport, handling and storage

application methods, equipment and PPE

cleaning and decontamination

disposal of waste

emergency procedures including first aid

strategies for instructing personnel, and monitoring and assessing personnel performance

mandatory and workplace record keeping requirements for chemical storage, disposal, application and safety.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace OR simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a workplace setting or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

tools and equipment required to implement the chemical application program

PPE

chemicals and relevant weighing and mixing equipment

specifications:

specific workplace documents including policies and processes

manufacturers' operating instructions for chemicals, equipment and machinery

SDS

workplace instructions and job specifications

chemical information including legislation, codes of practice, chemical label instructions

relationships:

team member(s) or work crew

timeframes:

schedules and planned completion dates for a chemical application plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCCOM301 Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment to prepare raw materials to produce compost products.

It applies to individuals who take responsibility for own work and for the quality of the work of others. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources. All work is carried out to comply with workplace procedures.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Composting (COM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise plant, machinery and equipment operations	1.1 Review job sheet or work order to identify operating requirements 1.2 Organise equipment, materials and personnel requirements 1.3 Select, use, maintain and store personal protective equipment (PPE)
2. Prepare plant, machinery and equipment for use	2.1 Check service log to ensure service requirements have been maintained 2.2 Check communication equipment, safety devices, lighting and alarm systems for correct operation 2.3 Carry out routine pre-operational checks 2.4 Check and calibrate operational systems for correct operation 2.5 Identify and safety tag faulty plant, machinery or equipment safety 2.6 Identify and risk assess hazards associated with plant, machinery and equipment operation
3. Start and operate plant, machinery and equipment	3.1 Check operational area and inform personnel of start of operation 3.2 Operate plant, machinery and equipment in a safe and controlled manner 3.3 Monitor input materials and identify non-conformances 3.4 Monitor processing outputs and adjust plant operation to meet job specifications 3.5 Identify, rectify and report out-of-specification product or process outcomes to maintain the process within specification
4. Shut down plant, machinery and equipment	4.1 Shut down plant, machinery and equipment 4.2 Remove debris and contaminants from plant, machinery and equipment to ensure safe and efficient operation 4.3 Clean, secure and store plant, machinery and equipment 4.4 Tag or lock unsafe plant, machinery or equipment
5. Maintain records	5.1 Maintain plant, machinery and equipment operational records 5.2 Record maintenance, damage, malfunctions or irregular performance, and unsafe plant, machinery or equipment

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCCOM301A Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCOM301 Operate compost processing plant, machinery and equipment

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

determine appropriate operating methods

implement work and equipment maintenance plans

monitor input materials and report non-conformances

monitor outputs and report out-of-specification product

perform shutdown procedures and maintain records

select and use a range of compost processing plant, machinery and equipment

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles and practices for operating compost processing plant

enterprise guidelines associated with operation of plant, machinery and equipment

environmental licenses, impacts and procedures identification of contaminants

legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to operator licensing, roads and traffic requirements

legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to workplace health and safety and the use and control of hazardous substances, such as fuel and recipe inputs

lock-out and tag-out procedures for plant, machinery and equipment

manufacturer specifications for servicing of plant, machinery and equipment

operating principles and operating methods for plant, machinery and equipment

potential risks and hazards associated with operation of plant, machinery and equipment

principles of weight distribution with regard to load-shifting and machinery movement

procedures for cleaning, securing and storing machinery, equipment and materials

product types and characteristics

raw material types and characteristics

workplace health and safety legislation, codes of practice and specific hazards such as hazardous substances and exposure to organic micro particles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCCOM302 Dispatch materials and composted product

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to organise and dispatch bagged and bulk compost products from a site.

It applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and for the quality of the work of others. They use discretion and judgement in selecting, allocating and using available resources. All work is carried out to comply with workplace procedures.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Composting (COM)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise for loading and dispatch of product	1.1 Obtain and review dispatch order 1.2 Check product dispatch requirements against product and transport availability 1.3 Confirm product dispatch with contractor or driver 1.4 Organise machinery and labour for dispatch 1.5 Identify and control hazards 1.6 Fit personal protective equipment (PPE)
2. Coordinate loading of product	2.1 Provide instructions to ensure safe and efficient loading 2.2 Monitor loading site to ensure compliance with loading instructions, containment of product within designated loading area and availability of space for loading 2.3 Measure and load product into dispatch vehicle 2.4 Check load to ensure that it is covered, contained or secured 2.5 Weigh load to ensure dispatch order is met
3. Clean up loading area	3.1 Clean loader and vehicle between loads 3.2 Monitor area and equipment for cleaning and clearing
4. Document product dispatch	4.1 Record dispatch information and provide information to sales office

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCCOM302A Dispatch materials and composted product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCCOM302 Dispatch materials and composted product

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

load product for dispatch

measure product quantity for dispatch

organise a loading site

organise and coordinate loading

clean up loading area

document product dispatch

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles and practices of product dispatch

bulk density and moisture effects on weight and volume

customer service

measurements, including weights, volumes and bucket volumes

provisions of the Trade Practices Act in regard to weights and measurements of bulk product

types and performance characteristics of vehicles and loading equipment used in a composting enterprise

workplace health and safety requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes

Modification History

Release Number	TP Version	Comments
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to access geographical information and incorporate it onto maps for use in land management.

This unit applies to those whose job role includes preparing maps by hand or by using geographical information systems (GIS) for land management purposes.

This unit applies to individuals who have limited responsibilities for others in known and changing contexts.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Lands, Parks and Wildlife (LPW)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain information for a specific land management purpose	1.1 Define information required from data sets 1.2 Collect and present information from stakeholders on land management and production systems consistent with the local area management strategy 1.3 Collect information to include temporal and spatial data 1.4 Review information for relevance and accuracy
2. Assess data availability	2.1 Ascertain availability of required data sets from internal and external sources 2.2 Confirm ownership of data and determine access and pricing 2.3 Obtain data in accordance with industry standards, statutory requirements and enterprise policy 2.4 Develop procedures to capture data
3. Assess data quality	3.1 Assess data for integrity and to determine suitability for task 3.2 Investigate and resolve disparities between data sets
4. Format and present data	4.1 Identify compatible formats for data 4.2 Assemble relevant data elements 4.3 Select data formats to meet user's requirements 4.4 Present information using suitable media 4.5 Present information in accordance with appropriate enterprise requirements and Australian standards
5. Incorporate data onto maps	5.1 Use range of computer applications to transfer information from various data sources onto maps 5.2 Produce draft maps showing spatial and temporal data consistent with development and implementation of the land management strategy 5.3 Review and edit maps to confirm accuracy and develop a map key to identify natural resource features, structures and land uses 5.4 Analyse maps for data to assist in development or implementation of land management plan
6. Review customer satisfaction	6.1 Seek feedback from users regarding satisfaction with information and presentation 6.2 Resolve any areas of dissatisfaction 6.3 Analyse and use customer feedback as a quality improvement tool

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCLPW404A Produce maps for land management purposes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes

Modification History

Release Number	TP Version	Comments
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

source data sets that provide the required information

validate the data for currency and compare to ground observations

present data to workplace requirements

incorporate data onto a map

use drafting and editing processes to ensure accuracy of data and maps and to ensure reports and maps meet organisational standards

provide a map key and any supporting information required

evaluate maps for suitability for purpose and value in making land management decisions

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

land management processes relevant to map being prepared

mapping principles and conventions including layout, legends, scale, media, printing and presentation styles

use of software and hardware such as GIS, computer-aided design (CAD), desktop publishing, desktop mapping, multimedia, graphic animation, plotters and printers

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPHT307 Prepare raw materials and compost feedstock

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and mix raw materials into a suitable feedstock mixture for commercial-scale composting and compost feedstock mixtures to manufacture compost products.

It applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and for the quality of the work of others. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources. All work is carried out to comply with workplace procedures.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Production horticulture (PHT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise for processing	1.1 Review job sheet to identify all processing requirements 1.2 Check machinery, equipment and materials for serviceability and safe operation 1.3 Identify and assess workplace hazards and take action to minimise risk to self and others
2. Prepare raw materials and compost the feedstock mixture	2.1 Identify, collect and check raw materials and additives for physical contamination 2.2 Confirm composting technology and methods to be used as appropriate to raw material types and enterprise product requirements 2.3 Pre-process raw materials into suitable forms for composting 2.4 Mix pre-processed raw materials into suitable feedstock mixtures for composting 2.5 Handle feedstock mixtures for composting according to technology, appropriate method and industry best practice 2.6 Assign batch numbers or codes and create batch documentation to enable tracking of batch
3. Monitor composting process	3.1 Monitor composting batch by observing and using field testing equipment 3.2 Maintain processing and operations records for process control and to track batch through the compost production cycle 3.3 Report to supervisor faults or variations observed at any stage of the process and take remedial action to maintain effective and consistent compost production
4. Conduct quality control inspection	4.1 Inspect and assess finished compost for compliance with enterprise product requirements 4.2 Report faults or variations 4.3 Reprocess non-compliant product with necessary adjustments 4.4 Confirm compliance of compost batch with product requirements 4.5 Complete batch documentation for compliant compost product 4.6 Inform sales and operational staff members that product is suitable for sale and/or preparation of value-added products
5. Clean up area	5.1 Clean loading-shifting machinery and other processing equipment 5.2 Clear away raw materials and finished compost products to designated areas and clean processing site

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCPHT307A Prepare raw materials and compost the feedstocks.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPHT307 Prepare raw materials and compost feedstock

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

conduct and interpret basic field test results to confirm effective processing and define intervention required to rectify composting processes

establish and maintain appropriate compost batch documentation accurately and promptly

prepare batches for composting according to defined compost recipes

prepare raw materials for composting according to enterprise product requirements

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles and practices for preparing composting raw materials

Australian composting standards

batch documentation techniques

characteristics of a range of raw materials

compost production cycle

compost quality standards

fundamental characteristics of compost quality

key process control stages critical to consistent compost production

overview of systems and technologies used in compost production

principles of commercial compost production

range and characteristics of categories of compost product

steps in pre-processing compost materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPHT308 Prepare value added compost-based products

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare or blend compost with other materials or products to produce various value added compost-based products.

It applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and for the quality of the work of others. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources. All work is carried out to comply with workplace procedures.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Production horticulture (PHT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise for value-added product preparation	1.1 Review job sheet or work order to identify product requirements 1.2 Organise equipment required for product preparation 1.3 Identify workplace hazards and environmental implications and assess and manage risk
2. Prepare value-added products	2.1 Confirm compost and product additives against job sheet 2.2 Measure and transport compost and additives to preparation area 2.3 Monitor and check compost and additives against specifications and identify and report variations or non-conformances 2.4 Blend and process compost, materials and other additives 2.5 Clean machinery and site to avoid contamination between batches
3. Conduct quality inspection and readiness for sale	3.1 Inspect and check product for compliance with job sheet and product requirements 3.2 Document product details accurately and promptly 3.3 Transport product to holding bay and confirm quantity of product 3.4 Label product according to regulatory and customer requirements 3.5 Release product for dispatch

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCPHT308A Prepare value added compost-based products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPHT308 Prepare value added compost-based products

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

identify value-added product requirements

interpret batch sheets and follow enterprise production procedures

prepare batches of value-added product according to defined batch recipes and methods

recognise value-added products and their characteristics

recognise, quantify and handle products

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles and practices for preparing value added compost based products

Australian standards for products

common product contaminants

enterprise product specifications and standards

environmental license requirements, aspects and management measures associated with operation of machinery and equipment

hazards in handling materials and additives and appropriate risk control measures

identification of contaminants

legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to licensing, roads and traffic requirements

legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to workplace health and safety and use and control of hazardous substances

operating principles and methods for plant and machinery

potential risks and hazards associated with operation of machinery and equipment

procedures for cleaning, securing and storing machinery, equipment and materials

product types and characteristics

raw materials, compost and additives commonly used to manufacture value-added products

value-added product types and characteristics

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to trap and hold live animals for release, transportation or destruction. Trapped animals can be native animals, domestic animals, animals determined to be pests or feral animals.

The unit applies to individuals who work under broad direction and take responsibility for their own work. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources.

State or territory licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply in some jurisdictions.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest Management (PMG)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for trapping	1.1 Identify purpose of animal capture and set objectives 1.2 Confirm the location and size of the area designated for trapping activities 1.3 Confirm target animal movement patterns, behaviour and lifecycles to determine trapping location and placement of equipment and appropriate timing of trapping activity 1.4 Identify potential non-target animals 1.5 Estimate time required to complete trapping activities 1.6 Identify and check method of transport, materials and equipment required for trapping 1.7 Select appropriate traps for target animal and the environment 1.8 Clean, maintain and prepare trapping equipment according to manufacturer specifications 1.9 Identify hazards, risks and controls for trapping and select appropriate personal protective equipment 1.10 Identify and manage environmental risks associated with trapping animals 1.11 Obtain relevant approvals, permits and permission to carry out trapping activities 1.12 Determine precautions for minimising trapping of non-target animals
2. Place and set traps	2.1 Undertake site surveillance prior to setting traps 2.2 Select and prepare site to maximise opportunity for trapping target animals and minimise the chance of trapping non-target animals 2.3 Position, set and calibrate trapping equipment and check it for operation and safety 2.4 Apply lures, decoys, baits or toxins according to workplace procedures and permits 2.5 Camouflage traps according to workplace procedures 2.6 Apply precautions to prevent trapping of non-target animals 2.7 Set traps according to legislative requirements and animal welfare codes of practice
3. Check and remove traps	3.1 Inspect traps at the required frequency 3.2 Identify trapped animals then release, humanely destroy or prepare for transport according to trapping objectives and permits 3.3 Handle captured animals humanely according to animal welfare codes of practice 3.4 Transport animals from site according to trapping objectives and animal welfare codes of practice 3.5 Observe health and safety in the workplace procedures and public safety requirements during trapping activities 3.6 Operate trap release mechanism safely and remove trap 3.7 Restore trap-site to its prior condition
4. Record data	4.1 Use global positioning system (GPS) loggers to record locations of trapped animals 4.2 Use recording instruments to record details of trapping activities according to trapping plan and workplace procedures
5. Clean and store equipment and material	5.1 Clean and store carcases for research or other purposes 5.2 Clean and store equipment and materials according to safety data sheets, workplace and biosecurity procedures 5.3 Record target and non-target kills
6. Report completion of work	6.1 Report results of trapping activities and incidents according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Writing	Accurately record and complete organisational documentation using clear language, and terminology when reporting and maintaining animal trapping records
Numeracy	Perform basic mathematical calculations to determine and record trapping data and GPS locations
Navigate the world of work	Take responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	Take responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and workload for efficiency and effective trapping outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques Release 2	AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques Release 1	Minor changes and removal of unnecessary Performance Criteria for clarity Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG307 Apply animal trapping techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they have applied animal trapping techniques, including:

determined objectives for trapping and confirmed target animal characteristics and trapping location and size

estimated trapping period and identified, selected and prepared baits, equipment, traps and transport for trapping activities

set and trapped animals humanely and released or destroyed animals according to workplace procedures and animal welfare code of practice

identified presence of target and non-target animals

identified environmental, health and safety in the workplace hazards, risks and applied controls according to workplace and environmental procedures

checked method of transport, equipment and materials for serviceability and cleaned equipment before and after trapping activities

selected, prepared and restored trapping site during trapping activities

positioned, set, calibrated and checking trapping equipment according to workplace procedures

applied lures or baits according to trapping plan

selected, used and stored baits or toxins according to workplace procedures

inspected traps in a timely manner and handled and euthanised captured animals in accordance with workplace procedures and animal welfare practices

maintained records using global positioning system data

summarised and presented trapping data and reports according to workplace procedures

cleaned and stored equipment and carcases using approved chemicals according to safety data sheets (SDS) and workplace procedures to minimise biosecurity risks.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

basic requirements for ensuring the welfare of animals described in the relevant Codes of Practice

purpose for trapping the animal

target animals and non-target animals

target animal's range, movement patterns and behaviour and how to apply knowledge of these to selecting trapping location and equipment

reproductive cycle of the target animal to determine appropriate timing of trapping activities

food preferences, both general and local, of target animals

capture and kill points for target animals

traps and techniques for target animals

permissions that may be required to undertake trapping

principles relating to property, stock and duty of care when trapping

precautions that need to be taken to minimise trapping of non-target animals

trap camouflage materials and techniques

trap types, setting and operating release to render them inactive

health and safety in the workplace procedures that relate to trapping animals

recording and reporting requirements

use of decoys and lures

baits or toxins types and preparation

applicable state or territory legislation on the use and storage of baits or toxins

applicable legislation on the capture and handling of animals

suitable personal protective equipment

transportation methods for captured animals.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in the field or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

live animals in the field

traps appropriate to trapping technique required

baits, lures or poisons relevant to trapping context

methods of transport relevant to trapping context

cleaning products

specifications:

workplace documents including plans, procedures, records and forms

workplace instructions or briefs

specific regulations and animal welfare codes of practice

technical information and resources applicable to pest

specific SDS

relationships:

supervisor.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

In addition, the following specific assessor requirements apply to this unit if firearms are used to destroy animals:

must possess firearms licences

appropriate experience in using firearms for pest control.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPMG312 Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare pest animal baiting programs. This includes the safe preparation and distribution of poison baits for the control of vertebrate pest animals affecting the rural and natural environment according to legislative and regulatory requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who work under broad direction and take responsibility for their own work. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources and for solving problems.

State or territory licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply in some jurisdictions.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest Management (PMG)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify vertebrate pests' species and prepare a poison baiting program	1.1 Identify the pest animal species and abundance in target area 1.2 Assess the type, availability and mode of action of poison for control of pest animal species in target area 1.3 Identify key aspects of pest animal species ecology, habitat use and control program objectives to determine the timing and extent of baiting program 1.4 Assess public health, safety hazards, risks and regulatory restrictions for control options 1.5 Assess environmental conditions and off target risk for control options 1.6 Select appropriate control option, baiting technique, poison and delivery method appropriate for target pest species, location and landscape 1.7 Prepare baiting program to maximise pest animal control objectives according to legislative and regulatory requirements 1.8 Determine monitoring and reporting protocols to evaluate effectiveness of baiting program according to legislative and regulatory requirements
2. Obtain and confirm approvals for accessing and using poison baits	2.1 Identify necessary approvals and notification requirements for the location of the baiting program and poison use according to legislative and regulatory requirements and toxin/poison label requirements 2.2 Access and complete documentation to gain approvals for use of poisons and baits according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements 2.3 Ensure approvals have been granted, received and filed according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements 2.4 Notify stakeholders of intended baiting program according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements
3. Prepare, transport and store baits	3.1 Determine the type of bait, quantity and dose rate of poison for the pest control program according to poison label and legislative and regulatory requirements 3.2 Select, ensure serviceability, fit and use personal protective equipment for baits according to chemical label and safety data sheets (SDS) 3.3 Select suitable location to prepare poison bait according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements, codes of practice or guidelines 3.4 Prepare bait for the target species, bait substrate/material and poison according to label and legislative and regulatory requirements 3.5 Transport poisons and prepared baits according to legislative and regulatory requirements 3.6 Prepare baits for storage according to baiting program requirements, type of bait and legislative and regulatory requirements 3.7 Store the treated baits safety according to workplace procedures, legislative and regulatory requirements and poison label directions 3.8 Clean and decontaminate bait preparation and distribution equipment according to operator instructions, SDS and legislative and regulatory requirements
4. Distribute and monitor baits in target area	4.1 Monitor and assess weather conditions and forecasts to ensure effective conditions for baiting to proceed 4.2 Ensure notifications have been communicated and signage installed prior to baiting program according to legislative and regulatory requirements 4.3 Identify health and safety hazards and risks and implement controls when handling and distributing baits according to workplace procedures, poison label directions and SDS 4.4 Distribute baits in target area to maximise target pest access and minimise off target risk according to label directions and baiting program 4.5 Monitor bait uptake and control outcomes in a timely manner according to baiting program requirements, poison label directions and legislative and regulatory requirements 4.6 Clean up and dispose of baits according to poison label instructions, workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements
5. Recording and reporting on outcomes of baiting program	5.1 Record and report safety and environmental incidents according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements 5.2 Record details of poison bait application and outcomes according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Read and interpret SDS, poison labels, operating instruction, applicable legislation and regulations and other documentation and consolidates information to determine baiting requirements
Writing	Complete regulatory applications and forms for permissions according to legislation and regulations Accurately record and complete organisational and legislative records using clear language and terminology
Numeracy	Perform mathematical calculations to determine bait size and quantity relevant to the vertebrate animal population and scale of the program
Navigate the world of work	Take responsibility for following policies, procedures and regulations Identify and implement poison label requirements
Get the work done	Take responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks required for baiting activities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCPMG312 Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes	Not applicable	New Unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG312 Apply poison baits for vertebrate pest control in rural and environmental landscapes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that the individual has on at least one occasion demonstrated the ability to apply poison baits for vertebrate pest animals in a rural or natural environmental landscape ensuring they have:

identified pest animal species and abundance

identified and assessed the availability, mode of action of poison and their application for control of vertebrate pest animal species

identified and selected the poison and baits required for the target pest and calculated the requirements for bait size according to poison label and regulatory requirements

determined the timing for undertaking a baiting program in consideration of target animal ecology, behaviour, location and landscape

identified the various approaches to baiting for pest animal species and selects most appropriate form of baiting for target pest animal species and environment

assessed environmental and off target hazards and risks

developed a poison baiting program and monitoring protocol suitable for pest control objectives for target vertebrate pest and location

identified and accessed legislative and regulatory forms and made application for approvals to access and implement a poison baiting program

confirmed approvals and notified stakeholders of poison baiting program

assessed health and safety in the workplace hazards, risks and implemented control procedures for applying and handling poison baits according to poison label, safety data sheets (SDS), legislative and regulatory requirements, and workplace procedures

used personal protective equipment for all poison bait activities

prepared baits for target species in a suitable location

prepared bait for storage and stored the bait safely ready for distribution according to poison label and workplace procedures

monitored and assessed weather to ensure effective baiting conditions according to workplace procedures and poison label

transported baits according to legislative requirements

installed signage and distributed baits ensuring effective target access and minimising off target risks according to baiting program

monitored bait stations in a timely manner according to poison label and baiting program

cleaned equipment, spills, and disposed of waste and baits according to workplace and environmental procedures, SDS and poison labels

maintained records and reported incidents according to workplace procedures and legislative and regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

vertebrate pests and their impact on the rural and environmental landscape

vertebrate pesticides, toxins or poisons to control and manage pest animal species, including:

types

origin

mode of action

application

application and use of pesticides in vertebrate animal baiting program

baiting techniques for the delivery of vertebrate pesticide toxins or poisons to target species in a baiting program

regulatory conditions for the use of vertebrate pesticides in pest animal baiting programs, including:

legal implications

requirements of poisons labels

role of SDS

regulated poisons including Schedule 7

federal, state or territory guidelines and codes of practice for the preparation and use of poison baits for pest animals

types and characteristics of vertebrate pests and their impact on the human and natural environment, including:

life cycle

effect on farms and farmland

effect on natural ecosystem and landscape

effect on the urban environment

options for controlling vertebrate pests for a control program, including:

poison baiting

fumigation

habitat destruction

concussive (explosive) force

trapping

shooting

fencing

Integrated Pest Management

guard animals

aversions

bait techniques and technologies, including:

grains

meat

fruits and vegetables

bait stations

baiting trails

replacement baiting programs

canid pest ejectors

aerial baiting

legislation, regulations and licensing requirements in relation to access and use of poisons and poison baits, including:

application process for permits and licencing

roles and responsibilities of land owners, pest controllers and government agencies for using poison baits

stakeholders and required notifications including, neighbours, staff and statutory notifications

bait distribution techniques and considerations, including:

impact of weather

pest species and their habits

breeding cycle

feeding and caching (storing) behaviours

watering behaviours

predation risk to rural and environmental assets being protected

building baiting program into farm or park management activities

factors that contribute to off target risks, including:

proximity to urban and peri urban environment

domestic animal behaviours

pest animal interactions

native birds and animal activities

hazards of poisons and their application, including:

human and animal health

environmental contamination

residues in environment, plants and animals

timing for checking bait stations/sites

safety requirements when handling, treating and distributing poisonous baits, including:

procedures

personal protective equipment

signage

preparing poisonous baits, including:

bait types

sizes

preparation before and after treatment

equipment and methods of treating baits

safe handling, transport and storage of treated baits and poison concentrates

requirements for disposal of waste poison and baits, clearing spillages and equipment clean up.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a typical workplace environment or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

poison baits

personal protective equipment

specifications:

workplace documents including work instructions and procedures for bait distribution and planning

poison labels and SDS

legislation and regulations relevant to the use of poisons and poison baits

access to weather forecasts or means to measure local weather.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to implement pest management plans for weeds, vertebrate or invertebrate pests.

The unit applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and for the quality of the work of others within known parameters. They use discretion and judgment in the selection, allocation and use of available resources.

State or territory licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply in some jurisdictions.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest Management (PMG)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and allocate resources for the pest management plan	1.1 Determine operational parameters and objectives in consultation with management 1.2 Determine site operational parameters through site inspection 1.3 Consult stakeholders to provide advice and secure support on pest management activities 1.4 Identify budgetary allocations and determine the effect on resources and activities 1.5 Identify health and safety, environmental and biosecurity hazards and risks and determine controls 1.6 Select and allocate pest management activities to personnel according to planned health and safety in the workplace standards, legislation 1.7 Procure machinery, equipment, tools and materials identified in the plan according to health and safety in the workplace standards and legislation
2. Brief personnel on pest management plan activities	2.1 Inform personnel of the requirements and expectations of the pest management plan according to workplace procedures 2.2 Advise personnel of health and safety in the workplace standards and legislative and regulatory requirements to be applied when carrying out required activities
3. Implement the pest management plan	3.1 Ensure machinery, equipment, tools and materials are checked and serviceable 3.2 Ensure personal protective equipment is serviceable, fitted and used by personnel according to health and safety in the workplace procedures 3.3 Manage pest control techniques according to pest management plan 3.4 Monitor procedures and processes employed by personnel for compliance with health and safety in the workplace procedures, animal welfare and environmental guidelines 3.5 Provide feedback, advice and coaching to personnel according to workplace procedures
4. Coordinate contingency management activities	4.1 Review and reschedule activities not completed according to workplace procedures 4.2 Notify personnel and stakeholders of changes to the schedule according to workplace procedures
5. Report progress in relation to pest management plan	5.1 Review reports and records supplied by personnel and assess performance against pest management plan 5.2 Document and compile reports and records according to workplace procedures 5.3 Provide regular progress reports to stakeholders according to workplace procedures and reporting schedule

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critically analyse plans, reports and records and consolidate information to determine pest control actions
Writing	Document outcomes and changes to plans and generates reports using industry relevant and recognised terminology
Numeracy	Apply computational skills to identify budgetary information, determine time durations and human resource allocations
Oral Communication	Present complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate when briefing personnel and conversing with management
Navigate the world of work	Work independently or with others in making decisions to achieve organisation outcomes Contribute to roles and responsibilities of others Take full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Implement strategies for a diverse range of colleagues in order to build rapport and foster strong relationships when allocating workload Elicit feedback and provide feedback to others in order to improve workgroup behaviours and develop contingencies
Get the work done	Accept responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitor progress of plans and schedules and review and change them to meet new demands and priorities Apply systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan Release 2	AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan Release 1	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor changes to Performance Criteria for clarity	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG409 Implement a pest management plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they can implement a pest management plan, including:

determined all operational parameters and objectives and identified the budgetary allocations, health and safety in the workplace, biosecurity, human and operational resources required for the pest management plan

supervised others to meet health and safety in the workplace, legislative and regulatory requirements in their work

procured and ensured machinery, equipment tools and materials met operational and statutory requirements

communicated with stakeholders and personnel on pest management activities

supervised others to carry out pest management work according to the pest management plan and provided feedback, advice and coaching

informed and advise personnel on duties and expected standards

reviewed and rescheduled works and notified stakeholders of changed schedules

reviewed and compiled outcomes of pest management plan and prepared reports to stakeholders on progress.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

pest management plans their structure and implementation

factors affecting the selection of pest control methods and techniques, including:

pest biology and lifecycle

potential diseases and toxicity

principles of sustainability

herbicide resistance and the alternatives that are available

pest status in the context of location, land use, benefits and damage caused

pest management control programs and how to use them in an integrated manner, including:

key concepts of integrated pest management as a strategy

contingency management principles

risk assessment and management processes

legal responsibilities of stakeholders including landowners

local, regional, state and national pest management strategies

federal, state or territory legislation and regulations relating to pest management activities

the basic concepts and underpinning principles of the strategic approach to invasive pest management and how to manage damage caused by pests

the basic principles and importance of monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of invasive pest management and how to plan and implement an appropriate monitoring program for a pest management plan

common causes of failure in pest management

requirements for ensuring the welfare of animals described in relevant codes of practice

relevant environmental and pesticides legislation as they apply to the workplace

developing operational parameters and objectives, timelines and milestones

reporting and recording requirements for the various stakeholders

scheduling workload and developing work plans.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a workplace setting or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

live pest animals

tools and equipment required to implement the plan

personal protective equipment

baits and poisons

specifications:

workplace documents including policies, procedures, processes

pest management plan

manufacturers' operating instructions for specific equipment and machinery

specific safety data sheets

workplace instructions and job specifications

specific legislation/codes of practice

relationships:

clients

team member(s)/work crew

supervisors/management

timeframes:

schedules and planned completion dates for a pest management plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to apply a strategic pest management approach to define a weed, vertebrate or invertebrate pest problem for a target area.

The unit applies to individuals who use consultation and analysis to define the pest problem. They exercise autonomy in undertaking complex work and analyse, design and communicate solutions to sometimes complex problems.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest Management (PMG)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish the background to the target pest problem	1.1 Determine landscape and land use within target area 1.2 Consult with stakeholders to identify and record views and issues for target pest 1.3 Define desired environmental management and production outcomes 1.4 Collect and record information about management or production processes relating to pest problem 1.5 Determine non-target species populations in target area according to ecological data
2. Analyse the target pest problem in the area	2.1 Establish and document stakeholder views on the distribution of target pest within affected area 2.2 Source and analyse information to validate stakeholder views for target pest population, damage, and distribution 2.3 Identify environmental and pest biology factors which influence the target pest population and distribution 2.4 Document the target pest lifecycle, optimum times, locations and behaviours that impact program effectiveness 2.5 Identify non-target species populations and distribution 2.6 Identify hazards, risks and controls for non-target species, environment, ecology and production in target area 2.7 Identify potential ecological role of target pest
3. Determine critical control points for management of the target pest problem	3.1 Determine timing of control activities for periods of least risk to off target activities and conditions 3.2 Identify periods of significant vulnerability during target pest lifecycle 3.3 Determine appropriate time period for pest management activity
4. Define and document the impacts of the target pest	4.1 Estimate economic losses and environmental impacts of the pest presence 4.2 Conduct a cost-benefit analysis of managing pest in accordance with workplace plans 4.3 Prepare a report on outcomes of investigation for stakeholders according to workplace procedures 4.4 Assess whether the pest problem warrants the need for a pest management plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critically analyse documents and data from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements for management plans
Writing	Document outcomes of consultations and incorporates details into report Document report using industry relevant terminology, structure and format
Numeracy	Perform mathematical calculations to analyse costs and values to accurately create a cost benefit analysis
Oral Communication	Determine and confirm client views and opinion using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Work independently or with others in making decisions to achieve organisation outcomes Take full responsibility for following, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	Accept responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Apply systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem Release 2	AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem Release 1	Minor changes to Performance Criteria for clarity Updated Performance Evidence and Knowledge Evidence	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCPMG413 Define the pest problem

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 3.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture and Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

An individual demonstrating competency must satisfy all of the elements and performance criteria in this unit. There must be evidence that on at least one occasion the individual has demonstrated that they have produced a written report that details the pest problem in a target area, including:

identified and consulted with stakeholders

collected information on pest impact and defined the pest problem in consultation with stakeholders

determined the target pest population and distribution and factors impacting population and distribution

determined non-target species populations and distribution in area

accessed and analysed information to validate pest impact

identified appropriate times for pest control activities and identified and documented pests' characteristics that impact on program effectiveness

conducted a cost-benefit analysis for managing target pest

prepared a report and assessed the viability for a pest management plan for pest population

identified environmental impact of pest presence and pest management activity.

Knowledge Evidence

An individual must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

impact of pests on environment, land use, land management and production processes

behaviour of target pests, particularly those behaviours that impact pest susceptibility to being effectively managed

animal welfare and related codes of practice and workplace procedures

pest biology and lifecycles of target pests

principles that underpin the strategic approach to managing pests

land management and production processes of targeted area

ecology of targeted area

performance criteria for measuring land management and production outcomes

techniques used to validate the target pest population and distribution data supplied by stakeholders and sources of relevant data

measuring or estimating economic implication and environmental impacts of pests

potential ecological role some pests provide

potential disease or toxicity risks

relevant parts of local, regional, state or territory and national pest management strategies

factors that influence pest population and distribution

periods of vulnerability in the lifecycle of pests

critical control points for management of pest problem

range of pests, non-target species, plant pests and diseases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment of skills must take place under the following conditions:

physical conditions:

skills must be demonstrated in a workplace setting or an environment that accurately represents workplace conditions

resources, equipment and materials:

site with pests to evaluate

technology and resources for documenting reports and cost benefit analysis

specifications:

workplace documents including policies, procedures, processes

research materials and data for pests

workplace instructions and job specifications

specific legislation and codes of practice.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AHCSAW302 Implement erosion and sediment control measures

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to construct, install and maintain a range of measures specified on erosion and sediment control plans.

This unit applies to individuals who work under broad direction and take responsibility for their own work including limited responsibility for the work of others.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Soil and Water Conservation (SAW)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for implementation and construction	1.1 Confirm that erosion and sediment control plan and schedule of works match site conditions 1.2 Identify survey pegs and site indicators on site 1.3 Match equipment and tools to program works and terrain on site 1.4 Verify work readiness of selected equipment and tools 1.5 Assess and minimise risks to others and the environment 1.6 Select and use appropriate personal protective equipment 1.7 Select materials to complete proposed works in line with construction schedule
2. Carry out implementation and construction	2.1 Plan work sequence 2.2 Construct earthworks 2.3 Install erosion and sediment control products and materials
3. Carry out repairs and maintenance procedures	3.1 Monitor site, identify issues and carry out repairs as necessary 3.2 Complete maintenance procedures as required 3.4 Clean and store machinery, tools and equipment 3.5 Complete work records

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCSAW302A Implement erosion and sediment control measures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCSAW302 Implement erosion and sediment control measures

Modification History

Release	TP Version	Comment
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

construct, install and maintain a range of erosion and sediment control measures

identify hazards and implement safe work procedures

prepare for implementation and construction

read and follow plans to carry out implementation and construction

identify survey pegs and site indicators on site and on the plans

carry out repairs and maintenance procedures to enterprise standards

select equipment and materials appropriate for the task

operate equipment and machinery according to safe work practices and manufacturer instructions

clean and store equipment, machinery and tools according to organisational requirements

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

materials cartage pollution control

sequence of working and timing/duration

work health and safety issues relating to the equipment and the site

equipment used

materials suitable for constructing erosion and sediment control measures and where to source them on site

limitations of structures including timing of maintenance, structure life cycle, specifications and standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AVIY3075 Control remote pilot aircraft systems in normal flight

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this qualification in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to control remote pilot aircraft systems (RPAS) in normal flight, in compliance with relevant regulatory requirements of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and national operating standards. It includes climbing the RPAS, maintaining straight and level flight and turning the RPAS in flight. It also includes controlling RPAS speed in flight, descending the RPAS, performing RPAS landing approaches, and complying with airspace requirements. This unit addresses aviation technical skill requirements (physical, mental and task-management abilities) related to aircraft operational duties of flight crew and ground personnel, and contributes to safe and effective performance in complex aviation operational environments. Operations are conducted as part of recreational, commercial and military aircraft activities across a variety of operational contexts within the Australian aviation industry. Work is performed independently or under limited supervision within a single-pilot or multi-crew RPAS environment. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements are applicable to this unit. Use for Defence Aviation is to be in accordance with relevant Defence Orders, Instructions, Publications and Regulations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

Y – Aircraft Operation and Traffic Management

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Climb RPAS	1.1	Clarity of flight path is observed and risks are mitigated in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	RPAS climb checks are completed in accordance with workplace policies and procedures
1.3	Adjustments are made to attitude and power to achieve an increase of altitude at shallow, normal and steep rates and cruise conditions of flight, during straight and turning manoeuvres as required
1.4	RPAS is maintained in trim condition as required
1.5	RPAS is levelled off at or below 400 feet above ground level (AGL)
1.6	Situational awareness, lookout and air traffic separation are maintained in accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
2	Maintain straight and level flight	2.1	Power, altitude and configuration are set to achieve straight and level flight as required
2.2	RPAS is maintained in trim condition as required
2.3	Visible signs or electronic indications of height change are identified and responded to appropriately
2.4	Visible signs or electronic indications of heading change are identified and responded to appropriately
2.5	Clarity of flight path is observed and risks are mitigated in accordance with workplace procedures
2.6	Situational awareness, lookout and air traffic separation are maintained in accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
3	Turn RPAS in flight	3.1	RPAS operating limits are maintained during turns in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
3.2	Situational awareness, lookout and air traffic separation are maintained during turns
3.3	Potential hazards are identified and controlled during turns
4	Control RPAS speed in flight	4.1	Height awareness is maintained during slow speed flight
4.2	Recovery to cruise speed is achieved while maintaining height during flight
5	Descend RPAS	5.1	Adjustments are made to altitude and power to achieve a decrease of altitude at shallow, normal and steep rates as required
5.2	RPAS is maintained in trim condition as required
5.3	RPAS is levelled from a descent position at a nominated altitude in accordance with workplace policies and procedures, and manufacturer instructions
5.4	Clarity of flight path is observed during RPAS descent and risks are mitigated in accordance with workplace procedures
5.5	RPAS operating limits are controlled during descent in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
5.6	Descent checks are completed in accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
5.7	Situational awareness, lookout and air traffic separation are maintained in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
6	Perform RPAS landing approaches	6.1	Approaches are conducted in accordance with operations manual procedures appropriate to the RPAS type, with allowance for wind velocity
6.2	All mandated checklists are completed and communications procedures are followed
6.3	Traffic conflict or adverse flight conditions are recognised and a go-around/position–hold is performed from any position in the approach and landing pattern
6.4	Radio listening watch is maintained in accordance with established procedures and regulatory requirements
6.5	RPAS is configured for landing in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
7	Comply with airspace requirements	7.1	Compliance is maintained at all times with air traffic requirements and controlled or restricted airspace conditions or limitations
7.2	Safe progress of flight is ensured at all times
7.3	Awareness of RPAS position is maintained at all times
7.4	Radio listening watch is maintained in accordance with established procedures and regulatory requirements
7.5	Weather conditions are monitored and responded to appropriately accordance with regulatory requirements, and workplace policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Procedures for maintaining airspace compliance requirements must include:	determining geographical limits of flight area on a chart or electronic display identifying prominent geographical features using a chart determining position of controlled airspace using a chart and geographical features identifying restricted areas using a chart and geographical features

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to AVIY3075A Control remote pilot aircraft (RPA) in normal flight.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=4725260a-0af3-4daf-912b-ef1c2f3e5816

Assessment Requirements for AVIY3075 Control remote pilot aircraft systems in normal flight

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this qualification in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements, performance criteria and range of conditions on at least one occasion and include:
adapting to differences in equipment and operating environment in accordance with standard operating procedures applying precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures applying the techniques of straight and level, climbing and descending flight communicating effectively with others when controlling the remote pilot aircraft systems (RPAS) in normal flight, including using a radio identifying and correctly using relevant equipment implementing contingency plans implementing work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures and relevant regulations interpreting and following operational instructions and prioritising work maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements maintaining separation between air traffic modifying activities depending on workplace contingencies, situations and environments monitoring and anticipating operational problems and hazards and taking appropriate action monitoring work activities in terms of planned schedule operating electronic communications equipment to required protocol performing various functions simultaneously as required reading, interpreting and following relevant regulations, instructions, procedures, information and signs remaining within a designated area while complying with airspace and air traffic requirements reporting and/or rectifying identified problems promptly, in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace responding appropriately to cultural differences selecting and using required personal protective equipment conforming to industry and WHS/OHS standards using instruments to monitor RPAS performance working collaboratively with others when controlling the RPAS in normal flight, including when using a radio working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements, performance criteria and range of conditions and include knowledge of:
aeronautical decision-making processes effect of angle of bank and load factor on stall speeds as applicable effect of wind on RPAS flight path effective communications error management, including error types, causes and consequences fatigue risk management functions and effects of all RPAS controls go-around/position hold procedures human performance and its limitations, including the senses, memory and situational awareness in a Defence context, relevant Defence Orders and Instructions post launch checks pre-recovery checks principles of aerodynamics procedures for setting power in engines relevant sections of Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders RPAS circuit patterns and procedures stress, workload and time pressure management use of autopilot/flight director functions use of instruments to monitor RPAS performance use of navigation sensors and equipment use of trim controls WHS/OHS and environmental procedures and regulations.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations. Where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that reflect workplace conditions. Resources for assessment must include access to: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations acceptable means of simulation assessment applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=4725260a-0af3-4daf-912b-ef1c2f3e5816

BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and analyse existing and required resources, their effective application and the accountability for their use.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of business resources who contribute well developed skills and knowledge to ensure adequate resources are available to perform the work of the organisation. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Determine resource requirements	1.1 Determine resource requirements in accordance with business and operational plans and organisational requirements 1.2 Provide opportunities to individuals and workgroups to contribute to the identification of resource requirements 1.3 Ensure resource expenditure is realistic and makes efficient use of available budget resources 1.4 Present recommendations on resource requirements in the required format, style and structure using relevant business equipment and technology
2 Acquire and allocate resources	2.1 Acquire physical resources and services in accordance with organisational requirements 2.2 Check resources to ensure quality and quantity are in line with service agreements 2.3 Allocate resources promptly to enable achievement of workgroup objectives 2.4 Ensure consultation with individuals and teams on allocation of resources is participative and is conducted using appropriate interpersonal skills
3 Monitor and report on resource allocation and usage	3.1 Measure effectiveness of resource planning and assess against actual costs, identified shortfalls and surpluses 3.2 Develop and implement methods of monitoring resource use to enable timely and accurate reporting against business and operational plans 3.3 Identify improvements in resource planning through consultation and feedback, and implement in accordance with organisational requirements 3.4 Maintain records concerning equipment and resource purchases in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Identifies and interprets information from organisational plans, policies and procedures
Writing	1.4, 2.1, 3.1-3.4	Develops a range of documents using structure and vocabulary appropriate to audience, context and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.4, 3.3	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using active listening and questioning to confirm and clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Interprets and comprehends a range of mathematical information that is embedded in familiar texts Calculates and compares numeric data to track expenditure
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 3.3, 3.4	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 3.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities playing an active role in facilitating group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time constraints Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts Utilises a range of features within digital applications to access, store and share information Reflects on the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes to identify improvement opportunities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	BSBADM409A Coordinate business resources	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

monitor resource usage

maintain records of resource requirements and usage

calculate costs and expenditures in relation to use and maintenance of business resources

acquire and allocate physical resources and services to team members

consult and communicate with individuals and teams about acquiring and using resources

monitor, review and report on resource use acquisition, allocation, use and procedures

follow organisational policies and procedures in relation to business resource acquisition and monitoring.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the functions of business equipment used in an organisation and identify common faults

identify organisational policies, plans and procedures in relation to business resource acquisition and monitoring.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to:

records relating to business resources

policies and procedures relating to resources

case studies, and where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBADM502 Manage meetings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage a range of meetings including overseeing the meeting preparation processes, chairing meetings, organising the minutes and reporting meeting outcomes.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments who are required to organise and manage meetings within their workplace, including conducting or managing administrative tasks in providing agendas and meeting material. They may work as senior administrative staff or may be individuals with responsibility for conducting and chairing meetings in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for meetings	1.1 Develop agenda in line with stated meeting purpose 1.2 Ensure style and structure of meeting are appropriate to its purpose 1.3 Identify meeting participants and notify them in accordance with organisational procedures 1.4 Confirm meeting arrangements in accordance with requirements of meeting 1.5 Despatch meeting papers to participants within designated timelines
2 Conduct meetings	2.1 Chair meetings in accordance with organisational requirements, agreed conventions for type of meeting and legal and ethical requirements 2.2 Conduct meetings to ensure they are focused, time efficient and achieve the required outcomes 2.3 Ensure meeting facilitation enables participation, discussion, problemsolving and resolution of issues 2.4 Brief minute-taker on method for recording meeting notes in accordance with organisational requirements and conventions for type of meeting
3 Follow up meetings	3.1 Check transcribed meeting notes to ensure they reflect a true and accurate record of the meeting and are formatted in accordance with organisational procedures and meeting conventions 3.2 Distribute and store minutes and other followup documentation within designated timelines, and according to organisational requirements 3.3 Report outcomes of meetings as required, within designated timelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies and interprets information from complex texts including legislation, organisational policies and procedures Compares final output with original notes to check for accuracy
Writing	1.1-1.5, 3.2, 3.3	Addresses the context, purpose and audience when generating a range of texts Prepares complex texts from notes using appropriate structure, and accurate spelling, grammar and punctuation Records notes of meeting proceedings according to organisational requirements Edits and corrects own work to ensure accuracy
Oral Communication	2.1-2.4	Participates in verbal exchanges using appropriate style, tone and vocabulary for audience, context and purpose Listens for specific information during meetings Asks questions and listens to responses to clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.4, 1.5, 3.2, 3.3	Recognises and interprets numerical information related to timeframes and budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	1.3, 1.5, 2.3, 3.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Cooperates with others as part of familiar activities, playing an active role in facilitating group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time constraints Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM502 Manage meetings	BSBADM502B Manage meetings	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM502 Manage meetings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply conventions and procedures for formal and informal meetings including:

developing and distributing agendas and papers

identifying and inviting meeting participants

organising and confirming meeting arrangements

running the meeting and following up

organise, take part in and chair a meeting

record and store meeting documentation

follow organisational policies and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline meeting terminology, structures, arrangements

outline responsibilities of the chairperson and explain group dynamics in relation to managing meetings

describe options for meetings including face-to-face, teleconferencing, web-conferencing and using webcams

identify the relevant organisational procedures and policies regarding meetings, chairing and minutes including identifying organisational formats for minutes and agendas.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to:

reference material in regard to meeting venues and technology, catering and transport suppliers

organisational policies and procedures for managing meetings

office supplies and equipment

computers and relevant software

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBADM504 Plan and implement administrative systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for or review the requirements of effective administrative systems and procedures for implementing, monitoring and reviewing the system.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments in senior administrative roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for the new or modified administrative system	1.1 Identify requirements of, or modifications to, the administrative system through consultation with system users and other stakeholders in accordance with organisational and budgetary requirements 1.2 Obtain quotations from suppliers/developers for the identified requirements or modifications to be made to the system in accordance with organisational policy and procedures 1.3 Select supplier or developer in accordance with organisational policy and procedures
2 Implement new or modified administrative system	2.1 Identify and develop implementation strategies in consultation with staff 2.2 Encourage staff to participate in all stages of the implementation process 2.3 Implement system in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.4 Define and communicate procedures for using the system to staff 2.5 Provide training and support for staff on the use of the new or modified system 2.6 Deal with contingencies to ensure minimal impact on users
3 Monitor administrative system	3.1 Monitor system for usage, security and output in accordance with organisational requirements 3.2 Modify system to meet changing needs in accordance with organisational requirements 3.3 Clearly identify further modifications and notify users 3.4 Monitor staff training needs and train new staff on administrative system

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.5, 3.4	Actively reinforces own knowledge and skills by training or mentoring others
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 3.1	Extracts, analyses and evaluates information from complex texts, including organisational policies and procedures
Writing	1.1, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Gathers and utilises information and ideas from a range of sources to create texts to meet organisational requirements Creates instructional texts using grammatical structures and vocabulary appropriate to audience and context
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.4	Participates in verbal exchanges using appropriate style, tone and vocabulary for audience, context and purpose Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit key information and confirm understanding Presents complex information adjusting presentation style and vocabulary to suit the audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2	Recognises and interprets numerical information related to budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1	Develops systems to meet organisational and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, providing guidance to others , where necessary
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time constraints Monitors progress of plans and changes them to meet new demands or priorities Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Anticipates potential problems and implements contingency plans as soon as warning signs are recognised Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data Demonstrates awareness of the importance of data security in a digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM504 Plan and implement administrative systems	BSBADM504B Plan or review administrative systems	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor title change Minor correction to wording in elements and performance criteria - ‘administration‘ changed to ‘administrative’	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM504 Plan and implement administrative systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

work with relevant personnel and stakeholders to identify administrative system improvements

document necessary requirements or modifications

provide training and support for staff to use the new or modified system

monitor the new system and identify future improvements and staff training needs.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise relevant legislative and organisational policies and procedures for reviewing administrative systems

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to:

organisational policy and procedure manuals

reference materials

appropriate equipment.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBADV507 Develop a media plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a media plan within a given budget, by defining requirements, selecting media vehicles and determining a schedule.

It applies to individuals working in a supervisory or management advertising role within an advertising team or media organisation. It may also apply to someone working within a direct marketing role, who is responsible for planning media requirements for direct marketing campaigns or offers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Development – Advertising

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Define media requirements	1.1 Identify target audience characteristics from advertising brief and prepare a detailed consumer profile which uses the same terms as those used to describe media audiences 1.2 Analyse product market factors to determine reach and frequency requirements of advertising media selected 1.3 Analyse creative requirements of advertising message and determine media implications 1.4 Identify media merchandising requirements from the advertising brief 1.5 Confirm media budget and identify legal and voluntary constraints
2 Select media vehicles	2.1 Weigh up relative merits of identified media vehicle alternatives, taking past media performance into account 2.2 Evaluate and test new or alternative media vehicles with other advertisers and against proven vehicles 2.3 Select media vehicles that target the required audience, meet media requirements and fulfil merchandising requirements within budget 2.4 Select media vehicles that meet creative, reach and frequency requirements of the advertising message to be achieved within budget 2.5 Ensure selected media vehicles meet legal and ethical requirements
3 Determine media schedule	3.1 Ensure duration and timing of media schedule meet requirements of the advertising brief 3.2 Determine distribution of messages over duration of schedule to meet requirements of the advertising brief 3.3 Create a media schedule to satisfy advertiser 3.4 Develop alternative media schedules for advertiser within budget 3.5 Determine testing schedule for the media plan and continually modify media plan in accordance with results obtained
4 Produce media plan	4.1 Create media plan which defines media requirements of the advertising brief and provides evidence supporting each requirement 4.2 Specify recommended media and vehicle/s, and rationale for their selection in the media plan 4.3 Ensure media plan contains a budget allocation per medium per advertising period 4.4 Identify anticipated impact of advertising and measures to assess its effectiveness in the media plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex texts to determine requirements of advertising brief, and legislative, regulatory and business requirements
Writing	1.1, 3.1, 3.3-3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Writes in a range of styles to suit job requirements and different audiences
Oral Communication	3.3	Uses appropriate techniques, including active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	1.1, 1.5, 2.3, 4.3, 4.4	Analyses and processes complex data to determine schedules and budget
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 2.5	Takes full responsibility for following implicit and explicit voluntary constraints related to budget, legal and ethical requirements in selection of media vehicles
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Analyses relevant information to inform decisions about media requirements to conform to the brief Utilises continuous improvement and testing strategies to ensure effectiveness of final media plan Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to enter data, organise and present information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADV507 Develop a media plan	BSBADV507B Develop a media plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADV507 Develop a media plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce a media plan for an advertisement which:

defines media requirements of an advertising brief

specifies rationales for media vehicles chosen

ensures media schedule meets requirements of the brief

contains budgetary allocation for each advertising medium

develop measures to assess effectiveness of media vehicles selected.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline and explain data analysis and matching techniques

list organisational products and services offered

identify organisational budget and resource constraints

identify principles and characteristics of advertising media, types of media and advertising strategies

identify and explain key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards affecting business operations

identify and explain ethical principles relating to advertising industry

define terms for describing media audiences.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – advertising field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and codes of practice

organisational policies and procedures

industry software

office equipment

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBAUD402 Participate in a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for and participate in a quality audit as a member of a quality audit team. The types of audits may include external or internal systems audits or process or product/service audits.

The process includes reviewing designated documentation; identifying and developing checklists and audit related documentation; preparing audit schedules; gathering, analysing and evaluating information; and reporting findings to the lead auditor.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of the quality auditing environment who analyse and evaluate information from a variety of sources to provide solutions to auditing issues, including unpredictable quality auditing problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Quality Auditing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Review auditee documentation	1.1 Where applicable, review auditee’s previous quality audits to establish possible impact on the conduct of the current audit 1.2 Request relevant organisational documents from auditee, and review and check the adequacy of these documents 1.3 Amend reviewed documents, and determine and source any further documentation required 1.4 Resolve issues which arise with auditee and relevant parties
2 Participate in developing audit schedules	2.1 Access or prepare appropriate checklists/tools and audit related documentation 2.2 Confirm schedules and required resources with auditee before beginning auditing activities 2.3 Anticipate possible issues and outline strategies to address these issues, should they arise 2.4 Ensure preparation activities and documentation correspond to the audit plan 2.5 In consultation with auditing team, determine appropriate methods and techniques 2.6 Assist lead auditor in creating entry and exit meeting agendas
3 Gather and analyse information	3.1 Access a range of potential sources of information 3.2 Collect and make an initial assessment of sample documentation 3.3 Interview appropriate persons in relation to relevant documentation 3.4 Identify and report patterns, trends, interrelationships and areas of risk 3.5 Identify aspects of the audit that require the use of specialists and request appropriate assistance
4 Evaluate information	4.1 Evaluate information against prescribed benchmarks 4.2 Form a defensible opinion as to the meeting of these benchmarks by the auditee 4.3 Ensure opinions are formed from and supported by available information
5 Report findings	5.1 Formulate findings and prepare a corrective action report if discrepancies or noncompliances are detected 5.2 Examine results/findings against audit objectives and present to lead auditor 5.3 Report recommendations for improvements as applicable
6 Participate in exit meeting	6.1 Prepare for exit meeting 6.2 Ensure reporting arrangements are agreed upon and documented during the meeting 6.3 Ensure context and consequences of audit are explained, and followup is discussed

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Identifies and interprets information from organisational documentation and workplace procedures
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 3.2-3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.2	Records or amends information and conveys details in accordance with audit objectives
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.3, 3.5, 5.2, 5.3, 6.2, 6.3	Participates in spoken exchanges using structure and language to suit the audience Listens for required information and asks clarifying questions
Numeracy	2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to analyse and arrange numeric information
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2	Adheres to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.2, 1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 5.2, 5.3, 6.2, 6.3	Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members and other people in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.4, 4.1-4.3, 6.1	Organises, plans and prioritises workload with some sense of what can be achieved in a timeframe Systematically gathers, analyses and evaluates all relevant information to make decisions Recognises and addresses some problems within own scope, recognising when to seek the expertise of others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBAUD402 Participate in a quality audit	BSBAUD402B Participate in a quality audit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD402 Participate in a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

review and amend all relevant documentation

develop an audit schedule using relevant tools and strategies

use various methods to gather data and information to complete an audit, seeking specialist advice where appropriate

use predetermined benchmarks to evaluate findings and formulate well-founded opinions

develop a comprehensive report for the exit meeting, which analyses both context and consequences of the completed audit

use terminology relating to quality auditing in written or oral communications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe relevant auditing codes of practice or ethics

outline auditing methods and techniques

summarise current audit practices

identify current industry products and/or services to assist in the auditing process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk – quality auditing field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation including previous quality audit reports, checklists, risk management plans and audit plans.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBAUD501 Initiate a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to initiate and organise a quality audit with an auditee. It covers assessing the scope and objectives of a quality audit; communicating with the auditee regarding the proposed quality audit; identifying resources required to conduct the audit; and developing and submitting a quality audit plan. The types of audits may include external or internal systems audits or process or product/service audits.

It applies to individuals with a well-established theoretical knowledge base in quality auditing who are proficient in using a wide range of specialised, quality auditing and managerial techniques to plan, carry out and evaluate a quality audit. Individuals also supervise and monitor the processes and outcomes of others working in a quality audit team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Quality Auditing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Assess quality audit scope and objectives	1.1 Determine and discuss audit objectives with the auditee, client and all other relevant parties 1.2 Determine and discuss scope of the quality audit with the auditee, client and all other relevant parties 1.3 Identify relevant standards that impact the environment in which the audit operates 1.4 Determine scope commensurate with identified risks
2 Communicate with auditee regarding proposed quality audit	2.1 Determine audit history, organisational structure and culture through consultation with the auditee 2.2 Negotiate and ensure agreement with auditee, the proposed audit methods and techniques to be applied 2.3 Outline audit processes to establish sequence of audit activities, and the roles of the auditors and auditees in the process
3 Identify resources required to conduct quality audit	3.1 Identify resources required to perform the quality audit efficiently and effectively 3.2 Select audit team members on the basis of relevant expertise 3.3 Confirm availability of resources required to conduct the audit with auditee 3.4 Assign roles and responsibilities to audit team members
4 Develop and submit quality audit plan	4.1 Develop quality audit plan according to established scope and objectives 4.2 Assign timing, schedules and responsibilities for implementation of the audit plan 4.3 Develop audit priorities and ensure agreement with auditees and audit team members 4.4 Document and submit audit plan to auditee
5 Prepare audit team	5.1 Inform audit team members of their responsibilities, audit objectives and scope 5.2 Communicate audit plan and schedules to all audit team members 5.3 Discuss and clarify audit methods and techniques with audit team members
6 Review auditee documentation	6.1 Review auditee’s previous audits to establish possible impact on the conduct of the current audit 6.2 Review and check relevant organisational documents for accuracy 6.3 Resolve arising problems with auditee and relevant parties
7 Identify and prepare checklists and audit related documentation	7.1 Develop checklists to reflect audit scope and objectives 7.2 Develop or obtain documentation required for the audit 7.3 Prepare agenda for entry meeting 7.4 Include valueadding activities in audit related documentation where required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 4.1, 6.1, 6.2, 7.1	Interprets and analyses information from organisational documentation
Writing	4.1-4.4, 6.2, 7.1-7.4	Develops a range of documents using structure, tone and vocabulary appropriate to audience, context and purpose Records or amends information and conveys details in accordance with audit objectives
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.3	Participates in spoken exchanges using structure and language to suit the audience Uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify requirements
Numeracy	4.2	Uses mathematical calculations for project scheduling
Navigate the world of work	1.3	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and relevant standards and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Recognises the importance of building rapport and building effective working relationships Collaborates with others to negotiate acceptable outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 6.1, 6.3	Organises, plans and sequences own workload and schedules work activities of others Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking advice from others before taking action when necessary Addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope, recognising when to seek the expertise of others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBAUD501 Initiate a quality audit	BSBAUD501B Initiate a quality audit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD501 Initiate a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce documented audit plans for auditees across a variety of contexts including:

the scope and objectives of the audit

proposed audit methods and techniques to be used

required resources and schedules

allocation of individual audit team member responsibilities for conducting the proposed audit.

use terminology relating to quality auditing in written or oral communications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the relevant auditing codes of practice or ethics

describe auditing methods and techniques

outline the requirements of auditing regulations and standards

identify current audit practices

outline quality auditing principles, techniques and systems

describe the requirements of house or other style manual protocols for written communications

identify software applications relevant to quality auditing activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk – quality auditing field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation including previous quality audit reports, checklists, risk management plans and audit plans.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBAUD503 Lead a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead an audit team as it runs a quality audit. It covers conducting entry and exit meetings; identifying and gathering relevant information; managing audit team resources; and providing feedback to audit team members on their performance. The types of quality audit that may be covered by this unit include an external or internal systems audit or process or product/service audit.

It applies to individuals with a well-established theoretical knowledge base of quality auditing, who are proficient in using a wide range of specialised quality auditing and managerial techniques to carry out their own work and to supervise the quality audit team. It is relevant to audits where a lead auditor is responsible for a quality audit team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Quality Auditing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Conduct entry meeting	1.1 Organise entry meeting in advance at a mutually agreed time 1.2 Prepare agenda for audit 1.3 Confirm objectives and scope of audit at entry meeting 1.4 Confirm schedules and logistical arrangements at entry meeting 1.5 Make changes to plan, schedules and arrangements where required
2 Identify and gather information	2.1 Identify a range of potential sources of information 2.2 Interview appropriate persons 2.3 Gather relevant information and sample documentation
3 Manage audit team resources	3.1 Supervise activities of audit team members 3.2 Assess and review audit team findings in line with audit scope 3.3 Reassign team members as required 3.4 Instigate contingency actions as required 3.5 Seek and reach agreement on corrective action reports
4 Conduct exit meeting	4.1 Make preparations for exit meeting 4.2 Examine results and findings against audit objectives and present to auditee 4.3 Ensure reporting arrangements are agreed on 4.4 Explain context and consequences of audit and discuss during followup
5 Guide team members in continuously improving their performance	5.1 Provide feedback on performance to audit team members 5.2 Encourage and support audit team members to critique their own work 5.3 Provide and document advice for individual improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	3.2, 4.2	Interprets and analyses information from audit scoping materials
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 5.3	Develops a range of documents using relevant structure, tone and vocabulary appropriate to audience, context and purpose Records or amends information and conveys details in accordance with audit objectives
Oral Communication	1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 3.5, 4.2-4.4, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Participates in spoken exchanges using clear language, tone and pace Uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify requirements
Numeracy	4.2	Uses mathematical calculations to analyse and arrange numeric information
Interact with others	1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 4.2-4.4, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Recognises the importance of rapport in establishing and building effective working relationships Collaborates with others to negotiate acceptable outcomes, playing an active role in directing and facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1	Organises, plans and sequences own workload and schedules work activities of others Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and evaluate appropriate strategies to achieve objectives Responds to problems requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experiences to devise solutions Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBAUD503 Lead a quality audit	BSBAUD503B Lead a quality audit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD503 Lead a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify all objectives, schedules and relevant information prior to commencement of audit

demonstrate leadership and management of a quality auditing team

manage the information gathering process by team members, and analysis, synthesis and reporting of the findings

encourage team members to continuously improve their performance through feedback and self-critique

use terminology relating to quality auditing in written or oral communications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe quality auditing principles, methods and techniques

outline the requirements of auditing regulations and standards

identify current audit practices

identify software applications relevant to conducting quality auditing activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk – quality auditing field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation including previous quality audit reports

checklists

risk management and audit plans.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBAUD504 Report on a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to report on the outcomes of a quality audit and to take appropriate follow up action. It covers compiling audit results; preparing a report for the auditee/client; negotiating follow up action with the auditee/client; and monitoring and reviewing the auditing system and activities. The types of quality audit that may be covered by this unit include an external or internal systems audit or process or product/service audit.

It applies to individuals with a well-established theoretical knowledge base in quality auditing who are proficient in using a wide range of specialised quality auditing and managerial techniques to carry out their own work and to supervise the quality audit team. It addresses the function performed by either an auditor having sole responsibility for the audit or a lead auditor of a quality audit team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Quality Auditing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Compile audit results	1.1 Compare results of the audit evaluation against audit objectives and criteria plan 1.2 Analyse audit results
2 Prepare report	2.1 Provide objective evidence relating to the need for reduction, elimination and prevention of nonconformance as the basis for the audit report 2.2 Produce audit report according to specified audit requirements 2.3 Present audit report to auditee and other stakeholders
3 Negotiate follow up process with auditee	3.1 Determine and initiate any corrective action required to deal with nonconformance, in consultation with auditee 3.2 Provide suggestions for improvements where applicable 3.3 Ensure timelines are agreed on for completion of corrective action activities 3.4 Ensure corrective action follow-up procedures are agreed with auditee
4 Monitor and review audit system and activities	4.1 Evaluate effectiveness and suitability in achieving audit objectives 4.2 Investigate possible improvements in audit methods, economy and efficiency

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 4.1	Interprets and analyses information from a complex range of organisational documentation
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 4.1	Develops a variety of complex documents using relevant structure, tone and vocabulary appropriate to audience, context and purpose
Oral Communication	2.3, 3.1-3.4	Participates in spoken exchanges using clear language, tone and pace Uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 3.3, 4.2	Collects, represents, summarises and interprets a range of statistical data Performs calculations required to measure output against timeframes
Navigate the world of work	2.2	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures Considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	2.3, 3.1-3.4	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Collaborates with others to negotiate joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating team understanding
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2	Organises, plans and sequences own workload according to timelines and organisational requirements Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Analyses outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Recognises a range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for suitable corrective actions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBAUD504 Report on a quality audit	BSBAUD504B Report on a quality audit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBAUD504 Report on a quality audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret audit results and produce a detailed audit report containing detailed analysis according to specified requirements

negotiate followup actions with auditees/clients

determine future improvements in auditing methods

use terminology relating to quality auditing in written or oral communications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe quality auditing principles, methods and techniques

outline the requirements of auditing regulations and standards

identify current audit practices

identify software applications relevant to conducting quality auditing activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk – quality auditing field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation including quality audit reports, checklists, risk management plans and audit plans.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCMM401 Make a presentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0

Application

This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to prepare, deliver and review a presentation to a target audience.

This unit applies to individuals who may be expected to make presentations for a range of purposes, such as marketing, training and promotions. They contribute well developed communication skills in presenting a range of concepts and ideas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Communication – Interpersonal Communication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare a presentation	1.1 Plan and document presentation approach and intended outcomes 1.2 Choose presentation strategies, format and delivery methods that match the characteristics of the target audience, location, resources and personnel needed 1.3 Select presentation aids, materials and techniques that suit the format and purpose of the presentation, and will enhance audience understanding of key concepts and central ideas 1.4 Brief others involved in the presentation on their roles/responsibilities within the presentation 1.5 Select techniques to evaluate presentation effectiveness
2 Deliver a presentation	2.1 Explain and discuss desired outcomes of the presentation with the target audience 2.2 Use presentation aids, materials and examples to support target audience understanding of key concepts and central ideas 2.3 Monitor non-verbal and verbal communication of participants to promote attainment of presentation outcomes 2.4 Use persuasive communication techniques to secure audience interest 2.5 Provide opportunities for participants to seek clarification on central ideas and concepts, and adjust the presentation to meet participant needs and preferences 2.6 Summarise key concepts and ideas at strategic points to facilitate participant understanding
3 Review the presentation	3.1 Implement techniques to review the effectiveness of the presentation 3.2 Seek and discuss reactions to the presentation from participants or from key personnel involved in the presentation 3.3 Utilise feedback from the audience or from key personnel involved in the presentation to make changes to central ideas presented

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.2	Reviews and analyses documents to identify information relevant to a specific presentation
Writing	1.1, 3.3	Develops material to convey ideas and information to target audience in an engaging way
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Presents information using words and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience and context Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information required to develop or modify presentations Interprets audience reactions and changes words or non-verbal features accordingly
Interact with others	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols to encourage interaction or to present information Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Recognises the need to alter personal communication style in response to the needs or expectations of others
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.2, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload to achieve outcomes Uses feedback from others, analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices and develop new ideas Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	BSBCMM401A Make a presentation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM401 Make a presentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare and deliver presentations related to occupation or area of interest which demonstrate the use of:

effective presentation strategies and communication principles

aids and materials to support the presentation

select and implement methods to review the effectiveness of own presentation and document any changes which would improve future presentations.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify information collection methods that will support review and feedback of presentations

identify regulatory and organisational obligations and requirements relevant to presentations

describe the principles of effective communication

describe the range of presentation aids and materials available to support presentations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals using interpersonal communication skills in the workplace and include access to:

equipment, materials and business software packages for making a presentation

business technology

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCOM405 Promote compliance with legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to promote compliance with domestic and international legislation, both by self and others in the workplace.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of international trade who determine compliance strategies and model and encourage compliance by implementing these strategies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Determine compliance strategies	1.1 Access current information about the range of domestic and international legislation relating to own work 1.2 Clarify compliance requirements to confirm understanding and ensure consistency of interpretation and application 1.3 Obtain advice to assist in applying relevant legislation to own work and identifying compliance requirements 1.4 Access organisation’s procedures and practices to facilitate compliance with relevant legislation 1.5 Assess interface with other organisations
2 Model and encourage compliance with legislative requirements	2.1 Apply organisation’s procedures and practices to own work practices to meet compliance requirements 2.2 Identify areas of uncertainty in own work related to compliance requirements and take action to clarify issues 2.3 Review own work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with legislative requirements 2.4 Evaluate own competence and address any identified gaps 2.5 Identify possible implications of noncompliance and use these to guide own work practices 2.6 Raise inadequacies in organisation’s procedures and practices which may contribute to noncompliance in accordance with organisational procedures 2.7 Raise inadequacies with outside organisations’ procedures and practices which may contribute to noncompliance in accordance with organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Identifies personal strengths and weaknesses in different contexts and seeks to develop skills and knowledge in areas of need Actively seeks and acts on feedback from a number of sources
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7	Recognises and evaluates complex texts in a variety of forms to determine key information, specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7	Records, collates and compiles information gathered from multiple sources using correct technical language Develops materials for specific audiences to convey information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 2.6, 2.7	Discusses compliance issues using structure and language to suit the audience Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of compliance requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7	Takes personal responsibility for following organisational policies and procedures and keeping up to date with legislative requirements Formally reflects on performance as an integral part of own development
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 2.6, 2.7	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when raising issues, and seeking advice or feedback from colleagues and external stakeholders
Get the work done	1.2, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks to achieve efficient and effective outcomes Evaluates effectiveness of own and organisational systems and processes to inform decisions on how to implement improvements for self and others Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCOM405 Promote compliance with legislation	BSBCOM405A Promote compliance with legislation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCOM405 Promote compliance with legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify compliance requirements related to own role

apply legislative and organisational compliance requirements to own work

seek advice or feedback from others about own work

raise non-compliance issues according to organisational procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the legislation related to meeting compliance requirements when completing own work

list and briefly describe the organisational policies and procedures that assist compliance with relevant legislation

identify the penalties for noncompliance with legislative requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the compliance field of work and include access to:

organisational compliance program/management system

relevant legislation and standards

office equipment and technology

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCOM406 Conduct work within a compliance framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify statutory, legislative and regulatory requirements and relate them to individual work practices to ensure ongoing adherence to the compliance framework.

It applies to individuals who to carry out work in accordance with the compliance framework applying to a particular job role, occupation or profession.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, licensing and risk – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify individual compliance requirements	1.1 Identify and document statutory, legislative and regulatory requirements relevant to job role, occupation or profession 1.2 Identify and document relevant organisational and industry requirements
2. Interpret individual compliance requirements	2.1 Map compliance requirements against individual position description and work practices 2.2 Discuss ethical considerations with relevant parties where appropriate
3. Ensure individual compliance	3.1 Consult with appropriate persons to identify procedures to be applied, contingent on the situation 3.2 Reflect on personal actions in the context of compliance requirements 3.3 Record action taken if required
4. Identify and adapt to changes in compliance requirements	4.1 Access and analyse documentation relating to changes in compliance issues 4.2 Discuss documentation with appropriate persons to ensure ongoing compliance

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.2	Reflects on own actions to improve future performance
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 4.1	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine key information, specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.3	Collates and compiles information gathered from multiple sources in required format for using correct technical and enterprise specific language
Oral Communication	2.2, 3.1, 4.2	Discusses compliance or ethical issues using structure and language to suit the audience Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of compliance requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 3.1, 4.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	2.2, 3.1, 4.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions and practices when discussing, seeking or sharing information
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing tasks required to achieve efficient and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCOM406 Conduct work within a compliance framework	BSBCOM406A Conduct work within a compliance framework	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCOM406 Conduct work within a compliance framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct work according to relevant statutory, legislative and regulatory requirements relating to work practices

analyse and keep up to date with compliance requirements

map compliance requirements to work practices and position description

seek advice and discuss ethical considerations

reflect on personal actions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify statutory, legislative and regulatory requirements relevant to job role, occupation or profession

outline codes of practice relevant to job role, occupation or profession

explain organisational policies and procedures relevant to workplace

explain individual work requirements and practices as contained in position description and occupational standards

outline statutory requirements and codes of conduct in context of individual job role.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Regulation, licensing and risk – compliance field of work and include access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of conduct relevant to job role, occupation or profession

information about relevant professional associations

position descriptions

organisation policies and procedures relevant to job role, occupation or profession

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVRAQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deploy field staff to fulfil service commitments to customers and meet organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context, using some discretion and judgement and relevant theoretical knowledge, and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Engagement

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Create a despatch job for automatic despatch	1.1 Identify the need to create a job despatch order 1.2 Determine impact of this on resources, and its urgency, in consultation with appropriate areas, business protocols, regulatory and legislative requirements 1.3 Enter necessary details into appropriate work management system to create and automatically despatch job 1.4 Confirm automatic despatch, where necessary
2 Manually despatch and clear jobs	2.1 Identify need to manually despatch a job 2.2 Communicate job details clearly to field staff 2.3 Enter job details into appropriate work management system
3 Redeploy field staff	3.1 Identify need to redeploy resources according to agreed priority 3.2 Liaise with relevant stakeholders and team members 3.3 Deliver job to field staff in a timely manner 3.4 Maintain accurate records relating to resources and their deployment
4 Create and send communication to field staff	4.1 Identify need for communication to relevant customers 4.2 Create clear and concise communication according to business protocols 4.3 Check information for clarity and accuracy 4.4 Obtain appropriate approvals before sending communication 4.5 Coordinate and monitor responses to communications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	4.3, 4.5	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine customer and organisational requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.4, 4.2, 4.3	Documents instructions and other information in required formats employing clear, concise language and appropriate terminology, and checks details for accuracy
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.4, 2.2, 3.2	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements and uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 3.4, 4.3	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to scheduling
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 4.2, 4.3	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements and workplace reporting systems Recognises and follows explicit and implicit business protocols within work role
Interact with others	3.2, 3.3, 4.2-4.5	Understands what to communicate, with whom and how, and selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication in exchanges with field staff Maintains communication with field staff about specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with the work of field staff Uses ICT-based systems and programs to assist with planning, implementing and tracking service progress Selects from a range of pre-determined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account when identifying requirements Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff	BSBCCO302B Deploy customer service field staff	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Code changed to reflect industry practice	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

communicate with customers, field staff and management, in compliance with organisational protocols and service delivery priorities

produce automatic and manual dispatch jobs using systems to enter, maintain and control job details

identify need to redeploy field staff, coordinate required communications, and monitor responses.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify legislative and regulatory requirements relevant to deployment of customer service field staff

describe operational environment, including customer base, company products and services

outline organisational policy, procedures, culture, values, mission, business goals and standards relevant to deploying customer service field staff

describe work deployment systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – customer engagement field of work and include access to:

workplace information and data

a real or simulated workplace to discuss customer experience

performance management and quality assurance documentation

relevant legislation and regulatory codes.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to process sales enquiries requiring complex solutions, and to follow up to ensure customer satisfaction.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context, using some discretion and judgement and relevant theoretical knowledge, and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Engagement

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify customer needs	1.1 Question customers in detail and listen actively to determine product and service requirements 1.2 Verify and agree customer needs with customer 1.3 Access existing customer records and offer technical and specialist advice to customer, where such advice is considered beneficial to closing of the sale and customer understanding and decision-making 1.4 Identify customer’s financial limitations 1.5 Discuss estimates and quotes with team and specialist staff if necessary, prior to submission to customer
2 Respond to customer needs	2.1 Prepare, present and discuss estimates and quotes with customer, as role permits 2.2 Fully explain benefits of various options and pricing structures to customer 2.3 Give customer opportunity to question options and quotes provided 2.4 Promote advantages of dealing with the organisation 2.5 Manage customer objections effectively by promoting specific benefits
3 Close sales	3.1 Agree on product or service to be purchased with customer 3.2 Establish customer’s preferred purchase and payment arrangements 3.3 Finalise documentation relating to sale and forward to customer for agreement and signature 3.4 Negotiate and arrange payment method with customer 3.5 Conduct appropriate credit checks 3.6 Clearly record delivery/installation arrangements as agreed with customer 3.7 Comply with relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards during engagement and sale
4 Input sales records	4.1 Fully record details of sale 4.2 Amend existing customer records where appropriate 4.3 Initiate invoices according to organisational policy 4.4 Organise delivery/installation according to organisational policy
5 Provide sales support where required	5.1 Verify customer satisfaction after delivery/installation 5.2 Identify additional action to satisfy customer needs 5.3 Initiate action in an efficient and timely manner

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3	Recognises and interprets textual information from relevant sources to determine customer requirements
Writing	3.3, 3.6, 4.1-4.3	Prepares specific information, in formats required by organisation, to conduct and close sales
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.6, 5.1	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning to confirm understanding Elicits views and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.5	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to estimates and quotes Extracts, evaluates and compares numerical information
Navigate the world of work	3.7, 4.4	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory requirements and organisational policy in planning and undertaking work
Interact with others	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 5.1, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and relevant authorities Recognises importance of establishing rapport to engage customers and provide effective service solutions in complex situations
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1-4.4, 5.1-5.3	Plans and implements customer sales tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently Uses systematic, analytical processes to gather relevant credit information Recognises and takes responsibility for anticipating and addressing predictable problems to achieve customer satisfaction promptly Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse, record and display information relevant to customer sales activities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	BSBCCO304C Provide sales solutions to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Code changed to reflect industry practice	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

recommend product or service to match customer need with a clear explanation of price and payment options

apply appropriate credit checks

organise customer payment and delivery details

record sales, payments and delivery arrangements

provide after sales service.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain estimate and quote procedures

outline marketing and sales principles and practices

identify organisational pricing policies

identify organisational protocols associated with customer service and sales

identify statutory, regulatory and legislative requirements related to providing sales solutions to customers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – customer engagement field of work and include access to:

relevant standards, guidelines and legislation, workplace information and data

relevant office resources and equipment

a work environment or simulated customer contact centre to observe interaction with customers.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop knowledge of products and services in preparation for customer engagement in an inbound or outbound customer engagement activity.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context, using some discretion and judgement and relevant theoretical knowledge, and who may provide technical advice and support to a team. This work is undertaken with some supervision and guidance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Engagement

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Acquire knowledge of products and services in a specified area	1.1 Identify information sources on products and services in a specified area and evaluate them for reliability and validity 1.2 Identify purpose and use of products and services 1.3 Identify and evaluate key features of products and services 1.4 Identify and evaluate strengths and weaknesses of products and services 1.5 List relevant product and service support details
2 Evaluate full range of products and services in a designated area of business	2.1 Use a range of information sources to identify range of products and services in a designated area of business 2.2 Compare features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses of range of products and services available 2.3 Establish relative standing of organisation’s products and services with alternatives, to communicate differences to buyer or user
3 Convert product and service knowledge into benefits	3.1 Identify features of products and services with potential buyer or user appeal 3.2 Present relevant features of products and services as benefits to stakeholder 3.3 Present benefits of products and services within context of organisational requirements and legislation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 3.1	Sources and evaluates a range of texts to compare and contrast product and service information and identify key details for consumer consideration
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares detailed and factual product and service information to inform job role Adjusts information to assist sales strategy and consumer decision-making
Oral Communication	3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses clear and persuasive language when conveying information to a specific audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.4, 3.1	Recognises and extracts numeric data to determine key information according to internal and stakeholder requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.4, 3.3	Develops product and service knowledge related to role Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and legal requirements in relation to marketing products and services
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3 3.1-3.3	Uses systematic, analytical processes, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when acquiring and evaluating product and service knowledge and converting it to benefits

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation	BSBCCO309A Develop product and service knowledge for customer contact operation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Name changed to reflect industry practice	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a range of sources to identify key features and benefits of products and services within area of business

prepare information for customer engagement in compliance with legal and organisational requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses of a range products or services available in the organisation

outline organisational policies and procedures relevant to customer engagement activities

identify processes used to describe products or services

describe ethical principles and key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards affecting customer engagement operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – customer engagement field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards

information sources about an organisation’s products, services or ideas

office equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify customer needs, deliver and monitor customer service and identify improvements in the provision of customer service.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. In this role, individuals often exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of customer service to provide technical advice and support to customers over short or long term interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify customer needs	1.1 Use appropriate interpersonal skills to accurately identify and clarify customer needs and expectations 1.2 Assess customer needs for urgency to determine priorities for service delivery according to organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Use effective communication to inform customers about available choices for meeting their needs and assist in the selection of preferred options 1.4 Identify limitations in addressing customer needs and seek appropriate assistance from designated individuals
2 Deliver a service to customers	2.1 Provide prompt service to customers to meet identified needs in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Establish and maintain appropriate rapport with customers to ensure completion of quality service delivery 2.3 Sensitively and courteously handle customer complaints in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.4 Provide assistance or respond to customers with specific needs according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.5 Identify and use available opportunities to promote and enhance services and products to customers
3 Monitor and report on service delivery	3.1 Regularly review customer satisfaction with service delivery using verifiable evidence according to organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of service and products, and pursue within organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Monitor procedural aspects of service delivery for effectiveness and suitability to customer requirements 3.4 Regularly seek customer feedback and use to improve the provision of products and services 3.5 Ensure reports are clear, detailed and contain recommendations focused on critical aspects of service delivery

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.5	Comprehends textual information to determine customer service requirements Proofreads texts for clarity of meaning and accuracy of grammar and punctuation
Writing	2.3, 3.5	Completes responses to customer complaints in required format Prepares reports using sequencing, format and words to communicate recommendations clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises, understands and applies organisational policies and procedures relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions to establish connections, build rapport, seek information and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.5	Plans and implements systems to gather and organise information Monitor actions and progress against goals and implements adjustments as appropriate Uses problem-solving skills to analyse and respond to customer complaints or enquiries Identifies and follows up on opportunities to improve work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	BSBCUS301B Deliver and monitor a service to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use communication skills to establish rapport and build relationships with customers in accordance with organisational requirements

identify customer needs using appropriate questioning and active listening skills

provide customer service in accordance with organisational requirements

respond to and record customer feedback and action taken according to organisational standards, policies and procedures

produce a report which identifies and recommends ways to improve service delivery.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise key provisions of relevant legislation from all levels of government that may affect aspects of business operations

explain organisational policy and procedures for customer service, including handling customer complaints

provide examples of verifiable evidence that could be used to review customer satisfaction

outline the interpersonal skills needed for serving customers, including customers with specific needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and technology

workplace documents, organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to advise, carry out and evaluate customer service strategies.

It applies to individuals who have well developed skills and a broad knowledge of customer service strategies for addressing customer needs and problems, and who may provide guidance or delegate work related tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Advise on customer service needs	1.1 Clarify and accurately assess customer needs using appropriate communication techniques 1.2 Diagnose problems matching service delivery to customers and develop options for improved service within organisational requirements 1.3 Provide relevant and constructive advice to promote the improvement of customer service delivery 1.4 Use business technology and/or online services to structure and present information on customer service needs
2 Support implementation of customer service strategies	2.1 Ensure customer service strategies and opportunities are promoted to designated individuals and groups 2.2 Identify and allocate available budget resources to fulfil customer service objectives 2.3 Promptly action procedures to resolve customer difficulties and complaints within organisational requirements 2.4 Ensure that decisions to implement strategies are taken in consultation with designated individuals and groups
3 Evaluate and report on customer service	3.1 Review client satisfaction with service delivery using verifiable data in accordance with organisational requirements 3.2 Identify and report changes necessary to maintain service standards to designated individuals and groups 3.3 Prepare conclusions and recommendations from verifiable evidence and provide constructive advice on future directions of client service strategies 3.4 Maintain systems, records and reporting procedures to compare changes in customer satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1	Reviews textual information and comprehends details that relate to the interests or requirements of the client and organisation
Writing	1.4, 3.3, 3.4	Creates a range of formal texts using structure, grammar and clear and specialised language to describe customer needs, maintain information and support a particular position
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2	Uses pace, intonation, intelligible pronunciation and listening and questioning techniques to interact effectively with others
Numeracy	2.2	Recognises and interprets numerical information and performs calculations on familiar mathematical information
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers Collaborates with others contributing knowledge and skills to achieve joint outcomes
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1- 3.4	Applies formal and logical processes when planning and implementing tasks Applies standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within own work context Uses digital technologies to access, organise, present and store information relevant to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies Release 2	BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify the needs and priorities of the organisation in delivering services to customers

diagnose problems in delivery of customer service

respond to and report on customer feedback and complaints

review client satisfaction using verifiable data

consult and communicate effectively with relevant people

develop and implement strategies and methods to improve customer service delivery including:

budgeting

promotion to staff

documentation and follow up.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the principles of customer service

explain sources of information and techniques for identifying customer needs and reviewing customer satisfaction

explain the organisational business structure, products and services related to customer service

describe product and service standards and best practice models.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment

business technology

organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

client satisfaction data

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage an ongoing relationship with a customer over a period of time. This includes helping customers articulate their needs and managing networks to ensure customer needs are addressed.

It applies to individuals who are expected to have detailed product knowledge in order to recommend customised solutions. In this role, individuals would be expected to apply organisational procedures and be aware of, and apply as appropriate, broader factors involving ethics, industry practice and relevant government policies and regulations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Assist customer to articulate needs	1.1 Ensure customer needs are fully explored, understood and agreed 1.2 Explain and match available services and products to customer needs 1.3 Identify and communicate rights and responsibilities of customers to the customer as appropriate
2 Satisfy complex customer needs	2.1 Explain possibilities for meeting customer needs 2.2 Assist customers to evaluate service and/or product options to satisfy their needs 2.3 Determine and prioritise preferred actions 2.4 Identify potential areas of difficulty in customer service delivery and take appropriate actions in a positive manner
3 Manage networks to ensure customer needs are addressed	3.1 Establish effective regular communication with customers 3.2 Establish, maintain and expand relevant networks to ensure appropriate referral of customers to products and services from within and outside the organisation 3.3 Ensure procedures are in place to ensure that decisions about targeting of customer services are based on uptodate information about the customer and the products and services available 3.4 Ensure procedures are put in place to ensure that referrals are based on the matching of the assessment of customer needs and availability of products and services 3.5 Maintain records of customer interaction in accordance with organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to individuals and to organisational requirements
Writing	1.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Prepares written reports, up-to-date procedures and other workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Clearly articulates customer’s needs using language suitable to diverse audiences and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	3.5	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication techniques to establish and maintain positive working relationships Establishes connections and shares information with others who can contribute to effective work outcomes
Get the work done	2.3, 2.4, 3.3-3.5	Develops and implements plans for routine and non-routine tasks recognising the importance of aligning goals and expectations to achieve outcomes Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and non-predictable problems in own work context Uses digital systems to organise and store information relevant to own work

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS402 Address customer needs Release 2	BSBCUS402 Address customer needs Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

communicate effectively with customers including

helping customers to articulate their needs and evaluate options

explaining products/services and how they match customer needs

establishing regular communication

explaining customer rights and responsibilities

address customer’s needs

use organisational procedures to document customer satisfaction

develop and maintain networks to support meeting customer needs

identify potential difficulties in meeting customer needs and taking appropriate action.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain organisational procedures and standards for establishing and maintaining customer service relationships

describe informed consent

explain consumer rights and responsibilities

describe ways to establish effective regular communication with customers

outline details of products or services including with reference to:

possible alternative products and services

variations within a limited product and service range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

business technology

organisational policies, procedures, quality systems, manuals and guidelines for customer management

examples of products/services and promotional strategies

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to manage organisational systems that ensure products and services are delivered and maintained to standards agreed by the organisation.

It applies to individuals who supervise the provision of quality customer service within an organisation’s procedures framework by others. At this level, individuals must exercise considerable discretion and judgement, using a range of problem solving and decision making strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan to meet internal and external customer requirements	1.1 Investigate, identify, assess, and include the needs of customers in planning processes 1.2 Ensure plans achieve the quality, time and cost specifications agreed with customers
2 Ensure delivery of quality products and services	2.1 Deliver products and services to customer specifications within organisation’s business plan 2.2 Monitor team performance to consistently meet the organisation’s quality and delivery standards 2.3 Help colleagues overcome difficulties in meeting customer service standards
3 Monitor, adjust and review customer service	3.1 Develop and use strategies to monitor progress in achieving product and/or service targets and standards 3.2 Develop and use strategies to obtain customer feedback to improve the provision of products and services 3.3 Develop, procure and use resources effectively to provide quality products and services to customers 3.4 Make decisions to overcome problems and to adapt customer services, products and service delivery in consultation with appropriate individuals and groups 3.5 Manage records, reports and recommendations within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Interprets and analyses textual information from a variety of sources and applies the knowledge that has been gained to evaluate standards for organisation’s products and services
Writing	1.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Produces a range of text types to convey information, requirements or recommendations matching style of writing to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.2	Clearly articulates systems and standards in a team environment using language suitable to diverse audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain feedback and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.2	Interprets and comprehends mathematical information in organisation’s business and customer service plans.
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.5	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Interact with others	1.1, 2.3, 3.4	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and customers Collaborates with others, taking into account their strengths and experience, to achieve desired outcomes Provides support in field of expertise to team
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.5	Develops and implements plans using logical processes and monitors and evaluates progress against stated goals Accepts responsibility for addressing complex or non-routine difficulties, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution. Uses digital technology to access, organise and present information in a format that meets requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service Release 2	BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and manage organisational systems for quality customer service

develop and review plans, policies and procedures for delivering and monitoring quality customer service

implement policies and procedures to ensure quality customer service

solve complex customer complaints and system problems that lead to poor customer service

monitor and assist teams to meet customer service requirements

develop, procure and use human and physical resources to support quality customer service delivery.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation relevant to customer service

describe organisational policy and procedures for customer service including handling customer complaints

identify service standards and best practice models

summarise public relations and product promotion

outline techniques for dealing with customers including customers with specific needs

explain techniques for solving complaints including the principles and techniques involved in the management and organisation of:

customer behaviour

customer needs research

customer relations

ongoing product and/or service quality

problem identification and resolution

quality customer service delivery

record keeping and management methods

strategies for monitoring, managing and introducing ways to improve customer service relationships

strategies to obtain customer feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice related to customer service

business technology

workplace documentation and resources

complex customer complaints

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDIV301 Work effectively with diversity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to recognise and interact productively with diversity in the workplace. It covers sensitive responses to, and interactions with, all manner of diversity that might be encountered during the course of work.

It applies to individuals who work in a variety of contexts where they will be expected to interact with a diverse client and/or co-worker population. They may also provide some leadership and guidance to others and have some limited responsibility for the output of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Diversity

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Recognise individual differences and respond appropriately	1.1 Recognise and respect individual differences in colleagues, clients and customers 1.2 Respond to differences sensitively 1.3 Ensure behaviour is consistent with legislative requirements and enterprise guidelines 1.4 Accommodate diversity using appropriate verbal and nonverbal communication
2 Work effectively with individual differences	2.1 Recognise and document knowledge, skills and experience of others in relation to team objectives 2.2 Encourage colleagues to utilise and share their specific qualities, skills or backgrounds with other team members and clients in order to enhance work outcomes 2.3 Ensure relations with customers and clients demonstrate that diversity is valued by the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.1	Comprehends textual information to determine regulatory requirements and adhere to internal policies
Writing	1.4, 2.1	Records key information related to the outcomes of the job, using appropriate vocabulary and style Varies writing style to meet requirements of audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3	Uses appropriate tone, speech and pace in verbal interactions Selects vocabulary appropriate to the audience
Navigate the world of work	1.3	Complies with legislative requirements and explicit policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols Contributes to work group activities using accepted conventions Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context and makes adjustments to respect and accommodate these differences
Get the work done	2.1	Plans and implements routine tasks according to directions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDIV301 Work effectively with diversity	BSBDIV301A Work effectively with diversity	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDIV301 Work effectively with diversity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

adjust language and behaviour as required by interactions with diversity

identify and respect individual differences in colleagues, clients and customers

apply relevant regulations, standards and codes of practice.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify major groups in the workplace and community, as defined by cultural, religious and other traditions and practices

identify reasonable adjustments that facilitate participation by people with a disability

explain the value of diversity to the economy and society in terms of:

workforce development

Australia’s place in the global economy

innovation

social justice.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – diversity field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

examples of regulations, standards and codes of practice working with diversity

examples of workplace diversity issues

case studies and, where possible, real situations

examples of workplace diversity policies and procedures

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain daily financial records such as reconciling debtors’ and creditors’ systems, preparing and maintaining a general ledger and trial balance and includes activities associated with monitoring cash control for accounting purposes.

It applies to individuals who are skilled operators and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts and may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of financial records.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Maintain daily financial records	1.1 Correctly maintain daily financial records in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements for accounting purposes 1.2 Identify and rectify or refer discrepancies or errors in documentation or transactions to designated persons in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Accurately credit and debit transactions and promptly enter into journals in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
2 Maintain general ledger	2.1 Maintain general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Post transactions into general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative reporting requirements 2.3 Reconcile systems for accounts payable and receivable with general ledger 2.4 Accurately prepare trial balance from general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
3 Monitor cash control	3.1 Ensure cash flow is accurately accounted for in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Make and receive payments in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Collect or follow up outstanding accounts within designated timelines 3.4 Check payment documentation for accuracy of information and despatch to creditors within designated timeline

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Recognises and interprets numerical and textual information to determine and complete required activities
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Integrates data from different sources and records numerical information in a format appropriate to context and purpose of material Prepares clear and detailed information and instructions using format, structure and tone suitable to audience
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.2, 3.3	Explains financial issues and requirements clearly, using facts and examples, and uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain sequenced instructions
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Uses a limited range of mathematical calculations to reconcile amounts using whole numbers and decimals and arrange/compare numerical information
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Recognises, understands and monitors adherence to legislative and organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Interact with others	3.3, 3.4	Understands the importance of using appropriate practices and protocols when handling confidential information
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Takes responsibility for own workload and monitors adherence to specified goals and timelines Uses digital technologies to access, record, store, organise and compile data as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	BSBFIA301A Maintain financial records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify meaning of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

maintain daily transactions and identify and respond to discrepancies and errors

transfer and record financial data accurately

reconcile expenditures and revenue in a timely manner.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards that may affect financial record keeping

discuss organisational policies and procedures relating to maintaining financial records

define credits/creditors and debits/debtors

describe principles of double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting

identify methods of presenting financial data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer equipment and relevant software

examples of source documents relating to financial record keeping

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain a computerised or manual general ledger system within an organisation, including processing journal entries and preparing a trial balance.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments with responsibility for simple accounting functions within an organisation. They may work as individuals providing administrative support within an enterprise, or may be other members of staff with delegated responsibilities relating to general ledger maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Process journal entries	1.1 Prepare general journal entries from source journals in accordance with accounting requirements, organisational policy, procedures and legislative accounting standards 1.2 Post journal entries into general ledger system in accordance with organisational policy, procedures and accounting standards 1.3 Reconcile accounts payable and accounts receivable subsidiary ledger systems with general ledger 1.4 Ensure processing maintains the accounting equation and is completed within designated timelines
2 Prepare a trial balance	2.1 Prepare trial balance of general ledger system in accordance with organisational requirements and accounting standards, and ensure it is checked for accuracy 2.2 Identify and rectify irregularities or refer them for resolution when trial balance does not balance, in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2	Interprets a range of textual information to determine all job requirements
Writing	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2	Integrates data from different sources and records numerical information in a suitable format for context and purpose of material Uses factual and suitable financial language to refer issues and inconsistencies in data
Oral Communication	2.2	Explains issues clearly using industry-specific and factual vocabulary
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2	Uses a limited range of mathematical calculations to reconcile amounts and arrange/compare numerical information
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2	Recognises, understands and applies applicable industry standards and organisational policies and procedures in the conduct of own work
Interact with others	2.2	Recognises the strengths and expertise of others and seeks their assistance as required
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2	Plans and completes tasks according to set guidelines and timelines Recognises and addresses problems in the context of own work and seeks advice from others, as necessary Uses digital technologies to access, record, store, organise and compile data as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger	BSBFIA304A Maintain a general ledger	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

accurately enter data

reconcile subsidiary ledger systems with general ledger and prepare a trial balance

implement doubleentry principles

systematically trace errors or refer them to appropriate people

complete all tasks in accordance with accounting principles, legal and organisational responsibilities, and within scope of own responsibility.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list key provisions of relevant legislation and regulations, standards and codes of practice that may affect aspects of financial operations

briefly describe the organisational accounting systems and procedures

explain how to check for errors or discrepancies

list and describe tasks that are outside own scope of responsibility.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer equipment and relevant software

examples of source journals

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to report financial activity for business both in response to client requests and to meet statutory requirements such as the completion of financial reports.

This unit applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of financial activities who contribute financial skills and knowledge to address reporting requirements of clients and legal authorities. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Compile financial information and data	1.1 Collect, evaluate and code current financial data to ensure consistency, quality and accuracy in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Use conversion and consolidation procedures to compile analysis in accordance with organisational requirements 1.3 Make, record and disclose asset and liability valuations in accordance with organisational requirements 1.4 Ensure that discrepancies, unusual features or queries are identified, resolved or referred to the appropriate authority
2 Prepare statutory requirement reports	2.1 Correctly record income and expenditure to ensure compliance with statutory requirements 2.2 Calculate liabilities for tax in accordance with current legislation and revenue gathering practices 2.3 Correctly identify relevant receipts, revenue documentation and payments 2.4 Ensure that statements and claims take full advantage of available benefits and allowances in accordance with statutory requirements 2.5 Submit statutory requirement reports to appropriate authorities within stated deadlines
3 Provide financial business recommendations	3.1 Ensure that recommendations are logically derived and supported by evidence in report 3.2 Provide recommendations to propose constructive actions to enhance the effectiveness and efficacy of functions and services 3.3 Ensure recommendations are concise and facilitate direction and control of organisation’s operations 3.4 Identify and prioritise significant issues in statements including comparative financial performances for review and decision making 3.5 Ensure structure and format of reports are clear and conform to organisational and statutory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5	Compares and analyses information from a range of sources varying in complexity to determine and complete financial requirements
Writing	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.5	Records numerical and textual information incorporating required financial language organising data in a manner that supports the format and purpose of the document
Oral Communication	1.4, 3.2, 3.3	Presents financial issues and requirements clearly, succinctly and based on own findings using language appropriate to audience and environment Exchanges and obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Establishes criteria and categories for financial management purposes and monitors activities on a regular basis Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret and arrange/compare numerical information in order to comply with requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Recognises, understands and applies applicable legislation, industry standards and organisational policies and procedures in the conduct of own work
Interact with others	1.4, 2.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with external stakeholders to supply required information
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.4	Uses formal and logical processes to plan and complete tasks, achieving timelines and organisational requirements Uses analytical skills to identify discrepancies, attempts to resolves the issues within the context of own responsibilities and, where appropriate, consults with more experienced colleagues for assistance Uses a range of digital technologies to access, record, store, organise, compile, analyse and present complex data from multiple sources of information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	BSBFIA402A Report on financial activity	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

organise and present financial data including budget variances, budgets and forecasts, cash flow/profit reports, balance sheets, financial year reports, operating statements, expenditure and receipts and profit and loss statements to highlight relevant features and meet workplace requirements

use conversion and consolidation procedures such as moving averages, standardised variables, trend analysis and unit costs

identify, resolve or refer discrepancies such as absence of auditable trail, expenditure report mismatches, incorrect payments and unreconciled cash flows

record income and expenditure to meet statutory requirements

calculate liabilities for tax including completing Business Activity Statements

provide financial business recommendations

apply knowledge of relevant legislation and regulations

perform double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of legislation, regulation and codes of practice relevant to financial operations

describe the techniques used for forecasting and analysis

identify the options, methods and practices for deductions, benefits and depreciations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer with relevant software

examples of financial data, reports and documents

workplace financial policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA412 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare financial reports in line with statutory reporting requirements. It encompasses compiling and analysing data.

This unit applies to individuals that are required to apply specialised knowledge and analytical skills to prepare financial reports as part of their job role.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the BSB Business Services Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on regulatory requirements.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Compile and analyse financial data	1.1 Collect, evaluate and code current financial data to ensure consistency, quality and accuracy in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Use conversion and consolidation procedures to compile data in accordance with organisational requirements 1.3 Make, record and disclose asset and liability valuations in compliance with accounting standards 1.4 Ensure that discrepancies, unusual features or queries are identified, resolved or referred to the appropriate authority 1.5 Identify and record effects of taxation
2. Prepare reports	2.1 Correctly record income and expenditure to ensure compliance with statutory requirements 2.2 Correctly identify relevant receipts, revenue documentation and payments 2.3 Prepare reports according to statutory and ethical requirements, and organisational procedures relating to conflict of interest, confidentiality, and disclosure statements 2.4 Present charts, diagrams, tables and supporting data in required format 2.5 Review statements and data for errors and compliance with statutory requirements and organisational procedures, and amend as required 2.6 Submit statutory requirement reports to appropriate authorities within stated deadlines
3. Provide financial business recommendations	3.1 Review recommendations and ensure they are logically derived and supported by evidence 3.2 Provide recommendations to enhance the effectiveness of functions and services 3.3 Ensure recommendations are concise and relevant to the direction and control of organisational operations 3.4 Identify and prioritise significant issues in statements including comparative financial performances for review and decision making 3.5 Ensure structure and format of reports are clear and conform to organisational and statutory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Compares and analyses information from a range of sources varying in complexity to determine and complete financial requirements
Writing	Records numerical and textual information incorporating required financial language organising data in a manner that supports the format and purpose of the document
Oral Communication	Presents financial issues and requirements clearly, succinctly and based on own findings using language appropriate to audience and environment Exchanges and obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	Establishes criteria and categories for financial management purposes and monitors activities on a regular basis Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret and arrange/compare numerical information in order to comply with requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises, understands and applies applicable legislation, industry standards and organisational policies and procedures in the conduct of own work
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with external stakeholders to supply required information
Get the work done	Uses formal and logical processes to plan and complete tasks, achieving timelines and organisational requirements Uses analytical skills to identify discrepancies, attempts to resolves the issues within the context of own responsibilities and, where appropriate, consults with more experienced colleagues for assistance Uses a range of digital technologies to access, record, store, organise, compile, analyse and present complex data from multiple sources of information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA412 Report on financial activity Release 1	BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity Release 1	Updates to elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA412 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

organise and present financial data to highlight relevant features and meet workplace requirements including:

budget variances

budgets and forecasts

cash flow/profit reports

balance sheets

financial year reports

operating statements

expenditure and receipts

profit and loss statements

use conversion and consolidation procedures such as moving averages, standardised variables, trend analysis and unit costs

identify, resolve or refer discrepancies such as:

absence of auditable trail

expenditure report mismatches

incorrect payments and unreconciled cash flows

record income and expenditure to meet statutory requirements

calculate liabilities for tax including completing Business Activity Statements, where applicable

provide financial business recommendations

apply knowledge of relevant legislation and regulations

perform double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role:

key provisions of legislation, regulation and codes of practice relevant to financial operations

key techniques used for forecasting and analysis

key features of the options, methods and practices for deductions, benefits and depreciations

current business taxation requirements for preparing corporate accounting reports

current financial legislation and statutory requirements relating to taxable transactions and reporting requirements

ethical requirements associated with preparing financial reports for corporate entities, including conflict of interest, confidentiality, and disclosure requirements

industry-standard methods and formats used to present financial data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer with relevant software

examples of financial data, reports and documents

workplace financial policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations in the workplace.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake financial management within a work team in an organisation. It includes planning and implementing financial management approaches, supporting team members whose role involves aspects of financial operations, monitoring and controlling finances and reviewing and evaluating effectiveness of financial management processes.

It applies to managers in a wide range of organisations and sectors who have responsibility for ensuring that work team financial resources are used effectively and are managed in line with financial objectives of the team and organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance - Financial Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan financial management approaches	1.1 Access budget/financial plans for the work team 1.2 Clarify budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation to ensure that documented outcomes are achievable, accurate and comprehensible 1.3 Negotiate any changes required to be made to budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation 1.4 Prepare contingency plans in the event that initial plans need to be varied
2 Implement financial management approaches	2.1 Disseminate relevant details of the agreed budget/financial plans to team members 2.2 Provide support to ensure that team members can competently perform required roles associated with the management of finances 2.3 Determine and access resources and systems to manage financial management processes within the work team
3 Monitor and control finances	3.1 Implement processes to monitor actual expenditure and to control costs across the work team 3.2 Monitor expenditure and costs on an agreed cyclical basis to identify cost variations and expenditure overruns 3.3 Implement, monitor and modify contingency plans as required to maintain financial objectives 3.4 Report on budget and expenditure in accordance with organisational protocols
4 Review and evaluate financial management processes	4.1 Collect and collate for analysis, data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team 4.2 Analyse data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team and identify, document and recommend any improvements to existing processes 4.3 Implement and monitor agreed improvements in line with financial objectives of the work team and the organisation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.2, 4.3	Interprets and analyses information to determine activities required
Writing	1.1, 1.4, 4.1-4.3	Records information in correct forms and prepares materials which convey detailed and factual content in accordance with internal procedures
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.3	Presents information about financial issues and requirements to a range of audiences using structure and language to suit the audience Uses active listening and questioning to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to analyse numeric information in budgets or financial plans
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.3	Recognises, understands and adheres to organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 2.3, 4.2, 4.3	Uses a range of strategies to connect, collaborate and cooperate with other work colleagues in activities requiring collective effort and diverse skills and knowledge
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Uses logical processes in planning, implementing and evaluating complex tasks and developing alternative strategies in achieving goals and timelines Uses a range of digital technologies to access, filter, compile, integrate and logically present complex information from multiple sources

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	BSBFIM501A Manage budgets and financial plans	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use financial skills to work with and interpret budgets, ageing summaries, cash flow, petty cash, Goods and Services Tax (GST), and profit and loss statements

communicate with relevant people to clarify budget/financial plans, negotiate changes and disseminate information

prepare, implement and modify financial contingency plans

monitor expenditure and control costs

support and monitor team members

report on budget and expenditure

review and make recommendations for improvements to financial processes

meet record keeping requirements for the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) and for auditing purposes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe basic accounting principles

identify and explain the relevant legislation and current requirements of the Australian Taxation Office, including the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

explain the key requirements for financiall record keeping and auditing

describe the principles and techniques involved in managing:

budgeting

cash flows

electronic spreadsheets

GST

ledgers and financial statements

profit and loss statements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial management field of work and include access to:

resources and documentation used in the workplace

workplace policies and procedures

workplace budgets and financial plans

business technology

case studies and, where available, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information and maintain effective relationships and networks, with particular regard to communication and representation.

This unit applies to individuals who use leadership skills including motivation, mentoring and coaching to develop efficient, effective and unified teams and facilitate communication between team members and management of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Seek, receive and communicate information and ideas	1.1 Collect information associated with the achievement of work responsibilities from appropriate sources 1.2 Communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences in an appropriate and sensitive manner 1.3 Seek contributions from internal and external sources to develop and refine new ideas and approaches in accordance with organisational processes 1.4 Facilitate consultation processes to allow employees to contribute to issues related to their work, and promptly communicate outcomes of consultation to the work team 1.5 Promptly deal with and resolve issues raised, or refer them to relevant personnel
2 Encourage trust and confidence	2.1 Treat people with integrity, respect and empathy 2.2 Encourage effective relationships within the framework of the organisation’s social, ethical and business standards 2.3 Gain and maintain the trust and confidence of colleagues, customers and suppliers through competent performance 2.4 Adjust interpersonal styles and methods in relation to the organisation’s social and cultural environment
3 Identify and use networks and relationships	3.1 Identify and utilise workplace networks to help build relationships 3.2 Identify and describe the value and benefits of networks and other work relationships for the team and the organisation
4 Contribute to positive outcomes	4.1 Identify difficulties and take action to rectify the situation within own level of responsibility according to organisational and legal requirements 4.2 Support colleagues in resolving work difficulties 4.3 Regularly review workplace outcomes and implement improvements in consultation with relevant personnel 4.4 Identify and resolve poor work performance within own level of responsibility and according to organisational policies 4.5 Deal constructively with conflict, within the organisation’s established processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 4.3	Comprehends textual information to determine regulatory requirements and adhere to job processes and internal policies
Writing	1.1-1.5, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Uses appropriate language to record key information related to the outcomes of the job Varies writing style to meet requirements of audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2-4.5	Speaks clearly using tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose Uses appropriate techniques, including active listening and questioning, to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to explicit and implicit organisational policies, procedures, standards and legislative requirements within own job role and in all interactions with others
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to build rapport, establish networks, seek or share information, Adjusts personal communication style in response to a diverse range of individuals in the work context Uses collaborative techniques to engage team members in consultations and negotiations Implements strategies to respond appropriately to conflict and poor work performance
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4,1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for effective outcomes Uses formal analytical thinking techniques and broad ranging consultative processes to identify issues and implement a constructive approach to solutions and improvement opportunities Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access, present and communicate information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	BSBFLM303C Contribute to effective workplace relationships	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access and analyse information to achieve planned outcomes

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts and dealing with poor performance within organisational and legislative requirements

review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel

adjust interpersonal style and communications to respond to cultural and social diversity

apply relationship management and communication skills with a range of people that:

demonstrate integrity, respect, empathy and cultural sensitivity and promote trust

forge effective relationships with internal and/or external people and help to maintain these networks

encourage participation and foster contribution of and respect for ideas and feedback

provide support to colleagues to resolve difficulties.

communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences

develop networks and build team relationships.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of how work relationships and the cultural and social environment can support or hinder achieving planned outcomes

explain techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team

identify relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation

describe a range of methods and techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

outline problems solving methods

explain methods to resolve workplace conflict

explain methods to manage poor work performance

explain how to monitor, analyse and introduce ways to improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM306 Provide workplace information and resourcing plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support the information management system. It involves the identification, acquisition, initial analysis and use of appropriate workplace information.

It applies to individuals who use organisational and analytical skills to support business and resource planning processes. At this level, work will normally be carried out within known routines, methods and procedures, and may also involve a number of complex or non-routine activities that require some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Locate relevant information	1.1 Identify and locate information required by teams 1.2 Acquire and review information according to organisational procedures 1.3 Apply plans and procedures to obtain information which is not immediately available/accessible
2 Collect and report information	2.1 Collect information relevant to the needs of teams in an adequate and timely manner 2.2 Ensure information acquired is in a format suitable for analysis, interpretation and dissemination 2.3 Use information to identify and report relevant trends and developments to relevant personnel, within the limits of own role
3 Use information systems	3.1 Effectively use management information systems to store and retrieve data 3.2 Use available technology to manage information effectively 3.3 Report recommendations for improving information system to designated persons and/or groups
4 Support preparation of business plan and/or budgets	4.1 Effectively utilise the contribution of the work team when preparing business plans and/or budgets to gain support for outcomes 4.2 Present and record information to support preparation of business plans and/or budgets in accordance with organisation’s guidelines and requirements 4.3 Follow contingency plans when alternative action is required
5 Support preparation of resource proposals	5.1 Consult with colleagues to collect resource planning data as required 5.2 Report estimated resource needs and usage according to organisational requirements as necessary 5.3 Facilitate resourcing within limits of own role

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.2	Interprets information from a range of familiar texts including organisational policies and procedures
Writing	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2	Uses appropriate vocabulary and formats to achieve precise meaning in a range of documentation
Oral Communication	2.3, 3.3, 4.1, 5.1	Provides information using terminology and style appropriate to context and audience Uses questioning and listening techniques to exchange and clarify information
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2	Interprets and analyses numerical information to identify budgetary requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 4.2, 5.2	Adheres to organisational protocols and procedures and understands the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities
Interact with others	3.3, 5.1	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Seeks to cooperate with others to achieve results in immediate work context
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to achieve required outcomes Makes routine decisions based on implementation of standard plans and procedures Collects and analyses information efficiently to develop recommendations for improvements and perform resourcing tasks Uses digital systems and tools to access, store and retrieve data and manage information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM306 Provide workplace information and resourcing plans	BSBFLM306C Provide workplace information and resourcing plans	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM306 Provide workplace information and resourcing plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use management information system to collect, store and retrieve data to support the preparation of business plans and/or budgets

involve the work team in planning and budget preparation

estimate resource needs and usage according to organisational requirements and allocating or acquiring resources within limits of own role.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe information contained in management information systems

discuss basic financial concepts relating to operational plans and budgets

list the main requirements of a business plan

outline data required to prepare resource proposals

outline methods to gain efficiencies in operational resource management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to the effectiveness of the work team. It involves planning with the team to meet expected outcomes, developing team cohesion, participating in and facilitating the work team, and communicating with the management of the organisation.

It applies to individuals who play a prominent part in motivating, mentoring, coaching and developing team cohesion through team leadership and forming the link between the management of the organisation and the team members. At this level, work will normally be carried out within known routines, methods and procedures, and may also involve complex or non-routine activities that require some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Contribute to team outcomes	1.1 Consult team members to identify team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives 1.2 Support team members to meet expected outcomes
2 Support team cohesion	2.1 Encourage team members to participate in the planning, decision making and operational aspects of the work team to their level of responsibility 2.2 Encourage team members to take responsibility for their own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward team members’ efforts and contributions 2.4 Identify and address issues, concerns and problems identified by team members, or refer to relevant persons as required
3 Participate in work team	3.1 Actively encourage and support team members to participate in team activities and communication processes and to take responsibility for their actions 3.2 Support the team to identify and resolve problems which impede its performance 3.3 Utilise own contribution to work team to serve as a role model for others and enhance the organisation’s image within the work team, the organisation and with clients/customers
4 Communicate with management	4.1 Maintain open communication with line manager/management at all times 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues to line manager/management and follow up to ensure action is taken in response to these matters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.3, 2.4, 4.2, 4.3	Uses appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions to communicate information, matching style to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Presents ideas and seeks feedback from others using vocabulary and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience Participates in open discussions to elicit the views of others by asking questions and listening to responses
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Ensures that team members are aware of their rights and responsibilities in the workplace, including workplace safety
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Collaborates, supports and cooperates with others to achieve work outcomes, and encourages others to do the same Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Recognises importance of own interpersonal skills in projecting a positive image to others in work context Understands the need to modify own communication style to accommodate individual differences
Get the work done	1.1, 2.4, 4.1, 4.3	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Recognises and responds to problems related to role and seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	BSBFLM312C Contribute to team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

discuss and clarify goals and responsibilities with a team of people

apply management and communication skills with a range of people that:

provides direction and leadership

assists individuals to achieve goals

motivates and builds team cohesion

fosters contribution of and respect for ideas

apply techniques for resolving problems within organisational and legislative requirements

communicate effectively with management including escalating problems outside own area of responsibility

manage communication of information to, and between, the team.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list organisational goals, objectives and plans that relate to the team

identify legislation, regulations, standards or codes of practice that may impact team performance and outcomes

describe the organisational structure with reference to the organisational chart

describe options for addressing performance issues in the organisation

explain the principles and techniques of:

group dynamics and processes

motivation

negotiation

explain why considering individual behaviour and differences is important to a manager.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

relevant legislation

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to execute tasks associated with the recruitment cycle and apply in-depth knowledge of the work of the organisation, and how recruitment and selection practices fit with other human resources functions.

This unit applies to individuals who support recruitment, selection and induction functions under the direction of a human resource manager.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for recruitment	1.1 Obtain approval to fill position, clarify time lines and requirement for appointment 1.2 Assist in preparing job descriptions that accurately reflect the role requirements, according to organisational policies and procedures, legislation, codes, national standards and work health and safety (WHS) considerations 1.3 Consult with relevant personnel about job descriptions and workforce strategy 1.4 Assist in ensuring that job descriptions comply with legislative requirements and reflect the organisation's requirements for a diverse workforce 1.5 Obtain approvals to advertise position
2 Plan for selection	2.1 Choose appropriate channels and technology to advertise vacancies and/or identify potential talent pool 2.2 Advertise vacancies for staffing requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Consult with relevant personnel to convene selection panel and develop interview questions 2.4 Assist in ensuring that interview questions comply with legislative requirements 2.5 Assist in short-listing applicants 2.6 Schedule interviews and advise relevant people of times, dates and venues
3 Support selection process	3.1 Participate in interview process and assess candidates against agreed selection criteria 3.2 Discuss assessment with other selection panel members 3.3 Correct biases and deviations from agreed procedures and negotiate for preferred candidate 3.4 Contact referees for referee reports 3.5 Prepare selection report and make recommendations to senior personnel for appointment 3.6 Advise unsuccessful candidates of outcomes and respond to any queries 3.7 Secure preferred candidate's agreement 3.8 Complete necessary documentation according to organisational procedures, observing confidentiality and privacy requirements
4 Induct successful candidate	4.1 Provide successful candidate with employment contract and other documentation 4.2 Advise manager and work team of new appointment 4.3 Advise managers and staff of candidate's starting date and make necessary administrative arrangements for pay and employee record keeping 4.4 Arrange successful candidate's induction according to organisational policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5	Synthesises ideas, concepts and specific information from workplace and regulatory texts to inform development of workplace documents Evaluates information to make judgements
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2.2, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 4.2, 4.3	Produces a range of text types using specific information, workplace conventions and templates
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.5. 3.7	Asks questions and listens carefully to gather, interpret or evaluate information Uses appropriate vocabulary to present ideas or persuasive arguments
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 3.3, 3.8, 4.1, 4.4	Applies workplace protocols, legislation or regulations relevant to own responsibilities
Interact with others	1.3, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with personnel, candidates or referees Participates in conversations relevant to role responding, explaining, negotiating and persuading as required
Get the work done	2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Selects and uses digital technology to access, enter, store and retrieve information in accordance with security requirements Takes responsibility for planning and implementing tasks for efficient and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	BSBHRM405A Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare job descriptions

use job descriptions to support sourcing, selecting and appointing suitable staff

use different advertising channels to promote vacancies and/or establish a potential talent pool

consult with managers to gain approvals

develop selection criteria and interview questions in consultation with relevant personnel

schedule interviews and advise relevant people of times, dates and venues

participate in interviews and other selection techniques including assessing candidates against selection criteria to short list them

obtain referees' reports

prepare and distribute a selection report including feedback to give unsuccessful candidates

advise unsuccessful candidates of the results

secure preferred candidate’s agreement and provide an employment contract

advise other staff of the successful candidate and arrange induction.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify documentation required for recruitment, selection and induction

explain human resources life cycle and the place of recruitment and selection

identify legislation relevant to recruitment, selection and induction of staff

describe channels and technology to advertise vacancies

explain a range of interviewing techniques and other selection processes and their application.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – human resource development field of work and include access to:

workplace policies and procedures

business technology

position descriptions

legislation, regulations, Codes and Standards relevant to staff recruitment, selection and induction

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement an organisation’s remuneration and benefit plans. It incorporates all functions associated with remuneration, including packaging, salary benchmarking, market rate reviews, bonuses and the legislative aspects of remuneration and employee benefits.

It applies to individuals who are human resource managers responsible for overseeing an organisation’s remuneration process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Develop organisation’s remuneration strategy	1.1 Analyse strategic and operational plans to determine the scope of remuneration and benefits plans 1.2 Undertake research on current practice, recent developments and legislative parameters for remuneration strategy 1.3 Develop options for consideration by relevant managers 1.4 Present options showing the link to organisational strategic objectives 1.5 Ensure remuneration policies and incentive plans are agreed and recorded 1.6 Ensure organisation is positioned as an employer of choice and regarded as a desirable workplace
2 Implement remuneration strategy	2.1 Research occupational groups to determine those which are industrial agreement based 2.2 Access or undertake market rates surveys regularly to ensure the organisation’s required level of competitiveness for particular occupational groups is maintained 2.3 Align remuneration and benefits plans with performance management system 2.4 Ensure employees receive at least their minimum entitlements according to organisational policies and legal requirements 2.5 Ensure salary packages comply with organisational policies and legal requirements, including fringe benefits tax (FBT) and superannuation 2.6 Ensure incentive arrangements, if included, comply with the organisation’s remuneration strategy
3 Review and update remuneration strategy	3.1 Consult managers and employees about the effectiveness of the remuneration strategy 3.2 Amend strategy and plans as necessary to meet organisational policies and legal requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning from a range of text types
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3. 3.2	Develops complex material for specific audiences using clear language and appropriate structure to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.4, 1.5, 3.1	Draws on a repertoire of open questioning and active listening skills when consulting others Uses appropriate terminology and non-verbal features to present information or clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6,	Analyses numerical information to determine employee remuneration and benefits according to a clear set of parameters
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.3-2.6, 3.2	Adheres to relevant organisational policies, procedures and legislative requirements Considers own role in terms of its contributions to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.4, 1.5, 3.1	Uses effective presentation and collaboration skills to show options, negotiate agreement and gain feedback on policies
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical processes to determine appropriate models of remuneration and benefits for particular occupational groups and individuals Uses evaluation and analysis of feedback to decide on improvements to strategy

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	BSBHRM505B Manage remuneration and employee benefits	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop remuneration strategies for different occupational groups

manage remuneration and benefits in accordance with all legislative and ethical requirements and operational policies

apply awards and agreements to remuneration processes

apply requirements of the Australian Taxation Office in relation to income tax, superannuation reporting, FBT and bonus payments.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline remuneration principles or models and approaches

explain the ethical practices relating to remuneration and benefits strategies

outline various remuneration or employee benefits

describe ways to position an organisation an 'employer of choice'

outline award structures for industrial agreements

summarise organisational policies and procedures affecting remuneration strategies

identify relevant legislation, regulations and standards that may affect remuneration strategies

list the requirements of the Australian Taxation Office in relation to:

income tax

superannuation reporting

FBT and bonus payments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – human resource development field of work and include access to:

an appropriate range of documentation and resources normally used in the workplace

organisational policies and procedures

relevant legislation, regulations and codes of practice

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBHRM513 Manage workforce planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage planning in relation to an organisation's workforce including researching requirements, developing objectives and strategies, implementing initiatives and monitoring and evaluating trends.

It applies to individuals who are human resource managers or staff members with a role in a policy or planning unit that focuses on workforce planning.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Research workforce requirements	1.1 Review current data on staff turnover and demographics 1.2 Assess factors that may affect workforce supply 1.3 Establish the organisation's requirements for a skilled and diverse workforce
2 Develop workforce objectives and strategies	2.1 Review organisational strategy and establish aligned objectives for modification or retention of the workforce 2.2 Consider strategies to address unacceptable staff turnover, if required 2.3 Define objectives to retain required skilled labour 2.4 Define objectives for workforce diversity and cross-cultural management 2.5 Define strategies to source skilled labour 2.6 Communicate objectives and rationale to relevant stakeholders 2.7 Obtain agreement and endorsement for objectives and establish targets 2.8 Develop contingency plans to cope with extreme situations
3 Implement initiatives to support workforce planning objectives	3.1 Implement action to support agreed objectives for recruitment, training, redeployment and redundancy 3.2 Develop and implement strategies to assist workforce to deal with organisational change 3.3 Develop and implement strategies to assist in meeting the organisation's workforce diversity goals 3.4 Implement succession planning system to ensure desirable workers are developed and retained 3.5 Implement programs to ensure workplace is an employer of choice
4 Monitor and evaluate workforce trends	4.1 Review workforce plan against patterns in exiting employee and workforce changes 4.2 Monitor labour supply trends for areas of over or undersupply in the external environment 4.3 Monitor effects of labour trends on demand for labour 4.4 Survey organisational climate to gauge worker satisfaction 4.5 Refine objectives and strategies in response to internal and external changes and make recommendations in response to global trends and incidents 4.6 Regularly review government policy on labour demand and supply 4.7 Evaluate effectiveness of change processes against agreed objectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 4.6	Interprets and critically analyses organisational strategy and data on staff turnover and demographics
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 3.2, 3.3, 4.5	Uses broad vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions appropriate to audience and context to develop strategies, plans or reports
Oral communication	2.6, 2.7	Conveys information using language, format and style appropriate to a specific audience
Numeracy	4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information and applies mathematical and problem-solving strategies when monitoring labour trends and surveying organisational climate
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.7, 3.2, 3.3	Understands and interprets organisational goals r to develop processes, objectives or strategies relevant to own role requirements
Interact with others	2.6, 2.7	Selects and implements appropriate communication protocols to liaise with personnel in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1, 2.8, 3.1 -3.5, 4.1- 4.7	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication when researching requirements and developing workforce objectives and strategies Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account when assessing factors affecting workforce supply Anticipates potential problems and uses analytical or lateral thinking processes to formulate contingency plans Uses a range of digital tools to collect data, and to extract, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBHRM513 Manage workforce planning	BSBHRM513A Manage workforce planning	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM513 Manage workforce planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

review and interpret information from a range of internal and external sources to identify:

current staff turnover and demographics

labour supply trends factors that may affect workforce supply

organisation's workforce requirements objectives and strategies

manage workforce planning including developing, implementing, monitoring and reviewing strategies to meet workforce needs

review relevant trends and supply and demand factors that will impact on an organisation's workforce

develop a workforce plan that includes relevant research and specific strategies to ensure access to a skilled and diverse workforce.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain current information about external labour supply relevant to the specific industry or skill requirements of the organisation

outline industrial relations relevant to the specific industry

describe labour force analysis and forecasting techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – human resource development field of work and include access to:

an appropriate range of documentation and resources normally used in the workplace

organisational strategic and operational plans

organisational policies and procedures

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBHRM604 Manage employee relations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to develop and maintain a positive and productive workplace environment. It covers all aspects of employee relations impacting on managers at the strategic level.

It applies to individuals who are non-specialist human resource managers and covers a broad range of employee relations activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Implement employee relations strategy and policies for own work area	1.1 Ensure employee relations strategy is consistent with organisational strategic objectives 1.2 Develop strategies and policies through the application of a risk management approach and extensive consultation and participation by relevant groups and individuals 1.3 Ensure strategy and policies take account of equal opportunity, family/work relationships and promote the absence of discrimination and/or harassment 1.4 Develop risk management strategies which take account of the withdrawal of labour and other potential outcomes of disputes 1.5 Identify any potential areas of conflict and ensure strategies and policies take account of the objectives of relevant groups and individuals
2 Build and maintain a productive culture	2.1 Negotiate awards, agreements, and contracts which balance organisational objectives and employee rights and obligations 2.2 Identify and meet all legal and organisational requirements within the conditions of employment 2.3 Undertake regular and timely consultation and communication with individuals and relevant groups 2.4 Develop policies and practices to facilitate employee recruitment, retention and satisfaction 2.5 Provide induction programs and training to develop competence and confidence and to ensure work is performed safely and effectively 2.6 Provide opportunities for employees to understand their role and how it contributes to the achievement of organisational objectives 2.7 Develop, regularly review and update individual and team development plans 2.8 Evaluate and revise employee relations policies regularly
3 Resolve employee relations problems	3.1 Establish processes for early intervention to identify and minimise problems or grievances 3.2 Communicate problem solving processes to, and obtain support from, all relevant groups and individuals 3.3 Provide training to develop competence in conflict management, negotiation and dispute resolution 3.4 Obtain specialist advice where appropriate or where formal hearings are required 3.5 Ensure processes are fair, equitable and consistent with all relevant awards agreements and legislation 3.6 Ensure problem solving processes provide for external mediation and conciliation, and arbitration where appropriate
4 Manage diversity	4.1 Develop plans for the promotion of diversity within the organisation 4.2 Openly promote diversity and its benefits within the organisation 4.3 Develop education and communication plans to promote and encourage diversity 4.4 Develop and implement processes to deal with events which inhibit the organisation from meeting its diversity objectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.8, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Identifies and interprets relevant information and ideas in a range of complex texts relating to employee relations Recognises relevant information within job specifications and work processes
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting appropriate conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning to manage employee relations
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2	Presents information and opinions using language and non-verbal features appropriate to audience Uses verbal and listening skills to obtain specialist advice as well as promoting diversity within the organisation
Numeracy	1.2, 1.4, 2.2	Selects and interprets mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 3.5	Works autonomously making high level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Monitors and reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5-2.7, 3.1-3.4, 3.6, 4.2, 4.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with staff at various levels Influences and fosters a collaborative culture facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion Shares knowledge, information and experience openly as an integral part of the working relationship Understands diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into the work context Recognises potential for conflict and, working with others, develops organisational processes to deal with conflict
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3-3.6, 4.1-4.4	Sequences and schedules a range of complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Makes high impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Anticipates potential problems and formulates plans to deal with them, as they arise Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBHRM604 Manage employee relations	BSBHRM604A Manage employee relations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM604 Manage employee relations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consult with relevant stakeholders to develop, implement, monitor and review employee relations strategies and policies including:

diversity

recruitment

induction

training and development

performance management

develop an employee relations risk management strategy

negotiate employment awards, agreements and contracts

maintain high standards of performance in respect to equal opportunity and the management of diversity

manage conflict and early intervention in respect to employee grievances and problems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify human resource specialist assistance requirements

describe the principles of relevant industrial agreements

determine key result areas of the organisation

outline organisational plans (strategic, tactical and operational) for human resource planning

identify and summarise organisational policies relating to balancing family/work relationships

outline external and internal organisational support services for employees

explain performance measurement systems utilised within the organisation

outline relevant legislative and regulatory requirements

outline staff development strategies

explain unfair dismissal rules and due process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – human resource development field of work and include access to:

organisational strategic and operational plans

workplace policies and procedures

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industrial awards relevant to the business

business technology

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINM301 Organise workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather, organise and apply workplace information in the context of an organisation’s work processes and knowledge management systems.

It applies to individuals who perform a defined range of skilled operations in various work contexts. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate knowledge of information management to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Information Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Collect and assess information	1.1 Access product and service information in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Ensure methods of collecting information are reliable and make efficient use of available time and resources 1.3 Assess information for clarity, accuracy, currency and relevance to intended tasks 1.4 Use interpersonal skills to access relevant information from teams and individuals
2 Organise information	2.1 Organise information in a format suitable for analysis, interpretation and dissemination in accordance with organisational requirements 2.2 Use appropriate technology/systems to maintain information in accordance with organisational requirements 2.3 Collate information and materials and communicate to relevant designated persons 2.4 Identify difficulties organising and accessing information and solve collaboratively with individuals and team members 2.5 Update and store information in accordance with organisational requirements and systems
3 Review information needs	3.1 Actively seek feedback on clarity, accuracy and sufficiency of information to ensure relevance of information and system 3.2 Review the contribution of information to decision making and implement appropriate modifications to collection processes 3.3 Identify future information needs and incorporate modifications to collection processes 3.4 Document future information needs and incorporate in modifications to reporting processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 3.2	Recognises and assesses textual information to complete tasks according to requirements
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.4	Completes workplace records, forms and documentation accurately using correct format, accurate spelling and grammar and terminology specific to requirements
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1	Elicits the view and opinions of others and obtains information by listening and questioning Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions using clear language to contribute information and convey issues
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 2.5	Understands rights and responsibilities and complies with explicit policies and procedures and legal and regulatory requirements
Interact with others	1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols Complies with work instructions and contributes to work group discussions using accepted conventions
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making decisions about sequencing and timing Makes low impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses digital technology to access and record information and to communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINM301 Organise workplace information	BSBINM301A Organise workplace information	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM301 Organise workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

efficiently and effectively gather, assess, organise and use workplace information as part of own job role

provide accurate information for defined purposes

maintain and handle data and documents systematically

use business technology to manage information

communicate with colleagues and clients using effective interpersonal skills to obtain and check workplace information

apply relevant legislation and regulations to workplace information

monitor, review and modify information processes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how legislation and regulations may affect the gathering organising and distribution of workplace information

describe methods for checking validity of information and its sources

describe organisational recordkeeping and filing systems, security procedures and safe recording practices

identify workplace policies and procedures relating to workplace information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – information management field of work and include access to:

business technology

workplace policies and procedures

relevant legislation and codes of practice

office equipment and resources

examples of information documents found in the workplace

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINM401 Implement workplace information system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and review the workplace information system. It involves the identification, acquisition, initial analysis and use of appropriate information which plays a significant part in the organisation’s effectiveness.

It applies to individuals whose work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures which require planning and evaluation, leadership and guidance of others, and some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Information Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify and source information needs	1.1 Determine and locate information required by teams 1.2 Acquire and review information held by the organisation to determine suitability, accessibility, currency and reliability according to organisational policies
2 Collect, analyse and report information	2.1 Collect information, which is adequate and relevant to the needs of teams, in a timely manner 2.2 Ensure information is in a format suitable for analysis, interpretation and dissemination 2.3 Analyse information to identify and report relevant trends and developments in terms of the needs for which it was acquired
3 Implement information systems	3.1 Implement management information systems effectively to store, retrieve and regularly review data for decision making purposes 3.2 Use technology available in the work area to manage information effectively 3.3 Submit recommendations for improving the information system to designated persons and/or groups
4 Prepare for information system changes	4.1 Collect information about information system future needs in consultation with colleagues, including those who have a specialist role in resource management 4.2 Ensure estimates of information system future needs reflect the organisation’s business plans, and customer and supplier requirements 4.3 Support proposals to secure resources by clearly presenting submissions that describe realistic options, benefits, costs and outcomes 4.4 Prepare team members to work with new technology and information system changes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information relating to specific criteria to determine requirements
Writing	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Uses active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	4.1-4.3	Selects from and uses a variety of developing mathematical and problem solving strategies to ensure estimates of information reflect the business plan and staff requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation
Interact with others	1.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are expected and deadlines are to be met
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Contributes to continuous improvement of current work practices by applying basic principles of analytical thinking Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access, enter, present and communicate data and information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINM401 Implement workplace information system	BSBINM401A Implement workplace information system	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM401 Implement workplace information system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify, source and analyse information to determine

information system needs

whether it is fit for purpose

trends and developments

implement and review the workplace information system

review a workplace information system and prepare and present a submission recommending improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the information systems that are, or should be, available in the workplace

explain the information management systems and technology typically associated with the workplace including:

budgets and financial management systems

customer information software or records

databases

personal digital assistant (PDA)

product and service information

project management software

record management systems

spreadsheets.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – information management field of work and include access to:

business technology

a workplace information system

workplace policies and procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to be an effective and proactive member of an innovative team.

It applies to individuals who play a proactive role in demonstrating, encouraging or supporting innovation in a team environment. The individual may be a team participant or a team leader. Teams may be formal or informal and may comprise a range of personnel.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Innovation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Create opportunities to maximise innovation within the team	1.1 Evaluate and reflect on what the team needs and wants to achieve 1.2 Check out information about current or potential team members’ work in the context of developing a more innovative team 1.3 Bring people into the team or make suggestions for team members based on what needs to be achieved and the potential for cross fertilising ideas 1.4 Acknowledge, respect and discuss the different ways that people may contribute to building or enhancing the team
2 Organise and agree effective ways of working	2.1 Jointly establish ground rules for how the team will operate 2.2 Agree and communicate responsibilities in ways that encourage and reinforce teambased innovation 2.3 Agree and share tasks and activities to ensure the best use of skills and abilities within the team 2.4 Plan and schedule activities to allow time for thinking, challenging and collaboration 2.5 Establish personal reward and stimulation as an integral part of the team’s way of working
3 Support and guide colleagues	3.1 Model behaviour that supports innovation 3.2 Seek external stimuli and ideas to feed into team activities 3.3 Proactively share information, knowledge and experiences with other team members 3.4 Challenge and test ideas within the team in a positive and collaborative way 3.5 Proactively discuss and explore ideas with other team members on an ongoing basis
4 Reflect on how the team is working	4.1 Debrief and reflect on activities and on opportunities for improvement and innovation 4.2 Gather and use feedback from within and outside the team to generate discussion and debate 4.3 Discuss the challenges of being innovative in a constructive and open way 4.4 Take ideas for improvement, build them into future activities and communicate key issues to relevant colleagues 4.5 Identify, promote and celebrate successes and examples of successful innovation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 4.2	Interprets and analyses textual information, from a wide range of sources, to identify information relevant to team activities
Writing	2.2, 3.3, 4.4	Uses clear language and formats appropriate for the audience to highlight and present specific information
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the views and opinions of team members by listening and questioning Uses clear language to clarify rules and roles relating to team activities in formal and informal situations
Numeracy	1.2, 4.2	Interprets numeric information relevant to team activities
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Understands the nature and purpose of own role and how it affects others in the work context
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Uses inclusive techniques to initiate, contribute and promote discussion amongst potentially diverse team members Recognises the importance of establishing and building effective working relationships Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.2, 3.4, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks for efficient and effective outcomes Contributes to continuous improvement of current work practices by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Uses problem-solving processes to address less predictable problems, and when appropriate, seeking input from others Reflects on outcomes and further explores own and the team’s role in implementing innovation

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment	BSBINN301A Promote innovation in a team environment	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply practices that promote innovation within a team including:

modelling open and respectful communications

contributing to the make-up and rules of the team

planning and scheduling of activities

reflecting on activities, feedback and challenges to identity improvement options

encourage others to contribute to innovation in the team

implement improvements and communicate about them.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain what innovation is, the different types of innovation and the benefits of innovation

describe the internal and external factors that contribute to a team becoming and remaining innovative including:

team characteristics

the role of group dynamics and diversity

broader environmental factors

explain how activities can encourage or hinder innovation in a team including:

allocation of time and activities

modelling behaviour

rewards and recognition

communications

feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation and include access to:

workplace documents

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the effectiveness of business technology in the workplace. It includes maintaining existing technology and planning for future technology requirements.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of business technology who may be required to contribute well-developed skills in creating solutions to maintenance and upgrade issues with existing technology. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislation or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain performance of hardware and software	1.1 Monitor and evaluate system effectiveness to ensure it meets organisational and system requirements 1.2 Use operating system, drive and disk structure, reports and files to identify performance problems 1.3 Maintain disk drives and peripherals according to manufacturers’ and organisational requirements 1.4 Replace consumables in accordance with manufacturers’ and organisational requirements
2. Provide basic system administration	2.1 Carry out system backup procedure at regular intervals according to organisational and system requirements 2.2 Install and operate software applications in accordance with developers’ and organisational requirements 2.3 Maintain and update security access procedures in line with organisational requirements 2.4 Ensure that licences for use of software are used, checked and recorded in accordance with organisational requirements 2.5 Regularly maintain and update virus programs in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Identify future technology requirements	3.1 Maintain knowledge of current and new technology by regularly accessing sources of information 3.2 Identify and develop improved technology systems using feedback from clients and colleagues 3.3 Assess existing technology against newly available technology to determine future needs and priorities 3.4 Identify and select new technologies to achieve and maintain continuous organisational development 3.5 Obtain management and budget approval for new selected technologies

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4	Gathers, analyses and interprets a range of textual information from a variety of sources and identifies relevant information
Writing	2.3, 2.4, 3.5	Produces texts of varying complexity using appropriate language and logical structure to record and convey information
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1-2.5	Complies with organisational policies and legal responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5	Plans, implements and monitors tasks required to achieve required outcomes Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions directly related to own role Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Identifies innovations by monitoring trends from other contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	BSBITS401B Maintain business technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install software and hardware and maintain performance according to manufacturers’ and organisational requirements

organise and access software, materials and consumables

maintain and update technology and security systems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the costs and benefits of technology maintenance

describe the general features and capabilities of current industry-accepted hardware and software products

explain the importance of:

backup and security procedures

maintenance and diagnostic procedures

licensing, installation and purchasing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT support field of work and include access to:

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

examples of technology maintenance and security procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITS411 Maintain and implement digital technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the effectiveness of digital technology in the workplace. It includes maintaining existing technology, planning for future technology requirements, and identifying opportunities to improve workplace effectiveness and efficiency by introducing new digital technologies.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of digital business technologies who may be required to contribute well-developed skills in creating solutions to maintenance and upgrade issues with existing digital technology. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislation or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain performance of existing digital technologies	1.1 Monitor and evaluate system effectiveness to ensure it meets organisational and system requirements 1.2 Use operating system, available software, web-based tools, and relevant applications to identify performance problems 1.3 Maintain digital technologies according to organisational requirements by troubleshooting solutions to diagnose issues
2. Maintain security and functionality of data and digital technologies	2.1 Carry out system backup procedure at regular intervals according to organisational and system requirements 2.2 Install and operate software and other digital applications in accordance with developers’ and organisational requirements 2.3 Identify sources of risk to digital security in line with organisational policies and requirements 2.3 Maintain and update digital security access procedures in line with organisational requirements 2.4 Ensure that licences for use of software are used, checked and recorded in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Identify future technology requirements and opportunities	3.1 Identify available and upcoming digital technology solutions by accessing relevant sources of information 3.2 Assess existing digital technologies against newly available and upcoming digital technology solutions to determine future needs, opportunities, and priorities 3.3 Identify and select new digital technologies to achieve and maintain continuous organisational development in line with organisational strategies 3.4 Develop and implement improved digital technology systems based on feedback from clients and colleagues, in line with organisational policies and requirements 3.5 Obtain management and budget approval for new selected technologies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Gathers, analyses and interprets a range of textual information from a variety of sources and identifies relevant information
Writing	Produces texts of varying complexity using appropriate language and logical structure to record and convey information
Navigate the world of work	Complies with organisational policies and legal responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	Plans, implements and monitors tasks required to achieve required outcomes Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions directly related to own role Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Identifies innovations by monitoring trends from other contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITS411 Maintain and implement digital technology	BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	Updates to title, application statement, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS411 Maintain and implement digital technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and resolve system issues using a range of digital diagnostic tools

perform routine system maintenance, including carrying out back-up procedures and software/application installation

identify a range of risks to digital security and steps required to minimise/eliminate such risk

develop and implement improved digital technology systems, drawing on research of available and upcoming digital technology solutions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role.

Key features, capabilities, and limitations of current industry-accepted digital technology solutions

Key features and limitations of existing organisational digital technologies, including software licences

Key features of organisational policies and requirements related to digital security

Key features of organisational commercial strategy relevant to digital technology

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT support field of work and include access to:

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

examples of technology maintenance and security procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to correct typographical error
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and produce desktop published documents.

It applies to individuals who work in a range of environments, which may include providing administrative support within an enterprise, or who may be technical or knowledge experts responsible for production of their own documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce desktop published documents	1.1 Use safe work practices including addressing ergonomic requirements and using work organisation strategies 1.2 Use energy and resource conservation techniques 1.3 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with relevant personnel as required 1.4 Identify organisational and task requirements for desktop published documents to ensure consistency of style and image
2. Set up desktop published document	2.1 Design content structure and layout to ensure information and graphics are arranged according to related topics and in logical sequences 2.2 Select appropriate formatting and create templates or master pages to ensure consistency of design and layout 2.3 Confirm layout with appropriate person
3. Create desktop published document	3.1 Prepare, format and enter required text 3.2 Import text from other applications and resolve any formatting issues 3.3 Scan or import graphics from other applications and resolve any formatting issues 3.4 Arrange text and graphics according to organisational and task requirements
4. Finalise desktop published document	4.1 Review text for possible errors and omissions, and resolve any issues 4.2 Check page order, structure and linkages 4.3 Produce completed document in required format 4.4 Name and store text documents, in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without information loss/damage 4.5 Prepare text documents within designated timelines and organisational requirements for speed and accuracy 4.6 Use manuals, user documentation and online help to overcome problems with document design and production

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 1.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.6	Recognises and interprets diagrammatical and textual information from a range of sources to determine and adhere to requirements Applies strategies to self-correct and verify clarity and conformity of information
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3, 4.5	Enters and amends routine data using a format appropriate to requirements Develops documents using required format, accurate spelling and grammar, and organises content to support purpose and audience of material, using clear and logical language
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.3	Confirms requirements with relevant personnel using specific terminology and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 4.3-4.5	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	1.3, 2.3	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Get the work done	2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.6	Recognises and responds to routine problems in context of own work Uses advanced features within applications to access, store, organise data and perform routine and complex work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents Release 2	BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents Release 1	Updated to correct typographical error	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to correct typographical error
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow organisational and safe work practices including:

ergonomic requirements

energy and resource conservation techniques

adhere to organisational requirements by:

ensuring consistency of style and image

logically sequencing data

producing documents within designated timelines

naming and storing documents

adhere to task requirements when producing documents including:

applying consistent formatting

using appropriate templates and master pages

using correct layouts

resolve any issues including:

formatting issues

errors and omissions

problems with design or production

use appropriate data storage options

apply knowledge of functions and features of contemporary computer applications

communicate with relevant personal.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify energy and resource conservation techniques

outline organisational requirements for ergonomics, work periods and breaks

describe contents and purpose of organisational style guides

explain purposes, uses and functions of desktop publishing software

outline various formatting styles and their effect on formatting, readability and appearance of documents.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources

industry software packages and user instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU402 Develop and use complex spreadsheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use spreadsheet software to complete business tasks and produce complex documents.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments who require skills in creation of complex spreadsheets to store and retrieve data. They may work as individuals providing administrative support within an enterprise, or may be independently responsible for designing and working with spreadsheets relevant to their own work roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop spreadsheet	1.1 Organise personal work environment in accordance with ergonomic requirements 1.2 Analyse task and determine specifications for spreadsheets 1.3 Identify organisational and task requirements of data entry, storage, output, reporting and presentation requirements 1.4 Apply work organisation strategies and energy and resource conservation techniques to plan work activities
2. Develop a linked spreadsheet solution	2.1 Utilise spreadsheet design software functions and formulae to meet identified requirements 2.2 Link spreadsheets in accordance with software procedures 2.3 Format cells and use data attributes assigned with relative and/or absolute cell references, in accordance with task specifications 2.4 Test formulae to confirm output meets task requirements
3. Automate and standardise spreadsheet operation	3.1 Evaluate tasks to identify those where automation would increase efficiency 3.2 Create, use and edit macros to fulfil requirements of task and automate spreadsheet operation 3.3 Develop, edit and use templates to ensure consistency of design and layout for forms and reports, in accordance with organisational requirements
4. Use spreadsheets	4.1 Enter, check and amend data in accordance with organisational and task requirements 4.2 Import and export data between compatible spreadsheets and adjust host documents, in accordance with software and system procedures 4.3 Use manuals, user documentation and online help to overcome problems with spreadsheet design and production 4.4 Preview, adjust and print spreadsheet in accordance with organisational and task requirements 4.5 Name and store spreadsheet in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without data loss or damage
5. Represent numerical data in graphic form	5.1 Determine style of graph to meet specified requirements and manipulate spreadsheet data if necessary to suit graph requirements 5.2 Create graphs with labels and titles from numerical data contained in a spreadsheet file 5.3 Save, view and print graph within designated timelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1-4.5, 5.1, 5.2	Recognises and interprets numerical and textual information within a range of sources to determine and complete work according to requirements Reviews information to determine accuracy and consistency
Writing	2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3	Uses formal mathematical language to create formulas and enters routine data using a format appropriate to requirements Develops material using syntactic structure, required format and incorporating technical functions to meet business needs
Oral Communication	1.2	Uses listening and questioning skills to clarify requirements
Numeracy	2.1-2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2	Represents mathematical information in an alternative form and analyses information to determine required spreadsheet formulae and macros
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 5.1, 5.3	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.3	Applies formal processes when planning more complex/unfamiliar tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps Uses formal thinking techniques to generate new ideas Uses advanced features within applications to access, store, organise data and perform routine and complex work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU402 Develop and use complex spreadsheets	BSBITU402A Develop and use complex spreadsheets	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU402 Develop and use complex spreadsheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow organisational and safe work practices including:

ergonomic requirements

energy and resource conservation techniques

adhere to organisational requirements for:

ensuring consistency of style, design and layout

saving and printing documents within designated timelines

naming and storing documents

adhere to identified or task requirements when producing documents including:

editing macros and automating some tasks

using appropriate templates

creating graphs to represent data

resolve issues by referring to user documentation and online help

use appropriate data storage options

evaluate tasks to improve efficiency

apply knowledge of functions and features of contemporary computer applications

communicate with relevant personnel.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain advanced functions of spreadsheet software applications

describe impact of formatting and design on presentation and readability of data

explain organisational requirements for ergonomics, work periods and breaks, and conservation techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources

industry software packages and user instructions.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit defines skills, knowledge and outcomes required to use leadership to promote team cohesion. It includes motivating, mentoring, coaching and developing the team and forming the bridge between the management of the organisation and team members.

This unit applies to team leaders, supervisors and new or emerging managers where leadership plays a role in developing and maintaining effective workplace relationships. It applies in any industry or community context.

At this level work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures, which require planning and evaluation and leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect, analyse and communicate information and ideas	1.1 Collect relevant information from appropriate sources and analyse and share with the work team to improve work performance 1.2 Communicate ideas and information in a manner which is appropriate and sensitive to the cultural and social diversity of the audience and any specific needs 1.3 Lead consultation processes to encourage employees to contribute to issues related to their work, and promptly relay feedback to the work team in regard to outcomes 1.4 Seek and value contributions from internal and external sources in developing and refining new ideas and approaches 1.5 Implement processes to ensure that issues raised are resolved promptly or referred to relevant personnel as required
2. Develop trust and confidence as leader	2.1 Treat all internal and external contacts with integrity, respect and empathy 2.2 Use the organisation's social, ethical and business standards to develop and maintain effective relationships 2.3 Gain and maintain the trust and confidence of colleagues, customers and suppliers through competent performance 2.4 Adjust interpersonal styles and methods to meet organisation's social and cultural environment 2.5 Lead and encourage other members of the work team to follow examples set according to organisation's policies and procedures
3. Develop and maintain networks and relationships	3.1 Use networks to identify and build relationships 3.2 Use networks and other work relationships to provide identifiable benefits for the team and organisation
4. Manage difficulties into positive outcomes	4.1 Identify and analyse difficulties and take action to rectify the situation within the requirements of the organisation and relevant legislation 4.2 Guide and support colleagues to resolve work difficulties 4.3 Regularly review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel 4.4 Manage poor work performance within the organisation's processes 4.5 Manage conflict constructively within the organisation's processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1	Collects, analyses and evaluates textual information from a range of resources to inform improvement strategies
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.4, 2.5, 4.2	Selects or adjusts communication style to maintain effectiveness of interaction and build and maintain engagement consistent with organisational requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 2.5, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Recognises and follows legislative and organisational requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Adapts personal communication style to build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions, values and particular needs of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.5, 4.1, 4.3	Plans and implements activities and processes to manage and review work performance Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information to formulate and evaluate possible solutions to difficulties

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	BSBWOR401A Establish effective workplace relationships	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Title change Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access and analyse information to achieve planned outcomes

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts and dealing with poor performance within organisational and legislative requirements

review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel

adjust interpersonal style and communications to respond to cultural and social diversity

apply relationship management and communication skills with a range of people that:

demonstrate integrity, respect, empathy and cultural sensitivity and promote trust

forge effective relationships with internal and/or external people and help to maintain these networks

encourage participation and foster contribution of and respect for ideas and feedback

provide support to colleagues to resolve difficulties.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of how work relationships, and the cultural and social environment, can support or hinder achieving planned outcomes

explain techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team including interpersonal styles, communications, consultation, cultural and social sensitivity, networking

explain the impact of legislation and organisational policies on workplace relationships

describe a range of methods and techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

outline problems solving methods

explain methods to resolve workplace conflict

explain methods to manage poor work performance

explain how to monitor, analyse and introduce ways to improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit defines skills, knowledge and outcomes required to plan and supervise the performance of the team and develop team cohesion.

It applies team leaders, supervisors and new emerging managers who have an important leadership role in the development of efficient and effective work teams.

Leaders at this level also provide leadership for the team and bridge the gap between the management of the organisation and the team members. As such they must 'manage up' as well as manage their team/s.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to achieve team outcomes	1.1 Lead the team to identify, establish and document team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives in consultation with team members 1.2 Engage team members to incorporate innovation and productivity measures in work plans 1.3 Lead and support team members in meeting expected outcomes
2. Lead team to develop cohesion	2.1 Provide opportunities for input of team members into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Encourage and support team members to take responsibility for own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward individual and team efforts and contributions 2.4 Recognise and address issues, concerns and problems identified by team members or refer to relevant persons as required 2.5 Model expected behaviours and approaches
3. Participate in and facilitate work team	3.1 Actively encourage team members to participate in and take responsibility for team activities and communication processes 3.2 Give the team support to identify and resolve problems which impede its performance 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others and enhances the organisation's image within the work team, the organisation and with clients/customers
4. Liaise with management	4.1 Maintain open communication with line manager/management at all times 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by the team/team members to line manager/management and ensure follow-up action is taken 4.4 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems related to the team/team members raised by line managers/management to the team and ensure follow-up to action is taken

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	1.1, 4.2	Prepares workplace plans that communicate intent and elicits feedback clearly and effectively
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2-4.4	Engages in discussions or provides information using structure and language appropriate to the audience and situation
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to model required behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 3.2	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team engagement and effectiveness Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to identify issues and generate possible solutions, seeking input from others as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	BSBWOR402A Promote team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Title change Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply knowledge of organisational goals, objectives and plans

develop a team work plan including documentation of how it was generated and how it will be monitored

identify and incorporate innovation and productivity measures into a team work plan

communicate with team members and management to identify and establish the team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals plans and objectives and resolve problems

use techniques to consult, encourage, support and provide feedback to team members

model team leadership behaviours and approaches

liaise with management to develop the teamwork plan, resolve issues and ensure follow-up action is taken.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must explain principles and techniques associated with:

delegation and work allocation

goal setting

group dynamics and processes

individual behaviour and difference

leadership styles

motivation

negotiation

problem solving

planning

workplace innovation

workplace productivity.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

information about the organisation, including organisational structure, goals, objectives and plans

case studies, and where possible, real situations

workplace equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR404 Lead a diverse workforce

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit identifies the behaviours, skills and knowledge required to lead a diverse workforce. It covers identifying, analysing and engaging with a diverse workforce to maximise the benefit of diversity to the organisation.

The unit applies to supervisors, team leaders, new and emerging managers who lead within a diverse workforce environment and exercise discretion and autonomy within a structured business context.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the dimensions of workforce diversity	1.1 Establish the nature of diversity in the business context 1.2 Qualify and quantify the source of workforce diversity 1.3 Identify the benefits provided to the business through the diverse workforce 1.4 Recognise legislation, regulation and enterprise policy and procedure that impacts on workplace diversity 1.5 Identify opportunities and barriers to inclusive engagement
2. Factor diversity into team plans and operations	2.1 Develop and review work plans in line with the diversity context 2.2 Incorporate the positive contribution of diverse workforce members into work plans 2.3 Adjust plans and operations to align with relevant legislation and policy and procedure 2.4 Design processes to incorporate and maximise the benefits of diversity
3. Engage with a diverse workforce	3.1 Apply communication processes, behaviours and language in line with diversity context 3.2 Recognise and adapt for own bias and assumptions 3.3 Practise inclusive behaviours 3.4 Recognise and apply actions to ensure cultural competency 3.5 Incorporate and apply diversity tools and techniques to operations
4. Support and encourage diverse workforce members	4.1 Provide workplace support and access to enabling services 4.2 Encourage, review and provide feedback to the workforce on a continuous basis

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.2, 2.3	Develops texts dealing with complex ideas and concepts using specialised and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations in accordance with legal and organisational requirement
Oral Communication	1.1	Establishes understanding through questioning and active listening
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.3	Appreciates the implications of legislation, policy and other organisational responsibilities in carrying out own role
Interact with others	3.1-3.3, 3.5	Implements communication strategies and behaviours for a diverse range of colleagues to build rapport and foster strong relationships Identifies strengths and limitations of own interpersonal skills and attitudes and addresses areas that would benefit from further development
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.4, 3.4, 3.5	Takes responsibility for developing and implementing plans and processes to achieve organisational objectives, seeking feedback and advice as required Uses analytical processes to identify workforce diversity issues and evaluate options to address them

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR404 Lead a diverse workforce	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR404 Lead a diverse workforce

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify diversity within a team based workforce and outline opportunities and barriers to inclusive engagement of individuals

promote the benefits of diversity within the workplace and identify the business benefits of incorporating diversity into planning and operations

demonstrate communication style and methods that encourage inclusion identifying and compensating for own bias and assumptions

develop work plans that integrate a diverse workforce, adjusting plans and operations to meet legislation, regulations and policy

structure continuous feedback and review processes into team activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline legislation, regulation and business policy and procedures relevant to diversity in the workplace

explain the origins and types of diverse groups/persons in the workplace

give examples of strategies, tools and techniques for integrating and engaging a diverse workforce

explain the potential impacts of gender, race, age, disability, sexual orientation, form of work engagement and flexible work arrangement on workforce engagement

identify benefits to business of having a diverse workforce and barriers to inclusive engagement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

legislation and regulations related to workforce diversity

workplace policies and procedures related to working with diversity

interaction with others

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present and negotiate persuasively, lead and participate in meetings and make presentations to customers, clients and others.

It applies to managers and leaders who identify, analyse, synthesise and act on information from a range of sources, and who deal with unpredictable problems. They use initiative and judgement to organise the work of self and others and plan, evaluate and co-ordinate the work of teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate clearly	1.1 Confirm the authority or mandate to present business views or position 1.2 Respect protocols and confidentiality of information 1.3 Clarify the audience information needs and prepare a position 1.4 Use language that is appropriate for the audience 1.5 Use active listening to seek stakeholder and other organisation input and achieve a balanced exchange of views 1.6 Seek immediate feedback to ensure that the views expressed by all stakeholders have been understood
2. Present and negotiate persuasively	2.1 Identify key individuals and target groups for their value to advance the business interests 2.2 Prepare realistic positions and supporting arguments in advance in anticipation of the likely expectations and tactics of others 2.3 Respect values, concerns and views of others and keep lines of communication open 2.4 Acknowledge differences of opinion to encourage the rigorous examination of all options 2.5 Use a variety of communication styles to present business positions to best effect 2.6 Seek mutually beneficial solutions by establishing areas of common ground and potential compromise 2.7 Keep negotiations focused on key issues and moving forward towards a final resolution 2.8 Adhere to agreements in order to maintain the credibility and trust of others
3. Participate in and lead, meetings effectively	3.1 Identify the need for meetings and program meetings in response to the need 3.2 Use an agenda and efficient, inclusive meeting procedures to maximise participation and maintain order 3.3 Prepare summaries of key issues and possible options disseminated in advance 3.4 Achieve agreed outcomes in the available time by co-operating with and seeking consensus and compromise 3.5 Outcomes of meetings are promptly summarised for action and distributed to stakeholders, as required
4. Make presentations at meetings, forums and conferences	4.1 Select appropriate forums to present business positions to best effect 4.2 Obtain reliable information and advice to prepare appropriate presentations. 4.3 Adapt language, explanations, media and information/entertainment balance to meet the needs of the audience 4.4 Respond to questions openly and honestly

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.2, 3.3, 3.5, 4.2	Prepares documentation that accurately summarises key findings or outcomes for own use and for distribution to others Prepares presentations appropriate to audience needs, context and purpose
Oral Communication	1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.5	Selects appropriate and engaging vocabulary adjusting language and presentation features to maintain effectiveness of interaction Uses active listening and questioning to seek information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Understands the implications of legal and ethical responsibilities to maintain confidentiality
Interact with others	1.1-1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 2.8, 4.3, 4.4	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective negotiation and collaboration, demonstrating high level conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	2.1, 2.2, 2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Plans, organises and implements complex tasks required to achieve required outcomes Uses analytical processes to evaluate options, and aid in problem-solving and decision-making

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

negotiate and present persuasively

communicate clearly with business associates, client groups and others to position the business to best effect including listening actively, understanding the information needs of others and adapting communication to suit the audience

prepare for, participate in, and lead meetings to obtain outcomes

prepare and make presentations to groups of people including:

identifying suitable forums for presentations

presenting reliable information

designing the presentation to meet the needs of the audience

answering questions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the business and organisational protocols for the release of information and communicating internally or externally

explain the requirements to maintain confidentiality in the workplace

identify industry, media and government organisations, events and communication channels relevant to the organisation

demonstrate principles of cross-cultural communication

explain principles of negotiation, mediation, conflict resolution and incident de-escalation

describe structured and inclusive meeting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment requirements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine individual and team development needs and to facilitate the development of the workgroup.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of learning and development who apply their skills in addressing development needs to meet team objectives. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Learning and Development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine development needs	1.1 Systematically identify and implement learning and development needs in line with organisational requirements 1.2 Ensure that a learning plan to meet individual and group training and development needs is collaboratively developed, agreed to and implemented 1.3 Encourage individuals to selfevaluate performance and identify areas for improvement 1.4 Collect feedback on performance of team members from relevant sources and compare with established team learning needs
2. Develop individuals and teams	2.1 Identify learning and development program goals and objectives, ensuring a match to the specific knowledge and skill requirements of competency standards relevant to the industry 2.2 Ensure that learning delivery methods are appropriate to the learning goals, the learning style of participants, and availability of equipment and resources 2.3 Provide workplace learning opportunities, and coaching and mentoring assistance to facilitate individual and team achievement of competencies 2.4 Create development opportunities that incorporate a range of activities and support materials appropriate to the achievement of identified competencies 2.5 Identify and approve resources and time lines required for learning activities in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Monitor and evaluate workplace learning	3.1 Use feedback from individuals or teams to identify and implement improvements in future learning arrangements 3.2 Assess and record outcomes and performance of individuals/teams to determine the effectiveness of development programs and the extent of additional development support 3.3 Negotiate modifications to learning plans to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of learning 3.4 Document and maintain records and reports of competency according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.3	Uses structured approaches to set goals, monitor progress and adjust learning approaches for self and others Builds on knowledge and experience to facilitate interaction and learning with others
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.4	Analyses textual information from a range of sources to identify organisational requirements Analyses information from a range of sources to evaluate performance
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1-3.4	Develops materials to suit the requirements of different roles and individuals in the organisation Maintains records using correct technical and organisational vocabulary
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Uses vocabulary appropriate to context and to establish a supportive and learning environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm or show understanding of different perspectives
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.5, 3.4	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader goals
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in a range of work contexts Recognises the importance of building rapport to establish effective working relationships Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction Negotiates with others to achieve joint/agreeable outcomes playing an active role in facilitating consensus in potentially contentious situations
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Uses logical planning processes to organise, implement and monitor learning and development needs Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals Release 2	BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment requirements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

systematically identify and implement learning opportunities for others

collect feedback on team and individual performance

give and receive feedback from team members to encourage participation in and effectiveness of the team

collaboratively develop learning plans to match skill needs of individuals and groups

provide mentoring and coaching assistance to teams and individuals

monitor and review workplace learning.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe facilitation techniques to encourage team development and improvement

outline organisational policies, plans and procedures for developing teams

identify career paths and competency standards relevant to the industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce learning and development field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

learning and development plans, policies and procedures

case studies and, where available, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the operational plan by monitoring and adjusting operational performance, planning and acquiring resources and providing reports on performance as required.

It applies to individuals who plan activities to achieve the measurable, stated objectives of the team and the organisation. At this level work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures which require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement operational plan	1.1 Collate, analyse and organise details of resource requirements in consultation with relevant personnel, colleagues and specialist resource managers 1.2 Implement operational plans to contribute to the achievement of organisation’s performance/business plan 1.3 Identify and use key performance indicators (KPIs) to monitor operational performance 1.4 Manage contingencies by adjusting the implementation of the operational plan in consultation with others 1.5 Provide assistance in the development and presentation of proposals for resource requirements in line with operational planning processes
2. Implement resource acquisition	2.1 Recruit and induct employees within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures 2.2 Implement plans for acquisition of physical resources and services within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures and in consultation with relevant personnel
3. Monitor operational performance	3.1 Monitor performance systems and processes to assess progress in achieving profit/productivity plans and targets 3.2 Analyse and use budget and actual financial information to monitor profit/productivity performance 3.3 Identify unsatisfactory performance and take prompt action to rectify the situation according to organisational policies 3.4 Provide mentoring, coaching and supervision to support individuals and teams to use resources effectively, economically and safely 3.5 Present recommendations for variation to operational plans to the designated persons/groups and gain approval 3.6 Implement systems, procedures and records associated with performance in accordance with organisation’s requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.4	Actively reinforces learning by applying new knowledge and skills in mentoring, coaching and supervising others
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.6	Identifies, interprets, analyses and reviews textual information related to the operational plan and monitoring of operational performance
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2-3.6	Communicates relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience Researches, plans and prepares workplace documentation for relevant stakeholders using organisational formats
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences varying structure and language to suit the audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses familiar mathematical techniques to organise timely supply of adequate resources for the operational plan and to use budgetary information to monitor performance
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse individuals to build rapport, seek or present information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group communication, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.6	Takes responsibility for planning, organising, implementing and monitoring tasks required to achieve required outcomes Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals Recognises and addresses an increasing range of familiar problems by implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	BSBMGT402A Implement operational plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Edits to clarify intent of Performance Criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interact with a range of people/groups to identify resource requirements, performance objectives, systems, procedures and records relating to the operational plan

vary the operational plan and gain approval to deal with contingencies

monitor operational performance against the performance objectives and budgets and take action to rectify unsatisfactory performance

plan and acquire physical and human resources using organisation’s systems and procedures

manage and support personnel to achieve performance objectives. including inducting new employees and providing mentoring and coaching

present information and recommendations to support implementation and variation of the operational plan

document and provide reports on performance as required by the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe performance monitoring systems and processes

describe methods for problem solving

explain how organisational policies and procedures relate to the operational plan.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

organisational operational plans, policies and procedures

workplace documentation and resources including budgets, physical and human resource procurement documentation, employee induction and performance monitoring procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the organisation’s continuous improvement systems and processes. It covers using systems and strategies to actively encourage the team to participate in the process, monitoring and reviewing performance, and identifying opportunities for further improvements.

It applies to managers who have an active role in implementing the continuous improvement process to achieve the organisation's objectives. Their position is closely associated with the creation and delivery of products and services which means that they have an important role in influencing the ongoing development of the organisation.

At this level, work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures, which require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement continuous improvement systems and processes	1.1 Implement systems to ensure that individuals and teams are actively encouraged and supported to participate in decision making processes, assume responsibility and exercise initiative 1.2 Communicate the organisation’s continuous improvement processes to individuals and teams, and obtain feedback 1.3 Ensure effective mentoring and coaching allows individuals and teams to implement the organisation’s continuous improvement processes
2. Monitor and review performance	2.1 Use the organisation’s systems and technology to monitor and review progress and to identify ways in which planning and operations could be improved 2.2 Improve customer service through continuous improvement techniques and processes 2.3 Formulate and communicate recommendations for adjustments to those who have a role in their development and implementation
3. Provide opportunities for further improvement	3.1 Implement processes to ensure that team members are informed of savings and productivity/service improvements in achieving the business plan 3.2 Document work performance to aid the identification of further opportunities for improvement 3.3 Manage records, reports and recommendations for improvement within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.2, 3.3	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning from a range of text types in an effort to implement continuous improvement systems and processes
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Selects vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions appropriate to text Researches, plans and prepares continuous improvement documentation for relevant stakeholders
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.3	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences using structure and language to suit the audience
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact the work of others	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 3.1	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse individuals to seek or share information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group communication, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload to achieve required outcomes Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals Uses digital applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate and share relevant information Recognises the potential of new approaches to enhance work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement	BSBMGT403A Implement continuous improvement	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

implement continuous improvement systems and provide mentoring and coaching support to enable individuals and teams to participate in decisions, take responsibility, show initiative and implement improvement processes

implement processes to inform team members about savings and productivity/service improvements achievements

communicate effectively to support the continuous improvement system and implementation of improvements

apply continuous improvement to customer services including internal and external customers

implement, monitor and adjust improvement plans, processes and procedures to improve performance

document performance to identify further opportunities for improvement

manage records and reports within the organisation’s systems and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of continuous improvement processes

list typical areas of need for coaching and mentoring to support continuous improvement

explain how change management techniques can support continuous improvement and initiative

identify the organisation’s systems and data that can be used for benchmarking and monitoring performance for continuous improvement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT406 Plan and monitor continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and monitor the organisation’s continuous improvement systems and processes.

It applies to individuals who use various systems and strategies to actively encourage a team to monitor and review performance, identifying opportunities for improvements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan continuous improvement systems and processes	1.1 Plan systems according to organisational policy to ensure individuals and teams are actively encouraged and supported to participate in decision-making processes, assume responsibility and exercise initiative 1.2 Communicate the organisation’s continuous improvement processes to individuals and teams, and obtain feedback 1.3 Ensure effective mentoring and coaching allow individuals and teams to implement the organisation’s continuous improvement processes 1.4 Support efforts to enhance sustainable and environmentally-friendly work practices in accordance with the organisation’s continuous improvement processes
2. Monitor and review performance	2.1 Use the organisation’s systems and technology according to agreed operational processes to monitor and review progress and to identify ways planning and operations could be improved 2.2 Improve customer service through continuous improvement techniques and processes according to requirements of the organisation’s continuous improvement systems and processes 2.3 Formulate and communicate recommendations for adjustments to those who have a role in their development and implementation
3. Provide opportunities for further improvement	3.1 Implement processes to ensure team members are informed of savings and productivity or service improvements in line with requirements of the business plan 3.2 Record work performance to assist in identifying further opportunities for improvement following agreed organisational recordkeeping processes 3.3 Manage records, reports and recommendations for improvement within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3	Selects and applies a range of reading strategies as appropriate to plan and monitor continuous improvement processes
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1-3.3	Plans, monitors and communicates relationships relating to continuous improvement process, matching style of writing to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.1	Selects and uses appropriate strategies to establish and maintain spoken communication to gain commitment of individuals and teams to continuously improve
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Adheres to organisational policies, procedures and business plans and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.1	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role Demonstrates an increasing awareness of the interplay of factors involved in any group interaction Recognises importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3	Uses logical planning processes, and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context, to identify and plan ongoing improvements within the organisation Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Selects or supports new ideas based on their contribution to achievement of broader goals Uses digital systems and tools to achieve work goals

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT406 Plan and monitor continuous improvement	BSBMGT406A Plan and monitor continuous improvement	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT406 Plan and monitor continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

implement, monitor and adjust plans, processes and procedures to improve performance

demonstrate ways to support others to implement continuous improvement systems and processes

identify and report opportunities for further improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain relevant principles and techniques associated with:

benchmarking

best practice

change management

continuous improvement systems and processes

quality systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the performance of staff who report to them directly. Development of key result areas and key performance indicators and standards, coupled with regular and timely coaching and feedback, provide the basis for performance management.

It applies to individuals who manage people. It covers work allocation and the methods to review performance, reward excellence and provide feedback where there is a need for improvement.

The unit makes the link between performance management and performance development, and reinforces both functions as a key requirement for effective managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Allocate work	1.1 Consult relevant groups and individuals on work to be allocated and resources available 1.2 Develop work plans in accordance with operational plans 1.3 Allocate work in a way that is efficient, cost effective and outcome focussed 1.4 Confirm performance standards, Code of Conduct and work outputs with relevant teams and individuals 1.5 Develop and agree performance indicators with relevant staff prior to commencement of work 1.6 Conduct risk analysis in accordance with the organisational risk management plan and legal requirements
2. Assess performance	2.1 Design performance management and review processes to ensure consistency with organisational objectives and policies 2.2 Train participants in the performance management and review process 2.3 Conduct performance management in accordance with organisational protocols and time lines 2.4 Monitor and evaluate performance on a continuous basis
3. Provide feedback	3.1 Provide informal feedback to staff on a regular basis 3.2 Advise relevant people where there is poor performance and take necessary actions 3.3 Provide onthejob coaching when necessary to improve performance and to confirm excellence in performance 3.4 Document performance in accordance with the organisational performance management system 3.5 Conduct formal structured feedback sessions as necessary and in accordance with organisational policy
4. Manage follow up	4.1 Write and agree on performance improvement and development plans in accordance with organisational policies 4.2 Seek assistance from human resources specialists, where appropriate 4.3 Reinforce excellence in performance through recognition and continuous feedback 4.4 Monitor and coach individuals with poor performance 4.5 Provide support services where necessary 4.6 Counsel individuals who continue to perform below expectations and implement the disciplinary process if necessary 4.7 Terminate staff in accordance with legal and organisational requirements where serious misconduct occurs or ongoing poorperformance continues

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.2, 3.3, 4.4	Consolidates and improves own knowledge and skills by coaching, mentoring or training others
Reading	1.2, 1.6, 2.4	Gathers, interprets and analyses texts in organisational documents to facilitate performance management
Writing	1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.7	Plans and prepares documents for allocating work and managing performance suitable for the target audience and in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 4.2-4.7	Uses language and structure appropriate to context and audience to explain expected standards of performance, provide feedback and coach staff
Numeracy	1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 3.4, 4.1	Extracts and evaluates mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and text relating to performance standards and risk analysis
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.7	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and the organisation as a whole Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.2-4.6	Recognises and applies the protocols governing what to communicate to whom and how in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 4.1, 4.2	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Seeks advice, feedback and support as required to assist in the decision-making process Uses experiences to reflect on the ways in which variables impact on performance

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	BSBMGT502B Manage people performance	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consult with relevant stakeholders to identify work requirements, performance standards and agreed performance indicators

develop work plans and allocate work to achieve outcomes efficiently and within organisational and legal requirements

monitor, evaluate and provide feedback on performance and provide coaching or training, as needed

reinforce excellence in performance through recognition and continuous feedback

seek assistance from human resources specialists where appropriate

keep records and documentation in accordance with the organisational performance management system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline relevant legislative and regulatory requirements

outline relevant awards and certified agreements

explain performance measurement systems utilised within the organisation

explain unlawful dismissal rules and due process

describe staff development options and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and monitor implementation of the operational plan to provide efficient and effective workplace practices within the organisation’s productivity and profitability plans.

Management at a strategic level requires systems and procedures to be developed and implemented to facilitate the organisation’s operational plan.

This unit applies to individuals who manage the work of others and operate within the parameters of a broader strategic and/or business plan.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop operational plan	1.1 Research, analyse and document resource requirements and develop an operational plan in consultation with relevant personnel, colleagues and specialist resource managers 1.2 Develop and/or implement consultation processes as an integral part of the operational planning process 1.3 Ensure the operational plan includes key performance indicators to measure organisational performance 1.4 Develop and implement contingency plans for the operational plan 1.5 Ensure the development and presentation of proposals for resource requirements is supported by a variety of information sources and seek specialist advice as required 1.6 Obtain approval for the plan from relevant parties and explain the plan to relevant work teams
2. Plan and manage resource acquisition	2.1 Develop and implement strategies to ensure that employees are recruited and/or inducted within the organisation’s human resources management policies, practices and procedures 2.2 Develop and implement strategies to ensure that physical resources and services are acquired in accordance with the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures 2.3 Recognise and incorporate requirements for intellectual property rights and responsibilities in recruitment and acquisition of resources and services
3. Monitor and review operational performance	3.1 Develop, monitor and review performance systems and processes to assess progress in achieving profit and productivity plans and targets 3.2 Analyse and interpret budget and actual financial information to monitor and review profit and productivity performance 3.3 Identify areas of under-performance, recommend solutions and take prompt action to rectify the situation 3.4 Plan and implement systems to ensure that mentoring and coaching are provided to support individuals and teams to effectively, economically and safely use resources 3.5 Negotiate recommendations for variations to operational plans and gain approval from designated persons/groups 3.6 Develop and implement systems to ensure that procedures and records associated with documenting performance are managed in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Identifies and extracts relevant information from a range of complex texts Gathers, interprets and analyses workplace documentation to determine requirements for the operational plan
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.6	Develops and documents a range of detailed texts relating to the management of an operational plan according to organisational requirements Ensures the vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions are appropriate for the context and target audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 3.4, 3.5	Presents information to a range of audiences using appropriate register, vocabulary and paralinguistic features Listens and comprehends information from a variety of spoken exchanges with clients, co-workers and other stakeholders Confirms understanding through questioning and active listening
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 3.1-3.4	Selects and uses mathematical problem-solving strategies to organise resource requirements, performance benchmarks and financial viability of the operational plan
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.6	Monitors adherence to organisational policies, procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates the implications of legal responsibilities with specific reference to health and safety
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 3.5	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and external stakeholders Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Takes responsibility for developing and implementing systems and processes to achieve organisational objectives, seeking advice, feedback and support as required to assist in the development and planning phase Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic analytical processes to aid decision making, identify potential problems and generate contingency plans or solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	BSBMGT515A Manage operational plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Edits to clarify intent of Performance Criteria. Additional performance criterion and evidence for intellectual property.	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement an operational plan using a variety of information sources and consultation (including using specialist advice if required) which includes:

resource requirements

key performance indicators

monitoring processes

contingency plans

communicate effectively with relevant stakeholders to explain the plan and supporting information, seek approvals, negotiate variations and engage work teams

develop and implement strategies to achieve the operational plan within the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures including:

recruiting, inducting and developing personnel

acquiring physical resources and services

protecting intellectual property

making variations to the plan

monitoring and documenting performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe models and methods for operational plans

explain the role of an operational plan in achieving the organisation’s objectives

explain budgeting processes

list alternative approaches to developing key performance indicators to meet business objectives

outline the legislative and regulatory context relevant to the operational plan of the organisation

outline the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures that directly relate to the operational plan.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Version 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to demonstrate senior leadership behaviour and personal and professional competence. Business ethics are also addressed in this unit.

It applies to individuals who have a role in inspiring and motivating others to achieve organisational goals and to model professionalism in their organisation and industry. Leadership is seen in the context of the organisational mission.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate organisational mission and goals	1.1 Clarify objectives, values and standards in accordance with organisation’s strategic direction 1.2 Establish linkages between organisational objectives, values and standards and the responsibilities of relevant groups and individuals 1.3 Ensure media and language used is appropriate to individuals and group circumstances 1.4 State clear expectations of internal groups and individuals and explain in a manner which builds commitment to the organisation 1.5 Address expectations of the organisation 1.6 Investigate incidents promptly and communicate results clearly to relevant groups and individuals
2. Influence groups and individuals	2.1 Build trust, confidence and respect of diverse groups and individuals through positive role modelling and effective communication and consultation 2.2 Embrace, resource and effectively implement improvements to organisational and workplace culture 2.3 Demonstrate understanding of the global environment and new technology in work activities 2.4 Ensure actions convey flexibility and adaptability to change and accessibility 2.5 Ensure consultation and participation in decision making occurs with relevant groups and individuals where appropriate 2.6 Ensure decision making takes into account needs and expectations of both internal and external groups 2.7 Ensure decision making occurs in accordance with risk management plans for all options, and within appropriate timeframes 2.8 Ensure that the organisation is represented positively in the media and community
3. Build and support teams	3.1 Assign accountabilities and responsibilities to teams consistent with their competencies and operational plans 3.2 Ensure teams are resourced to allow them to achieve their objectives 3.3 Empower teams and individuals through effective delegation and support for their initiatives 3.4 Create and maintain a positive work environment 3.5 Encourage teams and individuals to develop innovative approaches to the performance of work
4. Demonstrate personal and professional competence	4.1 Model ethical conduct in all areas of work and encourage others to adopt business ethics 4.2 Adapt appropriate interpersonal and leadership styles to meet particular circumstances and situations 4.3 Set and achieve personal objectives and work program outcomes 4.4 Ensure self-performance and professional competence is continuously improved through engagement in a range of professional development activities 4.5 Participate regularly in industry/professional networks and groups

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Actively looks for and accepts ways to maintain and improve own skills and knowledge
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 2.7, 4.4, 4.5	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning from a range of text types
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 3.1, 4.3	Records and reports key information related to the outcomes of the job to interact effectively and appropriately with the team Researches, plans and prepares documentation using format and language appropriate to the audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with clients, co-workers and stakeholders using structure and language appropriate to context and audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.8, 3.1, 4.1	Works autonomously making high level decisions related to the achievement of organisational goals Reflects on designation of roles and responsibilities and how everyone’s role contributes to broader organisational goals Appreciates the implications of ethical and other organisational responsibilities in carrying out own role
Interact with others	1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Identifies strengths and limitations of own interpersonal skills and addresses areas that would benefit from further development Recognises the importance of building rapport in order to establish effective working relationships and inspire trust and confidence Collaborates and cooperates with others, playing an active role in leading and facilitating effective group interaction and influencing direction Facilitates a climate in which others feel comfortable to identify, explore and build on a variety of perspectives in order to achieve shared outcomes
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload of self and others, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies problem solving processes to identify risks, evaluate options and determine solutions Facilitates a climate in which creativity and innovation are accepted as an integral part of achieving outcomes Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	BSBMGT605B Provide leadership across the organisation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Version 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to use interpersonal and risk management skills to:

clearly communicate the organisation’s objectives, values and standards to a range of stakeholders using appropriate media and language

influence, support and provide resources for individuals and groups to:

participate in consultations and decision making processes

contribute to innovation and improvements

achieve their responsibilities and objectives

facilitate consultative decision making processes with relevant internal and external stakeholders

demonstrate ethical conduct and professional competence and continuing professional development

encourage others to adopt business ethics and build their commitment to the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain business ethics and their application to leadership

outline leadership styles and their application in supporting the organisation’s mission, objectives and values

explain the impact of legislation in providing leadership in the organisation

explain the organisation’s mission, purpose and values

describe organisation objectives, plans and strategies

explain organisational change processes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulation, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish the strategic direction of the organisation, sustain competitive advantage and enhance competitiveness. It covers analysis and interpretation of relevant markets, capability assessment of the organisation and analysis of the organisation’s existing and potential competitors and allies. It also covers implementation of the strategic plan and developing specific actions and initiatives that will be undertaken by people working in various roles.

It applies to individuals working in senior roles in the organisation who have responsibility for ensuring that the organisation is positioned to ensure its long-term viability and success.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm organisational vision and mission	1.1 Check with stakeholders that organisational vision and mission are still held to be current and are supported 1.2 Make any changes or refinements to vision or mission statement as required 1.3 Review or develop organisational values to support the vision and mission statement 1.4 Gain support for strategic planning process from all relevant stakeholders
2. Analyse the internal and external environment	2.1 Determine information requirements and undertake or commission research to deliver relevant information 2.2 Analyse political, economic, social, and technological developments in a global context 2.3 Seek advice from appropriate experts wherever necessary 2.4 Identify and consider strengths and weaknesses of existing and potential competitors and allies 2.5 Analyse organisation’s strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats 2.6 Consider cooperative ventures that are supported by risk and cost benefit analyses, are consistent with the organisational vision, mission and values and provide for due diligence 2.7 Check that analysis of internal and external environment is consistent with the perspectives of other informed people
3. Write strategic plan	3.1 Document relevant research and background for inclusion in the strategic plan 3.2 Formulate strategic objectives and strategies needed for the future 3.3 Detail each strategy with an assigned priority, a timeframe, responsible parties and measurable performance indicators 3.4 Circulate strategic plan for comment, support and endorsement
4. Implement strategic plan	4.1 Communicate strategic plan to all relevant parties 4.2 Brief people with a specific role in relation to strategies 4.3 Use performance indicators to monitor progress in implementing plan 4.4 Make necessary refinements to plan 4.5 Evaluate achievement of objectives at agreed milestones 4.6 Review effectiveness of plan and consider methods for improving strategic planning processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1, 3.3, 4.4-4.6	Identifies and analyses complex organisational texts to determine business requirements Reviews, evaluates, interprets and applies content from a range of sources to aid in development of strategies
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.3- 4.6	Prepares strategic plans for relevant stakeholders incorporating appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions Incorporates amendments to documents according to organisational requirements Collates and compiles data to convey specific information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 4.1, 4.2	Presents information and seeks advice using language and register appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 4.5, 4.6	Interprets and analyses statistical data and mathematical information to consider trends and resource implications of proposed strategies
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3	Works autonomously making high level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in the development of strategies to achieve organisational goals
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role Seeks feedback or expert advice where required
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.7, 3.2, 4.3-4.6	Develops flexible plans for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to inform decisions about organisational strategies Evaluates outcomes to identify opportunities for improvement Applies problem solving processes to identify risks, evaluate options and determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	BSBMGT616A Develop and implement strategic plans	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consult and communicate effectively with relevant stakeholders to:

confirm or revise the organisation’s mission, vision and values

validate findings of research and analysis

get input to and endorsement of strategic plans

brief relevant parties about the plan

analyse organisation’s internal and external environment to formulate strategic plans including:

background and research relevant to the plan

legislation, regulations and codes of practice, including for intellectual property

objectives, strategies and priorities

roles and responsibilities

performance indicators

timeframes

consideration of co-operative ventures

cost-benefit and risk analysis

seek advice from appropriate experts wherever necessary

monitor and evaluate the implementation of the plan and make refinements as appropriate

review effectiveness of planning processes and identify opportunities for improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legislation, regulations and codes of practice relevant to the organisation’s strategic plan.

give examples of risks and risk management strategies relevant to strategic planning including:

intellectual property rights and responsibilities

other risks

outline strategic planning methodologies including political, economic, social and technological (PEST) analysis and strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats analysis (SWOT)

identify internal and external sources of information relevant to the organisation's market, competitors, customer base, vision, values and capabilities

outline techniques for developing organisational values.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMKG507 Interpret market trends and developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct an analysis of market data in order to determine organisational and competitor business performance and to prepare market and business forecasts. The information assists in developing an organisation’s marketing plan and to determine the current or potential future success of marketing strategies.

This unit applies to marketing professionals who use statistical techniques to analyse organisational and competitor marketing performance and to interpret new and emerging trends when forecasting future business needs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Development – Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret trends and market developments	1.1 Use statistical analysis of market data to interpret market trends and developments 1.2 Analyse market trends and developments for their potential impact on the business 1.3 Use measures of central tendency or dispersion and correlations between sets of data for quantitative interpretation of comparative market data 1.4 Perform qualitative analysis of comparative market information as a basis for reviewing business performance 1.5 Analyse the market performance of existing and potential competitors and their products or services to identify potential opportunities or threats
2. Analyse qualitative results	2.1 Analyse performance data from all areas of the business to determine success of marketing activities 2.2 Identify overperforming and underperforming products and services to be considered for redevelopment or withdrawal 2.3 Forecast existing and emerging market needs based on information available using forecasting techniques
3. Report on market data	3.1 Prepare, plot and interpret data for visual presentation 3.2 Assess visual presentation for potential problems, and take any necessary corrective action 3.3 Report on analysis of market data to meet organisational requirements in terms of content, format, level of detail and scheduling

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3	Researches, evaluates, analyses and interprets market information from a range of sources, and interprets requirements
Writing	3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares reports containing complex ideas and concepts and writes in a range of styles to suit different audiences
Numeracy	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3	Collects, organises and analyses data to draw conclusions or make forecasts about trends and probability Uses specialised statistical analysis techniques
Oral Communication	3.1, 3.3	Presents information to a range of audiences using appropriate vocabulary and non-verbal features
Interact with others	3.1, 3.3	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to present findings
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Develops plans and uses effective organisational and time management skills to complete tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes in complex and non-routine situations Uses digital technologies and systems to enter and analyse data and to present information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMKG507 Interpret market trends and developments	BSBMKG507A Interpret market trends and developments	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG507 Interpret market trends and developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply statistical and qualitative analysis techniques to identify:

current business performance

competitor performance

potential threats and opportunities

apply qualitative and forecasting techniques to identify:

success of marketing activities

over and under-performing products and services

existing and emerging market needs

document the analysis of market data including visual presentation of findings.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline internal and external sources of information relevant to forecasting market trends including:

business and strategic objectives

marketing and other business performance

comparative market information

changes in technology

demographic changes

social and cultural factors

economic trends

government activities and legislative changes

industry trends

supplier data

outline the legislative and regulatory context as it applies to marketing

identify software applications that are commonly used in quantitative and qualitative analysis and outline their key features

outline statistical concepts, methods, techniques and reporting formats commonly used in marketing including:

conversion rate of leads to sales

measures of central tendency

measures of dispersion

nature and degree of relationship between variables

net response rate

normal distribution probability curve

sampling

speed of response curve

recency or frequency grids

lifetime value of customers

net present value of customers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – marketing field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a straightforward project or a section of a larger project. It covers developing a project plan, administering and monitoring the project, finalising the project and reviewing the project to identify lessons learned for application to future projects.

This unit applies to individuals who play a significant role in ensuring a project meets timelines, quality standards, budgetary limits and other requirements set for the project.

The unit does not apply to specialist project managers. For specialist project managers, the other units of competency in the project management field (BSBPMG) will be applicable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define project	1.1 Access project scope and other relevant documentation 1.2 Define project stakeholders 1.3 Seek clarification from delegating authority of issues related to project and project parameters 1.4 Identify limits of own responsibility and reporting requirements 1.5 Clarify relationship of project to other projects and to the organisation's objectives 1.6 Determine and access available resources to undertake project
2. Develop project plan	2.1 Develop project plan in line with the project parameters 2.2 Identify and access appropriate project management tools 2.3 Formulate risk management plan for project, including Work Health and Safety (WHS) 2.4 Develop and approve project budget 2.5 Consult team members and take their views into account in planning the project 2.6 Finalise project plan and gain necessary approvals to commence project according to documented plan
3. Administer and monitor project	3.1 Take action to ensure project team members are clear about their responsibilities and the project requirements 3.2 Provide support for project team members, especially with regard to specific needs, to ensure that the quality of the expected outcomes of the project and documented time lines are met 3.3 Establish and maintain required recordkeeping systems throughout the project 3.4 Implement and monitor plans for managing project finances, resources and quality 3.5 Complete and forward project reports as required to stakeholders 3.6 Undertake risk management as required to ensure project outcomes are met 3.7 Achieve project deliverables
4. Finalise project	4.1 Complete financial recordkeeping associated with project and check for accuracy 4.2 Ensure transition of staff involved in project to new roles or reassignment to previous roles 4.3 Complete project documentation and obtain necessary sign-offs for concluding project
5. Review project	5.1 Review project outcomes and processes against the project scope and plan 5.2 Involve team members in the project review 5.3 Document lessons learned from the project and report within the organisation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.3	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Establishes and maintains records according to organisational requirements
Numeracy	1.6, 2.4, 3.4, 4.1	Uses formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information
Oral communication	2.5, 5.2	Participates in verbal discussions using clear language and appropriate features to present or seek information Using listening and questioning skills to seek information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 4.3	Recognises and responds to organisational and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication protocols and practices to ensure shared understanding of project roles and expectations Uses collaborative techniques to engage stakeholders in consultations and negotiations
Get the work done	1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3	Develops and implements plans to manage projects that involve diverse stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses digital technologies and applications to access, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	BSBPMG522A Undertake project work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

define the parameters of the project including:

project scope

project stakeholders, including own responsibilities

relationship of project to organisational objectives and other projects

reporting requirements

resource requirements

use project management tools to develop and implement a project plan including:

deliverables

work breakdown

budget and allocation of resources

timelines

risk management

recordkeeping and reporting

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to generate input and engagement in planning, implementing and reviewing the project

provide support to team members to enable them to achieve deliverables and to transition them as appropriate at completion of the project

finalise the project including documentation, sign-offs and reporting

review and document the project outcomes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of project management tools and how they contribute to a project

outline types of documents and other sources of information commonly used in defining the parameters of a project

explain processes for identifying and managing risk in a project

outline the organisation's mission, goals, objectives and operations and how the project relates to them

explain the organisation's procedures and processes that are relevant to managing a project including:

lines of authority and approvals

quality assurance

human resources

budgets and finance

recordkeeping

reporting

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to project work, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice and information within an organisation about the development and distribution of its products and services.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of administrative competencies in varied work contexts, using some discretion and judgement and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Product Skills and Advice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of products and services	1.1 Actively and regularly research knowledge and understanding of industry products and services using authoritative sources 1.2 Use available product and service documentation to identify and understand characteristics of products and services, and to make comparisons with other products and services 1.3 Accurately document and maintain information on products and services in a format consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Apply acquired knowledge to improve quality within personal work areas
2. Recommend products and services	2.1 Ensure that recommendations on products and services are in line with organisational requirements 2.2 Provide recommendations that emphasise product and service issues relevant to client needs 2.3 Ensure that evidence in support of recommendations is verifiable and presented in a suitable format 2.4 Structure recommendations to identify clear benefits to clients and the organisation
3. Advise on promotional activities	3.1 Provide advice that is clear, is supported by verifiable evidence and is compatible with organisational requirements 3.2 Ensure that promotional documentation and materials are appropriate to presentation of the organisation’s products and services 3.3 Ensure that costs of promotional activities conform to budget resources 3.4 Estimate impact of promotional activities from verifiable customer feedback sources 3.5 Evaluate the benefits of promotional activities and incorporate in plans for future promotional activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.4	Interprets, understands and compares textual information about products and services from a range of sources
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Uses clear and specific language to develop documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	3.1	Provides recommendations using language appropriate to the purpose and audience
Numeracy	3.3, 3.4	Extracts and evaluates meaning from data to calculate actual costs against budget and impact of promotional activities
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1	Understands and follows organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Analyses information in order to decide on appropriate advice or recommendations Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	BSBPRO301A Recommend products and services	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use appropriate sources to document accurate information about the organisation’s products and services

prepare and provide advice about products and services according to organisational requirements

evaluate promotional activities including consideration of:

whether promotional materials meet organisational requirements

actual costs against budget

customer feedback.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list authoritative sources of information about the organisation’s products and services

outline the organisation’s products and services

outline the policies and procedures that apply when providing advice or recommendations about products and services

list and describe organisational promotional activities

explain methods used to gather verifiable customer feedback about products and services

explain how and why customer feedback is analysed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – product skills and advice field of work and include access to:

relevant organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBREL401 Establish networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and maintain effective work relationships and networks through relationship building and negotiation skills required by workers within an organisation as well as freelance or contract workers.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of networking and negotiation who contribute well developed skills in creating solutions to unpredictable problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Relationship Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain business networks	1.1 Use appropriate network strategies to establish and maintain relationships that promote the development of business opportunities 1.2 Identify and pursue network opportunities to maximise a range of contacts 1.3 Communicate information regarding new networks to inform individuals, colleagues and clients of potential benefits 1.4 Participate in professional networks and associations to obtain and maintain personal knowledge and skills
2. Establish and maintain business relationships	2.1 Develop and maintain relationships to promote benefits consistent with organisational/client requirements 2.2 Gain and maintain trust and confidence of contacts through demonstration of high standards of business practices 2.3 Use a high level of negotiation skills to encourage positive outcomes 2.4 Identify difficult situations and negotiate solutions using collaborative problem-solving techniques 2.5 Seek specialist advice in the development of contacts where appropriate
3. Promote the relationship	3.1 Develop strategies to represent and promote the interests and requirements of the relationship 3.2 Use appropriate presentation skills to communicate the goals and objectives of the relationship 3.3 Effectively communicate issues, policies and practices of the relationship to a range of audiences, in writing and verbally 3.4 Obtain feedback to identify and develop ways to improve promotional activities within available opportunities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.4, 3.4	Seeks opportunities to develop and extend expertise and identify areas for professional improvement
Reading	2.1	Sources and analyses information to establish networks that consistently promote business opportunities
Writing	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5 3.1-3.4	Uses appropriate vocabulary, layout and grammatical structure to convey ideas and information
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Utilises persuasive language and appropriate non-verbal features to achieve mutually acceptable outcomes Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Understands and adheres to organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Begins to cultivate relationships with people with the knowledge, skills and influence to get things done or provide support
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and implementing tasks required to build and maintain networks Uses analytical processes to identify problems, gather relevant information, evaluate options and determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBREL401 Establish networks	BSBREL401A Establish networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBREL401 Establish networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and use networking opportunities

maintain records of relevant contacts

use written and verbal communication skills to establish, cultivate and promote professional business relationships

use feedback to improve promotional activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list and describe strategies for establishing and maintaining business relationships

identify relevant networks, organisations, agencies, associations or individuals

describe the principles and techniques needed to negotiate positive outcomes

explain client or organisational policies, plans and procedures relevant to business relationships

outline methods for obtaining feedback on promotional activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – relationship management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRES411 Analyse and present research information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather, organise, analyse and present workplace information using available systems and sources. This includes identifying research requirements and sources of information, applying information to a set of facts, evaluating the quality and reliability of the information, and preparing and producing reports.

It applies to individuals in roles in which they are required to apply their broad knowledge of the work environment to analysis and research tasks, evaluate information from a variety of sources and apply solutions to a range of predictable and unpredictable problems.

No licensing, legislation or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Research

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify reliable sources of research information	1.1 Identify potential sources for research information relevant to the organisation requirements 1.2 Assess reliability of potential sources, considering accuracy, authority, audience, relevance and likelihood of bias 1.3 Access research information and extract in a format suitable for analysis, interpretation and dissemination in accordance with organisational requirements 1.4 Store research information, in accordance with organisational requirements
2. Analyse and synthesise research information	2.1 Clearly define objectives of research ensuring consistency with organisational requirements 2.2 Ensure that information research strategies are relevant to the requirements of the research and aligned to organisational objectives 2.3 Apply information research strategy to obtain relevant information, identifying themes and drawing conclusions in line with established objectives of research 2.4 Demonstrate that assumptions and conclusions used in analyses are clear, justified, supported by evidence and consistent with research and business objectives
3. Present research information	3.1 Identify appropriate methods of reporting, considering the intended audience and relevant organisational requirements 3.2 Report on findings in an appropriate format, style and structure within a pre-determined timeframe 3.3 Report and distribute research findings in accordance with organisational requirements 3.4 Obtain feedback and comments on suitability and sufficiency of findings in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual information to develop information research strategies, integrate facts and ideas and meet organisational requirements
Writing	Gathers, evaluates and integrates information from a range of sources Presents findings, recommendations and issues in required format using language, structure and style appropriate to audience
Oral Communication	Presents recommendations and issues using language appropriate to audience and according to organisational requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows organisational policies and procedures and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate communication practices when seeking or sharing information
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks to meet organisational requirements Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role Uses the main features and functions of digital technologies and tools to complete work tasks Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing foreseeable problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRES411 Analyse and present research information Release 1	BSBRES401 Analyse and present research information Release 1	Updates to elements and performance criteria, performance and knowledge evidence.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRES411 Analyse and present research information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify research requirements and objectives

gather, organise and present research information

communicate effectively with research stakeholders to clarify requirements

maintain and handle information and documents systematically and securely

preparing reports on research findings including:

recommendations based on the analysis of research information

clear and justified assumptions and conclusions

use of efficient and reliable research methods

analyse, evaluate and interpret research information to support organisational activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role:

Key features of organisational policies and procedures relating to:

the access of digital information

the storage/transmission of information

legal and ethical obligations relating to workplace information

key concepts related to research and analysis including reliability and validity

key features of research processes and strategies to identify new sources (online and print) of information and efficient and effective use.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – research field of work and include access to:

workplace information systems, equipment and resources

workplace policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations in the workplace.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the records of a business or records system in good order on a day-to-day basis.

It applies to individuals who follow established guidelines and processes to assist them to carry out their work. They work under supervision or in consultation with more senior staff or system users to support effective recordkeeping and governance practices across the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Recordkeeping

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collate business records	1.1 Identify individual records or information which should be incorporated into business or records system according to organisational criteria 1.2 Sort records in accordance with workplace requirements 1.3 Follow security and access requirements in accordance with organisational procedures
2. Update business or records system	2.1 Identify and record control information for describing new records to be incorporated into business or records system 2.2 Update control information describing movement or use of records within business or records system 2.3 Accurately record and update control information in business or records system 2.4 Identify and remove records of completed business activities from current system for disposal
3. Prepare reports from the business or records system	3.1 Interpret requests for reports and clarify the content and frequency sought, where necessary 3.2 Prepare reports from business or records system in accordance with instructions or request 3.3 Prepare reports in accordance with organisational security and access procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1	Gathers and interprets textual information from different sources to determine how information may be applied to job requirements
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Uses clear and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace information
Oral Communication	3.1	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to confirm job requirements
Numeracy	1.1	Recognises and uses numerical systems associated with recordkeeping systems
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 3.3	Takes some personal responsibility for following organisational procedures
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload to ensure work deadlines are met Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	BSBRKG304B Maintain business records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collate business records in compliance with organisational procedures and workplace requirements

record and update control information accurately in business records system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the organisational requirements regarding the maintenance and security of business records

describe the general principles and processes of records management and records management systems, such as:

systems of control

records continuum theory

mandate and ownership of business process

environmental context

records characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – recordkeeping field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify risks and to apply established risk management processes to a defined area of operations that are within the responsibilities and obligations of the role.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of risk analysis or project management who contribute well developed skills in creating solutions to unpredictable problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

In this unit, risks applicable within own work responsibilities and area of operation, may include projects being undertaken individually or by a team, or operations within a section of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Risk Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify risks	1.1 Identify the context for risk management 1.2 Identify risks using tools, ensuring all reasonable steps have been taken to identify all risks 1.3 Document identified risks in accordance with relevant policies, procedures, legislation and standards
2. Analyse and evaluate risks	2.1 Analyse and document risks in consultation with relevant stakeholders 2.2 Undertake risk categorisation and determine level of risk 2.3 Document analysis processes and outcomes
3. Treat risks	3.1 Determine appropriate control measures for risks and assess for strengths and weaknesses 3.2 Identify control measures for all risks 3.3 Refer risks relevant to whole of organisation or having an impact beyond own work responsibilities and area of operation to others as per established policies and procedures 3.4 Choose and implement control measures for own area of operation and/or responsibilities 3.5 Prepare and implement treatment plans
4. Monitor and review effectiveness of risk treatment/s	4.1 Regularly review implemented treatment/s against measures of success 4.2 Use review results to improve the treatment of risks 4.3 Provide assistance to auditing risk in own area of operation 4.4 Monitor and review management of risk in own area of operation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2	Comprehends documents and texts of varying complexity to extract and analyse relevant information
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 3.5	Uses specific, industry related terminology and logical organisational structure in workplace documents that identify and analyse risk and report management process outcomes
Oral communication	2.1	Participates effectively in interactions with stakeholders by using questioning and listening to elicit opinions and clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.2, 4.1	Uses numerical tools to assess risk and uses numerical data to review plans
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 3.3	Complies with organisational and legislative requirements Takes responsibility for identification and management of risk within own work context and refers matters to others as required
Interact with others	2.1	Selects appropriate communication protocols and conventions when conferring with others to establish risk management requirements
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake defined tasks Uses analysis and consultative processes to inform decisions about selection and implementation of risk control measures Evaluates effectiveness of plans and results to inform improvement decisions Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, prepare plans and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes	BSBRSK401A Identify risk and apply risk management processes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to apply organisational policies, procedures and processes to:

identify risks

consult with relevant stakeholders to analyse and evaluate risks

identify and evaluate control measures

develop and implement treatment plans for own area or responsibility

refer risks that are beyond own area of responsibility to others

maintain risk management documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline techniques for identifying and evaluating risks

outline organisational policies, procedures or processes for risk management

give examples of areas where risks are commonly identified in an organisation

outline the purpose and key elements of current risk management standards

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to risk management

describe the organisation's auditing requirements relating to risk management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk - risk management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRSK501 Manage risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to manage risks in a range of contexts across an organisation or for a specific business unit or area in any industry setting.

It applies to individuals who are working in positions of authority and are approved to implement change across the organisation, business unit, program or project area. They may or may not have responsibility for directly supervising others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Risk Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish risk context	1.1 Review organisational processes, procedures and requirements for undertaking risk management in accordance with current risk management standards 1.2 Determine scope for risk management process 1.3 Identify internal and external stakeholders and their issues 1.4 Review political, economic, social, legal, technological and policy context 1.5 Review strengths and weaknesses of existing arrangements 1.6 Document critical success factors, goals or objectives for area included in scope 1.7 Obtain support for risk management activities 1.8 Communicate with relevant parties about the risk management process and invite participation
2. Identify risks	2.1 Invite relevant parties to assist in the identification of risks 2.2 Research risks that may apply to scope 2.3 Use tools and techniques to generate a list of risks that apply to the scope, in consultation with relevant parties
3. Analyse risks	3.1 Assess likelihood of risks occurring 3.2 Assess impact or consequence if risks occur 3.3 Evaluate and prioritise risks for treatment
4. Select and implement treatments	4.1 Determine and select most appropriate options for treating risks 4.2 Develop an action plan for implementing risk treatment 4.3 Communicate risk management processes to relevant parties 4.4 Ensure all documentation is in order and appropriately stored 4.5 Implement and monitor action plan 4.6 Evaluate risk management process

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2	Comprehends a variety of relatively complex texts Gathers, interprets and analyses textual information from a range of sources to identify relevant information
Writing	1.6, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Develops textual material and organises content in a manner that effectively documents risk management analysis and assessment priorities and processes
Oral Communication	1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Participates in interactions with stakeholders using questioning and listening to elicit opinions, and to confirm and clarify understanding
Numeracy	2.2	Uses numerical tools to assess risk and uses numerical data to review plans
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 4.3	Refers to organisational processes, procedures and requirements when making decisions about risk management
Interact with others	1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Establishes and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders about risk management Consults and negotiates with stakeholders about risk management processes and outcomes
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6	Sequences and schedules a range of routine and complex activities, monitors implementation, evaluates processes and manages relevant communication Systematically analyses information to decide on appropriate risk management treatments Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, document plans and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRSK501 Manage risk	BSBRSK501B Manage risk	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK501 Manage risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse information from a range of sources to identify the scope and context of the risk management process including:

stakeholder analysis

political, economic, social, legal, technological and policy context

current arrangements

objectives and critical success factors for the area included in scope

risks that may apply to scope

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to identify and assess risks, determine appropriate risk treatment actions and priorities and explain the risk management processes

develop and implement an action plan to treat risks

monitor and evaluate the action plan and risk management process

maintain documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the purpose and key elements of current risk management standards

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to risk management

outline organisational policies, procedures and processes for risk management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk - risk management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify potential sales prospects by applying prospecting methods, and manage own sales performance by establishing a sales plan, while managing stress, time and sales-related paperwork.

It applies to individuals working in a sales-related position in a small, medium or large enterprise in a wide variety of industries, who identify, collate and follow up sales prospect information to generate leads. Individuals undertaking this unit may be at entry level, or have experience in sales sufficient to provide advice and support about aspects of sales solutions as part of a sales team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Development – Sales

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Employ prospecting methods and qualify prospects	1.1 Identify, consider and evaluate strengths and limitations of range of primary and secondary prospecting methods 1.2 Select prospecting methods to match market to which the product or service is targeted 1.3 Target present, previous and new clients through chosen prospecting methods 1.4 Research and establish criteria for qualifying leads according to buyer accessibility, buyer motives, product affordability, purchase authority, legal compliance and return for seller 1.5 Ensure established criteria represent a standard against which buying potential of individuals and groups is gauged
2. Manage prospect information	2.1 Develop and implement system for recording prospect information 2.2 Monitor and evaluate effectiveness of system for recording prospect information 2.3 Refine system for recording prospect information based on evaluation
3. Establish individualised sales plan	3.1 Establish individual sales goals and quotas to focus work activities, based on organisational sales and marketing objectives 3.2 Establish consultation and communication structures with clients and supervisors 3.3 Plan and document individualised sales plan to achieve sales goals and quotas within a work system constructed against clear timeframes 3.4 Monitor and adjust sales plan to established goals and quotas 3.5 Evaluate sales plan and adjust where necessary
4. Complete sales paperwork and reports	4.1 Establish system to collect, record and organise data associated with sales process 4.2 Complete routine reports at regular intervals according to organisational requirements 4.3 Use available technology to facilitate record-keeping and production of sales reports
5. Organise workload effectively	5.1 Establish routines to provide structure for work and to manage workload 5.2 Allocate time for specific work tasks and unanticipated events and activities 5.3 Conduct analysis of time spent on work-related activities and adjust time spent on tasks, if required 5.4 Apply time-management strategies to minimise non-productive sales activities 5.5 Delegate tasks to individuals or sales team members to share workload as appropriate 5.6 Identify and monitor symptoms of stress and seek expert assistance

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.4	Analyses and evaluates textual information to develop research strategies, integrate facts and ideas and meet organisational requirements
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.4	Creates documents using specific and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.3, 5.2, 5.5	Presents information using clear language suited to the audience Uses listening and questioning skills to check and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.4-1.5, 3.1, 3.3-3.5, 5.2-5.4	Applies ratios and percentages and relevant formulae to data to calculate and interpret time durations and establish financial goals
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 3.1, 3.4, 4.2	Follows explicit and implicit organisational objectives, protocols and legal requirements
Interact with others	1.3, 3.2, 5.5, 5.6	Tailors communication to achieve purpose, demonstrating a sophisticated understanding of audience needs Collaborates with others to achieve organisational objectives
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.3-5.6	Sequences and schedules complex activities of self and others and monitors implementation Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and evaluating options against agreed criteria Monitor implementation of solutions and reflects on outcomes to identify appropriate action Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	BSBSLS407A Identify and plan sales prospects	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and select the use and management of different sales prospecting methods

develop, monitor and refine a system for recording prospecting methods

plan, document and monitor individualised sales plan

establish data collection system

use appropriate technology

organise, analyse and delegate workloads to maximise productivity

identify and monitor symptoms of stress.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe information management strategies used to manage prospect and sales data

identify key principles associated with self-management

outline key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards related to the sales environment

describe prospecting methods used in sales process

identify principles of buyer motives

describe strategies and techniques used to prevent and manage stress.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – sales field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present sales solutions that respond to specific buying needs of a client, and to use sales processes associated with securing prospect commitment to proceed with a sale.

It also includes attending to post-sales activities that build and strengthen the partnership between a salesperson and client, and enhance the likelihood of future sales.

It applies to individuals working in sales-related positions in a small, medium or large enterprise, in a wide variety of industries, who may provide sales solutions individually, or provide advice and support on aspects of sales solutions to support a sales team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication

Unit Sector

Business Development – Sales

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for sales presentation	1.1 Obtain and organise products, ideas and services for use within sales presentation 1.2 Review product information to ensure familiarity with products 1.3 Identify sales tactics, and assess and choose options that meet needs and preferences of the prospect 1.4 Consider variety of sales solutions and prepare to meet buyer needs 1.5 Identify and select sales aids 1.6 Identify alternatives for prospects and assess in relation to anticipated buyer needs
2. Present sales solution	2.1 Use gestures, posture, body language, facial expressions and voice to create a supportive selling environment 2.2 Use listening skills and open-ended questions to identify buyer needs, preferences, motives and objections 2.3 Adjust presentation to match needs and preferences of buyer 2.4 Use persuasive communication techniques to secure buyer interest 2.5 Ensure presentation demonstrates and communicates key features of product and emphasises benefits in relation to identified buyer needs 2.6 Obtain and present proof of benefits through product purchase 2.7 Use sales aids to build buyer understanding of how product aligns with needs
3. Respond to buyer signals	3.1 Identify and assess verbal and non-verbal buying signals 3.2 Use probing to identify source of buyer resistance 3.3 Identify strengths and limitations of buyer resistance strategies 3.4 Select and implement strategy for managing buyer resistance 3.5 Use trial closes strategically during different stages of sales process
4. Negotiate and finalise sale	4.1 Initiate formal close to sales process following one or more trial closes 4.2 Select strategy to close sale, and use supportive and confirming language to support closure 4.3 Negotiate conditions of agreement, outline a summary of agreement to buyer, and confirm buyer’s decision 4.4 Provide advice on financing arrangements, if required 4.5 Prepare and complete sales documents, and process and monitor client order 4.6 Identify and present cross-selling opportunities to buyer
5. Support post-sale activities	5.1 Ensure contact is made with buyer post-sale to ensure agreed expectations have been met 5.2 Provide technical assistance or advice and assist clients to access appropriate after-sales support 5.3 Use feedback solicitation regarding sales process and product satisfaction 5.4 Address and resolve service problems and difficulties identified through feedback 5.5 Develop and implement client loyalty strategies to secure buyer loyalty and facilitate ongoing contact 5.6 Offer and implement additional sales solutions and benefits to clients when opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.6, 2.7, 4.3-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Analyses and evaluates textual information to develop research strategies, integrate facts and ideas, and meet organisational requirements
Writing	1.1, 4.5-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Creates documents using specific and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Obtains information by listening and questioning, and Participates in discussions using detailed, clear and persuasive language to contribute details, express requirements and provide advice
Numeracy	2.6, 4.3-4.5, 5.5	Identifies, interprets and compares mathematical information in simple and familiar written texts
Interact with others	2.3, 2.4, 3.2-3.4, 4.2, 5.3-5.5	Uses a range of interpersonal skills to build rapport and establish relationships with others Tailors communication to achieve purpose, demonstrating a sophisticated understanding of audience needs
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.7, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Sequences and schedules complex activities to achieve outcomes in a timely fashion Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, designing strategies, gathering relevant information and evaluating options Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	BSBSLS408A Present, secure and support sales solutions	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify principles of effective sales presentation

identify buyer needs and present sales solution

manage buyer resistance

finalise a sale

implement support for post-sale activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

demonstrate detailed product knowledge, including product:

advantages and disadvantages

features

service benefits

identify materials and aids that support presentations

identify principles for achieving an effective sales presentation mix

describe statistical methods used to demonstrate sales performance

describe strategies used to:

manage client accounts

build client goodwill

develop client loyalty.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – sales field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

support materials for effective presentations

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to consider the major elements of a business idea, undertake research to determine viability of the business opportunity and present the idea with reference to the legislative frameworks affecting the business.

It applies to individuals who are establishing or operating a micro business for self-employment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Describe business ideas	1.1 Gather information for business ideas from appropriate sources 1.2 List details of business ideas and opportunities 1.3 Research alternative business ideas in light of available resources 1.4 Specify and list products and services to match business ideas 1.5 Identify and research potential customer information for business ideas 1.6 Identify and take into account available financial, digital technology, business and technical skills when researching business opportunities
2. Identify market needs	2.1 Collect information regarding market size and potential from appropriate sources 2.2 Investigate market trends and developments to identify market needs relative to business ideas 2.3 Gather market information from primary and secondary sources to identify possible market needs in relation to business ideas 2.4 Identify ethical and cultural requirements of the market, and their relevance for business ideas 2.5 Identify new and emerging markets and document their features 2.6 Identify and organise information on expected market growth or decline and associated risk factors
3. Investigate factors affecting the market	3.1 Identify projected changes in population, economic activity and labour force that may impact business ideas 3.2 Identify movements in prices, and projected changes in availability of resources 3.3 Review trends and developments and identify their potential impact on business ideas

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.3	Analyses and evaluates textual information to develop research strategies, integrate facts and ideas and meet business requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.3, 2.5	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to complete required documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.3, 2.5	Clearly articulates requests using specific and relevant language, and uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1, 3.1, 3.2	Extracts, evaluates and compares numerical information to determine resources and identify trends
Get the work done	1.1, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies changes to processes, products or services within scope of own business opportunities May invest time in developing and shaping several options before making a final choice, using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking to tailor and strengthen an idea to suit needs, resources and constraints Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, and then extract, organise, integrate and share relevant information in increasingly effective ways.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities Release 2	BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent of unit	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and analyse information from a range of sources to investigate a business opportunity, including:

financial considerations

digital technologies

market size, potential and trends

ethical and cultural requirements of the market

resource availability

review data for potential impact on the market, products, services and customers

match products and services to the business opportunity.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

locate and outline legislation and regulation relevant to specific micro business opportunities being investigated

identify sources of specialist advice on trends in new and emerging markets and decline and risk factors

summarise benefits and challenges of digital technologies relevant to micro business opportunities

describe appropriate business research methods and data collection tools and software.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

internet access for research

data collection tools and software

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies, or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source advice and specialist services to manage business compliance requirements.

It applies to individuals who are establishing or operating a micro business providing self-employment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements of the business	1.1 Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements that might be relevant to operation of the business 1.2 Gather information that assists in interpreting and explaining regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements 1.3 Investigate relationships between legislation, regulations, codes of practice, associated standards and written material to determine compliance requirements of the business
2. Develop procedures to ensure compliance and risk minimisation	2.1 Identify business advisors and other sources of assistance relevant to compliance requirements and business type 2.2 Explain business type and operations to advisors, covering full scope of the business 2.3 Clarify and confirm compliance requirements and risk minimisation needs with advisors 2.4 Access sources of advice and specialist services for regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance 2.5 Review advice and procedures against compliance requirements and their appropriateness for the business
3. Implement compliance procedures	3.1 Implement procedures within provided guidelines 3.2 Take action to ensure the business complies with relevant taxation and business registration requirements, legislation, regulations, codes of practice and associated standards 3.3 Arrange appropriate insurance cover for the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Identifies and interprets legislative and regulatory information pertinent to business requirements
Writing	1.1, 2.1, 3.2, 3.3	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to clarify information and requirements
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.3	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.5, 3.3	Analyses numerical information to calculate specific business requirements Uses formal and informal mathematical language to discuss compliance
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 3.1, 3.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Understands and explicitly applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business Release 2	BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance requirements, and risk minimisation needs of the business

identify, select and access sources of advice on compliance and risk minimisation procedures for the business

complete a development and review of procedures for compliance and risk minimisation (with assistance from advisors).

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify micro business registration and licensing requirements

list government legislative requirements relating to business operation

categorise the nature of legal responsibility

pinpoint relevant industry codes of practice

list relevant WHS responsibilities and procedures

name sources of advice and specialist services

identify sources of information about regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements and issues

outline taxation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business technology including internet access for research

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and comply with all regulations affecting the business.

It applies to individuals operating a small business who use analytical skills to interpret legislation and regulations and develop procedures to manage compliance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and implement business legal requirements	1.1 Identify and research possible options for the business legal structure using appropriate sources 1.2 Determine legislation and regulatory requirements affecting operations of the business under its chosen structure 1.3 Develop and implement procedures to ensure full compliance with relevant legislation and regulatory requirements
2. Comply with legislation, codes and regulatory requirements	2.1 Establish systems to ensure legal rights and responsibilities of the business are identified and the business is adequately protected, specifically in relation to work health and safety (WHS), business registration and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify taxation principles and requirements relevant to the business, and follow procedures to ensure compliance 2.3 Identify and carefully maintain legal documents and maintain and update relevant records to ensure their ongoing security and accessibility 2.4 Monitor provision of products and services of the business to protect legal rights and to comply with legal responsibilities 2.5 Conduct investigations to identify areas of noncompliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and take corrective action where necessary
3. Negotiate and arrange contracts	3.1 Seek legal advice on contractual rights and obligations, if required, to clarify business liabilities 3.2 Investigate and assess potential products and services to determine procurement rights and ensure protection of business interests where applicable 3.3 Negotiate and secure contractual procurement rights for goods and services including contracts with relevant people, as required, in accordance with the business plan 3.4 Identify options for leasing or ownership of business premises and complete contractual arrangements in accordance with the business plan
4. Identify and treat business risks	4.1 identify potential internal and external risks to the business 4.2 assess the probability and impact of identified risks 4.3 prioritise risks for treatment 4.4 develop actions to mitigate risks including identifying insurance requirements and adequate cover

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.2-3.5	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and related business requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.5, 3.1, 3.3	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly articulate legal issues, and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify solutions Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	2.2, 2.5, 3.3, 3.4	Reviews, analyses, compares and contrasts numerical data which may be embedded in documents Calculates business insurance costs and compares costing options
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and legislative responsibilities and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of work environment
Interact with others	3.1, 3.3	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high-level influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Implements actions as per plan, making adjustments if necessary and addressing unexpected issues Understands importance of secure information and privacy in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk factors Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business Release 2	BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent of unit	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate a systematic approach to identifying, managing and meeting legal and regulatory requirements, specifically in regard to WHS, business registration and environmental requirements

ensure compliance, by:

following taxation and industrial relations principles

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and services

taking corrective action where necessary

negotiate and arrange contracts, including:

seeking legal advice

investigating procurement rights

identifying options of leasing or ownership of business premises.

Identify, assess and treat risks specific to the business including

prioritising risks with highest probability of occurrence and greatest negative impact on the business

identifying insurance requirements

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline business registration and licensing requirements

identify all government legislative requirements relating to the specific business operation

explain creation and termination of relevant legal contracts

summarise relevant cultural differences and legal implications

describe legal rights and obligations of alternative ownership structures

outline necessary record keeping to meet minimum legal and taxation requirements

summarise relevant consumer legislation and industry codes of practice

outline the key steps in the risk management process

explain relevant insurance requirements and products.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

business technology including internet access

specialist software for analysis of data

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies, or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify financial requirements of a business, including profit targets, cash flow projections and strategies to garner financial support.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business or work within an existing micro or small businesses and interpret financial data.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify costs, calculate prices and prepare profit statement	1.1 Identify and document costs associated with production and delivery of business products and services 1.2 Calculate prices based on costs and profit margin, as an hourly charge-out rate for labour or unit price for products 1.3 Calculate breakeven sales point to establish business viability and profit margins 1.4 Identify appropriate pricing strategies in relation to market conditions to meet business profit targets 1.5 Prepare projected profit statement to supplement the business plan
2. Develop a financial plan	2.1 Set profit targets or goals to reflect owner’s desired returns 2.2 Identify working capital requirements necessary to attain profit projections 2.3 Identify noncurrent asset requirements and consider alternative asset management strategies 2.4 Prepare cash flow projections to enable business operation in accordance with business plan and legal requirements 2.5 Identify capital investment requirements accurately for each operational period 2.6 Select budget targets to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance
3. Acquire finance	3.1 Identify startup and ongoing financial requirements according to financial plan/budget 3.2 Identify sources of finance, including potential financial backers, to provide required liquidity for the business to complement business goals and objectives 3.3 Investigate cost of securing finance on optimal terms 3.4 Identify strategies to obtain finance as required to ensure financial viability of the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.2	Uses specific and relevant language to secure finance and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify outcomes Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Analyses numerical information to determine costs, prices, profit and losses, and other financial data
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Sequences and schedules complex activities, including implementing and monitoring financial strategies Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account, making adjustments as necessary Regularly uses formal thinking techniques to generate new ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 2	BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a financial plan which identifies financial requirements of the business, including cash flow projections and a projected profit statement

follow the financial plan, including:

demonstrating an awareness of appropriate legal requirements

implementing strategies to monitor financial performance

identify sources and investigate costs of securing appropriate financial assistance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain breakeven analysis

clarify costing for the business, including margin or markup, hourly charge-out rates and unit costs

summarise financial decision-making relevant to the business

outline methods and relative costs of obtaining finance

summarise principles for preparing balance sheets

provide a detailed explanation of:

principles for preparation of cash flow forecasts

principles for preparation of profit and loss statements

purpose of financial reports

explain relevant accounting terminology

describe working capital cycles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

software for financial calculations

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB403 Market the small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and improve business performance via a clear marketing strategy integrated into the business plan.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business independently or within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role analyse and interpret market data.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop marketing strategies	1.1 Analyse the business and its key products or services to determine focus of marketing activities, in accordance with objectives of the business plan 1.2 Evaluate customer base and target market for the small business as a basis for marketing objectives and strategies 1.3 Conduct a competitor analysis to inform development of marketing strategies 1.4 Determine marketing objectives in consultation with relevant people and in accordance with the business plan 1.5 Ensure strategies are ethically and culturally appropriate and aligned with customer and industry expectations
2. Determine a marketing mix for the business	2.1 Assess product mix, volumes and pricing opportunities to determine marketing focus and optimise profit 2.2 Evaluate costs and benefits of using different distribution channels or providing different levels of customer service, and consider results in determining marketing mix 2.3 Determine marketing and promotional activities including the role of digital engagement to suit target market 2.4 Consider the customer journey and conversations in determining marketing mix
3. Implement marketing strategies	3.1 Brief those involved in the marketing effort on their roles and responsibilities, to ensure success of marketing strategies 3.2 Plan and implement marketing activities, in accordance with marketing objectives and budgetary requirements 3.3 Consider digital devices, platforms and technologies for effectiveness in implementing marketing activities
4. Monitor and improve marketing performance	4.1 Monitor marketing activities and evaluate business performance according to objectives and targets of the business plan 4.2 Analyse performance gaps and take corrective action or set new targets 4.3 Encourage all relevant people to propose ways to improve marketing performance 4.4 Seek and analyse customer reaction to all aspects of the marketing mix, using culturally appropriate processes, to improve targeting and outcomes 4.5 Conduct ongoing research of customer requirements and expectations in both on-line and off-line environments to identify opportunities for change and improvement 4.6 Identify and respond to opportunities to aid business development through new technologies and different ways of marketing

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2-2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.4, 4.6	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.4-4.6	Prepares reports and other workplace documentation using structure, layout and terminology appropriate to the audience
Oral Communication	1.3, 3.1, 4.3, 4.4	Presents ideas and requirements clearly and using language and non-verbal techniques appropriate to audience and environment Uses questioning and listening to check and confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 4.2	Analyses numerical information to determine budgetary requirements and product quantities Uses a range of calculation methods to evaluate costs and benefits
Navigate the world of work	4.5	Regularly reviews current situation and develops strategies to address improvements in marketing performance
Interact with others	4.3	Recognises importance of building rapport to establish effective working relationships
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts, and redesigns these to suit own situation Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB403 Market the small business Release 2	BSBSMB403 Market the small business Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB403 Market the small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine marketing activity focus in line with objectives of the business plan

evaluate customer base

understand what is ethically and culturally appropriate

determine a marketing mix according to market and business needs, including:

ability to optimise sales and profit

ability to evaluate costs and benefits

determine customer needs and promotional activities

determine marketing strategies, including briefing appropriate personnel on their responsibilities

identify marketing opportunities in the digital environment

develop approaches to engage, respond and monitor customers in the digital space

monitor and evaluate activities and performance, and correct performance gaps

consult and communicate effectively with relevant people

research and monitor ongoing changes and improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss industry market trends

identify performance evaluation methods

explain methods of analysing costs and benefits of marketing strategies

summarise methods of developing marketing objectives and marketing mix

compare current digital devices, platforms and technologies for effectiveness in achieving marketing objectives

outline methods of monitoring customer satisfaction

identify relevant market analysis and research

provide a detailed explanation of relevant marketing concepts and methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business technology

software for analysis of data

workplace documents and case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and develop an integrated business plan for achieving business goals and objectives.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that operates independently, or as part of a larger organisation. Individuals in this role interpret business information and numerical data competently.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify elements of the business plan	1.1 Identify purpose of the business plan 1.2 Identify and review essential components of the business plan 1.3 Identify and document business goals and objectives as a basis for measuring business performance
2. Develop a business plan	2.1 Research resources, legal and compliance requirements, specifically in relation to work health and safety (WHS), in accordance with business goals and objectives 2.2 Research market needs, and market size and potential 2.3 Identify sources and costs of finance, from financial plan, to provide required liquidity and profitability for the business 2.4 Identify methods, from marketing strategies, to promote market exposure of the business 2.5 Identify methods or means of production or operation from production or operations plan to conform with business goals and objectives 2.6 Identify staffing requirements to effectively produce or deliver products and services 2.7 Identify, assess and prioritise internal and external risks 2.8 Identify specialist services and sources of advice, where required, and cost in accordance with available resources
3. Develop strategies for minimising risks	3.1 Identify specific interests and objectives of relevant people and seek and confirm their support of planned business direction 3.2 Identify and develop risk management strategies according to business goals and objectives, and relevant legal requirements 3.3 Develop a contingency plan to address possible areas of nonconformance with the plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.7, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex workplace documentation during planning process
Writing	1.3, 2.3-2.7, 3.1-3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and creatively based on techniques appropriate to assess business performance
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5-2.7	Interprets numerical information to determine prospective markets, resource allocations and business profits/losses
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.2	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	3.1	Looks for strengths in others, finding ways of working with and building on these and sharing own knowledge and experience freely
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.2, 3.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and to evaluate alternative strategies Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts, and redesigns these to suit own situation Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 2	BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a business plan which provides for finance, marketing and provision of products or services to facilitate all business goals and objectives

identify and plan all work health and safety (WHS) and duty of care responsibilities

identify and assess internal and external risks to the business

develop risk management strategies including a contingency plan for non-conformance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to business operation, especially in regard to WHS and environmental issues, equal employment opportunity, industrial relations and antidiscrimination

explain methods of evaluation

summarise WHS responsibilities and procedures for identifying hazards relevant to the business

outline planning processes

describe preparation of a business plan

identify principles of risk management relevant to small business planning

outline common risks particular to the small business type or industry

explain reasons for, and benefits of, business planning

clarify relevant industry codes of practice

outline setting goals and objectives

explain types of business planning – feasibility studies; strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement a business plan and modify operations as required.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business which stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role use problem-solving skills and take responsibility for developing approaches to manage business operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop operational strategies and procedures	1.1 Develop an action plan to provide a clear and coherent direction, in accordance with business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues, and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Develop a quality system for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop performance measures and operational targets to conform with the business plan 1.5 Develop strategies for innovation, including utilisation of existing, new or emerging technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems and key performance indicators or targets to monitor business performance and customer satisfaction 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety in accordance with the business plan 2.3 Maintain staffing requirements, where applicable, within budget, to maximise productivity 2.4 Carry out provision of goods or services in accordance with established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide goods or services in accordance with time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product or service and customer requirements
3. Monitor business performance	3.1 Regularly monitor and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, in accordance with business plan goals and objectives 3.2 Review systems and structures, with a view to more effectively supporting business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of the business quality system 3.4 Amend operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business plan, as required, to maintain business viability, in accordance with business goals and objectives 4.2 Clearly record proposed changes to aid future planning and evaluation 4.3 Undertake ongoing research into new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new business opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 4.1	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	3.2	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work with specific reference to safety
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3	Reflects on how digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals, and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and considers how these may suit own situation Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Uses each experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into what constitutes ‘good’ judgement and an effective decision in different contexts Recognises and addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 3	BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 2	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to successfully manage business operations, including:

developing an action plan

identifying risk management procedures

developing a quality system

implementing performance measures

utilising technologies to optimise business performance

implement and monitor strategies and procedures developed, including:

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

record and research business improvements

make appropriate adjustments to business operations as required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise relevant industry codes of practice

explain methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems

summarise methods for monitoring performance and implementing improvements

outline work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

identify relevant principles of risk management, including risk assessment

clarify quality system principles and methods

summarise relevant performance measures

discuss role of innovation

outline systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

identify technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, induct, train and develop staff members to enhance business operations within the parameters of all relevant legislative requirements.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role have a good knowledge of industrial relations and team management and use effective, responsive and supportive communication in workplace interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop staffing plan	1.1 Determine staffing requirements to allow the business to run effectively, in accordance with requirements outlined in the business plan 1.2 Identify and compare existing skills of owner/s and staff with business requirements to identify any gaps 1.3 Develop policies and procedures for owner/s and staff, in accordance with the business plan
2. Recruit, induct, train and retain team	2.1 Develop job or position descriptions, competencies required and selection criteria to meet business’ needs 2.2 Judge information obtained from each candidate against specified selection criteria, and select according to business needs and legal requirements 2.3 Induct new staff members in accordance with policies and procedures of the business 2.4 Make team members aware of their responsibilities and performance requirements as soon as practicable, and take opportunities to coach team members who are unfamiliar with procedures of the business 2.5 Develop and implement a staff development program and career paths based on requirements of business and staff competencies 2.6 Advertise staff vacancies appropriately in accordance with staffing plan
3. Comply with industrial relations obligations	3.1 Clarify workplace rights and obligations of employers and employees, in accordance with legal requirements and codes of practice 3.2 Counsel staff, if required, in a positive and constructive manner and record outcomes accurately
4. Maintain staff records	4.1 Develop staff records system to provide timely and accurate information, in accordance with confidentiality, legal and taxation requirements 4.2 Monitor and accurately maintain system for recording and retrieving personnel and payroll information, and seek specialist advice where required
5. Manage staff	5.1 Regularly review contribution and skills of self and other team members to ensure performance is in line with agreed performance measures 5.2 Monitor and adjust staffing requirements to respond to any changes in tasks and functions required by the business 5.3 Support and encourage staff, and acknowledge and reward their contribution 5.4 Regularly provide opportunities for staff to discuss work related issues 5.5 Develop contingency plans to cope with unexpected or extreme situations and take appropriate corrective action as required
6. Review team performance	6.1 Develop positive and constructive relationships with and between team members 6.2 Review and update team objectives in support of business goals on a regular basis in consultation with team members 6.3 Identify strengths and weaknesses of team against current and expected work requirements 6.4 Schedule time, on a regular basis, for team members to review work operations to maintain and improve operational efficiency 6.5 Encourage team members to monitor their own performance, suggest improvements and identify professional development needs, in accordance with personal and business requirements 6.6 Monitor and review staff turnover rate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.5, 6.1-6.3, 6.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations and coaching using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	6.4	Uses basic mathematical formulas to review staff performances within available work schedules
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.2. 3.1, 4.1	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending understanding of general legal principles across work contexts Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	2.4, 2.6, 5.3, 6.1, 6.5	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Actively identifies important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and context to suit purpose and audience, and monitors impact
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5, 6.3, 6.6	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs and implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 2	BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use the business plan to:

determine staffing requirements

coordinate skill-gap training where required

develop human resource policies and procedures

develop job descriptions and selection criteria

determine induction processes

implement staff development program

adhere to legal requirements and codes of practice

develop staff records system

conduct ongoing performance measures

communicate effectively with staff members

develop contingency plans

develop strategies to review team performance

monitor and review staff.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to staffing the business operation

explain work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

summarise relevant industry awards or enterprise agreements

outline staff development pathways

identify training course options for staff development

summarise staff counselling, grievance and disciplinary procedures

identify unfair dismissal legislation and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB417 Recruit staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a job description and recruit new staff to meet business needs.

It applies to individuals who run a small business that operates independently, or as part of a larger organisation. They have responsibility for defining future personnel requirements, determining job specifications, evaluating and selecting candidates, and recruiting staff.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for future staff requirements.	1.1 Calculate staffing requirements and determine the nature of employment 1.2 Determine the competencies and attitudes required 1.3 Develop a job description or position statement that accurately reflects the requirements of the role and meets legislation, codes, national standards and work health and safety (WHS) obligations 1.4 Consult with other staff where relevant to confirm requirements 1.5 Allocate budget and resources to the recruitment and selection process
2. Conduct a selection process	2.1 Choose an appropriate strategy to advertise vacancies 2.2 Determine if other people will be involved in the selection process and the nature of their input 2.3 Decide on the information required from candidate and selection criteria to be applied 2.4 Assess candidates against selection criteria 2.5 Short-list candidates and schedule interviews or skills demonstrations if applicable and advise relevant people of times, dates and venues 2.6 Contact referees for referee reports and investigate external sources of information about the candidate 2.7 Select the preferred candidate based on information gained
3. Recruit and induct staff	3.1 Secure preferred candidate's agreement 3.2 Advise unsuccessful candidates of outcomes and respond to any feedback requests 3.3 Prepare an employment contract covering conditions of employment and other documentation or forms required 3.4 Arrange for successful candidate’s induction into business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.4-2.7	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine legislative, regulatory and business requirements Analyses and evaluates a range of textual information to determine staff requirements of the organisation, and suitability of candidates
Writing	1.1-1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Researches and develops documents that communicate effectively, attracting suitable candidates for available positions, and reflect all applicable legislative and national standards obligations Creates texts using formats and language appropriate to the audience and context
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Presents information and seeks advice using language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.5	Uses basic numeracy skills to calculate staffing requirements, and resources and budget needed for the recruitment process
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 3.3	Recognises and adheres to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with the recruitment process
Interact with others	1.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal stakeholders, as well as candidates and their referees, to seek or share information
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.4	Plans and organises workload, information, and recruitment that ensures compliance with organisational policies and procedures, national standards and legislative requirements Uses systematic, analytical processes to define staffing needs, attract suitable candidates and select and recruit appropriate candidates

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB417 Recruit staff	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB417 Recruit staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

calculate staffing requirements

identify the personal attributes, knowledge and skills required for a particular role

prepare a job description or position statement

develop selection criteria and interview questions

participate in interviews and other selection techniques including assessing candidates against selection criteria to short-list them

obtain referees' reports

advise unsuccessful candidates of the results

secure preferred candidate’s agreement and provide an employment contract

arrange induction.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the differences between employees and contractors

outline the components of a job description or position statement

explain legislation relevant to recruitment, selection and induction of staff for small business

identify sources of information on conditions of employment, including employee entitlements, awards and agreements

identify potential strategies for advertising vacancies

outline external sources of information about candidates

explain a range of interviewing techniques and other selection processes and their application.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

workplace policies and procedures

legislation, regulations, Codes and Standards relevant to staff recruitment, selection and induction

case studies or, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and develop small business operations.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business which stands alone, or that is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role use problem-solving skills and take responsibility for developing approaches to evaluating and developing business operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review and evaluate operational strategies and procedures	1.1 Develop a detailed operational plan that sets out clear action points to fulfil on business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Review and evaluate, where appropriate, a quality assurance process for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop operational KPIs that align with the business plan 1.5 Align KPIs to business strategies, including utilisation of existing or new technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems to evaluate business performance and customer satisfaction, including by setting key performance indicators or targets 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety in accordance with the business plan, incorporating new digital technologies where possible 2.3 Identify and manage staffing requirements, considering a range of permanent and flexible arrangements, and adhering to budgetary constraints 2.4 Provide goods or services in accordance with established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide goods or services in accordance with time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements, incorporating new digital technologies where possible 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product or service and customer requirements
3. Evaluate business performance	3.1 Use digital technologies to regularly evaluate and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, in accordance with business goals and objectives 3.2 Review and document systems and structures, with a view to more effectively supporting business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of the business quality system 3.4 Update operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business operations to increase business success, in accordance with business goals and objectives 4.2 Research new and emerging digital technologies periodically, implementing as relevant, in accordance with business goals and objectives 4.3 Undertake ongoing research into new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new business opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Navigate the world of work	Evaluates adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work with specific reference to safety
Get the work done	Reflects on how digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals, and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and considers how these may suit own situation Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Uses each experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into what constitutes an effective decision in different contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations	BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	Updates to title, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to successfully manage business operations, including:

developing an operational plan

identifying risk management procedures

developing a quality assurance process

developing and implementing performance measures

utilising existing, new and emerging digital technologies to optimise business performance

implement and evaluate strategies and procedures developed, including:

controlling stock, expenditure, and work health and safety risks

identifying and meeting staffing requirements

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

record and research business improvements, including the potential to implement new and emerging digital technologies

make appropriate adjustments to business operations as required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role.

Key features of relevant legislation and industry codes of practice

Key features of methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems

Key features of methods for evaluating performance and implementing improvements

Key features of work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

Key features of relevant principles of risk management, including risk assessment

Key features of quality assurance system principles and methods

Key features of the role of digital technologies and innovation in modern business

Key features of systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

Key features of required technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources, including business technology

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB421 Manage small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and review financial management strategies on a regular basis, including by using new and emerging digital technologies.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or that is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role interpret financial reports and other numerical data to develop financial management strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement financial strategy	1.1 Identify financial information requirements and obtain specialist services, as required, to profitably operate the business 1.2 Produce financial budgets or projections, including cash flow estimates, as required for each forward period, and distribute to relevant people in accordance with legal requirements 1.3 Develop a plan to negotiate and manage business capital to best enable implementation of the business plan 1.4 Develop and maintain strategies to enable adequate financial provision for taxation in accordance with legal requirements 1.5 Develop, monitor and maintain client credit policies, including contingencies for debtors in default, to maximise cash flow 1.6 Select key performance indicators to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance in line with the business plan 1.7 Record and communicate financial procedures to relevant personnel to facilitate implementation of the business plan
2. Monitor financial performance	2.1 Use available digital technologies to regularly monitor and report on financial performance targets, and analyse data to establish extent to which the financial goals have been met 2.2 Monitor marketing and operational strategies for their effects on the financial goals 2.3 Calculate and evaluate financial ratios according to own or industry benchmarks 2.4 Assess financial plan to determine whether variations or alternative plans are needed, and change as required 2.5 Undertake research regularly to identify opportunities to implement new and emerging technologies to boost business profitability in accordance with the business plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calculate all relevant financial information
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB421 Manage small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

manage the business according to financial goals, including:

adhering to legal requirements

produce relevant financial projections, including cash flow estimates

develop a plan to negotiate and manage business assets and financial capital

defining strategies for debt collection and contingencies for debtors

managing cash flow

defining key performance indicators

communicating with relevant people

seeking specialist services where required

monitor the business against financial plan and make changes as required

identify opportunities to implement new and emerging digital technologies to support the financial management of the business.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role.

Key features of benchmarking

Key features of financial decision-making relevant to the business

Key features of significant financial indicators

Key purposes of financial reports

Key features of balance sheet preparation and interpretation

Key features of debt collection procedures or strategies

Key features of profit and loss statement preparation and interpretation

Key features of stock records and stock control relevant to the business.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources, including business technology

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively measure current resource use and carry out improvements, including reducing the negative environmental impact of work practices.

It applies to individuals, working under supervision or guidance, who are required to follow workplace procedures and instructions, and work in an environmentally sustainable manner within scope of competency, authority and own level of responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify current resource use	1.1 Identify workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues 1.2 Identify resources used in own work role 1.3 Document and measure current usage of resources using appropriate techniques 1.4 Record and file documentation measuring current usage, using technology (such as software systems) where applicable 1.5 Identify and report workplace environmental hazards to appropriate personnel
2. Comply with environmental regulations	2.1 Follow workplace procedures to ensure compliance 2.2 Report breaches or potential breaches to appropriate personnel
3. Seek opportunities to improve resource efficiency	3.1 Follow organisational plans to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency 3.2 Work as part of a team, where relevant, to identify possible areas for improvements to work practices in own work area 3.3 Make suggestions for improvements to workplace practices in own work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 3.1	Recognises and interprets textual information to establish job requirements from relevant information
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2	Completes documents using required formats
Oral Communication	1.5, 2.2, 3.3	Articulates ideas clearly and uses simple and relevant language to identify and report issues to designated person
Numeracy	1.3	Calculates basic metric measurements to determine resource usage
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Understands and adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	1.5, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 3.1, 3.3	Implements actions as per plan, taking some responsibility for sequencing and timing of tasks Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information Analyses current practices to identify opportunities for improvement.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	BSBSUS201A Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

locate and interpret a range of environment/sustainability legislation and procedural requirements

participate in and support discussions for an improved resource efficiency process

identify, document and measure usage of resources

collaborate with team members on suggestions for improving workplace practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify environmental and resource hazards/risks as well as environmental or sustainability legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to own role

outline sustainability requirements in the workplace

identify reporting channels and procedures to report breaches and potential issues

identify where to find environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

documentation, information and resources related to workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues

office equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

It applies to individuals with responsibility for a specific area of work or who lead a work group or team and addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices, including the development of processes and tools.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate current practices in relation to resource usage	1.1 Identify environmental regulations applying to the enterprise 1.2 Analyse procedures for assessing compliance with environmental/sustainability regulations 1.3 Collect information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures, and provide to the work group where appropriate 1.4 Collect, analyse and organise information from a range of sources to provide information/advice and tools/resources for improvement opportunities 1.5 Measure and document current resource usage of members of the work group 1.6 Analyse and document current purchasing strategies 1.7 Analyse current work processes to access information and data to assist in identifying areas for improvement
2. Set targets for improvements	2.1 Seek input from stakeholders, key personnel and specialists 2.2 Access external sources of information and data as required 2.3 Evaluate alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues 2.4 Set efficiency targets
3. Implement performance improvement strategies	3.1 Source and use appropriate techniques and tools to assist in achieving efficiency targets 3.2 Apply continuous improvement strategies to own work area of responsibility, including ideas and possible solutions to communicate to the work group and management 3.3 Implement and integrate environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group with other operational activities 3.4 Supervise and support team members to identify possible areas for improved practices and resource efficiency in work area 3.5 Seek suggestions and ideas about environmental and resource efficiency management from stakeholders and act upon where appropriate 3.6 Implement costing strategies to fully utilise environmental assets
4. Monitor performance	4.1 Use and/or develop evaluation and monitoring, tools and technology 4.2 Document and communicate outcomes to report on efficiency targets to key personnel and stakeholders 4.3 Evaluate strategies and improvement plans 4.4 Set new efficiency targets, and investigate and apply new tools and strategies 4.5 Promote successful strategies and reward participants where possible

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 1.6, 1.7, 2.3, 3.1	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine legislative, regulatory and business requirements Reviews reported information to evaluate workplace strategies and improvement practices
Writing	1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.4, 4.5	Documents findings of investigations from written and oral sources according to organisational requirements Provides updates about progress using formats and language appropriate to the audience and context
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.4, 4.5	Presents information and seeks advice using structure and language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.5, 2.4, 3.1, 3.6, 4.4	Analyses numerical information to measure usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2	Recognises and follows legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with own role
Interact with others	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates and consults with a range of stakeholders to achieve shared understanding of individual roles in meeting objectives
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4-1.7, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Develops plans to manage routine and non-routine tasks for own work group with an awareness of how they contribute to the broader organisation Uses systematic, analytical processes to set environmental targets, gather relevant information, identify and evaluate alternative approaches Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	BSBSUS301 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	Recoded to meet AQF standards	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse information from a range of sources to identify current procedures, practices and compliance requirements in relation to environmental and resource sustainability

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to seek input and encourage engagement with developing and implementing sustainability improvements, encourage feedback and suggestions and report on outcomes

plan and organise work group activities to:

measure current resource usage

solve problems and generate ideas for improvements

evaluate and implement strategies to improve resource usage

plan, implement and integrate improvements into operations

meet environmental requirements

apply continuous improvement approach to sustainability performance

apply change management techniques to support sustainability performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify relevant internal and external sources of information and explain how they can be used to identify sustainability improvements

explain the compliance requirements for the work area with reference to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and workplace procedures that relate to environmental and resource issues

outline common environmental and energy efficiency issues within the industry

give examples of benchmarks for environmental and resource sustainability that are relevant to the organisation

outline organisational systems and procedures that relate to environmental and resource sustainability improvements including:

supply chain, procurement and purchasing

quality assurance

making recommendations and seeking approvals

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS406 Identify and apply sustainability rating tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively use rating tools to obtain a sustainability rating.

It applies to individuals who are responsible for implementing sustainability practices, either as their primary duty or as a part of a work role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement sustainability rating tools	1.1 Identify and interpret sustainability rating tools, categories and credits relevant to the organisation 1.2 Collect and organise required documentation for the rating tools and confirm methodology for their use 1.3 Access and interpret organisational and legislative requirements relevant to the use of rating tools 1.4 Identify and confirm requirements for the implementation of the rating tools and obtain approval to proceed
2 Implement the sustainability rating tools	2.1 Advise relevant stakeholders of the sustainability rating tools to be used 2.2 Apply the rating tools to gather data about sustainability credentials 2.3 Calculate sustainability rating using all relevant data according to rating tool methodology 2.4 Collate, organise and store data according to organisational and rating tool requirements
3. Evaluate and communicate results	3.1 Evaluate data to identify credits where scores meet, exceed or fall below organisational expectations 3.2 Prepare a report on implementation results, according to internal and external reporting procedures 3.3 Present findings and opportunities for future improvement to relevant stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.3, 3.1	Identifies and interprets complex texts to determine tools aligned with organisational goals and legislative requirements
Writing	1.4, 2.1, 3.2, 3.3	Researches, plans and prepares documentation using format and language appropriate to context, organisational requirements and audience
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.1, 3.3	Presents information and seeks advice using language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Includes all relevant data within calculations to provide a complete analysis for implementation and ongoing tracking
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.4, 3.2	Develops, monitors and modifies organisational policies and procedures in accordance with legislative requirements and organisation goals
Interact with others	1.4, 2.1, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Plays a lead role in presenting outcomes with a range of stakeholders
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Uses systematic, analytical processes in relatively complex situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, identifying and evaluating options Manages implementation and tracks outcomes against organisational goals Provides relevant communication and identifies opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS406 Identify and apply sustainability rating tools	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS406 Identify and apply sustainability rating tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct research to identify sustainability rating tools and their implementation requirements

communicate with relevant stakeholders to obtain approval to proceed with implementation and provide ongoing information

gather data using sustainability rating tools according to specified methodology and organisational requirements

analyse data to prepare and present final report according to internal and external requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list and describe sustainability rating tools applicable to the organisation

outline categories and credits used in the sustainability rating tools

explain methodologies for using sustainability rating tools

summarise the organisational and rating tool requirements for the storage of data

explain how sustainability rating tools relate to the organisation's environmental goals and objectives.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

relevant sustainability rating documentation

case studies or, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to understand and comply with work health and safety (WHS) Acts, regulations and codes of practice in the workplace.

This unit applies to individuals who contribute to actions to achieve compliance with WHS legislation as part of their WHS responsibilities, which are in addition to their main duties.

NOTE: The terms 'occupational health and safety' (OHS) and 'work health and safety' (WHS) are equivalent and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where the National Model WHS Legislation has not been implemented RTOs are advised to contextualise the unit of competency by referring to the existing State/Territory OHS legislative requirements.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine the legal framework for WHS in the workplace	1.1 Identify and access current WHS legislation and related documentation relevant to the workplace, occupation and industry 1.2 Apply knowledge of the relationship between WHS Acts, regulations and codes of practice to assist in identifying WHS legislative requirements in the workplace 1.3 Identify duty holders 1.4 Identify legal obligations and duties for who to consult with regarding training of workers and health and safety representatives 1.5 Identify consequences of non-compliance with WHS Acts, regulations, codes of practice, standards and organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems
2. Contribute to activity that reflects WHS legislative requirements	2.1 Contribute to monitoring compliance with legislation 2.2 Contribute to ensuring that workplace complies with legislation 2.3 Identify and take appropriate action on noncompliance with legislation 2.4 Recognise limits of own expertise and legal duties, and access help and advice when required
3. Keep up-to-date with legislation and relevant publications	3.1 Use relevant sources to keep up-to-date with legislation and relevant publications 3.2 Communicate information on relevant legislative changes and relevant publications to others

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1	Identifies and evaluates information from formal and informal sources to update knowledge
Reading	1.1-1.5, 3.1	Interprets a range of textual information to determine regulatory and procedural requirements and necessary actions
Writing	2.3, 3.2	Documents WHS information in a sequential manner using required format, correct grammar and industry specific language
Oral communication	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Provides information or advice using language appropriate to audience Uses listening and questioning to clarify and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.1- 2.3, 3.1	Follows policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role Keeps up to date on changes to legislation or regulations relevant to own role
Interact with others	2.4, 3.2	Selects appropriate communication protocols and conventions to provide or seek information
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.3, 3.1	Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and activities to support compliance with WHS regulatory requirements Initiates standard procedures in response to non-compliance issues, requesting assistance if necessary Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace	BSBWHS302A Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Version 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and apply work health and safety (WHS) legislative requirements applicable to the workplace, occupation and industry, including keeping up to date with legislation and relevant publications

identify and act on non-compliances with WHS legislation

identify duty holders

communicate WHS information to others

refer issues of non-compliance to responsible persons or authorities and seek advice from appropriate sources.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the WHS legislative duties of self and others including limits on own expertise

outline the key organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems

outline the key requirements in relevant commonwealth and state or territory WHS Acts, regulations, codes of practice, standards and guidance material, and other relevant publications

identify obligations and duties for consultation and who must be consulted

identify people who could be accessed for help

identify the consequences of non-compliance

explain ways to get information about compliance with legislation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals carrying out work health and safety duties in the workplace and include access to:

organisational policies, standard operating procedures, procedures and plans with information on compliance requirements

relevant Acts, regulations, codes of practice, licensing requirements and standards

guidance materials and alerts issued by the relevant WHS regulator

relevant WHS data files

appropriate office equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS307 Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to understand work health and safety (WHS) laws, and comply with them in one’s own workplace.

The unit applies to those who contribute to compliance with WHS laws as part of their WHS responsibilities, which are in addition to their main duties.

NOTES

1. The terms ‘occupational health and safety’ (OHS) and ‘work health and safety’ (WHS) are equivalent, and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where model WHS laws have not been implemented, registered training organisations (RTOs) are advised to contextualise this unit of competency by referring to existing WHS legislative requirements.

2. The model WHS laws include the model WHS Act, model WHS Regulations and model WHS Codes of Practice. See Safe Work Australia for further information.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify WHS legal and compliance framework as it applies to the workplace	1.1 Identify and access current standards and WHS laws relevant to the workplace, occupation and industry 1.2 Apply knowledge of relationship between WHS laws and related documentation to assist in identifying WHS legislative requirements in the workplace 1.3 Identify consequences of non-compliance with WHS laws and organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems 1.4 Identify duty holders and their role in the workplace 1.5 Identify legal obligations and duties about who to consult with regarding training of workers and health and safety representatives
2. Contribute to WHS legislative compliance	2.1 Assist in monitoring workplace compliance with WHS laws according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Contribute to ensuring that workplace complies with WHS laws 2.3 Identify and report noncompliance with WHS laws to relevant stakeholders according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Identify limits of own expertise and legal duties, and access help and advice when required
3. Maintain current knowledge of WHS laws and publications	3.1 Identify and access sources to keep up to date with WHS laws and WHS-related publications within scope of own role 3.2 Communicate information about relevant legislative changes and publications to others according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies and evaluates information from sources to update knowledge
Reading	Interprets a range of textual information to determine regulatory and procedural requirements, and associated necessary actions
Writing	Documents WHS information in a sequential manner using required format, correct grammar and industry-specific language
Oral communication	Provides information and advice using language appropriate to audience and context Uses listening and questioning to clarify and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Follows policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Selects appropriate communication protocols and conventions to provide and seek information
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and activities to support compliance with WHS legislative requirements Uses main features and functions of technology to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWHS302 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS307 Apply knowledge of WHS laws in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

identify and apply at least two different standards or work health and safety (WHS) laws relevant to own work role, workplace and industry.

During the above, the candidate must:

communicate WHS information to others

refer any identified non-compliances with WHS laws to responsible persons or authorities

seek advice from relevant stakeholders if any non-compliance matters are identified that are outside own expertise and legal duties.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

WHS legislative duties of self and others, including limits of own expertise

organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems for:

monitoring workplace compliance with WHS laws

identifying and reporting noncompliance with WHS laws

communicating WHS-related information

requirements of commonwealth and state/territory WHS laws, standards and guidance material, and publications relevant to own work role, workplace and industry

obligations and duties relating to consultation regarding training of workers, and health and safety representatives, including who must be consulted

consequences of non-compliance with WHS laws, related documentation and organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems

individuals and duty holders to access for advice and accountability about WHS compliance

sources of information about compliance with legislation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must comply with WHS laws, and WHS legal responsibilities and duty of care required for this unit. It must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities undertaken by individuals carrying out WHS duties in the workplace, and must include access to:

organisational policies, procedures and plans relating to compliance requirements specified in the performance evidence

WHS laws, licensing requirements and standards relevant to the work of the unit

guidance materials and alerts issued by the relevant WHS regulator

workplace equipment and resources required for the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise own work schedules, to monitor and obtain feedback on work performance and to maintain required levels of competence.

This unit applies to individuals who exercise discretion and judgement and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise and complete own work schedule	1.1 Ensure that work goals, objectives or Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are understood, negotiated and agreed in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Assess and prioritise workload to ensure tasks are completed within identified timeframes 1.3 Identify factors affecting the achievement of work objectives and incorporate contingencies into work plans 1.4 Use business technology efficiently and effectively to manage and monitor scheduling and completion of tasks
2. Monitor own work performance	2.1 Accurately monitor and adjust personal work performance through self assessment to ensure achievement of tasks and compliance with legislation and work processes or KPIs 2.2 Ensure that feedback on performance is actively sought and evaluated from colleagues and clients in the context of individual and group requirements 2.3 Routinely identify and report on variations in the quality of and products and services according to organisational requirements 2.4 Identify signs of stress and effects on personal wellbeing 2.5 Identify sources of stress and access appropriate supports and resolution strategies
3. Co-ordinate personal skill development and learning	3.1 Identify personal learning and professional development needs and skill gaps using self assessment and advice from colleagues and clients in relation to role and organisational requirements 3.2 Identify, prioritise and plan opportunities for undertaking personal skill development activities in liaison with work groups and relevant personnel 3.3 Access, complete and record professional development opportunities to facilitate continuous learning and career development 3.4 Incorporate formal and informal feedback into review of further learning needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1-3.4	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge necessary to arrange personal learning experiences
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1	Interprets textual information to determine organisation’s procedures, own work performance and objectives
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documents that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Clearly gives and receives feedback using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3	Understands responsibilities and scope of role and complies with organisational policies, procedures and protocols
Interact with others	1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Fosters and nurtures a culture of constructive and respectful feedback Proactively collaborates with others to achieve specific goals
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5, 3.2	Plans and organises work commitments to ensure deadlines and objectives are met Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to recognise and respond to routine problems Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	BSBWOR301B Organise personal work priorities and development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare a work plan according to organisational requirements and work objectives

use business technology to schedule, prioritise and monitor completion of tasks in a work plan

assess and prioritise own work load and deal with contingencies

monitor and assess personal performance against job role requirements by seeking feedback from colleagues and clients

identify personal development needs and access, complete and record skill development and learning.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline key provisions of legislation that relate to own work role

describe goals, objectives or key performance indicators of own work role

explain ways to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback when communicating with other people in the workplace

explain the principles and techniques of goal setting, measuring performance, time management and personal assessment of learning and development needs

explain signs and sources of stress and strategies to deal with stress in the workplace

identify methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

work schedules and performance improvement plans

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and obtain feedback on own work performance and access learning opportunities for professional development.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to design their own work schedules and work plans and to establish priorities for their work. They will typically hold some responsibilities for the work of others and have some autonomy in relation to their own role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and complete own work schedule	1.1 Prepare workgroup plans which reflect consideration of resources, client needs and workgroup targets 1.2 Analyse and incorporate work objectives and priorities into personal schedules and responsibilities 1.3 Identify factors affecting the achievement of work objectives and establish contingencies and incorporate them into work plans 1.4 Efficiently and effectively use business technology to manage and monitor planning completion and scheduling of tasks
2. Monitor own work performance	2.1 Identify and analyse personal performance through self-assessment and feedback from others on the achievement of work objectives 2.2 Seek and evaluate feedback on performance from colleagues and clients in the context of individual and group requirements 2.3 Routinely identify and report on variations in the quality of service and performance in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Co-ordinate professional development	3.1 Assess personal knowledge and skills against organisational benchmarks to determine development needs and priorities 3.2 Research and identify sources and plan for opportunities for improvement in consultation with colleagues 3.3 Use feedback to identify and develop ways to improve competence within available opportunities 3.4 Identify, access and complete professional development activities to assist career development 3.5 Store and maintain records and documents relating to achievements and assessments in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Develops strategies to reflect on own performance, obtain feedback, and plan and source professional development opportunities
Reading	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.5	Recognises and interprets textual information from relevant sources to understand organisation’s policies and practices
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Provides or seeks information using language suitable to audience and context Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.3	Interprets numerical information related to budgets and timeframes
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.5	Identifies and understands roles and responsibilities in relation to organisational objectives, policies and procedures
Interact with others	2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Selects and uses appropriate practices when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Establishes and builds rapport and relationships with others to foster a culture of trust and honesty in communications
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5	Plans, organises and implements tasks to meet organisational requirements Systematically gathers and analyses information and evaluates options in order to anticipate potential problems and develop contingency plans Uses the main features and functions of digital technologies and tools to complete work tasks efficiently and effectively

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	BSBWOR404B Develop work priorities	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare and communicate own work plan

schedule work objectives and tasks to support the achievement of the workgroup goals

review own work performance against workgroup objectives through self-assessment and seeking and acting on feedback from clients and colleagues

plan and access learning opportunities to extend personal work competencies.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how business technology applications can be used to schedule tasks and plan work

explain techniques to prepare personal plans and establish priorities

identify methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs

outline a range of professional development options

explain methods to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback

provide a detailed explanation of methods that can be used to evaluate own performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation including policies and procedures, and benchmarks for work group productivity and performance

workplace equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create systems and process to organise information and prioritise tasks.

It applies to individuals working in managerial positions who have excellent organisational skills. The work ethic of individuals in this role has a significant impact on the work culture and patterns of behaviour of others as managers at this level are role models in their work environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish personal work goals	1.1 Serve as a positive role model in the workplace through personal work planning 1.2 Ensure personal work goals, plans and activities reflect the organisation’s plans, and own responsibilities and accountabilities 1.3 Measure and maintain personal performance in varying work conditions, work contexts and when contingencies occur
2. Set and meet own work priorities	2.1 Take initiative to prioritise and facilitate competing demands to achieve personal, team and organisational goals and objectives 2.2 Use technology efficiently and effectively to manage work priorities and commitments 2.3 Maintain appropriate work-life balance, and ensure stress is effectively managed and health is attended to
3. Develop and maintain professional competence	3.1 Assess personal knowledge and skills against competency standards to determine development needs, priorities and plans 3.2 Seek feedback from employees, clients and colleagues and use this feedback to identify and develop ways to improve competence 3.3 Identify, evaluate, select and use development opportunities suitable to personal learning style/s to develop competence 3.4 Participate in networks to enhance personal knowledge, skills and work relationships 3.5 Identify and develop new skills to achieve and maintain a competitive edge

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Investigates and uses a range of strategies to develop personal competence
Reading	1.2, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and interprets textual information from organisational policies and practices or feedback to inform personal development planning
Writing	3.2	Uses feedback to prepare reports that summarise ways to improve competence
Oral Communication	3.2	Uses active listening and questioning to seek and receive feedback
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1	Understands how own role contributes to broader organisational goals Considers organisational protocols when planning own career development
Interact with others	1.1, 3.2, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Uses interpersonal skills to establish and build positive working relationships with others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Plans and prioritises tasks in order to meet deadlines, manage role responsibilities and to manage own personal welfare Identifies and uses appropriate technology to improve work efficiency

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	BSBWOR501B Manage personal work priorities and professional development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify Performance Criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use business technology to create and use systems and processes to organise and prioritise tasks and commitments

measure and maintain personal work performance including assessing competency against competency standards and seeking feedback

maintain an appropriate work-life balance to manage personal health and stress

participate in networks

develop a personal development plan which includes career objectives and an action plan

develop new skills.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain principles and techniques involved in the management and organisation of:

performance measurement

personal behaviour, selfawareness and personality traits identification

a personal development plan

personal goal setting

time

discuss management development opportunities and options for self

describe methods for achieving a healthy work-life balance

outline organisation’s policies, plans and procedures

explain types of learning style/s and how they relate to the individual

describe types of work methods and practices that can improve personal performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

workplace equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead teams in the workplace and to actively engage with the management of the organisation.

It applies to individuals working at a managerial level who facilitate work teams and build a positive culture within their work teams. At this level, work will normally be carried out using complex and diverse methods and procedures requiring the exercise of considerable discretion and judgement, using a range of problem solving and decision making strategies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish team performance plan	1.1 Consult team members to establish a common understanding of team purpose, roles, responsibilities and accountabilities in accordance with organisational goals, plans and objectives 1.2 Develop performance plans to establish expected outcomes, outputs, key performance indicators (KPIs) and goals for work team 1.3 Support team members in meeting expected performance outcomes
2. Develop and facilitate team cohesion	2.1 Develop strategies to ensure team members have input into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Develop policies and procedures to ensure team members take responsibility for own work and assist others to undertake required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward individual and team efforts and contributions 2.4 Develop processes to ensure that issues, concerns and problems identified by team members are recognised and addressed
3. Facilitate teamwork	3.1 Encourage team members and individuals to participate in and to take responsibility for team activities, including communication processes 3.2 Support the team in identifying and resolving work performance problems 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others and enhances the organisation’s image for all stakeholders
4. Liaise with stakeholders	4.1 Establish and maintain open communication processes with all stakeholders 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by team members and followup with line manager/management and other relevant stakeholders 4.4 Evaluate and take necessary corrective action regarding unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by internal or external stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 4.4	Analyses and interprets textual information from the organisation’s policies, goals and objectives to establish team goals or to determine corrective action
Writing	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3	Engages in discussions or provides information using appropriate vocabulary and non-verbal features Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding and to engage the audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3	Understands how own role contributes to broader organisational goals Modifies or develops policies and procedures to achieve organisational goals
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Uses interpersonal skills to gain trust and confidence of team and provides feedback to others in forms that they can understand and use Adapts personal communication style to build positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions, values and particular needs of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team effectiveness Monitors and actively supports processes and development activities to ensure the team is focused on work outcomes Plans for unexpected outcomes and implements creative responses to overcome challenges

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	BSBWOR502B Ensure team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Title change	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use leadership techniques and strategies to facilitate team cohesion and work outcomes including:

encouraging and fostering shared understanding of purpose, roles and responsibilities

identifying and resolving problems

providing feedback to encourage, value and reward others

modelling desired behaviour and practices

develop policies and procedures to ensure team members take responsibility for own work and assist others to undertake required roles and responsibilities

establish processes to address issues and resolve performance issues

support team to meet expected performance outcomes including providing formal and informal learning opportunities as needed

develop performance plans with key performance indicators (KPIs), outputs and goals for individuals or the team which incorporate input from stakeholders

communicate effectively with a range of stakeholders about team performance plans and team performance

facilitate two-way flow of information between team and management relevant to team performance

evaluate and take necessary corrective action regarding unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by internal or external stakeholders.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how group dynamics can support or hinder team performance

outline strategies that can support team cohesion, participation and performance

explain strategies for gaining consensus

explain issue resolution strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

workplace documents

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWRK411 Support employee and industrial relations procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to communicate and implement industrial relations policies and procedures to effectively represent organisations/employers.

It applies to individuals who work in support positions, assisting others in dealing with industrial relations conflicts and issues.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Workplace Relations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate and implement organisation’s industrial relations policies and procedures	1.1 Source and disseminate relevant legislation, agreements, policies and procedures to relevant persons and groups 1.2 Implement agreements, policies and procedures according to site, enterprise and statutory requirements 1.3 Support strategies to effectively communicate with relevant persons and groups on industrial relations matters 1.4 Promote the organisation’s industrial relations procedures to relevant persons and groups 1.5 Represent the organisation appropriately in discussions with key stakeholders
2. Assist in minimising industrial relations conflict	2.1 Monitor the implementation of industrial relations policies and procedures 2.2 Process documentation and report to management and other relevant parties about potential industrial relations conflicts 2.3 Support managers to contain industrial relations conflicts and deal with grievances and disputes, within limits of own authority 2.4 Work with employees to resolve personal grievances and prevent escalation of industrial relations conflicts 2.5 Work under supervision to source specialist industrial relations expertise
3. Enhance industrial relations	3.1 Trial and implement strategies to monitor the implementation of the organisation’s industrial relations policies and procedures 3.2 Implement strategies to facilitate feedback on the industrial climate 3.3 Implement strategies to strengthen relationships with relevant persons and groups 3.4 Provide information and feedback to management on industrial relations 3.5 Provide information and advice to relevant persons and groups

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1	Comprehends and analyses complex texts from a variety of sources and records to determine relevance to requirements or review implementation of strategies
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.5	Prepares required documents using language and structure appropriate to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1-1.5, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.4, 3.5	Presents information and seeks advice using language and non-verbal features appropriate to audience and context Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1	Follows policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies implications of new legislation or regulation for self and others Understands responsibilities and limits of own role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in a range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve required outcomes Uses effective strategies to moderate conflict and negotiate solutions
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Plans and organises tasks required to achieve required outcomes, seeking advice from others when necessary Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWRK411 Support employee and industrial relations procedures	BSBWRK411A Support employee and industrial relations procedures	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWRK411 Support employee and industrial relations procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

locate information required to identify relevant legislation, agreements, policies and procedures in relation to industrial matters

use effective communication techniques to support the resolution of workplace grievances and conflicts

provide accurate written and oral advice about industrial matters

use strategies to monitor and gather feedback on the implementation of industrial relations policies and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline relevant industrial relations policies and procedures

summarise grievance resolution policy and procedures

describe relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards

describe the relevant state/territory and federal industrial relations systems

identify sources of expert advice.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – workplace relations field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWRT401 Write complex documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan documents, draft text, prepare final text and produce documents of some complexity.

It applies to individuals who work in a range of business environments and are skilled in the creation of reports, information and general promotion documents that are more complex than basic correspondence, memos or forms and that require review and analysis of a range of information sources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Communication – Writing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan documents	1.1 Determine the purposes of documents 1.2 Choose appropriate formats for documents 1.3 Establish means of communication 1.4 Determine requirements of documents 1.5 Determine categories and logical sequences of data, information and knowledge to achieve document objectives 1.6 Develop overview of structure and content of documents
2 Draft text	2.1 Review and organise available data, information and knowledge according to proposed structure and content 2.2 Ensure data, information and knowledge is aggregated, interpreted and summarised to prepare text that satisfies document purposes and objectives 2.3 Include graphics as appropriate 2.4 Identify gaps in required data and information, and collect additional material from relevant enterprise personnel 2.5 Draft text according to document requirements and genre 2.6 Use language appropriate to the audience
3 Prepare final text	3.1 Review draft text to ensure document objectives are achieved and requirements are met 3.2 Check grammar, spelling and style for accuracy and punctuation 3.3 Ensure draft text is approved by relevant enterprise personnel 3.4 Incorporate revisions in final copy
4 Produce document	4.1 Choose basic design elements for documents appropriate to audience and purpose 4.2 Use word processing software to apply basic design elements to text 4.3 Check documents to ensure all requirements are met

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.3	Interprets information to identify requirements and prepares material suitable to target audience and environment Proofreads texts for accuracy
Writing	1.6, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1	Creates documents for a specific audience using cohesive and well-structured language to convey detailed and accurate information Ensures vocabulary, layout and grammatical arrangement achieves meaning and intent of document
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 2.4, 3.3	Obtains information or clarifies requirements by asking questions and listening
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 4.3	Adheres to organisational policies and procedures related to document production
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.4, 3.3	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols when seeking advice about documents from colleagues, supervisors and managers
Get the work done	1.1-1.6, 2.1-2.5, 3.3, 4.1-4.2	Plans, organises and implements tasks required to produce documents Makes decisions based on standard procedures, using more formal decision making processes where required Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWRT401 Write complex documents	BSBWRT401A Write complex documents	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWRT401 Write complex documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

plan, draft and finalise complex documents that require review and analysis of a range of information sources

use business technology to apply formatting, and incorporate graphics

edit the draft text to ensure accuracy and clarity of information, obtain feedback on the draft and revise the draft

apply the enterprise style guide/house style.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the enterprise style guide/house style

outline formatting styles and their impact on formatting, readability and appearance of documents

explain rules and conventions for written English, as defined by general and specialist sources.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the communication – writing field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

organisational policies and procedures

organisational style guides.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in CHC Community Services Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal change to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to respond effectively to behaviours of concern of people. Skills are associated with handling difficult incidents rather than managing ongoing behaviour difficulties.

The unit applies to workers in any context exposed to difficult and challenging behaviour.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Identify behaviour and plan response	1.1 Identify behaviours of concern in line with work role and organisation policies and procedures 1.2 Identify appropriate response to potential instances of behaviours of concern 1.3 Ensure planned responses to behaviours of concern maximise the availability of other appropriate staff and resources 1.4 Give priority to safety of self and others in responding to behaviours of concern
2. Apply response	2.1 Ensure response to instances of behaviours of concern reflect organisation policies and procedures 2.2 Seek assistance as required 2.3 Deal with behaviours of concern promptly, firmly and diplomatically in accordance with organisation policy and procedure 2.4 Use communication effectively to achieve the desired outcomes in responding to behaviours of concern 2.5 Select appropriate strategies to suit particular instances of behaviours of concern
3. Report and review incidents	3.1 Report incidents according to organisation policies and procedures 3.2 Review incidents with appropriate staff and offer suggestions appropriate to area of responsibility 3.3 Access and participate in available debriefing mechanisms and associated support and/or development activities 3.4 Seek advice and assistance from legitimate sources as and when appropriate

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5e0c25cc-3d9d-4b43-80d3-bd22cc4f1e53

Assessment Requirements for CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in CHC Community Services Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal change to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role. There must be evidence that the candidate has:

effectively dealt with at least 5 different behaviours of concern

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

different behaviours of concern:

aggression

confusion or other cognitive impairment

intoxication

intrusive behaviour

manipulation

noisiness

self-destructive behaviour

verbal offensiveness

wandering

strategies for dealing with behaviours of concern

issues needing to be referred to an appropriate professional

legal and ethical consideration relevant to recognising and responding to behaviours of concern, including:

duty of care

human rights

work health and safety

organisation reporting processes

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources including organisation policies and procedures in relation to reporting behaviours of concern

modelling of industry operating conditions and contingencies, including scenarios that reflect different behaviours of concern

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5e0c25cc-3d9d-4b43-80d3-bd22cc4f1e53

CPCCBC4014A Prepare simple building sketches and drawings

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce sketches and drawings. The sketches may be used to clarify or communicate ideas to clients or other parties. They may also be simplified versions taken from architectural drawings, designed to capture design concepts or options. The sketches may be used for estimating purposes and to show measurements and other requirements for building and construction works. This unit does not describe more complex drafting skills.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the needs of builders, experienced tradespersons, project managers and estimators with a responsibility for preparing sketches and drawings.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to make sketches and drawings.	1.1. Types of drawings required and key features to be recorded are identified in compliance with the scope and standard of the job being undertaken. 1.2. OHS requirements on site are identified and followed. 1.3. Tools and equipment required for inspection and measurement and for producing drawings are gathered and checked for serviceability.
2. Create simple sketches and drawings.	2.1. Inspection of relevant area is carried out as required and measurements are taken and recorded. 2.2. Simple two and three-dimensional sketches and drawings are created using standard drawing conventions and incorporating relevant codes and standards. 2.3. Sectional drawings of simple structural elements are created using standard drawing conventions.
3. Notate and process drawings.	3.1. Essential information is recorded on the drawing with symbols and abbreviations according to standard drawing conventions. 3.2. Drawings are labelled, dated and processed according to organisational administration and quality procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication drawing techniques interpret and apply relevant standards and codes numeracy skills to apply measurements and calculations.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: drawing conventions and features, including direction, scale, key, contours, symbols and abbreviations requirements of the relevant codes, standards, statutory and authority requirements safe work methods.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by creating a set of sketches and drawings for a small work project in the relevant field of expertise. Measurements of components, sub-assemblies, products, models, equipment, layouts or facilities needed for the preparation of the required drawings and calculations of required dimensions and other drafting details based on the measurements and other relevant information should be made and recorded. This unit of competency can be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: produce clear and effective drawings and sketches with appropriate notations and labelling apply appropriate techniques for making inspections and taking measurements make good incursions into the fabric of a building comply with OHS regulations applicable to workplace operations apply organisational quality procedures and processes select and use appropriate processes, tools and equipment.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: an appropriate work site appropriate documentation and data related to tasks scaffolding and fall protection equipment tools and equipment relevant to activity process. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Types of drawings required include:	floor plan land boundaries and footprint of building orthographic drawings schematic drawings of wiring and pipe work sectional views.
Key features to be recorded may include:	ceiling heights and variations doors light fittings and power supplies services wall penetrations walls.
OHS requirements include:	detailing appropriate installation of scaffolding detailing power supplies details of all services understanding hazards located in the area use of personal protective equipment.
Tools and equipment include:	recording devices, including: computer digital camera pen and paper.
Standard drawing conventions include:	standard design symbols common to the building and construction industries.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights

Modification History

Photovoltaic (solar) panels added to range statement

Equivalent to CPCCCM2010A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to work safely on construction sites where the work activity involves working above 1.5 metres from ground level and where fall protection measures are required.

Application of the Unit

Construction work is undertaken on domestic and commercial work sites within new construction, renovation or refurbishment, and maintenance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify work area requirements.	1.1	Site of proposed work at heights is identified from relevant information.
1.2	Method of accessing work area is identified.
1.3	Tasks to be completed are identified from work orders and supervisor instructions.
1.4	Fall protection equipment is identified if required by site job workplace health and safety (WHS) analysis and statutory and regulatory requirements.
1.5	Approved methods of moving tools and equipment to work area are identified to minimise potential of falling objects, removal of scaffold components, inappropriate carrying of materials on ladders, and excessive bending or twisting in pass-up situations.

2	Access work area.	2.1	Fall protection equipment where required is correctly fitted, adjusted and anchored.
2.2	Arrangements are made to appropriately install required equipment taking account of all potential hazards.
2.3	Appropriate methods are used to access work area for self, tools and equipment, and materials.
2.4	Tools and materials are placed to eliminate or at least minimise the risk of items being knocked down.

3	Conduct work tasks.	3.1	Work is conducted following workplace approved procedures.
3.2	Fall protection equipment is kept in place and adjusted appropriately to cater for movement during work.
3.3	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during work.
3.4	Egress from work area is completed following work site supervisor approved methods for self, tools, materials and environmental requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) quality requirements types, characteristics, uses and limitation of plant, tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others select and use appropriate height access and fall protection equipment and work methods, including inspecting fall protection equipment, scaffold and fall barriers for faults apply knowledge of industry products to identify: manual handling risks types of lifting and support structures approved for use modify work activities to cater for variations in work site procedures, contexts and environment and use appropriate behaviour for safe work at heights use safe handling requirements, based on information provided, for equipment, products and materials.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work at heights includes:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements identification of equipment defects inspection of work sites.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Workplace health and safety is to be in accordance with state or territory legislation and regulations, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting photovoltaic (solar) panels power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices relevant OHS legislation applying in the jurisdiction where work is carried out, including: AS6001 - 1999 Working platforms for domestic application AS1576 - Scaffolding AS/NZS4576 - 1995 Guidelines for scaffolding use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Hazards include:	air temperature construction activity involving other workers and contractors dust and vapours electrical equipment energy sources equipment and materials hazardous materials light manual handling moisture noise pholtovoltaic (solar) panels stationary and moving plant work at heights.
Tools and equipment include:	air compressors and hoses hand and power tools nail guns power leads scaffolding.
Materials include:	materials used on the construction work site.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management noise and dust vibration waste management.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCSV5011A Apply building codes and standards to residential buildings

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure that the building process complies with the Building Code of Australia (BCA) and relevant Australian standards. The unit applies to residential buildings and includes the evaluation and interpretation of building requirements, classification of buildings according to the BCA criteria and strategies for compliance.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the attainment of the understanding and skills to apply building codes and standards to residential buildings within the context of relevant legislation, the BCA and Australian standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Analyse the purpose and basic intent of the BCA.	1.1. Objectives of the BCA and the purpose of its respective components in relation to construction in residential buildings and building categories are evaluated and documented. 1.2. Deemed-to-satisfy (DTS) concept for construction to meet BCA requirements is evaluated and documented.
2. Locate and interpret code and standard requirements applicable to particular projects.	2.1. Clauses from the BCA that apply to particular residential building projects requiring review of compliance issues are identified and documented. 2.2. Prescriptive requirements of relevant BCA clauses and standard specifications are determined. 2.3. Requirements of Australian standards referenced in the BCA are identified and documented. 2.4. Special requirements that may be applicable to specific areas of building surveying procedures are identified and documented.
3. Classify buildings.	3.1. Nature of a building is determined in regard to its proposed use and site arrangement. 3.2. BCA criteria are applied to determine the defined classification. 3.3. BCA requirements are interpreted for multiple classifications.
4. Apply solutions to construction problems for compliance with the BCA.	4.1. Criteria to ensure construction methods comply with the intent of the BCA are determined. 4.2. Alternative approaches to construction problems that comply with the requirements of the BCA are reported. 4.3. Assessment methods used to determine whether a building solution complies with performance requirements or DTS provisions of BCA are analysed and applied. 4.4. Assessment methods are confirmed and identified as appropriate to meet the DTS provisions of BCA.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: ability to respond to change and contribute to workplace responsibilities, such as current work site environmental and sustainability frameworks or management systems communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand read and interpret: Australian standards BCA other relevant documentation use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication written skills to: document building requirements report alternative approaches to construction problem innovation skills to develop compliant alternative solutions to construction problems planning and organisational skills to collect, organise and analyse information technological skills to: complete documentation and calculations enable information gathering and analysis.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: authorities and powers of a building surveyor behaviour of structural members undergoing stress, strain, compression, bending or combined actions BCA and primary referenced Australian standards criteria for Class 1 and 10 buildings design, construction and structural principles of buildings DTS provisions processes for the administration and preparation of documentation processes for the interpretation of reports, working drawings and specifications relevant federal, state or territory legislation and local government policy and procedures research methods.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: comply with OHS regulations applicable to workplace operations apply organisational management policies and procedures, including quality assurance requirements where appropriate classify construction in residential buildings through the evaluation and interpretation of compliance with the BCA and associated reporting of data, findings, recommendations and strategies for at least one residential building project or equivalent in compliance with relevant legislation provide reports to appropriate body/individual as determined by the project brief.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Construction in residential buildings includes:	compliance with relevant legislation design specifications evaluation, interpretation and adherence to legislative requirements for BCA Class 1 and 10 buildings maintenance specifications relevant Australian standards.
Building categories include:	low-rise residential buildings single storey buildings.
Residential building projects requiring review of compliance issues include:	calculation and processing of application or inspection fees project milestones provision of site access/facilities work schedules.
Standard specifications include:	developed or detailed specifications addressing specific components, such as structural or other requirements industry standard specifications preliminary and outline specifications.
Building surveying procedures include:	mechanical, structural, electrical and other services.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the mandatory work health and safety training required prior to undertaking construction work. The unit requires the person to demonstrate personal awareness and knowledge of health and safety legislative requirements in order to work safely and prevent injury or harm to self and others. It covers identifying and orally reporting common construction hazards, understanding basic risk control measures, and identifying procedures for responding to potential incidents and emergencies. It also covers correctly selecting and fitting common personal protective equipment (PPE) used for construction work.

This unit meets the general construction induction training requirements of:

Part 1.1 Definitions and Part 6.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations;

Division 11 of Part 3 of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996 for Western Australia; and

Division 3 of Part 5.1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 for Victoria.

It is expected that site-specific induction training will be conducted prior to conducting construction work.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit. Relevant work health and safety state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm jurisdictional requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify health and safety legislative requirements of construction work.	1.1.	Basic roles, responsibilities and rights of duty holders are identified and explained according to jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements.
1.2.	Duty of care requirements are identified.
1.3.	Construction safe work practices are identified and explained.
2.	Identify construction hazards and risk control measures.	2.1.	Basic principles of risk management are identified.
2.2.	Construction hazards are identified and discussed.
2.3.	Purpose and use of PPE are identified and demonstrated.
2.4.	Measures for controlling hazards are identified.
3.	Identify health and safety communication and reporting processes.	3.1.	Health and safety documents are identified and discussed.
3.2.	Roles of designated health and safety personnel are identified and explained.
3.3.	Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained.
3.4.	Procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4.	Identify incident and emergency response procedures.	4.1.	Procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained.
4.2.	Procedures for accessing first aid are identified.
4.3.	Types and purpose of fire safety equipment are identified and discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	locate and recognise numbers commonly used in safety signs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions listen to instructions to identify key safety information tell another person about a construction problem or hazard.
Reading skills to:	follow simple pictorial safety instructions follow simple safety instructions that are written in English.
Problem-solving skills to:	select risk control measures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements must include at least one of the following state and territory Acts or their equivalent:	Australian Capital Territory: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 New South Wales: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 Northern Territory: Work Health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act 2011 Queensland: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 South Australia: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Tasmania: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Victoria: Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Western Australia: Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills, and range of conditions of this unit, in addition to the specific performance and knowledge evidence described below.

The person must:

identify and orally report two construction hazards

orally explain how risk could be reduced or removed in relation to those two hazards

select appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to control the risk

orally explain basic procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies, including types and purpose of the following fire safety equipment:

fire blankets

fire extinguishers, including water, carbon dioxide, powder and foam

hose reels and mains

identify and orally explain the meaning of required safety signs and symbols

orally explain the purpose of job safety analyses (JSAs), safe work method statements (SWMS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

orally explain the roles of the following designated health and safety personnel:

first aid officers

work health and safety representatives

work health and safety committee members

supervisors.

The person must also demonstrate correctly fitting to themselves the PPE listed below:

eye protection

hearing protection

hard hat

high visibility retro reflective vest.

Knowledge Evidence

A person must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic duty of care, and the roles, rights and responsibilities of business owners and workers in relation to working safely while undertaking construction work

basic meaning of the terms ‘hazard’ and ‘risk’

basic principles of risk management, including the following five steps in order:

identify hazard

assess risk

consult and report

control hazard

review

basic procedures for accessing first aid

construction hazards, including those relating to:

asbestos

confined spaces

electrical: power lines, cords and equipment

excavations and trenches, including underground services

dust

falling objects

hazardous substances and dangerous goods

hot and cold work environments

manual handling

noise

plant and equipment operation

traffic and mobile plant

unplanned collapse

ultraviolet radiation

working at heights, including scaffolding

construction work that requires a high risk work licence

types, purpose and use of PPE used in construction, as specified in the performance evidence, and including safety footwear, harnesses and respiratory protection, and ultraviolet (UV) protective clothing and sunscreen

construction emergencies, including:

chemical spill

fire

injury to personnel

structural collapse

toxic or flammable vapour emission

vehicle or mobile plant accident

construction incidents, including:

incidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property

near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence

safe work practices that should be followed in construction work, including:

accessing and using site amenities for drinking water, hand washing and toilets

following safety procedures when performing work tasks and using equipment

identifying and reporting hazards, incidents and injuries in the workplace

keeping the work area clean, tidy and free from debris

not using or being affected by drugs and/or alcohol while at work

preventing bullying and harassment in the workplace

selecting and using required PPE

smoking only in designated areas

storing and removing waste and debris in designated areas

meanings and symbols associated with construction safety signs, symbols and tags, including:

emergency information signs: exits, emergency equipment and first aid

fire signs: location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment

hazard signs and symbols: danger and warning

regulatory signs and symbols: prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction

safety and lockout tags: danger and out-of-service tags.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

all of the PPE listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

state or territory Act relevant to the location of the learner, as specified in the range of conditions.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically and/or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media in real time.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Assessors must hold the unit CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, or its successor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to carry out work health and safety (WHS) requirements through safe work practices in all on- or offsite construction workplaces.

It requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks and work requirements, and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

The unit covers fundamental WHS requirements necessary to undertake work tasks within any sector in the construction industry. It includes the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos, and compliance with legislated work safety practices. It does not cover removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity.

It applies to workers in the construction industry.

This unit also relates directly to the general construction induction training requirements of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations 2011 and relevant occupational health and safety regulations for Victoria and for Western Australia. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry covers these induction training requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess risks.	1.1 Identify, assess and report hazards in the work area to designated personnel. 1.2 Report safety risks in the work area based on identified hazards, to designated personnel. 1.3 Follow safe work practices, duty of care requirements and safe work instructions for controlling risks. 1.4 Contribute to WHS, hazard, accident or incident reports in accordance with workplace procedures, Australian government and state or territory WHS legislation, and relevant information.
2. Identify hazardous materials and other hazards on work sites.	2.1 Correctly identify and, if appropriate, handle and use hazardous materials on a work site in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 2.2 Apply measures for controlling risks and construction hazards effectively and immediately. 2.3 Use appropriate signs and symbols to secure hazardous materials that have safety implications for self and other workers, immediately they are identified. 2.4 Identify asbestos-containing materials on a work site and report to designated personnel.
3. Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	3.1 Identify, wear, correctly fit, use and store correct personal protective equipment and clothing for each area of construction work in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Select tools, equipment and materials, and organise tasks in conjunction with other personnel on site and in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.3 Determine required barricades and signage, and erect at the appropriate site location. 3.4 Apply material safety data sheets (MSDSs), job safety analyses (JSAs) and safe work method statements (SWMSs) relevant to the work to be performed.
4. Apply safe work practices.	4.1 Carry out tasks in a manner that is safe for operators, other personnel and the general community, in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 4.2 Use plant and equipment guards in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications, work site regulations and Australian Standards. 4.3 Follow procedures and report hazards, incidents and injuries to relevant authorities. 4.4 Recognise and do not use prohibited tools and equipment in areas containing identified asbestos. 4.5 Identify and follow requirements of work site safety signs and symbols. 4.6 Clear and maintain work site area to prevent and protect self and others from incidents and accidents, and to meet environmental requirements.
5. Follow emergency procedures.	5.1 Identify designated personnel in the event of an emergency for communication purposes. 5.2 Follow safe workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and other emergencies, including identification and use, if appropriate, of fire equipment within scope of own responsibilities. 5.3 Describe, practice and effectively carry out emergency response and evacuation procedures when required. 5.4 Carry out emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries and, as soon as possible, accurately report treatment details to designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures on three separate and different occasions in the construction industry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

jurisdictional work health and safety (WHS) and environmental legislation and regulations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of applying WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

procedures and policies for identifying and reporting hazards, safety risks and hazardous materials, including asbestos, in the workplace

procedures for following safe practices when dealing with hazards and hazardous materials, and controlling risks associated with them

use of appropriate protective equipment and clothing, choice of tools, use of barricades and signage, and the necessity of following relevant safety procedures as indicated

methods of safely performing tasks in accordance with legislative requirements and workplace policies and procedures

procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries

necessity for keeping work site clear of risks to prevent accidents and to meet environmental requirements

policies and procedures to be followed in an accident, fire or other type of emergency.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCSUS5002A Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency

Modification History

New unit.

This version first released with CPC08 Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 9.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required when planning to improve the energy efficiency of an existing building.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency applies to those involved in the design or development of retro fits for energy efficiency, including building designers, tradespeople and building project managers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Commence retro-fit planning processes.	1.1	Client requirements and expectations for the specific use of the building and the energy efficient retro-fit priorities are discussed and incorporated into planning.
1.2	Energy assessment is initiated or report from a prior assessment is reviewed and discussed with key stakeholders to determine energy conservation measures.
1.3	Client is provided with overview of recommended processes and information relevant to generating an energy efficient retro fit.

2	Identify and evaluate opportunities to improve energy conservation and efficiency of the existing building.	2.1	Recommendations from energy efficiency assessor are reviewed and evaluated for input into the retro-fit action plan.
2.2	Limitations and obstacles involved in the energy efficiency upgrade of the building are identified and appropriate solutions developed.
2.3	Risks of retrofitting existing building for improved energy efficiency are identified and managed, including possible installation of mechanical ventilation systems.
2.4	Strategies that provide a measurable increase in the operational energy efficiency of the existing building are developed and costed.
2.5	Structural adequacy of the existing building is assessed to determine appropriateness of retro-fit solutions for energy efficiency.

3	Research and select energy efficient materials, products and systems.	3.1	Materials, products and systems appropriate to the existing building are researched for energy efficiency specifications.
3.2	Manufacturer representatives and literature are consulted to identify installation and operational specifications.
3.3	Compliance requirements for selecting and installing materials, products and systems are understood and adhered to.
3.4	Thermal and acoustic insulation of the building and quality of installation are assessed where appropriate to determine energy efficiency rating and appropriate solutions to improve insulating properties of the building.

4	Finalise retro-fit action plan.	4.1	Final retro-fit action plan is developed according to organisational procedures.
4.2	Projected benefits of undertaking each of the proposed retro fit measures are explained to client.
4.3	Client sign-off is obtained and documentation of agreed plan is finalised.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
learning skills to evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform advice to client on retro-fitting buildings for energy efficiency numeracy skills to: calculate and confirm correct quantities of materials for work tasks prepare costings for proposed project work oral communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, and share information use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences reading skills to: interpret documentation, including drawings and specifications research and interpret manufacturer product information writing skills to develop recommendations and reports for clients
Required knowledge
building science principles and their application to the retro-fitting of existing buildings for improved energy efficiency compliance requirements relating to construction materials and methods, including: Australian standards environmental and sustainability requirements, including: energy efficiency fire resistance, including resistance from bushfire attack National Construction Code deemed-to-satisfy requirements energy efficiency ratings available for buildings, and their meaning general construction terminology processes for calculating material requirements risks of completely sealing the building envelope and ways to mitigate them types, characteristics, uses and limitations of materials, products and systems used when retrofitting for energy efficiency types, uses and limitations of previously used materials types, uses and limitations of renewable sources of energy types, location and use of relevant safety information, such as: job safety analyses (JSA) and safe work method statements environmental and work site safety plans safety data sheets (SDS)

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by performing a range of tasks in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person should demonstrate the ability to: develop an action plan to retrofit and improve the energy efficiency of either one existing residential building or one existing commercial building, providing evidence of the following: engaging in a team environment working with stakeholders across multiple disciplines, such as engaging or leading an integrated project design or delivery of a project research undertaken to identify appropriate products, materials and systems for use in the retro fit evaluation of risks involved in the retro fit and identification of appropriate solutions to avoid risks or hazards to occupants and others written action plan for the retro fit of the building which responds to identified client requirements and expectations, as well as research undertaken into energy efficiency opportunities and recommended systems, materials and products to be used in the retro fit with relevant costings and timelines locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications to ensure the development of compliant action plans that meet client expectations and organisational policies and procedures comply with work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity research resources, including industry-related systems information safety data sheets.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application review of relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function, such as: CPPHSA4001A Assess household energy use Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should, as far as is practical, take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Client requirements and expectations may include:	enhanced health and safety outcomes for occupants through improved air quality and selection of materials improved building durability increased return on investment through higher resale or higher rental income reduction in energy bills following retro fit.
Energy assessment:	can include financial and non-financial benefits of retrofitting the building to improve energy efficiency can include recommendations that will improve the energy efficiency of the building identifies existing energy rating of a building using a variety of testing and assessment methods.
Information must include:	energy efficient materials and installation methods regulations, codes and standards governing energy efficient construction.
Limitations and obstacles may include:	budget constraints condition of existing building local council planning provisions, including land overlays and requirements relating to neighbourhood character orientation of the existing building original design and construction of existing building position of existing services to the building presence of protected vegetation adjacent to existing building protection of existing building under heritage listing proximity of other buildings or structures.
Solutions may include:	engaging experts in heritage construction to advise on appropriate solutions for heritage listed buildings undergoing energy efficiency upgrades repairing parts of the existing structure before commencing energy efficiency retro fit repositioning services to the building seeking permission from relevant authorities to remove large trees that may inappropriately overshadow the building and reduce energy efficiency opportunities selecting and using economical and effective energy efficient systems and materials.
Risks must include:	risks associated with completely sealing the building envelope, such as: air pressure differentials combustion moisture and mould poor indoor air quality.
Strategies may include:	changing light fittings to LEDs installing motion sensor lighting replacing insulation in ceilings, walls or floors sealing building envelope to reduce unwanted air leakage sealing openable windows repositioning the heating system installing solar photovoltaic systems replacing electric hot water system with gas or solar hot water system.
Materials may include:	aerated autoclaved concrete products bricks and mortar concrete blocks insulating materials plasterboard reflective paints slabs timber window frames and glass.
Final retro-fit action plan must address:	client expectations costings material use other resourcing risk management timelines.
Benefits may include:	improved levels of comfort for the occupants increased air changes per hour to improve indoor air quality increased durability of the building potential for improved return on investment reduction in and prevention of mould reduction in heating and cooling costs.
Documentation may include:	applications for permits and service connections copies of plans, drawings and specifications environmental applications.

Unit Sector(s)

Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and evaluate existing and emerging construction materials and methods for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), including for new buildings, additions and renovations to existing structures, and heritage restorations.

Research and evaluation are undertaken to develop an understanding of the range of contemporary construction materials and methods available; and their application, performance and interaction.

The unit supports drafters who work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers, ensuring that accurate and current information and data on construction materials and methods are identified and applied across building design projects.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Review project brief and determine requirements.	1.1.	Project brief is reviewed and information relating to work requirements, BCA class, and type of building to be researched is identified.
1.2.	Requirements for research are confirmed, as required, with architect or building designer.
1.3.	Compliance requirements relevant to project building class and type and research scope are identified.
2.	Research materials and methods for structural elements of specified building.	2.1.	Features and applications of materials used for structural elements are researched and evaluated.
2.2.	Compliance requirements for materials used for structural elements are researched and interpreted.
2.3.	Construction methods and systems for structural elements are researched and evaluated.
3.	Research materials and methods for building envelope of specified building.	3.1.	Characteristics and applications of materials used for building envelope are researched and evaluated.
3.2.	Construction methods for building envelope and their compliance requirements are researched and interpreted.
4.	Research systems and components for services of specified building.	4.1.	Features of systems and components for services are evaluated for costs and benefits according to client requirements for the building project.
4.2.	Compliance requirements for services are researched and interpreted.
4.3.	Installation methods for services are researched in relation to different types of systems and components.
5.	Document and maintain research findings.	5.1.	Draft research findings with collated data, recommendations and supporting evidence are produced.
5.2.	Input into draft research findings is sought according to agreed procedures.
5.3.	Research findings are finalised and distributed to appropriate stakeholders.
5.4.	Research findings are updated as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate the validity and reliability of information relating to existing and emerging building materials and methods independently navigate and find specific information in the National Construction Code (NCC) use systems for ordering, classifying and storing familiar reference materials and research information for easy retrieval.
Numeracy skills to:	extract and interpret numerical information relating to building materials and methods, including: fractions, decimals and percentages, ratio, rates and proportions routine formulas and building design mathematical representations and conventions two-dimensional and three-dimensional shapes, including compound shapes statistical data in complex tables, spreadsheets and graphs measure, estimate and calculate in order to recommend cost-effective solutions for building design projects.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to and clarify instructions and information relating to building materials and methods received from architect, building designer or manufacturer consider audience when arguing for or against specific building materials and methods being used in a building project respond to specific enquiries regarding own research findings, and clarify as necessary.
Reading skills to:	use different reading strategies to locate at times complex information about material characteristics and construction methods understand specialised NCC terminology.
Writing skills to:	record data about building materials in text, table and diagram format integrate information and ideas from a range of sources and document associated recommendations, using support materials such as photographs, diagrams and graphs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	ccurrent Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design NCC.
Features must include:	acoustic properties aesthetic properties availability cost defects durability energy efficiency fire resistance properties health and safety issues interaction with other materials limitations due to manufacturing process maintenance requirements structural safety sustainability features thermal properties tolerance.
Applications of materials used for structural elements must include:	coatings required compatibility with other elements fixings required structural application substructural application use in specific construction methods or systems.
Materials used for structural elements must include three or more of the following:	existing and emerging materials bricks clay composite materials concrete glass glass blocks metals stone timber and timber products.
Structural elements must include:	footings floors slabs walls roofs.
Materials used for building envelope must include three or more of the following:	existing and emerging materials bricks clay composite materials concrete glass glass blocks metals stone timber and timber products.
Services must include:	energy fire suppression heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) telecommunications water

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to develop and maintain current research findings to support the building design process for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

The person must produce research findings, with recommendations and supporting evidence for each of the above buildings, based on an evaluation of:

features and applications of a range of at least three materials suitable for the structural elements and building envelope of each building project

different construction methods and systems applicable to structural elements and building envelope for each building project

systems and components for services, having considered:

relevant compliance requirements for each building project

installation methods for each building project.

The person must also be able to demonstrate a process for:

seeking feedback on and distributing findings from each of the building projects

maintaining the currency of research findings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of the following:

performance features of building materials detailed in the range of conditions, and the cost benefits of their application

building construction methods used for different materials that form structural elements and the building envelope

construction and design terminology to describe the features and applications of materials and construction methods used.

In addition, evidence of the following knowledge must be demonstrated relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence:

sources of reliable information on existing and emerging uses of construction materials and methods

workplace procedures for handling, storing and retrieving research information and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and software currently used in architectural and building design practices

telephone

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications – access to:

BCA and Australian standards applicable to the buildings specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer specifications relating to construction materials and methods used in the buildings specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and apply compliance requirements to building design documentation for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

The unit applies to additions and renovations to a range of different types of new buildings and existing structures. It supports drafters who assist, and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer; and who take responsibility, at the level appropriate to their role, for ensuring that building design documentation complies with current and relevant legislation, codes and standards, including the National Construction Code (NCC) and local authority planning schemes.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Research building design project compliance requirements.	1.1.	Legislation, codes and standards relating to the compliance of specific building design project are accessed, and variations in requirements are interpreted and noted.
1.2.	Compliance requirements for designs in different project locations and different conditions are researched, and variations in requirements are interpreted and noted.
1.3.	Research findings are recorded, filed and regularly updated according to workplace procedures.
2.	Analyse and interpret implications of compliance requirements.	2.1.	Ambiguous and conflicting compliance requirements are clarified with relevant professionals.
2.2.	Constraints placed on design options due to compliance requirements are identified and discussed with the designer.
2.3.	Potential exemptions from compliance with relevant codes are investigated and discussed with designer, and appropriate course of action is noted.
2.4.	Processes for obtaining an exemption are identified and actioned as required.
3.	Review and action compliance requirements.	3.1.	Technical construction documentation is reviewed for compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards according to designer’s instructions.
3.2.	Non-compliance issues are noted and discussed with designer and required amendments are identified.
3.3.	Amendments or modifications to plans and technical documentation are made to ensure compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support, including the BCA, to assist in developing own understanding of compliance requirements relating to construction documentation draw on experience in compliance research and apply to analysis of different building design projects.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply information from technical drawings and reports, including ratios, scales and scale conversions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to compliance.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary and acronyms specific to technical documentation used in building design projects use different reading approaches to locate specific compliance requirements in a range of resources, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	make legible notes of discussions with colleagues and external specialists use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation must include:	legislation and regulations relating to: building construction materials and methods disability access energy efficiency environment local authority planning schemes work health and safety (WHS).
Codes and standards must include:	Australian standards, including standards for drawing: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems NCC.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations and planning schemes applicable to the building design NCC.
Constraints must include:	reference to: local authority planning scheme relevant to the applicable building design project brief sections of the BCA relevant to the applicable building design.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

In each of the projects, the person must:

develop a body of current research findings relating to the codes and standards affecting compliance of building designs

analyse compliance requirements in relation to client requests

review compliance of drawings, including those from other disciplines such as land surveyors, and hydraulic and fire engineers

amend technical construction documents to ensure compliance with codes and standards

document and store research findings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of the following:

compliance requirements relating to specific building design projects, including:

Australian standards for drawing applicable to the building projects

local authority planning schemes

National Construction Code (NCC) requirements

state planning policies

state building codes

disability access requirements

environmental and sustainability requirements, including:

energy efficiency

fire resistance, including resistance to bushfire attack

sound

flood

ventilation

building designers’ duty of care to ensure quality and safety of designs

legislation as listed in the range of conditions and as relevant to the building project

work health and safety requirements relevant to the building projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

telephone

materials:

technical reports

working drawings and plans

contingencies:

implications of non-compliance

implications of preparing and submitting to relevant authority insufficient or inaccurate documentation

specifications – access to:

NCC and Australian standards

legislation, regulations, codes and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer product specifications on building materials and methods

project brief for the three building classes and types specified in the performance evidence, including specifications relating to:

building envelopes

services

structural components

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

relationship with client:

limited liaison with the client is required and only under direction of the architect or building designer.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up project filing systems for documentation relevant to different residential, commercial and industrial building design projects as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

The unit covers setting up digital filing systems for documentation other than the building design project’s design drawings; and hard copy filing systems, for both internal and externally-sourced documents. It also covers collecting and filing relevant documentation required at the initiation of building design projects, reviewing the contents of documentation, and applying the information to the progress of the building design project.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the instruction and supervision of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Set up project files.	1.1.	Building design project naming and version control system is confirmed and applied to project filing systems for incoming hard copy and digital documents from internal and external sources.
1.2.	Folders are created and named for storage of different types of documentation.
1.3.	Systems for recording file removal from storage and amendments or additions to content are confirmed and applied.
2.	Collect, store and maintain information.	2.1.	Sources of information relating to client requirements for building design projects are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.2.	Sources of information relating to compliance requirements are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.3.	Sources of information relating to site location characteristics are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.4.	Sources of information relating to existing site infrastructure and services are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.5.	Building engineers’ documents are collected and stored in relevant files.
2.6.	Files are reviewed periodically to ensure storage is correct, contents are complete and up-to-date, and files are backed up according to workplace procedures.
3.	Apply building design project information.	3.1.	Information contained in documentation is summarised, with accurate references and discussed with designer and project team, as required.
3.2.	Procedures for ensuring relevant information is incorporated into building design project drawings and documentation are confirmed with project manager and followed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of file management systems use hard copy and digital filing systems to collect, analyse, store, organise and facilitate ongoing access to information.
Numeracy skills to:	apply version control systems to project files use mathematical language to discuss with colleagues information gathered from documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in workplace discussions using specialised technical vocabulary relating to building design projects.
Reading skills to:	interpret building design project information with specialised vocabulary and technical content in graphic form check own understanding of texts and use strategies to clarify meaning.
Writing skills to:	integrate information from a variety of sources to create summary of information gathered use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects when summarising information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to collect, apply and store information for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

The person must provide evidence of:

applying and maintaining project file naming and storage systems, including hard copy and digital drawing files and back-ups

applying systems for monitoring file removals and amendments

collecting, reviewing and filing digital and hard-copy documentation relating to:

client requirements

compliance requirements

site location characteristics

existing site infrastructure and services

providing summarised information to project designer and team

following procedures as directed to ensure relevant information is incorporated into the design process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of collecting, applying and storing information for three building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

construction terminology required to summarise and discuss types and content of internally and externally-sourced information with colleagues and designer

building design project file naming and storing systems for:

digital information, including:

incoming drawing files

internal and external text, database, spreadsheet and presentation files

hard-copy documentation, including:

internal and externally-sourced drawing files

internal and external text, database, spreadsheet and presentation files

file management processes for tracking both digital and hard-copy building design project information

types and sources of information required at the initiation of building design projects, including:

client requirements

site-specific compliance requirements

site location characteristics

existing site infrastructure and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file storage devices

hard copy file storage system

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications – access to:

project information relating to the three buildings design projects specified in the performance evidence

National Construction Code (NCC) and relevant Australian standards relating to the three building design projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up digital project files in building information modelling (BIM)-capable industry-standard building design drawing software for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

It covers installing BIM-capable design software and applying its functions and options to create, name and save project files and templates for different types of building design projects.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to use building design drawing software to set up project files.	1.1.	Building design drawing software is installed and configured following relevant instructions.
1.2.	Information to operate building design drawing software is accessed and interpreted to prepare for setting up project files.
1.3.	Support for software installation and interpretation and application of software functions and operations is obtained as required.
2.	Plan software drawing file requirements.	2.1.	Project brief and designer’s notes are reviewed and scope and nature of building design project are identified.
2.2.	Naming protocols for digital drawing files are determined according to project and workplace requirements and systems.
2.3.	Types of drawings required by client, project and relevant authorities are determined in consultation with designer.
2.4.	Title block information is confirmed with designer.
2.5.	Checklist of drawing files required for project is prepared with file-naming protocols applied.
2.6.	Folder name and location for digital project drawing files are confirmed with designer.
3.	Set up project templates.	3.1.	Building design drawing software support information is accessed to assist in adapting built-in templates to set up project template files.
3.2.	Software support information is accessed to assist in creating original project template files.
3.3.	Project template files are named according to file-naming protocols and saved in project folder in correct location.
3.4.	Files are backed up according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, professional development activities, information and support, including proprietary help tutorials and instructions, to assist in understanding the operation of building design drawing software, especially relating to new versions and functions draw on experience with the functions and operations of building design software and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to building design project information and software options and functions including measurements of dimensions, scales, scale conversions and version control.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in workplace discussions using specialised vocabulary relevant to building design drawing software and its functionality.
Reading skills to:	interpret software operation manuals and building design project information with specialised vocabulary and technical content, sometimes in graphic form apply strategies to clarify meaning of texts.
Writing skills to:	make accurate notes of technical discussions with colleagues relating to digital building design drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Building design drawing software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Software functions and operations for setting project parameters and templates must include those for:	fundamental project information, including: name number location project settings, including predefined elements view templates groups or families title blocks project views, including: plan views levels schedules legends sheets visibility and graphic settings print settings project and shared parameters.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to set up project template files for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

installing and configuring building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design drawing software

accessing and interpreting software operation information when setting up digital building design drawing files

planning project file creation, including confirming project details and preparing a checklist of templates and required elements

applying software functions and options to create project templates for the range of drawings required for the three building design projects, including:

using in-built proformas

creating original templates

using workplace protocols and systems to name, save and back up building design templates and files.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

construction and technical terminology required to discuss digital building design drafting project templates and files with work colleagues, designer and external personnel

functions and options of building design drawing software relevant to creating project templates and files

strategies for developing knowledge of building design drawing software

systems for naming, saving and backing up digital drawing files

types of digital drawing templates and files required for building design projects.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and BIM-capable building design drawing software

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks must be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

specifications:

architect’s or building designer’s notes, sketches and instructions for digital building design project template and file requirements for three building design projects as specified in the performance evidence

building design drawing software specifications and manuals.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to understand and apply principles of structural engineering to analyses of building designs for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), including additions and renovations.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers in preparing design drawings for client, planning and construction approval. The drafter is not responsible for the structural integrity of the building, but contributes to assessing building compliance with specific requirements relating to structural integrity, as specified in relevant codes and standards. The drafter requires the skills and knowledge to recognise and bring to the attention of the designer structural anomalies in the building design drawings.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Review project documentation to identify structural systems.	1.1.	Site conditions and nature of proposed footings are identified from project documentation and noted in project file.
1.2.	Nature and format of floor systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
1.3.	Nature and format of walls and wall sheeting and cladding systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
1.4.	Nature and format of roofs and roof cladding systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
2.	Evaluate effects of loads and forces.	2.1.	Geophysical and climatic conditions at different locations are researched.
2.2.	Types of loads acting on project buildings are identified and noted.
2.3.	Stresses and strains acting on project buildings are identified and noted.
2.4.	Properties of project structural building materials and responses to loads and forces are researched and noted.
3.	Review structural integrity of building designs.	3.1.	Structural integrity of proposed footings is reviewed, under supervision, for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.2.	Proposed floor system components are reviewed for structural integrity and compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.3.	Structural integrity of proposed walls and wall sheeting and cladding systems are reviewed for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.4.	Structural integrity of proposed roofs and roof cladding system components are reviewed for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.5.	Anomalies in structural integrity and compliance are noted according to workplace procedures.
4.	Report findings and amend drawings.	4.1.	Review of structural integrity of project building is reported to, and discussed with, designer and consultant engineer according to workplace procedures, and information from discussion is noted.
4.2.	Drawings are amended and notated according to instructions of designer as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of: compliance requirements relating to structural integrity of buildings, including BCA requirements structural systems, loads and forces standards and conventions for different types of technical drawings draw on experience of drawing analysis and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply ratios for loads and resistance from AS1684 Residential Timber Framed Construction use mathematical language to discuss findings from analysis of plans and drawings with colleagues.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building designs.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised technical vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work use different reading approaches to locate specific details in complex compliance documentation, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	make concise and accurate technical notes of findings and discussions with colleagues or external specialists use specialised technical vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms relating to building design projects in personal notes on review of structural integrity.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Geophysical and climatic conditions must include:	bushfires earthquakes extreme temperatures flooding marine and industrial atmosphere noise snow steep land soil classification wind (cyclones).
Types of loads must include:	environmental loads, including wind events (cyclones) live, dead and combination loads moving loads, including volume of users permanent loads, including weight of building.
Stresses and strains must include:	bearing bending or deflection and long-term creep compression racking shearing tensile torsion yield.
Structural building materials must include:	concrete glass masonry metal plastics wood other materials in common use.
Codes and standards must include:	BCA and referenced Australian standards for structural provisions AS1684 Residential Timber Framed Construction.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. They must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to review complete sets of drawings and then report on the structural integrity of the designs of the following four different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

two different buildings selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

assessing the structural integrity of footings, floors, walls, wall sheeting and cladding systems, roofs and roof cladding systems covering:

identification of site conditions for projects

analysis of types of construction and materials used

evaluation of loads, forces, stresses and strains that could act on the buildings and effects on materials and construction methods used

compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards

sourcing and interpreting:

building material compliance certificates

structural data and reports

reporting and discussing findings with designer and consultant engineer, according to workplace procedures

amending drawings according to instructions of designer.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to review and report on the structural integrity of building designs in relation to four different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

calculation methods for evaluating loads acting on buildings

compliance requirements relating to the buildings’ structural integrity

construction methods used for the buildings specified in the performance evidence

construction terminology required to discuss structural integrity of building designs with work colleagues, designer and consultant engineer

drawing conventions, formats and standards

drawing software functions

loads and forces acting on buildings in different project locations, including nature of loads

properties of structural building materials and responses to loads, stress and strain.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

BCA and Australian standards applicable to the four buildings specified in the performance evidence

building design plans and drawings for four buildings as specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to import drawing files and transpose information from drawings prepared by external surveyors, engineers and construction consultants into existing digital building design drawings for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA), using building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software.

It also covers understanding and applying functions and options of drawing software for different methods of importing files and for managing elements in imported drawings.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers and who check drawings and reports for accuracy and compliance with relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards before importing or transposing into existing drawings; and who then check the integrity and accuracy of the completed drawings.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Confirm accuracy and compliance of externally-sourced drawings.	1.1.	Land survey drawings are checked for accuracy according to workplace requirements.
1.2.	Structural engineering drawings are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.3.	Drawings and reports from engineers are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.4.	Drawings, reports and drawing notations from consultants are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.5.	Inaccuracies and non-compliance issues relating to drawings and drawing notations are reported to, and discussed with, architect or building designer.
1.6.	Architect’s or building designer’s observations on externally-sourced drawings are noted.
1.7.	Amended drawings are requested, noted details of amendments required are provided, and amended drawings are obtained from relevant engineers or consultants according to workplace requirements.
2.	Import drawings from external sources into digital building design files.	2.1.	Compatibility of digital drawings from external sources for importing into digital building design files is determined and confirmed with architect or building designer.
2.2.	Building design software and work instructions relating to the importing of drawings from external sources are interpreted to determine options to be applied for different building design projects.
2.3.	Method for importing drawings is applied according to work instructions.
2.4.	Import options are applied to incoming files according to work instructions.
2.5.	Files depicting materials and scenery are imported to enhance presentation and conceptual drawings, as required.
2.6.	Digital building design files are re-named and saved according to workplace requirements.
2.7.	Files are checked for integrity, submitted to architect or building designer for approval, and amendments made as directed.
3.	Transpose information from externally-sourced drawings into digital building design files.	3.1.	Work instructions for transposing information from externally-sourced drawings into digital building design files are interpreted and confirmed with architect or building designer.
3.2.	Information is added to drawings according to work instructions and checked for accuracy and completeness of transposition according to workplace requirements.
3.3.	Details of externally-sourced documents are added to the list of supporting documents in the drawing set.
3.4.	Digital building design files are re-named and saved according to workplace requirements.
3.5.	Files are checked for integrity, submitted to architect or building designer for approval, and amendments made as directed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of: building design software functions and options for importing digital drawing file standards and conventions for different types of technical drawings use hard copy and digital filing systems to collect, analyse, store, organise and facilitate ongoing access to information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply information from technical drawings and reports, including ratios, scales and scale conversions use mathematical language to discuss information gathered from documentation with colleagues.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work, including functions and operation of BIM-capable software use different reading approaches to locate specific details in sometimes complex drawings and documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare requests for amended drawings from external consultants, giving technical details of the changes or additions required using specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Drawings must include at least one from each of the following:	consultant engineer land survey structural engineering.
Workplace requirements must include:	building design project procedures, including: communication protocols for liaising with external consultants file naming, storing and saving systems and procedures quality requirements work health and safety requirements roles and responsibilities of building project team, including extent and limitations of drafter’s role.
Compliance must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Engineers must include one or more of the following:	electrical fire safety geotechnical hydraulic mechanical.
Consultants must include one or more of the following:	access acoustic arborist bushfire energy efficiency flooding lighting traffic.
Building design software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Options to be applied must include:	colours external references layers positioning scale views.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to import and transpose information from at least five different types of externally-sourced drawings into digital building design drawing files for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

identifying consultants’ design discrepancies

checking drawings and notations for accuracy and compliance before importing and transposing files

consulting with architect or building designer to discuss inaccuracies or non-compliance and to obtain designer’s observations

requesting and obtaining amended drawings

checking drawings for compatibility with design software

applying building design software functions and options to import drawings into digital building design drawing files

checking integrity of drawings once import is completed

transposing information and notations from drawings into digital building design drawing files and confirming accuracy and completeness

adding details of externally-sourced documents to supporting documentation list for the project

applying naming conventions and version control protocols to renaming, storing and saving files according to workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings for the three different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

compliance requirements relating to the three different types of building design projects

construction terminology required to discuss content of externally-sourced drawings and reports with work colleagues, designers and external consultants

functions and options of building design software relating to importing external digital drawings into project files

protocols for communication and liaison with construction professionals who provide drawings and information for building designs

roles and responsibilities of internal and external contributors to building design projects

systems for naming, saving and storing digital files and ensuring version control

types of drawings from external sources required for building designs, including the extent and level of detailed information required.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access, building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file storage devices

materials:

electronic and hard copy project files for the three projects specified in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

a range of project documentation, both hard copy and electronic, from construction professionals and consultants involved in the building design process for the three different building design projects specified in the performance evidence

National Construction Code and Australian standards relevant to building design projects.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure documentation relating to building design projects is filed and stored safely and effectively. It addresses managing and archiving files for future retrieval and responding to requests for copies of documentation.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer to produce and file a range of documentation as part of the building design and approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Maintain filing system.	1.1.	Project file naming, storing, saving and version control systems are identified and followed when creating, amending and filing documents.
1.2.	Hard copy and digital files are reviewed to identify and remove duplicate, outdated and unnecessary documentation, and archived as required.
2.	Manage file requests.	2.1.	Processes for actioning file requests are identified and followed.
2.2.	File requests are assessed and confirmed according to workplace procedures.
2.3.	Digital documents are made available to others with appropriate file protections in place according to workplace requirements.
2.4.	Hard copy documents are retrieved, logged as removed from file, and provided to others, photocopied or scanned as necessary.
2.5.	Hard copy files are regularly monitored for missing documentation and logging systems are used to locate and replace documentation.
3.	Back up and archive project files.	3.1.	Digital files are backed up periodically and stored in a safe and secure location for emergency access.
3.2.	Hard copy files are collated, scanned where appropriate and saved to relevant electronic project files.
3.3.	Files relating to finalised projects are archived in a safe, secure and accessible manner.
3.4.	Processes allowing for access to archived project files are reviewed and implemented as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to develop own understanding of file management protocols and their application use hard copy and digital filing systems to ensure the safe storage and retrieval of files.
Numeracy skills to:	use version control protocols when filing and storing documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	review, clarify and respond to requests for files use appropriate file naming conventions when liaising with others in relation to current and archived digital and hard copy project files.
Reading skills to:	interpret and follow workplace file naming protocols and file management processes.
Writing skills to:	use appropriate vocabulary and terminology in relation to file naming and archiving.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
File protections must include:	read only format password-protected portable document format (PDF).
Back-up must include:	computer hard drive external storage devices, including: portable and non-portable hard drives: CD or DVD USB devices off-site location remote, online and managed back-up services.
Archived must include:	online storage of electronic versions of documentation physical offsite storage of hard copy project files.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to maintain current and accurate files of documents for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

using file naming, storage, saving and version control systems when managing documentation

forwarding digital and hard copy documents and files to relevant personnel as requested, in relevant formats and according to workplace procedures

reviewing files for missing, duplicate and outdated information and following up or removing as required, according to workplace requirements

backing up project files according to accepted workplace file management procedures

archiving files for the three different projects, with one in hard copy, ensuring safety and security and future accessibility of documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

building construction techniques and processes in order to recognise the relevance of documentation in the project files of those buildings specified in the performance evidence

construction and technical terminology required to discuss appropriate file management processes applicable to the various documentation in files

recognising plans from other disciplines, including land surveys, hydraulics and fire engineering, and determining appropriate file management processes for those plans

workplace protocols addressing file naming, storing, back-up and retrieval.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with:

internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file saving devices

materials – access to:

electronic and hard copy project files for a range of building projects

lockable filing cabinet

password-protected digital files

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

access to applicable codes and standards and local planning requirements

timeframe:

completion of required tasks within timeframes specified by the workplace.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce building design drawings and documentation with appropriate scale and notations using current industry-standard software packages with building information modelling (BIM) capability.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers and produce design documentation for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), up to the stage of client approval of the design concept. It also covers ensuring that the drawings and documentation meet compliance requirements for the type of building and location and are formatted and notated to facilitate understanding by the client.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Produce building design sketches	1.1.	Client brief and designer’s concept drawings and notes are reviewed and requirements confirmed.
1.2.	Existing site information and measured drawings are reviewed and information is applied to the production of sketches.
1.3.	Compliance requirements are confirmed and applied to the production of sketches.
1.4.	Building design software and project templates are used according to workplace requirements to produce and save sketches that illustrate designer’s concept, with accurate proportions and within project timelines.
1.5.	Spatial and dimensional awareness is applied when producing sketches to allow ample space for movement of persons.
1.6.	Rendering techniques are applied to sketches as required by designer.
1.7.	Sketches are reviewed in consultation with designer to check that compliance requirements have been addressed, and adjustments are made and saved as required.
1.8.	Scaled renditions of design concept sketches are produced as required.
2.	Review and apply designer’s instructions in response to client feedback on building design concept sketches.	2.1.	Designer’s instructions, notes and notations to drawings following client consultations are reviewed and client’s required changes to sketches are confirmed.
2.2.	Sketches are adjusted and cross-checked to confirm that client requirements are incorporated.
2.3.	Impacts of changes on compliance requirements are identified and confirmed through consultation with relevant personnel and according to workplace requirements.
2.4.	Adjusted drawings and identified impacts on compliance requirements are reviewed with designer.
2.5.	Final adjustments to sketches are made according to instructions and following designer’s final consultations with client and other relevant personnel.
2.6.	Sketches are stored and saved according to workplace requirements.
3.	Produce building design drawings.	3.1.	Building design software and project templates are used to set up design drawings based on client-approved concept sketches.
3.2.	Details of spatial, structural and technical elements of the building’s design are confirmed with designer and incorporated into building design drawings.
3.3.	Details of strategies to address work health and safety (WHS) issues in the building’s design are confirmed with designer and incorporated into design drawings.
3.4.	Details of sustainable building design for the project are confirmed with designer and incorporated into building design drawings.
3.5.	Readability of drawings is reviewed and drawings are adjusted to ensure clarity of detail, consistency and ease of understanding by clients.
3.6.	Design drawings are saved and stored according to workplace requirements.
3.7.	Design drawings are reviewed in consultation with designers to ensure client and compliance requirements and anomalies are addressed, and drawings are adjusted as required.
3.8.	Design drawings are rendered to watercolour wash or photo-realistic finish as required.
4.	Review and apply client feedback to building design drawings.	4.1.	Designer’s instructions, notes and notations to drawings following client consultations are reviewed and client’s required changes to design drawings are confirmed.
4.2.	Design drawings are adjusted and cross-checked to confirm that client requirements are incorporated.
4.3.	Impacts of changes on compliance of building are identified and confirmed according to workplace requirements.
4.4.	Adjusted drawings and identified impacts on compliance requirements are reviewed in consultation with designer.
4.5.	Final adjustments to drawings are made according to instructions and following designer’s final consultations with client and other relevant personnel.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop an understanding of compliance requirements and the constraints they may place on client’s requested changes to design concepts seek advice and respond to feedback from designer.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convert ratios and scales on drawings use and apply knowledge about space and shape to draw accurate two-dimensional and three-dimensional scale plans and drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	consult with external professional personnel regarding interpretation of compliance requirements discuss adjustments to drawings with designer using construction and design terminology.
Reading skills to:	interpret designer margin notes and simple diagrams to make connections between information and design requirements interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in compliance requirement documents, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	consider the audience for design drawings and represent technical information in notations using language suitable for clients with limited or no technical knowledge.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Building design software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Workplace requirements must include:	application of drawing conventions according to: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing building design project procedures relating to: communication protocols for liaising with external consultants file naming, storing and saving systems and procedures quality requirements WHS requirements roles and responsibilities of building project team, including extent and limitations of drafter’s role.
Rendering techniques must ensure:	depiction of light and shade range of material finishes readability.
Review must include:	labelling and notation of drawings layout scale white space.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to produce digital building design sketches and concept drawings and documentation under the supervision and direction of an architect or building designer for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Each project must be in a different locality where local compliance requirements vary.

A person should provide evidence of:

researching and applying compliance requirements relating to the nature and location of each building design project

applying drawing conventions according to:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

applying dimensional awareness to designs to ensure ample space is allowed for movement of persons

producing digital building design sketch drawings and documentation using building information modelling (BIM)-capable current industry-standard software, of the required quality standard and within project timelines, based on client specifications and designer’s instructions

incorporating client feedback into sketches and checking compliance of documentation

consulting with designer on finalisation of sketches and discussing and implementing strategies to resolve compliance issues

producing digital design drawings, documentation and building information models using BIM-capable current industry-standard software based on finalised sketches and according to designer instructions

incorporating client feedback into design drawings, models and documentation and checking whether these meet compliance requirements

consulting with designer on finalisation of design drawings, models and documentation and discussing and implementing strategies to resolve compliance issues.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to produce digital building design concept drawings and documentation for the three different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

compliance requirements relating to the three building design projects

drawing conventions relevant to the sketch and design concept drawings

construction and design terminology required to discuss aspects of digital design documentation with designer

functions and options of BIM-capable building design software that enable the production of digital building design drawings for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects

principles of BIM and its use by building and construction professions

protocols for communication and liaison with construction professionals who provide information for building designs

roles and responsibilities of internal and external contributors to building design projects

systems for naming, saving and storing digital files and ensuring version control

types of drawings, documentation and models required for client consultations regarding building design concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace. Unit outputs must be completed to full industry and workplace standards and procedures.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and BIM-capable building design software

materials:

project site information

reports from technical experts

specifications – access to:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project

client’s design brief

designer’s sketches and notes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse drawings relating to building designs for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

It covers interpreting construction industry conventions for drawings, and analysing drawings for different projects to identify design and technical features. It also covers presenting findings and discussing these with the architect or building designer to inform the design process.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Interpret drawing conventions.	1.1.	Industry standard formats and content for technical drawings are interpreted.
1.2.	General technical drawing conventions used in all types of construction drawings are interpreted.
1.3.	Architectural conventions used in building design drawings are interpreted.
1.4.	Notations used in general technical and architectural drawings are interpreted.
2.	Analyse architectural drawings.	2.1.	Key features of site plans for different projects are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.2.	Key features of floor plans and sub-floor plans are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.3.	Key features of elevations of each aspect of building are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.4.	Sections of buildings are analysed to determine construction methods and features of internal design and finishes.
2.5.	Unknown elements of, or anomalies in, architectural drawings are noted for discussion with architect or building designer.
3.	Analyse drawings from other construction disciplines.	3.1.	Land survey drawings are analysed to identify topographical features of site for building design projects and requirements for cutting and filling.
3.2.	Structural engineering drawings are analysed to determine construction methods and load considerations for building design project.
3.3.	Drawings and reports from electrical, hydraulic, fire and mechanical engineers are analysed to determine layout of services for building design project.
3.4.	Drawings and drawing notations from consultants are analysed to identify recommendations for building design project.
3.5.	Unknown elements of, or anomalies in, drawings from other disciplines are noted for discussion with architect or building designer.
4.	Present and discuss findings.	4.1.	Advice is sought where required from architect or building designer to assist in identifying and analysing unknown elements of drawings.
4.2.	Findings from analysis of architectural drawings are presented to, and discussed with, architect or building designer to inform building design process.
4.3.	Findings from analysis of drawings from other construction disciplines are presented to, and discussed with, architect or building designer to inform building design process.
4.4.	Strategies for producing corrections to drawings are developed in consultation with architect or building designer and followed up as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access Australian standards to assist in developing understanding of different types of drawings and drawing standards and conventions draw on experience in drawing analysis and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and check the accuracy of numerical information in technical drawings and reports, including dimensions, ratios, scales and scale conversions use mathematical language to discuss with colleagues findings from analysis of drawings, such as anomalies in dimensions or inaccuracies in scale conversions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building designs, including the names used for different types of drawings and the names for different building elements and fixtures.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work, including terms used by external consultants use different reading strategies to locate specific and sometimes complex details in drawings and reports.
Writing skills to:	make concise and technically accurate personal notes on findings from analysis of drawings and reports and discussions with designer.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Industry standard formats and content for technical drawings must include:	drawing types project identification version control.
General technical drawing conventions must include:	those specified in: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems abbreviations components dimensioning lines gradients layout levels scales spaces symbols.
Architectural conventions must include:	dimensioning orientation representations of: doors fittings fixtures materials natural light shadow windows.
Key features of site plans must include:	site boundaries and dimensions locations and orientations of buildings locations of: utility services retaining walls fences driveways walkways setback requirements easements topographical data.
Key features of floor and sub-floor plans must include:	access construction methods dimensions locations of services plan-level fittings, fixtures and features, including representations of overhead features room and wall layouts.
Key features of elevations must include:	dimensions of buildings exterior finishes fence locations features of exterior design.
Consultants must include one or more of those contributing to the design drawings:	land surveyors structural, electrical, hydraulic, fire and mechanical engineers access, acoustic, arborist, energy efficiency, lighting, traffic and other relevant consultants required to contribute to building design projects.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings

Modification History

Release 1.New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to analyse complete sets of drawings for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

The person must present and discuss with the project architect or building designer:

an analysis of relevant information, features and details included on architectural drawings, including:

details

elevations

plans:

footings and slab setout

roof framing layout

wall framing layout

sections

site plans

sub-floor and floor plans

analysis of information, features and details included on drawings specifically required for the project from consultants as listed in the range of conditions

clarification of unknown elements of drawings through consultation, as required

anomalies in drawings, including strategies for producing corrections to drawings

strategies for correcting drawings, as required.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to analyse building design drawings for the building projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

principles of structural engineering sufficient to recognise structural anomalies in building design drawings for the building projects and report them to the designer

basic principles of the work of those construction professionals who are required to contribute to the building designs of the projects, including:

consultants

engineers

surveyors

building construction techniques and processes applied to the construction of the buildings

building materials used in the construction of the buildings, and their application

building designers’ duty of care to ensure quality and safety of designs

construction terminology required to discuss content of internally and externally sourced drawings with work colleagues and designer

conventions and formats used for:

architectural drawings

general technical drawings

drawing standards:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

types of drawings relevant to building design projects.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software materials

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

Australian standards for drawing

design drawings for building projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare documentation that complies with planning approval requirements for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). The documentation is required as part of the process for preparing a planning application, which if successful will result in the issuing of a planning permit.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers to prepare a range of documentation as part of the planning approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and produce planning approval support documentation.	1.1.	Documentation requirements for planning approval applications are confirmed with relevant authorities.
1.2.	Design drawings required in applications for planning approval are confirmed with architect, building designer or relevant authorities.
1.3.	Compliance requirements for design drawings are confirmed with architect, building designer and relevant authorities.
1.4.	Timelines and methodologies for producing final design drawings are confirmed with architect or building designer.
1.5.	Drawings and documentation required from electrical, hydraulic, geotechnical, fire and mechanical engineers are specified and requested in consultation with architect or building designer.
1.6.	Drawings and documentation required from access, traffic, lighting, arborist, acoustic, energy efficiency and other relevant consultants are specified and requested in consultation with architect or building designer.
2.	Prepare and submit planning approval application.	2.1.	Design drawings are checked for planning approval compliance and required additions or changes are made.
2.2.	Drawings and documentation required from technical experts are obtained within required timeframes and checked for completeness and compliance.
2.3.	Documentation for planning approval application is prepared, checked for compliance with requirements, and confirmed with client.
2.4.	Completeness of planning approval application is confirmed in consultation with architect or building designer and submitted to relevant authority according to workplace procedures.
2.5.	Notifications and advertisements are arranged as required.
3.	Obtain feedback and amend documentation as required.	3.1.	Local authority, client and stakeholder feedback to planning application design drawings and documentation is obtained and discussed with architect or building designer to identify required amendments.
3.2.	Design drawings and documentation are amended as required, and client approval is obtained, documented and processed according to workplace procedures.
4.	Support and finalise the application through approval process.	4.1.	Progress of application through planning approval processes is monitored and requests for information are responded to according to workplace procedures.
4.2.	Requirements for changes to planning approval drawings and documentation are completed on time and in consultation with architect or building designer as requested.
4.3.	Planning approval is obtained and filed with final design project documentation according to workplace procedures.
4.4.	Client is notified of planning approval and any conditions, and copies of relevant documentation are provided according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop a sequenced plan for tasks required in the planning approval process draw on experience in preparing planning documentation to ensure that processes and requirements meet the requirements of authorities within required timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply measurements prescribed in compliance requirements to sketches and drawings apply scale accurately to working drawings calculate and confirm measurements in drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	consult with client and a range of external stakeholders regarding compliance requirements discuss required changes to planning documentation as required.
Reading skills to:	interpret and adhere to documentation compliance requirements of the BCA and relevant authorities interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in planning documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare forms and other documentation required for planning approval use appropriate vocabulary and technical terminology when compiling planning documentation and liaising with clients.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Design drawings must include:	drawings produced by building designers or technical experts elevations: contour demolition floor framing roof sections shadow drawings site analyses landscape designs services layout.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to prepare documentation to meet planning approval requirements for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the three projects, the person must provide evidence of:

confirming documentation and compliance requirements with the relevant authority for each of the building projects specified

identifying and collecting relevant documentation and drawings from technical experts for each of the building projects specified and confirming that documents received are accurate and compliant

preparing and finalising relevant planning approval documentation specified by the approving authority for each of the building projects

amending relevant documentation to incorporate feedback from client and relevant approval authorities while ensuring compliance with relevant codes and standards

submitting final, complete and accurate planning documentation to the relevant authority within specified timeframes and monitoring its progress, responding to feedback or questions as instructed by the architect or building designer

processing planning approval and notifying client of the outcome.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate documentation required for planning approval relevant to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of :

architectural styles and building construction terminology relevant to working with building plans specified in the planning approval process

principles of energy efficiency and sustainable design sufficient to be able to communicate with others in relation to the designs and planning approval applications

design drawings gathered and used in the planning approval process for each of the specified building projects

duty of care required to ensure quality and safety of designs

implications of changes to design throughout the planning approval process

legislation, codes and standards relevant to sustainable design requirements required to ensure compliance with planning approval requirements

processes that must be confirmed and satisfied for each of the building projects, including:

documentation requirements for planning approval applications

types of drawings required for planning approval applications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace. Unit outputs must be completed to full industry and workplace standards and procedures.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

materials:

planning application forms and documentation

technical reports prepared by external consultants and relevant to the planning approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

working drawings and plans relevant to the planning approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

contingencies:

impact of variations to plans as directed by client or other stakeholders

implications of submitting non-compliant documentation to relevant authorities

types of documentation supplied by technical experts and their purpose in overall submission for planning approval

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks must be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

relationship with client:

liaison with the client as directed by architect or building designer

specifications – access to:

BCA

client briefs

state and local council planning regulations

National Construction Code (NCC).

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to gather and prepare documentation that complies with building approval requirements, including detailed working drawings of designs for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). The documentation is required as part of the building approval process which, if successful, results in the issuing of a building permit.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer to gather and produce a range of documentation as part of the building approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan documentation production.	1.1.	Documentation required for building approval applications for building design projects is confirmed with design project manager and other relevant personnel.
1.2.	Compliance requirements to be addressed in working drawings are confirmed with relevant personnel.
1.3.	Timelines and methodologies for producing working drawings are confirmed and followed.
1.4.	Drawings and documentation required from construction contractors, engineers and consultants, are confirmed and obtained.
2.	Prepare and gather documentation.	2.1.	Project design drawings and documentation are reviewed in consultation with design project manager and information relevant to different types of working drawings is identified.
2.2.	Construction details requiring clarification are resolved through research and consultation.
2.3.	Draft working drawings are prepared and notations added according to project and workplace requirements.
2.4.	Working drawings are checked and finalised, in consultation with design project manager.
2.5.	Required documentation is completed or obtained, and checked and confirmed as correct or referred for amendment in consultation with design project manager.
3.	Submit and support building approval application.	3.1.	Documentation for building approval application is prepared, checked for compliance with requirements, and submitted to design project manager.
3.2.	Progress of application through building approval process is monitored and requests for clarification or changes are addressed in consultation with design project manager.
3.3.	Building approval is obtained and filed with final design project documentation according to workplace procedures.
3.4.	Client is notified of building approval and copies of relevant documentation are provided in consultation with design project manager, as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop a sequenced plan for tasks required in the building approval process draw on experience in preparing building documentation to ensure that documentation prepared and submitted meets the requirements of authorities within required timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply measurements prescribed in compliance requirements to sketches and drawings, for example distance of building from boundary apply scale accurately to working drawings calculate and confirm measurements in drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions relating to design drawings and compliance requirements consult with external professional personnel regarding compliance requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret and adhere to documentation compliance requirements of relevant authorities interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in building documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare forms and other documentation required for building approval communicate with clients and prepare building documentation using appropriate vocabulary and technical terminology.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Documentation must include:	contract administration documentation items specified in relevant authorities’ requirements for building approval, including: localised pest management details relevant authority forms requests for exemptions risk assessments specifications for materials, fixtures and fittings technical reports, such as: access conservation energy rating fire safety soil analysis two- and three-dimensional working drawings sub-floor ventilation details waterproofing details.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Working drawings must include:	detail drawings elevations location of neighbouring buildings plans sections site plans.
Checking of working drawings must include:	accuracy completeness compliance with relevant requirements, including building approval requirements consistency of presentation cross-referencing titles and reference numbers version control.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to prepare drawings and documentation for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building projects, the person must provide evidence of:

confirming documentation and compliance requirements with the relevant authority, for each of the building projects specified

preparing complete sets of compliant working drawings and documentation as required for the submission of the building application for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

identifying and collecting supporting documentation from other construction professionals for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence, and confirming that documents received are accurate and compliant

submitting final, complete and accurate building approval application to the relevant authority within specified timeframe and monitoring its progress, responding to feedback or questions as instructed by the architect or building designer

processing building approval permit and notifying the client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of documentation required for building approval relevant to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of:

processes of the relevant approving authority that must be confirmed and satisfied for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

range of documentation and types of drawings required for building approval applications relating to specified types of building design projects in specified locations

technical knowledge of plans required for building approval, including knowledge of:

bracing

ceilings

concrete slabs

floor finishes

floor footings

lighting

timber framing

services

sites

sustainability requirements

ventilation

sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including:

architectural styles and building construction terminology relevant to working with building plans specified in the building approval process

principles of energy efficiency and sustainable design sufficient to be able to communicate with others in relation to the designs and approval applications

duty of care required to ensure quality and safety of designs submitted for building approval

potential cost implications of changes to design at each stage of the building approval process

legislation, codes and standards relevant to sustainable building design required to ensure compliance with building approval requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practices

materials:

building application forms and related documentation

reports from technical experts and external consultants, relevant to the building approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

working drawings relevant to the building approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

contingencies:

impact of variations to plans as directed by client or other stakeholders

implications of preparing and submitting to relevant authority insufficient or non-compliant documentation

specifications – access to:

current Australian standards applicable to the building design and as required in the building approval process

local council planning regulations

National Construction Code

state codes and planning policies

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

relationship with client:

liaison with the client is limited and only as directed by the architect or building designer

timeframe:

according to the requirements for preparing and lodging documentation for building approval processes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide a range of support to project building designers.

It covers attending and supporting client and stakeholder meetings, undertaking site visits, using industry-approved software, and liaising with relevant authorities on behalf of the architect or building designer responsible for the overall project design.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects or building designers and engage in a range of consultation processes as part of the building design process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Participate in client communications.	1.1.	Client consultations are attended and detailed notes are taken to support the role of the designer or architect according to workplace requirements.
1.2.	Client preferences and proposed building outcomes are represented in line with designer’s instructions using building design software.
1.3.	Clients are consulted independently according to designer’s instructions, as required.
1.4.	Records of written and verbal correspondence with clients are checked for accuracy, kept up-to-date, filed and stored for access by designer or architect in compliance with relevant legislation and standards.
2.	Assist designer with project tasks.	2.1.	Concept plans are drafted under the supervision and instruction of the designer and according to client brief.
2.2.	Research into materials, mechanical systems and construction methods is conducted and documented as required, to assist in developing appropriate and compliant building design solutions.
2.3.	Accurate drawings are completed in line with compliance requirements to reflect client specifications and any requested variations.
2.4.	Project cost estimates and material quantities are identified and calculated with reference to plans and drawings as required.
3.	Liaise with others to support the project.	3.1.	Consultation meetings with building design project contractors are attended and detailed notes are taken to support the designer.
3.2.	Relevant authorities are consulted and information is obtained to support the timely completion and compliance of the project.
3.3.	Technical experts are consulted for specialist advice, and information is noted and provided to the designer to assist in design development.
3.4.	Sales representatives and manufacturers are consulted regarding products, specifications and costings, and information is collated and filed according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	independently access a range of information sources to assist in providing accurate and relevant support to the building designer interpret research information relating to materials and products.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply numerical information from technical documentation estimate project costs and material quantities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask technical questions concerning materials, systems and construction methods consult with manufacturers and make enquiries that assist with providing support to the building designer.
Reading skills to:	use different reading strategies to identify relevant information located through research into materials and systems.
Writing skills to:	make legible notes of discussions with colleagues and external specialists in a range of agreed formats use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Notes must cover:	agreed actions variations to drawings.
Building design software must include:	current industry-standard building information modelling (BIM)-capable software.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to provide support to the architect or building designer for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building projects, the person must provide evidence of:

using industry-approved software to vary drawings and specifications during client consultations as support to the designer

maintaining accurate and up-to-date client communications in an agreed format

consulting with a range of technical experts to gather data and reports for the designer to assist in building design decisions

liaising with sales representatives and manufacturers to gather relevant product information and costings

documenting and storing accurate notes from meetings between the architect or building designer, clients, construction contractors and other relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the following, as they relate to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence:

building construction techniques and processes

building materials and their application in the different building projects specified in the performance evidence

compliance requirements and regulatory limitations relating to building design projects, including:

Australian standards

National Construction Code

state building codes

design terminology used by architects and building designers when liaising with clients and other personnel

environmental and sustainability requirements, including:

energy efficiency

fire resistance, including resistance to bushfire attack

structural principles relevant to the construction of buildings specified in the performance evidence

techniques for reading plans and drawings including those from other disciplines, such as land surveys, hydraulics and fire engineering.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

relationship with client:

liaison with the client is limited and only as directed by the architect or building designer

specifications – access to:

applicable codes and standards

design drawings and specifications.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce construction detail drawings and specifications for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). Construction detail drawings will provide construction contractors with information required to select, cost and apply construction materials and methods according to the client’s design brief and relevant development approvals.

It also covers the production of drawings where variations are required during the construction process.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the instruction and supervision of an architect or building designer to produce drawings relied upon throughout the various construction phases of a building development.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Gather and interpret project information.	1.1.	Current documentation and project information are reviewed to identify components of drawings requiring construction detail and scope of detail drawings required.
1.2.	Approved changes in building design requirements that have occurred since approval to build was received are identified and their impact on existing documentation is confirmed with architect or building designer.
1.3.	Client specifications for materials, systems and fixtures are determined and clarified throughout the detail drawing process.
1.4.	Research into relevant materials, systems and fixtures is undertaken and noted for application to construction detail drawings.
2.	Prepare for production of construction detail drawings.	2.1.	Digital files are set up and prepared according to workplace procedures.
2.2.	Amendments to original working drawings are made where required, to reflect agreed changes to the building project.
2.3.	Design methodology for areas and elements of the building to be drawn in detail are confirmed in consultation with architect or building designer.
2.4.	Specific requirements for construction detail drawings are confirmed based on marked-up drawings received from architect or building designer.
3.	Create initial construction views and details.	3.1.	Existing library of objects is reviewed and relevant objects are imported and manipulated where appropriate for the production of construction detail drawings.
3.2.	Views of building elements are created according to requirements for the production of construction detail drawings.
3.3.	Callouts are used or created as necessary to show required detail in plans.
3.4.	Initial detail construction drawings and specifications are produced and submitted to the architect or building designer for feedback.
4.	Modify and update detail drawings.	4.1.	Modifications to construction detail drawings are undertaken in response to architect or building designer feedback and instructions.
4.2.	Final construction detail drawings are provided to client and construction practitioners as directed and in an approved format.
4.3.	Approved variations to drawings received during construction are actioned and revised drawings are submitted to architect or building designer for sign-off.
5.	Finalise construction detail drawing.	5.1.	Design personnel are consulted to ensure iterations of the construction detail drawings adhere to project design brief.
5.2.	Builder and other construction personnel are consulted where necessary to confirm construction methodologies and to inform finalisation of construction detail drawings.
5.3.	External consultant’s documentation and expertise are sought as directed to ensure accuracy of drawings.
5.4.	Relevant approval authorities are consulted as required to undertake final cross-checking and confirmation of approval conditions and to resolve unforeseen conflicts.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	assess nature and scope of construction detail drawings required across a range of different building types independently access a range of information and resources to support the production of construction detail drawings required.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convert ratios and scales on drawings use and apply knowledge about space and shape when drawing accurate two-dimensional (2-D) and three-dimensional (3-D) scale plans and construction detail drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with external consultants regarding interpretation of specialist documentation and plans discuss required modifications to drawings with architect or building designer using construction and design terminology.
Reading skills to:	interpret margin notes on plans, drawings and simple diagrams.
Writing skills to:	represent technical information in notations using language suitable for clients with no technical knowledge.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Documentation must include:	building plans and permits, including: approval conditions comments and notations on drawings services related approvals 2-D and 3-D digital design drawings and models.
Elements of the building must include one or more of:	architraves balustrades box gutters ceiling finishes connections between floor and wall and wall and ceiling doors, including trims flashings kitchen or bathroom interior, including wall finishes, fixtures, fittings parapets roof details, including fascias skirting boards stair construction details timber reveals vermin proofing wall design windows, including trims and rebates.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to produce construction detail drawings under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer for the following three building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building design projects, the person must provide evidence of:

producing three construction detail drawings in 1:20 or 1:10 scale for elements of the building required by the building design project as listed in the range of conditions

applying drawing conventions according to:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

current industry best practice

making at least one modification to the construction detail drawings in response to feedback received from client, architect or building designer or other relevant specialist consultant.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the following, as they relate to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence:

construction terminology required to discuss construction detail drawings with colleagues, architect or building designer and specialist external consultants

current industry drawing standards and conventions appropriate to the production of construction detail drawings, including:

appropriate use of dimensions, scale, layout, white space and notations on drawings to ensure ease of interpretation by client and others

current Australian standards relating to drawings

functions of building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software used for producing construction detail drawings

line styles and conventions used in technical and detail drawings for construction purposes

principles of architectural conventions used in detail drawings

types of drawings, documentation and models required for client consultations regarding construction detail drawings

methods of construction, including the sequencing of construction work and potential challenges experienced onsite during construction

principles and qualities of construction materials used in the range of building classes and types.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access, BIM-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practices

telephone

materials – access to:

building design plans and drawings for building design plans and drawings for building projects specified in the performance evidence

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project specified in the performance evidence

reports from technical experts

working drawings and plans

specifications – access to:

technical drawings and plans

client design brief

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN5007A Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects

Modification History

New unit

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to inspect sites for commercial, industrial and residential building design projects covered by the Building Code of Australia (BCA), except construction Type A buildings. Site inspections are conducted to determine contours and measurements; existing conditions, structures, features and services; and neighbourhood characteristics.

The unit also covers analysing sites; determining orientation and layout of building, access and egress points, and existing utilities and services infrastructure; and producing measured drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports building designers who gather and correlate field data from small-scale building design project sites and produce accurate measured drawings.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work in this area must be completed according to relevant legislative, industry and organisational requirements, including occupational health and safety (OHS) policies and procedures.

Different states and territories may have regulatory mechanisms that apply to this unit. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Inspect sites for small-scale building design projects	1.1	Site inspection tasks for small-scale building design projects are planned with reference to relevant site information and workplace procedures.
1.2	Site is inspected, sketched and where required photographed, and existing characteristics are noted according to workplace procedures.
1.3	Features of surrounding area that may affect design options are investigated and noted according to workplace procedures.

2	Measure and record site dimensions	2.1	Linear site dimensions are measured or calculated, and recorded according to workplace procedures.
2.2	Levelling devices are set up and adjusted according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures.
2.3	Horizontal and vertical angles are determined and recorded.

3	Plot contours and cut and fill areas	3.1	Contour lines are interpolated from spot level values and plotted on site plan.
3.2	Cut and fill areas are measured or calculated and plotted in plan and section drawings.

4	Analyse site and produce measured drawings	4.1	Field data is correlated and applied to production of measured drawings according to workplace procedures.
4.2	Orientation and layout of key design elements are determined, in consultation with technical experts as required, and added to measured drawings.
4.3	Measured drawings and relevant site analysis documentation are finalised within project timelines and processed according to workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
administration and management skills to: manage documents manage time, including planning and prioritising work analytical and problem-solving skills to: apply design principles and theories within regulatory requirements correlate site information from different sources respond to the challenges of irregularly shaped sites language, literacy and numeracy skills to: calculate measurements communicate with clients and colleagues interpret complex documents, including: client briefs compliance requirements land titles reports site plans technical skills to: apply on-site OHS procedures apply drawing skills, including: drawing to scale field sketching producing measured drawings based on field data take accurate measurements using basic surveying equipment, including: chains and tapes global positioning systems (GPS) automatic, dumpy and tilting levels theodolites technology skills to use information technology and relevant software
Required knowledge
architectural styles and terminology construction materials and methods to accurately assess materials and methods used in existing on-site and neighbouring buildings contextual and site constraints design development processes and uses of on-site measured drawings in these processes key features of building life cycles to accurately assess potential for re-use of existing buildings legislation, codes and standards relevant to small-scale building design projects, including: drawing standards OHS organisational scope of business, service levels and fees principles of building design, including sustainable design safe operating procedures for basic levelling and surveying equipment

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person should demonstrate the ability to: safely and thoroughly inspect at least three sites for small-scale building design projects, each site having significantly different features and characteristics observe and document relevant features and characteristics of sites and neighbouring areas accurately measure or calculate relevant angles, contours and dimensions produce sets of accurate and scaled measured site drawings.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: access to: suitable assessment venue and equipment suitable simulated or real opportunities and resources to demonstrate competence assessment instruments.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: written and/or oral assessment of the candidates required knowledge for the unit observed, documented and/or firsthand testimonial evidence of the candidates implementation of appropriate procedures and techniques for the safe, effective and efficient achievement of the required outcomes identification of the relevant information and scope of the work required to meet the required outcomes identification of viable options and the selection of options that best meet the required outcomes consistently achieving the required outcomes.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Small-scale building design projects:	include buildings covered by the BCA, except construction Type A buildings may be residential projects, such as: additions and renovations heritage restoration new buildings may be commercial or industrial projects, such as: factories motels offices restaurants retail and service outlets warehouses.
Site information may include:	compliance requirements environmental reports, including: climate flora and fauna soil water catchment maps overlays service and utility layouts site plans titles.
Workplace procedures may include:	access arrangements drawing production systems and procedures equipment operation and maintenance procedures hazard and risk assessment and control OHS requirements project management procedures.
Existing characteristics of a site may include:	access boundaries buildings, including: materials and methods structural integrity contours easements features fences flora, especially significant trees relationship to adjoining properties services, including power, telecommunications and water supply structures views water and drainage, including: absorption and transpiration areas ground water rainwater tanks roof water sewerage treatment plant stormwater.
Features of surrounding area may include:	architectural styles of buildings and structures dimensions, locations and uses of adjacent buildings and structures, including: aesthetics noise produced shade cast on site traffic landscaping, including significant trees street features and furniture, such as poles and cables.
Key design elements may include:	access and egress points buildings existing utilities and services infrastructure.

Unit Sector(s)

Building design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPBDN5017A Produce 2-D drawings for building design projects using CAD software

Modification History

Release 2 - minor editorial correction removal of duplicate Element 7 Import files

This version first released with CPP07 Property Services Training Package Version 14.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce two-dimensional (2-D) drawings for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects using computer-aided design (CAD) software.

Work in this area must be completed according to relevant legislative, industry and organisational requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports the needs of industry personnel responsible for preparing 2-D building design drawings from instructions, sketches, drawings and plans for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects. The drawings produced and notations included should conform to Australian standards and drawing protocols.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Different States and Territories may have regulatory mechanisms that apply to this unit. Users are advised to consult with the relevant regulatory authorities.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Create drawing template files.	1.1	Basic drawing environment is set up according to organisational standards and industry protocols.
1.2	Layering strategy is created as needed to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.3	Architectural library is created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.4	Text and dimension styles are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.5	Line types of different thicknesses are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.6	Hatch patterns and types are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.7	Title blocks are set up for different drawing sizes.
1.8	Reference schedules are set up according to workplace and statutory requirements.

2	Create 2-D drawings.	2.1	Drawing requirements are identified and confirmed with relevant project personnel.
2.2	2-D CAD software programs and functions are used to produce different types of 2-D drawings using appropriate layers if required.
2.3	Notations, compliant with Australian standards and drawing protocols, are added to drawings as required.
2.4	Dimensions are added to drawings as required, and scales are applied according to Australian standards and drawing protocols.

3	Import files.	3.1	Digital text and drawing files from other software applications are imported into 2-D CAD drawings.
3.2	External 2-D drawing files are inserted into 2-D CAD drawings.
3.3	Hard copy documents are scanned and saved as correct file types to import into 2-D CAD drawings.

4	Edit drawing components.	4.1	Elements that are not required are deleted or purged from drawings.
4.2	Editing commands are used to modify drawing elements and text.

5	Print CAD drawings.	5.1	Page layout for the drawing file is set to suit printing requirements.
5.2	Print parameters for the printer are set.
5.3	Drawings are printed on the correct media.

6	Save and back up files.	6.1	Suitable file directories are created for the drawing project.
6.2	Drawing files are saved for later retrieval and backed up to specified drives or directories according to workplace procedures.

7	Export files.	7.1	Drawing files are created and sent to external personnel for use in different software applications.
7.2	PDF files are created for relevant personnel to view completed drawings without using CAD software packages.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand seek clarification creative design, drawing and drafting skills, including: identifying and applying characteristics, decorative styles and text styles using: drafting technologies drafting equipment numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations relating to scales and ratios in drawings planning and organising skills to ensure coordinated development of drawings reading skills to read and interpret: plans, drawings, specifications and design briefs documentation from a variety of sources technology skills to use information technology and 2-D CAD software writing skills to add notations to drawings
Required knowledge
architectural styles and terminology building materials used in building design projects, and their representation in drawings drafting and drawing protocols construction technology relating to building design projects functions and operation of 2-D CAD software programs general WHS principles and responsibilities relating to the production of 2-D CAD drawings hard copy and digital file management procedures relevant industry standards and codes of practice relating to the production of 2-D CAD drawings structural systems used in building design projects types and uses of architectural drawings

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment providing that simulated or project-based assessment techniques replicate workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures. It may be assessed on its own or as part of an integrated assessment activity involving preparation of CAD drawings, including construction detailing and material identification, for a range of typical National Construction Code (NCC) structures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit should provide evidence of the ability to: use two different types of 2-D CAD software according to manufacturer specifications and organisational standards to produce at least five different types of 2-D building design drawings selected from the following: bracing plans electrical power and lighting plans floor framing plans floor plans house drainage plans (sewerage) lot plans roof drainage plans roof framing plans site plans slab or footing layout plans stormwater layout plans. A person should also provide evidence of: identifying and applying drawing protocols identifying and applying styles, characteristics, technologies and decorative styles sound understanding of the structural function of building elements importing and exporting information.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: suitable assessment venue and equipment, including computers with 2-D CAD software, printers, and building codes and standards suitable simulated or real opportunities and resources to demonstrate competence.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: written and/or oral assessment of the candidates required knowledge for the unit observed, documented and/or firsthand testimonial evidence of the candidates implementation of appropriate procedures and techniques for the safe, effective and efficient achievement of the required outcomes identification of the relevant information and scope of the work required to meet the required outcomes identification of viable options and the selection of options that best meet the required outcomes consistently achieving the required outcomes.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Drawing requirements include:	details: area analysis construction notes general notes location of neighbouring buildings services plans structural information types of drawings, such as: isometric drawings plans: bracing plans electrical power and lighting plans floor framing plans floor plans house drainage plans (sewerage) lot plans roof drainage plans roof framing plans site plans slab or footing layout plans stormwater layout plans perspective drawings elevations or projections sections structural detail.
Drawing protocols include:	abbreviations commonly used symbols dimensioning drawing titles hatched regions legends lettering standards line types numbering paper size scale schedules standard units of measurement.

Unit Sector(s)

Building design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes to clean carpeted floors in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on carpeted floors. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify carpeted floor cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify carpeted floor surface and soil type on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean carpet	2.1	Select, check, and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select carpeted floor cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Patch test carpeted floor for colour fastness.
2.7	Clean carpeted floor surface in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use carpet cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of carpeted floor surfaces, including at least:

one carpeted floor with dry soiling; and

one carpeted floor with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor, team members or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient carpet cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of carpeted flooring and their characteristics including natural, synthetic, looped, tufted, and modular tiled carpeting

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on carpeted surfaces including dust, dirt, food, beverages, liquids, and oil

carpet cleaning techniques and equipment including:

vacuuming, steam cleaning and manual stain removal

industry standard equipment for cleaning wet and dry carpeted floors, including wet and dry vacuum cleaners and steam cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for carpets, including carpet shampoo and stain removal cleaning agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning carpeted floors including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry standard equipment such as, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, steam cleaners, cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment, and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and remove stains from carpets using basic stain removal techniques in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform basic stain removal tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements Describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify carpet cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify type of carpet and type of stain.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Remove Stain from carpet.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select stain removal technique and equipment.
2.3	Safely move, cover, or protect, furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.4	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.5	Patch test carpeted surface for colour fastness.
2.6	Treat carpet to remove stain in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.7	Compare treated area with surrounding surface to determine need for further action.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete carpet stain removal task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use stain removal equipment and cleaning agents; and

remove, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of carpet stains, including at least:

one dry soil carpet stain; and

one wet soil carpet stain.

Performance must include:

using efficient carpet stain removal methods.

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using carpet stain removal cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents; and

disposing of collected soil and waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of carpet and their characteristics, including natural, synthetic, looped, tufted, and modular tiled carpet

different types of carpet stains; including staining from coffee, tea, juice, food, blood and ink

stain removal and carpet cleaning techniques and equipment including;

basic stain removal techniques; including manual stain removal, pre-spotting, pre-spraying, vacuuming and steam cleaning

industry standard equipment for cleaning wet and dry carpeted floors, including; cloths, sponges and pads, wet and dry vacuum cleaners and steam cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for carpets, including carpet shampoo and stain removal agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace rules, regulations, and requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning carpeted floors including;

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling and moving of furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email and electronic or written reports.

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text, or electronic form

use and care of equipment, including pre-start inspection checks of electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft, and threats to personal security.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, steam cleaners, stain removal products, carpet cleaning agents, cloths, pads and sponges.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to clean hard floor surfaces in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform hard floor surface cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify hard floor surfaces cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify hard floor surface and soil types on the surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean hard floor surface.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique and identify related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select hard floor cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean floor in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use hard floor cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of hard floors surfaces, including at least:

one hard floor surface with dry soiling; and

one hard floor surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using hard floor cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of hard floor surfaces; including hardwood, wood tile, concrete, marble, ceramic tiling, laminate, and vinyl

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on hard floor surfaces; including dust, heavy dirt build-up, food, beverages, liquids and oil

cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment used to clean hard floor surfaces including;

scrubbing, mopping, sweeping, vacuum and pressure cleaning

mops, brushes, industrial scrubbers and sweepers, pressure washers, and vacuum cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for hard floor surfaces; including hard floor cleaning solutions, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents and

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning hard floor surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment

safe usage of cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industrial scrubbers and sweepers, brooms, dry and wet mops, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, pressure hose, cloths, sponges and pressure washers.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain glass surfaces, including windows, in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to individuals performing glass and window cleaning services, but may be applied to other custodial-cleaning roles. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, apply and follow workplace safety measures, and understand client requirements.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Different states and territories may also have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit or require a working at height licence. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify glass surface cleaning requirements
1.2	Identify glass surface and soil type on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain glass surface.	2.1	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely remove window coverings and fittings to permit access and prevent damage.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select glass cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Wipe glass surface and window edges to remove soil and waste in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Replace window coverings and fittings.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use glass cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents; and

to clean, using a different technique in each instance:

one internal glass surface with dry soiling;

one internal glass surface with wet soiling;

one external glass surface with dry soiling; and

one external glass surface with wet soling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using glass surface cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

standard glass surfaces; including float glass, toughened, and non-toughened glass

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on glass surfaces

glass surface cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment including;

pre-spraying, scraping, spot cleaning, squeegeeing and wiping

buckets, chamois cloths, lamb’s wool applicator, lint-free cloths, microfibre products, cobwebber, ladders, extension pole, glass scraper and hose

cleaning solutions for glass; glass cleaners, solvent cleaners and surfactants.

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintain glass surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes and squeegees.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to individuals who perform ceiling cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, identify safety procedures, particularly height assessments.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Different states and territories may also have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit or require a working at height licence. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and assess work area to identify cleaning requirements for ceiling surfaces and fittings.
1.2	Identify ceiling surfaces and fittings and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings.	2.1	Select, check, and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Cover floor, furniture, and equipment with drop sheets.
2.4	Select cleaning technique.
2.5	Select equipment, including ladder and or step stool and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.6	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.7	Clean ceiling and fittings attached to ceiling in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.8	Vacuum difficult-to-reach areas.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove drop sheets from furniture and equipment.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents to clean; and

two different types of ceiling surfaces, including:

one plaster ceiling; and

one tiled ceiling.

two different types of fittings, including:

light fittings and fans;

vents or grills; and

decorative ceiling features such as; ceiling roses, cornicing and edging or exposed wooden beams.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using ceiling surfaces and fittings cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

standard ceiling surfaces; including plaster, concrete, mineral fibre tiles, panelling and wooden plank ceilings

different types of ceiling fittings; including lights, fans, vents, grills, and cameras, decorative plaster features or exposed wooden or metal beams

common soil and stain types found on ceilings and ceiling fittings and effects; including dust, cobwebs, grease, condensation and water based stains

cleaning techniques and equipment for ceiling surfaces and fittings including:

dusting, vacuuming, washing, rinsing, stain removal and polishing

ladders, footstools, vacuum cleaners and extended fittings, extended squeegee, sponges and soft dusting cloths

cleaning agents; soap solutions for ceilings, stain removal agents, polishing fluid or spray

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintaining ceiling surfaces and fittings:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

workplace regulations and procedures for working at heights

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving ladders, furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, inspecting and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, ladders, footstools, rubber gloves, pressure hoses, long-handle cleaner, long-handle duster, extended squeegee, cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean and arrange furniture and fittings, and to present rooms in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to individuals who clean furniture and fittings and then place the furniture and fittings in their original positions, or in an arrangement specified by a client. It includes the ability to assess the extent of the cleaning task, understand client requirements and apply procedures.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify furniture, fittings and arrangement requirements.
1.2	Identify furniture and fitting surfaces and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean furniture and fittings.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select cleaning technique.
2.3	Select cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.4	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.5	Clean furniture and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.6	Return furniture and fittings to their designated location in the room and arrange in an orderly manner.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
4.	Complete cleaning tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use furniture and fitting cleaning equipment and cleaning agents to clean, using a different technique in each instance:

two different types furniture items, including at least:

one furniture item with dry soiling; and

one furniture item with wet soiling.

two different types of fittings, including at least:

one fitting with dry soiling; and

one fitting with wet soiling.

arrange furniture and fitting twice using a different technique in each instance.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

industry standard types of furniture including; beds, bedside cupboards, shelves, benches, chairs, tables, desks, work stations and filing cabinets,

industry standard types of fittings including; door handles, light fittings and switches, railings, skirting, window sills, window coverings, picture frames, clocks, ornaments, telephone handsets, computers, kettles and microwaves

the main surface types including; wood, laminate, metal, glass, plastic, tile, vinyl, leather or fabric

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on furniture and fitting surfaces including; mud and dirt, dust, cobwebs, grease, wax, ink, nail polish, food, beverages, blood, and human and animal waste

standard furniture and fitting cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment

including;

wiping, washing, scrubbing, pre-spraying, vacuuming and polishing

cloths, sponges, scourers, microfibre products, lint-free dusters and polishing cloths, alcohol wipes, brooms, long-handle cleaner, extended squeegee, dry and wet mops, buckets, ladders, footstools, industrial dry and wet vacuums

cleaning agents; acid cleaners, alkaline cleaners, low environmental impact chemicals, neutral cleaners, solvent cleaners and stain removal agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning furniture and arranging fittings including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports.

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, ladders, footstools, brooms, long-handle cleaner, long-handle duster, extended squeegee, industrial dry and wet vacuums, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents, dry and wet cloth and sponges.

industry-standards relating to workplace safety practices when moving and arranging furniture and fittings.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean a wet area in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on wet areas. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify wet area cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify wet surface and soil types on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean wet areas.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely remove, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean wet surface in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use wet surface cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of wet surfaces, including at least:

one wet surface with dry soiling; and

one wet surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using wet surface cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

characteristics of a wet surface and the main industry environments with wet surface cleaning requirements including; bathrooms, toilets, change rooms and laundries

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on wet surfaces

cleaning techniques and equipment for wet areas including;

scrubbing, wiping, mopping, polishing, vacuum and pressure cleaning

dry and wet mops, buckets, soft cloths, microfibre cloths, lint free cloths, towels and

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for hard floors, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents and stain removal cleaning agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning wet surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment

safe usage of cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, lint free cloths and towels, brooms, dry and wet mops, microfibre cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to sort and remove waste and recyclable materials in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel who sort, remove and recycle waste material. It includes the ability to assess the task, identify types of waste and recyclable materials, identify the safety specifications and procedures of the task, understand client requirements and apply company policies and procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify sorting requirements for waste and recyclable material.
1.2	Identify types of waste and recyclables to be sorted and removed.
1.3	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.4	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.5	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.6	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Sort, remove and recycle waste.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select cleaning and waste removal equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.3	Identify, separate and sort recyclable materials.
2.4	Safely sort materials and remove waste to waste carrier.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Tidy work area.
3.3	Spot-clean rubbish bins and surrounds in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.4	Replace soiled rubbish bin liners.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely store equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

properly use personal protective equipment (PPE); and

sort and remove waste and recyclable materials in two different workplace contexts.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

disposing of collected waste; and

recycling materials

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

procedures to safely Identify, separate and sort and remove recyclable materials

industry-standard equipment such as, waste bins, rubbish bags, cleaning solutions and disinfecting products.

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of waste removal and recyclable materials including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

Manual handling techniques for moving waste and recyclable materials

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, waste bins, rubbish bags, cleaning solutions and disinfecting products.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who plan cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who work alone or as part of a team, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to plan cleaning activities.
1.2	Identify time of day cleaning activity is required and time frames for completing work order.
1.3	Identify types and volume of work.
1.4	Identify cleaning methods, equipment and chemicals required.
1.5	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.6	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.7	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and review safe work methods.
1.8	Identify required safety signage and barriers.
1.9	Identify and review emergency response and evacuation procedures
2.	Plan and prepare work activities.	2.1	Obtain access key or card for area or premises to be cleaned.
2.2	Determine availability of equipment, chemicals, consumables and personal protective equipment (PPE) suitable for implementing work order.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance of this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

plan two different safe and efficient cleaning activities.

Performance must include:

communicating effectively with supervisor, team members or clients; and

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of planning basic cleaning activities including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

workplace emergency response and evacuation procedures

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard practices such as workplace cleaning policies and procedures including workplace safety practices relating to cleaning activities.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain cleaning equipment and consumable storage areas in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel that perform maintenance on cleaning storage areas. It includes the ability to safely secure and store equipment, chemicals and consumables, follow workplace safety procedure.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and assess maintenance requirements for cleaning storage area.
1.2	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.3	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.4	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.5	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain cleaning equipment and chemicals.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Follow workplace safety policies and procedures and display safety warning and information.
2.3	Ensure storage area is accessible and free of obstacles.
2.4	Store chemicals and consumables on a first-in first-out basis.
2.5	Store equipment, chemicals, and consumables following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Dispose of obsolete equipment, chemicals and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Complete basic regulatory and company documentation.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and storage area to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace maintenance schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and properly use PPE and safely store and maintain cleaning equipment in three different types of storages.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisors; and

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

common requirements for storage of equipment, chemicals, and consumables and reasons for storage methods

PPE, cleaning solutions, vehicle security elastic straps and nets

key procedures for keeping storage areas accessible and free of obstacles including the cleaning storage areas: commercial, industrial and vehicle

principles of first-in first-out storage of chemicals and consumables

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintaining storage area and cleaning equipment including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

identifying and understanding the requirements of manufacturers’ instruction for storing cleaning chemicals and equipment

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

methods for completing basic regulatory and company documentation

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, PPE, cleaning solutions, vehicle security elastic straps and nets.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes to clean external surfaces in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on external surfaces. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Please note: Working above 2.2 metres of height may require a working at height licence. Different states and territories may have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order, assess work area to identify external surface cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify external surface and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain external surfaces.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect items that impede cleaning operation
2.3	Select cleaning technique and identify related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select external surface cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean external surfaces in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace environmental requirements.
3.2	Safely replace moved items and move protective covers.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use external surface cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents to clean; and

maintain, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of external surfaces, including at least:

one external surface with dry soiling; and

one external surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the effects of wet and dry soils on external surfaces including: timber, tile, laminate, painted surface and canvas

cleaning techniques and equipment including:

scrubbing, mopping, sweeping, polishing, vacuum and pressure cleaning

industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes, mops, and squeegees.

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for external surfaces; including hard surface cleaning solutions for brick and glass, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain remover

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects for maintenance of external surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

identifying and understanding the requirements of manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes, mops, and squeegees.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use microfibre cleaning equipment on a range of surfaces, including floor surfaces, walls, and furniture in range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who clean using microfibre equipment. It includes the ability to assess the microfibre cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify microfibre cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify microfibre equipment required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean Surface.	2.1	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select and prepare microfibre-cleaning equipment.
2.4	Perform microfibre-cleaning procedure in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Sanitise, wash, dry and store microfibre cloths and mops to maximise their efficacy and longevity.
3.2	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.3	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.4	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Clean microfibre cloth and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Safely store equipment and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.3	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.4	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use microfibre cleaning equipment; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, three different types of surface, including at least:

one dry soil surface; and

one wet soil surface.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using microfibre cleaning equipment;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

microfibre equipment including; microfibre cloths, microfibre mop, microfibre towels

different type of surfaces including; hardwood, tile, vinyl, laminate, glass and marble

microfibre cleaning techniques for removing wet and dry soiling from surfaces

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of microfibre cleaning methods including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, microfibre cloths, microfibre towels, absorbent towels, and dusting products.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean rooms for guests and residents in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning activities for guests and residents. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify requirements for preparing rooms for guests and residents.
1.2	Identify number and types of rooms.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean rooms.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique and related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Clean furniture, fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.6	Check and replenish room supplies.
2.7	Collect, report and store guest or resident items left in vacated rooms in a safe location.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use cleaning and cleaning agents and clean; and

prepare two different furnished rooms for guests and residents including one of the following:

lounge room;

bathroom;

kitchen; and

bedroom.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents; and

disposing of collected soil and waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

cleaning techniques and equipment including:

industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industry vacuums, cloths, squeegee, microfibre cloths, towels, sponges, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents and brooms.

dusting, wiping, scrubbing, polishing, vacuuming, steam cleaning and manual stain removal

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for floors, carpets, ceramic tiles, bathroom surfaces, toilets, and stain removal cleaning agents and low environmental impact cleaning solutions

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects cleaning rooms for guests and residents of including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

replenishing room supplies

collecting, reporting and storing guest or resident items left in vacated rooms

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industry vacuums, cloths, squeegee, microfibre cloths, towels, sponges, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents and brooms.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.0 Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Minor update in the Knowledge Evidence replaced the word ‘distilling’ with ‘diluting’.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean and maintain hard floor surfaces, selecting the required equipment, chemicals and methods in order to perform the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to both manual and mechanical methods of cleaning hard floor surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess hard floor to be cleaned.	1.1.	Floor type and condition are assessed, soil type is identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning methods for hard floor surface are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to task requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.9.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean hard floor surface.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Hard floor surface is cleaned using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.3.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Floor types must include at least two of the following:	brick ceramic tiles concrete cork marble parquetry pavers polished or unpolished wood proprietary flooring quarry tiles rubber slate terrazzo vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	beverage cigarette butts dust food gravel heavy dirt build-up hospital waste industrial and chemical waste liquids oil paint paper rainwater stones tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning methods must include at least two of the following:	air blowing automatic floor scrubbing dry buffing dust mopping and sweeping low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products scrubbing spray buffing wet mopping.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air blowers brooms cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys damp mops doodle bag holder dust mops dustpans and brushes hospital mops mechanical sweepers microfibre products mop buckets scouring pads split mops squeegees water hoses.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.0 Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 8.0. Minor update in the Knowledge Evidence replaced the word ‘distilling’ with ‘diluting’.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean and maintain two of the following different hard floor surfaces:

brick

ceramic tiles

concrete

cork

marble

parquetry

pavers

polished or unpolished wood

proprietary flooring

quarry tiles

rubber

slate

terrazzo

vinyl

use two of the following different cleaning methods when cleaning the above surfaces:

air blowing

automatic floor scrubbing

dry buffing

dust mopping and sweeping

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

scrubbing

spray buffing

wet mopping.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and condition of hard floor surface

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for task

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

comply with company, legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the cleaning work

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application methods for maintaining hard floor surfaces using microfibre cleaning techniques, including using:

cloth and water in spray bottle to spot clean low-level stains

damp mops for hard floor surface cleaning and finishing

dry mopping techniques

different cleaning chemicals and equipment for hard floor surfaces

environmental requirements relating to maintaining hard floor surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

methods for cleaning and maintaining microfibre cloths and mops, including:

air drying for optimal performance

avoiding fabric softeners

regular hand or machine washing in hot soapy water

removing stains with hot water and washing liquid

washing products on their own to avoid static transfer of lint

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining hard floor surfaces, including:

quality assurance and certification requirements

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

obsolete equipment

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and characteristics of different hard floor surfaces and required cleaning methods for each type.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with hard floor surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3002A Restore hard floor surfaces and CPPCLO3003A Replace a hard floor finish. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess the type and condition of hard floor surfaces, determine the nature and extent of damage, remove pre-existing floor sealant, and replace it with a new protective coating using selected chemicals and techniques.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to restore hard floor surface.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained, and type of hard floor surface and surface coating are identified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Restoration techniques are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Remove existing surface coating from hard floor.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Wet and dry embedded soil types are removed and disposed of according to company requirements.
2.3.	Existing surface coating is sanded or stripped off hard floor using chemicals and equipment that are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Chemical residue is rinsed off hard floor and liquid waste is disposed of according to manufacturer recommendations and environmental requirements.
3.	Seal exposed hard floor surface.	3.1.	Exposed floor is checked to be dry and clean of all chemical residue, and loose soil and debris are dry vacuumed.
3.2.	Sealant is applied to hard floor surface using correct application techniques and equipment according to manufacturer specifications and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Sealant is allowed to dwell according to manufacturer recommendations.
3.4.	Additional coats of sealant are applied according to manufacturer and client recommendations.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
4.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of techniques to strip and seal different hard floor surfaces.
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions of clients and others to confirm work requirements and identify existing hard floor sealant type respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety instructions in a range of texts, including: chemical labels equipment operating manuals safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report equipment faults.
Planning and organising skills to:	develop and work to a sequenced plan of tasks with attention to timelines.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of hard floor surface must include at least three of the following:	brick concrete cork granite parquetry pavers quarry tiles rubber slate terrazzo timber vinyl.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	anti-static dusters buckets cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys drop sheets dust mops flat mops with extension pole fringe dusters lamb’s wool applicators sponges vacuum cleaners.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants water.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3002A Restore hard floor surfaces and CPPCLO3003A Replace a hard floor finish. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also restore:

three of the following hard floor surfaces:

brick

concrete

cork

granite

parquetry

pavers

quarry tiles

rubber

slate

terrazzo

vinyl

two different timber floor surfaces.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and condition of hard floor surface techniques required for the task

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

types and characteristics of different hard floor surfaces and restoration methods for:

non-slip

porous or non-porous

sealed or unsealed

smooth or textured

environmental requirements relating to restoring hard floor surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to restoring hard floor surfaces

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range, type and characteristics of timber floor sealants:

oil modified products

water-based acrylic

water-based urethane

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to restoring hard floor surfaces, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

environmental protection

industrial equipment certificates of competency or licences

health and safety legislation and regulations

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and uses of different scrubbing machine pads:

white

red

green

blue

techniques for identifying type of existing sealant on floors

techniques for applying sealants to different hard floor types

types and application of different signs and barricades to be installed prior to cleaning, including:

physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to site

signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including:

cleaning in progress

hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area

types, characteristics and application methods of cleaning chemicals and equipment used in restoring hard floor surfaces.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with hard floor surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO2033A Plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities and CPPCMN3003A Contribute to workplace safety arrangements. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to undertake cleaning tasks safely and according to company health and safety policies and procedures and legislative requirements. The unit covers assessing the work environment for hazards and ensuring risks are controlled; checking and maintaining equipment and materials, including storing and handling hazardous chemicals; safely handling equipment; and following required processes in the event of a health and safety incident in the workplace.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to work.	1.1.	Work instructions, including client and environmental requirements, are obtained, confirmed, and applied to planning.
1.2.	Work site and nature of cleaning task are assessed for hazards, and risks are controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning tasks to be conducted at heights are identified and required access equipment is identified, obtained and prepared.
1.4.	Cleaning equipment, including required personal protective equipment (PPE), is selected according to job requirements and checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported prior to starting work.
1.5.	Cleaning products to be used are selected, diluted, and dispensed or prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and company and health and safety requirements.
1.6.	Pre-existing damage to cleaning site is identified and reported according to client and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to cleaning task and work site.
2.	Apply safe work practices to cleaning tasks.	2.1.	Cleaning products and equipment are brought into position with cleaning trolley or other suitable form of transport, using safe work practices.
2.2	Techniques to prevent trips, falls, and repetitive sprains and strains are identified and implemented.
2.3.	Cleaning tasks conducted at heights are undertaken using access equipment prepared and placed for the task.
2.4.	Cleaning tasks undertaken in enclosed spaces are conducted using safe work practices that prevent chemical exposure.
2.5.	Cleaning tasks undertaken while working in the vicinity of building occupants are conducted using safe work practices.
3.	Participate in workplace health and safety initiatives.	3.1.	Health and safety training and coaching programs are undertaken as required.
3.2.	Incidents or accidents are reported and recorded according to company requirements.
3.3.	Suggestions to improve workplace health and safety conditions are submitted to required personnel.
3.4.	Workplace health and safety initiatives are implemented as required and in line with own role and responsibilities.
4.	Finalise cleaning tasks.	4.1.	Soil and waste collected from site are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Equipment, including PPE and chemical products, are returned to cleaning storage area and stored according to legislative requirements.
4.3.	Quantity and condition of PPE are assessed and need for replacements is reported according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels product information sheets or posters safety data sheets (SDS) company risk assessment procedures.
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Planning and organising skills to:	manage own time, prioritise work and schedule tasks.
Teamwork skills to:	work in pairs when using ladders work safely and collaboratively with others.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire ground stability for access equipment manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Access equipment must include at least one of the following:	elevated work platform ladder scaffolding stepladder.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Signs and barricades must include at least one of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to site signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including: cleaning in progress hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO2033A Plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities and CPPCMN3003A Contribute to workplace safety arrangements. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also safely perform three different cleaning tasks in a commercial or residential cleaning site, in which each task must involve:

transporting equipment and cleaning products to the area to be cleaned

completing cleaning tasks according to client and company requirements using cleaning equipment and products selected and prepared according to job requirements

returning equipment and materials to cleaning storage area.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company policies and procedures for applying work health and safety (WHS) practices while cleaning, including:

assessing and reporting hazards in the workplace

incident reporting

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) required for the cleaning task

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of practice relating to cleaning safely at heights

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access equipment

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning products required for the task

specifications:

company policies and procedures for applying WHS practices

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

commercial or residential work sites

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain carpeted floors using a range of methods, including hand collecting waste, sweeping, using a dustpan and brush, using low-water cleaning methods, and vacuuming. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task, and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and methods to perform the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to both manual and mechanical methods of maintaining carpeted floors in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to maintain carpets.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet to be cleaned are assessed, fibre and construction method are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks are controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required cleaning methods and carpet cleaning products are selected, and products are prepared according to job requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean carpet.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Large items of waste are collected using selected equipment, and are transferred to waste receptacle according to health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Carpeted floor is vacuumed using required equipment, accessories, chemicals and techniques according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Need for spot cleaning and stain removal is identified and documented according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	accumulation bags brooms, such as deck fibre or millet carpet rakes dustpan and broom hoses and filters microfibre products.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection protective clothing respirators safety shoes tongs.
Vacuuming equipment must include at least one of the following:	back-mounted unit ducted system floor-based mobile system mechanical push sweeper wet and dry system.
Accessories must include at least two of the following:	brush crevice tool floor head power head upholstery head variable pile height and adjustable head.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain two different carpets where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for carpet type

select and apply carpet maintenance method suited to carpet type.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

methods of carpet construction

types and features of fibres

environmental requirements relating to use of chemicals when maintaining carpeted floors, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining carpeted floors

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

range and characteristics of cleaning chemicals and equipment and their applications for carpet maintenance

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining carpeted floors, including:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

disposable vacuum liner bags

litter

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

vacuuming equipment and accessories as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions on equipment

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpeted floors

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to confirm and apply personal and property security procedures when cleaning a work site, and to maintain client privacy. It also involves obtaining and securing property access information and equipment, and confirming and applying procedures when security risks are evident. It covers establishing which areas of the work site are not to be accessed, and maintaining privacy of information obtained in the course of providing cleaning services.

The unit supports the work of cleaners commencing at a new work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Confirm site access and security procedures.	1.1.	Client details, including address, are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Cleaning work site access and security arrangements are clarified.
1.3.	Areas of work site not to be accessed or cleaned are identified and clarified with client.
1.4.	New client is provided with details of company policy relating to maintaining privacy of client information.
2.	Confirm personal or property security procedures.	2.1.	Client preferences and workplace procedures to be followed in the case of personal risk or incidents, and reporting requirements, are confirmed.
2.2.	Client and workplace procedures to be followed in the case of a breach of security are confirmed.
3.	Implement privacy and security procedures.	3.1.	Client work site is accessed on arrival and secured on leaving the site, according to agreed procedures.
3.2.	Security systems are deactivated and reactivated according to agreed procedures.
3.3.	Internal areas of work site to be cleaned are accessed and secured according to agreed procedures and restricted areas are not entered.
3.4.	Confidentiality of client personal or commercial information is maintained according to privacy requirements, and not disclosed unless essential for incident reporting.
4.	Implement security risk or breach procedures.	4.1.	Work site is assessed for signs of security risk or breach during site access and cleaning, and agreed procedures and reporting requirements are followed as required.
4.2.	Risks to personal security are assessed and workplace procedures and reporting requirements are followed as required.
4.3.	Incidents involving personal security are reported immediately and workplace procedures are followed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	respond to feedback from client and supervisor following completion of security procedures and when applying privacy requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	recognise and apply numbering to activate and deactivate security systems determine site location and specific rooms on site plans.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures obtain and provide information from client relating to privacy and security requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policy documentation relating to privacy and confidentiality.
Writing skills to:	legibly complete required documentation following a security breach or incident.
Technology skills:	operate electronic devices for communication purposes or for accessing or securing a cleaning site.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site access must include at least one of the following:	electronic codes keys security cards.
Security arrangements must include:	processes for locking and unlocking doors location of internal door keys if applicable alarm deactivation and reactivation procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also confirm and apply privacy and security procedures for two different work sites to be applied when cleaning.

In doing the above work, the person must:

implement agreed procedures for accessing and securing the work site

assess work site for signs of security risks or breaches

implement agreed procedures for responding to and reporting security risks and breaches.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

processes for obtaining and confirming client details

procedures for using access passes and keys for different client sites

company policy or code of conduct in relation to privacy and confidentiality of client information

workplace procedures, including reporting requirements for:

security risks and breaches

personal security risks and incidents.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access requirements as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

risks to personal safety

specifications:

alarm activation and deactivation procedures

company privacy and confidentiality policy

procedures for handling risks to personal or property security

reporting requirements and documentation in the event of security incidents

physical conditions:

commercial or residential cleaning work sites

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2001A Use hot water extraction, CPPCCL2002A Use bonnet cleaning, CPPCCL2003A, Use dry foam shampoo, CPPCCL2004A Use dry absorbent compound and CPPCCL2005A Use wet foam shampoo. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean carpets using selected processes, chemicals and equipment. Cleaning carpets is undertaken in addition to daily maintenance of carpets to provide a thorough and deep clean of the carpet fibres. The selection of equipment, chemicals and methods suited to the task is essential for performing the work safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean carpets.	1.1.	Type of carpet fibre and carpet construction are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required carpet cleaning process is determined according to type of carpet and job requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing stains or damage are identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.9.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Undertake cleaning process.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Carpet is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.3.	Cleaned carpet area is compared with surrounding carpet surface, and need for further cleaning action is identified and carried out according to job and company requirements.
2.4.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when accessing and cleaning carpets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of carpet fibre must include:	natural: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic: acrylic nylon polyester.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing and handling chemicals while undertaking work tasks risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	carpet-cleaning bonnets and hand bonnets carpet-drying equipment cleaning cloths extraction unit garbage bin measuring equipment plastic coaster or polystyrene block rotary or cylindrical scrubbing machine scraper or spatula sponge spray equipment steam iron trigger sprayer vacuum cleaner waste recovery tank.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners neutral cleaners protein spotter solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves safety shoes.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2001A Use hot water extraction, CPPCCL2002A Use bonnet cleaning, CPPCCL2003A, Use dry foam shampoo, CPPCCL2004A Use dry absorbent compound and CPPCCL2005A Use wet foam shampoo. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean two different carpet types where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester.

In cleaning the above carpets, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

identify cleaning techniques and chemicals required for the task

use the following cleaning methods:

bonnet cleaning

hot water extraction

use cleaning equipment safely

check carpet after cleaning process and assess whether further cleaning is required

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals, including:

encapsulation

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture use equipment

correct application and techniques for different cleaning methods, including:

dry absorbent compound

bonnet cleaning

hot water extraction

dry foam shampoo

wet foam shampoo

environmental requirements relating to removing stains from carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of carpet cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture carpet-cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including:

Australian standards AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range and application of cleaning solutions used to clean carpets and their reactions with different carpet types

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

contingencies:

carpet cleaning action is repeated when carpet has not cleaned sufficiently first time

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2007A Perform basic stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify the nature of carpet stains and remove the stains using selected stain removal techniques, chemicals and equipment. The selection of required equipment, chemicals and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Removing stains can occur as a separate task or in conjunction with other cleaning tasks, such as daily vacuuming, extraction and general carpet cleaning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to remove stain.	1.1.	Type of carpet fibre and construction are assessed, job requirements reviewed, and issues clarified as required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Stain type is identified through observation or by discussing and clarifying with client, and previous treatments or removal techniques that have been applied are confirmed.
1.4.	Required stain removal process is determined according to carpet type and cause of stain, client is advised of likelihood of treatment success, and client approval to proceed with stain removal process is obtained before commencing work.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.8.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.9.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.10.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Treat carpet stain.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Physical remnants of stain are removed as much as possible using technique suited to cause of stain.
2.3.	Required cleaning chemical is applied and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Carpet is inspected for evidence of previously used chemicals that may impede the cleaning process and all chemicals are removed using water treatment before reapplying chemical.
2.5.	Treated area is agitated using required equipment and inspected to check that stain removal technique and process are working.
2.6.	Cleaning process is continued until stain is completely removed or until agreed job requirements have been met.
3.	Finalise stain removal.	3.1.	Chemical residue is extracted using required extraction equipment and techniques.
3.2.	Treated carpet is checked for pH levels and neutraliser is applied if required.
3.3.	Treated area is dried or left to dry according to company and job requirements.
3.4.	Soil is removed and carpet is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.5.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface area to determine need for further action according to job and company requirements.
3.6.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
4.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when accessing and cleaning carpets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of carpet fibre must include:	natural: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing and handling chemicals while undertaking work tasks risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Stain types must include at least three of the following:	beverage candle wax chewing gum food grease heavy dirt build-up lipstick nail polish oil shoe polish tar.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air mover carpet groomer cleaning cloths extraction unit measuring equipment pH stick scraper or spatula sponge spray equipment steam iron waste disposal container.
Cleaning chemicals must include:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners neutral cleaners solvent cleaners protein spotter.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves disposable respirators eye protection gloves protective clothing safety shoes.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2007A Perform basic stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different stains from each of the following types of carpet:

one natural fibre carpet, selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one synthetic fibre carpet, selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester.

Stain types to be removed during above work, must include three of the following:

beverage

candle wax

chewing gum

food

grease

heavy dirt build-up

hospital waste

industrial and chemical waste

lipstick

nail polish

oil

plant stains

shoe polish

tar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of each carpet and its carpet fibres

identify type of stain and cleaning techniques, cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

characteristics of different carpet stains and process for cleaning them according to type, duration of stain, and whether previous treatments and chemicals have been applied

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals required to remove carpet stains

environmental requirements relating to removing stains from carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of carpet cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture carpet-cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet stains as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm details of the carpet stain and for approval to proceed.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to mitigate water damage to residential or commercial carpets by stopping the inflow of water, extracting water and drying out the carpet, and making the site safe before carpets are restored or replaced. It requires assessing the category of water ingress and selecting equipment and methods to perform tasks safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites, and to water ingress caused by an overflow of water from bathrooms and laundries, toilet backflows, overflowing gutters, roof leaks, and rising external waters.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to mitigate water damage.	1.1.	Area of water damage is assessed, category and extent of water damage are determined, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Suitable water extraction method is determined and technique for pumping extracted water is identified and confirmed.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completion.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Undertake water mitigation processes.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved or removed according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Water source is eliminated or contained according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.3.	Excess water is extracted and disposed of safely using required equipment and according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.4.	In-structure drying equipment is activated as required and drying progress is monitored according to company requirements.
2.5.	Work area is treated with antimicrobial chemicals as required.
2.6.	Options for carpet restoration or replacement are identified and discussed with client.
3.	Secure work site.	3.1.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Site is assessed as safe for access, and level of access allowed is communicated to client and required personnel.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely with clients when explaining processes and expected outcomes request advice or further information respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Category must include at least two of the following types of water:	contaminated water: black grey non-contaminated water: clean.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include:	air filtration device carpet-drying equipment dehumidification equipment extraction tools and units moisture detection tools.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection protective clothing respirators safety shoes wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also mitigate water damage at two different sites where one site contains black or grey water and one contains clean water.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly classify the category of water damage as being:

clean water

black water

grey water

identify source of water damage and prevent further damage

select and use cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), required for the task

identify and implement water mitigation methods suited to each task

comply with company, health and safety, environmental and legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to mitigating water damage, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to mitigating carpet water damage

hazardous materials handling

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

sub-flooring structures

underlay types

correct techniques for extracting water and drying carpets

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to mitigating water damage to carpets, including IICRC S500 Water Damage Restoration

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types, characteristics and processes to identify different water categories:

clean

black

grey.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

IICRC S500 Water Damage Restoration

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with water ingress

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

verbal and written communication with the client to clarify job requirements and communicate plans and costs.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean glass surfaces, including mirrors, doors and windows, from the ground using extension poles to aid access if required. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods. All work is conducted according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to ordinary or frosted glass or mirrors as well as to textured glass surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean glass surfaces.	1.1.	Glass surfaces to be cleaned are assessed for extent of cleaning required and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Surface soil is inspected and identified as organic or inorganic and required cleaning techniques are confirmed.
1.4.	Glass surface is inspected for pre-existing damage and defects are reported according to company requirements.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.8.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Clean glass.	2.1.	Existing soil is carefully scraped from glass surface as required, using required equipment.
2.2.	Spot cleaning techniques are used according to specified requirements.
2.3.	Glass surface is washed and squeegeed according to specified requirements.
2.4.	Window edges and sills are wiped to remove soil and waste.
2.5.	Glass surface, surrounding areas and floor are checked to be free of chemicals, water and soil.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked, and stored according to manufacturer specifications, and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions report faults or damage.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning techniques must include:	pre-spraying scraping spot cleaning squeegeeing wiping.
Equipment must include a squeegee and at least two of the following:	bucket chamois cobwebber extension pole glass scraper hose lamb’s wool applicator lint-free cloths microfibre products.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes sun protection.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three different glass surfaces, including:

one ordinary glass (including mirror) or frosted glass surface measuring at least 1.5 metres in height or length, in which the work must involve:

selecting and using required cleaning equipment, including a squeegee

spot cleaning the glass

removing smears and drips from the glass and surrounding surfaces and floor

one textured glass surface, in which the work must involve:

selecting and using required cleaning equipment

spot cleaning the glass

conducting full clean of the glass to remove all soil

removing smears and drips from the glass and surrounding surfaces and floor

one ordinary frosted or textured glass surface, in which the work must involve:

removing three different inorganic soils from the glass surface using required cleaning techniques, one of which must require use of the scraping technique

selecting and using required cleaning equipment.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify and plan for work site hazards

identify types and characteristics of glass surfaces and select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning techniques

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

types of glass surfaces, their characteristics and required cleaning methods

types and characteristics of organic and inorganic soils and required cleaning chemicals, equipment and methods of treatment

application methods for cleaning glass using microfibre products, including using:

cloth and water in spray bottle to spot clean low-level stains

damp mops and cloths for surface cleaning and finishing

dry mopping techniques

environmental requirements relating to cleaning glass surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to cleaning glass surfaces

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

methods for cleaning and maintaining cloths, including:

air drying for optimal performance

avoiding fabric softeners

regular hand or machine washing in hot soapy water

removing stains with hot water and washing liquid

washing products on their own to avoid static transfer of lint

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range and use of cleaning chemicals and equipment for cleaning glass surfaces

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

venue with access to glass surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove odours from carpets by identifying the type of odour, and selecting and applying odour control methods according to the odour and carpet type.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The source of carpet odours can be due to factors such as animal or human body odour, animal waste, chemicals, decaying matter, faeces, fire damage, mould, urine, vomit and water damage.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to apply odour control.	1.1.	Carpet type and condition are assessed, cause of odour is identified, and odour treatment techniques are confirmed according to job requirements.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Apply treatment.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Soiled carpet is cleaned using required cleaning methods, in preparation for odour control.
2.3.	Odour control treatment is applied to carpet using equipment and chemicals, according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.4.	Odour control chemicals are left to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.5.	Chemical residue is removed from treated carpet area and odour of treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to work order and company requirements.
2.6.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, work order, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel provide written record of work undertaken and results achieved.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Carpet types must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air scrubber carpet groomer carpet repair kit chemical hand spray unit cleaning cloths eye dropper fogger hair dryer nylon bristle brush ozone machine scraper or spatula sponge steam generator steam iron.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection disposable respirators protective clothing safety shoes splash-proof face masks tongs.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners antimicrobial low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners odour neutralising, masking and destruction agents ozone gas sealers solvent cleaner.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different odours from each of the following carpet types, where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

The odour types to be removed from each of the above carpets, must include three of the following:

animal or human body odour

animal waste

chemicals

decaying matter

faeces

fire damage

mould

urine

vomit

water damage.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify type and characteristics of carpet to be treated

correctly and safely classify the type of odour

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and chemicals required for the task

prepare the work site

comply with company, legislative and environmental requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets

types and characteristics of carpets and fibres

cleaning options for carpet, including:

low environmental impact chemicals

low moisture

water-efficient methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to applying odour control to carpets, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

range and application of different odour treatment techniques:

chemical treatment followed by:

extraction spot cleaning

heat application process

transfer method using hand application

sealing floor

lifting and refitting carpet

removing and replacing pad

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with carpets as listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communications with the client to confirm and clarify job requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN3001B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean using the environmentally sustainable work practices defined by company and government compliance requirements. The unit covers identifying resource use, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, and contributing to improvements in environmentally sustainable work practices.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify requirements for sustainable work practices.	1.1.	Company sustainability targets and measures for ensuring sustainable work practices are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Impact of own work and resource consumption on sustainability measures is identified in discussion with supervisor.
1.3.	Company policies and procedures regarding resource efficiency issues are identified and benefits communicated to clients and colleagues.
2.	Comply with environmental regulations.	2.1.	Company environmental regulations are identified for the cleaning site or task and applied to planning.
2.2.	Breaches or potential breaches of environmental regulations are reported according to company requirements.
2.3.	Changes to sustainable work practices to rectify breaches are identified and followed.
3.	Contribute to resource efficiency improvements.	3.1.	Practical ways to increase water usage efficiency and minimise waste are identified and followed.
3.2.	Own waste management practices and resource usage are monitored and opportunities to minimise waste and maximise resource efficiency are identified.
3.3.	Suggestions for improving resource efficiency in own work area are submitted to and discussed with designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure and calculate in order to monitor own resource use.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policies and procedures relating to environmentally sustainable work practices and requirements.
Writing skills to:	document suggestions for improved work practices using required company procedures.
Teamwork skills to:	contribute to team interactions when discussing opportunities to improve environmentally sustainable work practices.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Resources must include at least two of the following:	bin liners cleaning chemicals cleaning cloths electricity usage hand towels liquid soap toilet paper water usage.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN3001B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and apply environmentally sustainable work practices while undertaking three different cleaning tasks, which must:

involve the use of cleaning products, such as cleaning chemicals and water

support company environmental sustainability policy and related procedures.

In doing the above work, the person must:

locate and interpret company environmental sustainability policies and procedures relating to the three cleaning tasks

contribute to the company’s sustainability targets by suggesting one resource efficiency

identify opportunities to improve own resource efficiency.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits of efficient and environmentally sustainable use of resources

key requirements of industry codes, legislation, regulations and standards relating to environmentally sustainable cleaning work practices

principles of environmental sustainability and their application to cleaning

environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures relevant to own work area

techniques for minimising environmental risks and maximising opportunities to improve environmental performance, including:

efficient energy use

efficient water use

minimising use of chemicals

implementing waste management hierarchy.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

specifications:

company’s sustainability targets

physical conditions:

work site where cleaning tasks are undertaken

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform carpet re-stretching, seam repairs, patch work, colour repair, and basic carpet installation repairs. The unit covers assessing the extent of the repair and reinstallation task by identifying client requirements and examining the characteristics of the carpeted floor. The selection of suitable equipment and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Job requirements are identified and confirmed with required personnel.
1.2.	Health and safety requirements for site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
1.3.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Carpet repair and reinstallation equipment and materials are selected to carry out tasks according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Determine methods for repair and reinstallation.	2.1.	Carpet type, condition, fibre, construction method and sub-flooring are identified.
2.2.	Colour fastness of carpet is tested and agents causing colour damage are identified.
2.3.	Repair and reinstallation techniques are selected and confirmed according to assessment of carpet and company requirements.
3.	Repair and reinstall carpet.	3.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved or removed according to health and safety and company requirements.
3.2.	Carpet is repaired using required techniques, equipment and materials according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.3.	Cleaning chemical is applied followed by extraction or heat transfer method according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.5.	Spot dye baths are prepared and applied according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.6.	Carpet is reinstalled using required reinstallation method.
3.7.	Results are documented and reported according to company requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
4.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others on site when repairing carpets.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify errors in own work and rectify faults.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	glue guns with glue sticks hammers seam rollers seaming irons spatulas stair tools trimming knives.
Materials must include at least two of the following:	adhesives awls duct tape kickers latex masking tape metal bars nails of various sizes and for different backing surfaces napping shears power stretchers protector boards seaming tape tackless carpet grippers.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves kneepads protective clothing safety shoes.
Carpet types must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Sub-flooring must include at least one of the following:	concrete old carpet wood wood panelling.
Repair and reinstallation techniques must include at least one of the following:	gluing replacing re-stretching sewing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

repair one natural fibre carpet and one synthetic fibre carpet specified in the range of conditions

select and apply repair equipment, materials and each of the following techniques:

gluing

replacing

re-stretching

sewing

reinstall one natural or synthetic fibre carpet to an area measuring at least three square metres, using reinstallation techniques, equipment and materials specific to the carpet type and area.

In doing the above repair and installation work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type of carpet, sub-flooring and carpet installation method required for the job

identify type of damage to carpet and its source

clean repaired or reinstalled carpet using required cleaning and neutralisation methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

colour theory and range of carpet dye methods, including:

acid

beck

continuous

differential

print

solution

space

spray

stock

yarn

range and characteristics of agents causing colour damage to carpet, including:

airborne pollutants

bleaches

dye strippers and reducing agents

fluorocarbons

hydrocarbons

oxidising agents

pesticides

pharmaceutical preparations

ultraviolet light from sunlight and artificial light

types and applications of different carpet testing methods, including:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

types, characteristics and repair methods for different carpets

types of carpet construction methods and their characteristics, including:

flocked

fusion bonded

needle punched

tufted

woven

types of carpet installation methods, including:

direct stick

double bond

loose lay

stretch in

tackless carpet gripper

turn and tack

two-sided tape

types of different underlay, including:

crumble foam

felt

foam

sandwich

urethane

waffle rubber

types of carpet fibres, including:

continuous filament

staple yarn

type and characteristics of different carpet yarn types, including:

heat set

plied

single

textured

twist

range of different pile or tuft types, including:

cut

cut and loop

loop

types and characteristics of carpet backing materials, including:

cotton

jute

latex

polyester

polypropylene

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

environmental requirements relating to repairing and reinstalling carpet, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to repairing and reinstalling carpets

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet repair and reinstallation, including AS/NZS 2455 Textile floor coverings – Installation practice

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 2455 Textile floor coverings – Installation practice

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with carpets

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess the condition of blinds, curtains, screens and associated fixtures, and select required equipment, chemicals and methods to remove dirt and grime from a range of window coverings.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to a range of window coverings, including blinds, curtains and screens in commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean window coverings.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained and window coverings and fixtures to be cleaned are assessed for type, fixture method and scope of cleaning required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Soil type is identified by observation and required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Locations of washing and drying sites are selected according to health and safety, and legislative requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean and refit window coverings.	2.1.	Window coverings and fixtures are removed according to health and safety and company requirements and loose fittings are tagged to ensure correct refit.
2.2.	Window coverings are sorted according to washing method and company requirements.
2.3.	Window coverings are washed, rinsed, and excess water is removed using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques, and according to health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Window coverings are dried, checked and spot cleaned according to company requirements.
2.5.	Window coverings are refitted and checked to be in working order according to manufacturer specifications.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Wash area is cleaned according to company requirements.
3.2.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and legislative requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely when requesting advice or further information and responding to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	adhered soil cobwebs dust mould or mildew nicotine stains oil paint road grime.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	access equipment brushes chamois cleaning cloths garbage bins hoses hot air dryers microfibre products pressure-washing equipment scourers soft brooms water extraction machines.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.
Cleaning techniques must include at least six of the following:	air blowing dusting low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products pressure washing rinsing scrubbing spot cleaning water extraction wiping.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean one fixed awning and:

two of the following blinds:

holland blinds

roman blinds

venetian blinds

vertical blinds

two of the following curtains:

lined curtains

unlined curtains

pelmet systems

two of the following screens:

flywire screens

securing screens

shutter screens.

In doing the above work, the person must select and prepare required cleaning chemicals to clean each window covering. By the end of the whole task, the person must have removed three of the following soil types:

adhered soil

cobwebs

dust

mould and mildew

nicotine stains

oil

paint

road grime.

In doing the above work, the person must demonstrate six of the following cleaning techniques:

air blowing

dusting

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

pressure washing

rinsing

scrubbing

spot cleaning

water extraction

wiping.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify type and characteristics of window coverings and fixtures

select and prepare cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

select and apply safe and efficient cleaning methods

remove, clean and refit window coverings according to specified requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to the use of chemicals and cleaning equipment when cleaning window coverings, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

low-energy cleaning methods

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture cleaning methods

low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

non-chemical cleaning methods

types of different window covering surfaces and their suitability for either wet or dry cleaning

range of techniques and methods to clean window coverings, including:

basic wash-down

full immersion wash

spot cleaning

cleaning chemicals and equipment suitable for cleaning window coverings, and their application for different window covering surfaces

cleaning techniques for safely removing different soil types from different window coverings

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning window coverings

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types of window coverings and fixtures, their characteristics and methods of operation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

acid cleaners

alkaline cleaners

low environmental impact chemicals

neutral cleaners

solvent cleaners

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with a range of window covering types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure clean-room environments housing electronic and other sensitive equipment are cleaned and maintained to avoid dust and moisture entering equipment and cabling. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting and using the equipment, chemicals and methods required for the task.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Clean rooms may be used for specialised computer installations, computer equipment repairs, installation of PABX units, manufacturing electronic components, laboratories and sterile rooms for food manufacturing. Some clean rooms may be pressurised to reduce the amount of dust entering the room.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess area to be cleaned.	1.1.	Clean room is assessed and issues are clarified as required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Cleaning procedures are planned and sequenced to start from work site highest point and move to lowest according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Implement cleaning plan.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques are used to remove soil and clean surfaces according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
2.3.	Clean-room maintenance work is performed to minimise damage caused by electrostatic or electromagnetic contamination and loosening of cables or wiring according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assessed must include:	extent of cleaning required types of clean-room surfaces to be cleaned, which must include at least two of the following: benchtops and work stations cabling ceilings equipment casings hard floor surfaces soft floor surfaces, such as special dust-catching carpets types of clean-room fittings to be cleaned, which must include at least four of the following: cameras furniture glass lights monitors skylights smoke detectors sprinkler systems vents and grilles potential for damage to clean-room equipment.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brooms buckets buffing machines with brushes and pads cleaning trolleys dustpans extension poles garbage bins glass cleaning equipment lint-free and anti-static cleaning cloths microfibre products mops: damp dust scourers vacuum cleaners and accessories.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection masks protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain each of the following surfaces in two different clean-room environments:

benchtops and work stations

cabling

ceilings

equipment casings

hard floor surfaces

soft floor surfaces, such as special dust-catching carpets.

In doing the above work, the person must clean four of the following fittings in each clean room:

cameras

furniture

glass

lights

monitors

skylights

smoke detectors

sprinkler systems

vents and grilles.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning chemicals and equipment suitable for using with sensitive equipment

cleaning techniques for clean-room environments, including:

buffing

damp mopping

dust mopping

low-water cleaning methods using microfibre cleaning products

spot cleaning

steam cleaning

surface wiping with lint-free or anti-static cloths

vacuuming with crevice tool on hard-to-access surfaces

correct procedures for handling and disposing of:

chemicals

contaminated and toxic waste

environmental requirements when maintaining clean-room environments, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining clean-room environments

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

impact of dust, moisture, electrical current and magnetic fields on sensitive electronic equipment

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining a clean-room environment

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

at least two different clean-room environments with surface types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove complex stains from carpets after standard stain removal and cleaning techniques have failed. It covers selecting and preparing required equipment and chemicals, and applying complex stain removal techniques to the task.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Removing stains is undertaken as a separate task or in conjunction with other cleaning methods, such as vacuuming, extraction and general cleaning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet, fibre and construction are identified, complex stains are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Complex stain removal techniques are selected according to job and company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.9.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Clean complex carpet stain.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Pre-spotting cleaning treatment is applied to carpet stain and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer recommendations.
2.3.	Soil is removed using required techniques, equipment and chemicals, according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to job and company requirements.
2.5.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and perform a range of methods for cleaning stubborn stains without causing damage to the carpet.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Complex stains must include at least five of the following:	beverage candle wax chewing gum cigarette butts dye stuffs food grease heavy dirt build-up hospital waste industrial and chemical waste lipstick nail polish oil plant stains shoe polish tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Complex stain removal techniques must include at least one of the following:	chemical treatment followed by transfer method using hand application chemical treatment followed by extraction spot cleaning dye stripping heat transfer with a steam iron oxidisation.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	carpet groomers carpet spot-cleaning kits cloths extraction units eye droppers garbage bins nylon bristle brushes scrapers sponges spray equipment steam generators steam irons.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners oxidising agents, such as bleaches reducing agents, such as dye strippers solvents.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves respirators safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different complex stains from two different carpets as follows:

at least one complex stain from one of the following natural fibre carpets:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

at least one complex stain from one of the following synthetic fibre carpets:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

The three different complex stains above must be selected from the following:

beverage

blood

candle wax

dye stuffs

food

human and animal waste

lipstick and makeup

medicine

nail polish

oil

plant stains

shoe polish

tar

timber stains.

In doing the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

classify the type of stain or spot and identify cleaning techniques, cleaning equipment and chemicals, required for the task

use each of the following cleaning methods:

bonnet cleaning

dry absorbent compound

dry foam shampoo

hot water extraction

wet foam shampoo

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements to be applied when treating complex carpet stains, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to treating complex carpet stains

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet types

features of fibres

cleaning methods for carpets, including:

heat transfer process

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

testing methods

water-efficient cleaning methods

correct techniques for performing:

extraction cleaning

heat transfer

treatments using:

oxidising agents, such as bleaches

reducing agents, such as dye strippers

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to treating complex carpet stains, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with complex carpet stains

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm and clarify requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to protect carpets from the potential effects of odour and soiling by applying suitable topical treatments. The unit covers identifying the type of carpet and selecting equipment, treatments and treatment methods to perform the required task.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to apply topical treatment.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet fibre, construction method and type of underlay are identified, and job requirements are confirmed.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Application techniques are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Topical treatment chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Perform treatment.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Surface area to be treated is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.3.	Area is treated according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely with clients request advice or further information.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify required treatments for different carpet types.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Carpet must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	absorbent cloths airless sprayers carpet rakes chemical hand spray units horsehair brushes powered sprayers pump-up sprayers.
Treatment chemicals must include at least one of the following:	antimicrobial agents antistatic agents deodorisers protectors.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves protective clothing respirators safety shoes.
Treated must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE topical treatment chemicals.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

select and apply suitable topical treatments to one natural fibre carpet and one synthetic fibre carpet specified in the range of conditions

use each of the following topical treatments in the above work:

antimicrobial agents

antistatic agents

deodorisers

protectors.

In doing the above work, the person must:

prepare the work site

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of carpet to be treated

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and topical treatment chemicals, required for the task

use safe and efficient topical treatment methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to applying topical treatments to carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to applying topical treatments to carpets

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods.

application processes for applying topical treatments, including:

antimicrobial agents

antistatic agents

deodorisers

protectors

types of carpet installation methods and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

direct stick

double bond

loose lay

stretch in

tackless carpet gripper

turn and tack

two-sided tape

types of carpet fibres and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

continuous filament

staple yarn

types, characteristics and features of carpet underlay and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

crumble foam

felt

foam

sandwich

urethane

waffle rubber

types and characteristics of carpet backing materials and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

cotton

jute

latex

polyester

polypropylene

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

types and characteristics of carpet construction methods and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

flocked

fusion bonded

needle punched

tufted

woven

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

treatment chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet requiring topical treatment

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm and clarify requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean wet areas, including bathrooms, toilets, change rooms and laundries and their associated fixtures and fittings, so that they are free from soil, odour and hazards. The unit covers assessing the extent of cleaning required; selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods; and performing the cleaning task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean wet area.	1.1.	Wet areas to be cleaned are assessed, soil types are identified by observation, and areas requiring special treatment, including graffiti, are identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Operation and condition of fixtures and fittings are checked and pre-existing damage at work site is reported according to company requirements.
1.4.	Cleaning chemicals and techniques for wet areas are selected according to company requirements.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.	Clean work site.	2.1.	Loose soil is removed before commencing surface cleaning according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Fixtures, fittings and surfaces are cleaned using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques according to company requirements.
2.3.	Remaining heavy soil, graffiti and stained surfaces are treated or reported for follow-up action according to company requirements.
2.4.	Soiled items are despatched for laundering according to company requirements.
3.	Replenish consumables and tidy work site.	3.1.	Consumables are replenished according to client requests and company requirements.
3.2.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others on the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and select required cleaning products and equipment for a range of cleaning challenges apply required chemicals and cleaning processes to different surfaces in wet areas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Soil types must include at least five of the following:	blood cobwebs dust food and residue grease human and animal waste litter mould and mildew mud and dirt pen, texta and pencil rust soap scum.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological contaminants chemical exposure via absorption and ingestion chemical reactivity contaminated waste material dust and fibre particulates electrocution environmental allergens fatigue loud and repeated noise levels respiratory hazards and poor ventilation slips and falls from wet or uneven surfaces strains or injury from damaged, heavy or awkward equipment syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Fixtures and fittings must include at least ten of the following:	baths bidets bins cleaner’s sluices hand basins hand dryers mirrors paper dispensers personal item product dispensers racks showers sinks soap dispensers spas taps toilet bowls, seats and cisterns troughs urinal trough and wall vanity units.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Cleaning techniques must include at least three of the following:	buffing cobwebbing dusting hosing mopping polishing pre-spraying scrubbing spot cleaning sweeping wet wiping.
Equipment must include at least six of the following:	absorbent cleaning cloths brooms buckets damp cloths doodle bugs dry cloths microfibre products hoses and nozzles lint-free cloths long-handled brushes and dustpan tongs mops sharps disposal units nylon scourers scrapers scrubbing brushes scrubbing and polishing machines toilet brushes squeegees wringer buckets.
Personal protective equipment must include at least three of the following:	safety shoes gloves eye protection masks tongs wet-work clothing.
Surfaces must include at least five of the following:	ceramics and porcelain chrome concrete glass laminate metal paint plastic stainless steel stone terracotta vinyl.
Consumables must include at least three of the following:	air fresheners bin liners cloth towels and tea towels deodorant blocks hand towels, such as cloth, rolls and sheets liquid and bar soap personal toiletries toilet paper.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three of the following wet areas, and their fixtures and fittings:

bathroom

change rooms

laundry

shower facilities

toilet.

During the above work, the person must select and use three of the following cleaning techniques:

buffing

cobwebbing

dusting

hosing

mopping

polishing

pre-spraying

scrubbing

spot cleaning

sweeping

wet wiping.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing task

identify fittings, surfaces and soil types found in wet areas

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

replenish three of the following consumables in each wet area:

air fresheners

bin liners

cloth towels and tea towels

deodorant blocks

hand towels, such as cloth, rolls and sheets

liquid and bar soap

personal toiletries

toilet paper.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range, application and limitation of cleaning chemicals and equipment available for wet areas

cleaning chemicals and methods suitable for wet area surfaces, including:

ceramics and porcelain

chrome

concrete

glass

laminate

metal

paint

plastic

stainless steel

stone

terracotta

vinyl

environmental requirements relating to cleaning wet areas, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods to clean wet areas

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

contaminated waste

obsolete equipment

used cleaning cloths

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with wet areas as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to wash furniture and fittings and to present rooms according to client requirements. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; identifying the different surface types; selecting and using cleaning techniques and chemicals required for the task; and returning furniture and fittings, including loose items, to their original position.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential settings, including boardrooms, function rooms, hospital wards, offices and private residences.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Condition of furniture and fittings to be cleaned, including surface type and soil type, are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks are controlled according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques and chemicals that reflect company requirements are selected, and chemicals are prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean furniture, fittings and loose items.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved to allow cleaning tasks to be performed, according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.2.	Floor, furniture and fittings are covered by drop sheets as necessary according to company requirements.
2.3.	Soil is removed from surfaces, and furniture and fittings are cleaned using selected equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques.
2.4.	Loose items are cleaned using required cleaning equipment and techniques.
3.	Place furniture and fittings.	3.1.	Drop sheets are removed and stored, and floors are cleaned according to client requirements and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Cleaned furniture and loose items are placed in specified room locations according to client requirements.
3.3.	Fittings are checked to be in working order and wiped or cleaned according to specified requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions calculate current and required levels of stock.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals chemical labels equipment manuals.
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Furniture must include at least five of the following:	beds bedside cupboards benches chairs compactus computers and associated equipment desks doors filing cabinets lamps ovens refrigerators shelves tables work stations.
Fittings must include at least ten of the following:	bars ceiling fans clocks door handles electrical items, including kettles and microwaves light fittings and switches ornaments picture frames railings skirting telephone handsets vents and grilles walls window coverings window sills.
Surface types must include at least three of the following:	fabric glass laminate leather metal paint plastic polyresin tile timber vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	beverage blood blu-tac candle wax chewing gum cobwebs dust food glue grease human and animal waste lipstick medicine mud and dirt nail polish paint shoe polish.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning techniques must include:	for fittings, at least two of the following: polishing pre-spraying scrubbing vacuuming washing wiping for fabric surfaces, at least one of the following: spot cleaning spray pack foam vacuuming low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	alcohol wipes buckets damp cloths drop sheets dust extraction tools, such as wall mates and fridge dusters extension poles lint-free dusters, such as lamb’s wool and feather dusters lint-free polishing cloths, such as cotton and colour-fast cloths microfibre products mini mops oil impregnated cloths polishing cloths scourers sponges vacuum cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Loose items must include at least five of the following:	ashtrays bins books and magazines calculators crockery desk calendars electrical leads food and drink containers kitchen implements mats picture frames radios recognition awards telephone indexes tissue boxes wall charts.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean furniture and fittings according to client requirements in two of the following rooms:

boardroom

lounge room in private residence

home office

commercial office

function room

identify the type and characteristics of furniture, fittings and loose items in the above rooms and their surface types, which must include three of the following:

fabric

glass

laminate

leather

metal

paint

plastic

polyresin

tile

timber

vinyl

clean five of the following different items of furniture and ten of the following different fittings in the two rooms:

furniture:

bed

bedside cupboard

bench

chair

compactus

computer and associated equipment

desk

door

filing cabinet

lamp

oven

refrigerator

shelf

table

work station

fittings:

bar

ceiling fan

clock

door handle

electrical item, including kettle and microwave

light fitting and switch

ornament

picture frame

railings

skirting

telephone handset

vent and grille

walls

window coverings

window sill

clean five of the following loose items in each room:

ashtray

bin

books and magazines

calculator

crockery

desk calendar

electrical leads

food and drink containers

kitchen implements

mat

photograph frame

radio

recognition award

telephone index

tissue box

wall chart

identify and remove three of the following soil types on the loose items above:

beverage

blood

blu-tac

candle wax

chewing gum

cobwebs

dust

food

glue

grease

human and animal waste

lipstick

medicine

mud and dirt

nail polish

paint

shoe polish.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of furniture and fittings and their surfaces

apply cleaning techniques suited to the surfaces of fittings and fabric furniture

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

place cleaned furniture in specified room locations according to client requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of cleaning chemicals and equipment and their application to furniture and fitting surfaces

procedures for selecting and applying required cleaning chemicals for different surfaces

cleaning methods for furniture and fittings, including:

pre-spotting and stain removal

low-water

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning furniture and fittings, including:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

range of soil types found on furniture and fittings listed in the performance evidence, and methods for cleaning them.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals required for task

physical conditions:

suitable work site with furniture, fittings and loose items

specifications:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify waste and recyclable materials to be removed, assess hazards associated with their removal, remove waste collected or created through the cleaning process, and safely transfer it to a dedicated waste disposal point for collection using required equipment and methods. Waste collection is conducted as part of a regular cleaning routine, usually on a daily basis and can include a range of materials, such as chemicals, contaminated materials and general waste. The unit also covers identifying recyclable materials and transferring them to required collection points. Recyclable materials are those that may be reused or made into another product.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to handle waste.	1.1.	General waste, contaminated and biological waste and recyclable items are identified according to company requirements, and any issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency when completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Transfer waste to waste carrier.	2.1.	Waste items are collected and safely transferred to waste carrier according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Biological waste is transferred to biohazard bins according to health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Rubbish bins and surrounds are spot cleaned according to company requirements.
2.4.	Soiled rubbish bin liners are replaced according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Transfer waste to disposal unit.	3.1.	Waste is removed from site according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.2.	Waste is transported to disposal units by shortest practical safest route and according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Deliver recyclable materials.	4.1.	Recyclable materials are identified and separated according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Recyclable materials are transferred safely to dedicated recycling collection units for each type of material according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.3.	Recycling containers and surrounds are spot cleaned according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.4.	Recycling containers are checked and replaced in designated locations.
4.5.	Transfer of recyclable materials is documented according to company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	assess range of different waste types and determine required waste handling techniques.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
General waste must include at least two of the following:	drinks food packaging manufactured foods non-recyclable plastics.
Contaminated and biological waste must include at least one of the following:	blood and other bodily fluids cytotoxic waste human waste soiled and disposable linen syringes and needles.
Recyclable items must include at least one of the following:	cardboard computer consumables glass metal packaging material paper plastic printing consumables.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	bin liners cleaning cloths damp wiping kits litter picker long-handled dustpans and brooms microfibre products nylon pads pick-up trolleys scrubbing brushes sharps kits spray bottles wheelie bins.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves high visibility vests protective clothing safety shoes sun protection tongs.
Rubbish bins must include at least one of the following:	biohazard bags and bins contaminated waste bins general purpose bins sharps disposal units radioactive waste bins recycle bins restroom bins wet rubbish bins.
Disposal units must include at least one of the following:	compactors dump masters open trucks wheelie bins.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use safe and efficient methods to remove waste at three different cleaning sites. Across all three sites they must remove both of the following types of waste:

general

contaminated and hazardous biological waste.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify the different waste types and correct methods for dealing with each, including health and safety requirements

identify site hazards and control risks before handling waste

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

identify items for recycling at each site and arrange for their transfer

clean the rubbish bins and surrounds.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to removing waste and recyclable materials, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of chemicals

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to removing waste and recyclable materials, including:

AS/NZ 3831 Waste management – Glossary of terms

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and treating waste, including:

recyclable materials

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

waste transfer procedures, including:

location of disposal units

location of waste pick-up equipment

use of waste handling equipment

use of waste storage receptacles

selection and use of bin liners.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZ 3831 Waste management – Glossary of terms

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with waste disposal requirements and facilities

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up and use pressure washing equipment to clean surfaces by producing a variable stream of water or cleaning chemical. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task, and selecting the equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods required for the task.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean using pressure washing.	1.1.	Type and condition of surfaces to be pressure washed are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Soil types are identified by observation and cleaning chemicals required for the task are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Use pressure washing equipment and techniques.	2.1.	Items requiring protection from pressure spray are covered and secured according to specified requirements.
2.2.	Heavily soiled areas are pre-sprayed according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.3.	Pressure washing is conducted using equipment and chemicals and according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Hand washing is performed on areas requiring additional treatment, using suitable equipment and chemicals according to manufacturer specifications.
2.5.	Washed area is rinsed using required equipment and allowed to dry.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Protective coverings are removed and items returned to position according to specified requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Surfaces must include at least three of the following:	brick, including rendered brick surfaces concrete, including polished concrete metal surfaces, including industrial kitchen equipment and industrial machinery painted polyresin.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	graffiti grease and oil mould and mildew pollution marks.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brooms cloths hoses lances pressure washers squeegees wet area electrical safety connections.
Personal protective equipment must include at least three of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection disposable respirators safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also pressure wash three of the following surface types:

brick, including rendered brick surfaces

concrete, including polished concrete

metal surfaces, including industrial kitchen equipment and industrial machinery

painted

polyresin.

In doing the above work, the person must:

remove three of the following different soil types:

graffiti

grease and oil

mould and mildew

pollution marks

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify surface and soil types

select and prepare required cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and cleaning chemicals

use safe and efficient cleaning methods using pressure washing.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

suitability of different surfaces for pressure washing

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning using pressure washing, including industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

disposal of packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

range and functionality of equipment used in pressure washing

procedures for selecting and applying cleaning chemicals required for different surfaces, including:

acid cleaners

alkaline cleaners

low environmental impact chemicals

neutral cleaners

solvent cleaners.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site with range of surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean industrial machinery. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to machinery cleaning in industrial, food manufacturing, and processing or mining environments.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean industrial machinery.	1.1.	Machinery to be cleaned is assessed, surfaces and soil types are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Hazards, including machinery cleaning hazards, are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning techniques and chemicals are selected and chemicals prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, company, and environmental requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Conduct cleaning tasks.	2.1.	Existing access platforms are used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Items and areas requiring protection from damage are covered according to client and company requirements.
2.3.	Heavily soiled areas are pre-treated according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.4.	Machinery is cleaned according to client requirements, manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.5.	Machinery is inspected for residual soil and spot cleaned according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Machinery must include at least three of the following:	bottle-making machines concrete-making machines earth-moving equipment food-processing machines and equipment mining industry equipment trucks welders.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Machinery cleaning hazards that must be assessed include:	exposed or damaged electrical components, wiring and cabling faulty pressure hoses or pressure relief valves overriding, removing or interfering with machinery safety devices.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air blowers brooms cloths high-pressure water cleaning units hoses squeegees.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection hard hats hair and beard nets disposable respirators safety shoes.
Cleaning techniques must include:	air blowing dry wiping hosing down low-water cleaning methods pre-spraying pressure washing rinsing scrubbing and wiping spot cleaning washing and wiping wet wiping.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use safe and efficient methods to clean three of the following types of industrial machinery:

bottle-making machines

concrete-making machines

earth-moving equipment

food-processing machines and equipment

mining industry equipment

trucks

welders.

The person must demonstrate each of the following techniques when cleaning the above industrial machinery:

air blowing

dry wiping

hosing down

low-water cleaning methods

pre-spraying

pressure washing

rinsing

scrubbing and wiping

spot cleaning

washing and wiping

wet wiping.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select required cleaning equipment and chemicals according to type of machinery and extent of cleaning required

identify surface and soil types

handle and dispose of waste safely and according to client and environmental requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to cleaning industrial machinery, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to cleaning industrial machinery

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods.

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning industrial machinery, including industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

machinery manufacturer cleaning specifications, including restrictions or limitations on surfaces that can be pressure washed

procedures for avoiding incidental damage to industrial machinery through the cleaning process, including:

discoloration

electrical dampness

filter damage

paint removal

rust

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals for industrial machinery

range and application of cleaning methods for:

electrical equipment

industrial machinery

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

type and characteristics of different soil found on industrial machinery, including:

dust

exhaust and soot

food and food scraps

grease

oil

paint.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable venue with access to range of industrial machinery listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean fabric upholstery. The unit covers identifying the backing materials used, classifying the fibre, and assessing the furniture construction. It also covers selecting equipment, chemicals and methods to perform the cleaning task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify upholstery construction.	1.1.	Job requirements are identified, upholstery is assessed, and yarn type and fibre form are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Weave type and texture style are determined by observation and tactile methods according to company requirements.
2.	Assess and classify upholstery fabric.	2.1.	Upholstery fabric sample is obtained and tested to identify fibre according to manufacturer specifications, company and health and safety requirements.
2.2.	Fibre is inspected to determine probable dye methods used during manufacture.
2.3.	Pre-existing conditions are identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.4.	Colour-fastness of fabric upholstery is tested and any previously applied topical treatments are identified.
3.	Assess furniture construction.	3.1.	Backing materials and cushion filling are identified by opening cushioning where possible or inspecting behind buttons according to company requirements.
3.2.	Filling material in piping is inspected and classified according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
4.	Determine cleaning methods.	4.1.	Type of soil is identified and cleaning techniques are selected according to company requirements.
4.2.	Cleaning processes and expected outcomes are explained clearly to client and client approval to proceed is obtained.
5.	Prepare to apply cleaning techniques to fabric upholstery.	5.1.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
5.2.	Health and safety requirements for the site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
5.3.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
5.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
5.5.	Chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
5.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
6.	Apply cleaning techniques to fabric upholstery.	6.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
6.2.	Soil is removed and fabric upholstery is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
7.	Tidy work site.	7.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
7.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, work order, and health and safety requirements.
7.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to work order, and health and safety, and company requirements.
8.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	8.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
8.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	recognise different fabrics, fibres and upholstery methods of construction based on previous experience.
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when cleaning at the same work site.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify and rectify faults in own work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Fabrics must include at least three of the following:	acetate acrylic cotton jute linen nylon polyester polypropylene rayon silk wool.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Testing of colour-fastness must use at least one of the following:	burn test chemical test sink and float test.
Types of soil must include at least three of the following:	beverage blood candle wax chewing gum dye stuffs food glue grease human and animal waste hydrocarbons lipstick medicine mud and dirt nail polish paint plant stains shoe polish tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and animal waste blood and blood-stained products confined and restricted spaces contaminated clothing, materials and equipment dust and fibres electrical hazards heights inadequate lighting and ventilation indoor air quality infectious diseases noise.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves safety shoes.
Equipment must include at least one of the following:	air filtration device dehumidification equipment extraction tools and units moisture detection equipment.
Cleaned must include	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean three of the following different types of fabric upholstery:

acetate

acrylic

cotton

jute

linen

nylon

polyester

polypropylene

rayon

silk

wool

for each cleaning task, remove three of the following different types of soil:

beverage

blood

candle wax

chewing gum

dye stuffs

food

glue

grease

human and animal waste

hydrocarbons

lipstick

medicine

mud and dirt

nail polish

paint

plant stains

shoe polish

tar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

analyse data gathered during visual and tactile inspection of fabric upholstery to identify type and characteristics of fabric upholstery to be treated

identify type of yarns, fibres, methods, dyes, filling material and backing used in upholstery making

correctly and safely test the colour-fastness of the fabric using one or more of the following tests:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and chemicals required for the task

prepare the work site and apply safe and efficient fabric upholstery cleaning methods

comply with company and environmental requirements relating to cleaning fabric upholstery.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to cleaning fabric upholstery, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

low-energy cleaning methods

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture cleaning methods

low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

non-chemical cleaning methods

types and characteristics of different upholstery textures and implications for cleaning:

crushed velvet

damask

glazed

moire

quilted

types and characteristics of different upholstery yarns and implications for cleaning:

novelty

plied

single

textured

twist

types and characteristics of different upholstery weaves and implications for cleaning:

flat

jacquard

knitted

satin

twill

velvet

types and characteristics of different upholstery fibre forms and implications for cleaning:

continuous filament

staple yarn

construction methods, including:

backing

dying

filling

manufacturing

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to upholstery cleaning, including:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

procedures for applying fabric upholstery testing methods

processes for conducting colour-fastness tests, including:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

fabrics as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with upholstered furniture

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client are required to confirm and clarify job requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to complete an initial analysis of a site prior to the carpet-cleaning process to ensure proper assessment of carpet or fabric cleaning needs. The unit requires the ability to analyse potential hazards and risks, assess the condition of the carpet or upholstery, and communicate with the client to confirm client needs and expectations.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Conduct pre-work site assessment.	1.1.	Approval to access and inspect premises is gained from client.
1.2.	Hazards are assessed, and risks are controlled and communicated to client.
1.3.	Future access requirements are identified and negotiated with client.
2.	Assess condition of carpet and upholstery.	2.1.	Age, usage patterns, and history of carpet or upholstery care are confirmed with client.
2.2.	Level of wear and tear, soil type, and carpet or fabric fading are identified and documented.
2.3.	Age, mobility and needs of people and pets on premises are identified to determine potential impact of work, which is then communicated to client.
3.	Determine and communicate approach to cleaning.	3.1.	Cleaning approach for carpet or upholstery is identified according to manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Cleaning techniques that achieve desired outcomes and satisfy company procedures and legislative requirements are identified following analysis of gathered information.
3.3.	Cleaning technique, limitations of achievable results, and requirements for care after cleaning process are determined and communicated to client.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document assessment and recommendations for the cleaning approach, limitations, and after care requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Soil types must include at least five of the following:	beverage blood candle wax chewing gum cigarette butts dust dye stuffs food grease heavy dirt build-up hospital waste hydrocarbons industrial and chemical waste lipstick nail polish oil paper plant stains rainwater shoe polish tar.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also inspect and assess the condition of two different types of carpet and one upholstered piece of furniture, and provide recommendations on suitable cleaning care for each.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

communicate with customers to obtain required information and negotiate access

diagnose textile condition and determine cleaning techniques to be used

communicate recommended cleaning approach to client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

carpet types

dying methods

features of fibres, piles and yarns

installation methods

cleaning options for carpet, including:

drying times

low-moisture cleaning methods

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

water-efficient cleaning methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpets and upholstery

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to negotiate site access, gather information and communicate recommendations.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL3018A Inspect sites with water damage and CPPCCL3020A Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpet.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to inspect water damaged sites, identify the cause of damage, and develop a plan to manage the water damage mitigation and carpet restoration process. Communicating effectively with the client or insurer to clarify their needs and expectations is central to the process. The unit includes working with the owner or manager of the premises and insurance company to plan and resource the project and select the most cost-effective and appropriate restoration techniques.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access and prepare site for inspection.	1.1.	Client and insurance company contact details are obtained and confirmed, reporting requirements are determined, and approval to access and inspect site is gained.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Health and safety requirements for site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
1.4.	Insurance arrangements are confirmed and insurance excess payment is collected according to company policy.
1.5.	Site is secured and immediate physical hazards are addressed prior to proceeding with assessment.
1.6.	Equipment required to conduct site assessment is selected and prepared.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards.
2.	Assess water damage.	2.1.	Existing inundation of water is identified and water entry is isolated or stopped as required.
2.2.	Investigations and discussions are held with client to identify source and type of water.
2.3.	Extent of damage to carpet, underlay and sub-floor is assessed using selected techniques, and is documented.
2.4.	Factors affecting mitigation and restoration are analysed and documented.
2.5.	Other building materials and installations are checked for water damage using penetrative and non-penetrative measuring devices to determine degree of moisture and results are documented.
2.6.	Photographic evidence of site damage is recorded according to company procedures.
2.7.	Site measurements are documented to assist in calculating repair costs and determining techniques to be used to assist mitigation and restoration.
3.	Develop and document plan.	3.1.	Information gathered during site assessment is analysed to determine potential for drying and restoring carpet or replacing carpet and underlay.
3.2.	Strategies to protect or restore other building materials and installations are analysed and documented.
3.3.	Risk management plan outlining cost-effective solutions for managing and mitigating water damage is developed and documented according to legislative and company procedures.
3.4.	Timeline for conducting mitigation and restoration work is negotiated with owner or manager and insurer of premises.
3.5.	Formal agreement to proceed with work is secured and documentation, including acceptance of quotation, is completed according to standard company procedures.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	take accurate site measurements perform cost estimates.
Oral communication skills to:	request advice or further information from client or others respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: work instructions safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document findings and produce reports.
Problem-solving skills to:	develop damage mitigation plans and strategies for different work sites.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include:	digital camera moisture measuring devices.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves high visibility vests protective clothing respirators safety shoes tongs wet-work clothing.
Type of water must include at least one of the following:	black water clear water grey water.
Techniques must include at least five of the following:	corner inspection blue lights high intensity inspection lights hygrometers moisture meters moisture sensors or probes psychometric evaluation thermal imaging thermometers visual inspection.
Factors affecting mitigation and restoration must include:	method of carpet construction condition of carpet type and condition of underlay method of installation condition of smooth edge type and condition of sub-floor.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL3018A Inspect sites with water damage and CPPCCL3020A Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpet.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also assess two different sites with water damaged carpet and develop and document a plan to mitigate the water damage, including a cost analysis to undertake works. The plan must include all associated costs of works to be undertaken, an assessment of the risks and hazards to be managed before commencing work, and timelines to complete the work.

In doing the above work, the person must:

communicate with clients to obtain required information and arrange site access

assess and protect the above sites against the following immediate physical hazards:

continuing water inundation

electrical dangers

identify the source of water damage from the following common occurrences:

blocked drains

burst pipes

overflow of sinks and baths

river and stream overflows

storm damage

identify the type of water damage from the following:

black water

clear water

grey water

assess extent of water damage using five of the following different techniques:

corner inspection

blue lights

high intensity inspection lights

hygrometers

moisture meters

moisture sensors or probes

psychometric evaluation

thermal imaging

thermometers

visual inspection

comply with company, legislative and regulatory requirements for water mitigation and restoration operations.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range of methods and equipment used to assess water damage, and their application and limitations

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

carpet types

dying methods

features of fibres, piles and yarns

sub-flooring structures

underlay types

carpet restoration options, including:

carpet removal and reinstallation

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to restoring carpets, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes and techniques for confirming the presence of black, clean and grey water.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

water entering site may need to be isolated or stopped to make site safe

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

company documentation relating to developing plans to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

clients with differing needs and expectations

physical conditions:

actual or simulated work environments

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

confirm requirements

liaise with client and insurers.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain cleaning consumable storage areas to ensure they are accessible to authorised personnel only, that their contents are safely stored, and that equipment is maintained in serviceable condition. It requires the ability to maintain and operate a safe and efficient cleaning storage area following established procedures for storing and using chemicals according to legislative and health and safety requirements. The unit includes the movement and control of equipment, chemicals and consumables used in the provision of cleaning services.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to storage areas in a range of commercial and residential work sites, including cleaners’ rooms at a client work site, chemical cupboards, equipment storage bays, and in-built vehicular storage arrangements to keep consumables and equipment secure during transportation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Ensure safety and security of cleaning storage area and its contents.	1.1.	Storage area is secured from unauthorised access according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Hazards in storage area are assessed and risks controlled according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Safety warning charts and labels are prominently displayed and safety information is made accessible according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is stored, maintained and checked to enable ready access and re-use according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals and consumables are stored according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is cleaned, safety checked and stored, and maintenance requirements are recorded, according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Communication tools are stored and used according to company requirements.
1.8.	Storage area is kept accessible and free of obstacles according to practical restrictions of site or vehicle, and health and safety and company requirements.
2.	Control equipment, chemical and consumable stock.	2.1.	Inventory system of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables with maximum and minimum holding levels is maintained according to company requirements.
2.2.	Usage patterns are monitored and chemicals and consumables are re-ordered to maintain required levels according to company requirements.
2.3.	Labelling system of containers is maintained according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Chemicals and consumables are issued on a first-in first-out basis according to company requirements.
3.	Handle waste.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Obsolete equipment and chemicals are identified, collected and disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
4.	Respond to emergency situations.	4.1.	Spillages and emergency situations are responded to in line with emergency response procedures and according to environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Required documentation is completed following an emergency situation and submitted according to environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and access a range of resources to assist in maintaining security and safety of cleaning storage area.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate current and required levels of stock.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel use legible handwriting when recording stock levels and completing incident reports.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others accessing and using the same storage area.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	proactively report the need for additional products or equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Storage area must include at least one of the following:	cleaners’ room located at client work site in-vehicular cleaning storage facility.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Safety information must include:	chemical co-location, separation and segregation arrangements chemical manifests chemical registers company policies and procedures relating to workplace safety equipment operation manuals manufacturer specifications product labels SDS.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	access equipment, such as ladders bins brooms buckets buffers cleaning trolleys cloths cobwebbers doodle bag holders drop sheets drying equipment dustpans and brushes dusters extension poles extraction units wands hoses microfibre products mops polishers pressure-washing equipment and attachments scouring pads scrapers scrubbers sponges spray bottles squeegees steam cleaners sweepers vacuum cleaners and attachments window cleaning equipment work site communication devices.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Consumables must include at least two of the following:	air fresheners hand towels liner bags soap toilet paper.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain one of the following cleaning storage areas:

cleaners’ room located at client work site

in-vehicular cleaning storage facility used to transport cleaning equipment from site to site.

In doing the above work, the person must:

maintain cleaning storage area and stock levels, ensuring correct storage of equipment, chemicals and consumables required for work site and client requirements

maintain the security and accessibility of storage area

maintain accurate labelling of chemicals

maintain legible stock control records and documentation

access each of the following documentation:

accident and incident reporting documentation

job sheets

health and safety control procedures, forms and documentation

safety data sheets (SDS).

In doing the above work, the person must also implement correct emergency response procedures in the event of a chemical spillage on site or inside the cleaning storage area, including:

undertaking correct clean-up procedures, including erecting required signs and barricades

accurately and legibly completing required incident reporting documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application and operation of on-site communication tools, including:

mobile telephones

noticeboards

two-way radios

whiteboards

documentation requirements in the event of an incident or accident

environmental requirements relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas, including:

health and safety legislation

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to SDS

procedures for safe treatment and handling of the following waste:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

processes for inventory and stock control and ordering replenishment stock

manufacturer specifications for equipment and chemicals being used.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

handling of chemicals that are past expiry

disposal of contaminated PPE and materials

handling of emergency situations

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

access to commercial or residential cleaning site with suitable cleaning storage area

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean at heights above two metres from the ground or from a solid floor construction. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods. Cleaning at heights may occur indoors or outdoors and can involve the use of specialised equipment to access the area to be cleaned.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The unit does not apply to work requiring the use of elevated work platforms.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify work area requirements.	1.1.	Work area and job requirements are identified and need for access equipment is confirmed according to work instructions.
1.2.	Method of accessing work area is identified according to safe work method statement (SWMS).
1.3.	Access equipment is selected, set up and inspected for defects, and issues are reported and rectified before commencing cleaning tasks.
1.4.	Safe work methods for moving cleaning equipment and chemicals are identified to minimise risks.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected according to the work task, manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.7.	Drop sheets are placed on floor, furniture and equipment as required and according to client and site requirements.
2.	Access area to be cleaned.	2.1.	Fall protection system where required is correctly fitted, adjusted and anchored.
2.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Access equipment is inspected for defects, and issues are reported and rectified within scope of own responsibilities according to health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Cleaning equipment and chemicals are positioned to eliminate risk of items falling.
3.	Conduct cleaning tasks.	3.1.	Cleaning is conducted following approved procedures and SWMS.
3.2.	Communication with team members and other site personnel is maintained as required to progress cleaning tasks within agreed timelines.
3.3.	Fall protection system is kept in place and adjusted to cater for movement during cleaning process.
3.4.	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during cleaning process.
3.5.	Work area is exited following SWMS and supervisor-approved methods for moving self, cleaning equipment and chemicals to ground level.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety instructions in a range of texts, including: equipment manuals safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Planning and organising skills to:	locate and apply instructions for cleaning tasks plan and schedule cleaning tasks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Safe work method statement must include:	tools and equipment, including PPE prescribed by legislation, regulations, and work site and workplace requirements establishing exclusion areas using signs and barricades hazard identification and risk assessment for work site and job tasks health and safety and environmental requirements mandated by regulatory authorities, work site safety plan, and workplace procedures risk control measures to be implemented for job tasks safe operating procedures for: accessing, moving within, and leaving work site moving and placing tools, equipment and materials using tools and equipment at heights.
Fall protection systems must include at least one of the following:	lanyards harness.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations SWMS for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

identify, assess and manage risks while completing three different cleaning tasks at a height above two metres from the ground or from a solid floor construction, with one of the cleaning tasks requiring the use of a fall protection system

transport cleaning equipment and chemicals to the above work areas

complete the above cleaning tasks using the transported cleaning equipment and chemicals

return the cleaning equipment and chemicals to ground level at job completion.

In doing the above work, the person must:

locate, interpret and apply cleaning task information, standards and specifications

select, prepare and use required access and fall protection system and work methods

safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment

communicate and work effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning at heights, including:

Australian standards and codes of practice for the safe use of ladders

work health and safety legislation when cleaning at heights

preparation and safe use of access equipment when cleaning, including:

bosun chairs

building maintenance units

extension poles

industrial rope access

ladders, including extension ladders

scaffolding

water-fed extension brooms

processes for identifying and reporting faults in access equipment and fall protection systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access equipment required for site

cleaning equipment required for task

fall protection systems required for site

signs and barricades required for task

materials:

cleaning products required for task

specifications:

safe work method statement (SWMS)

physical conditions:

suitable venue with cleaning required at least two metres above ground or a solid floor construction

suitable weather conditions if task performed outdoors

contingencies:

faults in access equipment

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use cleaning equipment, chemicals and materials to remove soil from external surfaces. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; selecting required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods; and performing the task safely from ground level using extension poles if height access is required.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The unit does not apply to specialised cleaning of sandstone and heritage buildings.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Type and condition of external surface are assessed, soil type is identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean and tidy work site.	2.1.	Surface area is pre-sprayed with cleaning chemicals if required according to manufacturer specifications.
2.2.	Surface area is cleaned using selected and prepared equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques to remove visible dirt and grime.
2.3.	Surface area is rinsed and wiped or squeegeed to remove streaks and excess water.
2.4.	Cleaning process is repeated if required for heavy staining.
2.5.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
2.6.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	3.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and select cleaning products and equipment for a range of external surfaces.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
External surfaces must include at least three of the following:	aluminium brick ceramic concrete marble metal polymer resin rendered surfaces terrazzo wood.
Soil types must include at least two of the following:	food and beverage stains graffiti human and animal waste mould mud and soil scuff marks.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	buckets cloths extension poles extraction units for contaminated waste garbage bins microfibre products nylon scourer pads scrapers scrubbing brushes soft bristle brooms spray bottles squeegees water-fed brooms.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves high visibility vests masks safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean three of the following different external surfaces, each measuring at least 10 square metres:

aluminium

brick

ceramic

concrete

marble

metal

polymer resin

rendered surfaces

terrazzo

wood

select and use three of the following cleaning methods to clean the above surfaces:

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

pre-spraying

rinsing

scraping

spot cleaning

squeegeeing.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of external surfaces and types of soil

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

install required safety signs and barricades at the site

correctly and safely handle waste generated or collected during the cleaning process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range and application of cleaning chemicals and equipment for external surfaces

cleaning techniques suited to different surface types

environmental requirements relating to cleaning external surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

processes for treating and handling waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and characteristics of external surfaces and required cleaning methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with a range of external surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean areas where food is dispatched, handled, inspected, packaged, prepared, processed, received, stored and transported. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting required cleaning equipment, chemicals and methods.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites, including food courts and commercial or industrial food-processing kitchens or plants.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean food-handling areas.	1.1.	Work site hazards, including cross-contamination, are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Requirements of food-safety program applicable to the area are accessed, interpreted and applied to planning.
1.3.	Surfaces and soil types are identified by observation, and cleaning techniques and cleaning chemicals required for task are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected, checked for serviceability and compliance with cleaning and sanitation requirements of food-safety program, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Consumables are obtained to meet anticipated usage patterns according to company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Replenish consumables and remove waste.	2.1.	Consumables are replenished according to client and company requirements.
2.2.	Rubbish bins are emptied, cleaned and sanitised according to specified requirements, and new replacement bin liners are inserted.
2.3.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.	Clean food-handling surfaces.	3.1.	Loose dirt and debris are removed from food-handling surfaces prior to applying cleaning treatment.
3.2.	Physical movement around food-handling areas is conducted according to food-safety program.
3.3.	Chemicals are applied to surfaces and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.4.	Surfaces are thoroughly rinsed and allowed to dry according to company requirements.
3.5.	Practices inconsistent with food-safety program are reported according to company requirements.
4.	Sanitise food-handling surfaces.	4.1.	Chemical sanitisers or heat are applied to food-handling surfaces according to job requirements.
4.2.	Surfaces are thoroughly rinsed and allowed to dry according to company requirements.
5.	Clean, safety check and store equipment.	5.1.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.3.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	source and apply requirements of different food-safety programs to different food-handling environments.
Numeracy skills to:	perform calculations required for diluting and mixing chemicals as specified on product labels.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: chemical labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls sharps.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Surfaces must include at least five of the following:	ceramics and porcelain chrome concrete floors and walls fridge and freezer seals glass laminate metal paint plastic stainless steel stone terracotta vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	baked-on food and grease dust food and drink stains food and drink residue grease and oil litter mould rust tannin stains.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	brooms brushes and dustpan buckets cleaning trolleys cloths disposable wipes doodle bugs hoses and nozzles mops sharps disposal units scourers scrapers scrubbing and polishing machines scrubbing brushes tongs squeegees.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves hair nets safety shoes tongs.
Consumables must include at least two of the following:	air fresheners bin liners disposable gloves paper hand towels liquid hand-soap.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three of the following different food-handling areas:

commercial food-preparation area

commercial food-processing area

food court

food storage area

refrigeration area

public food-handling area

residential food-handling area.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify and control site hazards, including contamination hazards, before commencing cleaning, and take steps to prevent identified hazards

identify type of surfaces and soil present in the work area

select cleaning equipment required for the task

fit and use personal protective equipment (PPE) as required by work tasks to meet food business requirements

maintain housekeeping standards in food-handling area and dispose of waste to meet food-handling requirements

maintain personal hygiene to ensure that food safety is not compromised

replenish two different types of consumables.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

methods for cleaning food-handling areas, including the use of microfibre products

methods for cleaning surfaces in food-handling areas

cleaning and sanitation requirements of food-handling areas, including:

required chemicals, equipment and cleaning methods

personal hygiene practices, including:

clothing and footwear requirements associated with working and moving in and between food-handling and non food-handling areas

washing hands before entering food-handling areas

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning food-handling areas, including Food Safety Standard 3.2.2, Clause 17:3

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

disposal of packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

processes for recording and reporting health conditions and illness as required by workplace food-safety procedures

purpose and operation of food-safety program as it applies to cleaning food-handling areas, including specifications for:

how hazards can be controlled

how controls are monitored

corrective actions required if conditions are not met

information to be recorded and procedures to be signed off

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to work in food-handling areas

responsibilities for any person visiting or working in food-handling areas

minimum procedures to ensure person does not:

contaminate food

have unnecessary contact with ready-to-eat food

spit, smoke or use tobacco or similar in food-handling areas

range of potential contamination hazards in food-handling areas, including:

chemical contamination of food caused by cleaning and sanitation chemicals

microbiological contamination of food resulting from cross-contamination when moving into and between food-handling areas

physical contamination of food caused by metal, glass, plastic and cloths used in the cleaning process

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

types and application of different signs and barricades to be installed prior to cleaning, including:

physical barricades and restraints erected to restrict access to site

signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including:

cleaning in progress

hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

Food Safety Standard 3.2.2, Clause 17:3

food-safety program

work instructions and schedules

physical conditions:

work site with food-handling areas

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean ceiling surfaces and their fittings. It covers assessing the ceiling and fittings to identify the type of soil present, and then selecting and preparing required equipment and cleaning processes. Ceiling surfaces and fittings may be accessed using extension poles or ladders; and surfaces are cleaned to ensure they are free from adhered soil, cobwebs and dust.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Ceiling surfaces can be flat, suspended or raked, and made of hard or absorbent materials.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Ceiling surface area and fittings to be cleaned are assessed, soil types are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean ceilings and fittings.	2.1.	Floor, furniture and equipment are covered with drop sheets according to company requirements.
2.2.	Cobwebs and dry dust are removed from ceiling and fittings using required equipment according to job requirements.
2.3.	Difficult to reach areas are vacuumed according to job requirements.
2.4.	Fittings are dry wiped according to job requirements.
2.5.	Chemical solution is applied, if required, to surfaces and fittings, allowed to dwell, and rinsed from surfaces according to manufacturer specifications and job requirements.
2.6.	Adhered soil is removed and delicate surfaces are cleaned using equipment, including stepladder, selected according to manufacturer safety recommendations.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Fittings must include at least five of the following:	audiovisual equipment cameras ceiling fans ceiling roses cornices lighting tracks pendant lighting recessed lights skylights sprinkler systems vents and grilles.
Hazards to be assessed must include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with safe work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	buckets cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys cobwebbers drop sheets dust mops extension poles flat mop lamb’s wool applicators microfibre cloths sponges vacuum cleaner and accessories.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection goggles masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

dust and cobweb one ceiling from the ground, using equipment selected for the job

use selected equipment and materials to clean five of the following fittings:

audiovisual equipment

cameras

ceiling fans

ceiling roses

cornices

lighting tracks

pendant lighting

recessed lights

skylights

sprinkler systems

vents and grilles

one of the above fittings must be accessed using a stepladder according to manufacturer and safety specifications.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of ceiling surface and fittings

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

comply with company requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning techniques for removing soil from ceiling surfaces and fittings

types and characteristics of cleaning chemicals and their application on different surfaces, including:

application techniques

risks of damage to surfaces caused by use of incompatible chemicals

environmental and health controls

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning ceiling surfaces and fittings

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types of ceiling and fitting surfaces and their characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with ceiling surfaces and fittings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques to clean a range of surfaces, including durable and soft surfaces on floors, furniture and fittings. It covers assessing the capacity for microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques to clean surfaces, selecting required equipment and cleaning techniques, and ensuring microfibre products are cleaned and stored following the cleaning work according to manufacturer specifications.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for cleaning.	1.1.	Area to be cleaned is assessed, and company and client requirements are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Pre-existing damage to surfaces is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.3.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is selected according to type of surface, level of soiling, and company colour-coding procedures; and is prepared for use.
2.	Undertake cleaning process.	2.1.	Water is applied to low level stains and surface is cleaned using selected equipment.
2.2.	Dry microfibre cleaning equipment is applied to surfaces, dust and dry debris are removed, and surface cleaning is finished to client requirements.
2.3.	Damp microfibre cleaning equipment is applied to surfaces, and surfaces are cleaned and finished according to client requirements.
2.4.	Stains and marks that cannot be removed during the cleaning process are identified and reported according to company procedures and client requirements.
2.5.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is checked regularly during cleaning process and soiled equipment is stored separately from unsoiled equipment while moving between cleaning areas.
3.	Clean and store equipment.	3.1.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is washed, dried and sanitised as required and according to manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is stored according to company procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret and apply manufacturer instructions for cleaning and maintaining microfibre equipment interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals manufacturer instructions safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify type of soiling and confirm use of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques required for the task.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	clothing eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Microfibre cleaning equipment must include at least three of the following:	cleaning trolley cloths dusting wand mitts mops spray bottles squeegees.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean two of the following surfaces in a commercial or residential work site, using microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques:

fittings

floor

furniture.

In doing the above work, the person must:

assess and manage work site risks

assess suitability of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques for the task

clean and store used microfibre equipment at the end of the cleaning task according to manufacturer specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits and application of microfibre and low-water techniques when cleaning

characteristics and techniques of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning products

colour-coding conventions used when handling and storing cleaning products

company processes and procedures, including:

biological and viral control

emergency response and evacuation procedures

environmental protection procedures

hazard and risk assessment techniques

health and safety procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

company procedures required for the cleaning tasks specified in the performance evidence, including:

client and contractual requirements

company service standards

documentation and information systems and processes

work roles and responsibilities

use of electronic job scheduling and communication devices

methods for cleaning microfibre cloths and mops.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

microfibre cleaning equipment as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

colour-coding conventions

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with surfaces listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare rooms for guests or residents in a range of accommodation types. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods; and performing cleaning tasks safely.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to preparing rooms for guests or residents in a range of accommodation types, including private residences, hotels and motels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to service guest room.	1.1.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Cleaning methods are selected according to job requirements.
1.3.	Equipment required for room cleaning is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected, prepared and loaded safely on to cleaning trolley.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Pre-existing damage to room and contents is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Inspect rooms.	2.1.	Rooms are accessed in the correct order and with minimum disruption to guests or residents.
2.2.	Guest or resident items left in vacated rooms are collected and stored according to company requirements.
2.3.	Pests are identified promptly and action is taken to eliminate them according to safety and company procedures.
2.4.	Unusual and suspect items or occurrences are reported promptly according to company procedures.
3.	Clean and service rooms.	3.1.	Linen is removed from beds, checked for stains and damage, and transferred for cleaning.
3.2.	Clean bed linen is fitted according to job requirements.
3.3.	Furniture, fixtures and fittings are cleaned according to client requirements.
3.4.	Room supplies for each room are checked and replenished or replaced according to client requirements.
3.5.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brushes buckets cleaning and polishing cloths mops vacuum cleaners.
Rooms must include at least three of the following:	balcony bathroom bedroom kitchen lounge room.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves masks safety shoes sun protection.
Furniture, fixtures and fittings must include at least three of the following:	desks floor surfaces light fittings mirrors and glassware refrigerators shelving soft furnishings telephones televisions wardrobes.
Room supplies must include at least two of the following:	bathroom supplies crockery and cutlery fridge supplies glassware linen local information magazines and newspapers stationery tea, coffee and sugar.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

prepare three of the following rooms for guests:

balcony

bathroom

bedroom

kitchen

lounge room

for each of the above rooms, replenish two of the following different room supplies:

bathroom supplies

crockery and cutlery

fridge supplies

glassware

linen

local information

magazines and newspapers

stationery

tea, coffee and sugar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select and prepare equipment required for the task, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning chemicals and equipment for cleaning room furniture, fixtures and fittings

cleaning methods, including:

methods for various types of furniture, fixtures and fittings

pre-spotting and stain removal

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards when preparing rooms for guests and residents, including:

privacy requirements

health and safety requirements

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

room supplies as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with fully equipped guest or resident rooms with a range of furniture, fixtures and fittings requiring cleaning

housekeeping storage area

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3044A Clean using steam sanitising techniques. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove all soils and microorganisms from a range of frequently touched surfaces. It covers selecting required cleaning equipment and solutions, applying techniques to remove contaminants from the high-touch surfaces, and preventing cross-contamination.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to removing soil from high-touch surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites. It also applies to non-medical contexts, such as healthcare, aged care and childcare facilities; and to public areas, such as food courts, waiting rooms, washrooms and offices. The high-touch surfaces include door handles, hand railings, dining tables, nappy change tables, desks, reception counters, computer keyboards and mice, telephones and light switches.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained, high-touch surfaces and soil types are identified and assessed, and required cleaning methods are selected and confirmed.
1.2.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Colour-coded cleaning equipment is selected according to area to be cleaned, checked for serviceability and cleanliness, and replaced as required before starting work.
1.4.	Cleaning solutions are selected and prepared according to surface and soil to be cleaned, and client and company requirements.
1.5.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure hygiene and efficiency in completion of cleaning tasks.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage to surfaces is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean surfaces.	2.1.	Loose soil and debris are removed from surfaces using required cleaning equipment and techniques.
2.2.	Required cleaning solution is applied to surfaces using correctly prepared cleaning equipment, and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.3.	Surfaces are wiped clean using selected cleaning tools and techniques.
2.4.	Surfaces are rinsed free of residual cleaning solutions using selected equipment and techniques.
2.5.	Moisture is removed from surfaces using required equipment or allowed to air dry according to company requirements.
3.	Clean and store equipment.	3.1.	Unused cleaning solutions are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
3.2.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required cleaning solutions using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	request advice or further information from personnel.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and apply required solutions and cleaning techniques to different high-touch surfaces.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Soil types must include:	chemical residue dust fingerprints moisture smears soil stickiness.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity cross-contamination dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable wipes dusting cloths microfibre cloths pre-impregnated disinfectant wipes pre-impregnated dusting wipes reusable cleaning cloths spray or squeeze bottles.
Cleaning solutions must include at least two of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners disinfectants ionised water low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners soapy water water.
Sequence of cleaning must include cleaning:	cleanest to dirtiest surfaces top to bottom of vertical surfaces.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3044A Clean using steam sanitising techniques. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean five of the following high-touch surfaces:

computer keyboards and mouse

desks

dining tables

door handles

hand railings

light switches

nappy change tables

reception counters

telephone receivers.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing cleaning tasks

select and prepare cleaning solutions and equipment required for the task

ensure surfaces are completely free of all soil types.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application and limitation of different cleaning solutions

cleaning techniques for nappy change tables

processes for preventing cross-contamination while cleaning, including:

application and use of colour-coded cleaning equipment

sequence cleaning tasks to ensure hygiene and efficiency

maintenance and storage of cleaning equipment

processes for maintaining personal hygiene to minimise spread of infection and germs

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning solutions as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable venue with access to high-touch surfaces listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to brief a cleaning team on the client and workplace requirements for cleaning a work site. It involves identifying the client requirements, service level agreement, cleaning schedules and cleaning techniques for different areas of the work site; and planning and delivering induction sessions for cleaning team members. Induction includes a work site tour and presentation, including demonstrations where required, to ensure team members are fully informed of the cleaning tasks, schedules and quality standards required. The induction must also cover all health, safety and environmental compliance and security requirements.

The unit supports those who supervise small cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare for cleaning team induction.	1.1.	Information relating to work site cleaning requirements is obtained and analysed, and items relevant to cleaning team are noted for inclusion in induction.
1.2.	Arrangements for induction tour are negotiated and confirmed with client and induction session is scheduled according to workplace requirements.
1.3.	Communication strategies that meet the needs of team members are identified for use in induction activities.
1.4.	Presentation, demonstrations and induction tour are planned, and personal notes and induction documentation for cleaning team are prepared.
1.5.	Cleaning team is notified of scheduled induction presentation and work site tour.
2.	Present induction information.	2.1.	Cleaning team members are introduced and roles and responsibilities are outlined.
2.2.	Client business activity, work site location, and cleaning requirements are explained to cleaning team.
2.3.	Documentation relating to cleaning task details is distributed and explained.
3.	Conduct work site induction tour.	3.1.	Work site access and security details are explained and cleaning team members are introduced to relevant site personnel.
3.2.	Work site areas are identified, cleaning techniques specific to each area are demonstrated, and coaching is provided to team members as required.
3.3	Work site health, safety and environmental requirements and emergency procedures are identified and explained.
3.4.	Questions from cleaning team members are invited and addressed throughout induction tour and demonstrations.
3.5.	Cleaning team members’ understanding of client and work site requirements is confirmed and further explanation, demonstrations and coaching are provided as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	prepare simple schedules and checklists relating to required frequency of cleaning tasks.
Oral communication skills to:	present and explain cleaning requirements for new site to team members using accessible language question team members to determine their understanding of induction information present information to team members in a sequence that is easy to understand.
Reading skills to:	identify information from the following for inclusion in induction material: client work site documentation health and safety and environmental protection legislation workplace policies and procedures.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear, sequenced documents for induction session, including work site information and cleaning procedures.
Problem-solving skills to:	understand and apply knowledge of learning styles of team members to then present information in suitable formats.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Induction tour must include:	access to, and security requirements of, work site areas to be cleaned and cleaning techniques to be used introduction to work site personnel supplies to be used and storage arrangements.
Induction documentation must include at least three of the following:	cleaning equipment colour-coding conventions company policies and procedures relating to cleaner’s work attendance emergency contact numbers hazard and incident reporting requirements safety requirements site map.
Cleaning task details must include:	methods schedules material and equipment storage.
Work site health and safety must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Emergency procedures must include:	calling emergency numbers as required use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

conduct an induction presentation and tour at a work site for a cleaning team consisting of a minimum of three members

document the above induction presentation

interpret client, legislative and workplace requirements and apply to induction presentation and documentation.

The above induction presentation must involve the following four different areas to be cleaned:

wet area

food service area

general office area

public area.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning techniques, and associated equipment and materials, suitable for different types of areas within work sites

communication and presentation techniques for presenting induction information to team members

information required in order to assess cleaning contract requirements and include required information in induction, including:

client service level agreement

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies

work site information, including:

access and security arrangements

numbers and types of areas to be cleaned

storage areas for cleaning supplies

client requirements relating to cleaning schedules and tasks for different types of areas within work sites

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment for demonstrating techniques

materials:

cleaning materials for demonstrating techniques

specifications:

client service level agreement

physical conditions:

cleaning team with a minimum of three members

work site with a minimum of four areas to be cleaned

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to investigate cleaning methods and materials to develop new techniques for dealing with cleaning problems, such as stubborn stains, discolouration, deposits and moulds. It involves consulting with cleaning equipment and material suppliers, trialling new methods for dealing with cleaning problems, and demonstrating new techniques to cleaning teams. The unit also covers monitoring the effectiveness of new methods and introducing adjustments in consultation with suppliers and cleaning staff.

The unit supports those who supervise small cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Analyse cleaning problems.	1.1.	Cleaning problems are identified in consultation with cleaning team and client.
1.2.	Locations of cleaning problems are examined, substrate is identified, and photographs and samples are taken as required.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques that have been applied to the problem are identified and effectiveness is assessed in consultation with cleaning team.
1.4.	Adaptations to current cleaning techniques that comply with client and workplace requirements are trialled and effectiveness is assessed.
2.	Investigate new cleaning techniques.	2.1.	Alternative cleaning techniques that address the problem and substrate, and comply with client and workplace requirements, are researched and identified.
2.2.	Industry networks, manufacturers and suppliers, are consulted on alternative cleaning techniques that address the problem and substrate, and comply with client and workplace requirements.
2.3.	Cost-effectiveness of alternative cleaning techniques is assessed and new cleaning techniques are selected for trialling.
3.	Trial new cleaning techniques.	3.1.	Equipment and materials required for trialling new cleaning techniques are identified and obtained according to workplace procedures.
3.2.	Locations where cleaning problems are most severe are identified for trialling new cleaning techniques.
3.3.	Cleaning techniques are applied according to research findings and manufacturer specifications, and results are assessed over recommended time period.
3.4.	Variations to new cleaning techniques recommended by research findings, consultation and manufacturer specifications are trialled, as required.
3.5.	Results of new cleaning techniques, including details of variations to techniques, are recorded and effectiveness is assessed.
4.	Implement and monitor new cleaning techniques.	4.1.	Effective new cleaning techniques are documented and communicated or demonstrated to cleaning team, as required.
4.2.	Cleaning team’s implementation of new cleaning techniques is observed and coaching on application of techniques is provided as required.
4.3.	Effectiveness of new cleaning technique is monitored, recorded and reported according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply knowledge of cleaning techniques used for different problems and substrates and develop modifications to suit new problems find information on new cleaning techniques using simple internet searches.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate numbers and volume of equipment and cleaning materials required calculate probable costs of new cleaning techniques compare costs of different new cleaning techniques.
Oral communication skills to:	explain cleaning problem clearly to external industry personnel and discuss possible solutions present and explain new cleaning techniques to team members using accessible language and in a sequence that is easy to understand.
Reading skills to:	interpret and analyse manufacturer information regarding: product capacity to assist in solving cleaning problems safe handling and operation of product.
Writing skills to:	maintain records of new cleaning techniques applied, including assessment of success and cost-effectiveness.
Technology skills to:	access and search the internet.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Substrate must include three of the following:	carpet concrete fabric glass painted surface plastic metal tiles vinyl surface wood.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop cleaning techniques for three of the following cleaning problems, each involving a different substrate as listed in the range of conditions:

stubborn stains

discolouration

deposits

moulds.

In doing the above work, the person must:

research possible cleaning techniques with networks, manufacturers and suppliers to identify agreed cleaning techniques

interpret and apply the following information relating to developing, implementing and monitoring new cleaning techniques:

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies.

apply the new cleaning techniques over a recommended timeframe agreed with those consulted, and assess results.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common types of cleaning problems and cleaning techniques used to resolve them on different types of substrates

equipment and materials required to implement new cleaning techniques

industry personnel and networks that could provide information on solutions to cleaning problems

internet research strategies and sources for finding information about products that could assist in identifying and resolving new cleaning techniques

methods for coaching team members in new cleaning techniques

methods for identifying causes of cleaning problems and type of substrate

methods for monitoring success and cost-effectiveness of new cleaning techniques

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals

workplace requirements for developing, implementing and monitoring new cleaning techniques, including compliance with:

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment

telephone

computer with internet access

materials:

cleaning chemicals

specifications:

manufacturer product information

physical conditions:

three different cleaning problems on different substrates

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibilities for a small team

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure that equipment used by a cleaning team is inspected, serviced and maintained regularly, is fit for purpose, and is replaced when required. The equipment involved includes items such as high pressure hoses, high-reach safety ladders, steam cleaners, vacuum cleaners, buffers, scrubbers and sweepers.

The unit involves conducting regular audits and developing and monitoring maintenance schedules.

The unit supports those who supervise cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Initiate equipment audit and maintenance procedures.	1.1.	Initial equipment audit is conducted and number, type, age and condition of work site cleaning equipment are identified and noted.
1.2.	Maintenance requirements and service providers for different types of equipment are determined from manufacturer recommendations and company procedures.
1.3.	Maintenance schedules and checklists for work site equipment are developed and confirmed with cleaning team, service providers and required company personnel.
1.4.	Work site equipment audit schedule is developed and confirmed with required company personnel.
2.	Manage equipment faults.	2.1.	Company procedures for equipment fault reporting are confirmed and explained to cleaning team members.
2.2.	Equipment fault reports are followed up promptly and substitute equipment is provided to cleaning team, or alternative cleaning methods are explained and demonstrated as required.
2.3.	Service providers are notified of equipment faults, and repair or replacement strategies are negotiated, actioned and recorded.
2.4.	Repaired or replacement equipment is examined and operation is checked according to company procedures before releasing to cleaning team for use.
3.	Monitor equipment maintenance.	3.1.	Maintenance activities to be conducted by cleaning staff are explained and demonstrated, and observed and checked periodically.
3.2.	Regular maintenance checklists completed by cleaning team are monitored.
3.3.	Maintenance conducted by service providers, including electrical tag and testing services, is monitored to ensure scheduled checks are completed.
3.4.	Maintenance records and reports from service providers are reviewed and processed according to workplace procedures.
4.	Audit and manage work site equipment.	4.1.	Number, type, age and condition of work site cleaning equipment are assessed and compared to initial or previous audit and noted.
4.2.	Equipment requiring replacement is noted and suitable alternatives are researched and discussed with cleaning team and required company personnel.
4.3.	Replacement equipment is selected and obtained according to company procedures.
4.4.	Industry information is reviewed regularly and new types of equipment suitable for workplace cleaning activities are noted for future reference.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply knowledge of cleaning equipment operation, common faults and required repairs to assess condition of equipment and effectiveness of maintenance, service and repair work locate and use reliable sources for information about advances in equipment technology and performance.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical data in manufacturer information to identify types and regularity of maintenance requirements for different equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	explain fault reporting requirements and maintenance activities in language suitable for cleaning team members negotiate services to be provided by equipment repair and service providers using technical language.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical details of manufacturer recommendations for regular maintenance, service and repair of equipment.
Writing skills to:	complete equipment audit documentation according to company requirements develop equipment maintenance schedules and checklists in suitable formats for use by cleaning team.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	high pressure hoses high-reach safety ladders steam cleaners vacuum cleaners buffers scrubbers sweepers.
Maintenance requirements must include:	daily, weekly and monthly operator maintenance tasks, including keeping equipment and attachments clean electronic tagging and testing periodic maintenance and servicing to be provided by manufacturer-approved service providers inspecting for damage cleaning filters and parts replacing consumables charging batteries.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also audit cleaning equipment and manage and monitor equipment servicing, maintenance and replacement for a cleaning work site.

The cleaning equipment to be audited must include five of the following:

high pressure hose

high-reach safety ladder

steam cleaner

industrial vacuum cleaner

buffer

scrubber

sweeper.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication strategies for ensuring cleaning team members understand equipment maintenance and fault reporting requirements

types of equipment used in the cleaning industry

manufacturer recommendations for equipment maintenance and servicing requirements

common faults in cleaning equipment and repairs required to rectify them

company procedures relating to auditing equipment and managing maintenance and supply, including:

engaging service providers

fault reporting

health and safety

purchasing.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

at least five pieces of the cleaning equipment listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

company procedures for maintaining cleaning equipment

manufacturer recommendations for maintaining and servicing equipment

physical conditions:

work site with cleaning team

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

according to client requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPCCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to schedule and allocate staff to cleaning tasks to meet contracted service level agreements. It covers monitoring the efficiency and quality of the work through cleaning audits, preparing audit reports, and applying the information to ensure staff effectiveness for a cleaning contract. The unit involves interpreting client work orders, and applying knowledge of staff skills and availability and the range of cleaning methods available and required for the contract.

The unit supports cleaning supervisory staff with responsibility for supporting a small team and ensuring work targets are met. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine work site requirements.	1.1.	Work site areas to be cleaned are assessed, and scope of cleaning work is clarified with client or nominated representative.
1.2.	Detailed client needs and expectations for cleaning different areas of work site are determined and recorded according to company requirements.
1.3.	Special requirements arising from site characteristics or client requests are identified according to company and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Client’s reporting requirements are clarified and reporting format negotiated and developed according to company requirements.
2.	Analyse resource requirements of required cleaning tasks and provide resources.	2.1.	Shift arrangements, number of cleaners, and specific skill levels required to meet client needs are determined.
2.2.	Numbers, skills and availability of cleaners are analysed to identify shortfalls and recruitment procedures are initiated according to company procedures.
2.3.	Work schedules are developed and suitably qualified cleaners are assigned to shifts and work site cleaning areas according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.4.	Human resource requirements and staff schedules are assessed or reorganised according to company procedures when contingencies and special requests from clients arise.
3.	Communicate and monitor work requirements.	3.1.	Cleaning team members are advised of work requirements according to company requirements.
3.2.	Cleaning schedule checklists are prepared and displayed at work site as required, and cleaning team is briefed using checklists.
3.3.	Work site audit schedule and checklist are prepared according to client needs and company procedures.
3.4.	Work team members’ understanding of their tasks and responsibilities is confirmed according to company requirements.
3.5.	Regular work site audits are conducted to ensure compliance with customer needs, cleaners’ performance is monitored, and adjustments to work practices are made according to company requirements.
3.6.	Restrictions affecting completion of work or changes in client needs are identified and work schedules are adjusted according to company requirements.
3.7.	Client reports are prepared and processed according to agreed procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on prior knowledge of cleaning work and work sites to assess scope of work.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate human resource requirements from estimated hours of work required per day, health and safety requirements, and cleaners’ availability.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify details of cleaning requirements with client to inform selection of cleaning methods and materials and development of task outlines and auditing checklists give detailed briefing to cleaning staff outlining work requirements and responsibilities using accessible language.
Reading skills to:	interpret manufacturer information about equipment, chemicals and consumables in order to select and obtain required materials for the cleaning work.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear sequential schedules and associated checklists for team members to complete.
Planning and organising skills to:	allocate cleaning tasks efficiently according to staff skills and experience.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site areas must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Work requirements must include:	work schedules individual tasks cleaning methods quality standards supplies to be used storage arrangements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

schedule and monitor cleaning staff for cleaning operations in one of the following types of premises:

wet areas

food service areas

general office areas

public areas

clarify details of the cleaning work requirements for the above premises, including:

timing of access to work site and specific access and egress points

completion times and dates

details of different cleaning tasks

dress and presentation requirements

need for cleaners to communicate while on site with client or members of the public

required use of signs and barricades

work site contact persons.

In doing the above work, the person must:

analyse work order and assess resource requirements

comply with company requirements relating to staff scheduling, including award or enterprise agreements

develop work schedules for cleaning tasks, ensuring that scheduling and resourcing meet client and company requirements

implement effective system for monitoring the completion of cleaning work order

identify and supply equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), chemicals and consumables to work team.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

biological and viral control

emergency response and evacuation procedures

environmental protection procedures

identifying hazards and controlling risks

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

work health and safety (WHS) procedures

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to scheduling cleaning staff, including award or enterprise agreements

mathematical methods required to calculate resource requirements specific to work order

product knowledge, including:

chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment and its uses

surfaces and effective and compatible cleaning methods

types of restrictions that may affect volume of work and procedures for addressing contingencies that arise, including assessment of:

amount of cleaning anticipated

client activities at the work site during scheduled cleaning times

team member level of literacy and communication skills

faulty or unsuitable equipment

site accessibility

site hazards

skills of work unit or team

staffing resources

time limitations

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe work practices for using:

chemicals

equipment, including PPE

work order specifications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

client work order, instructions or service level agreement

scheduling and rostering documentation

physical:

cleaning work sites as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team

relationship with client:

client contact required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to manage the supply of cleaning equipment, chemicals and consumables used when providing cleaning services at a work site. Supply is based on sound understanding of available cleaning methods, the equipment and chemicals used for each method, and demand estimates. The unit covers updating information on products and equipment and amending orders to improve cost-effectiveness.

The unit supports supervisory staff responsible for selecting and ensuring the continuous availability of cleaning supplies at a work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and order required supplies.	1.1.	Work site areas to be cleaned are assessed, cleaning methods to be applied are confirmed according to company requirements, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Types of required equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), cleaning chemicals and consumables are determined according to client, company and work health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Suitability of different options for the supply of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables is assessed and items are selected to meet cleaning requirements.
1.4	Quantities of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are estimated and ordered to meet anticipated demand, based on cleaning and health and safety requirements.
2.	Control and maintain stocks of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables.	2.1.	Stock control system for equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables is implemented and operated according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.2.	Equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are acquired according to company requirements.
2.3.	Usage patterns are monitored and equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are re-ordered according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Stock records and chemical register are maintained according to legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Review effectiveness of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables.	3.1.	Effectiveness and efficiency of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are reviewed according to company requirements.
3.2.	Industry information is reviewed and new products are assessed in comparison with existing selections of supplies.
3.3.	Recommendations for future purchases of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are recorded and discussed with required personnel according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of cleaning tasks and methods to assess equipment, chemicals and consumables required identify and access reliable sources of industry information about new products.
Numeracy skills to:	manage stock control systems estimate turnover of supplies.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm details of cleaning tasks required and methods to be used question suppliers and manufacturers about new product performance using technical language.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety data sheets (SDS) for cleaning chemicals and ensuring availability of required PPE ensure correct supplies for splashes or spillage are available at work site interpret equipment operating manuals.
Writing skills to:	maintain stock control documentation prepare notes on cost-effectiveness, characteristics and performance of new products.
Planning and organising skills to:	implement stock control system efficiently, and on a first-in first-out basis for chemicals, to minimise waste.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site areas must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	brooms buckets cleaning trolleys cloths cobwebbers dustpans and brushes dusters extension poles mops scouring pads scrapers scrubbers site communication devices spray bottles squeegees vacuum cleaners and attachments window cleaning equipment.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection high visibility vests and clothing protective clothing disposable respirators safety shoes splash-proof face masks sun protection tongs wet-work clothing.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least two of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Consumables must include at least one of the following:	air freshener hand towels liner bags soap toilet paper.
Work health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

assess the requirements for equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), chemicals and consumables for one work site over a two-week period

in doing the above work:

select suitable supplies for the cleaning methods used

estimate volume of supplies required over the timeframe and ensure a continuous supply of suitable supplies to the work site

implement and maintain effective stores and ordering systems

review effectiveness of current products.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning tasks, methods and supplies required, including:

cleaning chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment, including PPE and its uses

methods for assessing effectiveness of cleaning products

sources of information for updating knowledge

surfaces to be cleaned and compatible cleaning methods

company requirements relating to managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including:

client communication and confidentiality procedures and service standards

environmental protection procedures

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

records and information systems and processes

stock purchasing processes and procedures

work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures, including:

emergency procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

risk assessment and hazard control

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe operating practices and procedures

safe work method statements

manufacturer specifications relating to supplies, including:

equipment operating manuals

instructional guides

product labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

safety instructions pre-printed on equipment

mathematical methods for estimating resources

regulatory compliance requirements in relation to managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including:

AS 2508 Safe storage and handling information card for hazardous material

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to managing work site cleaning stores, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

consumer protection

energy conservation

environmental protection

industrial equipment certificates of competency or licences

health and safety legislation and regulations

privacy

public health

water conservation

quality assurance and certification requirements

stock control procedures and methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment and PPE required for a work site

materials:

cleaning chemicals and consumables as listed in the range of conditions

company procedures for managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including purchasing procedures

specifications:

AS 2508 Safe storage and handling information card for hazardous material

manufacturer information relating to cleaning products

physical conditions:

work site areas to be cleaned, as listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess client requirements, calculate the cost of required cleaning services and service conditions, and develop quotations for clients detailing both. Comprehensive knowledge is required of the use of cleaning equipment and chemicals, the range of cleaning methods available and the associated human resource requirements, as well as the company’s quoting policies and procedures.

The unit supports cleaning company staff who liaise with new clients. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess and calculate cost of services.	1.1.	Client is contacted and work site is assessed, as required, according to company procedures.
1.2.	Client and work site details and cleaning requirements are noted and client record is created according to company requirements.
1.3.	Human resource requirements and product and costing information are sourced, selected and interpreted according to company requirements.
1.4.	Costs, taxes and profit margin are calculated according to company requirements.
1.5.	Calculations are checked, and detailed and legible records of methods of calculations are kept, according to company requirements.
2.	Provide quotation to client.	2.1.	Accurate details of cost of service and conditions and limitations of quotation are included in quotations according to company requirements.
2.2.	Quotations are provided to client according to company requirements.
2.3.	Options, with secondary quotations, are offered according to company requirements.
2.4.	Details of quotations are recorded accurately and legibly and retained on file according to company requirements.
3.	Respond to request for variation of existing contract.	3.1.	Client request for variation is handled by authorised person as determined by company requirements.
3.2.	Requests are assessed according to company requirements.
3.3.	Accurate costing is prepared and quotation for requested changes is provided according to company requirements.
3.4.	Client record is updated and details of quotation are recorded according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply previous knowledge of work sites and cleaning requirements to assess scope of work at a new site.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate numbers and volume of required human resources, equipment and cleaning materials apply company costing policies and procedures, including formulas and percentages for calculating taxes and profit margins.
Oral communication skills to:	identify details of client requirements in order to provide accurate quotations.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policies and procedures in relation to estimating, costing and quoting for cleaning services.
Planning and organising skills to:	assess feasibility of fulfilling requests for variations to contracts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Conditions and limitations of quotation must include:	dates of quotations general conditions and rules inclusions and exclusions expiry dates of quotations payment details.
Requests for variation must be in response to four of the following:	change in level of client’s business contractor requirements emergencies irregular requirements, such as shampoo carpet or window cleaning new building work.
Requests must be assessed against:	existing contract conditions additional work required capacity to respond.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

prepare a quotation for cleaning services for two different new work sites, where each quotation must:

comply with company requirements

reflect company policies and procedures

present service offer, costing and conditions, and limitations of the quotation

respond to two different requests for variations to existing contracts for cleaning services.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consumer protection issues and fair trading and trade practices requirements relating to cleaning operations

contractual requirements, including processes for handling and responding to requests to vary contracts

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

client records

environmental protection procedures

health and safety procedures

purchasing policy and processes

reporting procedures

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to providing quotations for cleaning services, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

energy conservation

environmental protection

privacy

public health

water conservation

work health and safety (WHS)

mathematical methods for calculating costs, taxes and profit margins

product and service knowledge, including:

effective and compatible cleaning methods for various surface types

chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment and its uses

work order specifications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

contingencies:

two requests for variations to contracts

specifications:

company policies and procedures relating to developing quotations

costing information, including costs for human resources and equipment required to meet client requirements

physical conditions:

two cleaning work sites to assess

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies outcomes required to participate in predetermined workplace safety arrangements in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to personnel who participate in workplace safety arrangements in a cleaning work context. It includes identifying workplace hazards, basic knowledge, and application of workplace emergency procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify and report workplace hazards.	1.1	Assess work area and identify workplace hazards.
1.2	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.3	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.4	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.5	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Follow workplace WHS procedures.	2.1	Follow work health and safety (WHS) legislation requirements in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.2	Participate in WHS workplace practices within scope of own role and responsibilities.
2.3	Actively follow emergency procedures as required by workplace standards.
2.4	Complete workplace safety checklist.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy, and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret workplace signs and safety plans
Oral communication skills to:	Report workplace hazards Clarify safety issues and procedures
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

Code and Title Current Version	Code and Title Previous Version	Comment	Equivalence Status
CPPCMN2002 - Participate in workplace safety arrangements	CPPCMN2002A - Participate in workplace safety arrangements	Unit replaces superseded unit CPPCMN2002A - Participate in workplace safety arrangements. Minor changes to performance criteria, and inclusion of foundation skills. Unit updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent Unit

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must participate in two different workplace safety arrangements.

Performance must include:

communicating effectively with supervisors;

understanding workplace safety procedures;

applying basic safety principles in the workplace; and

assessing and controlling workplace risks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

cleaning workplace safety policies and procedures, WHS standards, supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

workplace hazards and risk control measures in cleaning workplaces, including:

equipment and material use, storage, cleaning and disposal procedures

range and meaning of workplace safety signs and symbols

site safety plan

types and purpose of personal protective equipment (PPE)

ways to maintain WHS in emergency situations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of workplace safety arrangements tasks including;

key workplace safety policies and procedures,

work health and safety standards,

supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

workplace procedures for;

basic assessment of cleaning work areas for workplace hazards

basic health and safety including:

emergency response and evacuation procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

reporting workplace hazards

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

cleaning workplace safety policies and procedures, WHS standards, supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide effective client services.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel responsible for establishing effective client relationships. It includes identifying and meeting client needs by providing information/advice on products and services.

Individuals undertaking this unit would perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify client needs.	1.1	Greet client courteously and follow organisational client-service standards.
1.2	Communicate clearly during client contact.
1.3	Identify and confirm client needs.
1.4	Confirm agreed timeframes and commitments with client.
1.5	Provide client with product and service information.
2.	Deliver services to client.	2.1	Deliver services specified by client.
2.2	Verify with client that services have been delivered and meet client expectations and required workplace standards.
2.3	Complete required workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret and follow workplace instructions.
Writing skills to:	Record client needs.
Oral communication skills to:	Effectively communicate with clients from diverse social and cultural backgrounds. Clarify client-service issues.

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must provide effective client services to:

two different clients with two different service requirements.

Performance must include:

effectively communicating with clients;

understanding of basic communications methods; and

addressing client’s needs.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of providing effective customer service, including;

methods to greet clients, identify and confirm needs, timeframes and commitments

key features of effective communication with clients

workplace procedures for:

communicating clearly and effectively with clients

dealing with client’s complaints or comments

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal

communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy

cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

Industry-standard client-based services, information relating to cleaning practices and methods, WHS safety measures in the workplace.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to respond effectively to client enquiries and complaints regarding company products and services. The worker needs to handle formal and informal enquiries, as well as negative feedback and complaints from clients.

The unit covers acknowledging and processing client enquiries and complaints, and communicating with clients to resolve issues. It also covers researching and documenting relevant information relating to an enquiry or complaint, which may include site visits where required; and referring the enquiry or complaint to other personnel or external organisations where appropriate.

The unit supports employees without managerial or supervisory responsibilities. Performance would usually be carried out under routine supervision, within company guidelines. It applies to workers who have significant contact with clients and who provide information on routine, well-defined services or products to clients, and deal with enquiries or complaints of a more complex nature.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify nature and type of enquiry or complaint.	1.1.	Client is addressed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Details of enquiry or complaint and degree of urgency are clarified and confirmed with client according to company requirements.
1.3.	Details of enquiry or complaint are recorded according to company and legislative requirements.
1.4.	Impact of relevant legislative and company requirements on handling of enquiry or complaint is identified.
1.5.	Arrangements are made for enquiries or complaints requiring additional research and follow-up, according to company requirements.
2.	Investigate enquiry or complaint.	2.1.	Information relevant to enquiry or complaint is obtained from internal and external sources as appropriate according to company requirements.
2.2.	Site is inspected with client, where required, to clarify details of the enquiry or complaint according to company requirements.
2.3.	Possible solutions to enquiry or complaint are determined and likelihood of associated problems is assessed using available information according to company requirements.
2.4.	Advice is sought from appropriate personnel where necessary on nature of enquiry or complaint, and proposed solution according to company requirements.
3.	Refer enquiry or complaint.	3.1.	Enquiry or complaint that requires referral to other company personnel or external bodies is identified according to company and legislative requirements.
3.2.	Referral to appropriate personnel is made according to individual level of responsibility and company requirements.
3.3.	Investigation report and other relevant documentation are forwarded to appropriate personnel according to company requirements.
3.4.	Progress of referred enquiry or complaint is followed up with appropriate personnel according to company requirements and within expected timeframes.
4.	Determine and communicate solution to client and relevant staff.	4.1.	Solution to enquiry or complaint is determined and documented according to company requirements.
4.2.	Method for responding to client or their agent is established according to nature of enquiry or complaint and company requirements.
4.3.	Response to enquiry or complaint is prepared and communicated to client or their agent according to company requirements.
4.4.	Client or agent agreement to solution is confirmed, or solution is negotiated according to company requirements.
4.5.	Relevant staff members are promptly advised of work allocations required to resolve enquiry or complaint according to company requirements.
5.	Satisfy complex client needs.	5.1.	Complex needs requiring adaptation of routine products or services are identified and clarified with client.
5.2.	Possibilities for meeting client needs are explained to client according to legislative and company requirements.
5.3.	Client is assisted to evaluate product and service options to satisfy needs according to legislative and company requirements.
5.4.	Preferred action is determined and prioritised according to legislative and company requirements.
5.5.	Potential difficulties in client service delivery are identified and appropriate action is taken according to legislative and company requirements.
6.	Update company information	6.1.	Information on type and source of enquiry or complaint is collated and processed according to company requirements.
6.2.	Information on identified problems and solutions is recorded, processed and reported according to company requirements.
6.3.	Information on resolved enquiry or complaint is shared with co-workers according to legislative and company requirements and strategies to avoid repeat issues are discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	find and interpret information relevant to client enquiries and complaints by searching company and industry data and using simple internet searches draw on experience of assessing and responding to client enquiries and complaints and apply knowledge to new issues, including assessing complexity of problem and need to refer to other personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to client enquiries and complaints, including technical data in manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to identify and resolve problems and complaints, and express technical information in appropriate language for the client negotiate and finalise agreed solutions to client enquiries and complaints.
Reading skills to:	interpret information relating to client enquiries and complaints, including company procedures and manufacturers’ technical information extract critical information from at times complex text, such as legislative information and Australian Privacy Principles.
Writing skills to:	record information regarding customer enquiries and complaints and their solutions using industry-specific technical vocabulary as required communicate proposed solutions to clients in writing, using appropriate language and explaining technical terms as required.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Clients must include those with one or more of the following:	routine enquiry for advice or general information that requires no specific research suggestion for service or product improvement special enquiry requiring further research or consultation with other staff routine complaint requiring investigation to clarify details complex complaint requiring referral to other technical or supervisory personnel complex need involving adaptation or combination of products and/or services.
Information must include:	client records, including verbal reports from staff if available company policies and procedures relevant to the enquiry or complaint legislative requirements relevant to the enquiry or complaint manufacturer information relevant to the enquiry or complaint workplace information relevant to the enquiry or complaint.
Appropriate personnel must include one or more of the following:	colleagues manufacturers staff and employee representatives supervisors suppliers technical experts.
Method for responding must include one or more of the following:	email face-to-face meeting letter phone call.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must deal with:

one routine enquiry for advice or general information, or suggestion for service or product improvement

one special enquiry requiring further research or consultation

one routine complaint requiring investigation

one complex complaint requiring referral to other personnel

one matter where client needs are complex and require adaptation or a combination of products or services.

For each of the above, the person must:

use knowledge of company procedures

handle clients and situations with diplomacy and tact

clarify customer enquiries and complaints using communication skills

provide solutions or options and resolve issues within required timeframes

record and document issues and resolution according to company requirements

refer matters to appropriate personnel as required and according to company requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relevant to responding to enquiries and complaints

common industry and company service problems and solutions

company policies and procedures for handling and documenting client complaints, including:

client confidentiality provisions

client service procedures

code of conduct or ethics

company dress and presentation requirements

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

work documentation and reporting procedures

details of products and services offered by the company

industry advisory standards and codes of practice relevant to company operation

legislation and regulations that apply to responding to enquiries and complaints, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental protection

privacy

work health and safety

options for solutions and responses to client enquiries and complaints, including:

additional service provision

changes in service provision

litigation

mediation

no action

payment of compensation

rectification

cancellation of services

client education

general advice

information on products and services available, including features and benefits

planned visits

provision of further information

quotations and pricing estimates

referral to others, including specialist advisors

standard industry disclaimers

range of client expectations in relation to services offered by the company

relevance of good communication and own role in processing client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

telephone

computer with access to email, internet and company information

materials:

tools and equipment for investigating site of client complaint, if required

specifications:

company information

manufacturer specifications and other technical information

plain English guides to relevant legislative guidelines, standards and codes of practice

physical conditions:

access to site of client complaint, if required

relationships with team members and supervisor:

acting alone under supervision

access to supervisor and other relevant personnel for assistance with gathering information

relationship with client:

direct communication with client or agent representing client

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to complete client documentation in the property services industry.

It includes gathering and verifying the information required to complete client documentation, and processing client documentation.

The unit supports the work of those engaged in servicing in a range of property services contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collate information required for processing client documentation.	1.1 Confirm client contact details. 1.2 Confirm details of products and services supplied to client and verify quoted prices. 1.3 Record time spent in providing service to client. 1.4 Confirm guarantees or warranty arrangements for products and services. 1.5 Check terms of client payment. 1.6 Check discrepancies between costs quoted to client and actual cost of products and services, and undertake required follow-up to collect shortfall.
2. Process client documentation.	2.1 Prepare documentation containing complete details of product or service provided. 2.2 Calculate cost of providing product or service, and record price in client documentation. 2.3 Check documentation for accuracy and amend as necessary prior to providing to client. 2.4 Provide and explain documentation to client, including advice on follow-up service if required. 2.5 Maintain privacy and confidentiality of client information and documentation.
3. Finalise client documentation process.	3.1 Address client queries or complaints. 3.2 Collect payments from client and issue receipts.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to review and check:

client details

products and services documentation

guarantees and warranties

writing skills to prepare client documentation

numeracy skills to use methods and tools to calculate and check price of products and services provided for clients.

Range of Conditions

Not applicable

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A Complete client documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must complete client documentation for two different property services industry clients.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures for completing property services industry client documentation

requirements of legislation, regulations, Australian standards and codes of practice relevant to client interaction, including those related to:

confidentiality

consumer protection

privacy

work health and safety (WHS)

client documentation, including:

types of client documentation and standard forms used in the relevant property services industry sector

consequences of providing incomplete or inaccurate client documentation

details required for completing client documentation

importance of accuracy in completing client documentation

procedures for explaining documentation to client

customer service principles

procedures for processing different methods of payment

operation and maintenance of equipment required for electronic processing of client documentation, including:

calculator

EFTPOS machine

electronic tablet

computer

scanner

printer.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to complete client documentation

standard format or template for client documentation

specifications for the product or service provided to client

fee schedule for products and services

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN2003A Provide effective client service.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish client relationships, and identify and meet client needs through the delivery of services or by providing information and advice on products and services.

The unit supports those who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of work sites, and to new or repeat client encounters, either on company or client premises.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and confirm client needs.	1.1.	Client is greeted according to company requirements and initial information regarding required products or services is obtained.
1.2.	Client requests are analysed and confirmed with client or others where necessary.
1.3.	Personal limitations are identified while assessing client needs, and assistance is sought from others where required according to company requirements.
2.	Confirm agreed products or services.	2.1.	Current sales brochures and product or service information are provided to client according to company requirements.
2.2.	Product or service features and benefits are communicated to client according to company requirements and established communication channels.
2.3.	Client requests for further information or explanation are responded to accurately and clearly.
2.4.	Agreement to provide product or service is established with client, and service level agreement, including costs and timelines, and legislative requirements, are discussed and agreed with client according to company requirements.
3.	Deliver products or services to client.	3.1.	Human resources required to provide agreed client products or services are identified, briefed and coordinated.
3.2.	Client products or services are provided within agreed timelines and according to company requirements.
3.3.	Requests to provide products or services outside agreed client service agreement are directed to designated personnel and actioned as required.
3.4.	Alternative arrangements are negotiated with clients when commitments cannot be met, according to workplace procedures and company requirements.
4.	Respond to client feedback.	4.1.	Client feedback is received and responded to within agreed timelines and according to company customer service standards and service requirements.
4.2.	Opportunities to improve product or service delivery are identified and discussed with designated personnel.
4.3.	Complaints are received and responded to within specified timeframes according to company complaints handling procedures.
4.4.	Improvements to product or service delivery are communicated to clients.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify personal strengths and weaknesses when providing client services in different contexts seek to develop skills and knowledge in areas of need.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, interpret and meet service timelines.
Oral communication skills to:	interpret non-verbal cues from clients when communicating features and benefits of services and products request feedback from client where necessary.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in own area of expertise or work environment.
Writing skills to:	respond to complaints in writing using layout and sequencing that produce cohesive text.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN2003A Provide effective client service.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit.

The person must also provide a service to two different clients within the agreed service level agreement, in which the work must include:

clarifying client needs and expectations and communicating the features and benefits of one product or service to each client verbally or in writing

confirming and coordinating human resource requirements for the task

responding verbally or in writing to one question from each client

confirming the services to be provided to the client verbally or in writing, including service costs and timelines for service provision

delivering agreed service to client within agreed timelines

responding accurately and positively to one client complaint according to company’s complaints handling procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication techniques for establishing and building client rapport

company expectations for maintaining personal presentation standards, including:

cleanliness and tidiness of own work space

codes of conduct

dress code

company standards relating to customer service standards and providing effective client services, including complaints handling procedures

key requirements of consumer protection legislation, regulations and codes of practice relating to providing client service, including:

Competition and Consumer Act

Privacy Act

processes for accessing company products and services, including accessing:

company databases

manufacturer specifications and information

product brochures

key features of effective negotiation processes and techniques

range of company products and services available, including their features and benefits, and ways to communicate them to different clients.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communication devices required for the task

materials:

products and information used when providing client services, including sales brochures and company website

contingencies:

customer complaints

specifications:

client service manuals

company policies, including:

complaints handling procedures

dress code

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to promote a supportive culture and environment in the workplace that enables effective leadership. The unit covers participating in and facilitating team planning, and promoting team commitment and cooperation.

The unit supports those who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Contribute to team effectiveness.	1.1.	Contributions are made to developing team plans, roles and responsibilities according to company requirements.
1.2.	Skills and knowledge of team members are identified, documented and used to enhance team performance according to company requirements.
1.3.	Interpersonal skills and communication techniques are used to facilitate open communication within team.
1.4.	Company policies and procedures, and legislative, environmental and health and safety requirements are conveyed to team members according to company requirements.
2.	Provide leadership within the team.	2.1.	Assistance is provided to team members to achieve team and company objectives according to company requirements.
2.2.	Individuals and work teams are encouraged to participate in developmental opportunities according to company requirements.
2.3.	Coaching and mentoring are provided to team members to achieve team and company goals according to company requirements.
2.4.	Conflict situations in work team are identified and conflict-resolution strategies applied, according to company requirements.
2.5.	Causes of incomplete work are identified and documented, and improved work practices are discussed with individual or team according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	review leadership ideas from different sources and incorporate them into own practice.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify coaching and mentoring requirements respond clearly and concisely to questions from colleagues, including those being mentored or coached.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret internal company documents specifying company and team goals and policies.
Writing skills to:	complete documentation using company templates.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include at least six of the following:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide the following support to a workplace supervisor or manager:

participate in two team meetings, actively and constructively responding to group discussions

provide coaching or mentor support to one colleague

identify and resolve a conflict in the workplace using conflict resolution techniques and strategies according to company requirements

communicate effectively one-to-one and with a small group

actively contribute to two different team building activities in the workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

causes of stress or conflict in teams and strategies for identifying, managing and reducing them

company requirements and procedures relating to supporting leadership in the workplace, including:

codes of conduct

communication protocols

own role, responsibility and delegation requirements

reporting procedures

role and function of workplace teams

developmental opportunities available to team members and ways to access them, including:

apprenticeship opportunities

career pathways

in-house training programs

job rotations

mentoring opportunities

key requirements of legislation and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS) legislation and industrial awards and legislation in order to provide support to leadership

company goals, including:

budgetary and profit targets

company service standards

team development techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue where work is performed under supervision and where team meetings are conducted

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop a workplace sustainability policy to minimise and reduce resources and toxic materials used during work functions. The unit supports the development of skills to review legislation and develop and communicate workplace policies and procedures relating to environmental sustainability.

The unit supports staff responsible for ensuring policies and procedures comply with environmental legislative requirements and that sustainability targets are achieved. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify scope of sustainability policy.	1.1.	Company’s commitment to sustainability and sustainability objectives is identified and confirmed in consultation with required personnel.
1.2.	Existing internal policies and procedures are identified and reviewed for relevance and impact on sustainability policy.
1.3.	Impact of requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice is reviewed to inform practices and policy development.
1.4.	Relevant stakeholders are identified and consulted as a key component of policy development process.
2.	Develop sustainability policy.	2.1.	Strategies are developed and documented for minimising resource use and reducing toxic material and hazardous chemical use at all stages of work.
2.2.	Recommendations are made for policy options and benchmark indicators based on likely effectiveness, timeframes and cost.
2.3.	Policy is developed that reflects organisational commitment to sustainability.
3.	Communicate policy.	3.1.	Policy and its expected outcomes are promoted to key stakeholders.
3.2.	Those involved in implementing policy are informed of expected outcomes, activities to be undertaken, and assigned responsibilities.
4.	Develop sustainability procedures.	4.1.	Procedures to help implement policy are developed and documented, and communicated to required personnel.
4.2.	Staff coaching and training on sustainability expectations are conducted or arranged as required.
4.3.	Mechanisms for tracking resource usage and wastage are established and monitored.
4.4	Opportunities for continuous improvement in resource efficiency are identified and actioned.
5.	Review sustainability policy.	5.1.	Processes, including timeline for reviewing policy implementation, are documented and required personnel are briefed on roles and responsibilities.
5.2.	Data on resource usage and waste minimisation efforts over specified timeframes is collated, analysed and documented.
5.3.	Records are monitored to identify trends that may require remedial action, and used to promote continuous improvement of performance.
5.4.	Sustainability outcomes are reported according to company requirements.
5.5.	Policy and procedures are modified as required to ensure improvements are made.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice apply previous knowledge of strategies to new work situations to increase sustainability.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate numerical values, including costs and volumes associated with assessing strategies for reducing use of materials.
Oral communication skills to:	engage, inform and gain information from stakeholders as part of consultation process communicate policy implementation strategies to stakeholders.
Reading skills to:	interpret information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear procedures to inform stakeholders of implementation strategies for sustainability policy.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Existing internal policies and procedures must include review of at least two of the following policies:	environmental health and safety procurement quality management waste management.
Environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice must include at least two of the following:	energy rating standards environmental protection legislation ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems waste management legislation.
Stakeholders must include at least two of the following:	clients co-workers senior management suppliers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop a sustainability policy and associated implementation procedures for a workplace, referencing legislation and standards applicable to the work function.

In doing the above work, the person must:

consult with stakeholders

develop an implementation strategy for the sustainability policy that includes:

methods for communicating the policy objectives

plans for training stakeholders

strategies for continuous improvement of policy

timeline and processes for reviewing implementation of the policy and incorporating improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

policy development processes and practices

key requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice, including:

energy rating standards

environmental protection legislation

industry codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

health and safety legislation and regulations

principles and practices of sustainability management

methods for implementing sustainability policies and procedures in the workplace, including communication techniques and processes.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with access to company policies and procedures

materials:

company policies and procedures relating to environmental, health and safety, procurement, quality management and waste management

specifications:

energy rating standards

environmental health legislation

environmental protection legislation

industry codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

health and safety legislation.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices, and then implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

The unit supports those responsible for a specific area of work or who lead a work team. It applies in a range of property services sectors and organisations.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Investigate current workplace practices in relation to resource use.	1.1.	Environmental regulations applying to work conducted on client sites are identified.
1.2.	Procedures for assessing compliance with environmental legislation, regulations, and codes of practice are evaluated.
1.3.	Information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures is collected and provided to work group according to organisational policies and procedures.
1.4.	Current resource use is measured and documented according to organisational policies and procedures.
1.5.	Current purchasing strategies and potential for influencing suppliers to take up environmental sustainability are analysed and documented.
1.6.	Current work processes are analysed to assist in identifying areas for improvement.
2.	Set targets for improvements.	2.1.	Input into achievable targets is sought from internal and external stakeholders.
2.2.	External sources of information and data on achievable targets are accessed as required.
2.3.	Improvements in efficiency targets are set.
3.	Implement performance improvement strategies.	3.1.	Techniques and tools are sourced to assist in achieving efficiency targets.
3.2.	Alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues are evaluated and applied.
3.3.	Continuous improvement strategies are applied to own area of responsibility, and ideas and possible solutions are communicated to work group and management.
3.4.	Environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group are integrated into other operational activities and are implemented.
3.5.	Recommendations for environment and resource efficiency management are sought from stakeholders and acted upon according to organisational policies and procedures.
3.6.	Costing strategies are implemented to fully value environmental assets.
4.	Monitor performance.	4.1.	Outcomes are documented and reports on targets are communicated to key personnel and stakeholders.
4.2.	Strategies and benchmark indicators are evaluated.
4.3.	New targets are set and new tools and strategies investigated and applied.
4.4.	Compliance with requirements of legislative standards or codes is monitored and reported according to company requirements.
4.5.	Successful strategies are documented according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on requirements of environmental legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse numerical information, including costs and volume of resources used calculate realistic targets for environmental improvements and resource efficiency.
Oral communication skills to:	engage, inform and gain information from stakeholders as part of consultation process.
Reading skills to:	interpret information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear reports on strategies, targets and outcomes for environmental improvements and resource efficiency.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Resource use must include review of at least two of the following:	chemicals consumables electricity usage rates gas usage rates water usage rates.
Environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans must include at least two of the following:	determining organisation’s most suitable waste treatment, including waste to landfill, recycling, re-use and wastewater treatment initiating and maintaining organisational procedures for operational energy consumption, including for stationary and non-stationary (transport) energy sustainability initiatives, action plans, surveys and audits.
Recommendations must include strategies that result in at least two of the following outcomes:	elimination of hazardous and toxic materials improved energy efficiency improved opportunities to re-use and recycle materials increased use of renewable resources, including solar or other alternative forms of energy plans to offset or mitigate environmental impacts reduced greenhouse gas emissions reduced reliance on non-renewable resources.
Compliance must include:	coverage of at least one of the following: energy efficient rating system ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement three new strategies to support environmentally sustainable work practices. Each of the strategies must:

relate to sustainability improvements in the use of the following resources:

consumables

electricity

gas

water

specify:

current usage rates measured in quantities and cost

targeted usage rates and how these targets will enhance organisation’s commitment to sustainability

methods for implementing each strategy

processes for documenting and monitoring strategy implementation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

laws, by-laws, regulations and codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability and resource efficiency improvement

types, limitations and uses of environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans, including:

environmental and resource sustainability initiatives, action plans, surveys and audits

applying waste management hierarchy in the workplace

determining organisation’s most suitable waste treatment, including waste to landfill, recycling, re-use and wastewater treatment

initiating and maintaining organisational procedures for operational energy consumption, including stationary and non-stationary (transport) energy

use of standards, guidelines and approaches:

energy efficiency rating systems

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with internet access to retrieve and send company documentation

specifications:

energy efficiency rating systems

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

existing company policies and procedures relating to sustainable work practices

relationship with client:

consultation required.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to facilitate the development of team members’ working relationships, monitor their interactions and performance, and manage coaching and incentive programs to improve team effectiveness.

The unit supports those who supervise small teams and take responsibility for the quality of work at a particular site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish team.	1.1.	Company’s social, ethical and business standards are promoted to ensure those standards and legislative requirements are applied.
1.2.	Team communication requirements are established and communication methods are selected to meet team member needs, according to company requirements.
1.3.	Roles and tasks of team members are agreed through team consultation and negotiation, and recorded according to company requirements.
1.4.	Team and individual KPIs are established and communicated to team members, and recorded according to company requirements.
1.5.	Commitment of team members to key performance indicators (KPIs) is gained and maintained through consistent outlining and competent demonstration of workplace procedures.
2.	Monitor and support team outcomes.	2.1.	Team’s work performance is monitored against KPIs and team members are held accountable for completing activities and achieving required outcomes.
2.2.	Individual coaching is provided to team members in response to requests or as a result of team monitoring, as required.
2.3.	Individual or team member problems are discussed and issues resolved according to company requirements.
3.	Develop team performance.	3.1.	Opportunities for staff development and training are regularly promoted to staff according to company requirements.
3.2.	Development needs of team are identified, recorded and discussed with team members according to company requirements.
3.3.	Development activities and support materials that suit identified needs of team members are planned and scheduled according to company requirements.
3.4.	Improvements in team and individual work performance are monitored, recorded and rewarded according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply simple performance assessment rating systems.
Oral communication skills to:	facilitate team discussions and negotiations using accessible language.
Writing skills to:	establish clear and measurable KPIs for a small team take notes and record details of individual team member’s performance and development needs.
Problem-solving skills to:	listen to and resolve concerns in relation to workplace issues understand and apply knowledge of learning styles of team members and select required development activities and support materials in suitable formats.
Teamwork skills to:	develop rapport and gain confidence of team members work with diverse individuals and groups actively encourage team members to learn in order to develop new skills and improve team performance.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative requirements must include:	anti-discrimination, equal employment opportunity and racial vilification consumer law environmental law harassment and other laws specific to local government industry codes of conduct Work Health and Safety (WHS) Act and regulations privacy legislation.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also establish a working team comprised of a minimum of three members, in which the work must involve:

establishing three different key performance indicators (KPIs) for each team member according to their roles and responsibilities

communicating KPIs to each team member and clarifying and confirming understanding and acceptance

identifying and communicating one developmental opportunity with each person

monitoring and recording team interactions and individual and team performance over a suitable timeframe.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

team dynamics, including causes of stress or conflict in teams and suitable resolution strategies

communication requirements and methods suitable for team members and work roles

company codes and standards for workplace conduct, ethics, and personal presentation

company policies and procedures relating to own and team members’ roles, responsibilities and delegation level, including:

work instructions

counselling and disciplinary procedures

reporting and documentation requirements

staff development and learning opportunities

specific customer requirements

quality and continuous improvement requirements

legislative compliance requirements relating to teamwork and work role, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer rights

environmental protection

equal employment opportunity

privacy

sustainability

work health and safety (WHS), including personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

company-specific business standards

legislative requirements as listed in range of conditions

specifications:

teamwork instructions

physical conditions:

work site

a minimum of three new team members

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish business contacts and networks, and develop and manage these relationships effectively to increase and retain the client base of the company. The unit covers identifying and analysing potential clients and their needs. It also covers exploring products or services with the client that could improve or enhance their operations, which requires knowledge of the range of organisational products and services. The unit involves managing client problems, issues and changing needs; and identifying opportunities to promote additional products and services to meet those needs.

The unit supports those with significant contact with external clients but without managerial or supervisory responsibilities. It applies to those providing information on routine, well-defined products and services, and dealing with enquiries of a more complex nature, including pricing. Performance would usually be carried out under routine supervision, within company guidelines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish new business contacts.	1.1.	New organisations with potential to benefit from company products and services are identified according to company requirements.
1.2.	Individuals in target organisations with potential to benefit are identified and contacted, and effective relationships built according to company requirements.
1.3.	Communication protocols are agreed with business contacts and maintained according to own level of responsibility and company requirements.
2.	Work effectively with business contacts.	2.1.	Roles of business contacts are clarified and responsibilities of parties in business relationship are agreed according to company requirements.
2.2.	Realistic service commitments are set and adhered to according to company requirements.
2.3.	Flexibility in work practices required in unusual or difficult situations is adopted according to company requirements.
2.4.	Situations outside own area or level of responsibility are identified and, where appropriate, referred to designated personnel according to company requirements.
3.	Identify and monitor client needs.	3.1.	Needs and expectations for service delivery are regularly discussed with client according to company requirements.
3.2.	Feedback on company performance and level of satisfaction is sought from client according to company requirements.
3.3.	Prompt action is taken on feedback received according to company requirements.
3.4.	Contracts or variations to contracts or levels of agreed service provision are reviewed and implemented according to company requirements.
4.	Respond to complex client needs.	4.1.	Complex client needs are analysed and options for resolution are explained to client according to company requirements.
4.2.	Clients are assisted to evaluate product and service options to satisfy their needs according to company requirements.
4.3.	Preferred action is determined and prioritised according to company requirements.
4.4.	Potential difficulties in service delivery are identified and actions taken according to company requirements.
5.	Communicate advice and pricing information.	5.1.	Pricing information for routine and specified products and services is provided where these match client needs, according to company requirements.
5.2.	Follow-up information required by client is provided promptly according to company requirements.
5.3.	Bookings with client are scheduled and confirmed according to company requirements.
6.	Promote company.	6.1.	Strategies to represent, promote and grow company’s interests are developed.
6.2.	Additional products, services and information are suggested to clients according to company requirements.
6.3.	Information is provided to company members to support the development of effective relationships with client.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of company offerings to select required services or products to meet identified client needs.
Numeracy skills to:	provide routine pricing information, including estimating volume of product or service required and calculation of cost over time.
Oral communication skills to:	present information to clients professionally, using a range of presentation techniques use questioning skills to identify fine details of client requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret updates on company product and service information.
Writing skills to:	communicate with clients by email to convey information about products, services and solutions to complex requests.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Company requirements must include at least two of the following:	organisational policies and guidelines legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the work or service function, including: anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity industry codes of conduct consumer law environmental law harassment and other laws specific to local government work health and safety requirements privacy legislation policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality and continuous improvement systems, standards and guidelines.
Communication protocols must include:	client’s preferred frequency and timing of contact client’s preferred method of contact types of information that client wishes to receive.
Personnel must include at least one of the following:	colleagues manufacturers staff and employee representatives supervisors suppliers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop and manage business relationships with three new clients and respond to two client requests.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify each client’s needs

explain key features and benefits of company’s products and services

present verbal and written information on products and services to each client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

processes to identify, establish and maintain business contacts and networks

company requirements, including:

client confidentiality provisions

code of ethics

company image

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the work or service function, including:

codes of conduct

consumer law

environmental law

privacy legislation

quality and continuous improvement systems, standards and guidelines

range of products and services available to business contacts

benefits of maintaining good client communication when delivering customer service

role of designated personnel in developing and managing client relations.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with internet access

materials:

company policies and procedures relating to client relations

legislation and regulatory information relating to job role

contingencies:

two client requests

specifications:

company product and service specifications

relationship with client:

client consultation.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor the company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs to achieve and maintain health and safety standards and ensure the effective implementation of workplace safety arrangements. It includes managing the provision of information and the implementation, supervision and review of health and safety policies and programs that contribute to a safe work environment.

The unit supports employees with supervisory responsibilities who carry out work within company guidelines. It applies in a range of work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Provide information about company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs.	1.1.	Relevant provisions of health and safety legislation as they relate to workplace procedures are explained clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
1.2.	Company health and safety requirements, policies, procedures and programs are explained clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
1.3.	Information about health and safety policies, procedures and programs is provided to work group in a readily accessible manner according to company requirements.
1.4.	Information about identifying hazards and assessing risks and the process and outcomes of risk assessment and risk control procedures is provided and explained regularly, clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
2.	Implement and monitor participative arrangements for managing health and safety.	2.1.	Processes enabling participation in health and safety issues are implemented and monitored.
2.2.	Issues arising from participative arrangements are promptly assessed and resolved, or referred for resolution according to workplace procedures.
2.3.	Outcomes of participative arrangements pertaining to health and safety issues are documented and promptly communicated to work group according to company requirements.
3.	Implement and monitor company procedures for identifying hazards and assessing risks.	3.1.	Existing and potential hazards in the work area are identified and reported according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
3.2.	Risk analysis using risk analysis protocols is conducted and action to control risks is taken according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
3.3.	Work area is monitored continuously to identify new hazards according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
4.	Implement and monitor company procedures for controlling risks.	4.1.	Work procedures for controlling risks are developed and implemented according to health and safety legislation and company requirements.
4.2.	Adherence to work procedures by work group is monitored according to company requirements.
4.3.	Effectiveness of work procedures is monitored using hierarchy of control, and results are reported regularly according to company requirements.
4.4.	Resource allocation requirements for implementing work procedures to control risks are identified, and inadequacies are reported according to company requirements.
5.	Implement company procedures for dealing with hazardous events.	5.1.	Incidents are investigated to establish cause according to health and safety legislation and company requirements.
5.2.	Hazardous event control procedures for dealing with hazardous events and emergencies are implemented according to health and safety and environmental legislation, and company requirements.
5.3.	Control measures based on hierarchy of control are implemented within scope of responsibilities or referred to appropriate personnel for implementation according to company requirements.
6.	Implement and monitor company procedures for providing health and safety training.	6.1.	Health and safety training needs are identified and documented according to company requirements.
6.2.	Training, coaching and mentoring to meet identified needs of work group are arranged through consultation with involved parties according to company requirements.
7	Implement and monitor company procedures for maintaining health and safety records.	7.1.	Company’s incident or accident reporting and recording process is provided and explained to work group according to company requirements.
7.2.	Health and safety records of occupational injury and disease are completed according to legal requirements, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
7.3.	Hazard analysis data and information from health and safety records are used to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures within scope of responsibilities and competencies and according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of work health and safety (WHS) requirements apply prior knowledge of assessing risks and evaluating risk control measures, including applying hierarchy of control to new work hazards.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information from manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate work group training, coaching and mentoring explain accident and reporting and recording process to work group using suitable language.
Reading skills to:	locate and interpret WHS compliance requirements in complex texts.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear and sequential procedural documentation in language suitable for work group.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	develop rapport with team members to facilitate coaching and mentoring.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Information about health and safety policies, procedures and programs must include:	hazards and risk management procedures information on the safety aspects of work, tasks and procedures procedures for providing direct supervision, such as to inexperienced workers information in industry association journals or workers’ compensation literature details of health and safety representatives and health and safety committees.
Information about identifying hazards and assessing risks must include:	accessing manufacturer guidance information and manuals applying SWMS procedures assessing job and work systems assessing severity of identified hazards, and ranking according to severity briefing workplace safety inspectors or contracted health and safety advisers checking work area and equipment before and during work conducting pre- and post-operational equipment checks conducting workplace inspections consulting with employees, health and safety representatives and health and safety committee housekeeping performing routine job hazard analysis purchasing supplies and equipment reviewing SDS manufacturer or supplier information referencing government or industry hazard or safety alerts, including via industry association contacts and networks regularly maintaining plant and equipment reviewing health and safety records, including: registers of hazardous substances and dangerous goods undertaking safety audits.
Risk analysis must include:	hazard identification risk assessment risk treatment and/or control risk monitoring and evaluation.
Risk analysis protocols must be selected based on at least one of the following criteria:	Australian standards, company standards and client standards combination of quantitative and qualitative assessment tools, specific to risks being assessed operational, technical, financial, legal, social, humanitarian or other criteria scope of risk management project being undertaken.
Controlling risks must include at least one of the following:	applying hierarchy of control consulting with manufacturers, suppliers, employers and their representatives consulting with workers and their representatives developing reliable systematic approach to risk control ensuring adequate training of staff measuring risk likelihood and consequence implementing measures to remove cause of risk at its source monitoring and regularly reviewing work systems and procedures rewarding good health and safety practice.
Hazardous event control procedures must include:	following instructions from authorised and delegated personnel during hazardous events chemical containment and clean-up emergency management plan evacuations provision of first aid accident and incident reporting injury and dangerous occurrence reporting.
Appropriate personnel must include at least one of the following:	managers health and safety personnel other persons, including emergency service personnel, authorised or nominated by the company or industry to: approve specified work direct specified work or functions inspect specified work perform specified work or functions.
Hazards that must be identified and reported include:	biological hazards chemical hazards, including unlabelled chemicals and substances environmental hazards, such as: noise radiation untidy work areas vibration ergonomic or mechanical hazards, such as those associated with electrical and mechanical faults of plant and equipment, including mobile plants physical hazards, such as: electrical obstructions or blocked exits slippery or uneven floors psychological hazards.
Health and safety records must include documented:	first aid and medical post records hazardous substances registers health surveillance and workplace environmental monitoring records maintenance and testing reports manufacturer and supplier information, including SDS and dangerous goods storage lists health and safety audits and inspection reports records of instruction and training safety bulletins or notices workers’ compensation and rehabilitation records.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide clear information and instruction to one work group on workplace procedures pertaining to health and safety in a readily accessible manner, and:

apply company processes and procedures for health and safety

demonstrate leadership skills in working with teams to identify hazards within work group, ensuring unresolved issues are referred and actioned

apply risk management procedures, including undertaking hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control according to hierarchy of control

identify and facilitate health and safety training needs and reporting requirements of work group

identify characteristics of workforce that affect the management of health and safety

identify health and safety compliance requirements relating to specific work tasks

integrate health and safety into company systems

apply key requirements of health and safety legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to work tasks

provide clear information and instructions to work group on workplace procedures relating to health and safety in plain English and catering for individual language and literacy levels

apply obligations for duty of care.

In doing the above work, the person must also demonstrate strategies in place to manage five of the following hazardous events that may occur in the workplace:

accidents, including motor vehicle accidents

bomb threats

chemical spills

electrocution

fires and explosions

inhalation of dangerous substances

manual handling

natural disasters

slips, trips and falls

violent incidents, such as:

armed robberies

workplace bullying.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of the company’s workforce, including type of work undertaken and impacts on health and safety management

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

accident and incident investigation

assessing and controlling risks

consultation and participation arrangements for employees and third parties

emergency planning and response

housekeeping and work environment

identifying hazards

health and safety management

health and safety procedures, including:

developing and communicating company health and safety policy

providing health and safety information, instruction, supervision and training

health and safety record keeping

reporting and resolving health and safety issues

training and assessment

risk management

principles of:

access and equity

hazard management

leadership as it applies to managing workplace safety

health and safety management systems

risk management procedures, including risk assessment and risk control procedures reflecting the following order of the process:

hazard identification

risk assessment

hazard control

evaluation

safe operating procedures or instructions that cover:

awareness of electrical hazards

chemical storage, handling and disposal

confined space procedures

dust

first aid and injury management

manual handling

noise

requirements for maintaining safety when working alone

safe use of tools and equipment

security

specific hazards

storage of dangerous goods

toxic, infectious and sharps waste

use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

use of safety data sheets (SDS)

vehicles and mobile equipment

working safely around electrical hazards, including wiring, cables and overhead powerlines

processes and practices for training staff in workplace safety requirements

strategies for providing workplace participative arrangements:

implementing employee performance feedback programs

formal and informal meetings of:

health and safety representatives

health and safety committees

other special purpose committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing

company information, staff bulletins and notices

suggestions, requests, reports and concerns put forward by employees to management

strategies for encouraging staff contributions to participative arrangements, including:

actively listening to ideas and opinions of staff

reinforcing positive behaviours that contribute to a safe workplace

sharing opinions, views, skills and knowledge of workplace health and safety

key requirements of work health and safety (WHS) legislation and regulations, including:

dangerous goods codes

general duty of care under health and safety legislation and common law provisions relating to health and safety issue resolution

legal responsibilities of employers, employees and other parties with legal responsibilities

provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of health and safety representatives and/or health and safety committees

regulations and codes of practice, including those relating to hazards present in the workplace or industry

maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease

provision of health and safety information and training

procedures for workplace safety inspections and audits.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

computer with internet access

health and safety records as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs

plain English guides to legislation and other compliance requirements

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and extract information from different types of plans, building drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to read and extract routine information from a variety of plans and drawings associated with residential buildings. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and review plans and drawings.	1.1.	Main types of plans and drawings for residential buildings are identified.
1.2.	Purpose of different types of plans and drawings are identified.
1.3.	Key features of each type of plan and drawing are identified.
2.	Check amendments to plans and drawings.	2.1.	Title panel is checked to verify latest amendment to plans and drawings.
2.2.	Amendments to specifications are checked to ensure currency of information.
3.	Identify symbols, terms, abbreviations and shading used in plans and drawings.	3.1.	Symbols used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.2.	Abbreviations used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.3.	Colouring and shading used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.4.	Building and construction terms used in plans and drawings are identified.
4	Locate and identify key features on a site plan.	4.1.	Site is identified from location drawings.
4.2.	True north and building orientation are identified from details provided on site plan.
4.3.	Key features of site plan are identified.
5	Extract data from plans, drawings and specifications.	5.1.	Key building features are identified in relevant plans and drawings.
5.2.	Data on key building features is extracted from relevant plans, drawings and specifications.
5.3.	Building codes or standards identified in specifications are identified.
5.4.	Key features of products included in specifications are identified.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of types and application of plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.
Numeracy skills to:	convert numerical values and scales shown on plans, drawings and specifications for buildings.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information about agency practices, industry conduct standards, and employment conditions.
Writing skills to:	record information extracted during review.
Technology skills to:	use computerised databases to locate relevant plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Types of plans and drawings must include:	drawings: details elevation ground plans layout drawings plans: heritage and conservation overlays landscaping and vegetation locality lot and common property survey plans sites strata plans survey plans services drawings: drainage ducts piping vertical section waste disposal wiring sketches.
Residential buildings must include:	any building categorised as Class 1, 2, 4 and 10a of the Building Code of Australia or in accordance with jurisdictional requirements.
Key features of each type of plan and drawing must include at least four of the following:	certification compatibility construction dimensions legend location orientation quantities of materials scale sizes types of products or services.
Specifications must include at least two of the following:	levels and survey information material technical data materials lists performance data schedules of quantities stress, load and bearing calculations.
Key features of site plan must include:	access and egress common property contours and slopes drainage lines easements environmental and heritage overlays existing dwellings, buildings or other structures location and situation major geological and topographical features orientation paving retaining walls scale service connection points set backs stormwater disposal trees and other vegetation.
Data on key building features must include:	common property dimensions location materials ratings standards.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must read and extract information from different types of plans, building drawings and specifications for four different residential buildings.

The person must also source the plans, building drawings and specifications relating to each of the above buildings, and identify the information needed to respond to three routine workplace requests for information on each building.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify different types of plans and drawings for residential buildings and their functions

read and interpret plans, drawings and specifications for each residential building, including identifying key features, levels, contours, sections, service entry points, and site features

check amendments to plans and drawings for each residential building

identify symbols, terms and abbreviations used in the plans and drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building drawings, including:

drawing perspectives

features

scale

symbols, terms and abbreviations used

types of building drawings and their respective purposes

plans relevant to residential buildings:

heritage and conservation overlays

landscaping and vegetation

locality

lot and common property survey plan

sites

strata plan

survey plan

key requirements of federal, state or territory building and construction codes, standards and regulations relating to:

residential building materials

residential building styles.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online databases of residential building plans and drawings

specifications:

plans, drawings and specifications for different styles of residential buildings

relevant codes, standards and regulations relating to the construction of residential buildings.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop and support team members to build their understanding of and commitment to the principles and practices associated with sustainability. The ability to lead and motivate a team and to develop and use coaching, mentoring and learning strategies that bring about organisational and cultural change are required.

The unit supports businesses in adopting sustainable practices and policies that go beyond meeting mandated requirements, to harnessing opportunities. It applies to individuals responsible for leading team members in a business committed to economic, social and environmental sustainability.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Support the building of skills to reflect sustainability principles.	1.1.	Purpose, benefits and practices of sustainability are researched and analysed.
1.2.	Government policies and incentives regarding the implementation of sustainable business practices are accessed and reviewed.
1.3.	Current organisational strategies, policies and procedures regarding the implementation of sustainable practices are accessed and reviewed.
1.4.	Information is gathered on existing staff skills, knowledge and behaviours in relation to sustainability, and gaps are identified.
1.5.	Contribution is made to developing and documenting a strategy to build required staff skills, and their understanding of the purpose, benefits and practices of sustainability.
2.	Support the implementation of sustainable practices.	2.1.	Organisational goals and objectives relating to sustainability are communicated to staff.
2.2.	Individuals and teams are provided with guidance to establish goals, responsibilities and performance indicators relating to sustainability.
2.3.	Individuals and teams are supported in enhancing performance and achievement of organisation’s goals, including effective implementation of sustainability processes, policies and procedures.
2.4.	Own performance is managed in line with organisational and legal requirements.
3.	Lead the team effectively.	3.1.	Updates on the organisation’s plans and approach to implementing sustainability processes are communicated to staff using effective and open communication channels.
3.2.	Staff are coached and mentored to develop understanding of sustainability issues and improve the implementation and performance of workplace processes.
3.3.	Effective strategies to facilitate team growth and increase motivation are developed, trialled and implemented.
3.4.	Outcomes of sustainability initiatives in the workplace are communicated and effective performance is acknowledged and supported in line with organisational policies and guidelines.
4.	Contribute to staff development needs.	4.1.	Current and future staff development needs relating to sustainability are identified and documented.
4.2.	Staff members are provided with opportunities to develop skills and knowledge relating to sustainability.
4.3.	Training and development needs of staff are accounted for in relevant budgets and operational plans.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sustainability policies and practices used in business.
Numeracy skills to:	use graphs and statistics to report on business attainment of performance indicators relating to sustainability.
Oral communication skills to:	respond to complex questions from team members about sustainability policies and practices of the business and performance against sustainability performance indicators.
Reading skills to:	read and assess reports and papers on building support among team members for organisational sustainability policies.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports on existing staff skills, knowledge and behaviours in relation to sustainability.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to communicate with team members on the outcomes of sustainability initiatives in the workplace.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Sustainability must include:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of ‘green’ solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using ‘fair trade’ products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources reducing waste.
Performance indicators must include at least two of the following:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of recycling achieved and reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved measured against performance targets.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also lead a team involved in implementing and monitoring a sustainable business practice in an organisation. The sustainable business practice must focus on at least one of the following:

economic sustainability

social sustainability

environmental sustainability

integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability.

In doing the above, the person must:

research and identify good sustainability business practices

support the implementation of sustainability practices, including leading and motivating a team involved in implementing sustainability practices

develop and use coaching, mentoring and learning strategies that bring about organisational and cultural change in relation to the sustainability focus.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

concepts and models of sustainability

concepts and models of team leadership

organisational policies and procedures relating to sustainable practices

strategies, tools and products to support sustainable practices in the organisation

adult learning and development principles and processes

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to sustainability

techniques for identifying training needs

theories of work team motivation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational sustainability policies

resources explaining and providing examples of sustainable business practices

reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing sustainability practices

relationship with team members:

leading a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4012A Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout a building's life cycle

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to participate in the implementation throughout a building's life cycle of policies and practices that are environmentally responsible and resource efficient. It covers the skills and knowledge necessary to research and implement policies and practices that address factors, including the use of non-toxic materials, enhancement of internal environmental quality, reduction of waste, efficient use of resources, and inclusion of alternative and renewable energy solutions. Sustainable practices also relate to the retrofitting of 'green' solutions and the maintenance of buildings. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for contributing to the implementation of sustainable solutions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Develop understanding of environmental impact over a building's life.	1.1 Purpose, benefits and practices of identifying and addressing environmental impact of a building during its life cycle are explored and used to inform the provision of services to customers. 1.2 Concepts and models of the environmental life cycle of buildings are explored and used to inform the provision of services to customers. 1.3 Range of products and services offered to support the sustainable and effective management of a building over its life cycle are reviewed and assessed.
2. Identify and communicate effective environmental solutions.	2.1 Benefits of adopting strategies that contribute to reducing environmental impact over the building's life cycle are analysed and communicated to customers. 2.2 Current products and services offered by the business are reviewed and analysed to identify their benefits and contribution to reducing environmental impacts. 2.3 Advice is sought from team members or related external professionals when services sought by the customer extend beyond current offerings.
3. Support implementation of effective environmental solutions.	3.1 Information and advice are provided to customer regarding optimal use and maintenance of the product or service to ensure environmental benefits are maximised. 3.2 Services provided by the business are checked for compliance with legislation and industry best practice to ensure optimum environmental performance. 3.3 Documentation, including 'green' certification and environmental performance ratings, is provided to the customer and its purpose explained.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
analytical skills to: apply suitable sustainable practices analyse risks problem-solving skills to identify appropriate sustainable solutions for the customer research skills to identify sustainable products, services and trends in sustainability and the environmental impact of buildings technical skills relevant to job role technology skills to use computer applications written and oral communication skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing consult with individuals and work team read and interpret documentation
Required knowledge
advanced understanding of the principles and practices of sustainability within the construction and property services industries concepts and models for building life cycle management concepts of risk management planning and processes environmental and resource hazards industry codes and standards, including Building Code of Australia (BCA) industry quality requirements organisational policies and procedures related to sustainable practices strategies, tools and products to support sustainable practices techniques and models for research legislative and regulatory requirements relating to environmental standards and OHS

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: identify and communicate the environmental impact of a building over its life cycle, from construction to demolition identify the products and services that support improved sustainability communicate with customers effectively and develop environmentally effective solutions.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Environmental impact of a building can be reduced by strategies, including:	efficient use of energy efficient use of resources required for construction and maintenance elimination or minimisation of hazardous and toxic materials minimisation of water use reduced use of non-renewable resources re-use and recycling of materials use of solar or other alternative forms of energy waste reduction.
Environmental life cycle of buildings refers to the impacts of:	extraction and processing of the raw materials used in construction and the energy intensity used construction of the building, including: design to minimise reliance on energy-intensive heating, cooling and lighting efficient use of materials installation of alternative energy sources minimisation of waste use of non-toxic materials use of recycled materials maintenance of the building, including: use of non-toxic cleaning and maintenance materials efficient energy and water use recycling and materials re-use efficient waste recycling demolition of the building, including: efficient and safe disposal of materials recycling of building materials.
Range of products and services is diverse, will typically be provided by a range of companies, and may include:	building design services cleaning operations services construction services facilities management services supply of energy-efficient building systems waste management services.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Competency field

Competency field

CPPCMN4013B Operate a sustainable business

Modification History

Unit revised and equivalent to CPPCMN4013A Operate a sustainable business

Minor changes to performance criterion 2.2 and range statement

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to, when operating a business, identify and implement products, services and practices that are economically, socially and environmentally sustainable over time.

The ability to monitor operations, implement plans efficiently, and deliver sustainable services, products and practices that meet customer needs is essential.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for managing the operations of sustainable businesses.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Seek sustainable business opportunities.	1.1	Trends in consumer expectations and business environment regarding sustainability are researched and analysed.
1.2	Developments in sustainable products and services offered within the market are researched and analysed, and their suitability is assessed.
1.3	Competitors’ sustainable offerings and market position are identified and reviewed.
1.4	Existing and new customers are consulted to explore sustainable business opportunities.

2	Communicate performance requirements and monitor sustainable product and service provision.	2.1	Performance indicators to manage the delivery of products or services are identified and implemented.
2.2	Required sustainable business outcomes are documented and reports on progress against performance indicators are communicated to stakeholders.
2.3	Opportunities to gain certification or participate in external benchmarking activities to validate sustainable products, services and practices are identified and responded to in line with operational procedures and authorisation.
2.4	Compliance with relevant legislative standards and codes is monitored and reported according to requirements.
2.5	Successful sustainable business strategies and practices are promoted and, where possible, compliance is recognised.

3	Promote a workplace culture that supports sustainable products, services and practices.	3.1	Policies and procedures are developed and communicated to establish understanding of and commitment to economic, social and environmental sustainability.
3.2	Coaching and mentoring strategies are used to build the skills and knowledge of contractors and team members with regard to sustainable products, services and practices.
3.3	Reward and recognition processes are developed to ensure staff commitment to implementing and applying sustainability solutions.

4	Monitor and manage customer satisfaction with sustainability policies, practices, products and services.	4.1	Mechanisms to monitor client satisfaction are designed and used.
4.2	Effective and timely feedback is provided to staff, contractors and suppliers regarding the efficiency and effectiveness of their service provision.
4.3	Strategies to communicate and market the benefits of sustainable strategies are planned and implemented.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
change-management skills to respond to new opportunities and implement sustainable business solutions decision-making skills to: evaluate and select business opportunities develop communication strategies assess effectiveness of service provision language, literacy and numeracy skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing compare benchmarks consult with work group read and interpret documentation, including: environment and energy efficiency requirements resource use report against identified performance indicators seek and receive feedback source, organise and record information use costing strategies lateral and creative thinking to identify new sustainable business opportunities and plan projects problem-solving skills to respond to customer service issues research skills to: identify policies, practices, products and services that contribute to sustainability analyse and compare their performance technology skills to use computer applications
Required knowledge
concepts and models that address: economic sustainability social sustainability environmental sustainability concepts and models of strategic and tactical business planning governance and accountability models and processes that inform sustainability practices legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to sustainability organisational strategy, policy and procedures to enhance business sustainability performance characteristics and benefits of sustainable policies, products, services and processes strategies for: continuous improvement effecting outcomes maximising opportunities minimising impacts

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: identify opportunities for improved sustainability within the business build a culture that supports sustainability policies and practices implement and monitor the quality delivery of sustainable business operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards’ requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sustainability is broadly defined as having three separate but inter-related components with characteristics, including:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of ‘green’ solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using ‘fair trade’ products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources waste reduction.
Performance indicators may include:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of: recycling achieved reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved, measured against performance targets.
Stakeholders may include:	contractors customers other stakeholders staff suppliers.
Mechanisms to monitor client satisfaction may include:	customer satisfaction surveys that may be repeated over time to identify trends formal customer debriefings of project and response received to the debriefing tracking data to monitor: resolution of problems, including time taken for response and completeness of resolution of issue repeat purchases verbal or written feedback provided to sales consultants or staff.
Strategies to communicate and market may include:	advertising brand management internet and ‘viral’ marketing personal selling product placements promotions public relations sponsorships word of mouth.

Unit Sector(s)

Common

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPCMN5001A Plan for a sustainable business

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan sustainable business operations. The unit covers the skills and knowledge required to develop plans and strategies to ensure a business is successful in addressing factors that lead to economic, social and environmental sustainability. Planning skills and the ability to review sustainable policies and practices are important. Understanding resourcing implications and the ability to put in place appropriate measures of sustainability outcomes are also essential for success. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for managing sustainability planning.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Inform the development of a plan for sustainability.	1.1 Research into the aspects of sustainability is conducted and analysed. 1.2 Regulations applying to the sustainable operation of the business are identified. 1.3 Procedures for assessing compliance with sustainability regulations are evaluated. 1.4 Concepts of triple bottom line planning, budgeting and reporting are reviewed and used to inform the planning process.
2. Review current sustainable business practices.	2.1 Current business planning is reviewed to identify aspects that reflect sustainable practices. 2.2 Sustainable practices and processes are reviewed and measured to assess current performance. 2.3 Alternative solutions for improved and sustainable operations are evaluated.
3. Prepare a business sustainability plan.	3.1 Objectives and performance measures for the business sustainability plan are identified in consultation with organisation's key staff. 3.2 Market conditions and market potential are analysed to inform plan development. 3.3 Research and industry intelligence are collated and analysed to build understanding of customer and community needs and preferences. 3.4 Competitors' sustainable offerings and market position are identified and reviewed. 3.5 Costings of proposed strategies are determined and included using standard budgetary processes. 3.6 Impact of proposed strategies on the community and the reputation of the business is reviewed and considered in the planning process. 3.7 Environmental impact of the proposed strategies is identified and evaluated to ensure positive outcomes for the business, community and environment. 3.8 Business sustainability plan is prepared using standard organisational procedures and approved by appropriate senior staff.
4. Plan for implementation.	4.1 Performance indicators relevant to the monitoring of plan performance are identified. 4.2 Team members involved in implementation of plan are briefed and ongoing communication channels are established. 4.3 Timelines and resources to support plan implementation are identified and sourced.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
organisational skills to undertake business and project planning change-management skills to respond to new opportunities and implement sustainable business solutions decision-making skills to: determine costing and their impact establish performance indicators select suitable strategies language, literacy and numeracy skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing compare benchmarks consult with work group read and interpret documentation, including: environment and energy efficiency requirements resource use request information report against identified performance indicators seek and receive feedback source, organise and record information use costing strategies lateral and creative thinking to: identify new sustainable business opportunities strategically analyse information technology skills to use computer applications
Required knowledge
concepts and models of sustainability, corporate citizenship, and strategic and business planning ethics regarding the impact of business activity on the community and environment techniques for financial planning and modelling governance and accountability models and processes legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to environmental sustainability overarching organisational strategy, policy and procedures strategies for: continuous improvement effecting outcomes maximising opportunities minimising impacts

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: research and identify opportunities for improved sustainability within the business plan for economic, social and environmental business operations establish and monitor performance indicators for sustainable business operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Research data may be sourced from:	'think tanks' and research houses industry associations primary research, such as surveys and focus groups publicly available data, such as Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) regional economic development plans secondary research, such as national and international literature searches.
Sustainability is broadly defined as having three separate but inter-related components with characteristics including:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of 'green' solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using 'fair trade' products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources waste reduction.
Compliance includes:	meeting relevant federal, state or territory, and local government laws, by-laws, regulations and codes of practice addressing voluntary industry benchmarking and certification processes.
Triple bottom line refers to:	methods of planning, monitoring and reporting business operations that measure: financial performance social impact and performance ecological or environmental impact and performance.
Performance indicators may include:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of: recycling achieved reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved measured against performance targets.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Competency field

Competency field

CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify risks and opportunities in the property industry. It requires the ability to identify key assets and business systems, identify risks associated with asset and system use, and document and report identified risks and opportunities.

The unit supports the work involved in identifying risks and opportunities to maintain effective use of assets and business systems. It applies to all people working in the property industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify risks and opportunities in relation to assets and business systems.	1.1.	Client and organisational assets and business systems to be analysed for risk and opportunities are identified.
1.2.	Potential risks to and opportunities for clients and organisation are identified and confirmed with relevant people in line with organisational requirements.
1.3.	Relevant legislative requirements, insurance, codes and standards applicable to use of assets and business systems are identified and examined to identify potential risks and opportunities.
1.4.	Limitations in identifying risks and opportunities are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
1.5.	Gaps or breaches in established risk management practices are identified and reported.
2.	Document and report identified risks and opportunities.	2.1.	Identified risks and opportunities supported by verifiable evidence are documented in a clear and concise manner and suitable format.
2.2.	Feedback is actively sought to ensure sufficiency and relevance of information in meeting client and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Information is securely maintained according to legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of routine risk identification and reporting procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine graphical and statistical information on common risks in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify scope of own responsibility with regard to identifying and reporting risks and opportunities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret routine workplace documents on own responsibility for identifying and reporting risks to relevant people.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, including emails, memos and letters, to report risks and opportunities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information about routine risks and opportunities in the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risks must include:	people performance premises, plant and equipment processes profile or reputation providers or suppliers.
Opportunities must include at least five of the following:	adding value aggregating assets altering existing property or facility change in consumer perceptions or tastes change in use, ownership, appearance and perception of property or facility changing style of investment creating something new identifying a market niche new or redeveloped property-related product or service new source of funds.
Assets must include at least three of the following:	building facilities buildings cash common property equipment goodwill inventory land securities vehicles.
Business systems must include at least three of the following:	administration finance information technology knowledge management marketing sales trust fund administration.
Securely maintaining information must include:	using business equipment and technology according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements maintaining client confidentiality.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and document routine risks and opportunities relating to two different assets and two different business systems in a property-related organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify a range of potential risks and opportunities in key assets and business systems in the above organisation

identify and report gaps or breaches in established risk management practices

prepare risk and opportunity findings in a format suitable for presentation and review, using standardised styles and formats.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational confidentiality requirements

insurance policies, codes and operations relating to insurance requirements for assets and business systems

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to identifying risks and opportunities in the property industry

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback

methods to identify and prioritise a range of risks and opportunities

risk management practices in the property industry

types of assets and business systems in organisations in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational risk management policies and procedures

organisational procedures relating to asset and business system use

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPDSM3017A Work in the strata community management sector.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector. It covers the basic entry-level functions to enable compliance with legislative, ethical and procedural requirements. It requires the ability to identify the role of strata communities, access information on by-laws relating to those communities, and clarify the roles and duties of strata managers and resident managers.

The unit supports the work of those involved in applying foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access information on strata.	1.1.	Legislation relevant to strata communities is identified.
1.2.	Developments that may exist under strata plans and the management issues associated with different types of development are identified.
1.3.	Own interpretation and application of legislation relating to strata communities are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
1.4.	Procedures for use of the strata community’s common seal are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
1.5.	Strata community decision-making processes, including meeting requirements and meeting procedures for lot owners and owners committee, are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
1.6.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Identify role of the owners committee.	2.1.	Membership, role and responsibilities of owners committee are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
2.2.	Key provisions of code of conduct for owners committees are identified and followed.
2.3.	Process for appointment, operation and powers of owners committee responsible for administering owners corporation is identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.4.	Process and powers of owners committee to raise funds by levying contributions against lot owners are identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.5.	Process for removal of owners committee or committee member is identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.6.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and authorised, and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Access information on by-laws for strata communities.	3.1.	By-laws relevant to strata communities are identified, accessed and interpreted to clarify rules that owners and tenants in strata communities must follow.
3.2.	Process for changing or amending by-laws is identified.
3.3.	Availability of model by-laws prepared by state or territory governments is determined, and suitability for use or amending for use with strata communities is assessed.
3.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
4	Identify role of strata managers.	4.1.	Role and duties of strata manager are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements and contract with strata community.
4.2.	Relationship between strata manager and the owners committee is identified.
4.3.	Roles and duties of strata manager and resident manager are determined and verified with owners committee.
4.4.	Role and duties of strata manager in facilitating meetings of owners and owners committee are identified and verified with owners committee.
4.5.	Role of strata manager in resolving disputes in strata communities is identified.
4.6.	Key provisions of the code of conduct for strata managers are identified and followed in all dealings with the owners corporation, lot owners and other parties.
4.7.	Own interpretation of the role of strata managers is confirmed with relevant people to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
4.8.	Own professional development needs in relation to role as strata manager are determined and appropriate sources of continuing professional development are accessed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	assess personal knowledge of legislation applying to strata communities and identify appropriate sources of professional development identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of duties of strata managers and resident managers.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on levies determined by the owners committee.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures relating to the routine administration of strata communities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret: by-laws for strata communities industry competency standards industry code of conduct.
Writing skills to:	prepare minutes of meetings of owners committees and lot owners.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to: access information complete standard forms lodge electronic documents search online databases.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation relevant to strata communities must include:	Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements Australian standards common law relating to working in the strata community management sector consumer protection laws and guidelines court and tribunal precedents environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use freedom of information home building requirements licensing requirements privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants public health requirements quality assurance and certification requirements federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including: anti-discrimination and diversity Acts Interpretation Act environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) electronic transactions industrial relations work health and safety (WHS) federal and state taxation requirements industry codes of conduct covering areas such as market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract law relevant local government policies and regulations strata, community and company titles tenancy agreements.
Developments that may exist under strata plans must include:	agriculture caravan parks commercial hotels layered schemes mixed use, such as retail, and/or commercial, and/or residential residential resorts retail retirement villages serviced apartments viticulture.
Duties of strata manager must include:	arranging payment of all invoices attending to correspondence attending to orders, submissions and appeals ensuring strata community complies with WHS regulations maintaining the strata community register organising and coordinating repairs and maintenance of common property, including following a preventative maintenance program preparing and distributing: notices, including contribution notices financial statements and budgets meeting agendas and minutes providing advice in handling difficult or complex strata issues setting dates for committee meetings, annual general meetings, and extraordinary meetings.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPDSM3017A Work in the strata community management sector.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector.

The person must demonstrate this performance by responding to four routine workplace situations, one relating to each of the following aspects of work in the strata community management sector:

complying with legislative requirements associated with strata communities

clarifying the role of the owners committee

accessing and interpreting by-laws for a strata community

identifying the duties of strata managers.

In doing the above, the person must:

comply with relevant legislative requirements and confirm own understanding and application with relevant people

comply with ethical practices and code of conduct, and check own understanding and application with relevant people

identify the role and duties of lot owners, owners committee, strata manager and resident manager in strata communities

identify by-laws applying to individual strata communities and the processes involved in changing and amending them

access and use industry employment and professional development guidelines and benchmarks, and seek assistance from own organisation and statutory organisations to ensure own continuing professional development

identify and verify own role and responsibilities and demonstrate an understanding and respect of individual differences in carrying out work tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

code of conduct relating to:

owners committees

strata managers

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

relevant federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to strata communities, including:

Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements

Australian standards

common law relating to working in the strata community management sector

consumer protection laws and guidelines

court and tribunal precedents

environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use

freedom of information

home building requirements

licensing requirements

privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants

public health requirements

quality assurance and certification requirements

federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including:

anti-discrimination and diversity

Acts Interpretation Act

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

electronic transactions

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

federal and state taxation requirements

industry codes of conduct covering areas such as market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract or common law

relevant local government policies and regulations

strata, community and company titles

tenancy agreements

social and ethical practices and business standards relevant to strata managers

strata communities:

decision making processes in strata communities

distinction between the various strata title types

meetings, including:

meeting procedures

legislative requirements relating to notification and conduct of meetings

processes for appointing and managing owners committees

role and duties of resident manager

role and duties of strata manager

role of lot owners

role of owners corporation

situations in which common seal may be used

types of developments under strata plans

WHS issues and requirements relating to working in the strata community management sector.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer to access legislation, ethical and conduct standards, and policies and procedures

specifications:

strata community by-laws

relevant codes, standards and regulations relevant to the strata community management sector

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a strata community management context under supervision of the strata manager.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and interpret strata plans. It includes sourcing strata plans, extracting information from them, and safely storing and retrieving strata plans.

The unit supports the work of strata managers who are required to source and extract information on strata communities from strata plans. It applies to those involved in managing strata communities, including strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Source strata plan.	1.1.	Copy of strata plan and other source documents are obtained.
1.2.	Sources of information on strata plans are accessed as required according to organisational requirements.
2.	Extract information from strata plan.	2.1.	Administrative information on strata plan is extracted from administrative documents.
2.2.	Key features of strata community are correctly identified on plan drawing documents.
2.3.	Features omitted on plans are identified and noted.
3.	Store and retrieve strata plan.	3.1.	Strata plan is safely and securely stored according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Strata plan is accessed and retrieved using business technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of content and structure of strata plans.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with extracting information from strata plans, including scale and area calculations.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information in strata plans.
Writing skills to:	make notes relating to features omitted from strata plans.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to store and retrieve strata plans.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Strata plan must include:	administration documents plan documents: location plan lot plan.
Source documents must include:	building approvals planning approvals legislation, including: land titles subdivision.
Administrative information must include:	administrative information: by-laws name and address for service of notices purpose or type of information schedule of lot entitlement and liabilities approvals for the plan: registration surveyor certificate signatures seals.
Plan drawing documents must include:	location plan lot plan: common property easements encroachments stairs strata lots voids.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also source strata plans and extract information from them.

The person must demonstrate this performance by correctly sourcing one strata plan, and identifying the information needed to respond to six routine workplace requests for information relating to each of the following features of strata communities:

common property

easements

encroachments

lot boundaries and areas

name and address for service of notices

schedule of unit entitlements and liabilities.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify the correct strata plan

extract the information required from the strata plan

retrieve and store the strata plan.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata plans

definition and types of common property

contents and structure of strata plans

location plans, including:

purpose

content

abbreviations, symbols and shading

scale

orientation

lot entitlements and liabilities

lot plans, including:

purpose

content

abbreviations, symbols and shading

techniques for locating lots

scale

orientation

easements

encroachments

sources of information on strata plans

terms, symbols, abbreviations and shading used in strata plans.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata plans

organisational policies and procedures on strata plans

strata community to verify information on strata plan

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata plans

relationships with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to gather and organise information relevant to strata community management in a format that is suitable for decision making. It requires the ability to review information requirements and obtain information from a variety of sources.

The unit supports the work of administrative staff involved in strata community management who are engaged in gathering and organising information on strata communities in a format suitable for decision making. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and collect information relevant to strata community management.	1.1.	Information requirements in relation to strata community are specified.
1.2.	Information sources are identified and accessed.
1.3.	Information is collected according to organisational requirements.
2.	Organise and assess information.	2.1.	Information is collated and organised in a suitable format to allow analysis and decision making.
2.2.	Information is assessed for relevance, accuracy, and consistency with organisational reporting requirements.
2.3.	Information is recorded, stored and retrieved using suitable business equipment and technology, and in line with client privacy and confidentiality requirements.
3.	Review information needs.	3.1.	Information is reviewed in consultation with strata community to confirm its sufficiency.
3.2.	Gaps in data are identified and addressed, where necessary.
3.3.	Information database is maintained according to own role and responsibility.
3.4.	Feedback on future information needs is obtained and incorporated into existing information collection and reporting processes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sources of information on routine matters relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Numeracy skills to:	process and present numerical and statistical information in response to requests for routine information relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information requirements.
Reading skills to:	read and extract information from routine workplace documents relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including emails, electronic messaging and letters, relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages and search online databases prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Information must include:	strata community: by-laws fees and levies functions insurance management of disputes meetings obligations of owners and tenants operation powers public liability repairs and maintenance scope of decision making property characteristics: accessibility for people with disabilities common property energy costs energy efficiency lot boundaries safety strata community management company services strata community management legislation and regulations.
Organisational requirements must include collecting information:	in an efficient manner using suitable business equipment and technology in line with time and resource constraints with due regard to privacy and confidentiality requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also gather and organise information relevant to strata community management in a format that is suitable for decision making.

The person must demonstrate this performance by correctly gathering and organising the information needed to respond to five routine requests for information in relation to the operation of a strata community scheme. Each request for information must address a different strata community management topic from the following:

operations and functions of a strata community

by-laws

characteristics of the property

strata community management company services

strata community legislation and regulations.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine information requirements and provide information to meet identified and defined purposes

identify and address gaps in collected data

apply organisational practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with gathering and organising property information in a format suitable for decision making

source, organise and use information in compliance with applicable industry and legal requirements

use consultative processes to review, maintain and improve existing information collection and reporting processes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

data security and safe record-keeping practices

internal and external sources of information relating to managing strata community schemes

organisational policies and procedures relating to collecting and using information, including privacy and confidentiality

organisational record-keeping and filing systems

procedures for using office equipment and technology

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

managing strata community schemes

roles of strata managers

software applications used to access, store and retrieve data

types of information management systems used in strata community management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online databases and other electronic data and information sources

specifications:

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata communities

documentation relating to strata management schemes, including by-laws, and minutes of meetings

relationship with team members and supervisor:

work is performed under supervision of a strata manager

timeframe:

information request is responded to within organisational timeframes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4009B Interpret legislation to complete agency work.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to source and interpret legislation affecting operations in the property industry. It includes identifying and applying statutory interpretation techniques, identifying and tracking changes to relevant property industry legislation and industry codes of conduct, and maintaining appropriate records.

The unit supports the work of professionals in the property industry, including licensed real estate and stock and station agents, strata managers and their authorised representatives, with regard to identifying, interpreting and applying legislation and industry codes of conduct affecting property operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify legal principles and legislative requirements affecting property operations.	1.1.	Legal framework in which property organisations operate is identified.
1.2.	Components of statute law and their relationships are identified with respect to their application to practice in the property industry.
1.3.	Source documents for legislation and regulations relating to provision of property services are identified and accessed.
2.	Interpret legislative requirements affecting property operations.	2.1.	Structure of property legislation and regulations are identified.
2.2.	Common interpretation problems with property legislation and regulations are identified.
2.3.	Rules and techniques for interpreting property legislation and regulations are identified and applied.
3.	Identify changes to legislation and regulations affecting agency or organisation operations.	3.1.	Processes that lead to changes in property legislation and regulations are identified.
3.2.	Source documents for amendment legislation relevant to the provision of agency or organisation services are identified and accessed.
3.3.	Techniques for tracking amendments to property legislation and regulations are identified and applied.
3.4.	Implications of changes to legislative and regulatory requirements are identified and addressed in line with agency or organisation practice.
3.5.	Strategies for identifying amendments to legislation and regulations are implemented.
3.6.	Changes to legislative and regulatory requirements are communicated to appropriate people.
4.	Comply with relevant industry codes.	4.1.	Industry codes of conduct are sourced and accessed.
4.2.	Relationship between industry codes of conduct and legislative requirements are identified.
4.3.	Key principles and responsibilities of industry codes of conduct are interpreted and applied to own work.
4.4.	Commitment to complying with industry codes of conduct is demonstrated through own ethical behaviour.
5.	Maintain records of legislation and industry codes.	5.1.	Agency or organisation processes for maintaining records of changes to legislation and industry codes are identified.
5.2.	Records of changes to legislation and industry codes are maintained.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements and amendments affecting work in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify legislative requirements affecting operations relating to the sale, lease and management of residential property.
Reading skills to:	read and extract information from legislation, regulations and code of conduct.
Writing skills to:	prepare briefing notes, reports and letters to communicate with other industry professionals about changes to legislation, regulations and code of conduct affecting operations in the property industry.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access complex online databases and other sources of information on legislation relevant to the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legal framework must include:	common law contract law equity law statute law.
Components of statute law must include:	principal legislation, such as Acts subordinate legislation, such as: approvals determinations mandatory and non-mandatory administrative guidelines orders regulations.
Structure of property legislation and regulations must include:	endnotes, including: explanatory notes index table of amendments section headings, margin notes and clause notes parts, sections, subsections, paragraphs, regulations, sub-regulations and clauses types of provisions, including: approvals deeming provisions definitions and interpretations general penalties objectives offences prescribed arrangements relating to regulations and orders.
Common interpretation problems must include:	ambiguous words broad phrases need for words to be implied printing and drafting errors unforeseen developments, such as changes in technology or practice.
Rules and techniques for interpreting property legislation and regulations must include:	aids to interpreting legislation, including: external: interpretations of legislation, Acts, Hansard/parliamentary papers, legal dictionaries and previous judicial interpretations internal: objectives, legislation to be accessed as a whole, definitions and interpretation sections in legislation, headings, and margin notes language conventions and expressions, including: and, or gender hierarchy includes may, should and must reading rules, including: context golden literal mischief purposive express mention of one thing to the exclusion of another words interpreted through their connection with other words words with the same meaning.
Processes must include:	government agency approval governor approval minister approval parliament.
Source documents must include:	amendment Acts amendment regulations Bills consolidated or reprinted Acts.
Techniques for tracking amendments must include:	government and industry newsletters and information sessions use of margin notes and tables of amendments.
Appropriate people must include:	agency or organisation principal authorised representatives bookkeepers, accountants and auditors licensed real estate agents property managers sales people.
Industry codes of conduct must address at least two of the following:	ethical behaviour general business operations property sales and management strata community management.
Records must include at least two of the following:	agency administration property management property sales strata scheme administration.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4009B Interpret legislation to complete agency work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also source and interpret legislation affecting operations in the property industry.

The person must demonstrate this performance by sourcing and documenting the latest legislative requirements for three aspects of property operations in either the real estate, stock and station agency, or strata community management sector; and communicating this information in an accessible manner to those engaged in agency or organisation operations.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply rules and techniques to interpret legislative provisions affecting operations in the property industry

apply techniques to track amendments to legislation in a timely manner

apply strategies to communicate legislative requirements and amendments to appropriate people in the agency or organisation in a timely manner

identify changes to legislation and industry codes of conduct affecting agency or organisation operations

apply general principles of legislation, regulations and industry codes of conduct affecting operations in the property industry

maintain accurate and up-to-date records of legislation and industry codes of conduct.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of conduct relating to property industry operations

common problems associated with interpreting legislation

principles and purpose of legislation

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to the property industry:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environment and sustainability

financial services

leases

privacy

property sales and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email, printing facilities, and online access to relevant legislative databases

specifications:

agency or organisation policies and procedures for storing and retrieving documents

guidelines for interpreting property legislation and regulations, and tracking amendments to legislation

legislation, regulations and codes of conduct relevant to property industry operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse requirements for resources used in building operations. It covers the processes required to analyse current resource requirements and advise on future resource needs. It requires the ability to identify work health and safety (WHS) hazards and apply appropriate risk-management processes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to analyse resource requirements for buildings. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, home sustainability assessors, and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Check and monitor store of resources.	1.1.	Stores are monitored routinely and checked to ensure availability of required resources using business equipment and technology.
1.2.	Variances in supply requirements are identified and documented.
1.3.	Stores records are routinely updated to ensure safe and effective use of materials.
1.4.	Advice is provided on ways to improve the use and control of stores.
2.	Undertake routine building function checks.	2.1.	Routine building inspections are conducted.
2.2.	Maintenance and repair requirements are identified and documented according to applicable WHS and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Maintenance and repair requirements are actioned within scope of own responsibility.
2.4.	Breaches of building controls are identified and reported.
2.5.	Recommendations to improve compliance with building tenancy and practice codes are prepared.
3.	Monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements.	3.1.	Sorting of waste is arranged and monitored according to legislative requirements and WHS procedures.
3.2.	Arrangements for hazardous waste to be collected and stored are assessed and where necessary variations to accepted procedures are identified.
3.3.	Risks to health and safety of self and others are identified and reported.
3.4.	Waste storage and disposal procedures are checked and monitored to ensure risk to others and own health and safety is minimised.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property inspection procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on resource use in buildings.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to verify availability of resource stores.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret text on labels to identify dangerous goods.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on building maintenance and repair items.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on building controls.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Stores must include at least one of the following:	chemical items mechanical items tools and equipment.
Routine building inspections must include at least four of the following:	access building services common areas dangerous goods emergency equipment hazardous materials hazards and risks health and amenity energy use safety security waste water.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also analyse requirements for resources used in building operations as follows:

check and monitor the use of resource stores, such as chemical and mechanical items, in the operation of one building and report on usage over a three-month period

undertake a routine building function check and present findings, including recommendations for action to the manager of facility or owners corporation

monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements for above building, and present findings and recommendations for action.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify and address breaches of building controls

apply knowledge of agency practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with analysing requirements for resources used in building operations

maintain and update inventory records during check and monitoring

monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

type and operation of building controls

types, purpose of, and procedures for building function checks

property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to access, dangerous goods storage, emergency equipment, hazards and risks

common hazards to public and personal safety in building operations

points of contact with emergency service agencies

procedures for checking and monitoring use of stores

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

consumer protection

environmental issues

work health and safety (WHS)

waste collection and disposal arrangements, including type, frequency, recycling and reuse options.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

software applications used to organise and analyse data

specifications:

building function checklists

policies and procedures for collecting and analysing information on resource use in building operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and analyse potential threats and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations. It requires the ability to assess property systems and assets to determine the level of risk exposure and identify areas of opportunity for property operations.

The unit supports workers in the property industry involved in identifying and analysing potential threats and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify risks and opportunities.	1.1.	Information on actual and potential risks and opportunities is collected and assessed for currency, accuracy and relevance.
1.2.	Structured plan for identifying and assessing likelihood of risk and opportunity is developed.
1.3.	Limitations in identifying and assessing risks and opportunities are recognised, and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Analyse risks and opportunities.	2.1.	Identified risks and opportunities are analysed for validity and reliability.
2.2.	Assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk or opportunity, together with an assessment of consequences, are developed according to terms of reference.
2.3.	Gaps in assessment methodology are identified and appropriate actions implemented.
2.4.	Valid and relevant data is analysed against assessment criteria to determine level of potential risk or opportunity.
3.	Document findings.	3.1.	Risk and opportunity assessment findings are documented.
3.2.	Feedback on findings is actively sought to ensure accuracy and relevance of information.
3.3.	Findings are updated as required and incorporated into risk and opportunity assessment plan for future management decision making.
3.4.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of routine risk identification and reporting procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine graphical and statistical information to analyse occurrence of risks in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify scope of own responsibility with regard to identifying and reporting risks and opportunities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret routine workplace documents on own responsibility for identifying and reporting risks.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, including emails, memos and letters, to report risks and opportunities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information about routine risks and opportunities in the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risks must include at least three of the following:	deliberate, natural, accidental or perceived risks industry special risks loss of goodwill, reputation or credibility loss of profits loss, disclosure, destruction or compromise of asset equipment malfunction work health and safety (WHS) public liability trade practices issues.
Opportunities must include at least four of the following:	adding value aggregation of assets altering existing property or facility change in use, ownership, appearance and perception of property or facility changing style of investment creating something new use of bankers and financiers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and analyse potential risks and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations.

The person must demonstrate this performance by identifying and analysing three potential risks and three potential opportunities relating to the operations of one property-related organisation. The findings of this work must be documented in a form suitable for presentation to senior managers in the organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess level of potential risk or opportunity against agreed assessment criteria

establish terms of reference and develop effective action plan and structure for analysis and assessment

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with identifying and analysing potential risks and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations

obtain information from a range of sources and consultative processes to ensure accurate understanding of operating environment

review and prepare findings relating to risks and opportunities in a format suitable for presentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational confidentiality requirements

concept of litigation

insurance policies, codes and operations

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback on findings of risk and opportunity analysis

principles and techniques for identifying and measuring risks and opportunities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management

property industry code of conduct and professional standards

risk and opportunity assessment techniques and processes.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisation’s policies and procedures for identifying and assessing risks

procedures for identifying and analysing risks and opportunities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to arrange and formalise lease arrangements for the use of space. It requires the ability to determine lease requirements, coordinate lease documentation, and formalise and review lease processes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in arranging and formalising lease arrangements for the use of space. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish lease requirements.	1.1.	Space lease requirements are determined.
1.2.	Client needs are confirmed and clarified using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
1.3.	Lease terms and conditions are identified.
1.4.	Retention strategies are devised and marketed to selected tenants.
1.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Arrange lease agreement.	2.1.	Lease agreement is arranged.
2.2.	Accurate and relevant exchange of information with legal advisers is facilitated using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
2.3.	Lease documentation is reviewed to ensure it is accurate and meets client, legal and organisational requirements.
2.4.	Necessary amendments to documents are arranged prior to lease execution.
3.	Formalise lease arrangements.	3.1.	Lease arrangements are implemented and standard lease documentation is completed.
3.2.	Lease documentation is stamped and registered.
3.3.	Copies of lease contracts are distributed to contracting parties to confirm respective obligations.
3.4.	Agents are appointed to facilitate completion of leasing arrangements.
3.5.	Lease records and relevant information are securely stored.
4.	Review lease arrangements.	4.1.	Lease arrangements and documentation are reviewed.
4.2.	Variations to lease requirements are identified and negotiated with contracting parties, and amendments are made according to client, legislative and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Lease arrangements are monitored.
4.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain and securely store relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of leasing procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with preparing lease documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify space requirements with potential tenants.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standard lease documentation.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare, store and retrieve lease documentation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Space must include at least one of the following:	buildings car parking facilities land lettable areas properties.
Client needs must include at least two of the following:	developing fit-out guidelines for builders facilitating transaction by separately meeting with fit-out and legal advisers managing fit-outs to preserve building services observing building rules.
Lease agreements must include:	acceptance and consideration agreement to lease building rules existing partitioned space fit-outs heads of agreement lessee and lessor obligations letters of intent negotiations containing offers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also arrange and formalise a lease for the use of three of the following different spaces:

building

car park

facility

land

lettable area

property.

For each of the above spaces, the person must:

determine requirements for lease of space through an accurate assessment of client needs and identification of lease terms and conditions

devise and market retention strategies to selected tenants

implement lease arrangements, including appointing an agent to facilitate the completion of lease arrangements

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with the lease of space

monitor lease arrangements against lease agreement requirements, and safely and securely maintain associated documentation

organise the preparation of lease documentation, reviewing it for accuracy and arranging necessary amendments.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common lease terms and conditions

contract law applied to property leasing

government duties and taxes as applied to lease documentation

legal operations for lease preparation

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices, and business standards relating to arranging leases

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

types of property leases

WHS issues and requirements relating to arranging lease of spaces.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational leasing policies and procedures

organisational tenant retention strategies

standard leasing documentation

physical conditions:

spaces to lease and associated client requirements

potential tenants

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded by non-equivalent CPPDSM4034A Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to effectively assess and implement a strata community management agreement. It requires the ability to negotiate the implementation of the agreement, and monitor and review the implementation process.

This unit of competency applies to those involved in assessing and implementing strata community management agreements. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine functions and obligations of strata manager.	1.1.	Legislative, ethical and procedural requirements relevant to strata community management services are identified.
1.2.	Fiduciary duties are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
1.3.	Procedures for appointing and terminating the manager are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
1.4.	Registration or licencing requirements with appropriate authorities are identified and complied with.
1.5.	Record management systems are maintained.
1.6.	Execution procedures for strata community management agreement are identified.
2.	Determine functions and obligations of the strata community.	2.1.	Owners’ responsibilities and accountabilities are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
2.2.	Fiduciary duties of strata community and its owners committee are identified and disclosed.
3.	Negotiate strata community management agreement requirements.	3.1.	Functions and obligations of strata managers and owners are detailed in strata community management agreement.
3.2.	Owners’ responsibilities, management fees and services are negotiated and agreed.
3.3.	Additional services are agreed according to strata community management agreement and budget allocations.
3.4.	Conflicts of interest are identified and disclosed.
3.5.	Strata community management agreement is reviewed to establish obligations, service and termination requirements.
3.6.	Delegations are identified.
4	Implement strata community management agreement.	4.1.	Strata community management agreement is agreed and entered in to according to legislative requirements.
4.2.	Record management system is maintained in relation to agreement.
4.3.	Obligations of strata manager and strata community are monitored and complied with.
5.	Review and report on operation of strata community management agreement.	5.1.	Agreement implementation processes and outcomes are reviewed.
5.2.	Recommendations for improving processes are identified.
5.3.	Report on implementation of strata community management agreement is prepared and distributed to strata community.
5.4.	Strata community management agreement is revised to take into account review outcomes.
6	Terminate strata community management agreement.	6.1.	Legislative, contractual, ethical and procedural requirements relating to terminating strata community management agreement are identified.
6.2.	Procedures for handing over strata community records to new manager or owners committee are identified and implemented.
6.3.	Procedures for transfer of strata community funds to new manager or owners committee are identified and implemented.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of strata community management procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client service requirements relating to the implementation of strata community management agreement.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex business documentation, including strata community management agreements.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports to strata community.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare, store and retrieve strata community management agreement documentation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Record management systems must include at least five of the following:	administrative and sinking funds ballots bookkeeping accounts budgets building maintenance reports by-laws contracts and agreements correspondence disclosures fee for service income tax returns insurance investments leases and licences levies maintenance plans meeting management notices and orders served on owners committee register of owners renewal dates of contracts repairs valuations.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded by non-equivalent CPPDSM4034A Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

negotiate one strata community management agreement

implement one strata community management agreement

review one strata community management agreement

terminate one strata community management agreement.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish and negotiate strata community management agreement requirements

implement and monitor a management agreement for a strata community

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing strata community management agreements

maintain records associated with above work

review and report on agreement implementation processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administration of property strata plans

business law relating to contracts and property management

financial management in relation to budgeting and bookkeeping

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

management of administration and sinking funds

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements

organisational and professional procedures relating to strata community management agreements

social and ethical practices and business standards relating to strata community management agreements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

strata community

WHS

risk management processes and procedures relating to strata community management agreements, including required insurances

use and application of statutory forms in strata community management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for establishing and implementing management agreements for strata communities

management agreement for a strata community

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to management of a strata community

physical conditions:

access to a strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in managing a strata community.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to determine maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets. It requires the ability to identify maintenance requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in determining maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify asset requirements.	1.1.	Assets are identified and relevant documentation is obtained and analysed to establish asset evaluation parameters.
1.2.	Consultation is undertaken with relevant people to obtain information using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
1.3.	Source documents are accessed and reviewed to ensure information is valid and reliable.
1.4.	Asset characteristics are assessed and documented in a maintenance strategy.
2.	Recommend maintenance strategy.	2.1.	Information on asset performance is gathered and analysed against industry benchmarks.
2.2.	Asset performance is established and appropriate maintenance methods and schedules are documented.
2.3.	Strategic prioritisation is undertaken to identify risks, anticipate future maintenance requirements, and identify opportunities to improve quality or cost efficiency of asset.
2.4.	Limitations in providing objective client advice are recognised and specialist advice is sought as required.
2.5.	Cost-effective solutions regarding asset life cycle are presented to relevant people in required format, style and structure.
3.	Monitor and report on maintenance strategy.	3.1.	Asset life cycle maintenance strategy is monitored and evaluated to ensure it is effective.
3.2.	Feedback is used to identify and develop future strategies to improve life cycle maintenance.
3.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to complete and process relevant documentation.
3.4.	Asset information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of asset life cycle maintenance strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse complex statistical and graphical information on asset life cycle performance indicators.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information provided by specialist advisers on asset maintenance strategies.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex reports on asset maintenance requirements.
Writing skills to:	prepare written reports on asset maintenance requirements.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare written reports for asset owners on asset maintenance requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assets must include at least two of the following:	building equipment furniture land facility vehicle.
Evaluation parameters must include:	financial performance functionality physical condition utilisation.
Maintenance strategy must include at least four of the following:	asset replacement strategies emergency lighting and security energy efficiency strategies housekeeping painting, cleaning and waste disposal pest control plumbing and electrical.
Strategic prioritisation must include at least two of the following:	effect of not maintaining an asset future usage plans for the asset how long particular asset will be required to be in operation owner or manager-specific requirements for aesthetics risks associated with current condition risks associated with not maintaining a particular asset serviceability requirements of the asset.
Asset life cycle must include:	acquisition disposal maintenance operation planning for and establishing a new asset replacement.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also determine maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle maintenance of assets.

The person must demonstrate this performance by determining and monitoring a maintenance strategy for two of the following different types of assets:

buildings

common property

equipment

furniture

land

facilities

vehicles.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine asset system requirements through consultation and analysis of business and operational plans

determine asset performance needs using industry benchmarks and consideration of risk

identify performance of assets and incorporate life cycle strategies into maintenance plans

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with determining maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets

monitor asset life cycle strategies by obtaining feedback and using sound evaluation techniques.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key stages of asset life cycles

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

company record-keeping policies and procedures relating to asset maintenance

industry benchmarks for asset maintenance procedures

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of characteristics of assets to be maintained

organisational policies and procedures for determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare for meetings and facilitate groups to discuss common issues in the property industry. It requires the ability to coordinate meeting arrangements, facilitate meetings, and accurately record meeting outcomes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in preparing for meetings and facilitating groups to discuss common issues. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Arrange meetings.	1.1.	Type of meeting and its purpose are identified.
1.2.	Meeting participants are identified and meeting is scheduled to provide maximum opportunities for attendance.
1.3.	Participants are notified of meeting agenda and specific requests are actioned according to organisational and legislative requirements.
1.4.	Participants are advised of changes to original meeting details as required.
2.	Facilitate meetings.	2.1.	Open and participative environment is provided for participants to discuss common issues.
2.2.	Arrangements for taking meeting notes are made to ensure accurate record of meeting outcomes.
2.3.	Meeting is facilitated and conducted in a manner that enables participation, discussion, problem solving, voting and resolution of matters.
2.4.	Meeting style and structure are selected appropriate to meeting purpose.
2.5.	Leadership styles and strategies are used that provide clear information at appropriate stages during meeting to assist in mutual understanding and agreement.
3.	Record meeting outcomes.	3.1.	Meeting minutes or notes are documented, checked to ensure accuracy, and formatted according to organisational and legislative requirements.
3.2.	Meeting issues requiring urgent action are identified and addressed.
3.3.	Meeting records are distributed to relevant people within agreed timeframes, and are securely maintained and stored for easy retrieval.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of meeting procedures and where necessary statutory requirements for meetings.
Numeracy skills to:	determine number of people in attendance at meeting and whether quorum requirements are met.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify routine meeting procedures.
Reading skills to:	read and assess accuracy of meeting notes and minutes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with the conduct of a property industry meeting, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of email and letters.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce routine documentation associated with the conduct of a property industry meeting.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of meeting must include at least three of the following:	annual general meeting board meeting committee meeting extraordinary general meeting formal meeting informal meeting one-off meeting owners committee regular meeting semi-formal special purpose meeting staff meeting teleconference videoconference.
Meeting agenda must include:	correspondence date, time and location of meeting statement of meeting purpose matters or business arising from previous meeting proxies reports.
Leadership styles and strategies must include at least four of the following:	maintaining ethical practice and beliefs in the face of opposition modelling behavioural and personal presentation standards acknowledging and respecting attitudes and beliefs of others not accepting unreasonable expectations presenting a confident, assured and unhesitant manner in challenging situations initiating action and directing decision making promoting active and genuine participation time management.
Meeting minutes or notes must include:	apologies decisions made and resolutions future action to be taken meeting outcomes meeting participants points discussed and suggestions made.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also prepare for two of the following different meetings in a property industry context and facilitate groups in those meetings to discuss common property industry issues:

one formal meeting requiring the production of an agenda and compliance with formal meeting procedures, including legislative requirements

one informal meeting requiring the production of a list of items for discussion and a statement of meeting outcomes.

In both cases the person must arrange the meeting, facilitate the meeting, and record the meeting outcomes.

In doing the above, the person must also:

accurately record and securely maintain notes of meeting discussions

effectively plan and administer meetings using appropriate procedures and protocols

apply organisational practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with preparing for meetings and facilitating groups to discuss issues

use effective communication and presentation skills to manage and conduct meetings

use technology to prepare documentation relating to meeting outcomes and distribute to relevant people in a timely manner.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

different types, purpose and formats of meetings, including general awareness of procedures for formal meetings

group dynamic principles and theory as applied to formal and informal meetings

compliance with specific legislative requirements for particular meetings in the property industry

meeting terminology

organisation’s system for recording and reporting meeting outcomes

standard meeting procedures, including:

agenda format and order

decision-making processes

minutes or meeting notes

processing and implementing meeting decisions and outcomes

quorum

role of chairperson and note taker

types of seating arrangements

strategies for facilitating meetings and discussing meeting issues

types of minutes and their purpose.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

venue suitable for formal and informal meetings

specifications:

organisational meeting policies and procedures

organisational templates for meeting documentation

contingencies:

conflict in meeting

lack of quorum for meeting

meeting documentation not provided to meeting participants in time for meeting

inaccurate or incomplete minutes of meeting

participants in meeting unable or unwilling to attend

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor purchasing processes for goods and services. It requires the ability to follow procurement procedures, determine and arrange appropriate suppliers, and check that final procurement meets client objectives.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in implementing and monitoring purchasing processes for goods and services. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine procurement requirements.	1.1.	Procurement requirements and objectives are identified.
1.2.	Information on procurement requirements is gathered and reviewed to determine appropriate procurement process and timelines.
1.3.	Factors likely to affect procurement objectives are identified.
1.4.	Own limitations of authority are identified and appropriate approvals gained as required.
2.	Monitor procurement process.	2.1.	Procurement process is systematically monitored and variations to supply are identified.
2.2.	Effective communication channels are used to ensure accurate communication flow with suppliers.
2.3.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored to ensure procurement objectives are achieved within budget parameters.
2.4.	Reliable methods of monitoring procurement are used to ensure efficient use of time and resources.
3.	Finalise procurement process.	3.1.	Purchase of goods and services is completed within designated timeframes.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm procurement meets required quality standards and procurement objectives.
3.3.	Defects or variances to procurement objectives are identified and prompt remedial action is taken.
3.4.	Procurement system and records, and reports on procurement process, are maintained using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of procurement procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm procurement arrangements with suppliers.
Reading skills to:	interpret procurement documentation.
Writing skills to:	complete standards forms and prepare complex written reports on defects or variations to goods or services ordered through procurement process.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Procurement process must include at least two of the following:	open tendering request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering single source two stage tendering.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor purchasing processes for two different goods or services relating to managing a building or facility.

Each product or service must be procured using a different procurement method selected from the following:

open tendering

request for proposal

request for quotation

restricted tendering

single source

two-stage tendering.

In doing the above, the person must:

review procurement objectives and relevant information to determine procurement processes, and source appropriate authority or delegations for procurement

finalise procurement process within agreed timeframes, using business equipment and technology to maintain records and reports

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with implementing and monitoring purchasing processes for goods and services

use effective oral and written communication to effectively monitor the implementation of the procurement process against budget parameters.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits and risks associated with, and procedures for, the following procurement processes:

open tendering

request for proposal

request for quotation

restricted tendering

single source

two-stage tendering

best practice procurement principles

implications of warranties, guarantees and exclusions relating to goods and services

key principles of procurement, including:

accountability and recording

ethics and fair dealing

open and effective competition

planning and professionalism

value for money

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of goods or services to be procured

organisational procurement policies and procedures

organisational procurement process checklist

guides on procurement processes and procedures

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide advice to identify customer needs and evaluate customer service in the property industry. It requires the ability to advise on customer needs, support implementation of customer service strategies relevant to the property industry, obtain and analyse customer feedback, and design strategies to improve customer service strategies.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in providing advice to customers and evaluating customer service. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Advise on customer needs.	1.1.	Customer needs are assessed and clarified using appropriate communication techniques.
1.2.	Problems matching service delivery to customer needs are diagnosed and options for improved service are developed.
1.3.	Relevant and constructive advice is provided that promotes the improvement of customer service delivery.
1.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to structure and present information on customer service needs.
2.	Support implementation of customer service strategies.	2.1.	Customer service strategies and opportunities are promoted within the organisation.
2.2.	Available resources are identified and allocated to fulfil customer service objectives.
2.3.	Procedures to resolve customer difficulties and complaints are actioned.
2.4.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to colleagues to overcome difficulties in meeting customer service standards.
3.	Evaluate and report on customer service.	3.1.	Customer satisfaction with service delivery is reviewed using verifiable data.
3.2.	Changes necessary to maintain service standards are identified, and actions are implemented according to organisational procedures.
3.3.	Conclusions and recommendations are prepared from verifiable data and constructive advice is provided on future directions of customer service strategies.
3.4.	Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained to compare changes in customer satisfaction.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of customer service standards and strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on customer satisfaction with service provided by organisation.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm customer service standards with team members.
Reading skills to:	interpret routine text on customer service strategies.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports on changes in customer satisfaction.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports on impact of customer service strategies on customer satisfaction levels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customers must include at least two of the following:	corporate customers customers with routine or special requests individual members of the organisation internal or external customers members of the public other agencies people from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds regular or new customers.
Customer needs must include at least three of the following:	advice or general information company information on services contract administration current and planned property development making an appointment management policy and procedures property characteristics, including: availability of alternative energy sources accessibility for people with disabilities energy efficiency energy ratings water saving devices property operations sales and marketing services specific information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor customer services strategies for an organisation in the property industry. The person must demonstrate this performance by carrying out each of the following:

identify the needs of one customer and communicate this to team members

support the implementation of one improved customer service strategy in an organisation

evaluate and report on customer satisfaction with service delivery within one department or organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

distinguish between different levels of customer satisfaction

identify and confirm needs, priorities and expectations of the organisation in delivering service to customers

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with providing advice to customers and evaluating customer service

provide constructive advice on customer service practices.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles of customer service

service standards and best practice models in relation to customer service in the property industry

common problems relating to customer service

consultation methods, techniques and protocols for gathering information on customer satisfaction

organisational business structure, products and services relating to implementing customer service strategies

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

techniques for dealing with customers with special needs.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

baseline data on customer satisfaction in the relevant department or organisation

organisational customer service policies and procedures

guides on best practice customer service practices

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide advice to set up a system of asset control that applies to all property assets. It requires the ability to classify assets in line with organisational requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in developing and implementing maintenance programs for all types of managed properties. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine system requirements.	1.1.	Asset management system requirements are determined.
1.2.	Opportunities are given to colleagues and clients to contribute to identifying system requirements.
1.3.	Recommendations on system requirements are presented in required format, style and structure using relevant business equipment and technology.
2.	Classify assets.	2.1.	Assets are identified and classified.
2.2.	Assets are recorded according to Australian accounting standards and legislative requirements.
2.3.	Level of security and disclosure of financial statements are determined.
2.4.	Reliable processes for classifying and recording assets are used, making efficient use of business technology and available time and resources.
3.	Monitor and report on asset management system.	3.1.	System effectiveness is monitored and evaluated.
3.2.	Feedback from client and colleagues is used to identify and develop improved systems.
3.3.	Existing technology is assessed against newly available technology to determine needs and priorities.
3.4.	Asset information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of asset management systems and processes.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on asset management system performance.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm asset management requirements with team members.
Reading skills to:	interpret business documentation on asset management system needs.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports on asset management system requirements.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to operate computerised asset management systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Asset management system must be either:	computer-based manual.
Assets must include at least one of the following:	intangible assets: goodwill human capital intellectual property tangible assets: buildings business and marketing contracts equipment furniture goodwill land property vehicles.
Asset information must include at least two of the following:	historical data insurance key personnel lines of responsibility maintenance schedules operating environment of organisation, including financial markets, competitors, core business activities, functions and stakeholders property management reports register of assets reports and relevant documentation residual life of assets.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also set up a system that applies to all property assets of a department or organisation operating in the property industry. The system established can be manual, or it can be a computerised system using commercially available software.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine the department or organisation’s asset system requirements through consultation and analysis of business and operational plans

classify and record assets using Australian accounting standards

apply knowledge of legislative requirements and department or organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with setting up a system of control that applies to all property assets

monitor and report on effectiveness of the asset management system.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

difference between tangible and intangible assets

asset management principles

asset management software systems, including their types, sources of information, and functions

department or organisation’s asset management policies and procedures

key provisions of ISO 55000 Asset management - Overview, principles and terminology

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to maintaining an asset management system

key financial record-keeping standards, practices and codes

required asset financial record-keeping manuals

relevant Australian standards and legislation, including Australian accounting standards

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to asset management, including:

environmental issues

financial probity

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

asset classification in Australian accounting standards

baseline data on assets of department or organisation

organisation’s asset management policies and procedures

guides on best practice in asset management for property-related organisations

ISO 55000 Asset management - Overview, principles and terminology

materials:

asset management software

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use communication techniques to manage and resolve conflicts and disputes in the property industry. It requires the ability to assess conflict or dispute situations, accurately receive and relay information, adapt interpersonal styles and techniques to varying social and cultural environments, and evaluate responses.

The unit supports the work of those involved in using communication techniques to manage and resolve conflicts and disputes in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess conflict or dispute.	1.1.	Causes of conflict or dispute are identified and response required to prevent escalation is identified and evaluated.
1.2.	Effective communication, observation and active listening skills are applied to elicit and interpret verbal and non-verbal information and ensure an accurate exchange of information.
1.3.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Negotiate resolution.	2.1.	Conflict or dispute is negotiated and resolved constructively using strategies that comply with established organisational procedures.
2.2.	Negotiation techniques are used to maintain positive interaction, and divert and minimise aggressive behaviour.
2.3.	Communication with others is conducted in a courteous manner that reflects sensitivity to individual, social and cultural differences.
2.4.	Contradictions, ambiguity, uncertainty or misunderstandings are identified and clarified.
2.5.	Factors that might impact on the safety or security of clients and colleagues are identified and appropriate responses or contingency measures are formulated and implemented.
3.	Evaluate response.	3.1.	Response evaluation findings are organised in a format suitable for analysis.
3.2.	Effectiveness of response is reviewed and evaluated.
3.3.	Incident observations are provided in an accurate, concise and constructive manner when reviewing and debriefing situations.
3.4.	Records and, where required, report of conflict or dispute are prepared using business equipment and technology.
3.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of conflict-resolution strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	summarise positions and agreements of parties in dispute to establish common ground and advance discussions.
Reading skills to:	clearly document areas of agreement and disagreement in complex disputes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with the resolution of workplace conflicts and disputes, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of emails and letters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Causes of conflict or dispute must include at least three of the following:	breakdown of communication change of economic and commercial circumstances differing legal concepts and changes in law differing views of underlying facts impact of third parties and force majeure a person under the influence of intoxicating substances a person with criminal intent refusal to comply with committee or group decisions refusal to pay for services situations affecting the safety and security of self, others or property technical problems or defective products.
Communication techniques must include at least four of the following:	active listening clear, legible writing giving customers full attention maintaining eye contact non-verbal communication, including body language and personal presentation speaking clearly and concisely using appropriate language and tone of voice using open and closed questions.
Negotiation techniques must include at least four of the following:	control of tone of voice and body language demonstrating flexibility and willingness to negotiate using positive, confident and cooperative language using clear presentation of options and consequences using language and concepts appropriate to the people involved using strategic questioning and listening to gather information and direct the focus of people involved using summarising of positions and agreements to move understanding.
Contingency measures must include at least two of the following:	arbitration counselling cultural support defusing strategies intervention legal action mediation selecting alternative actions that may require use of force, within legally permissible limits security specialists and experts.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use communication techniques to manage and resolve two of the following different conflicts or disputes in a property industry context:

breakdown of communication

change of economic and commercial circumstances

differing legal concepts and changes in law

differing views of underlying facts

impact of third parties and force majeure

a person under the influence of intoxicating substances

a person with criminal intent

refusal to comply with committee or group decisions

refusal to pay for services

situations affecting the safety and security of self, others or property

technical problems or defective products.

In doing the above, the person must:

evaluate resolution process and accurately record and report facts and outcomes

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with managing and resolving conflict and disputes

negotiate conflict or dispute situations to an effective resolution where possible

use communication techniques to accurately identify causes and incidences of conflict or dispute.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

conflict or dispute-resolution techniques and procedures

consultation methods, techniques and protocols

ethical practices and relevant codes of conduct

negotiation strategies

organisational policies and procedures for property services relating to managing conflicts and disputes, including procedures for handling complaints

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

contextual information on conflicts or disputes to be managed and resolved

organisational conflict and dispute-resolution policies and procedures

organisational templates for reporting conflicts and disputes

guides on negotiation techniques and conflict-resolution strategies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and coordinate a property or facility inspection to evaluate its condition, worth and redevelopment requirements. It requires the ability to plan and document work activities effectively, monitor and conduct inspection tasks, and record and report results of the inspection.

The unit supports the work of those involved in planning and coordinating property and facility inspections. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan property or facility inspection.	1.1.	Property or facility information is researched and analysed to determine status and occupancy details.
1.2.	Context and purpose of inspection are determined.
1.3.	Property or facility inspection plan is developed.
1.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to access, organise and monitor information.
1.5.	Property or facility access arrangements and approvals required to conduct inspection are determined.
2.	Inspect property or facility.	2.1.	Property or facility is inspected according to inspection plan, using reliable inspection processes and ensuring all relevant aspects of the property or facility are sighted and noted.
2.2.	Variations to inspection plan are determined and implemented to meet changing circumstances and improve service delivery.
2.3.	Condition of features associated with property or facility is recorded.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Review and report on inspection outcomes.	3.1.	Inspection outcomes are reported and reviewed against inspection plan.
3.2.	Recommendations and issues are prepared in required format and in style and structure suitable for review and interpretation.
3.3.	Feedback on client satisfaction with inspection outcomes is sought using valid methods and verifiable data.
3.4.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.
3.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property and facility inspection procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	take measurements and perform calculations associated with building and facilities inspection.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify and seek further information on aspects of building or facility condition and performance as part of inspection procedures.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret information from building or facility’s technical and financial reports as part of the inspection process.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports on the conditions and performance of buildings and facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property or facility must include at least one of the following:	commercial industrial mixed use residential retail strata community special use property, such as health, education or other community facility.
Purpose of inspection must:	be defined through a contract between organisation providing inspection service and legal entity commissioning the service form part of internal procedures of property management organisation.
Property or facility inspection plan must:	include range of suitable inspection activities and timelines be sufficiently flexible and adaptable to accommodate unforeseen contingencies that arise.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan and coordinate the inspection of two of the following different properties or facilities to evaluate their condition, worth or redevelopment requirements:

commercial

industrial

mixed use

residential

retail

strata community

special use property, such as health, education or other community facility.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct a property or facility inspection under normal industry conditions ensuring condition of features is recorded

apply knowledge of organisational practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with inspecting a property or facility, and assessing its condition

report inspection conclusions and recommendations, including client feedback on level of satisfaction with service

undertake sufficient research of property or facility to develop an inspection plan detailing a range of suitable inspection activities and incorporating appropriate contingency arrangements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property and facility contracts and administrative requirements

building construction principles

key features of building drawings

common building defects

inspection methods for different property and facility types

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

local regulations affecting use and conditions of above properties or facilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards relating to inspecting properties and facilities

principles of business and property law, and specific precedents likely to influence conduct of inspection

building codes relevant to properties and facilities being inspected

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

risks and risk management procedures to be followed during building and facility inspections

sources of information and assistance for property or facility

WHS issues and requirements for property and facilities inspections.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

buildings or facilities to be inspected

sources of specialist advice on building and facility inspections

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to inspecting buildings and facilities

organisational templates for inspection findings

specifications for building or facility to be inspected

WHS requirements to be met during inspections of buildings and facilities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and implement improvement processes in the property industry to reduce costs and improve quality services. It requires the ability to promote the use and implementation of innovative work practices to affect change.

The unit supports the work of those involved in promoting process improvements in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify opportunities for improvement.	1.1.	Work practices and procedures are analysed to determine opportunities for improvement.
1.2.	Information is gathered and organised in a format suitable for analysis using business equipment and technology.
1.3.	Consultative processes are used to actively encourage feedback from colleagues and clients in order to identify opportunities for improvement.
1.4.	Opportunities for improvement are assessed against organisational business goals and objectives.
2.	Determine change requirements.	2.1.	Purpose of change, objectives and timelines are established.
2.2.	Risk factors likely to affect change are analysed to identify potential constraints.
2.3.	Improvement plan is developed that details a range of suitable activities that reflect change requirements.
2.4.	Roles, responsibilities and accountabilities for the change process are established according to improvement plan.
2.5.	Communication channels are used to clearly promote objectives of change to relevant people.
3.	Implement and monitor change processes.	3.1.	Leadership styles and methods are used to provide clear direction and support to individuals and teams throughout change process.
3.2.	Future support services required for change processes are identified and delivery is planned.
3.3.	Suitable organisational systems and technology are used to monitor change processes systematically to ensure consistency with improvement plan.
3.4.	Feedback on change processes is obtained and analysed.
3.5.	Evidence and information on impact of change are documented and reported.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, collect and analyse benchmark data on work processes in property-related organisations.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret case studies of best practice process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports on impact of process improvements in property-related organisations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work practices and procedures must include at least three of the following:	conducting appraisals conducting meetings engaging clients implementing, promoting and reviewing processes listing properties managing common property managing facilities managing strata schemes marketing properties promoting the organisation and its services providing support within the organisation securing customers selling techniques staff training undertaking research undertaking routine functions working with owners corporations in strata schemes.
Opportunities for improvement must include at least four of the following:	education and training energy conservation innovative product or service innovative work practices investment strategies marketing, including use of social media new markets online business expansion pricing strategies recycling and reusing materials redesign business process review financial performance take on a mentor or business coach use of new technologies waste reduction work experience, exchange and opportunities.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also research and implement two different improvement processes that reduce costs and improve quality services in one of the following property-related organisations:

education and training

energy conservation

innovative product or service

innovative work practices

investment strategies

marketing, including use of social media

new markets

online business expansion

pricing strategies

recycling and reusing materials

redesign business process

review financial performance

take on a mentor or business coach

use of new technologies

waste reduction

work experience, exchange and opportunities.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess opportunities for improvement against business goals and objectives

identify opportunities for improving processes through an accurate assessment of work practices, information gathering and consultation

determine change requirements through development of an improvement plan incorporating an analysis of risk

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with researching and implementing improvement processes to reduce costs and improve quality services

implement and monitor change using organisational systems and technology, and documenting and reporting the results.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common effects of change and innovation in the workplace

industrial and organisational context of change

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational policies, plans, procedures and structure relating to promoting process improvements

principles and techniques for goal setting and recording priorities

principles of negotiation

processes for interpreting and applying feedback in a change management process

process improvement principles

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

sources of specialist advice on process improvement measures

specifications:

case studies of best practice process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry

organisational plans, policies and procedures relating to key business processes

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide effective leadership in the property industry. It requires the ability to model high standards of performance and behaviour, and positively influence individuals and work teams. It requires knowledge of financial, legal and procedural requirements relevant to the property industry.

The unit supports the work of those involved in leadership roles in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Apply high standards of performance in undertaking individual and team tasks.	1.1.	Own work practices model high standards of performance and ethics in providing property services.
1.2.	Property services and work practices are planned and implemented.
1.3.	Work practices reflect an understanding of and respect for individual differences, and are adapted as appropriate to meet specific needs of clients and others.
1.4.	Individual and team efforts and contributions are encouraged and rewarded.
1.5.	Breaches of organisational code of conduct and code of ethics are identified and reported.
2.	Interpret and comply with financial, legislative and procedural requirements.	2.1.	Financial, legislative and procedural requirements relevant to property services are identified.
2.2.	Key financial, legislative and procedural principles relating to organisational values and requirements are identified and interpreted.
2.3.	Information relevant to property services is identified and assessed.
2.4.	Own interpretation and application of financial, legislative and procedural requirements are confirmed.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Facilitate commitment to workplace change.	3.1.	Opinions and suggestions on improving work practices are encouraged to facilitate participation in change processes.
3.2.	Goals and objectives of change are communicated clearly and promptly to individuals and teams.
3.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to manage and provide access to information on progress towards objectives of change.
3.4.	Mentoring and coaching are provided to support individuals and groups through introduction of change.
3.5.	Decisions to overcome problems in implementation of change are made in consultation with colleagues and clients.
3.6.	Effective relations and communications are maintained with clients and colleagues during process of change.
4.	Develop and maintain professional competence.	4.1.	Own professional development is maintained in consultation with relevant people.
4.2.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is used to determine professional competency and quality of performance, and to identify key areas for improvement in providing property services.
4.3.	Own knowledge and skills in providing property services are assessed against competency standards and other relevant benchmarks to determine professional development needs and priorities.
4.4.	Strategies to maintain currency of professional competency in providing effective property services are identified, planned and implemented.
4.5.	Professional networks are participated in to identify and build relationships with relevant individuals and organisations in the property industry to obtain and maintain personal knowledge.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of code of ethics relevant to property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify and seek further information on code of conduct and ethical issues relating to providing property services.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret legislation and code of ethics relating to the provision of property services.
Writing skills to:	prepare own professional development plan in relation to providing effective property services.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access and participate in professional networks relevant to building own professional competence in property services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property services must include at least one of the following:	business broking buyer advocacy or agent facilities management for a range of property types marketing, sale and leasing a range of property types property development operations property management for a range of property types, including on-site residential property management rural agency practice stock and station agency operations strata community management urban agency practice.
Code of conduct and code of ethics must include:	accurate determination and clarification of expectations of owners and owners corporations acting in principal’s best interests clear communication of services offered and fee for services clear negotiation of fees declaration of beneficial interest declaration of conflict of interest disclosure of relevant information, including management fees disclosure of pecuniary interests fair and honest provision of property services individual behaviour maintaining confidentiality misrepresentation non-discriminatory practices over-servicing, fixed charges rather than fee for service privacy representation of organisation and clients use of organisational property.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide effective leadership by applying leadership skills in two situations to positively impact on the performance of a property-related organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

accurately interpret and comply with relevant legislative, financial and procedural requirements and prescribed codes of conduct, and check own understanding and application with relevant people

demonstrate high standards of work practices and ethics in providing property services, including:

accurately determining and clarifying expectations of owners and owners corporations

acting in principal’s best interests

adequately disclosing relevant information, including management fees

declaring beneficial interests

representing organisation and clients ethically

providing fair and honest property services

identifying and disclosing conflicts of interest

maintaining privacy and confidentiality

non-discriminatory practices

avoiding over-servicing

use constructive feedback and industry competency standards and benchmarks to identify and implement opportunities for developing and maintaining own professional development

use effective communication techniques to introduce and monitor change, while providing support to, and maintaining relationships with, clients and colleagues throughout the change process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of a positive role model

common effects of change in the workplace

industrial and organisational context of change

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback

methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards, including:

acting in principal’s best interests

adequate disclosure of relevant information, including management fees

declaration of beneficial interests

ethical representation of organisation and clients

fair and honest provision of property services

identification and disclosure of conflicts of interest

maintenance of confidentiality

non-discriminatory practices

principles and techniques associated with:

establishing effective consultative processes

establishing key performance indicators

influencing others

leading people

making decisions

preparing performance plans

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

strata communities

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

case studies of leadership in the property industry

organisational plans, policies and procedures

financial, legislative and procedural requirements of property organisations

industry competency standards and benchmarks

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and respond to service requirements of owners and occupiers, and to report on the service provision of strata managers. It requires the ability to determine service requirements of owners and occupiers, monitor service provision to ensure compliance with management agreement and budget parameters, and report on service provision to owners and occupiers in strata communities.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities who have responsibility for monitoring the service requirements of owners and occupiers and reporting on service provision. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and address service requirements of owners and occupiers.	1.1.	Professional rapport is established with owners and occupiers to encourage accurate and relevant exchange of information.
1.2.	Communication protocols and points of contact for owners and occupiers with strata manager are established.
1.3.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are handled in a professional manner, prioritised and actioned.
1.4.	Potential difficulties in dealing with service requests of owners and occupiers are identified and addressed or referred to responsible officer in strata management organisation for recommended action.
1.5.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are analysed to determine risk factors and where necessary are referred to emergency services in line with organisational risk management procedures.
1.6.	Occurrences that are likely to impact on quality of service provision are conveyed to owners and occupiers in a timely manner.
1.7.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are documented detailing time, location, nature of service and action taken.
2.	Monitor service provision.	2.1.	Information on service provision is routinely collected and analysed.
2.2.	Service provision is monitored to ensure compliance with management agreement and budget parameters.
2.3.	Feedback from owners and occupiers on service delivery is collected, analysed and used to improve service provision.
3.	Report and make recommendations on service provision.	3.1.	Reports on service provision are prepared and communicated to owners and occupiers.
3.2.	Meetings are conducted with strata community to discuss and review service provision, including non-conformance and quality issues, in an open and participative environment.
3.3.	Suggestions for improvements in service provision are noted and referred to responsible officer in strata community management organisation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of ways of identifying and monitoring the provision of services to owners and occupiers in strata communities.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material on service provision in strata communities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify service requirements of owners and occupiers.
Reading skills to:	interpret written feedback from owners and occupiers on service provision.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports for owners corporation on service provision in strata communities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports for owners and occupiers on service provision in strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Service requests must include those that:	fall within scope of management agreement require authorisation to proceed vary from the terms of the management agreement.
Information must include:	qualitative information on service provision quantitative information on service provision.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and respond to service requirements of owners and occupiers and report on the service provision of strata managers as follows:

respond to three of the following different service requests from either owners or occupiers in a strata community:

one request that falls within the terms of the management agreement

one request that varies from the terms of the management agreement

one request that requires authorisation to proceed

collect relevant data and report to the owners and occupiers in a strata community on the quality of service provision of the strata manager.

In doing the above, the person must:

consult with owners and occupiers in a strata scheme to determine service requirements

log and report service requests

respond to service requests promptly and determine appropriate action

obtain feedback on service provision from owners and occupiers in a strata scheme

monitor and report on service provision to owners and occupiers in a strata scheme.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common areas of non-compliance and quality issues in relation to service provision in strata communities

risk identification and management procedures

role of strata community in relation to monitoring service provision of strata managers

services offered by strata managers

strata management agreements, including:

format

purpose

service requirements

obligations of strata community managers

strata manager requirements to report to owners and occupiers on service provision

techniques for:

gathering and analysing routine information gathered on service provision of strata managers

gathering feedback on service provision of strata managers

gathering information on service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

communicating with owners and occupiers in strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata community management agreement

qualitative and quantitative data on service provision in a strata scheme

organisational policies and procedures relating to identifying and responding to service requests from owners and occupiers in a strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to terminate a strata community. It includes confirming instructions from the strata community to terminate the community, making application for termination of the strata community, and terminating the strata community.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities who have responsibility for acting on instructions from lot owners to terminate the community. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish and clarify termination requirements for a strata community.	1.1.	Context for termination of strata community is identified and communicated to strata community.
1.2.	Legislative requirements for termination of strata community are researched and accessed.
1.3.	Conditions required for termination of strata community are explained to strata community.
1.4.	Procedures and timeframes for termination of strata community are explained to strata community.
1.5.	General meeting of strata community is facilitated to terminate the strata community and appropriate follow-up action is taken.
1.6.	Resolutions for termination or non-termination of strata community are confirmed and communicated to strata community and mortgagees.
1.7.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Make application to terminate strata community.	2.1.	Information and agreements required for termination of strata community are identified and collated.
2.2.	Application to terminate strata community is prepared in line with strata community instructions and legislative requirements.
2.3.	Termination application is distributed to relevant people to check accuracy of information and to ensure that application requirements are clearly addressed.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Application to terminate strata community is lodged with relevant authorities in line with legislative requirements.
2.6.	Lot owners are kept informed of termination application, and inquiries from lot owners regarding the termination process are responded to in line with organisational procedures.
3.	Terminate the strata community.	3.1.	Following granting of application, strata community is terminated within agreed timeframes in line with organisational, legislative and lot owners’ requirements.
3.2.	Lot owners are informed of granting of termination of strata community and are provided with information on actions to be taken and timeframe for termination of strata community.
3.3.	Information regarding termination of strata community is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality and legislative and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Strata community funds are distributed according to legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legal processes involved in terminating a strata community.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify legal requirements for termination of strata communities.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from complex texts on termination of strata communities.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports for owners corporation on progress of applications for termination of strata communities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information relating to the termination of strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Context of termination must include:	building end of life catastrophe compulsory acquisition redevelopment of the strata community land.
Conditions required for termination of strata community must include:	legislative requirements in jurisdiction for termination of strata community requirements for agreement of lot owners and other interested parties.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also complete all tasks associated with terminating one strata community, including:

consulting with lot owners and gaining instructions relating to termination of strata community

collecting information and agreements required to complete the application to terminate the community

making application to relevant authorities for termination of strata community

keeping lot owners informed of progress of application to terminate strata community

terminating strata community in line with organisational, legislative and lot owners’ requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common problems involved in terminating strata communities

legislative requirements for terminating strata communities

procedures involved in terminating strata communities

reasons for terminating strata communities

roles and responsibilities of lot owners, owners corporations and other interested parties in terminating strata communities

role and responsibilities of strata managers in terminating strata communities

strata management agreements, including:

purpose

format

obligations of strata managers

provisions for terminating strata communities

techniques for communicating with owners and occupiers in strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata community management agreement

legislation relating to terminating strata communities

organisational policies and procedures relating to terminating strata communities

procedures for making application for termination of strata communities

details of strata community to be terminated, including the strata plan

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to administer insurance for strata communities in line with strata community instructions. It requires the ability to identify the community’s insurance requirements, place the suitable insurance, assist with lodging insurance claims, and review insurance arrangements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in administering insurance for strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1	Establish legislative requirement for insurance.	1.1.	Research and access legislative requirements for insurance for each strata community.
1.2.	Organisational requirements for arranging insurance for individual strata community are identified.
2.	Clarify insurance requirements for strata community.	2.1.	Legislative insurance requirements for strata community are communicated to strata community.
2.2.	Information on optional insurance cover is provided to strata community.
2.3.	Relationships with insurers and insurance brokers are disclosed to strata community.
2.4.	Information on extent of insurance cover is communicated to individual lot owners.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.6.	Authority to obtain quotations from insurers or insurance brokers for strata community is obtained from owners committee.
2.7.	Insurance proposal documentation is completed.
3.	Arrange valuation of asset for insurance purposes.	3.1.	Source documents are obtained.
3.2.	Information on assets to be insured is gathered.
3.3.	Valuation specialist is engaged to advise on value of asset.
3.4.	Valuation is recorded and associated documentation, including statement of limitations in determining value of asset, is stored for ease of retrieval.
3.5.	Information on value of asset is provided to strata community and as required to insurer.
4.	Place insurance.	4.1.	Suitable insurers or insurance brokers are identified and quotations and product information are obtained in line with instructions from strata community.
4.2.	Insurance quotations are reviewed to ensure accuracy and compliance with strata community, legislative and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Insurance quotations and associated documentation are communicated to the strata community.
4.4.	Adequate insurance policies and cover are acquired in line with instructions from the strata community.
4.5.	Certificates of currency for insurance policies for strata community are maintained and stored securely.
4.6.	Potential risks are monitored and communicated to strata community and strata community’s insurer.
5.	Assist with lodging insurance claim.	5.1.	Assistance is provided to strata community to make insurance claim.
5.2.	Documentation to support insurance claim is lodged with insurer or insurance broker.
5.3.	Roles and responsibilities of insurance assessors are recognised.
5.4.	Insurance claim records and relevant information are securely stored.
6.	Review insurance arrangements.	6.1.	Insurance arrangements are monitored and reviewed regularly in consultation with strata community to ensure compliance with legislative and strata community’s requirements.
6.2.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain and securely store insurance documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements for insurance for strata communities.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with reviewing insurance options.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify insurance requirements of strata community.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standard insurance documentation.
Writing skills to:	complete standard insurance claim forms.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative requirements for insurance must include:	Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) Corporations Act Insurance Contracts Act Strata Title Acts.
Strata communities must include:	commercial new builds residential.
Optional insurance cover must include:	office bearers’ legal liability appeal expenses catastrophe insurance common property contents fidelity guarantee government audit costs legal defence expenses lot owners’ improvements to the building machinery breakdown voluntary workers insurance workers’ compensation.
Relationships with insurers and insurance brokers must include:	acting as an agent receiving commissions from a third party.
Source documents must include:	as-built plans certificate of occupancy depreciation schedule legislation requirement plan of subdivision previous valuation sinking fund report.
Information on assets must include:	building classification building material improvements and additions, including: communication towers embedded networks playgrounds underground tanks number of storeys plant and machinery.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must administer the insurance arrangements and resolutions required for the strata communities of each of the following:

one new build

one residential strata community

one commercial strata community.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish legislative requirements for above insurance

place required insurance

assist owners corporation with lodging insurance claims

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with administering insurance for strata communities

monitor and review insurance requirements, and safely and securely maintain required documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

asset valuation procedures

insurance requirements for:

commercial developments

new builds

residential developments

minimum legislative insurance requirements for strata communities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

privacy

strata communities

work health and safety (WHS)

roles and responsibilities of strata managers in relation to insurance for strata communities

sources of professional advice about insurance for strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisation’s policies and procedures for administering insurance for strata community

sources of information on insurers and insurance brokers

information on insurance products for strata communities

legislation on minimum insurance requirements for strata communities

advice from relevant consumer affairs agencies and industry associations on duties of strata managers in relation to administering insurance for strata communities

physical conditions:

strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to handle strata community funds received from clients that are held on trust. It includes identifying procedures for handling strata community funds held on trust, processing funds held on trust received from clients, and reporting discrepancies.

The unit supports the work of those involved in handling moneys held on trust. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify procedures for handling strata community funds.	1.1.	Situations in which funds are held on trust are identified.
1.2.	Key legislative controls relating to handling funds are identified to ensure compliance with legislative and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Organisational policies and procedures for handling funds are sourced.
1.4.	Organisational personnel responsible for monitoring and communicating changes to legislation, industry codes, and organisational policies and procedures relating to handling funds are identified.
2.	Process funds.	2.1.	Funds received from clients are promptly and accurately processed in line with organisational policies and procedures.
2.2.	Questions from strata communities and lot owners relating to funds are responded to promptly and honestly, within scope of own responsibilities, and according to organisational policies and procedures.
2.3.	Limitations in knowledge of legislation and organisational policies and procedures relating to processing funds are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
2.4.	Compliance with relevant legislation, standards, codes, and organisational policies and procedures relating to processing funds is monitored.
3.	Report fund discrepancies.	3.1.	Discrepancies in funds are reported in line with organisational policies and procedures.
3.2.	Non-compliance with organisational procedures for handling funds is reported in line with organisational policies and procedures.
3.3	Records relating to fund discrepancies are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative and organisational requirements for handling strata community funds held on trust.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations required to verify records of funds held on trust.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify organisational policies and procedures for processing funds held on trust.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret source documents, including organisational policies and procedures, relating to processing funds held on trust.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Funds must include:	contractor payments insurance claims and refunds lot owner contributions non-mutual income.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also correctly handle four of the following situations relating to the strata community funds held for four different clients:

contractor payments

discrepancy in client account

insurance claims or refunds

lot owner’s contribution

processing non-mutual income.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify and follow procedures for handling strata community funds held on trust

process the funds held on trust received from the above clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common discrepancies and non-compliances associated with handling strata community funds held on trust

ethical requirements relating to handling strata community funds held on trust

organisational administrative routines and practices for handling strata community funds held on trust

organisational information technology and management systems used when handling strata community funds held on trust

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to strata community funds held on trust

risks and risk management strategies relating to strata community funds held on trust

security requirements for strata community funds held on trust

situations in which funds are held on trust by strata manager companies

sources of information on requirements for handling strata community funds on trust.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for handling strata community funds

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to handling strata community funds on trust

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to oversee the preparation of the annual budget for a strata community. It includes gathering budget information, identifying projected income and expenditure, overseeing the preparation of a budget, and presenting the budget to the strata community.

The unit supports the work of those involved in preparing budgets for strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Gather and analyse relevant budget information for strata community.	1.1.	Legislative provisions relating to strata community administrative funds, fee and contribution levies, as well as sinking funds and fees, are identified.
1.2.	Budgeting method is selected.
1.3.	Previous year’s budget performance is reviewed.
1.4.	Budget planning information is collated.
1.5.	Strata community’s expenditure priorities are identified.
2.	Identify and document projected income and expenditure.	2.1.	Sources of income and expenditure are identified.
2.2.	Estimates of expenditure relating to administrative activities, including repairs and maintenance, are prepared.
2.3.	Potential variations to income and expenditure estimates are identified and their impact on overall budget is assessed.
2.4.	Identified items are documented and stored for easy retrieval.
3.	Oversee budget preparation.	3.1.	Budget preparation is coordinated in consultation with owners committee and professional financial advisors.
3.2.	Budget documentation is reviewed and where necessary clarification is sought from owners committee or professional financial advisors.
3.3.	Expenditure commitments are checked against final income estimates.
3.4.	Cash flow forecasts are prepared.
3.5.	Contingencies are identified and included in draft budget.
3.6.	Draft budget is reviewed and modifications are proposed as required.
4.	Present strata community budget.	4.1.	Owner’s committee is engaged in finalising and approving draft budget.
4.2.	Draft budget and schedule of contribution levies and fees are presented to strata community for approval.
4.3.	Budget is regularly reviewed and variances are reported to owners committee.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative and organisational requirements for overseeing preparation of a strata community budget.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations required to estimate income and expenditure of strata community.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify planned expenditure of strata community.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret source financial documents, such as bank statements, and identify relevant and key information.
Writing skills to:	complete workplace documents used in preparing budgets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Budgeting method must include:	historical zero.
Sources of income must include:	bank interest contribution levies embedded network fees from owners corporation records interest from investments penalty interest recovered fees, such as from debt collection or insurance excess rental income.
Sources of expenditure must may include:	debt collection cost insurance grounds strata manager utilities.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also oversee the preparation of the annual budget for one strata community, in which the work must involve:

identifying typical information to be included in budget

recognising when budget indicates expenditure is greater than income, and suggesting modifications that will bring it into balance

overseeing the preparation of budget in collaboration with others in a manner that meets the strata community’s identified needs.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

components of a typical budget

concept of and procedures for financial contingency planning

concept of strata community control and how it applies to budgetary decision making

provisions of federal, state or territory legislation and funding body requirements that affect how finances and assets can be used by strata communities

sources of income and expenditure for strata communities

standard budgeting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to budget preparation

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to preparing budgets for strata communities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to facilitate the effective operation of owners committees in strata communities. It includes establishing the legislative and governance requirements for owners committees, facilitating the establishment of owners committees, and supporting owners committees in managing strata communities.

The unit supports the work of those involved in forming and supporting the ongoing function of owners committees. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish legislative and governance requirements of owners committee.	1.1.	Legislative requirements governing establishment, appointment, operation and removal of owners committee are researched and identified.
1.2.	Duties and good governance principles for committee are researched and identified.
2.	Facilitate establishment of owners committee.	2.1.	Support is provided to strata community to appoint and/or remove members of owners committee in line with legislative requirements.
2.2.	Support is provided to strata community to implement procedures governing operation of committee.
2.3.	Relationship between owners committee and strata manager is identified, documented in strata community management agreement, and communicated to strata community.
2.4.	Procedures for delegating duties, powers and functions of owners committee are identified and resolved by strata community.
2.5.	Appointment of owners committee is confirmed by strata community.
2.6.	Roles and responsibilities of owners committee are identified, documented and communicated to committee members.
3.	Support owners committee to manage strata communities.	3.1.	Owners’ committee is supported in establishing procedures for overseeing the management and governance of the strata community in line with the strata community management agreement.
3.2.	Fiduciary duties of owners committee is clarified and accepted by the committee.
3.3.	Meeting and voting legislated obligations, as well as best practice protocols, are developed and documented with and for owners committee.
3.4.	Support is provided to owners committee members to take management responsibility for the strata community and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities.
3.5.	Owners’ committee is assisted on an ongoing basis to ensure that legal, administrative and maintenance requirements of the strata community are monitored and met.
3.6.	Owners’ committee is given support to identify and resolve problems associated with managing the strata community.
3.7.	Professional advice is sourced and communicated to owners committee to inform decision making as required.
3.8.	Owners’ committee is given support to create reporting to annual general meeting.
3.9.	Professional and ethical relationships, based on trust and open communication, are fostered between strata managers and owners committee.
3.10.	Communication and team building strategies are applied to develop commitment and cooperation between members of owners committee.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements of owners committees.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify roles and responsibilities of owners committees play a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret strata community management agreements.
Writing skills to:	complete workplace documents associated with the administration of strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Delegating duties, powers and functions must include at least three of the following:	arranging and undertaking administrative duties in relation to annual general meetings and any other general meetings arranging building inspections and reports arranging insurance cover effecting repairs to and maintaining common property, or engaging tradespeople to do so holding documents and maintaining records managing the sinking fund and the administrative fund paying accounts paying disbursements and expenses incurred in connection with the strata manager’s management of the strata community representing the person on behalf of whom the strata manager is acting in tribunal or court proceedings serving notices to comply with a by-law undertaking steps necessary to recover any money owing in relation to levies undertaking the financial management of funds and books of account.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also support one owners committee to manage a strata community, in which the work must involve:

establishing legislative requirements for the owners committee

facilitating the establishment of the committee

supporting the committee in administering the strata community.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative requirements governing the establishment and operation of owners committees

principles and techniques associated with:

delegation

effective communication

goal setting

group dynamics and processes

problem solving

planning

owners committee:

membership

roles and responsibilities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

owners committee in a strata community

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to services provided by strata managers

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to managing strata communities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to coordinate the construction or renovation of facilities. It requires the ability to use appropriate consultative processes to determine construction or renovation requirements and to develop, monitor and finalise a construction plan.

The unit supports the work of those involved in coordinating the construction or renovation of facilities. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine construction or renovation requirements.	1.1.	Construction drawings are reviewed and confirmed with relevant people according to project requirements.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm construction requirements with contracted parties.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements are made as required.
1.4.	Construction plan is prepared, including contingencies to ensure contract and organisational requirements are met.
2.	Organise resources and support processes.	2.1.	Provision of financial, physical and human resources is planned.
2.2.	Construction strategies, objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client and relevant people.
2.3.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for construction activities are established and documented.
2.4.	Relevant approvals are obtained within designated timeframe.
3.	Arrange contractors and consultants.	3.1.	Contractors and consultants are arranged to undertake construction.
3.2.	Tendering and selection methods are selected and followed to meet client and organisational procurement guidelines.
3.3.	Contracted services are provided that are relevant to the construction work to be undertaken and client requirements.
3.4.	Documentation regarding reporting arrangements and deliverables is finalised.
4.	Monitor construction or renovation process.	4.1.	Construction or renovation is monitored against construction plan to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
4.2.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed with relevant people.
4.3.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operations.
4.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and appropriate support is sought as required.
5.	Finalise construction or renovation process.	5.1.	Notification of completed construction is received and checked against client and organisational requirements.
5.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm facilities are fully operational and meet required specifications and industry standards.
5.3.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client privacy and confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform selection of appropriate tendering and selection methods for contractors on construction projects.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate progress of construction project against time and budget parameters.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss solutions to problems affecting completion of facility construction or renovation with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret documentation on scope and progress of construction and renovation works, including technical specifications and contractor reports.
Writing skills to:	notify tenderers of outcomes of tender processes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Construction must include at least one of the following:	construct only cost plus design and construct involvement of more than one builder use of fixed price.
Project must include at least two of the following:	creating an asset fitting out new structures modifying existing structures.
Tendering and selection methods must include at least two of the following:	open tendering request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering single source two stage tendering.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also coordinate the construction or renovation of two different facilities in the property industry, involving two of the following:

creating an asset

fitting out a new structure

modifying an existing structure.

In doing the above, the person must:

arrange inspections and prepare and collate documentation relating to finalisation of contract requirements using business technology

determine construction requirements and develop a construction plan through research and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with coordinating the construction or renovation of facilities

make available appropriate resources to support the construction or renovation process

monitor construction processes using project management methodologies, and develop and communicate appropriate contingency plans

negotiate variations and adjustments to work schedules

prepare selection schedule and criteria for contractors and arrange people to be involved in the contract process by following organisational procurement procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common defects in facilities

contract law applied to building contracts

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to coordinating the construction and renovation of facilities

processes and procedures for project planning and scheduling

key features of project management software

regulations and legislation affecting property investments

key provisions of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community

work health and safety (WHS)

roles and capabilities of contractors and consultants

whole of life costing and price-quality relationship issues

workplace policies and procedures relating to engaging consultants and contractors.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

project management software

physical conditions:

work sites as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

specialist advice on renovation and construction of facilities

key provisions of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

building drawings and plans

workplace policies and procedures relating to engaging consultants and contractors, constructing and renovating facilities, and workplace safety

details of facilities to be constructed or renovated

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to promote and maintain positive public relations for a property organisation and the property industry. It requires the ability to facilitate effective communication processes, prepare media releases, and conduct media interviews.

The unit supports the work of those involved in promoting and maintaining positive public relations for the organisation and property industry. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Maintain relationships and networks with the media.	1.1.	Relationships and networks with media are established and maintained in a positive and professional manner.
1.2.	Organisational social, ethical and business standards are complied with to maintain positive relationships.
1.3.	Systems to encourage communication flow and ongoing feedback are established and maintained to ensure accurate and relevant exchange of information.
1.4.	Communication and interpersonal techniques are used to develop professional relationships with media that reflect sensitivity to individual differences and client requirements.
1.5.	Media networks are accessed to ensure that information on unplanned events is communicated in an accurate and timely manner.
2.	Prepare media release.	2.1.	Media release is drafted using clear, concise and appropriately targeted language.
2.2.	Media release is drafted in a manner that presents a positive image of the property and client and conforms to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Professional service providers are engaged where required to support relationships with media.
2.4.	Media release is distributed using established communication channels.
2.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality and organisational requirements.
3.	Conduct media interviews.	3.1.	Media interviews are conducted in a professional manner that represents preferred position of property organisation and its clients.
3.2.	Information is provided in a manner that is clear, accurate and protects the interests of the property organisation and its clients.
3.3.	Suitable aids are used to ensure message is relevant and of interest to selected media.
3.4.	Feedback is used to develop and implement strategies to maintain and improve the profile of the property organisation and its clients.
3.5.	Communication and interpersonal techniques are used to deal with difficult situations in media interviews and effectively represent the views of the property organisation and its clients.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to select appropriate media for communicating key message about the organisation.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information in media releases for accuracy.
Oral communication skills to:	conduct interviews on complex matters relating to the property industry use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	check complex text in media releases for accuracy.
Writing skills to:	prepare media releases.
Technology skills to:	analyse effectiveness of different forms of media in communicating property industry-related information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Media must include:	online print radio social television.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also promote and maintain positive public relations for an organisation in the property industry by:

preparing one media release

conducting one media interview

demonstrating how to manage relationships and networks with the media in a positive and professional manner in response to both of the following situations:

undertaking a promotional activity for the property industry

responding to adverse media coverage.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct media interviews that provide clear and accurate information in a professional manner and are appropriate and sensitive to the audience

maintain positive relationships and networks with the media and industry personnel through effective communication and interpersonal techniques

promote and maintain positive public relations for the organisation and property industry

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with preparing and distributing media releases that present a positive image for the property organisation and its clients

review work processes to include feedback from colleagues and clients on strategies to further improve and maintain media relationships and networks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

forms of media

types of media organisations in the property industry, including electronic and print

media processes and protocols

processes for conducting media interviews

processes for preparing and distributing media releases

social networking techniques

sources of advice for dealing with the media

techniques for dealing with adverse media coverage

techniques for managing relationships with media and media networks

trends in media use

ways of using the media to convey key organisational messages.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

access to specialist advice on working with the media

workplace policies and procedures on media relations

key messages to be conveyed through the media

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to select and coordinate a consultancy team to complete property projects. It requires the ability to administer project contracts; select and appoint contractors; and monitor contractor compliance with contract requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in selecting and coordinating a consultancy team to complete property projects. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine project requirements.	1.1.	Project specifications and other relevant documentation are obtained and analysed to establish project requirements.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm contract requirements with relevant people.
1.3.	Project plan is developed and contingencies are planned to ensure contract requirements are met.
1.4.	Financial, physical and human resource requirements are identified and organised according to project plan.
1.5.	Draft documentation is reviewed to ensure accuracy and relevance of information, and disseminated to relevant people for feedback.
2.	Assess and select contractors.	2.1.	Project information is reviewed and assessed to determine selection process and types of contractors required.
2.2.	Selection criteria are developed according to project requirements, ensuring adherence to principles of value management.
2.3.	Selection processes are implemented in line with agreed timeframes.
2.4.	Contractor assessment, selection and appointment processes are conducted.
2.5.	Selection decision is based on evaluation of sufficient evidence against specified selection criteria to enable a judgement to be made on the best candidate.
3.	Monitor project.	3.1.	Project plan is monitored against contracts and work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
3.2.	Effective communication channels are used that facilitate regular and accurate communication flow and feedback with contractor.
3.3.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored to ensure objectives are achieved within project budgetary parameters.
3.4.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified, and variations to schedules are negotiated as required.
4.	Finalise project.	4.1.	Notification of completed project is received and checked against contract and work schedules.
4.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm that project meets industry standards and contract and client requirements.
4.3.	Faults, errors and omissions are identified and prompt remedial action is arranged.
4.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation securely.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to choose appropriate process for selecting and appointing consultant project team.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information on projects.
Oral communication skills to:	conduct selection interviews for consultant project teams undertaking complex tasks in the property industry use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written bids from potential project consultant teams.
Writing skills to:	prepare specifications for consultant project team services.
Technology skills to:	analyse effectiveness of different forms of social media communicating property industry-related information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Project requirements must include at least one of the following:	create a new business product create a new service create an asset develop a new business process fit out a new or existing structure improve service to clients modify an existing structure upgrade or modify an existing service.
Principles of value management must include:	adherence to costing constraints attention to detail coordination of services effective selection of contractor and ancillary workforce minimisation of variations.
Selection processes must include at least one of the following:	compulsory competitive tender direct appointment interview public tender selective tender.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also select and manage a consultant project team to undertake a project in the property industry that involves one of the following activities:

creating an asset

fitting out a new or existing structure

modifying an existing structure

creating a new service

upgrading or modifying an existing service

developing a new business process

creating a new business product

improving a service to clients.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish contractor requirements through research of project specifications and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with selecting and coordinating a project consultancy team

prepare selection criteria and conduct a contractor selection process

monitor a project against the project plan

inspect a completed project to confirm it meets project plan requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultant project team roles and capabilities

consultative processes used in property-related projects

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to managing consultant property project teams

principles of value management relating to managing a consultant property project team

processes for administering project contracts, including managing contract variations

processes for selecting and monitoring project teams

systems and procedures for project planning and scheduling

type and scope of property-related projects

types of contingencies in property-related projects

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements associated with managing consultant project teams.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on managing consultant project teams

tools for monitoring projects

workplace policies and procedures on project management

workplace policies and procedures on selecting and using consultant project teams

project specifications

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide facilities, amenities and associated services for property users. It requires the ability to establish the need for facilities and amenities; and coordinate the planning, implementation and review of services.

The unit supports the work of those involved in providing facilities and amenities and associated services for property users. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine requirements for facilities and amenities.	1.1.	Facility and amenity requirements are identified in consultation with property users and other relevant people using appropriate research and survey techniques.
1.2.	Client needs are accurately assessed and clarified using appropriate consultative processes.
1.3.	Relevant documentation and legislative requirements are reviewed to ensure facilities and amenities comply with requirements.
1.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Plan for provision of facilities and amenities.	2.1.	Provision of facilities and amenities is planned.
2.2.	Project strategies, objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client.
2.3.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for project activities are established and documented.
2.4.	Financial, physical and human resource requirements are identified and arranged according to project plan.
2.5.	Risk management plan to identify, assess and control risks is prepared and incorporated into project plan.
2.6.	Relevant approvals are obtained within designated timeframe.
3.	Coordinate implementation of facilities and amenities.	3.1.	Facilities and amenities are implemented according to agreed project plan.
3.2.	Equipment and services are provided.
3.3.	Contingency arrangements for implementing facilities, and amenities are identified and activities planned to maximise quality outcomes.
3.4.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored and controlled to ensure objectives are achieved within specified budgetary parameters.
3.5.	Regular reports on progress and outcomes are provided to relevant people according to project plan.
4.	Review effectiveness of facilities and amenities.	4.1.	Systematic review processes and established evaluation methods are used to assess effectiveness of facilities and amenities.
4.2.	Feedback from users is used to confirm quality of facilities and amenities, and to identify areas for future improvement.
4.3.	Identified non-conformances and non-compliances are documented and referred for action.
4.4.	Evaluation results and recommendations for improvements to processes are prepared in required format, style and structure, and presented to relevant people within agreed timeframes.
4.5.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to select appropriate amenities and facilities for property users.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information on use of facilities and amenities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to determine property user preferences for facilities and amenities use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written reports on property users’ needs for facilities and amenities.
Writing skills to:	prepare specifications for facilities and amenities.
Digital literacy skills to:	access online information on trends in property users’ preferences for facilities and amenities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Facilities and amenities must include at least two of the following:	access controls business support car parking and bicycle storage child care common areas communications facilities gymnasium firefighting and other essential service equipment lifts and escalators meeting places minding services postal facilities public address systems recreation and entertainment facilities recycling facilities security facilities storage facilities swimming pool waste management facilities wi-fi and internet access.
Property users must include:	occupiers owners service providers tenants visitors.
Evaluation methods must include:	qualitative methods quantitative methods.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide facilities, amenities and associated services for property users; planning and coordinating the provision; and reviewing the operations of one of the following properties:

commercial building

educational institution

hospital or health centre

industrial complex

industrial estate

public building

shopping centre

strata scheme.

The above property may be a new facility or amenity, or the upgrade of an existing facility or amenity for its users.

In doing the above, the person must:

coordinate the implementation of facilities and amenities, ensuring equipment and services meet manufacturer and supplier specifications, and expenditure and resource use are monitored against budgets

evaluate effectiveness of facilities and amenities and feedback from users and recommend improvements to processes

identify requirements for facilities and amenities by consulting with property users and reviewing documentation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with providing facilities, amenities and associated services for property users

plan the provision of facilities and amenities, incorporating strategies for monitoring and reporting, risk management, resource needs, and gaining necessary approvals.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

demographics of property users

evaluation methods for assessing effectiveness of building facilities and amenities

facilities and amenities for different types of properties and user groups

planning methods and techniques

product information on facilities and amenities

public liability and insurance issues associated with installing facilities and amenities

risk management strategies relating to facilities and amenities

techniques for consulting with property users

techniques for determining property users’ requirements for facilities and amenities

warranties, guarantees and service contracts for facilities and amenities

work health and safety (WHS) issues associated with installing and using facilities and amenities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on facilities and amenities for different types of properties and user groups

building drawings and plans

workplace policies and procedures on consulting with property users

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain positive business relationships and active professional networks in the property industry. It requires the ability to share and promote professional experiences within a network, and use interpersonal skills to build trust and improve client relationships.

The unit supports the work of those involved in maintaining business relationships and professional networks. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify relationship and network requirements.	1.1.	Relationships and networks required to achieve business goals and objectives are systematically identified.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to identify and verify relationship and network requirements.
1.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to organise and maintain information for easy access and retrieval.
1.4.	Strategies are developed to obtain ongoing feedback to maintain and improve client relationships.
2.	Establish and maintain client relationships.	2.1.	Communication methods are adapted to meet client-preferred communication style.
2.2.	Client preferences, needs and expectations are confirmed and clarified using appropriate communication techniques.
2.3.	Clear and constructive client advice is provided, detailing service provision outcomes, current needs and future options.
2.4.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is used to assess quality of own performance and identify areas for improvement.
3.	Participate and influence business networks.	3.1.	Professional networks and relevant business relationships are maintained to provide identifiable benefits for clients and the organisation.
3.2.	Interactions with network members reflect sensitivity to social and cultural differences and individual needs.
3.3.	Appropriate negotiation skills are used to promote and encourage participation in a supportive environment for network members.
3.4.	Future support and service requirements for network members are identified and addressed in consultation with relevant people.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	source and evaluate information to identify appropriate business networks.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate with industry members to promote participation and gain support for business networks use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written reports on operations and effectiveness of business networks.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex texts for use in presenting organisational viewpoints in business networks.
Digital literacy skills to:	prepare presentations for use in presenting organisational viewpoints in business networks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Relationships and networks must include at least two of the following:	advocacy groups committees, including advisory committees community service groups corporate social responsibility organisations government agencies internal and external clients lobby groups local inter-agency groups professional, industry and occupational associations project-specific ad hoc consultative or reference groups specific interest or support groups sponsors strata communities suppliers supporting professionals and advisers work teams.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

identify and maintain one business relationship or professional network in the property industry

establish and maintain one client relationship

demonstrate having influenced one issue in one professional network.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement feedback strategies to obtain information from relevant people on ways to improve relationships and delivery of client services

identify networking requirements through consultation with clients and colleagues

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with maintaining positive business relationships and active professional networks

maintain up-to-date computer databases of relevant contacts and associated information

promote and participate in networks and provide support to network members

select appropriate methods and adapt communication styles when communicating with clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits of establishing relationships and business networks

key features of principal communication styles

features of ethical business relationships

networking strategies

principles and operations of networks

techniques for building relationships of trust, including with people from different cultures.

techniques for obtaining ongoing feedback to maintain and improve client relationships.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

clients and business networks

specifications:

sources of information on property industry networks

ethical standards for business relationships and networks

workplace policies and procedures on business relationships and networks

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan, organise and monitor projects in the property industry. It requires the ability to establish project requirements, monitor quality assurance processes, and evaluate project processes and outcomes.

The unit supports the work of those involved in planning, organising and monitoring projects. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine project requirements.	1.1.	Project brief is identified and analysed to determine project requirements.
1.2.	Project objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client.
1.3.	Roles and responsibilities associated with project implementation are clearly defined and documented.
1.4.	Quality assurance goals and strategies are established.
1.5.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for project activities are established and documented.
1.6.	Risk management plan to identify, assess and control risks is developed and incorporated into project plan.
1.7.	Project plan is developed and reviewed to ensure it accurately reflects agreed terms and conditions.
2.	Organise support processes.	2.1.	Resource requirements are identified and organised according to project plan.
2.2.	Targets and milestones are identified and linked to achievement of outcomes according to project plan.
2.3.	Effective communication strategies to encourage regular and accurate communication flow and feedback are established.
2.4.	Documentation and checklists associated with project plan implementation are prepared and disseminated.
2.5.	Contingencies are identified and activities planned to maximise quality outcomes.
3.	Monitor project processes and outcomes.	3.1.	Project progress is systematically monitored and variations to project plan are verified with client and adjusted accordingly.
3.2.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored and controlled to ensure objectives are achieved within specified parameters.
3.3.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to project team as required to overcome difficulties throughout implementation process.
3.4.	Regular reports on project progress and outcomes are provided to client and project team to ensure adherence to project plan.
3.5.	Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained.
4.	Evaluate project outcomes.	4.1.	Project processes and outcomes are evaluated.
4.2.	Systematic review processes and established evaluation methods are identified and used to assess project processes and outcomes.
4.3.	Evaluation results and recommendations are prepared and presented to management.
4.4.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on project management strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	reach agreement with stakeholders on procedures to be followed in project planning and implementation use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written progress and final reports on project activities.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex texts for use in presenting reports on project activities.
Digital literacy skills to:	prepare presentations for use in communicating information on the project in an accessible manner to project stakeholders.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Project must include:	outcomes that are focused on the property industry.
Quality assurance goals and strategies must include at least four of the following:	formal structure against which progress can be evaluated budgets and timetables that enable the commitment of resources at appropriate points in the project compliance with Australian standards contingency plans to cater for a change of corporate focus or significant project difficulties continuous improvement strategies mechanisms for involving a wide variety of interested parties or stakeholders in the project procedures for monitoring and evaluating project outcomes and client satisfaction reducing risk by anticipating, evaluating and developing strategies for managing possible problems reporting procedures and protocols.
Risks must include at least four of the following:	budget constraints competing work demands inadequate active participation in the quality management process by all stakeholders resource and material availability equipment and technology breakdown time delays workplace hazards, risks and controls.
Project plan must include at least five of the following:	formal structure against which progress can be evaluated acquisition strategies budgets and timetables that enable the commitment of resources at appropriate points in the project consultation strategies to involve stakeholders contingency plans to cater for changes or significant project difficulties objectives, scope and expected benefits of the project project implementation plans project management methodology to be used quality assurance procedures risk management plans specifications structure of the project transition plans.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan, organise and monitor one project in the property industry.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement feedback strategies to obtain information from relevant people on ways to improve relationships and delivery of client services

identify networking requirements through consultation with clients and colleagues

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with maintaining positive business relationships and active professional networks

maintain up-to-date computer databases of relevant contacts and associated information

promote and participate in networks and provide support to network members

select appropriate methods and adapt communication styles when communicating with clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultative processes used in property-related projects

contingency and risk analysis techniques

continuous improvement processes relating to managing projects

key project success factors and typical project pitfalls

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to managing projects

organisational quality systems, such as:

issues relating to client satisfaction

recording systems

strategic planning processes

project management concepts and principles

project management systems and tools, such as:

critical path method

program evaluation and review technique (PERT)

processes for administering project contracts, including managing contract variations

systems and procedures for project planning and scheduling

type and scope of property-related project specified in the performance evidence

types of contingencies in property-related project.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

material:

project management software

specifications:

project specifications

sources of information on project management

workplace policies and procedures on project management

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to comply with the legal requirements associated with managing strata communities. It includes identifying legal requirements; complying with relevant legislation, codes and regulatory requirements, and administering contracts for providing and/or procuring goods and services.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.	1.1.	Reliable sources of information are identified and accessed to ensure that knowledge of legislation and regulations applying to strata communities is current, comprehensive and relevant.
1.2.	Professional relationships and networks are established and maintained to facilitate personal awareness of legislation and regulations relevant to managing strata communities.
1.3.	Applicable legislation and regulations are identified and their relationship to work practices is established.
2.	Comply with legislation, codes and regulatory requirements.	2.1.	Systems are established to ensure compliance with the legislative and regulatory requirements associated with managing strata communities.
2.2.	Duties and obligations of strata manager, lot owners and owners committees in relation to compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements are identified and communicated to relevant parties.
2.3.	Legal documents are identified, maintained and securely stored to ensure accessibility.
2.4.	Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is monitored.
2.5.	Situations involving non-compliance with relevant legislative and regulatory requirements are reported and corrective actions are taken in line with organisational, strata community and legislative requirements.
3.	Administer contracts.	3.1.	Duties and obligations of strata manager in relation to administration of contracts are confirmed.
3.2.	Proposed contract is presented and terms and conditions are reviewed in consultation with strata community.
3.3.	Risks associated with contract terms and conditions are identified and action to mitigate risks is determined.
3.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.5.	Instruction is taken from strata community on contract requirements.
3.6.	Terms of contracts for provision of goods and services are negotiated with potential suppliers and contract documentation is updated as required.
3.7.	Contracts are finalised ensuring that they are signed and exchanged between the relevant parties, and contract documentation is safely stored.
3.8.	Performance of contractor is monitored and non- compliance is addressed and reported to strata community.
3.9.	Plan for contract evaluation and renewal options are established.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of legal requirements associated with managing strata communities use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract information and interpret legislation and associated regulations applying managing strata communities.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine text that explains relevant legislation and associated regulations to lot owners, occupiers, owners committees, industry stakeholders and colleagues.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation and regulations applying to strata community must include:	anti-discrimination banking and investment building code consumer protection and trade practices contracts equal employment opportunity (EEO) electronic transactions environmental issues fencing industrial relations insurance nuisance and trespass privacy residential tenancy sale of property swimming pools taxation water work health and safety.
Duties and obligations must include:	expectations of different parties legislative requirements of strata managers maintaining records maintaining up-to-date knowledge and sources of information on legislation relevant to strata communities duty of care obligations identifying and reporting potential conflict of interests responsibilities with regard to communicating and reporting.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also comply with the legislative and regulatory requirements associated with managing strata communities.

In doing the above, the person must source relevant legislation and regulations and apply this information to perform each of the following on behalf of a strata community:

check compliance with work health and safety (WHS) legislation

check compliance with the provisions of legislation applying to strata community

check that common property is managed in compliance with relevant legislation

administer a contract for works to be performed or services to be provided.

In doing the above, the person must also:

identify legal requirements associated with managing strata communities

comply with identified legislative and regulatory requirements

maintain knowledge of legislation impacting on strata communities

identify key provisions of contract law

administer contracts.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

duties and obligations of strata manager, owners committee and lot owners in relation to compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations affecting strata communities

principles of contract law

relevant industry code of conduct

WHS issues and requirements.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

access to professional associations, networks and peer support activities

specifications:

relevant legislation and associated regulations

workplace policies and procedures on compliance with legislation, including procedures for dealing with non-compliance

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure that strata managers apply current and relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards in interacting with lot owners, occupiers, owners committees, and industry stakeholders in the general management of strata communities. The unit requires knowledge of professional codes of ethics and their application to practice. It requires the ability to consider a range of ethical issues and to reflect on and continuously develop professional practice.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify professional, ethical and conduct standards.	1.1.	Reliable sources of information are identified and accessed to ensure that personal knowledge of professional, ethical and conduct standards is current, comprehensive and relevant.
1.2.	Productive professional relationships and networks are established and maintained to facilitate awareness of current issues relating to professional, ethical and conduct standards.
1.3.	Applicable professional, ethical and conduct standards are identified and their relationship to work practices is established.
2.	Apply professional, ethical and conduct standards.	2.1.	Professional, ethical and conduct standards relevant to specific work assignments are identified.
2.2.	Duties and obligations associated with complying with professional, ethical and conduct standards are examined and fulfilled.
2.3.	Ethical, professional and conduct standards are applied in resolving work-related issues.
2.4.	Ethical, professional and conduct standards and practice are promoted with clients and colleagues.
2.5.	Situations involving non-compliance with relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards are reported in line with organisational, industry and legislative requirements.
3.	Evaluate own professional practice.	3.1.	Own professional practice is monitored and reviewed against relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards.
3.2.	Advice and feedback are sought on performance to improve ethical practice.
3.3.	Professional development activities and networks are evaluated and accessed to address needs in relation to compliance with and knowledge of relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on professional, ethical and conduct standards.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of professional, ethical and conduct standards use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract information and interpret professional, ethical and conduct standards.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine text that explains relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards to clients and colleagues.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on professional, ethical and conduct standards participate in webinars and other electronic forms of professional development relevant to professional, ethical and conduct standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Sources must include:	legislative requirements strata industry codes of conduct.
Duties and obligations must include:	compliance with relevant industry and legislative codes of conduct duty of care obligations identifying and reporting potential conflict of interests responsibilities with regard to communicating and reporting.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also meet the professional, ethical and conduct standards required to effectively manage strata communities.

In doing the above, the person must source information on relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards, apply this information to resolve four of the following different workplace issues, and provide a written evaluation on own performance in addressing each issue:

potential conflict of interest in business relations

potential conflict of interest in contract management

conflict between client requirements and industry standards

differences in expectations caused by cultural requirements

dilemmas caused by tensions between personal and professional standards of practice and values.

In doing the above, the person must also:

apply codes of ethics and conduct, and professional standards to practice

analyse practice and participate in professional development activities and networks to address identified needs

maintain knowledge of ethical and professional issues and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry standards of professional behaviour and presentation relating to practice

networks relevant to own professional practice

professional techniques, strategies and responsibilities of strata managers

types and sources of professional resources

situations posing dilemmas and their implications for professional judgment and decisions

relevant professional codes of ethics and conduct.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

professional associations, networks and peer support activities

specifications:

relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards

workplace policies and procedures on professional, ethical and conduct standards, including procedures for dealing with non-compliance

supervisor:

member of a work team in a strata community management context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop a life cycle asset management plan. It requires the ability to determine asset management objectives, carry out strategic analysis, and interpret an asset management plan.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing a life cycle asset management plan. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine asset management objectives.	1.1.	Asset management objectives are assessed and clarified using appropriate research and survey techniques and consultative processes.
1.2.	Strategic plans and other information are obtained and asset management issues analysed.
1.3.	Roles and responsibilities associated with developing an asset management plan are clearly defined and documented.
1.4.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for asset management activities are determined.
1.5.	Information is reviewed to ensure accuracy, and a detailed budget and sinking fund forecast are prepared.
1.6.	Applicable industry, organisational and legislative requirements are interpreted and complied with.
2.	Conduct strategic analysis.	2.1.	Information on current and future asset requirements is accessed and evaluated according to organisational policies and procedures.
2.2.	Economic trends and market developments are identified and evaluated in terms of potential factors that may impact on asset management objective.
2.3.	Comparative market data is obtained and analysis undertaken using standard financial analysis techniques.
2.4.	Risks and contingencies are identified and quantified according to industry standards, precedents and techniques.
3.	Design support processes.	3.1.	Key performance criteria for measuring the achievement of objectives and strategies are developed and incorporated into asset management plan.
3.2.	Financial, physical and human resources to support the asset management plan are determined and organised within budget parameters.
3.3.	Quality assurance goals and strategies are determined.
3.4.	Draft asset management plan is prepared using business equipment and technology.
4.	Review and evaluate asset management plan.	4.1.	Asset management plan is reviewed and evaluated.
4.2.	Systematic review processes are established and evaluation methods used to assess strategic processes and outcomes.
4.3.	Evaluation results are prepared.
4.4.	Recommendations for improving strategy are presented to management within agreed timeframes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on asset management strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of risks associated with different asset management strategies use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract and interpret information in reports on economic conditions to determine factors that may influence the selection of asset management strategies.
Writing skills to:	prepare asset management plans.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on asset management strategies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assets must be dynamic or static and include at least one of the following:	buildings equipment furniture goodwill land property vehicles.
Asset management activities must include at least one of the following:	accounting, including cost accounting asset creation and acquisition asset maintenance asset strategies audit and management reviews condition and performance monitoring disposals information and support systems operations renewals.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop a life cycle asset management plan for one property-related asset.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct a risk analysis and evaluate potential factors that may impact on asset management objectives

establish asset management objectives

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with developing a life cycle asset management plan

formulate, review and evaluate an asset management strategy

prepare a detailed budget outlining resource requirements to support asset management activities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

asset life cycle

asset management plans

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to life cycle asset management plans

building construction practice

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

industry benchmarks for maintenance procedures

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards

property-related assets

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to asset management, including building control legislation

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements relating to developing life cycle asset management plans.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

relevant legislation and associated regulations

workplace policies and procedures on asset management

specification for an asset for which a life cycle asset management plan is required

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply oral, non-verbal and written communication skills to maintain security.

It includes:

gathering information from a range of sources including standard operating procedures and signs written in English to understand and comply with workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities

using observation, listening, oral and non-verbal communication skills to interact with others and request behaviour modification in a manner that accounts for cultural differences, avoids aggression or hostility, and encourages conflict resolution

using telephone and radio systems to report security risks

using notebooks and information technology to record and store incident details.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather, convey and receive information for security work.	1.1 Locate, read and apply standard operating procedures, workplace policies and other written information required to complete work instructions to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Use listening and observation skills to receive and interpret spoken and non-verbal information. 1.3 Use oral and non-verbal communication to develop and maintain positive relationships, mutual trust and confidence. 1.4 Clarify understanding of received information with relevant persons using clear and concise language, questioning and summarising.
2. Request behaviour modification to maintain security.	2.1 Observe the work area and identify person demonstrating disruptive or inappropriate behaviour. 2.2 Exchange information with person using non-verbal and oral communication that takes account of social and cultural differences, and uses basic strategies to overcome language barriers. 2.3 Explain required behaviour and request modification in a manner that avoids an aggressive or hostile response.
3. Report security risks using telephone and radio systems.	3.1 Check radio or phone features and control functions to confirm sufficient battery and signal levels and that system is fully operational. 3.2 Select radio channel appropriate for the location and type of communication. 3.3 Convey security risk information using appropriate language, protocols and codes and following standard operating procedures. 3.4 Receive and answer incoming communications promptly using clear and concise language and following standard operating procedures.
4. Complete and store security records.	4.1 Write security incident details in notebook ensuring information is accurate, concise and easy to read. 4.2 Complete security incident form using clear and concise language and factual accuracy. 4.3 Use information technology to enter, save, retrieve and export security information in a manner that complies with organisational standards of style, format and accuracy. 4.4 Store information securely in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and work tasks

signs and forms written in English

speaking and listening skills to exchange information with others in the workplace, including using questioning to clarify and confirm understanding and communicating with emergency service

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to find solutions to defuse conflict

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use information technology to record and maintain security information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply effective communication skills to maintain security and request behaviour modification from two different people:

one person who is being verbally abusive

one person who is behaving in a physically aggressive manner.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying communication skills to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic communication process

common barriers to effective communication

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

requirements for recording incident information that is factual and may be used as evidence in court

strategies for overcoming language barriers

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of non-verbal communication that can increase fear, aggression or hostility in others

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply effective communication skills to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply workplace health and safety (WHS), emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security and ensure the safety of self and others in the work environment.

It includes:

clarifying and applying policies and procedures to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

identifying, assessing and controlling security hazards and risks within the limits of own authority

working with others to identify and respond to emergency situations including evacuation of the work area

participating in a review of an emergency response to identify procedural improvements.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Follow WHS procedures and prepare for emergency response.	1.1 Read WHS and emergency procedures and workplace policies and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Clarify emergency procedures, personal authority and response limitations with relevant persons. 1.3 Identify and locate emergency resources and instructions within the workplace. 1.4 Select and use communications and personal protective equipment (PPE) to follow safe work practices.
2. Identify, assess and control security hazards and risks.	2.1 Identify hazards in the work area and assess security risks. 2.2 Report hazards and risks immediately to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 2.3 Use the hierarchy of control to select and apply appropriate methods to control the hazard or minimise risk as far as possible within limits of own authority.
3. Identify and respond to emergency situation.	3.1 Identify emergency situation and promptly notify emergency personnel and relevant persons. 3.2 Follow emergency response procedures and comply with instructions to maintain security within limits of own competence and authority. 3.3 Seek information from relevant persons to maintain situational awareness. 3.4 Identify need to evacuate from the work area according to nature of emergency and immediate danger level. 3.5 Select safe evacuation pathway and methods following emergency procedures and instructions and modify evacuation pathway as required. 3.6 Communicate regularly with relevant persons and others in the work area to give and receive instructions. 3.7 Evacuate work area following emergency procedures.
4. Complete documentation and assist review of emergency response.	4.1 Record details of identified hazards, risks and incidents using workplace documentation. 4.2 Discuss WHS arrangements and emergency response with relevant persons to seek feedback, exchange information and identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver

writing skills to record and describe observations, actions, hazards, risks and incidents, and to complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

emergency response and evacuation procedures and instructions that may be written in English or in diagrammatic form

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to seek information and confirm spoken instructions

orally report WHS and emergency information

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out emergency procedures

problem solving skills to adjust evacuation pathways where the usual means of evacuation are blocked or endangered

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply workplace health and safety (WHS), emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security for the following three scenarios:

identify and control two different types of hazards in the work area

respond to a bomb threat requiring evacuation of the work area

respond to an accident involving injury to a person.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security:

duty of care

limits of own authority

WHS or occupational health and safety (OHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used by emergency personnel

basic definition of a ‘hazard’

basic definition of a ‘risk’

circumstances where evacuation methods or pathways may need to be modified

current national terrorism threat level and context

emergency warning system, resources, signals and instructions used in the workplace

how to apply the hierarchy of control to control hazards and minimise risk

location of assembly areas and post-evacuation actions

location of emergency equipment in the workplace

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

range and meanings of common WHS signs and symbols

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of security emergencies and the basic hazards and evacuation actions associated with each one.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply risk assessment to select and carry out responses to identified security risk situations.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

following procedures to identify and report potential security risks and use risk assessment methods to carry out a response that is proportionate to the level of risk and own authority

participating in a review of the response and identifying improvements to future response procedures.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm work procedures and legal requirements for responding to security risk situations.	1.1 Read standard operating procedures including WHS to clarify own responsibilities and authority to respond to security risk situations. 1.2 Read workplace policies and procedures and apply to work tasks to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when responding to security risk situations.
2. Monitor environment and identify security risks.	2.1 Monitor environmental factors to maintain situational awareness in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.2 Identify potential security risk situations.
3. Assess risks and select security responses.	3.1 Assess degree of risk to self, others, property and premises. 3.2 Select security response proportionate to level of risk and own authority, and seek advice or assistance as required from relevant persons.
4. Respond to security risk situations and record details.	4.1 Carry out security responses to ensure the safety and security of self, others, property and premises is maximised within the scope of own responsibility, competency and authority. 4.2 Use security equipment to communicate clear and accurate information to relevant persons and assist security responses according to standard operating procedures. 4.3 Secure and preserve incident scenes and maintain security following response procedures. 4.4 Record incident details in notebook using clear, concise and factual information.
5. Assist in review of security responses.	5.1 Participate in review of security responses and provide observations in a clear, concise and constructive manner. 5.2 Identify effects of stress related to own well-being and use appropriate stress management techniques. 5.3 Identify areas, in discussion with relevant persons, for improving future response procedures and for reducing the effects of stress.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

speaking and listening skills to ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when communicating details of risk situations and communicating with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out security response procedures

problem solving skills to match security responses to degrees of risk

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet response requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply risk assessment to select and carry out appropriate responses to two different security risk situations:

one risk situation involving a suspicious package in a public area

one risk situation involving a person behaving in an aggressive and threatening manner.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when selecting and carrying out responses to security risk situations:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

use of self-defence techniques

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved security response options

basic understanding of the force model

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

potential adverse health effects arising from the use of force or physical restraint including positional asphyxia

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services personnel

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs and indicators of stress

signs of possible harassment or assault

techniques for recognising and controlling own stress

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

types of security risks that may be present in the work environment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a suspicious package to enable achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to provide quality services to a range of security clients, demonstrating professionalism and courtesy. For the purposes of this unit of competency, clients are any persons or groups that request or use professional security advice or services, paid or unpaid.

It includes:

identifying the range of security clients and their individual service needs

clarifying and applying workplace procedures and policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities, and meet client service standards

working and communicating with clients to establish positive relationships, take required actions to meet their needs and resolve conflict and complaints, improve service provision.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify clients and establish positive relationships.	1.1 Identify security clients and their individual service requirements. 1.2 Read workplace instructions, procedures and policies and apply to work tasks to meet client service standards to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.3 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance. 1.4 Use communication and interpersonal techniques to establish client trust and respect in a manner that accounts for individual social and cultural differences.
2. Provide services to meet client needs and maintain client satisfaction.	2.1 Confirm security service needs with client and maintain confidentiality and professional conduct. 2.2 Select and explain service options to meet client needs in accordance with work instructions. 2.3 Identify conflict situations that may affect service provision, and take required action to minimise impact on client satisfaction. 2.4 Seek assistance from relevant persons to meet client needs where personal limitations are identified. 2.5 Provide security services to meet client needs, and report outcomes to the client in a timely manner.
3. Respond to client complaints and special requirements to improve service provision.	3.1 Identify client special needs or requirements and adjust service to meet needs. 3.2 Seek feedback to ascertain possible causes of client dissatisfaction. 3.3 Resolve client complaints with professionalism and courtesy, and develop ideas to improve future service provision. 3.4 Report unresolved complaints or client dissatisfaction to relevant persons following workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver, for example clients who are young or from minority groups

writing skills to record and describe actions taken to meet client needs, and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and service standards

signs and instructions that may be written in English or diagrammatic, for example directional signs

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to elicit client needs and preferences and seek feedback on satisfaction with service provided

negotiate service options to meet client needs

orally report unresolved complaints and client dissatisfaction

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to:

adjust service to address conflict and improve client satisfaction

find ways to improve future service provision

self-management skills to plan work tasks to meet specified timeframes

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must provide quality services to meet the needs of the following security clients:

a person seeking assistance

a person who is showing signs of being under the influence of an intoxicating substance, and seeking assistance

a person from a culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) background who has little English language and is seeking assistance

a person who is paying for professional security services and has a complaint about service provision

a person who is paying for professional security services because they are being threatened by another person.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when providing services to security clients:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

definition of ‘client’ and different types of security clients

how to adjust communication to interact positively with people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic background and varying physical and mental abilities

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

how to safeguard confidential client information

methods for accessing local youth services

organisational client service standards

procedures and standards for reporting to clients

uniform and personal grooming requirements to maintain a professional image

ways that individual and social differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to provide quality services to a range of security clients

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

It includes:

clarifying and applying workplace procedures and policies to understand and comply with legal rights and responsibilities

identifying threats and assessing response and withdrawal options to prevent escalation and minimise use of force

using interpersonal techniques to defuse conflict and give spoken warnings and applying basic defensive techniques to minimise the threat and restrain, secure or escort persons.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify need to use defensive techniques and assess response options.	1.1 Read and follow workplace policies and procedures including workplace health and safety (WHS) to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using basic defensive techniques 1.2 Maintain situational awareness and identify threat to safety of self or others. 1.3 Assess response and withdrawal options to prevent escalation and minimise use of force in accordance with legislative and workplace requirements. 1.4 Check personal safety requirements and seek advice or assistance from relevant persons.
2. Use interpersonal and communication techniques to defuse conflict.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to facilitate information exchange with subject of threat. 2.2 Clarify misunderstandings and uncertainty with subject, using language that reflects sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Communicate with subject to maintain positive interaction and minimise aggressive behaviour, and to give clear spoken warnings. 2.4 Identify factors that might impact on the safety and security of self and others and apply contingency measures within scope of own competence and authority.
3. Apply basic defensive techniques and report outcomes.	3.1 Apply basic defensive techniques to minimise immediate threat following legislative and workplace requirements. 3.2 Monitor subject to anticipate movement and aggressive actions. 3.3 Maintain stance and distance from subject to maximise ability to quickly apply recognised hold techniques, and immediately use lower force options when threat decreases or ceases. 3.4 Request assistance from relevant persons and restrain, secure or escort subject. 3.5 Record details of incident using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe observations and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when communicating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to anticipate movement and aggressive actions, react in a timely manner, and adjust response accordingly

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must protect self and others using basic defensive techniques for three different threat situations. For each threat situation, the person must demonstrate correct techniques for avoidance, body safety and body positioning including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when protecting self and others using basic defensive techniques:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic understanding of the force model

basic defensive techniques and how and when they can be applied including:

blocking techniques

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques

body safety and body positioning techniques including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of positional asphyxiation

pre-attack indicators

procedures for communicating with emergency services

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using basic defensive techniques that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances or substance-affected.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

conducting a complete patrol sequence to meet work instructions, including activating and deactivating alarms or other security systems, monitoring and inspecting property and access points to confirm security status

confirming alarm signals and assessing and responding to potential security risks.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for security patrol.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for patrol and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security patrol.
2. Prepare for security patrol.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and replace or report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Confirm patrol area, access and entry points and alarm locations, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
3. Carry out patrol sequence and monitoring.	3.1 Conduct systematic personal safety checks on a regular basis in accordance with workplace requirements. 3.2 Patrol premises following site patrol schedules, routes and work instructions. 3.3 Activate and deactivate alarms or other security systems following procedures. 3.4 Monitor and inspect property and access points to confirm security status in accordance with work instructions. 3.5 Use communication processes and equipment to regularly convey security status to relevant persons.
4. Identify, report and respond to security risks.	4.1 Confirm alarm signals and identify potential security risks. 4.2 Communicate security risk details to relevant persons, and request assistance. 4.3 Assess risk and carry out security response within scope of own competence and authority. 4.4 Monitor changing circumstances and adjust response to maintain security.
5. Finalise patrol and complete documentation.	5.1 Complete patrol sequence and confirm security of premises. 5.2 Record details of patrol and incidents using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

maps and other site information when clarifying the patrol area

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when negotiating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete patrol activities

problem solving skills to interpret alarm signals

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must conduct two patrols to monitor property and maintain security, involving, at a minimum, the following scenarios for each patrol:

an alarm activation

indications of unauthorised access

the presence of an intruder.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security patrols:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

differences between procedures for mobile and static patrols

methods for monitoring property and access points

operational principles of basic security and alarm systems, communications and protective equipment

procedures for alarm response including responding to multiple alarm activations

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during patrol operations and appropriate responses

site emergency and evacuation plan and procedures

site layout, including access and exit points and location of alarms and security systems

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and legal rights and responsibilities to ensure compliance

obtaining required permissions and using a hand-held scanner and personal search methods to screen people, personal effects and items

following procedures to carry out an appropriate response where prohibited or dangerous items are identified or alarms activated.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for security screening.	1.1 Read workplace instruction, standard operating procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS). 1.2 Clarify screening requirements with relevant persons. 1.3 Apply to screening tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.4 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance.
2. Prepare screening equipment.	2.1 Select and check screening equipment for operational effectiveness. 2.2 Identify and report faulty and damaged equipment following workplace procedures.
3. Monitor and screen people and personal effects.	3.1 Observe and control flow of people through security point and provide information and assistance to maintain order. 3.2 Direct people through screening process using interpersonal and communication techniques that are courteous, professional and account for individual social and cultural differences. 3.3 Screen people using equipment that is fit-for-purpose, and adjust screening methods for infants and persons with special needs. 3.4 Identify need to search person and personal effects and request authority to proceed, or seek assistance from persons authorised to conduct search. 3.5 Conduct permitted personal search within legal constraints in a professional and courteous manner. 3.6 Where required personal search is not permitted, deny access through screening point and report status to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.7 Monitor people, personal effects and equipment to promptly identify prohibited or dangerous items.
4. Monitor and screen items.	4.1 Control position of items and carry out physical search and screening, using equipment that is fit-for-purpose. 4.2 Monitor items and equipment to promptly identify prohibited or dangerous items.
5. Report and respond to prohibited or dangerous items and alarm activations.	5.1 Conduct further screening to clarify potential prohibited or dangerous items. 5.2 Report and respond to identified prohibited or dangerous items and alarm activations following standard operating procedures. 5.3 Record screening outcomes using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information, advice and instructions, using structure and language that engages people, including young people and minority groups

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are written in English and may be diagrammatic, such as equipment instructions and dangerous goods or hazardous signs and labels

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when directing and explaining the screening process to members of the public

orally request authority to proceed with search of persons, and seek assistance where authority is not granted

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious behaviour when observing people through the screening process

recognise suspicious items, for example by checking size, shape and colour

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, after obtaining required permissions, a person must:

use a hand-held scanner to screen two different people and their personal effects

use physical search techniques to search two different bags containing several items that can hide or mask prohibited items, and identify one prohibited item

use personal search techniques to search two different people and their personal effects and identify one prohibited item.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when screening people, personal effects and items to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of people, property and seizure of goods

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic features of screening technologies

basic wanding techniques

components and characteristics of typical weapons, prohibited or dangerous items and explosives that may be contained in items being screened

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and techniques for physically searching items

methods for screening infants and people with special needs

personal search methods and techniques

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

procedures for confiscating prohibited or dangerous goods

procedures for responding to positive alarms

procedures for selecting a random sample of persons for screening with hand-held equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

situations requiring notification of emergency services

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry, including a functioning hand-held scanner

bags and items (including props representing prohibited items) to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor and control the access and exit of people and vehicles from premises. Vehicles include any mobile plant or equipment requiring access to or exit from premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

checking and validating the identity and authority of people and vehicles entering and exiting from premises and refusing access as required

inspecting baggage and vehicles to verify loads and to identify and report prohibited or hazardous items

managing premises’ access control systems, such as locked or alarmed doors, and identifying and responding to indications of unauthorised entry.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for controlling access to and exit from premises.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures to clarify requirements for controlling access to and exit from premises. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Monitor people entering premises.	2.1 Check the identity of persons entering premises by matching relevant details on identification (ID) documents or using electronic ID equipment. 2.2 Allow person to enter premises where ID and authority to enter have been validated. 2.3 Use appropriate interpersonal techniques and oral and non-verbal communication to clarify issues and confirm compliance with conditions of entry. 2.4 Refuse entry to persons where conditions of entry have been breached using communication that takes account of social and cultural differences, and is in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver.
3. Inspect baggage and vehicles entering or exiting premises.	3.1 Carry out baggage and vehicle inspections following standard operating procedures. 3.2 Report refusals to inspection requests immediately to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.3 Identify and report prohibited or hazardous items found during inspection in accordance with standard operating procedures.
4. Monitor vehicular traffic entering and exiting premises.	4.1 Verify identification and authority of vehicles entering premises in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.2 Direct incoming vehicles to appropriate unloading or parking areas in accordance with site requirements. 4.3 Check vehicles carrying dispatched product by matching load details against relevant documentation. 4.4 Report incidents that infringe or breach conditions of vehicular entry or exit.
5. Operate and monitor access control systems.	5.1 Monitor access control system in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 5.2 Activate and deactivate access control system to meet work instructions. 5.3 Promptly identify and respond to indications of unauthorised entry following standard operating procedures. 5.4 Record details of unauthorised entry incident using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

manufacturers’ instructions for operating access control systems

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when checking the authority of persons or vehicles to enter premises

orally report refusals to baggage or vehicle inspection requests

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate time and estimate vehicular speed

problem solving skills to match identification documentation to persons and recognise suspicious behaviour and items

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor and control:

the entry of three persons to premises where:

one person is carrying dangerous or prohibited goods

one person does not meet conditions of entry

one person refuses a request to search baggage

the entry and exit of two vehicles where one is carrying dangerous or prohibited goods

entry to premises via an access control system where there has been at least one unauthorised attempt at entry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring and controlling access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of people, property and vehicles and seizure of goods

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

operational principles and features of common access control systems

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs of intoxication

signs of positional asphyxiation

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

types of identification and authority required to confirm entry to premises

types of vehicles that may require monitoring while accessing and exiting from premises, including:

bicycles

buses

cars

motorcycles

personal transporters

ride-on lawnmowers

trolleys

trucks

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor and control the access and exit of people and vehicles from premises

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security of persons, property and premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

assessing site layout, and observing individual and crowd behaviour to maintain situational awareness and intervene early to defuse conflict, assess and respond to risks

knowledge of crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can pose a threat to security.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Prepare for monitoring activities.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and replace or report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Assess site layout to identify access and exit points, barriers and thoroughfares, and identify strategic observation points to monitor crowd movement and behaviour.
3. Monitor individual and crowd behaviour.	3.1 Conduct systematic personal safety checks on a regular basis. 3.2 Observe individual and crowd behaviour to maintain constant situational awareness. 3.3 Use communication equipment to regularly convey security status to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.4 Identify persons behaving in a potentially disruptive manner and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 3.5 Act promptly to calm the situation and defuse conflict, using interpersonal techniques that take account of individual social and cultural differences.
4. Control and report individual and crowd behaviour.	4.1 Identify potential security risks and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 4.2 Communicate details of security risk to relevant persons and request assistance following standard operating procedures. 4.3 Select and carry out security response within scope of own competence and authority. 4.4 Monitor changing crowd and individual behaviour and adjust response to maintain security. 4.5 Record details of security risk and response using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

manufacturers’ instructions for operating communication equipment

maps and other information when assessing site layout

speaking and listening skills to:

use negotiation skills to defuse conflict

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when negotiating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate time and estimate vehicular speed

problem solving skills to recognise changes in crowd dynamics and individual behaviour

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security, involving two separate risk scenarios:

a queue of at least two people who are becoming disorderly and impatient

a person behaving suspiciously in a public area.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures for managing queues

measures to prevent crushing in mass gatherings

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

security risks posed by crowds and mass gatherings

signs of possible harassment or assault

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

site layout, including entrances, exits, first-aid points and potential hazards

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work

maintaining situational awareness and acting early to identify security risks and persons demonstrating disorderly behaviour or signs of intoxication

finding options to assist intoxicated persons to comply with venue rules in a manner that avoids aggression or hostility.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for managing intoxicated persons.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for work in venues where persons may be intoxicated, and clarify requirements with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when maintaining security in venues where people may be intoxicated.
2. Prepare for work at venue.	2.1 Select and use communication equipment, and clarify reporting requirements with relevant persons. 2.2 Check venue layout and confirm access and exit points, locations of facilities and emergency equipment.
3. Monitor the work area, and identify and assist intoxicated persons.	3.1 Maintain observation and situational awareness of noise levels, drink orders and individual and crowd behaviour to detect early warning signs of security risks. 3.2 Where early warning signs are detected, intervene early to offer options to prevent intoxication. 3.3 Maintain a visible presence and provide information, instructions and assistance using professional and courteous communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 3.4 Promptly identify persons showing signs of intoxication or disorderly behaviour. 3.5 Ascertain cause of behaviour and assess intoxication level using calm, courteous and respectful oral and non-verbal language. 3.6 Assess behaviour against venue rules and offer options to ensure compliance in a manner that avoids aggression or hostility.
4. Report security risk and complete incident documentation.	4.1 Report security risk and request assistance following standard operating procedures. 4.2 Record security incident details using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and which engages minority groups

communicate effectively with intoxicated persons

writing skills to record and describe observations and incident details

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are pictorial, graphical and written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when ascertaining cause of behaviour and level of intoxication

orally report security risks using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

recognise changes in individual and crowd behaviour that indicate risk

assess intoxication levels

determine when to intervene in a potential security risk situation

find suitable options to comply with venue rules

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons in each of the following scenarios:

a person who may be intoxicated and appears to be unwell

a person who may be intoxicated and is behaving in an aggressive manner

a group of people who may be intoxicated.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying security procedures to manage intoxicated persons:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

responsible service of alcohol:

underage drinking

definition of minors

undue intoxication

disorderly behaviour

venue policies and rules to comply with its liquor licence (trading hours, ways alcohol can be sold, number of people allowed in venue)

refusing entry to premises

removal of persons from premises

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

acceptable proof of age

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

effects of alcohol on emotional state, health and physical alertness of persons

how to recognise illegal substances and dangerous items

methods for assessing intoxication level of persons

options for assisting intoxicated persons to comply with venue rules

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

signs of intoxication including non-verbal indications

situations requiring emergency services to be notified when dealing with intoxicated persons

strategies to prevent a person from becoming intoxicated when early warning signs are detected

time taken for alcohol to affect the body, and factors that can influence this including gender, size and rate of consumption

types, strengths, alcohol percentages and standard size for alcoholic beverages

ways that spoken and non-verbal communication can escalate conflict.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply security procedures to remove persons from premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when removing persons from premises

maintaining situational awareness to identify and assess risk and select response options that avoid use of force where possible

using communication skills to apply required interventions to remove persons from premises, and take precautions to ensure their safety and security upon departure.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for removing persons from premises.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures to clarify requirements for removing persons from premises. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Monitor the work area and identify person requiring removal from premises.	2.1 Check premises layout and confirm access and exit points, locations of facilities and emergency equipment. 2.2 Maintain observation and situational awareness to identify person behaving in a manner that poses a security risk or breaches premise’s rules. 2.3 Approach person to discuss behaviours of concern using positive oral and non-verbal communication.
3. Assess risk, select response options and seek support.	3.1 Assess level of risk and select response options that avoid use of force where possible in accordance with workplace requirements. 3.2 Report security risk to relevant persons and request assistance.
4. Apply interventions and remove person from premises.	4.1 Explain the reasons for removal from premises and provide options or assistance to leave. 4.2 Ask the person to leave the premises using oral and non-verbal communication that is courteous and takes account of social and cultural differences. 4.3 Use interpersonal techniques and negotiation skills to defuse conflict and respond to incidents. 4.4 Escort person from premises in a calm manner, taking precautions to maximise their safety and security upon departure. 4.5 Escort person from premises using reasonable force and suitable and safe escort restraint.
5. Complete incident report.	5.1 Record incident details using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.2 Store notebook following workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral and non-verbal communication skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and which engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe incident observations using workplace forms and notebook

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are pictorial, graphical and written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when explaining the reasons for removal from premises

orally report security risks and seek assistance using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to

recognise changes in individual and crowd behaviour that may indicate risk

assess behaviours against rules to identify the need to remove a person from the premises

offer options to assist the person to leave the premises

identify potential risks to the person’s wellbeing after departing the premises

teamwork skills to:

adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

work collaboratively with others to assist a person to leave the premises.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply security procedures to remove persons from premises, involving each of the following scenarios:

removing one person who is intoxicated without force

removing one person who is intoxicated with reasonable force

removing one person who is behaving in an aggressive manner with reasonable force

removing one person who is behaving in an aggressive manner without force.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying security procedures to remove persons from premises:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic defensive techniques

basic understanding of the force model and what constitutes reasonable force

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures for ensuring safety and security of persons removed from premises

methods for safely restraining persons for escort from the premises

options to assist persons to leave premises

potential adverse health effects arising from the use of force or physical restraint of persons including positional asphyxiation

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

signs a person is substance-affected

signs of intoxication

signs of positional asphyxiation

situations requiring a person to be removed from premises

situations requiring emergency services to be notified for persons being removed from premises

techniques for safe physical restraint including standing, wall, seated and floor

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply procedures to remove persons from premises

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to escort and protect persons and valuables.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

escorting persons and valuables to ensure their safety and security while maintaining constant and active observation and monitoring to assess, identify and respond to security risks

participating in reviews of escort procedures to identify improvements

knowledge of basic defensive techniques.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for escorting and protecting persons and valuables.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for escorting and protecting persons and valuables, and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when escorting and protecting persons and valuables.
2. Prepare to escort person and valuables.	2.1 Select, organise and use equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE) and resources required to meet work tasks. 2.2 Check equipment to ensure operational effectiveness and report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance. 2.4 Clarify communication processes with relevant persons. 2.5 Assess risk and plan primary and secondary routes and schedule to maximise security and to meet work instructions.
3. Protect person and valuables during escort.	3.1 Collect and escort person and valuables following planned route and to meet work instructions. 3.2 Conduct regular personal safety checks and monitor security of person and valuables during escort. 3.3 Maintain constant and active observation of the environment to identify and assess potential security risks. 3.4 Select and use appropriate security response to minimise risk and maximise protection of person and valuables within the scope of own competence and authority. 3.5 Use communication equipment to report risk to relevant persons and request assistance.
4. Finalise and review escort procedures, and maintain equipment and documentation.	4.1 Escort person and valuables safely to destination point according to work instructions. 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and report faults or damage following workplace procedures. 4.3 Provide accurate and constructive observations to assist in the review of escort procedures and improve future practices. 4.4 Complete and maintain security documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to maintain escort documentation

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

maps when planning and following escort routes

road signs and directions when following escort routes

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying work tasks

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to assess risk and change routes when responding to security risks

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to operate global positioning systems (GPS) to find safe and alternate escort routes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must escort and protect persons and valuables involving two different scenarios:

one person requiring security escort

one person carrying valuables.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when escorting and protecting persons and valuables:

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic contingency planning

basic defensive techniques

basic escort techniques

basic understanding of the force model and what constitutes reasonable force

operational functions of communications equipment

options for security response within the limits of own competence and authority

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

types of threats that may exist and situations requiring assistance when:

escorting persons to safety

escorting persons carrying valuables.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations(RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to escort and protect persons and valuables

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with legal rights and responsibilities.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events. The unit relates to work in a monitoring centre and does not include training for specific security equipment, covered by AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems - Monitoring centres which specifies requirements and a grading convention for monitoring centres and the operations, equipment and staff necessary to carry out monitoring of intruder alarm systems.

The unit includes:

receiving, interpreting, processing, transmitting and storing information and electronic security data using a range of electronic security and telecommunications systems

checking equipment and systems to verify correct operation and data integrity, and resolving and reporting faults

recognising and responding to different and multiple alarm events and taking appropriate response actions to verify alarm status, resolve alarm and ensure security

using written and spoken English and communication equipment to provide clear and accurate spoken instructions.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for monitoring electronic security equipment.	1.1 Read workplace procedures and policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when monitoring electronic security equipment. 1.2 Clarify legislative and workplace requirements for monitoring tasks with relevant persons.
2. Check equipment for correct operation.	2.1 Check security equipment to ensure correct operation and connections following operating instructions. 2.2 Identify actual or suspected faults or deficiencies in security equipment and report to relevant persons. 2.3 Discuss and confirm preventative and breakdown maintenance procedures with relevant persons. 2.4 Conduct equipment back-up to maintain security and integrity of data in accordance with workplace requirements.
3. Receive, interpret, transmit and store electronic security data.	3.1 Receive, interpret and transmit electronic security data following workplace procedures. 3.2 Input data into security equipment and check to ensure accuracy following workplace procedures. 3.3 Identify processing or transmission errors and take remedial action and report issues to relevant persons. 3.4 Store security data securely to meet legislative and workplace requirements.
4. Respond to alarm events and report security status.	4.1 Recognise alarm event and follow procedures to action correct response to meet client instructions. 4.2 Use communication equipment and interpersonal techniques to discuss alarm status with relevant persons. 4.3 Action further response to resolve alarm event and maintain security following workplace procedures and client instructions. 4.4 Report security status ensuring confidentiality of security information in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information using security industry terminology, codes and signals

communicate in English

communicate in a manner that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

technical equipment instructions that may be in written or diagrammatic form

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying work tasks and responding orally to alarm events

provide clear and accurate spoken instructions when responding to alarm activations

accurately interpret voice messages

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate and enter numerical data into security equipment

problem solving skills to:

troubleshoot equipment malfunctions and select appropriate remedial actions

respond to multiple simultaneous alarm events

technology skills to input, manipulate, retrieve and store electronic data in a variety of formats including databases.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor electronic security equipment and respond to six different alarm events.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring electronic security equipment and responding to alarm events:

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

categories of alarm events and procedures for responding to each category

customer service standards

methods for verifying polling connections

operational functions of electronic security equipment

own competence to operate electronic security system as required by AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems, Part 2: Monitoring centres

procedures for door, alarms, time clock, subsequent and further alarms and monitoring

procedures to back-up and protect security data

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of alarm events that may require response such as duress alarms, intrusion alarms, air conditioning alarms, smoke alarms, vehicle global positioning system (GPS) and satellite tracking

types of alarm transmission technologies including wireless and internet protocol (IP) monitoring and dialler monitoring.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

electronic security equipment in a monitoring centre environment

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 8.1 Revised Assessment of performance in Assessment Conditions.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage conflict and security risks using negotiation techniques.

It includes:

reviewing and applying workplace procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

maintaining situational awareness to identify and assess sources of conflict and risk, and selecting and implementing response options within the scope of own authority

using negotiation and communication techniques to resolve conflict, minimise risk and encourage a shared approach to conflict resolution

working with others to report, evaluate and improve response procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess conflict situation and select response option.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and policies including WHS to confirm own responsibilities and authority to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work. 1.2 Select and use personal protective equipment to ensure own safety, and communication equipment to exchange information with relevant persons. 1.3 Observe the work environment to maintain situational awareness and identify sources of conflict and security risk to people, property or premises. 1.4 Assess conflict situation and nature and degree of risk, and use communication equipment to seek assistance from relevant persons.
2. Negotiate conflict resolution.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange and gather information to clarify conflict situation. 2.2 Use negotiation techniques to offer options and encourage a shared approach to conflict resolution. 2.3 Use even tone of voice and positive non-verbal and spoken communication that takes account of individual social and cultural differences throughout negotiation. 2.4 Anticipate factors that might escalate conflict or risk safety and security, and apply contingency measures.
3. Report, evaluate and improve conflict response procedures.	3.1 Report incident observations and response actions using workplace documentation. 3.2 Discuss response with relevant persons and review procedures to evaluate effectiveness and identify improvements. 3.3 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

writing skills to record and describe incident observations and response actions

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and forms written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use active listening to understand spoken information and instructions exchanged during negotiation

use questions to seek information during negotiation

use paraphrasing to check own understanding and show empathy during negotiation

seek and understand feedback from others when reviewing response procedures

orally request assistance using communication equipment

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match risk presented in conflict situations

modify response to changing circumstances when applying contingency measure

teamwork skills to adjust

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 8.1 Revised Assessment of performance in Assessment Conditions.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage conflict and security risks using negotiation in three different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when managing conflict and security risks through negotiation:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

how to access specialist assistance for negotiating conflict resolution

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict, maintain positive interaction, divert and minimise aggressive behaviour

principles of effective communication

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the effects of power plays on a conflict situation

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or an environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maintain operational safety and security of the work environment.

It includes:

reviewing work instructions and applying procedures and policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

assessing the work environment to identify risks and vantage points

monitoring environmental factors to maintain operational safety and security and recognise changing circumstances

formulating and implementing security response measures that maximise safety and security

reporting and preserving incident scenes.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for security operation.	1.1 Review work instructions and workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Use interpersonal techniques with relevant persons to develop, support and promote confidence. 1.3 Select and organise security equipment required to meet work instructions. 1.4 Assess work environment to locate access and entry points, emergency equipment and facilities, and to identify security vantage points.
2. Monitor environment to maintain operational safety and security.	2.1 Monitor environmental factors and security equipment to maintain situational awareness and promptly recognise changing circumstances. 2.2 Gather and receive information from others in the work area using communication that is courteous and professional and which accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Conduct regular and systematic personal safety checks, and take corrective actions as required to maintain operational safety and security. 2.4 Communicate regularly with relevant persons to give instructions and exchange up-to-date operational information in accordance with workplace requirements.
3. Formulate and carry out response to security risk situation.	3.1 Identify security risk situation and assess degree of risk to self, others, property and premises. 3.2 Formulate security response appropriate to assessed risk level, and which maximises the safety and security of self, others, property and premises. 3.3 Implement security risk control procedures and adjust response to adapt to changing circumstances. 3.4 Promptly seek specialist assistance or advice as required to maintain operational safety and security.
4. Finalise security operation.	4.1 Finalise security response, record details of risk and response procedures undertaken, and preserve incident scene. 4.2 Report operational outcomes to relevant persons. 4.3 Complete and securely maintain operational documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

maintain operational documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as directional signs and emergency procedures

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

communicate to give instructions

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match security risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must maintain operational safety and security of the work environment for three separate security operations involving, in each operation, different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when maintaining operational safety and security of the work environment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to security operation

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods of restraint and associated effects including causes and signs and symptoms of asphyxia

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

premises emergency and evacuation procedures

premises site layout

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plan and procedures

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during guarding operations and response options for each, including situations involving terrorism and bomb threats

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to maintain operational safety and security of work environment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to determine and implement responses to security risk situations.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with workplace procedures, policies and legal rights and responsibilities to implement security risk responses within specified legal and strategic limits and the scope of own competence and authority

identifying and verifying security risk situations and exchanging information with others to clarify risk factors, assess risk and formulate response options appropriate to the degree of risk

evaluating, selecting and implementing a preferred security response that maximise the safety and security of people, property and premises

reporting, securing and preserving the incident scene.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm, verify and communicate security risk situations.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities and own role and authority for responding to security risk situations. 1.2 Receive and verify information on security risk situation and confirm risk authenticity, in consultation with relevant persons. 1.3 Monitor the work environment to promptly identify changing circumstances and factors that may impact security risk. 1.4 Maintain accurate and up-to-date information exchange to clarify risk situation with relevant persons.
2. Assess security risk situations and formulate response options.	2.1 Assess security risk situation to establish nature and degree of risk to people, property and premises. 2.2 Formulate security risk response options that are appropriate to the nature and degree of risk and comply with workplace policies and procedures.
3. Evaluate and implement security response.	3.1 Evaluate security response options and select preferred control measure to address known and potential risk factors. 3.2 Ensure that security response is within scope of own competence and authority and maximises the safety and security of people, property and premises. 3.3 Select and use equipment and resources to implement security response. 3.4 Review and adjust security response to adapt to changing risk circumstances in consultation with relevant persons. 3.5 Report security situation and response details using workplace documentation. 3.6 Secure and preserve incident scene and maintain security following response procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to record and describe security situations and responses

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

signs written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

give clear, sequenced instructions and reports

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match security risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must determine and implement responses to three different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when determining and implementing responses to security risk situations:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

empty hand techniques

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs of possible harassment or assault

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of security risk situations and response options for each including:

persons acting suspiciously

persons carrying weapons

persons suffering from emotional or physical distress

persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

persons, vehicles or equipment in unsuitable locations

presence of biological hazards or chemical spills

potential terrorist activity including the suspected presence of explosives, suspicious packages, bags or substances

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to determine and implement responses to security risk situations

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour.

It includes:

assessing and controlling potential threats and security risks associated with site layout and monitoring individual and crowd behaviour and movement

implementing security response procedures to control risk, remove immediate threat and seek assistance

recording, reporting and reviewing work outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm work and legal requirements for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour.	1.1 Review work instructions and workplace policies and procedures and clarify requirements in consultation with relevant persons. 1.2 Clarify legal rights, reporting chain of command, roles and responsibilities with relevant persons.
2. Prepare to oversee monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report faulty and damaged equipment. 2.3 Assess site layout including access and exit points, barriers and thoroughfares, and identify strategic observation points to monitor crowd movement and behaviour. 2.4 Assess potential threats and security risks and provide clear response instructions to team members to maintain safety and security.
3. Oversee monitoring of individual and crowd behaviour.	3.1 Use communication equipment to exchange up-to-date situational information with team members and conduct regular and systematic personal safety checks. 3.2 Monitor individual and crowd behaviour and movement and assess risk associated with changing circumstances. 3.3 Identify persons behaving in a potentially disruptive manner and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 3.4 Intervene early to explain legal rights and responsibilities and behavioural expectations for subject of threat to remain in the work area.
4. Oversee control of individual and crowd behaviour.	4.1 Act promptly to respond to threat and negotiate alternative strategies to de-escalate risk level. 4.2 Apply security response procedures that minimise use of force and maximise safety and security of persons, premises and property. 4.3 Use defensive techniques where reasonable to control person and remove immediate threat. 4.4 Use communication equipment to request assistance from relevant persons. 4.5 Monitor subject of threat and provide assistance to ensure their ongoing safety and wellbeing.
5. Report and review individual and crowd monitoring and control outcomes.	5.1 Record and report outcomes and observations of individual and crowd monitoring activities using workplace documentation. 5.2 Facilitate review and debrief of individual and crowd monitoring and control outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording incident observations

reading skills to interpret:

work instructions and roles and responsibilities

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken information when clarifying roles and reporting chain of command

use a radio to give clear, sequenced instructions to team members and people in crowds

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to:

assess potential threats and security risks

formulate response options to match security threat

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions and at different sites, coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour. On each occasion the person must prepare documented outcomes and observations of individual and crowd monitoring activities that identify at least one procedural improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures and client policies that ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when coordinating the monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

limits of own authority

right of entry under common law

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic principles of effective leadership

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures to prevent crushing in mass gatherings

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

right of entry rules for work area

security risks posed by crowds and mass gatherings

signs of intoxication

signs and symptoms of restraint asphyxia

signs that a person is drug-affected

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

site layout, including entrances, exits, first-aid points and potential hazards

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to coordinate provision of quality security services to a range of clients.

It includes:

clarifying work instructions, procedures and policies to deliver quality client services that satisfy specific client needs and preferences

using interpersonal techniques and negotiation to offer service options that meet client requirements

monitoring services and implementing contingency measures to maintain client satisfaction and negotiate resolution of conflict or client complaints

using interview and survey techniques to gather feedback on client service satisfaction and identifying and implementing service improvements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify client needs and service preferences.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when providing services to a range of clients. 1.2 Use interpersonal techniques to discuss and clarify client service preferences, needs and expectations. 1.3 Provide client with information about security services and systems to meet their specific needs, and assist client to select preferred option. 1.4 Recognise personal limitations that may impede the provision of required client services and seek assistance from relevant persons.
2. Deliver quality client service.	2.1 Review and follow work instructions to provide client services. 2.2 Identify client’s special requirements and adjust service to meet their needs. 2.3 Anticipate service problems or delays and promptly implement contingency arrangements to maintain client satisfaction. 2.4 Maintain communication with client and monitor service provision to provide up-to-date information and respond to changing circumstances. 2.5 Use negotiation to resolve conflict and client complaints, and report issues to relevant persons.
3. Review and improve client service.	3.1 Seek regular feedback from clients to ascertain their satisfaction with service provision using interview and survey techniques. 3.2 Analyse client feedback in consultation with relevant persons and identify improvements to future service provision. 3.3 Record and implement agreed improvements to client service procedures. 3.4 Securely maintain client records according to legislative and workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to prepare routine reports and maintain client records using information technology such as a computer and software to send email communications

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and client service standards

information and instructions written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and paraphrasing to clarify client needs

use negotiation to resolve client complaints and conflict

orally report client service information and issues, face-to-face and using a radio or phone

numeracy skills to estimate time required to meet client service requirements

problem solving skills to:

select client services to meet client needs and expectations

adjust service to meet changing circumstances or client needs

identify areas where client service can be improved

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must coordinate provision of quality security services to three different clients.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when coordinating the provision of security services to clients:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and confidentiality

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

interpersonal techniques that promote positive interactions and communication with clients

limits of own responsibility and authority

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing client information

negotiation techniques and how they can be applied to resolve conflict

organisational client service standards

procedures and standards for reporting to clients

questioning techniques that can be used to elicit specific information on client needs and preferences

rights and responsibilities of different types of clients

techniques for gathering and analysing client feedback using interviews and surveys

types of security clients and available services and security systems to meet their needs

uniform and personal grooming requirements to maintain a professional image

ways that individual and social differences may be expressed

ways to engage people with individual social and cultural differences and strategies for overcoming language barriers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to coordinate the provision of quality security services to clients

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation. It includes:

collecting and validating security information using factual and surveillance methods and information technologies

presenting gathered security information into a documented report within required timeframes

technology skills to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather security information.	1.1 Review and clarify work instructions and workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when gathering, organising and presenting security information and documentation. 1.2 Collect required security information from spoken, observed and written sources.
2. Organise and check security information.	2.1 Assess gathered security information to confirm validity, reliability and relevance. 2.2 Identify omissions and source additional information from established sources. 2.3 Review collected security information to confirm completeness and accuracy to meet work instructions. 2.4 Prioritise and organise information in a logical manner that facilitates analysis and dissemination.
3. Edit and present security information and documentation.	3.1 Prepare draft security documentation and edit content to ensure it contains clear and concise language and accurate information. 3.2 Review draft, and seek and incorporate feedback from relevant persons. 3.3 Finalise security documentation and check that it complies with workplace standards for style, format and accuracy. 3.4 Present final security documentation within designated timeframes to meet work instructions. 3.5 File and securely store retained information in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to:

prepare security documentation using information technology such as a computer and software to send email communications

select and integrate security information to complete a range of formatted texts and forms

use concise and factual notes to record information gained from spoken sources such as voice recordings and interviews

sequence security information to present cohesive text

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information and instructions written in English

security information provided in different formats and contexts including medical reports

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify the meaning and accuracy of security information

use paraphrasing to check understanding of information gathered from spoken sources

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate security data in numerical format

problem solving skills to:

edit own work to identify and correct omissions and errors

validate accuracy and sources when gathering information using the Internet

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information, for example mobile phones and devices, and computer and software packages including Internet browsers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must, within required timeframes, develop two written reports to present gathered security information to meet the requirements of different work instructions.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when gathering, organising and presenting security information and documentation:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic research techniques that can be used to gather security information

interpersonal techniques that promote positive interactions and communication with others

interview techniques used to gather security information

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing security information

methods for recording and reporting incidents

observation and monitoring techniques used to gather security information

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to gather, organise and present security information

protocols and requirements for presenting evidence in court

questioning techniques that can be used to elicit specific information

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court

surveillance procedures that comply with legal requirements

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information

ways to engage people with individual social and cultural differences and strategies for overcoming language barriers

workplace standards for the presentation of security information and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor security and coordinate a field response from within a control room.

It includes:

checking security systems and equipment for correct operation and cross-checking consistent information exchange with companion monitoring systems

monitoring security, interpreting information and alarms, assessing risk and deploying field staff for security response

conducting regular and systematic checks with field staff to provide information and directions and assistance

carrying out change of shift procedures, updating security databases and completing documentation.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for control room operations.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting control room operations. 1.2 Clarify operational information in consultation with relevant persons. 1.3 Check security system and equipment to confirm correct operation following manufacturers’ instructions. 1.4 Identify system or equipment faults or malfunctions and rectify or report for remedial action in accordance with workplace requirements. 1.5 Cross-check systems and equipment with companion monitoring systems and confirm accurate and consistent information exchange.
2. Monitor security and deploy field staff.	2.1 Operate and monitor security systems and equipment to maintain security. 2.2 Receive and interpret security information and alarm, and assess incident nature and risk. 2.3 Deploy field staff to carry out security response proportionate to the nature of incident and risk. 2.4 Conduct regular and systematic checks with field staff to provide information and directions and to maintain security. 2.5 Respond promptly to irregular or non-responses from field staff to maintain safety and security of people, property and premises.
3. Finalise control room operations and complete documentation.	3.1 Carry out change of shift procedures ensuring monitoring and system continuity. 3.2 Update security database following workplace procedures. 3.3 Complete and securely maintain workplace documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

maintain workplace documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

technical information contained in manufacturers’ instructions

visual information contained in closed circuit television (CCTV) screens and security cameras

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security information

use communication equipment to give clear, sequenced instructions and information when deploying field staff

numeracy skills to estimate time and resources required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match alarm or security risk situation

rectify equipment or system malfunctions

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to input, manipulate, retrieve and store electronic data in a variety of formats including databases.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms to four alarm events covering different risk scenarios in each event.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring security and coordinating a response from a control room:

casinos and gaming

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and confidentiality

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to control room operation

communication formats relating to security systems (high speed, contact ID etc.)

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between local and monitored alarms

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

operational principles of a range of security systems, equipment and software used in control rooms

procedures for change of shift

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for deploying field staff to respond to security risks and alarms

procedures for preparing, storing and retrieving surveillance footage

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

range of security risk or incident situations and appropriate response procedures implemented from a control room

roles and responsibilities of field staff

signs of possible harassment or assault

surveillance recording systems (digital and analogue) and interfaces

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of computer operating systems used in a control room

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of detectors monitored from a control room including passive infrared sensor (PIR), and dual tech

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer. Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a security control room with operational equipment and systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to store, protect and dispose of security information, including evidence that may be used in future judicial proceedings.

It includes:

storing information for future retrieval using methods that preserve and maintain data integrity

monitoring information movement and security

disposing of security information using appropriate disposal methods and maintaining records to track information disposal.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect, assess and record security information.	1.1 Review and apply workplace procedures and policies when storing, protecting and disposing of security information. 1.2 Collect security information and assess for accuracy and potential future use to meet client requirements. 1.3 Clarify legal rights and responsibilities and apply to work tasks when protecting, storing and disposing of security information to meet client requirements with relevant persons. 1.4 Use information technologies to label, register and record security information in accordance with workplace requirements.
2. Store security information for future retrieval.	2.1 Assess storage requirements and address factors that may impact on the safety of stored information in consultation with relevant persons. 2.2 Store security information using methods that are appropriate to the required storage timeframe, that preserve information integrity and condition, and that prevent loss. 2.3 Safely store security information for future analysis, dissemination and use in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.4 Establish and maintain continuity logs to monitor information movement and security.
3. Dispose of security information.	3.1 Verify authorisation, with relevant persons, to dispose of security information. 3.2 Assess type of security information and select appropriate disposal method. 3.3 Dispose of security information using legal disposal methods. 3.4 Complete and securely maintain records to track information disposal in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to label, register and record security information and continuity logs, using information technology and using concise and factual data

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

security information and evidence in a range of written, digital and diagrammatic or pictorial formats, such as film, photos, legal documents and text messages

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and discuss factors that may impact on the safety of stored information

use paraphrasing to check understanding when verifying authorisation to dispose of security information

interpret information contained in audio files

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate security data in numerical format

problem solving skills to:

validate the accuracy of security information

assess potential future use of security information

select storage methods that are suitable for the preservation requirements of different types of security information

select information disposal methods

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data and information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must store, protect and dispose of security information for two different security assignments. For each assignment, the person must use information technology to collect, assess, record, store and successfully retrieve in its original condition the following types of security information:

two audio files

two digital images

two hard copy documents

two text messages

two emails.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when storing, protecting and disposing of security information:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology used in the security industry

basic research techniques that can be used to collect and assess security information

different types and formats of security information and evidence that require storage and preservation and may be used in future judicial proceedings

factors that may impact on the safety of stored security information

interpret security information provided in different formats and contexts

legal methods for disposing of different types of security information and evidence

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when collecting, storing and disposing of security information

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to collect, store, record, retrieve and dispose of security information in a range of formats

procedures for verifying authorisation to dispose of security information

storage and preservation methods for a range of security information and evidence formats that:

are appropriate to the required storage timeframe

are suitable for the effective retention and preservation of information in original condition

prevent cross contamination

prevent damage

prevent interference or tampering

prevent theft

techniques for establishing and maintaining continuity logs to monitor information movement and security

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to store, protect and dispose of security information

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to use and maintain security databases and compile reports.

It includes:

setting up hardware, software, databases and information systems

using and maintaining security databases and a broad range of database functions

monitoring and reviewing database performance and effectiveness and using feedback to implement improvements

compiling data in the required reporting format and checking accuracy, compatibility and reliability.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish security database and systems.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when maintaining and using security databases. 1.2 Set up workstation to comply with ergonomic considerations and use work processes that conserve resources. 1.3 Use software and hardware to meet data requirements following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.4 Monitor and regularly update virus protection software to ensure continuous data integrity and protection. 1.5 Confirm data access, security and storage requirements and set up systems to ensure data security and confidentiality. 1.6 Set up and follow regular housekeeping, maintenance and back-up procedures. 1.7 Implement stand-by database and alternative strategies to address operational faults and deficiencies in database systems.
2. Use and maintain security database.	2.1 Confirm and comply with data entry, output and presentation requirements to meet work instructions. 2.2 Obtain data from verifiable sources and check for variations in data quality. 2.3 Use database functions to input verified data, check data accuracy and quality, and rectify errors. 2.4 Diagnose and report errors and lags in data processing or information discrepancies. 2.5 Identify faults requiring specialist assistance and organise repairs in consultation with relevant persons. 2.6 Monitor database performance and identify and implement measures to improve content, interfaces and effectiveness in consultation with relevant persons.
3. Compile report and improve database and systems.	3.1 Produce report in the required format, and check content to confirm accuracy and data compatibility and reliability. 3.2 Request and use feedback to improve the effectiveness and performance of database and systems. 3.3 Store and protect security data, and complete and maintain documentation with due regard to confidentiality in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to:

produce reports using information technology such as a computer and software

collate and present data in a logical and sequential manner

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions to correctly set up hardware and database systems

security data that may be technical and numerical in nature, such as database formulae and queries

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and discuss system faults

use paraphrasing to check understanding when receiving spoken feedback to improve systems

numeracy skills to:

interpret and calculate statistical information

use simple mathematical formulae within databases

problem solving skills to:

verify the accuracy of security data

recognise variations in data quality

troubleshoot system problems and identify faults

technology skills to:

use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data and information, for example computer and software packages involving spreadsheets

type and use a keyboard to enter data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must use and maintain security databases to compile reports to meet the requirements of two different security assignments.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when using and maintaining security databases and compiling reports:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

backup and recovery methodologies used for security databases and systems

basic research techniques that can be used to verify sources of security data

data analysis techniques

data entry procedures and processes

database administration, security and storage requirements

database functions and diagnostic tools

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when collecting, storing and disposing of security information

methods for conserving energy and resources when using information technologies and their outputs

methods for ensuring workstation meets ergonomic requirements

presentation and reporting formats used for security data

techniques for creating queries and formulae to analyse and process security data

types of database software and hardware and their uses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to use and maintain security databases and compile reports

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control persons using batons.

It includes:

following correct procedures for drawing and holding batons and adopting stance and tactical positioning

using negotiation techniques to defuse conflict, and direct and restrain a person

using a baton to apply defensive strikes to target areas of the body, and avoiding vital areas and monitoring the wellbeing of the subject

reviewing and evaluating the effectiveness of the response to identify improved practices.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm legal requirements and assess need to use baton.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using batons for security work. 1.2 Assess need to present baton against known information and potential and existing risks and threats.
2. Confirm personal safety needs and draw baton.	2.1 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements. 2.2 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify withdrawal options. 2.3 Draw baton in a non-threatening manner while maintaining eye contact with subject. 2.4 Hold baton according to type, and maintain a secure grip to ensure continuous control. 2.5 Adopt stance that is confident, assertive, balanced and allows for tactical positioning.
3. Direct person using baton.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression. 3.2 Clearly and assertively advise subject of intention to use baton. 3.3 Use baton to restrain person and adjust response to minimise force while preventing continued aggressive behaviour.
4. Apply defensive strikes using baton.	4.1 Continually observe subject to anticipate movement and aggression. 4.2 Strike baton ensuring contact with the subject is minimised and avoids vital areas of the body. 4.3 Restrict baton strikes to target areas of hands, arms, lower abdomen, legs or feet. 4.4 Control and limit force of strike to prevent continued or escalated aggression, and discontinue baton use immediately when threat ceases or decreases. 4.5 Monitor wellbeing of subject and provide first aid and seek immediate assistance as required from relevant persons. 4.6 Use communication equipment to report incident details to relevant persons.
5. Finalise and evaluate response.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of baton response against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using batons. 5.3 Inspect condition of baton and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete incident report and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress-management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate distance when adopting stance and tactical positioning

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

target baton strikes and avoid vital areas of the body

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control persons using batons in three different threat situations involving persons holding weapons.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling persons using batons:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

arrest and control techniques using batons

basic negotiation techniques

blocking techniques using batons

first aid procedures and their application

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs of positional asphyxiation

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using batons that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

stances and grips to be adopted when using baton

target (strike) areas of the body (hands, arms, legs and feet)

techniques for drawing batons

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when using batons

types of batons and holds and grips associated with each

types of injuries that can be incurred from baton strike including fractures, shock and bleeding

understanding of the force model

vital areas of the body and reasons they are to be avoided (head, neck, throat, spine, tailbone, chest, kidney and liver, clavicle and collar bone)

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control persons using batons

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

a baton

weapon props to enable achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to restrain persons using handcuffs.

It includes:

identifying and assessing the need to use handcuffs, confirming personal safety needs including personal protective equipment (PPE) and monitoring and observing the subject to approach allowing a safe defensive distance

applying handcuffs using appropriate pressure, checking that they are locked and can be unlocked, and minimising physical contact and humiliation or indignity that may be suffered by the subject

using communication to give directions and warnings, and removing handcuffs in a manner that maintains control of the subject.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use handcuffs.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using handcuffs for security work. 1.2 Check handcuffs to ensure correct operation and report malfunctions. 1.3 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements.
2. Assess need to use handcuffs	2.1 Assess need to use handcuffs against known information and potential and existing risks and threats. 2.2 Monitor and observe movement and actions of subject and use approach that allows a safe defensive distance. 2.3 Adjust response to minimise force and prevent continued aggressive behaviour.
3. Apply handcuffs with sensitivity to subject’s needs.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject, negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression, and warn of intention to use handcuffs. 3.2 Identify situations requiring assistance and use communication equipment to seek support from relevant persons. 3.3 Apply handcuffs using appropriate pressure, and minimising physical contact, and humiliation or indignity suffered by the subject. 3.4 Check that handcuffs are secure after application, and can be removed in the event of an emergency.
4. Direct and detain subject.	4.1 Direct subject to a seated or standing position that maximises control and opportunities for detention, and ensures their wellbeing. 4.2 Monitor subject to ensure their safety and wellbeing, and ascertain their intention to comply with instructions. 4.3 Give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions to indicate intention to remove handcuffs, and maintain control of detained subject.
5. Finalise and evaluate response.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response using handcuffs against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures where subjects are restrained using handcuffs. 5.3 Inspect condition of handcuffs and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete and securely maintain workplace documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe incident observations and actions taken

reading skills to interpret workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject and monitor their compliance

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use communication equipment to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate distance when adopting stance and tactical positioning

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

apply handcuffs with sensitivity to the subject’s physical needs

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must restrain persons using handcuffs in three different threat situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when restraining persons using handcuffs:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic negotiation techniques

methods for applying and removing handcuffs

methods for restraining people who have wrists that are too large for handcuffs

methods of restraint and associated positions and effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

potential issues and health risks associated with the incorrect application of handcuffs

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

process for dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using handcuffs that are within specified legal limits

security risks that warrant use of handcuffs, and those that do not

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when restraining a person using handcuffs

types of injuries that can be incurred from restraint using handcuffs

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer. Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to restrain persons using handcuffs

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including handcuffs to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage the training and well-being of dogs used for security functions.

It includes:

applicable legislative and organisational, animal welfare and licensing requirements relevant to handling guard dogs

identifying and assessing the needs of the dog and handler team, and inspecting canine breeds to select a dog suitable for the security role

developing and implementing a training maintenance plan to meet the performance objectives of the dog and handler team

maintaining the dog’s health and well-being including cleaning and maintaining its facilities and equipment.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select dog for security role.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when managing security dogs. 1.2 Identify and assess needs of security dog and handler team. 1.3 Inspect appropriate canine breeds and select suitable dog to meet security role. 1.4 Check dog’s health and training records and confirm suitability for security role.
2. Develop dog and handler training maintenance plan.	2.1 Develop a tailored training maintenance program to address the unique needs, strengths and weaknesses of the security dog and handler team. 2.2 Schedule training to meet priority needs within an agreed timeframe. 2.3 Update training plan to meet changing needs of security dog and handler team.
3. Implement dog and handler maintenance training.	3.1 demonstrate dog handling techniques which minimise risk to self, others and dog. 3.2 Select and use suitable protective clothing and equipment and training aids. 3.3 Conduct maintenance training according to schedule and timeframes. 3.4 Assess the security dog’s response to training and adjust methods to achieve team performance objectives. 3.5 Complete training records using workplace documentation.
4. Maintain dog’s health and well-being.	4.1 Monitor security dog’s health and condition and immediately address identified needs and problems in consultation with relevant persons. 4.2 Administer preventive health treatments and maintain a diet that meets security dog’s nutritional requirements. 4.3 Maintain security dog at a high level of fitness. 4.4 Clean and maintain security dog’s facilities and equipment to the required standard.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to:

maintain security dog training records

document a training maintenance program

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

security dog health and training records and information from the breeder

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information when inspecting dogs

numeracy skills to schedule and conduct training to meet timeframes

problem solving skills to:

select a dog to match the requirements of the security role

formulate training exercises to meet dog and handler team objectives

identify symptoms of ill health and take necessary actions to maintain the well-being of dogs.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage the training and well-being of two dogs to ensure their competence to perform the following security functions:

foot patrol

assist with an arrest

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative, licensing and regulatory requirements when managing the training and well-being of dogs for security functions:

animal welfare

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

breeds, drives and behaviours of canines suitable for security work

canine preventive health treatments and nutritional requirements

canine training standards and procedures for the security context

capabilities and limitations of a trained security dog

common canine infections and contagious diseases

kennel management including routine and emergency treatment of sick or injured dogs

licensing and registration requirements for handling, using and owning security dogs

methods to train dog to show aggression or bite with control and conditioning

principles of continuation or maintenance training

procedures for conducting a patrol with a security dog

procedures for effecting an arrest using a security dog

requirements for muzzle and tactical training of dogs

risks and hazards associated with use, training and care of security dogs and appropriate control measures

safe canine handling methods and techniques

security roles and functions suitable for canines

standards of cleanliness and safety relating to the dog’s facilities and equipment

standards of training for obedience and handler protection

training maintenance exercises for dogs and handlers

training methods to ensure dog can defend handler and not escalate risk.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

two security dogs to allow achievement of the performance criteria.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to handle dogs while conducting a security patrol.

It includes:

applicable legislative and organisational and licensing requirements relevant to handling guard dogs

verifying the suitability of a dog to undertake patrol tasks

handling and maintaining control of a dog while conducting a security patrol and assessing threat situations to determine appropriate use of the dog as a security measure

applying the correct hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend intruders.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for patrol with security dog.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when handling dog during security patrol. 1.2 Interpret work instructions and clarify patrol requirements with relevant persons. 1.3 Confirm security dog is suitable and trained to the standard required to meet patrol requirements 1.4 Check health, hygiene and stability of dog, and take required remedial action where signs of poor health or abnormal behaviour are detected in accordance with animal welfare requirements. 1.5 Organise and use personal protective equipment (PPE) and handling aids in accordance with workplace requirements.
2. Conduct patrol with security dog.	2.1 Carry out patrol tasks with security dog using safe handling methods. 2.2 Handle security dog in a manner that ensures minimal risk of injury to the dog, self and members of the public. 2.3 Monitor and maintain dog’s operating efficiency and well-being throughout patrol.
3. Identify and respond to security threat.	3.1 apply general safety procedures to handle dogs, both leashed and unleashed in a security work environment. 3.2 Identify security threat and assess degree of risk to persons, property and premises. 3.3 Assess the threat situation to determine appropriate use of the dog as a security measure and implement response. 3.4 Check personal safety needs and seek assistance as required. 3.5 Apply hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend intruder, ensuring minimal risk of injury to the dog, members of the public and self. 3.6 Adjust or discontinue response promptly to meet changing circumstances while maintaining control of dog. 3.7 Promptly attend to injuries to persons or the dog, and seek assistance from relevant persons as required. 3.8 Record patrol and response details using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to record patrol and response details using workplace documentation

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

work instructions that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to clarify patrol tasks and to effectively communicate with others, including emergency services

numeracy skills to conduct patrol to meet required timeframes

problem solving skills to:

verify the suitability of the dog’s condition and training to meet patrol requirements

select security response options proportionate to the nature of risk

issue commands to a dog while responding to security threats.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must handle a dog weighing a minimum of 30 kilograms (adult), leashed and unleashed, for three different security patrol functions:

patrol a site or premises

patrol in a crowd setting

search a building.

For each function, the person must:

demonstrate correct hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend an intruder whilst maintaining effective control of the dog.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative, license and regulatory requirements when handling dogs for security patrols:

animal welfare

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care relating to animals and persons

limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

capabilities and limitations of a trained security dog

hold, release and arrest procedures for apprehending intruders

common canine infections and contagious diseases

defensive tactics for use with and without dogs

licensing and registration requirements in relation to the handling, use and ownership of dogs

methods for inspecting baggage, vehicles and property using dogs

methods to train dog to show aggression or bite with control and conditioning

premises and property security requirements including search and confiscation procedures

principles of continuation or maintenance training

procedures for conducting a patrol with a security dog

procedures for effecting an arrest using a security dog

remedial action to be taken where the dog shows signs of poor health or abnormal behaviour

requirements for use of muzzles

risks and hazards associated with use, training and care of security dogs and appropriate control measures

safe canine handling methods and techniques

security roles and functions suitable for canines

signs of poor health, hygiene and stability in a security dog.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to handle dogs for security patrols

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a security dog to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control security risk situations using a firearm.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS) to discharge a firearm in response to a life-threatening situation within specified legal and strategic limits

selecting and using protective and communication equipment, firearm and ammunition to meet work instructions

identifying security threats and assessing the need and opportunity to present a firearm, and formulating response options that allow for changing risk circumstances

using firearm control and tactical positioning techniques, discharging the firearm with consistent accuracy, and unloading, inspecting and storing the firearm after use.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

A learner must have achieved at least one of the three units of competency listed below, or a firearms training course approved in the relevant jurisdiction:

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for security response using a firearm.	1.1 Review work instructions to ensure compliance with workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities when using a firearm to respond to a security risk situation. 1.2 Select and use protective and communication equipment to meet work instructions and WHS requirements. 1.3 Select firearm and conduct pre-operational checks to confirm safe and continuing operation of firearm. 1.4 Obtain ammunition appropriate to type of firearm according to manufacturers’ instructions. 1.5 Load firearm with correct ammunition following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.6 Carry firearm in a manner that ensures it is secure, protected and accessible for security response.
2. Identify need for security response and draw firearm.	2.1 Identify security threat and assess need and opportunity to present firearm. 2.2 Formulate response options that allow for changing risk circumstances. 2.3 Identify personal safety needs and use communication equipment to request assistance from relevant persons. 2.4 Negotiate with subject of threat to defuse conflict, and maintain communication that reflects sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences. 2.5 Use interpersonal techniques to provide clear warnings and instructions that are legally justifiable. 2.6 Draw firearm in a positive and controlled manner.
3. Evaluate threat and response options and discharge firearm.	3.1 Use personal positioning, stance and grip to maintain control of firearm. 3.2 Continually monitor threat to assess risk and evaluate response options. 3.3 Select response option that accounts for safety needs of self and others that may be at risk from firearm discharge. 3.4 Use fluid tactical positioning to access available cover and protection during incident. 3.5 Discharge firearm to respond to life-threatening situation when it is the only reasonable option to remove threat within legal and strategic limits. 3.6 Maintain consistent accuracy when discharging firearm and react promptly to terminate force when threat ceases.
4. Finalise armed response and complete documentation.	4.1 Unload, inspect and store firearm, and report damage or faults. 4.2 Review presentation and discharge of firearm against circumstances of incident. 4.3 Identify improvements to procedures for future security response using firearms. 4.4 Complete and securely maintain operational documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide instructions and warnings using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

technical information contained in manufacturers’ instructions

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken information

use a radio to give clear, sequenced information and request assistance

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match threat and risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control three different security risk situations using a firearm.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling security risk situations using firearms:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire and standard of accuracy

chain of command relevant to security operation

current national terrorism threat level and context

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

firearm retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and discharging a firearm outside of an approved range

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict and prevent discharge of firearm

premises emergency and evacuation procedures

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

techniques for safe handling, carriage, unloading and unloading firearm

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

This unit must be assessed in conjunction with one of the following units of competency unless the person has already completed an approved firearms training course in the relevant jurisdiction and can provide appropriate supporting evidence:

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control security risk situations using firearms

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

firearm, ammunition and duty gear to complete work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the revolver, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a revolver demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, draw and recovery, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a revolver at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining revolvers following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate revolver.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating revolvers for security purposes. 1.2 Select revolver and correct ammunition and duty gear for revolver type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Draw, use and recover revolver.	2.1 Check and load ammunition following manufacturers’ instructions and safely recover revolver. 2.2 Draw revolver safely to ready position. 2.3 Operate revolver demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.4 Control revolver to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.5 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.6 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.7 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of revolver malfunction. 2.8 Safely unload and recover revolver.
3. Discharge revolver at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle revolver according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for revolver and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge revolver to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain revolver.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check revolver, swing out cylinder and confirm that the chamber is empty prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for revolver following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean revolver following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean revolver following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble revolver and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning revolvers

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in revolvers and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble revolver

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must:

draw and recover revolver safely keeping fingers off the trigger until target is acquired and ensuring the muzzle does not cross body parts

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

tactical loading using speed strips and speed loaders

using pouches to store speed strips and speed loaders

demonstrate compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles while handling a revolver:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining revolvers for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various revolver types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using revolvers

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a revolver outside of an approved range

loading and unloading techniques including administrative loading, tactical loading using speed strips and speed loaders, and using pouches to store speed strips and speed loaders

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement revolvers

operating sequence and principles of revolvers

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using revolvers and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

reasons muzzle must not cross body parts when drawing and recovering revolvers from or to holsters

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a revolver to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a revolver: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

techniques for safely drawing and recovering a revolver and moving to ready position

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

revolver, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0 New unit
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Minor change to Knowledge Evidence for loading and unloading techniques.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the pistol, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a semi-automatic pistol demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, draw and recovery, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a semi-automatic pistol at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining semi-automatic pistols following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate semi-automatic pistol.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating semi-automatic pistols for security purposes. 1.2 Select semi-automatic pistol and correct ammunition and duty gear for semi-automatic pistol type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Draw, use and recover semi-automatic pistol.	2.1 Check and load ammunition following manufacturers’ instructions and safely recover semi-automatic pistol. 2.2 Draw semi-automatic pistol safely to ready position. 2.3 Operate semi-automatic pistol demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.4 Control semi-automatic pistol to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.5 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.6 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.7 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of semi-automatic pistol malfunction. 2.8 Safely unload and recover semi-automatic pistol.
3. Discharge semi-automatic pistol at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle semi-automatic pistol according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for semi-automatic pistol and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge semi-automatic pistol to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain semi-automatic pistol.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check semi-automatic pistol, remove magazine and confirm the chamber is empty prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for semi-automatic pistol following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean semi-automatic pistol following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean semi-automatic pistol following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble semi-automatic pistol and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning semi-automatic pistols

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in semi-automatic pistols and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble semi-automatic pistols

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0 New unit
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Minor change to Knowledge Evidence for loading and unloading techniques.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must:

draw and recover the semi-automatic pistol safely keeping fingers off the trigger until target is acquired and ensuring the muzzle does not cross body parts

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

tactical loading using magazines

using pouches to store magazines

demonstrate compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles while handling a semi-automatic pistol:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining semi-automatic pistols for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various semi-automatic pistol types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using semi-automatic pistols

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a semi-automatic pistol outside of an approved range

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques, including administrative loading, tactical loading using magazines and using pouches to store magazines

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement semi-automatic pistols

operating sequence and principles of semi-automatic pistols

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using semi-automatic pistols and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process for dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

reasons muzzle must not cross body parts when drawing and recovering semi-automatic pistols from or to holsters

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a semi-automatic pistol to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a semi-automatic pistol: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

techniques for safely drawing and recovering a semi-automatic pistol and moving to ready position

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

semi-automatic pistol, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the shotgun, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a shotgun demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, carrying, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a shotgun at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining shotguns following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate shotgun.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating shotguns for security purposes. 1.2 Select shotgun and correct ammunition and duty gear for shotgun type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Operate a shotgun.	2.1 Access shotgun from car carry position and load ammunition. 2.2 Operate shotgun demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.3 Control shotgun to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.4 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.5 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.6 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of shotgun malfunction. 2.7 Safely unload, store and secure shotgun in car carry position.
3. Discharge shotgun at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle shotgun according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for shotgun and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge shotgun to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain shotgun.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check shotgun is safe and empty of ammunition prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for shotgun following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean shotgun following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean shotgun following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble shotgun and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning shotguns

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in shotguns and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble shotgun

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must demonstrate:

loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

combat load

loading for car carry

downloading to car carry

compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining shotguns for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various shotgun types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using shotguns

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a shotgun outside of an approved range

loading and unloading techniques including administrative loading, combat load, loading for car carry and downloading to car carry

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement shotguns

operating sequence and principles of shotguns

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using shotguns and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a shotgun to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a shotgun: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

shotgun, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify identified faults to ensure continuity of cash-in-transit security services.

It includes:

reviewing maintenance schedules and manufacturers’ instructions to inspect and test a range of cash-in-transit equipment, components and warning systems to confirm operational effectiveness and identify faults

assessing the impact of faults on cash-in-transit security services, and promptly coordinating replacement systems or equipment to ensure continuity of services

regular monitoring of the work environment to identify, assess and control potential hazards and risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.	1.1 Review maintenance schedules, procedures and equipment information to confirm inspection and testing requirements. 1.2 Review work procedures to ensure compliance with legislative and workplace requirements for inspecting and testing cash-in-transit security equipment. 1.3 Select and organise tools and equipment required to meet work instructions. 1.4 Conduct pre-operational checks of cash-in-transit security equipment following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.5 Monitor the work area continuously to ensure ongoing safety. 1.6 Check and test equipment, components and warning systems for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ specifications and report faults to relevant persons.
2. Assess and rectify faults in cash-in-transit security equipment.	2.1 Assess identified equipment faults to clarify impact on cash-in-transit security services. 2.2 Identify and assess potential hazards and risks to security services and the work area, and implement necessary controls. 2.3 Tag non-serviceable systems or equipment and arrange repair or disposal in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.4 Promptly coordinate replacement system or equipment to ensure continuity of cash-in-transit security services.
3. Record and report inspection and testing results.	3.1 Report results of equipment inspection, testing and maintenance to relevant persons. 3.2 Complete inspection and testing records using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record equipment maintenance and fault details

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

written and diagrammatic equipment manufacturers’ instructions, procedures, technical data and specifications

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify work tasks

orally report issues arising from equipment checking and testing

numeracy skills to estimate time to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

test equipment to identify faults

assess the impact of faulty equipment on provision of security services

self-management skills to coordinate the timely replacement of faulty systems or equipment

technology skills to check and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must inspect and test the following cash-in-transit security equipment items for operational effectiveness:

two types of communication equipment:

mounted two-way radio

portable two-way radio

one alarm system

one access control system

one surveillance camera.

For two different types of equipment listed above, the person must identify one fault.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when inspecting and testing cash-in-transit security equipment:

duty of care

licensing requirements for cash-in-transit operations

licensing requirements and permits for firearms

limits of own responsibility and authority

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

common faults and malfunctions in cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

operational features and functions of a range of cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of security systems and devices

procedures for inspecting and testing a range of cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

procedures for tagging non-serviceable equipment and systems

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

risks and hazards posed by faulty equipment and inspection and testing activities, and related precautions and controls

tools and equipment required to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including equipment required to achieve the performance evidence:

two types of communication equipment:

mounted two-way radio

portable two-way radio

alarm system

access control system

surveillance camera

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement cash-in-transit security procedures to protect consignments and secure the work area.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS) to identify and control hazards and risks

constant surveillance of people, vehicles and goods in the work area, operating security systems to prevent unauthorised access, and coordinating a response to security incidents to maintain safety and security of the consignment, self, people and property

problem-solving to predict consequences and apply contingencies where incidents can escalate to emergency situations.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cash-in-transit operation.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when implementing cash-in-transit security procedures. 1.2 Operate and check security and communications equipment to verify operational effectiveness. 1.3 Conduct systematic safety checks and confirm correct strategic positioning and tactics to ensure security of consignment. 1.4 Monitor people, goods and vehicles in the work area to identify hazards, assess risks to consignment, and implement necessary security controls. 1.5 Record receipt and delivery of consignment in accordance with workplace requirements. 1.6 Check consignment content to verify security, and report discrepancies to relevant persons.
2. Maintain surveillance and security of work area.	2.1 Monitor security equipment to maintain situational awareness and identify changing circumstances in the work area. 2.2 Operate security systems to secure work area and prevent unauthorised access. 2.3 Regularly check security equipment to ensure operational effectiveness and take immediate corrective actions where faults are identified.
3. Coordinate response to security incident.	3.1 Observe the work area to identify security incident and assess risk of escalation and emergencies. 3.2 Direct immediate security response, following WHS procedures, to protect consignment and safety of self, people and property. 3.3 Use communication equipment to receive and transmit accurate and concise incident information to relevant persons.
4. Finalise cash-in-transit operation and report incident.	4.1 Finalise cash-in-transit security procedures and record details using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.2 Report account of security incident details to relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record consignment receipt and delivery information

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as consignment documents and labels and safety data sheets (SDS)

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

use communication equipment to give clear, sequenced instructions and reports, for example when reporting discrepancies with consignment content

numeracy skills to estimate time when receiving and delivering consignments

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious movements of people, vehicles or goods in the work area

assess incidents and potential emergency situations and apply contingency measures

identify malfunctioning security equipment

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement cash-in transit security procedures for two separate operations involving different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing cash-in-transit security procedures:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and permits for firearms, and handling and carrying dangerous goods

limits of own responsibility and authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

cash-in-transit surveillance and monitoring techniques

chain of command relevant to cash-in-transit operation

correct strategic positioning and tactics when conducting cash-in-transit operations

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

principles of effective teamwork

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of common security systems and devices

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for handling non-conforming consignments

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security incidents and emergencies that may be encountered during cash-in-transit operations and appropriate responses for each

understanding of the force model.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement cash-in-transit security procedures

appropriate documents, materials, cash-in-transit equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments.

It requires

constantly monitoring people, vehicles and goods in the loading area and implementing security procedures to prevent unauthorised access to cash-in-transit consignments

securely transferring, verifying and delivering consignments and recording and reporting non-conformances

formulating and applying contingency measures to respond to changing risk circumstances and maintain security during cash-in-transit operations.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select cash-in-transit loading site.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing cash-in-transit operations. 1.2 Clarify operational details with relevant persons. 1.3 Select consignment loading site to meet work instructions. 1.4 Assess accessibility and security of loading site and, where deemed inappropriate, identify an alternative site in consultation with relevant persons. 1.5 Monitor people, goods and vehicles in the loading area to identify hazards, assess risks to consignment and implement necessary security controls. 1.6 Use interpersonal techniques to discuss consignment transfer details with relevant persons and obtain necessary authorisations.
2. Transfer and secure cash-in-transit.	2.1 Monitor loading area to maintain situational awareness and identify changing circumstances. 2.2 Implement security procedures and operate security systems to secure loading area and prevent unauthorised access. 2.3 Identify potential security risks and formulate contingency measures in consultation with relevant persons. 2.4 Respond to changing risk circumstances to maintain security of consignment and loading area. 2.5 Safely and securely transfer load according to work instructions. 2.6 Verify consignment information and record and report details of non-conforming items.
3. Deliver cash-in-transit and complete transfer documentation.	3.1 Deliver consignment and request client to verify consignment. 3.2 Complete transfer documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

complete consignment transfer documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as consignment documents, labels and safety data sheets (SDS)

site plans and features to assess security of loading site

consignment information to verify contents

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify operational information

use a radio to give clear, sequenced instructions and reports, for example when reporting discrepancies with consignment content

orally request the client to verify the consignment

numeracy skills to estimate time to meet scheduled timeframes for loading and unloading cash-in-transit

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious movements of people, vehicles or goods in the loading area

assess the security and identify the need for an alternative site

formulate contingency measures to respond to risks when transferring consignment

select and use correct manual handling techniques when carrying, loading and unloading cash-in-transit

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must load and unload cash-in transit consignments in:

one secured location

two different unsecured locations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when loading and unloading cash-in-transit:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and permits for firearms, and handling and carrying dangerous goods

limits of own responsibility and authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

accessibility and security issues that would deem a loading site to be inappropriate

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

authorisations necessary to load and unload cash-in-transit consignments

cash-in-transit carrying, loading and unloading techniques

correct strategic positioning and tactics when conducting cash-in-transit operations

difference between secured and unsecured loading sites and the risks associated with each

principles of effective teamwork

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of common security systems and devices

procedures for handling non-conforming consignments

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risks that may be encountered during cash-in-transit operations and appropriate responses for each

understanding of the force model.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

appropriate documents, materials, cash-in-transit equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control persons using empty hand techniques.

It includes:

identifying threats posed by persons presenting a risk to the safety of self or others and assessing response and withdrawal options

negotiating with subjects to defuse conflict and give spoken warnings and directions

applying recognised empty hand techniques using the minimum amount of force necessary to remove the immediate threat while avoiding vital areas of the body and without harming subjects

isolating subjects at a safe distance from members of the public and monitoring their wellbeing and safety.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess need to use empty hand techniques and response options.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using empty hand techniques for security work. 1.2 Identify subject of threat and continually observe and anticipate movement and aggression. 1.3 Ensure stance and distance from subject maximises range of defensive options and tactical advantages in physical contact. 1.4 Assess alternative response and withdrawal options for viability and incorporate defensive options into selected response. 1.5 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify available escape routes.
2. Apply defensive empty hand techniques.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and give spoken warnings and directions. 2.2 Use empty hand techniques and ensure that grip on subject is secure, firm and applied using level of force proportionate to the threat context. 2.3 Quickly apply holds to appropriate areas of the body in a safe manner. 2.4 Anticipate strikes and blows from subject and adopt, parry or block positioning. 2.5 Limit contact with subject to the minimum necessary to remove immediate threat, and use lower force options immediately when threat decreases or ceases.
3. Restrain and isolate subject.	3.1 Isolate and contain subject at a safe distance from members of the public, and minimise opportunities for escape. 3.2 Identify situations requiring specialist assistance and seek assistance or advice from relevant persons using communication equipment. 3.3 Escort subject from the incident scene to a secure location and monitor their wellbeing and safety. 3.4 Use communication equipment to report incident details and subject location to relevant persons.
4. Finalise and evaluate response.	4.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 4.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using defensive techniques. 4.3 Complete incident report and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.4 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and that engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret and follow workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information to emergency services personnel when requesting assistance and reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate safe distances when engaging with and isolating subject

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

apply empty hand techniques that avoid vital areas of the body

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control persons using empty hand techniques in three different threat situations, and in each situation, demonstrating:

correct techniques for body safety and body positioning:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

correct application of defensive techniques:

blocking techniques

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling persons using empty hand techniques:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic negotiation techniques

body safety and body positioning techniques, including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

defensive techniques and how and when they are applied, including

blocking techniques

empty hand techniques

impact techniques to less-than-lethal parts of the body

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

pre-attack indicators

procedures for collaborating with emergency services personnel to restrain and isolate subject of threat

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using defensive techniques that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

understanding of the force model

vital areas of the body and reasons they are to be avoided (head, neck, throat, spine, tailbone, chest, kidney and liver, clavicle and collar bone).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control persons using empty hand techniques

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan to provide close protection services for the safety and security of a principal who may be a celebrity, political figure, very important person (VIP) or other person requiring close protection services.

It includes:

clarifying the principal’s protection requirements and complying with legal rights and responsibilities, policies and procedures associated with close protection tasks

gathering, verifying and assessing protective intelligence to gain a full understanding of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks to the principal

selecting routes and performing reconnaissance to clarify the risk environment and identify factors that might compromise safety and security

working with others to assess threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks and plan protection arrangements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify roles, responsibilities and close protection requirements.	1.1 Review work instructions, associated workplace and client’s policies and procedures to clarify principal’s close protection requirements. 1.2 Clarify roles and responsibilities, with relevant persons, of self and others in the close protection team and chain of command. 1.3 Review legal rights and responsibilities of self and others in the close protection team and apply to work instructions.
2. Gather and assess protective intelligence.	2.1 Source background information on principal from multiple sources, and verify accuracy and relevance to work instructions. 2.2 Source and verify information to define and clarify operational parameters including the principal’s itinerary, routes, venues and contacts. 2.3 Assess and record information in a manner that can be used to analyse potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks to principal. 2.4 Protect confidentiality and privacy of gathered information to comply with legal responsibilities.
3. Select routes and perform reconnaissance.	3.1 Analyse maps and other route information, and select primary and secondary routes to meet work instructions. 3.2 Perform reconnaissance of routes and venues based on work instructions and information. 3.3 Identify suitable embus and debus points, vulnerable areas and other factors that might compromise the safety and security of the principal. 3.4 Locate available safe areas that can be used in emergency situations. 3.5 Record reconnaissance findings and recommend changes to operational instructions to anticipate and avoid foreseeable risk situations.
4. Assess threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks and plan protection arrangements.	4.1 Evaluate factors that could influence threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks to assess and determine level and nature of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks. 4.2 Identify resources and equipment required to protect principal from potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks. 4.3 Consult with principal and close protection team members to report potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks, to explain resource requirements, and to agree suitable protection arrangements. 4.4 Record details of planned protection arrangements using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

observe and follow accepted protocols and methods for communicating with people from different social, professional and cultural contexts, such as foreign diplomats, celebrities and other very important persons (VIPs)

use positive non-verbal skills to develop rapport with others when working as part of a team

writing skills to:

use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording information and reconnaissance findings

sequence and present cohesive text when recording details of planned protection arrangements

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information in different formats and contexts when gathering protection intelligence

different types of maps and information contained within navigation systems when planning routes

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to clarify tasks and verify spoken information

numeracy skills to:

estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

use basic mathematical techniques to calculate resource requirements

problem solving skills to:

plan alternative routes using maps

evaluate and adjust protective arrangements to meet changing risk circumstances

source intelligence from multiple sources to ensure sufficiency, validity and relevance to meet work instructions

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use a range of information technologies and devices to gather information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must plan the provision of close protection services to meet the needs of two different principals.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when planning the provision of close protection services:

anti-discrimination and diversity

confidentiality and privacy

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and legal use of gathered intelligence

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of premises

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

access and exit points and layout of work environment and premises to be accessed by principal

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic contingency planning techniques

chain of command relevant to protection services

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between static, mobile and direct protection and the tactics used for each

emergency and evacuation plans and procedures for premises that may be accessed by principal

factors that may compromise safety and security of principal during embus and debus points and when entering and exiting premises

from where and how to collect sufficient information to determine levels of threats, vulnerabilities and risks to principals, without compromising the safety or security of the principal

how to access and use different types of maps

how to use common global positioning satellite (GPS) devices, maps and tracking systems

methods for ensuring intelligence is sufficient, valid and relevant to protection operation

methods for verifying sources of intelligence

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of reconnaissance in planning safety and security of close protection operations

research techniques using multiple sources

role and legal rights and responsibilities of a close protection operative

types of equipment and resources used when providing close protection services

types of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks that can be encountered during close protection operations

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to plan provision of close protection services

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement close protection services to protect the safety and security of a principal who may be a celebrity, political figure, very important person (VIP) or other person requiring close protection services.

It includes:

searching and securing premises to be used by the principal, and providing close protection escort services using approved foot formations and procedures for debus and embus

maintaining communication with the principal and members of the close protection team to ensure ongoing safety and security, maintain situational awareness and identify and respond decisively to threats which may come from multiple sources

using reasonable defensive techniques that minimise use of force and maximise the safety and security of the principal, self and others.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for close protection operation.	1.1 Review operational information and instructions to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities and workplace policies and procedures when performing close protection tasks. 1.2 Assess planning information to clarify protective arrangements including known threats, vulnerabilities and risks and contingency measures. 1.3 Select and organise resources and equipment to meet work instructions and check to ensure correct operation. 1.4 Liaise with members of close protection team to exchange and report operational information in accordance with chain of command.
2. Search and secure premises.	2.1 Confirm authority to search premises to be used by principal in consultation with persons on site. 2.2 Use search methods and procedures to identify potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks, and implement necessary controls to ensure premises are secure. 2.3 Report problems and request specialist assistance as required to maintain security of premises.
3. Provide close protection escort.	3.1 Monitor the environment to maintain situational awareness and avoid hazards while implementing protective arrangements. 3.2 Exchange information with principal to ensure safety and security, and balance principal’s needs with operational needs. 3.3 Use communication equipment and non-verbal methods to convey information and to receive instructions from members of close protection team. 3.4 Perform safe debus and embus of principal following workplace procedures. 3.5 Carry out foot escort formations that avoid or minimise risks and threats to principal following standard procedures.
4. Respond to threat and protect principal.	4.1 Identify source of threat and assess risk to safety and security of principal. 4.2 Use immediate and decisive response actions that extract principal from threat and minimise use of force. 4.3 Give clear and concise instructions to the principal and close protection team members within limits of own role and responsibilities. 4.4 Use defensive techniques that are reasonable in the circumstances to defend principal, self and others. 4.5 Remain alert to multiple threats and identify and respond to secondary or subsequent incidents to maintain safety and security of principal, self and others.
5. Finalise and review close protection operation.	5.1 Fulfil close protection services in accordance with work instructions. 5.2 Record operational outcomes and incident observations using workplace documentation. 5.3 Participate in review and debrief of close protection outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

observe and follow accepted protocols and methods for communicating with people from different social, professional and cultural contexts, such as foreign diplomats, celebrities and other very important persons (VIPs)

use positive non-verbal skills to develop rapport with others when working as part of a team

writing skills to use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording operational outcomes and incident observations

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

different directional signs and information when escorting principal

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and verify spoken information when exchanging information with principal and team members, and confirming authority to search premises

convey and receive clear and succinct information and instructions using communication equipment

numeracy skills to estimate time required to meet principal’s needs relating to schedule and itinerary

problem solving skills to:

recognise source of threat

modify actions to balance operational requirements with needs of principal

select response options that meet changing risk circumstances and multiple threats

teamwork skills to:

adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

work effectively with others and comply with chain of command reporting

maintain professional working relationships with principal and members of close protection team.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement close protection services in separate operations to meet the protection needs of each of two different principals. In doing this, the person must demonstrate correct application of two different types of foot formations from the list below:

wedge

box

diamond

one-on-one.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing close protection services:

anti-discrimination and diversity

confidentiality and privacy

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and legal use of gathered intelligence

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of premises

surveillance

use of force

use of restraints and weapons including batons, firearms, handcuffs and spray

workplace health and safety (WHS)

access and exit points and layout of work environment and premises to be accessed by principal

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to protection services

code of conduct and professional standards for providing close protection services

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between static, mobile and direct protection and the tactics used for each

empty hand techniques

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods for performing debus and embus procedures

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

procedures for communicating and collaborating with close protection team

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

protocols and signals used to communicate with principal and team in a close protection operation

purpose and types of foot formations used in close protection:

wedge

box

diamond

one-on-one

role and legal rights and responsibilities of a close protection operative

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of equipment and resources used when providing close protection services

types of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks that can be encountered during close protection operations

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement close protection services

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to two different principals to enable achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare and present evidence in court.

It requires

sourcing, organising and checking security information to be used as evidence in court proceedings, and checking compliance against rules of evidence and evidence management principles to ensure admissibility

participating in oral briefing sessions, submitting evidence briefs and preparing documentation and exhibits

adhering to court procedures and protocols such as those relating to personal presentation, manner and language

presenting evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and providing specialist opinion on request.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare evidence.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when preparing and presenting evidence in court. 1.2 Source, research and collate case summary and supporting information. 1.3 Select information to be used as evidence in court and confirm its relevance, validity and admissibility in court. 1.4 Organise evidence and check compliance against evidence management principles. 1.5 Interpret requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court.
2. Prepare for court proceedings.	2.1 Participate in oral briefing session with relevant persons to confirm court arrangements, own role and involvement. 2.2 Discuss information to be presented as evidence and clarify negotiation parameters with relevant persons. 2.3 Submit briefs of evidence in a logical sequence and check compliance with rules of evidence to ensure admissibility in court proceeding. 2.4 Conduct a thorough review of material to be used or referred to in court proceeding prior to presentation in court to ensure familiarity, completeness and availability. 2.5 Prepare documentation and exhibits and review to confirm their acceptability for use in court.
3. Attend court proceeding and present evidence.	3.1 Attend court and adhere to court procedures and protocols including those for personal presentation, manner and language throughout proceeding. 3.2 Present admissible evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and on request, provide specialist opinion within own area of competence and expertise in accordance with evidence requirements. 3.3 Note, file and store outcomes of proceedings and associated documentation and evidence in accordance with evidence management principles.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to:

prepare documentation using formal structure and language

sequence security information and evidence to present cohesive text

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information and evidence that may be technical in nature, and in pictorial, diagrammatic or written formats

speaking and listening skills to:

use active listening to check understanding when participating in briefing sessions

participate effectively in spoken interactions in a court setting using strategies to confirm, clarify or repair understanding

make constructive additions to what has been said when offering own specialist opinion in court

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

verify accuracy and sources when gathering information and evidence

analyse information to ensure it complies with rules of evidence for admissibility

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information that may be used as evidence.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and present evidence in court in two separate court proceedings.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when preparing and presenting evidence in court:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

information privacy and confidentiality

workplace health and safety (WHS)

basic research techniques that can be used to gather information and evidence

evidence management principles

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing security information

methods for identifying proofs of an offence

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to gather, organise and present security information and evidence

own areas of competence and expertise to provide specialist opinion in court

procedures for preparing briefs of evidence

procedures, protocols and rules to be followed when presenting evidence in court:

addressing court personnel

language

manner

participating and giving evidence

personal presentation

who's who in court

purpose of the Evidence Act

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court, including meaning of ‘continuity of evidence’

requirements for recording and reporting incidents

requirements for taking statements from witnesses

rules of evidence that can be presented in court:

contemporaneousness

must not be 'hearsay'

must not be opinion

must be relevant

must be admissible

storage requirements for information that is susceptible to spoil or damage, such as film, tapes and images

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information and evidence

treatment of persons being interviewed

types of documentation and exhibits that may be presented as evidence in court

types of law:

civil

common

criminal

statute.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to prepare and present evidence in court

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to a court environment to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets. Critical infrastructure is those physical facilities, supply chains, information technologies and communication networks which, if destroyed, degraded or rendered unavailable for an extended period, would significantly impact the social or economic well-being of the nation or affect Australia’s ability to conduct national defence and ensure national security. Critical infrastructure provides essential services such as power, water, health services, communication and financial systems.

The unit includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies and legal rights and responsibilities when protecting critical infrastructure and public assets

implementing security procedures to monitor security of the work area and maintain situational awareness, and identify and respond appropriately to indicators of terrorist or criminal activity and potential security threats in collaboration with others

using communication equipment to report and receive instructions to respond to identified security threats.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to protect critical infrastructure and public assets.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when protecting critical infrastructure and public assets. 1.2 Review work instructions to confirm procedures for protecting critical infrastructure or public assets, including emergency and evacuation. 1.3 Discuss and clarify authority, role and responsibilities of self and delegated personnel to implement security procedures that protect critical infrastructure and public assets. 1.4 Check communication equipment to confirm correct working order and resolve problems.
2. Monitor security of work area.	2.1 Monitor security of the work area to maintain vigilance and observational awareness according to work instructions. 2.2 Gather intelligence to clarify the nature of potential security threats in consultation with delegated personnel. 2.3 Verify the authority of people, items and vehicles in the work area, and take necessary actions to maintain security and safety of self, others, property and premises.
3. Identify, report and respond to security threats.	3.1 Identify indicators of potential terrorist or criminal activity. 3.2 Use communication equipment to immediately report suspected threats to critical infrastructure or public assets following chain of command procedures. 3.3 Receive and follow instructions to maximise the safety of self and others, and security of critical infrastructure and public assets. 3.4 Record details of security threat and response using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to clearly and accurately record details of security threats and responses

reading skills to interpret:

directional signs and information in written, pictorial and diagrammatic forms, such as emergency and evacuation procedures and site maps

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

identity documentation when verifying the authority of persons and vehicles

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when using communication equipment to report security threats

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken instructions

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify faults and malfunctions in communication equipment

recognise suspicious items, behaviours and activities

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure or public assets in response to three different threats involving different locations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

personal search

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

designated personnel responsible for collaborating to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

indicators of potential terrorist activity

methods for gathering intelligence and identifying sources of threat to critical infrastructure and public assets

procedures for monitoring security of critical infrastructure and public assets

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

risk and associated risk events relating to critical infrastructure and public assets

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of national critical infrastructure and public assets and the general impact of their destruction, degradation or unavailability on national well-being and security capabilities

types of terrorist and criminal activity that can threaten the security of critical infrastructure and public assets.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to defend persons using spray, commonly known as ‘capsicum’ (oleoresin capsicum) or ‘pepper’ spray.

It includes:

complying with policies, procedures and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS)

identifying and assessing the need to use spray based on risk and threat levels, and confirming personal safety needs including personal protective equipment (PPE) and options for withdrawal

using negotiation techniques to defuse conflict and give spoken warning of the intention to use spray

discharging spray in a controlled manner and adjusting discharge to respond to changing circumstances in a manner that protects self and others and does not cause undue harm to the subject

monitoring the wellbeing of the subject and providing required assistance.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess need to use spray and response options.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using spray for security work. 1.2 Inspect spray canister for correct operation, locate actuator button, and clarify procedures for use. 1.3 Assess need to use spray against known information and potential and existing risks and threats, and decide preferred response option to contain incident.
2. Confirm personal safety needs and present spray.	2.1 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements. 2.2 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify withdrawal options. 2.3 Present spray in a non-threatening manner while maintaining eye contact with subject.
3. Negotiate and give warning.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression. 3.2 Give clear spoken warning to the subject and advise of intention to use spray.
4. Discharge spray.	4.1 Control and direct spray to contain source of threat following manufacturer’s specifications. 4.2 Discharge spray ensuring canister is upright and that grip and handling allows secure retention and continued control. 4.3 Use tactical positioning that is fluid, uses available cover and protection and allows options for withdrawal. 4.4 Adjust discharge to respond to changing circumstances and discontinue spray immediately when threat ceases. 4.5 Monitor wellbeing of subject and provide care or seek immediate assistance from relevant persons. 4.6 Decontaminate self, clothing and equipment from spray exposure.
5. Evaluate spray use and maintain spray.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response using spray against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using spray. 5.3 Inspect condition of spray and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

read canister labels to interpret manufacturer’s instructions for using and maintaining spray and giving first aid

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate optimal distance for spray effectiveness and how long to spray

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must defend persons using spray in response to three different threat situations involving subjects holding weapons.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when defending persons using spray:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

application methods for spray including how to hold the canister, how to discharge spray, target placement, distance and length of spray

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

arrest and control techniques using spray

basic negotiation techniques

methods for caring for a spray recipient

methods for decontamination after exposure to spray

methods for storing and maintaining spray canisters

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using spray that are within specified legal limits

risks associated with using spray and common physiological effects and symptoms, particularly related to eyes and the respiratory tract

security risk situations that warrant the use of spray and situations where use may amount to excessive use of force

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

tactical positioning to be adopted when using spray

types and purpose of sprays that may be used for security purposes

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when using spray

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to defend persons using spray

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to spray and threat scenarios to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of items using x-ray equipment. X-ray equipment includes single or multi-view equipment which may have threat-image projection system capability that can differentiate between organic and inorganic material.

It includes:

setting up, testing and operating x-ray equipment and managing the position and flow of items through the screening point

interpreting x-ray images to clarify the meaning of colours, shapes and sizes and using image enhancement functions to detect the presence of prohibited items such as weapons, explosives or dangerous goods

maintaining situational awareness to monitor and maintain security and respond quickly to detect and report security risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using x-ray equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening items using x-ray equipment. 1.2 Set up and test x-ray screening equipment following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Operate x-ray equipment and screen items.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Operate x-ray screening equipment following manufacturers’ instructions. 2.3 Manage position and flow of items through screening point for optimal image interpretation.
3. Interpret x-ray images.	3.1 Review x-ray images and verify meaning of colours, shapes and sizes of items being screened. 3.2 Manipulate images using enhancement functions to clarify item components, and seek assistance in situations where image features cannot be clarified.
4. Detect and report prohibited items.	4.1 Detect actual or suspected prohibited items on x-ray image and check image features to confirm findings. 4.2 Use security equipment to immediately report the presence or suspected presence of prohibited items to relevant persons. 4.3 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and promptly respond to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when setting up, testing and operating x-ray equipment

coloured, pictorial, graphical and written information and instructions

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when managing position and flow of items

use a radio or phone to report and describe detected prohibited items

use questions to receive instructions when seeking assistance

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate numerical information when calibrating x-ray equipment and interpreting images

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

recognise suspicious items and behaviours.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using x-ray equipment, involving, on each occasion:

correctly positioning and screening six different items

correctly identifying the nature of the items by interpreting the colours, shapes and sizes of their x-ray images

correctly using image enhancement functions of equipment to identify:

one weapon

the presence of explosives

the presence of another type of prohibited item, such as a dangerous good.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using x-ray equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

components, operating principles and characteristics of typical weapons, explosives and prohibited items that may be contained in items being screened

current national terrorism threat level and context

features of x-ray images that indicate the possible presence of weapons, explosives or prohibited items in articles

limitations of x-ray imaging processes and how to overcome these limitations

methods and techniques for interpreting x-ray images and the meaning of colour (metals, organics and inorganics), shape and size

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening items using x-ray equipment

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

procedures for setting up and testing x-ray screening equipment

purpose and uses of image enhancement functions on x-ray equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods that are corrosive, flammable, explosive, spontaneously combustible, toxic, oxidising or water-reactive.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including x-ray equipment and items to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment. Walk-through metal detection equipment is any electronic device in an upright configuration capable of being used in a security screening environment for the detection of metal by magnetic induction as a person walks through the detection zone.

It includes:

setting up, testing and operating the walk-through equipment

using sensitive spoken and non-verbal communication to manage the order and flow of people through the screening point and using special screening methods for infants, children and people with specific needs

following legal requirements and procedures associated with personal search where required

monitoring and maintaining security and responding quickly to positive alarms.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using walk-through metal detection equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment. 1.2 Set up and test walk-through metal detection equipment following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Screen people and personal effects.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Operate walk-through metal detection equipment following manufacturers’ instructions. 2.3 Direct and assist people through the screening point using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.4 Use alternate screening methods to accommodate infants, children and people with specific needs.
3. Monitor screening and respond to potential security risks.	3.1 Monitor people through the screening point and give spoken and non-verbal instructions to maintain an orderly flow and address causes of potential delays. 3.2 Identify persons not consenting to be screened and take appropriate action following workplace procedures. 3.3 Respond to positive alarms and locate and secure prohibited items following workplace procedures. 3.4 Identify the need to conduct personal search, and clarify legal authority to search in consultation with relevant persons. 3.5 Obtain consent for personal search, and use approved search techniques locate or confirm the absence of prohibited items. 3.6 Where permission to search is refused, use communication equipment to immediately report situation to relevant persons. 3.7 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and to respond promptly to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

use non-verbal signals to give directions to people through the screening point

reading skills to interpret:

medical cards or letters for people requiring alternate screening methods

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when setting up, testing and operating walk-through metal detection equipment

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when managing flow and assisting people through the screening point

use a radio or phone to report risks

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

recognise suspicious items and behaviours

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment, involving, on each occasion:

modifying the screening process to accommodate the needs of:

one child

one person who is unable to walk unassisted through the screening point

responding to positive alarms and identifying at least two prohibited items.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

personal search

workplace health and safety (WHS)

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods for screening infants, children and people with specific needs

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment

procedures for obtaining permission to search

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

procedures for responding to denied request to search

procedures for setting up and testing walk-through metal detection equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring personal search to be conducted

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

operational walk-through metal detection equipment and screening scenarios and items to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people using explosive trace detection (ETD) equipment. ETD equipment can detect and indicate by means of an alarm, the presence of a target amount of explosive material.

It includes:

checking, calibrating and operating EDT equipment following manufacturers’ specifications

using sensitive spoken communication techniques to prepare people for ETD sampling, and using correct techniques to screen people and items using ETD equipment

maintaining situational awareness and responding quickly to security risks and positive and negative ETD results.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using ETD equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting security screening using ETD equipment. 1.2 Follow manufacturers’ instructions to prepare, check and calibrate ETD equipment, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Conduct ETD sampling and testing.	2.1 Select person and items for ETD screening, and explain EDT screening procedures using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.2 Use an ETD wand to screen person and items following workplace procedures. 2.3 Test sample using ETD equipment following workplace procedures.
3. Respond to sample results and potential security risks.	3.1 Recognise positive and negative results and repeat testing following workplace procedures. 3.2 Take appropriate action to respond to a double positive result, and request assistance from relevant persons. 3.3 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and to respond promptly to potential security risks. 3.4 Record results of screening using ETD equipment using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when checking, testing, calibrating and operating ETD equipment

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when assisting people through the screening process

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

apply contingency measures to respond to a double positive screening results

recognise suspicious items and behaviours while applying screening procedures

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using explosive trace detection (ETD) equipment, involving, on each occasion:

giving clear spoken instructions to direct the person for ETD sampling and screening

responding to one double-positive and one positive-negative result and implementing appropriate responses for each.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using explosive trace detection equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

client service standards for requesting ETD sampling and explaining screening procedures

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and techniques involved in sampling and screening people and items using ETD equipment

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using ETD equipment

procedures for checking, testing, calibrating and operating ETD equipment

procedures for conducting ETD swab testing and analysis

procedures for obtaining verbal consent to ETD sampling

procedures for reporting the detection of explosive material and other security risks

procedures for responding to double-positive ETD detection

procedures for when people do not consent to ETD sampling

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring assistance when screening people and items using ETD equipment

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using ETD equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including operational ETD equipment and scenarios to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people and personal effects using a hand-held metal detector. Hand-held metal detectors are portable electronic devices that can detect metal by magnetic induction while the device is passed over a person or their personal effects.

It includes:

checking, testing and operating hand-held metal detectors following manufacturers’ specifications

using screening techniques that cover the full body and personal effects and detect sources of positive alarms

using sensitive spoken communication to direct, position and assist people through the screening process and investigate alarm sources

maintaining situational awareness and responding quickly to security risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using hand-held metal detector.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening people and personal effects using a hand-held metal detector. 1.2 Follow manufacturers’ instructions to check battery, turn detector on, test for correct audible and visual signals, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons. 1.3 Calibrate detector to correct sensitivity and volume for screening tasks.
2. Screen people and personal effects.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Direct and position person at the screening point using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Sweep hand-held metal detector over the body and personal items within the maximum range specified by manufacturers’ instructions for the type of detector. 2.4 Complete screening using hand-held metal detector ensuring full body and all personal effects have been scanned.
3. Respond to positive alarms and potential security risks.	3.1 Respond to positive alarms and locate and secure prohibited items following workplace procedures. 3.2 Where there is a positive alarm without a visible source, request assistance from the person to reveal potential alarm sources and repeat the scan until all alarms have been investigated. 3.3 Identify situations requiring specialist assistance and report to relevant persons. 3.4 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and promptly respond to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

reading skills to interpret:

medical cards or letters for people requiring alternate screening methods

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when checking, testing, calibrating and operating hand-held metal detectors

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when assisting people through the screening process

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

find the sources of positive alarms and interference

recognise suspicious items and behaviours

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using a hand-held metal detector, involving, on each occasion:

giving clear spoken instructions to direct the person into the correct stance and body positioning to ensure scanning of the entire body and personal effects

responding to positive alarms and identifying at least two prohibited items.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using a hand-held metal detector:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods for screening people and items using a hand-held metal detector including infants, children and people with specific needs

possible causes of positive alarms and interference from the work environment

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using hand-held metal detectors

procedures for checking, testing, calibrating and operating a range of hand-held metal detectors

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring assistance when screening people and items using hand-held metal detectors

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using a hand-held metal detector

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

operational hand-held metal detectors and scenarios to enable achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes.

It includes:

complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies, and legal rights and responsibilities, including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

clarifying shift requirements and work tasks, and assessing the risks inherent in work instructions to understand threat and protection requirements

selecting, fitting and using different types of body armour to protect against potential security threats.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use body armour.	1.1 Review work instructions and procedures for shift and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Review workplace policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using body armour. 1.3 Assess risks inherent in work instructions to clarify threat and protection requirements.
2. Select and fit body armour.	2.1 Select items of body armour to meet work instructions. 2.2 Inspect body armour to confirm suitability for work tasks. 2.3 Wear body armour and adjust for correct fit and maximum protective capacity.
3. Clean and maintain body armour.	3.1 Read manufacturers’ instructions to confirm care and maintenance requirements for body armour. 3.2 Clean and store body armour following manufacturers’ instructions.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, fitting, cleaning and maintaining body armour

speaking and listening skills to ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to ensure correct size of body armour

problem solving skills to:

select body armour that is appropriate to protect against

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must select, use and maintain for security purposes two different types of body armour.

On each occasion, the person must select items of body armour that are appropriate for protection against assessed threats.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when selecting, using and maintaining body armour for security purposes:

duty of care

legal requirements for using body armour

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

selection, use and fitting of body armour

workplace health and safety (WHS)

criteria for selecting body armour for protection during security assignments

difference between stab and bullet proof vests

difference between stab and spike protection

effect of secondary projectiles on body armour

factors that affect the use of body armour

factors that contribute to thermoregulation problems

factors that impact the effectiveness of body armour

health risks associated with using body armour including common heat disorders and their treatment

importance of hydration when using body armour

limitations of different types of body armour

methods for cleaning and storing body armour

National Institute of Justice (NU) Standards relating to:

Body armour performance standards

NU ballistic resistance standards

NU stab resistance standards (slashes and stabs from knives and spikes)

NU performance levels and protection classes

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement body armour

process for inspecting suitability of body armour

types of body armour and the threats they protect against including:

ballistic protection

edged blade protection

spike protection.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

body armour to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

National Institute of Justice Standards.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2012A Assist in the collection of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to collect basic spatial data in the field using surveying methods. Basic spatial data refers to measurements of distances, angles and height difference. The unit covers preparing for data collection by clarifying tasks and equipment to be used, and checking equipment for safe working order. The unit also covers participating in spatial data gathering activities, including recording data in the correct format and using equipment in a safe manner. It covers finalising work tasks by checking and storing equipment and reporting faults or problems, and completing and storing data and documentation. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members, and to apply mathematical concepts used for basic surveying methods.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying team, in positions relating to field data collection and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to collect basic spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment is selected to meet task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Equipment is checked to ensure it is in safe working order according to organisational requirements.
2.	Collect basic spatial data.	2.1.	Data is collected and recorded in correct format in line with task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Data is checked for accuracy and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
2.3.	Equipment is used according to task and safety requirements and manufacturer specifications, and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
3.	Finalise spatial data collection tasks.	3.1.	Equipment is checked and stored safely according to organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Unsafe or faulty equipment is reported according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Data and documentation are completed and stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical concepts in surveying methods relating to distance and angles.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements and equipment selection.
Reading skills to:	locate specific information in standard operating procedures understand forms required for recording collected data.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements that can be interpreted by a third party.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague site personnel supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2012A Assist in the collection of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also collect basic spatial data for two field projects according to organisational procedures and instructions, and using surveying methods. For each project, the person must use safety equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and a communication device.

During the above projects, the person must collect the basic spatial data using four of the following tools and equipment:

clinometer or device to measure vertical angles

compass

data recording equipment

digital or hard copy map

distance measuring tape

distance measuring wheel

level

scientific calculator

simple global positioning system (GPS) device to determine position

simple laser measuring device.

While assisting in collecting the above basic spatial data, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and equipment use

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

use organisational proformas to record accurate measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards for recording surveying measurements and data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing manufacturer specifications

collecting spatial data

formats for records and documentation

reporting problems

selecting and using the tools and equipment specified in the performance evidence

using communications equipment

working safely when using surveying equipment and working in the field.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals and manufacturer specifications

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to store and retrieve basic spatial data. Basic spatial data refers to recorded surveying measurements or datasets of objects with coordinates. The unit covers following instructions to record, maintain and retrieve spatial data from either paper or digital sources. It requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying or spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Store basic spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Computer and software are prepared and checked to meet task requirements, and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
1.3.	Requirements are followed to record data in index according to organisational requirements.
2.	Retrieve basic spatial data.	2.1.	Requirements are followed to access and retrieve spatial data source according to task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Problems are identified and reported to appropriate persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	extract and compare numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	understand graphical information in basic spatial data.
Technology skills to:	store and retrieve spatial data in digital format.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also follow procedures and instructions to store and retrieve basic spatial data for two different projects.

While storing and retrieving the above basic spatial data, the person must:

adhere to data privacy and information copyright laws relating to data storage and retrieval

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements to work safely when using screen-based equipment

cooperate with team members to store and retrieve spatial data

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

use a computer and software to store and retrieve spatial data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

data privacy and information copyright

preparing and using computers and software

reporting problems with spatial data availability and formats

working safely when using screen-based equipment.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computers and software required to collect basic spatial data

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist members of a surveying and spatial information services team by carrying out field support tasks as directed. The unit covers preparing for work by clarifying tasks and equipment to be used, including personal protective equipment (PPE). The unit also covers participating in a range of support activities, including identifying and marking surface positions; and using and storing tools and equipment. It covers restoring the work site after tasks are completed, and checking tools and equipment to report faults or problems. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks, and apply mathematical concepts used for distance measurements and calculations.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions relating to field support and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for field support tasks.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Tools and equipment are selected to meet task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	PPE is accessed and used according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Assist with field support tasks.	2.1.	Support tasks are carried out and problems reported to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Surface positions are identified and marked in line with task and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Tools and equipment are used according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise field support tasks.	3.1.	Measurements are checked and recorded according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Assistance is provided in restoring site as near as practicable to original condition, and waste is disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Tools and equipment are checked and stored safely according to organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications.
3.4.	Unsafe or faulty tools and equipment are reported according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic mathematical concepts to measure and calculate distances, area and volume.
Reading skills to:	understand forms required for recording collected data understand standard operating procedures and equipment operating manuals.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements that can be interpreted by a third party.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	site personnel supervisor or line manager.
Support tasks must include at least two of the following:	checking data identifying and marking positions of assets for which information is required maintaining equipment recording data.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also follow procedures and instructions to assist with field support activities in two projects in the surveying and spatial field.

For each project, the person must use safety equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and a communication device, such as ultra-high frequency radio.

The person must also use four of the following:

compass

data recording equipment

digital or hard copy map

distance measuring wheel

level

measuring instruments

scientific calculator

hand-held laser measuring device.

While assisting in the above field support activities, the person must:

use and check tools and equipment to identify faults or problems

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and report problems

comply with organisational and manufacturer requirements in order to work safely and protect the environment

cooperate with team members to follow instructions

follow procedures to identify and mark surface positions

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

assist in restoring work site to as near as practicable to original condition after field activities are completed.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards and practices for marking surface positions and measuring and recording basic spatial data

organisational policies and procedures covering work tasks relating to field projects, including reporting and equipment use and maintenance

purpose of and storage procedures for the tools and equipment required in above field activities

site restoration and waste disposal procedures

work health and safety procedures relating to field support activities, including required PPE.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals and manufacturer specifications

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to field activities

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2016A Assist with load transfer.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to load, unload and transfer goods and personnel to a work site. The unit covers following procedures and instructions to select equipment to assist loading activities. It also covers complying with legal requirements relating to the transport and handling of hazardous materials, and to load mass, restraint and protection. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks and seek assistance.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in a range of work sites and positions, such as field hands and data collection assistants.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the loading and unloading of goods, including mass and loading regulations dealing with over-size and over-mass permits, apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for load transfer.	1.1.	Load transfer work tasks are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency and safety according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Type and nature of load are checked in consultation with appropriate persons to ensure even and legal distribution according to organisational requirements.
2.	Assist with loading and unloading.	2.1.	Instructions are followed to assist with loading and unloading activities in a safe and efficient manner, taking into account suitable locations, stowage and balance of remaining load.
2.2.	Lifting aids and equipment are selected and used to assist loading and unloading according to organisational procedures and safety requirements.
2.3.	Instructions are followed to secure and protect load using correct load restraint methods and according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Goods that require special handling are identified and procedures followed to complete required records according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise load transfer activities.	3.1.	Documentation relating to own role is completed according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Aids and equipment used in the load transfer process are cleaned and stored according to organisational procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic computations relating to load mass, size and weight check size, weight and shape of load against legal and safety guidelines.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements receive and relay information clearly using a two-way radio.
Reading skills to:	recognise and understand Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate load details using organisational proformas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.
Lifting aids and equipment must include at least one of the following:	block and tackle hoist hydraulic lift jack stacker.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2016A Assist with load transfer.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also assist with planning and conducting the loading, transfer and unloading of:

dangerous goods in one load

personnel in a separate load.

While assisting with the above activities, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and relay accurate information using a communication device

follow procedures for the safe manual handling of goods

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

load mass, restraint and protection

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

record data and complete required organisational documentation, including for goods that require special handling

select and use the lifting aids and equipment specified in the range of conditions to assist loading and unloading.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of practice for handling and transporting dangerous goods and hazardous substances

communication protocols during load transfers

factors that can impact on safety when loading and unloading, including risks posed by traffic and weather

goods identification numbers and codes, including Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs

relevant parts of regulations relating to:

handling and transport of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

load mass (over-size and over-mass), load restraint and requirements to protect loads.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communications equipment

load lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions

PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

standard operating procedures relating to health and safety, including manual handling

task specifications for load transfer work, including load restraint guide

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use mapping software, such as geographic information system (GIS) functionality, to produce a basic map. The unit covers activities to prepare and process basic spatial data and produce a basic map, which includes simple marginal information and content, to meet task specifications.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in areas such as surveying, cartography, mapping, town planning and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to create basic map.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment and software are selected according to task and organisational requirements.
2.	Compile map content.	2.1.	Map marginal information and content are prepared according to task specifications.
2.2.	Spatial data is processed to prepare map content according to task specifications.
3.	Finalise basic map production.	3.1.	Map is produced in required format and content according to task requirements.
3.2.	Map content and format are checked against task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.3.	Map is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply datums and projections to map read data attributes and numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions in standard operating procedures interpret spatial data, software menus and messages.
Writing skills to:	label marginal information and map content.
Technology skills to:	use mapping functions of basic software to format maps that meet task specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Task requirements must include:	coordinate system format of map map content marginal information spatial data to be used type of map.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use suitable software to produce two basic maps containing the following:

two man-made features and two natural features and their symbology depicting data by points, lines and polygons

data that has been geoprocessed from retrieved spatial data

simple marginal information, including:

data sources

georeferencing system

legend

north point

scale.

While producing the above basic maps, the person must:

communicate clearly when clarifying work tasks

comply with organisational requirements regarding health and safety and completing records and documentation

use a computer, printer and required ancillary hardware

use basic software mapping functions to:

apply scale

change data appearance

change symbology

import simple point, line and areal data

label features

pan zoom

perform simple thematic mapping

symbolise features by attributes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

functions of mapping software suitable for making basic maps

key geographic feature types and how they are portrayed in mapping software, including using points, lines and polygons

key features of coordinate systems, datums and projections

common types of maps used for surveying and spatial information services

organisational policies and guidelines relating to basic map production

typical scales used on different types of maps

typical spatial referencing systems used on different types of maps

typical symbology used on different types of maps.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computers and software relevant to basic map production

specifications:

work task specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety when using screen-based equipment

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS3015A Collect spatial data.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect basic surveying data using measurements taken in the field. Basic surveying data refers to measurements of distances, angles and height difference with accuracy of one centimetre or better. The unit covers preparing for data collection by clarifying the data collection tasks and equipment to be used, and identifying and reporting hazards. The unit also covers operating equipment to take basic surveying measurements, and performing required data reductions and computations to ensure the accuracy of collected data before leaving the field. It requires the ability to follow standard operating procedures for setting up, using, checking and storing equipment; and completing records and documentation.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions relating to field data collection.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for data collection tasks.	1.1.	Data collection requirements and basic surveying tasks are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment and collection method are selected to meet task requirements, and set up in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled and reported according to organisational requirements.
2.	Carry out basic data collection tasks.	2.1.	Factors affecting equipment use and accuracy of data are identified and reported.
2.2.	Basic surveying data is collected using selected equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, standard operating procedures, and task requirements.
2.3.	Measurements are recorded, calculated, reduced and checked before leaving the site according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise data collection tasks.	3.1.	Documentation is completed and data stored according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Equipment is checked, and faults and problems are reported.
3.3.	Equipment is packed up and stored according to manufacturer and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical reductions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements and equipment selection.
Reading skills to:	locate specific information in forms and standard operating procedures required for using equipment and recording collected data.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements, computations, and field checks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague site personnel supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS3015A Collect spatial data.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately record basic surveying data for two field projects, including data relating to the position of geographic features and their attributes, including angles, distances and height.

During the above projects, the person must collect the basic surveying data using two of the following pieces of equipment:

automatic, digital or laser level

electromagnetic recording equipment

global positioning system (GPS) for:

determining point position

navigating and recording a traverse

collecting designated attributes for designated features

ground penetrating radar

total station.

In addition, while collecting basic surveying data, the person must use two of the following:

digital or hard copy maps and images

distance measuring

measuring bearings or angles

measuring vertical angles or slopes.

During the above projects, the person must also:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and equipment selection

comply with organisational, legislative and manufacturer requirements to work safely and use personal protective equipment (PPE)

comply with relevant safe work method statements (SWMS)

follow manufacturer specifications and standard operating procedures to correctly set up, operate, pack up, and store tools and equipment

use organisational and industry procedures and proformas to accurately collect and record measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accepted organisational standards for recording surveying metadata

attributes associated with a dataset

organisational and industry policies and procedures relating to collecting, recording and storing surveying data

organisational and industry procedures relating to work tasks specified in the performance evidence, including equipment use

spatial data collection procedures for equipment used, as specified in the performance evidence

work health and safety procedures relating to data collection activities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data collection tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects. The unit covers planning and preparing for work, including selecting equipment and supplies, and while in the field following safety procedures and carrying out field support tasks.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying or spatial information services team, in positions that provide assistance with data collection in the field.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for field support tasks.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
1.2.	Equipment and supplies appropriate to the task are selected and prepared according to task and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Hazards relating to the work site are identified and risks controlled according to organisational and safety requirements.
1.4.	Site drawings and plans are obtained and examined to determine location of services.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is accessed and used according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Execute field support tasks.	2.1.	Support tasks are carried out in consultation with appropriate persons and according to task requirements.
2.2.	Equipment is operated according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise field support tasks.	3.1.	Site is restored as near as practicable to original condition, and waste is disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Equipment is cleaned and stored in a secure location according to manufacturer specifications.
3.3.	Repair work is organised for unsafe or faulty tools and equipment according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	locate features at the work site identified from maps and drawings.
Numeracy skills to:	record numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements.
Reading skills to:	understand and follow procedures in task requirements understand graphical information on maps and site drawings.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate data and information.
Technology skills to:	set up tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague. supervisor or line manager.
Support tasks must include at least five of the following:	assisting equipment operator with data collection and recording clearing lines finding survey marks loading and unloading equipment and tools performing simple measurements, such as height of instrument and target placing survey marks setting up tripods and equipment in preparation for use by an instrument operator shifting equipment between designated points using and maintaining tools, such as shovels, crow bars, axes and brush hooks.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also provide five of the field support tasks listed in the range of conditions for two different spatial data collection projects.

While providing the above field support services, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational, legislative and manufacturer requirements in order to work safely and protect the work environment while in the field

cooperate with team members to collect and record data

select and use the following spatial tools and equipment to complete support tasks:

communication device

data measuring and recording equipment and tools

safety equipment and supplies, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards and practices for measuring and recording basic spatial data

organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks, including reporting and equipment use and maintenance

purpose and uses of required tools and equipment

site restoration and waste disposal procedures

work health and safety procedures relating to field support activities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

job specifications for field support work

equipment operating manuals

safety instructions

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and conduct the loading, transfer and unloading of personnel and goods to a work site. The work site could be in a remote location in off-road conditions using a boat or four-wheel drive vehicle. The unit covers selecting equipment to assist loading activities, and complying with legal requirements relating to the transport and handling of hazardous materials, and to load mass, restraint and protection.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in a range of work sites and positions, such as field support for data collection and site set-out.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the loading and unloading of goods, including mass and loading regulations dealing with over-size and over-mass permits, apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for load transfer.	1.1.	Load transfer requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Load transfer activities are planned to ensure efficient and safe operations and environmental protection, and according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Transport equipment appropriate for the type of load and loading and unloading activities to be conducted is selected and accessed.
1.4.	Factors affecting safe and efficient load transfer are identified and assessed in consultation with appropriate persons to meet organisational and safety requirements.
2.	Carry out loading and unloading.	2.1.	Loading and unloading activities are conducted in a safe and efficient manner, taking into account suitable locations, stowage and balance of remaining load.
2.2.	Lifting aids and equipment are selected and used to assist loading and unloading according to organisational procedures and safety requirements.
2.3.	Load is secured and protected using correct load restraint methods and according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Goods and technical equipment requiring special handling are identified and documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Operate vehicle to complete load transfer.	3.1.	Pre-operational inspections and checks of vehicle are conducted, and problems or malfunctions reported according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Vehicle is operated using most efficient route of travel and ensuring safety of load and equipment.
3.3.	Route conditions and vehicle performance are constantly monitored and occurrences affecting safety and efficiency of operations are reported according to organisational requirements.
3.4.	Vehicle records are completed and maintained according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and navigate a transport route to account for terrain, weather and traffic contingencies.
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic computations relating to load mass, size and weight.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements receive and relay information clearly using a two-way radio.
Reading skills to:	interpret Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs interpret information from maps and manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate load computations.
Problem-solving skills to:	solve routine problems impacting on safety of load.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Load transfer requirements must include:	load shape load size load weight route conditions work site location for load transfer.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.
Transport equipment must include at least one of the following:	boat car four-wheel drive vehicle (with or without trailer) light truck quad bike two-wheel drive vehicle (with or without trailer).
Lifting aids and equipment must include at least one of the following:	block and tackle hoist hydraulic lift jack stacker.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and transfer:

dangerous goods in one load

personnel in a separate load.

While transferring the above loads, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and relay accurate information using a two-way radio

comply with organisational and legislative requirements during transfer activities relating to:

load mass, restraint and protection

protecting the environment

working safely

conduct pre-operational checks and inspections of the transport to identify defects and malfunctions, and report as required

follow procedures for the safe manual handling of goods

operate a vehicle safely while transporting loads on a variety of travelling surfaces and in varying weather conditions

conduct a basic assessment of terrain, traffic flow and weather conditions impacting on the transfer route, including off-road routes

navigate safe transport routes allowing for a range of terrain, weather and traffic conditions

record data and complete required organisational documentation, including for goods that require special handling

select and use lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions, to assist loading and unloading

work safely and follow procedures to ensure the safety of personnel, loads and equipment, including using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of practice for handling and transporting dangerous goods and hazardous substances

communication protocols during load transfers

factors that can impact on safety when loading and unloading, including risks posed by traffic and weather

goods identification numbers and codes, including Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs

licensing requirements for operating vehicles on land and water

regulations relating to the handling and transport of dangerous goods and hazardous substances, mass (over-size and over-mass), and load restraint and protection.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communications equipment

load lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions

safety equipment, including PPE

vehicle to suit transport route

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety and load restraint guide

equipment operating manuals

job specifications for load transfer work

maps

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use suitable computer software to produce basic plans of a survey from surveying field data. The unit covers setting up equipment and software, establishing surveying data and dimensions, processing data, and producing basic plans to meet task specifications. It requires an ability to read and understand surveying data, and technology skills to manipulate, import and export data using software applications.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to create basic plan of survey.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Hardware, software and other equipment are set up and checked to ensure requirements are met.
1.3.	Dimensions and data for required plan are established according to task requirements.
1.4.	Required data is identified and retrieved according to task requirements.
2.	Compile plan content.	2.1.	Basic software functions are used to process surveying data to prepare plan of survey according to task requirements.
2.2.	Plan marginal information is prepared according to task requirements.
3.	Finalise basic plan production.	3.1.	Preliminary plan of survey is reviewed and checked against task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.2.	Adjustments to plan are made in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.3.	Data files are stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure bearings, angles, distances, coordinates, perimeter and area within plans.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret plan requirements understand technical terminology in help files and prompts.
Technology skills to:	import and export data into software applications manipulate screen-based information.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors by checking plans against given data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use suitable software to produce basic plans of surveys for two different tasks.

While producing the above plans, the person must:

include content data obtained from collected field surveying data

produce the plan content and marginal information

take measurements of bearings, angles, distances, coordinates, perimeter and area from a digital plan

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements relating to work health and safety, completing records and documentation, privacy of information, and data storage

use a computer, printer and required ancillary hardware.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic drafting design principles

key features of coordinate systems

industry-accepted standards relating to preparing and producing plans using appropriate software

methods for checking and validating drawing accuracy

software functions to produce basic plans

typical content of plans of a survey.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

ancillary hardware necessary to prepare and print plans of a survey

computer software suitable for preparing and producing plans of a survey

specifications:

design specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3020A Perform basic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform basic surveying computations in a plane coordinate system. The unit covers computations and conversions based on basic mathematical concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry. Computations are done on simple regular geometric figures, traverses, angles, bearings, distances, plane coordinates, heights, perimeter and area.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team to perform basic computations associated with field work and data collection.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for basic surveying computations.	1.1.	Computational requirements are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Computational procedures are identified according to industry and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Computational equipment is selected according to computational and organisational requirements.
2.	Calculate basic surveying data.	2.1.	Computations are performed on angles and bearings according to computational requirements and using computational equipment.
2.2.	Conversions between polar and rectangular coordinates are performed according to computational requirements.
2.3.	Computations are performed on the coordinates of a simple closed traverse.
3.	Finalise work processes.	3.1.	Computations and conversions are finalised and their accuracy confirmed according to computational requirements.
3.2.	Data is recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply the basic concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry to plane geometry and measuring simple regular figures perform calculations relating to geometric figures, area, angles, bearings, distances, traverses, plane coordinates, heights and perimeter.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements and computational formulas discuss computational methods.
Reading skills to:	interpret computational data provided in diagrammatic form interpret written computational tasks.
Writing skills to:	record computations and results in line with industry requirements and in an appropriate format.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors in computations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced computational colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3020A Perform basic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately perform basic computations for two different surveying computational tasks, demonstrating the ability to:

calculate perimeter and areas of simple regular figures

calculate adjusted coordinates of points on a closed traverse

convert between:

polar and rectangular coordinates

vertical angles and gradients and vice versa

check accuracy of above computations.

During the above surveying computational tasks, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and computational results

comply with organisational requirements and industry-accepted methods for systematically and legibly laying out computations

use organisational documents to complete required records.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common surveying and mathematical terms used in basic surveying computations

industry-accepted methods for performing and laying out different types of basic surveying computations

organisational policies and procedures for completing surveying records and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

scientific or programmable calculator or software application

specifications:

task specifications

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to visually interpret image data to identify the basic features of the landscape, including land cover such as vegetation, roads, railways, buildings, water bodies and terrain forms. Image data can include aerial and terrestrial photographs and satellite images. The images can be digital or in hard copy. Mapping or other appropriate software can be used to assist visual interpretation if it is available. The unit requires the ability to apply the principles and methods of visual image interpretation. This unit is restricted to visual interpretation, as digital enhancement of images is covered in CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions that support mapping, geographic information systems (GIS) and town planning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify image and ancillary data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Possible sources of image data are identified to meet task requirements.
1.3.	Constraints in using different types of image data are clarified in discussion with appropriate persons.
1.4.	Ancillary data that can be used to assist visual interpretation of image is identified and obtained.
2.	Identify and record basic landscape features.	2.1.	Image data is visually interpreted using interpretation principles and ancillary data, and features are identified and recorded according to task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Interpreted results are discussed and confirmed with appropriate persons.
2.3.	Ground control targets for photogrammetric mapping are checked to enhance understanding of image data.
2.4.	Scale is determined according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Data is stored and documents are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure and calculate scale objects from an image and ancillary data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work tasks.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information, including shapes and patterns within aerial and terrestrial photographs and satellite images.
Writing skills to:	record details of image features using standard proformas.
Technology skills to:	use simple analogue and digital tools to assist with visual interpretation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also visually identify three instances of the following from both an aerial or terrestrial photograph or image, and a satellite image:

buildings

rail lines

roads

terrain types

vegetation

water bodies.

Where images from ground penetrating radar (GPR) are required to be interpreted, the person must visually identify three of the basic landscape features listed above from:

a GPR image display, and

one of the following:

aerial photograph or image

satellite image.

While visually interpreting the above image data, the person must:

assess task requirements to clarify types of image data to be accessed and interpreted

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

identify possible sources of image and ancillary data to meet task requirements

apply the principles and methods of visual image interpretation

apply ground controls to aerial photographs

calculate scale from image data

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

accessing and formatting image data

data privacy and information copyright

health and safety

conduct basic measurements relating to image data to identify scale

identify and report constraints and problems with image data

use organisational proformas to accurately record measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic formulas used to calculate scale relating to data images

basic landscape features that can be identified from image data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing and formatting image data

data privacy and information copyright

health and safety

possible sources of image and ancillary data

principles and methods of visual image interpretation

types of image data used in spatial applications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

suitable image data in hard copy or digital format

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to store and retrieve spatial data, including digital and hard copy storage. The unit covers locating, storing, and backing up data according to organisational procedures.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying or spatial information services team in surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare spatial data for storage.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Method of spatial data storage and distribution is selected to ensure access to current data and to comply with organisational requirements.
1.3.	Data index is created to assist in retrieval and storage according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Data is stored and recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.	Access and retrieve spatial data.	2.1.	Required spatial data is located and retrieved according to organisational procedures.
2.2.	Spatial data is analysed and translated into required format according to task requirements.
3.	Manage spatial data security.	3.1.	Data security and backup measures are applied to manage risk according to organisational risk management plan and procedures.
3.2.	Problems with data security, storage or retrieval are identified and reported according to organisational procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic measurements and computations to accurately mark and record observations and position.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information obtained from global navigation satellite system (GNSS), GIS or other software.
Writing skills to:	record digital data write routine reports detailing problems with data storage or retrieval.
Technology skills to:	use a range of software applications to access and store data use querying commands to obtain information from a database.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify storage solutions appropriate to different types of spatial data identify contingency procedures in the event of unforeseen risk to data security.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager spatial data provider.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also store and retrieve digital and hard copy spatial data for three different projects.

While storing and retrieving the above spatial data, the person must:

follow organisational procedures to apply data security and backup measures

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements for recording data and completing documentation, and when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

create a workable indexing system

develop and implement risk management plan, including strategies to protect spatial data

translate spatial data downloaded from global navigation satellite system (GNSS), geographic information system (GIS), and other relevant software applications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of spatial reference systems

methods for downloading data from GNSS, GIS and other relevant software applications

organisational procedures for storing and retrieving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

spatial data classification and indexing systems

spatial data querying techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

data retrieval equipment

computer with software appropriate for spatial data storage and retrieval

hard copy and digital data storage media

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to source spatial data from a range of media and datasets, and assess its availability and suitability for use in meeting client requirements. The unit covers researching and assessing data suppliers and information, such as metadata and attributes, to determine the most suitable sources of available data to meet job specifications. The unit also covers collecting and setting out data using a computer and software suitable for manipulating and presenting spatial data. The unit requires the ability to measure and reduce data and write technical reports.

The unit supports those who work in support positions for surveying and mapping, town planning, cartography and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Source spatial data.	1.1.	Job specifications for required spatial data are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Search is undertaken of a range of media to identify sources of potential spatial data.
1.3.	Metadata, datasets and attributes are obtained and assessed to determine most appropriate data source according to job specifications.
1.4.	Potential sources of spatial data are listed according to job specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Assess potential spatial data.	2.1.	Potential spatial data and datasets are assessed for suitability against job specifications.
2.2.	Availability of suitable spatial data is verified with potential suppliers, and constraints are identified according to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Spatial data indexing, backup and archiving requirements are determined to ensure currency.
3.	Prepare data suitability report.	3.1.	Spatial data is collected and set out according to job specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Administrative and industry requirements for data collection are complied with and recorded.
3.3.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify situations requiring the need to obtain further sample data to ensure data suitability.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and compare data version information measure spatial data components.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify data requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information from maps and photographs.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear and accurate technical reports that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to set out and format spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	implement contingency measures where there are constraints on the use of spatial data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager spatial data provider.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.
Documentation must include:	written assessment of data availability, including cost, licensing conditions, and constraints on use written assessment of suitability of available data in meeting requirements for accuracy, completeness, coverage, density, logical consistency and specifications.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also source and assess the availability and suitability of spatial data for two different projects in consultation with colleagues.

While sourcing and assessing the above spatial data, the person must:

clarify job specifications, including extent, content, intended use, accuracy, precision and format of spatial data

complete required documentation, including written assessments as specified in the range of conditions

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

comply with legal and organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation

copyright and ownership of spatial data

using and storing equipment

working safely

perform spatial data measurements, reduction and manipulation with accuracy

set out spatial data and related attributes, including:

colour

layer

level

line type

line width

text

verify availability of suitable data with suppliers, taking into account copyright and ownership constraints.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements relating to measuring and recording spatial data

key features of spatial reference systems

methods for assessing the availability and suitability of spatial data

potential sources of spatial data and datasets

range of basic spatial data capture and data set-out methodologies

requirements to comply with data license agreements and copyright

spatial data formats, handling and structure

spatial data recording and reduction techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data manipulation and set-out

printer

specifications:

job specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect spatial data using global navigation satellite system (GNSS) equipment for surveying purposes, using both single point and differential techniques. The unit covers planning work tasks and setting up and operating GNSS equipment to achieve the required accuracy. The unit includes validating data to identify errors.

The unit supports those who work in support positions collecting field surveying data.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for spatial data collection.	1.1.	Task requirements are reviewed and spatial data collection is planned in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	GNSS equipment is selected and checked according to task requirements.
2.	Use GNSS equipment to collect data.	2.1.	Site conditions are checked to identify factors that could obstruct or interfere with GNSS operation and impact on accuracy of data.
2.2.	Conditions for obtaining optimum GNSS positions are determined and basic methods to improve accuracy of GNSS point positioning are applied.
2.3.	GNSS equipment is set up and operated according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Point positional data is collected, validated and recorded according to task specifications and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Checked data is collected according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise spatial data collection.	3.1.	Data is downloaded and verified, and additional data gathered where required according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Data is processed, and reports and documentation are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, angles and coordinates set required datum and map projection and other parameters in equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret equipment software menus and configurations interpret three-dimensional (3-D) information.
Writing skills to:	compile a short report of data collection task record data legibly by hand.
Technology skills to:	use GNSS software to communicate with GNSS receivers.
Problem-solving skills to:	recognise and address possible anomalies in collected data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Spatial data must include:	features and their attributes horizontal position in latitude and longitude, easting and northing vertical height.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also collect spatial data using global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) for two different tasks in consultation with colleagues.

While collecting the above spatial data, the person must:

collect point positional data and attributes to surveying accuracies for the task, both by single point positioning and differential techniques for designated datum and map projection

communicate clearly with others to clarify data collection tasks and report task information

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for identifying hazards and working safely

operate the equipment specified in the assessment conditions, and comply with industry and organisational methods for data collection

plan work tasks to take into account factors that affect accuracy of data collection using GNSS

spatially view collected positional data, and non-spatially view collected attributes

verify accuracy of a sample of collected points by recollecting points or other suitable method.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

difference in heights and height datums between GNSS heights and heights on Australian Height Datum

factors that affect accuracy of data collection by GNSS

methods for checking accuracy of data collected

purpose of and methods for setting designated datum and map projection

typical accuracies obtainable with different GNSS techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

GNSS equipment and any associated software

specifications:

job specifications and plans

organisational policies and procedures relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4026A Read and interpret image data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to enhance and process image data using digital techniques. The unit covers using remote sensing software to manipulate, enhance, classify and process data to reveal geographic patterns and relationships and improve resolution. Image data can be digital, multispectral scanner, or radar. Platforms can be aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles or satellites at low to high altitudes. The unit requires assessing the survey area and project specifications to determine the types and possible sources of image data to meet requirements.

The unit supports those who work in a spatial information services team in support positions, such as image analyst, geographic information system (GIS) analyst, GIS officer, or cartographer.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify image data.	1.1.	Project specifications, survey area and types of image data requirements are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Possible sources of image data are identified to meet project specifications.
1.3.	Constraints of different types and formats of image data are identified in relation to project specifications.
2.	Process image data.	2.1.	Image data is accessed and analysed using digital techniques to clarify features and properties according to project specifications.
2.2.	Ground control targets for photogrammetric mapping are checked to enhance image data.
2.3.	Image data is processed, analysed and classified according to organisational procedures to achieve project specifications.
3.	Finalise digital image enhancement tasks.	3.1.	Data image problems are identified and resolved using enhancement techniques according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Information from data images is used to meet project specifications, and documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to identify image data sources.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate scale of image data solve problems relating to area, height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify data image requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information, including shapes and patterns within digital images.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements and computations.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate and enhance image resolution.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4026A Read and interpret image data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use remote sensing applications to digitally enhance, process and classify two of the following types of image data for two different projects:

digital aerial photographs

digital terrestrial images

images from an unmanned aerial vehicle

light detection and ranging (LiDAR)

satellite images.

One of the above projects must have a built environment focus, and the other a natural environment focus.

While digitally enhancing and processing the above image data, the person must:

analyse project specifications to clarify types of image data required and to identify possible sources of suitable image data

apply ground controls to aerial photographs

calculate information in digital and hard copy image data to measure and identify scale

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

comply with industry-accepted standards for processing remotely sensed data

comply with legislative and organisational requirements relating to data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements relating to health and safety when using screen-based equipment, and completing records and documentation

georeference images

identify and resolve constraints and problems relating to image data

identify ground controls, including targets for horizontal and vertical control

use software applications to access, analyse and enhance image data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic properties and characteristics of image data used in spatial applications

key features of spectral signatures, discriminant functions, supervised and unsupervised clustering, and ground trothing

organisational policies and guidelines relating to equipment use, health and safety, and accessing and formatting image data and copyright

photogrammetric control requirements relating to three-dimensional (3-D) model image data

possible sources of image data

set-out and format requirements for image data

techniques for enhancing image resolution, including basic interpolation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer and software with image enhancement functionality

specifications:

task specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped workstation

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4027A Organise field services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to organise surveying field services. The unit covers planning field activities to allow for contingencies and risks, and allocating resources. The unit also covers conducting organised field service tasks relating to measuring and marking surface positions, and documenting and reporting project results. It requires some client consultation.

The unit supports those who work in support positions for surveying, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the use of vehicles apply to this unit in most States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria